<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Krunal</id>
	<title>Bharatpedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Krunal"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/Krunal"/>
	<updated>2026-07-31T09:23:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Kenya&amp;diff=434807</id>
		<title>Kenya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Kenya&amp;diff=434807"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T22:40:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: IMF update...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Country in Eastern Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{About|the country|other uses}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use Kenyan English|date=January 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=December 2019}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = Republic of Kenya&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = Kenya&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = {{native name|sw|Jamhuri ya Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of Kenya.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = File:Coat_of_arms_of_Kenya_(Official).svg&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = &amp;quot;[[Harambee]]&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;({{lang-en|&amp;quot;Let us all pull together&amp;quot;}})&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = &amp;quot;[[Ee Mungu Nguvu Yetu]]&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;({{Lang-en|&amp;quot;O God of all creation&amp;quot;}})&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display:inline-block;margin-top:0.4em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:National anthem of Kenya, performed by the United States Navy Band.wav|center]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = {{Switcher|[[File:Kenya (orthographic projection).svg|frameless]]|Show globe|[[File:Location Kenya AU Africa.svg|frameless]]|Show map of Africa|default=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            =&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map2             =&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[Nairobi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| coordinates            = {{Coord|1|16|S|36|48|E|type:city}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = [[Nairobi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = {{hlist |[[Swahili language|Swahili]]|[[English language|English]]}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Conlang&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Constitution (2009) Art. 7 [National, official and other languages] &amp;quot;(1) The national language of the Republic is Swahili. (2) The official languages of the Republic are Swahili and English. (3) The State shall–-–- (a) promote and protect the diversity of language of the people of Kenya; and (b) promote the development and use of indigenous languages, Kenyan Sign language, Braille and other communication formats and technologies accessible to persons with disabilities.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| languages_type         = [[National language]]&lt;br /&gt;
| languages              = [[Swahili language|Swahili]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Conlang&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{unbulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
 | 17.13% [[Kikuyu people|Kikuyu]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 14.35% [[Luhya people|Luhya]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 13.37% [[Kalenjin people|Kalenjin]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 10.65% [[Luo people|Luo]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 9.81% [[Kamba people|Kamba]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 5.85% [[Somalis|Somali]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 5.68% [[Kisii people|Kisii]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 5.23% [[Mijikenda peoples|Mijikenda]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 4.15% [[Meru people|Meru]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 13.78% Others&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = 2019 census &lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_ref           = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=2019 Kenya Population and Housing Census Volume IV: Distribution of Population by Socio-Economic Characteristics |url=https://www.knbs.or.ke/?wpdmpro=2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-volume-iv-distribution-of-population-by-socio-economic-characteristics&amp;amp;wpdmdl=5730&amp;amp;ind=7HRl6KateNzKXCJaxxaHSh1qe6C1M6VHznmVmKGBKgO5qIMXjby1XHM2u_swXdiR |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200605222711/https://www.knbs.or.ke/?wpdmpro=2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-volume-iv-distribution-of-population-by-socio-economic-characteristics&amp;amp;wpdmdl=5730&amp;amp;ind=7HRl6KateNzKXCJaxxaHSh1qe6C1M6VHznmVmKGBKgO5qIMXjby1XHM2u_swXdiR |archive-date=5 June 2020 |access-date=24 March 2020 |website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = &amp;lt;!-- direct figures from ReligionUNdata reference --&amp;gt;{{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  |85.5% [[Christianity]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |—60.8% [[Protestantism]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |—20.6% [[Catholic Church in Kenya|Catholicism]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |—4.1% Other [[List of Christian denominations|Christian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |10.9% [[Islam in Kenya|Islam]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |1.6% [[Irreligion in Kenya|No religion]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |0.7% [[African traditional religion|Traditional faiths]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |1.3% Others}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2019 census&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_ref           = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = Kenyan&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = Unitary [[presidential republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[President of Kenya|President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[William Ruto]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Deputy President of Kenya|Deputy President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Rigathi Gachagua]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[Senate of Kenya|Senate Speaker]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = [[Amason Kingi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title4          = [[Speaker of the National Assembly of Kenya|Assembly Speaker]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name4           = [[Moses Wetangula]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title5          = [[Chief Justice of Kenya|Chief Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name5           = [[Martha Koome]]&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[Parliament of Kenya|Parliament]]&lt;br /&gt;
| upper_house            = [[Senate of Kenya|Senate]]&lt;br /&gt;
| lower_house            = [[National Assembly (Kenya)|National Assembly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = [[History of Kenya|Independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = from the [[United Kingdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Kenya (1963–1964)|Dominion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 12 December 1963&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = 12 December 1964&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[Constitution of Kenya|Current Constitution]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 27 August 2010&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 580,367&lt;br /&gt;
| area_footnote          = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unstats08&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2012 |title=Demographic Yearbook – Table 3: Population by sex, rate of population increase, surface area and density |url=http://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2012/Table03.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200826065042/https://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2012/Table03.pdf |archive-date=26 August 2020 |access-date=4 September 2017 |publisher=United Nations Statistics Division}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=United Nations Statistics Division – Demographic and Social Statistics |url=http://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2012.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150428204710/http://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2012.htm |archive-date=28 April 2015 |access-date=4 September 2017 |website=unstats.un.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 48th &amp;lt;!-- Area rank should match [[List of countries and dependencies by area]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 224,960 &amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[BP:MOSNUM]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate = 51,526,000&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.knbs.or.ke/download/2019-kphc-analytical-report-on-population-projections-vol-xvi/#|title=2019 KPHC – Analytical Report on Population Projections Vol XVI|access-date=11 July 2023|date=September 2022|website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics|page=38}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 28th&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = 47,564,296&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;KNBS2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=4 November 2019 |title=2019 Kenya Population and Housing Census Results |url=https://www.knbs.or.ke/?p=5621 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191113183948/https://www.knbs.or.ke/?p=5621 |archive-date=13 November 2019 |access-date=15 November 2019 |website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_rank =&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = 2019&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = 82&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = auto&amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[BP:MOSNUM]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 124th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $338.964 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.KE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=664,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (Kenya) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=13 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 66th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $6,576&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.KE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank =140th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{decrease}} $112.749 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.KE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 66th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{decrease}} $2,187&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.KE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 147th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 40.8 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2015&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = decrease&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GINI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2019 |title=Gini index |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200204170607/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI/ |archive-date=4 February 2020 |access-date=17 June 2021 |publisher=World Bank Group}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_rank              =&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.575 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021&amp;lt;!-- Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = decrease &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HDI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=8 September 2022 |title=Human Development Report 2021/2022 |url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf |access-date=8 September 2022 |publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]] |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 152nd&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[Kenyan shilling]]&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = KES&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[East Africa Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +3&lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = dd/mm/yy ([[Anno Domini|AD]])&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[+254]]&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = [[.ke]]&lt;br /&gt;
| footnotes              = According to the CIA, estimates for this country explicitly take into account the effects of mortality because of AIDS; this can result in lower life expectancy, higher infant mortality and death rates, lower population and growth rates, and changes in the distribution of population by age and sex, than would otherwise be expected.{{big|&amp;lt;ref name=cia/&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kenya&#039;&#039;&#039;, officially the &#039;&#039;&#039;Republic of Kenya&#039;&#039;&#039; ({{lang-sw|Jamhuri ya Kenya}}), is a country in [[East Africa]]. A member of [[Commonwealth of Nations|the Commonwealth]] with a population of more than 47.6 million in the 2019 census,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=2019 Kenya population and housing census – population by county and sub county – Kenya Data Portal |url=https://kenya.opendataforafrica.org/msdpnbc/2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-population-by-county-and-sub-county?county=1001880-limuru |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210416222406/https://kenya.opendataforafrica.org/msdpnbc/2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-population-by-county-and-sub-county?county=1001880-limuru |archive-date=16 April 2021 |access-date=2 January 2021 |website=kenya.opendataforafrica.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is the [[List of countries and dependencies by population|28th most populous country]] in the world&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;KNBS2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=4 November 2019 |title=2019 Kenya Population and Housing Census Results |url=https://www.knbs.or.ke/?p=5621 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191113183948/https://www.knbs.or.ke/?p=5621 |archive-date=13 November 2019 |access-date=15 November 2019 |website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[List of African countries by population|7th most populous]] in Africa. Kenya&#039;s capital and largest city is [[Nairobi]], while its oldest and second largest city, which until 1907 was also Kenya&#039;s first capital city, is the coastal city of [[Mombasa]] which includes [[Mombasa Island]] in the [[Indian Ocean]] and the surrounding mainland. [[Kisumu]] is the third-largest city and also an [[inland port]] in the [[Winam Gulf]] which, along with its numerous [[bay]]s and [[human settlement]]s, is one of the important [[maritime transport]], [[fishing]], [[farming]], [[Commerce|commercial]], [[List of World Heritage Sites in Kenya|history]] and [[tourism]] hubs on [[Lake Victoria]]. As of 2020, Kenya is the third-largest economy in [[sub-Saharan Africa]] after [[Nigeria]] and [[South Africa]] and hosts the [[UNON|United Nations]], [[UNEP]] and [[UN-HABITAT]] headquarters in Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Reporter |first=Standard |title=Kenya now third-largest economy in sub-Saharan Africa |url=https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2001374151/kenya-now-third-largest-economy-in-sub-saharan-africa |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200608015020/https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2001374151/kenya-now-third-largest-economy-in-sub-saharan-africa |archive-date=8 June 2020 |access-date=2020-06-08 |website=The Standard |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is bordered by [[South Sudan]] to the northwest, [[Ethiopia]] to the north, [[Somalia]] to the east, [[Uganda]] to the west, [[Tanzania]] to the south, and the [[Indian Ocean]] to the southeast. Kenya, in [[Kenya in World War II|World War II]], sent soldiers to fight in the British Army when the [[British Empire]] declared war on [[Nazi Germany]] in 1939 and remained an important asset for the [[Allies of World War II|Allies]] until the end of the war in 1945. Kenya&#039;s [[Geography of Kenya|geography]], [[Climate change in Kenya|climate]] and [[Demographics of Kenya|population]] vary widely, ranging from cold snow-capped mountaintops (Batian, Nelion and Point Lenana on [[Mount Kenya]]) with vast surrounding forests, wildlife and fertile agricultural regions to temperate climates in western and rift valley counties and further on to dry less fertile [[arid]] and [[Semi-arid climate|semi-arid]] areas and absolute deserts ([[Chalbi Desert]] and [[Nyiri Desert]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s earliest inhabitants were [[hunter-gatherer]]s, like the present-day [[Hadza people]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=African Hunter-Gatherers: Survival, History and Politics of Identity |url=https://repository.kulib.kyoto-u.ac.jp/dspace/bitstream/2433/68396/1/ASM_S_26_257.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181104052710/https://repository.kulib.kyoto-u.ac.jp/dspace/bitstream/2433/68396/1/ASM_S_26_257.pdf |archive-date=4 November 2018 |access-date=2021-10-18 |website=repository.kulib.kyoto-u.ac.jp |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The East African Bushmen |url=https://www.researchgate.net/publication/271694891 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220109200619/https://www.researchgate.net/publication/271694891_The_Myth_of_the_East_African_%27Bushmen%27 |archive-date=9 January 2022 |access-date=2021-10-18 |website=researchgate.net |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to archaeological dating of associated artifacts and skeletal material, [[South Cushitic languages|Cushitic speakers]] first settled in Kenya&#039;s lowlands between 3,200 and 1,300 BC, a phase known as the Lowland [[Savanna Pastoral Neolithic]]. [[Nilo-Saharan languages|Nilotic]]-speaking [[pastoralism|pastoralists]] (ancestral to Kenya&#039;s Nilotic speakers) began migrating from present-day [[South Sudan]] into Kenya around 500 BC.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EhretCHS&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Bantu languages|Bantu people]] settled at the coast and the interior between 250 BC and 500 AD.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Wonders Of The African World |url=http://www.pbs.org/wonders/Episodes/Epi2/swahi_2.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191019091759/http://www.pbs.org/wonders/Episodes/Epi2/swahi_2.htm |archive-date=19 October 2019 |access-date=2021-10-18 |website=pbs |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; European contact began in 1500 AD with the [[Portuguese Empire]], and effective colonisation of Kenya began in the 19th century during the [[European exploration of Africa|European exploration of the interior]]. Modern-day Kenya emerged from [[East Africa Protectorate|a protectorate]] established by the [[British Empire]] in 1895 and the subsequent [[Kenya Colony]], which began in 1920. Numerous disputes between the UK and the colony led to the [[Mau Mau uprising|Mau Mau revolution]], which began in 1952, and the declaration of independence in 1963. After independence, Kenya remained a member of the [[Commonwealth of Nations]]. The [[constitution of Kenya|current constitution]] was adopted in 2010 and replaced the [[constitution of Kenya (1963)|1963 independence constitution]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya is a [[Presidential system|presidential]] [[Representative democracy|representative democratic]] republic, in which elected officials represent the people and the president is the head of state and government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=13 December 2007 |title=Victorian Electronic Democracy – Final Report – Table of ContentsVictorian Electronic Democracy – Final Report – Glossary |url=http://www.parliament.vic.gov.au/SARC/E-Democracy/Final_Report/Glossary.htm |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071213045132/http://www.parliament.vic.gov.au/SARC/E-Democracy/Final_Report/Glossary.htm |archive-date=13 December 2007 |access-date=29 January 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is a member of the [[United Nations]], Commonwealth of Nations, [[World Bank]], [[International Monetary Fund]], [[Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa|COMESA]], [[International Criminal Court]], as well as other international organisations. With a [[Gross National Income|GNI]] of 1,840,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) – Kenya |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GNP.PCAP.CD?locations=KE&amp;amp;year_high_desc=true |access-date=3 May 2022 |website=worldbank.org |publisher=World Bank}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is a lower-middle-income economy. [[economy of Kenya|Kenya&#039;s economy]] is the largest in eastern and central Africa,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?pr.x=52&amp;amp;pr.y=2&amp;amp;sy=2008&amp;amp;ey=2011&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=644&amp;amp;s=NGDPD%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPGDP%2CPPPPC%2CLP&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a= Ethiopia GDP purchasing power 2010: 86 billion] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171114072959/http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?pr.x=52&amp;amp;pr.y=2&amp;amp;sy=2008&amp;amp;ey=2011&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=644&amp;amp;s=NGDPD%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPGDP%2CPPPPC%2CLP&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a= |date=14 November 2017 }}. Imf.org. 14 September 2006.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?sy=2008&amp;amp;ey=2011&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=664&amp;amp;s=NGDPD%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPGDP%2CPPPPC%2CLP&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=&amp;amp;pr.x=69&amp;amp;pr.y=14 Kenya GDP purchasing power 2010: 66 Billion] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120111122014/http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?sy=2008&amp;amp;ey=2011&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=664&amp;amp;s=NGDPD%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPGDP%2CPPPPC%2CLP&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=&amp;amp;pr.x=69&amp;amp;pr.y=14 |date=11 January 2012 }}. Imf.org. 14 September 2006.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with [[Nairobi]] serving as a major regional commercial hub.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Agriculture is the largest sector: tea and coffee are traditional cash crops, while fresh flowers are a fast-growing export. The [[service industry]] is also a major economic driver, particularly tourism. Kenya is a member of the [[East African Community]] trade bloc, though some international trade organisations categorise it as part of the [[Greater Horn of Africa]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Maxwell, Daniel, and Ben Watkins. &amp;quot;Humanitarian information systems and emergencies in the Greater Horn of Africa: logical components and logical linkages.&amp;quot; Disasters 27.1 (2003): 72–90.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Africa is Kenya&#039;s largest export market, followed by the European Union.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Mwangi S. Kimenyi |last2=Francis M. Mwega |last3=Njuguna S. Ndung&#039;u |date=May 2016 |title=The African Lions: Kenya country case study |url=http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2016/05/16-kenya-country-case-study/kenya-country-case.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160527210738/http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2016/05/16-kenya-country-case-study/kenya-country-case.pdf |archive-date=27 May 2016 |access-date=23 May 2016 |publisher=The Brookings Institution}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etymology==&lt;br /&gt;
The Republic of Kenya is named after [[Mount Kenya]]. The earliest recorded version of the modern name was written by German explorer [[Johann Ludwig Krapf]] in the 19th century. While travelling with a Kamba caravan led by the long-distance trader [[Chief Kivoi Mwendwa|Chief Kivoi]], Krapf spotted the mountain peak and asked what it was called. Kivoi told him &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Kĩ-Nyaa&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Kĩĩma- Kĩĩnyaa&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;, probably because the pattern of black rock and white snow on its peaks reminded him of the feathers of the male ostrich.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sullivan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Sullivan |first=Paul |title=Kikuyu Districts |publisher=Mkuki na Nyota Publishers |year=2006 |location=Dar es Salaam, Tanzania}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In archaic [[Gikuyu language|Kikuyu]] the word &#039;nyaga&#039; or more commonly &#039;manyaganyaga&#039; is used to describe an extremely bright object. The Agikuyu, who inhabit the slopes of Mt. Kenya, call it Kĩrĩma Kĩrĩnyaga (literally &#039;the mountain with brightness&#039;) in [[Kikuyu language|Kikuyu]], while the Embu call it &amp;quot;Kirenyaa&amp;quot;. All three names have the same meaning.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=History |url=http://www.kenyaembassy.com/aboutkenyahistory.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160526191351/http://www.kenyaembassy.com/aboutkenyahistory.html |archive-date=26 May 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ludwig Krapf recorded the name as both &#039;&#039;Kenia&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Kegnia&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Krapf&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Krapf |first=Johann Ludwig |title=Travels, Researches, and Missionary Labours in Eastern Africa |publisher=Frank Cass &amp;amp; Co. Ltd |year=1860 |location=London |author-link=Johann Ludwig Krapf}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;krapf_452&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Krapf |first=Johann Ludwig |author-link=Johann Ludwig Krapf |date=13 May 1850 |title=Extract from Krapf&#039;s diary |journal=Church Missionary Intelligencer |volume=i |page=452}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;foottit&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Foottit |first=Claire |title=Kenya |publisher=Bradt Travel Guides Ltd |year=2006 |isbn=978-1-84162-066-4 |series=The Brade Travel Guide |orig-year=2004}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some have said that this was a precise notation of the African pronunciation {{IPAc-en|ˈ|k|ɛ|n|j|ə}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Ratcliffe, B. J. |date=January 1943 |title=The Spelling of Kenya |journal=Journal of the Royal African Society |volume=42 |issue=166 |pages=42–44 |jstor=717465}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; An 1882 map drawn by Joseph Thompsons, a Scottish geologist and naturalist, indicated Mt. Kenya as Mt. Kenia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sullivan&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The mountain&#039;s name was accepted, &#039;&#039;[[pars pro toto]]&#039;&#039;, as the name of the country. It did not come into widespread official use during the early colonial period, when the country was referred to as the [[East Africa Protectorate|East African Protectorate]]. The official name was changed to the [[Kenya Colony|Colony of Kenya]] in 1920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{For timeline}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Human prehistory===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Turkana Boy.jpg|thumb|upright=0.65|left|The [[Turkana boy]], a 1.6-million-year-old [[hominid]] fossil belonging to &#039;&#039;[[Homo erectus]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hominid]]s such as &#039;&#039;[[Homo habilis]]&#039;&#039; (1.8 to 2.5 million years ago) and &#039;&#039;[[Homo erectus]]&#039;&#039; (1.9 million to 350,000 years ago) are possible direct ancestors of modern &#039;&#039;[[Homo sapiens]]&#039;&#039;, and lived in Kenya in the [[Pleistocene]] epoch.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Isaac&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Glynn Llywelyn Isaac |first=Barbara Isaac |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=qwEoAQAAMAAJ|page=xiii}} |title=Olorgesailie: archeological studies of a Middle Pleistocene lake basin in Kenya |publisher=University of Chicago Press |year=1977 |page=xiii}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During excavations at Lake Turkana in 1984, paleoanthropologist [[Richard Leakey]], assisted by [[Kamoya Kimeu]], discovered the [[Turkana Boy]], a 1.6-million-year-old &#039;&#039;Homo erectus&#039;&#039; fossil. East Africa, including Kenya, is one of the earliest regions where modern humans (&#039;&#039;[[Homo sapiens]]&#039;&#039;) are believed to have lived. Evidence was found in 2018, dating to about 320,000 years ago, of the early emergence of [[Behavioral modernity|modern behaviours]], including long-distance trade networks (involving goods such as obsidian), the use of pigments, and the possible making of projectile points. The authors of three 2018 studies on the site suggest that complex and modern behaviours had already begun in Africa around the time of the emergence of &#039;&#039;Homo sapiens&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NPR-593591796&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Chatterjee |first=Rhitu |author-link=Rhitu Chatterjee |date=15 March 2018 |title=Scientists Are Amazed By Stone Age Tools They Dug Up In Kenya |work=[[NPR]] |url=https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2018/03/15/593591796/scientists-are-amazed-by-stone-age-tools-they-dug-up-in-kenya |url-status=live |access-date=15 March 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180315193655/https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2018/03/15/593591796/scientists-are-amazed-by-stone-age-tools-they-dug-up-in-kenya |archive-date=15 March 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Atlantic-555674&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Yong |first=Ed |author-link=Ed Yong |date=15 March 2018 |title=A Cultural Leap at the Dawn of Humanity – New finds from Kenya suggest that humans used long-distance trade networks, sophisticated tools, and symbolic pigments right from the dawn of our species. |work=[[The Atlantic]] |url=https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2018/03/a-deeper-origin-of-complex-human-cultures/555674/ |url-status=live |access-date=15 March 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201117002023/https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2018/03/a-deeper-origin-of-complex-human-cultures/555674/ |archive-date=17 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Brooks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |vauthors=Brooks AS, Yellen JE, Potts R, Behrensmeyer AK, Deino AL, Leslie DE, Ambrose SH, Ferguson JR, d&#039;Errico F, Zipkin AM, Whittaker S, Post J, Veatch EG, Foecke K, Clark JB |year=2018 |title=Long-distance stone transport and pigment use in the earliest Middle Stone Age |journal=Science |volume=360 |issue=6384 |pages=90–94 |bibcode=2018Sci...360...90B |doi=10.1126/science.aao2646 |pmid=29545508 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neolithic===&lt;br /&gt;
The first inhabitants of present-day Kenya were [[hunter-gatherer]] groups, akin to the modern [[Khoisan]] speakers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EhretC18&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ehret, C. (2002) &#039;&#039;The Civilizations of Africa: a History to 1800&#039;&#039;, University Press of Virginia, {{ISBN|0-8139-2085-X}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These people were later largely replaced by agropastoralist [[Cushitic]] (ancestral to Kenya&#039;s Cushitic speakers) from the [[Horn of Africa]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EhretHRSC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ehret, C. (1980) &#039;&#039;The historical reconstruction of Southern Cushitic phonology and vocabulary&#039;&#039;, Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik 5, Bd., Reimer, Berlin.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the early [[Holocene]], the regional climate shifted from dry to wetter conditions, providing an opportunity for the development of cultural traditions such as agriculture and [[herding]], in a more favourable environment.&amp;lt;ref name=EhretC18/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Around 500 BC, [[Nilo-Saharan languages|Nilotic]]-speaking [[pastoralism|pastoralists]] (ancestral to Kenya&#039;s Nilotic speakers) started migrating from present-day southern Sudan into Kenya.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EhretCHS&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ehret, C. (1983) &#039;&#039;Culture History in the Southern Sudan&#039;&#039;, J. Mack, P. Robertshaw, Eds., British Institute in Eastern Africa, Nairobi, pp. 19–48, {{ISBN|1-872566-04-9}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AmbroseALR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ambrose, S.H. (1982). &amp;quot;Archaeological and linguistic reconstructions of history in East Africa.&amp;quot; In Ehert, C., and Posnansky, M. (eds.), &#039;&#039;The archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history&#039;&#039;, University of California Press, {{ISBN|0-520-04593-9}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AmbroseSG&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ambrose, S.H. (1986) &#039;&#039;Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika&#039;&#039; 7.2, 11.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Nilotic groups in Kenya include the [[Kalenjin people|Kalenjin]], [[Samburu people|Samburu]], [[Luo (family of ethnic groups)|Luo]], [[Turkana people|Turkana]], and [[Maasai people|Maasai]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ILO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=_84Gg-o5BhYC|page=55}} |title=Traditional occupations of indigenous and tribal peoples: Emerging trends |date=2000 |publisher=International Labour Organization |isbn=9789221122586 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the first millennium AD, [[Bantu languages|Bantu]]-speaking farmers had moved into the region, initially along the coast.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EhretACA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ehret, C. (1998) &#039;&#039;An African Classical Age : Eastern and Southern Africa in World History, 1000 B.C. to A.D. 400.&#039;&#039;, University Press of Virginia, Charlottesville, pp. xvii, 354, {{ISBN|0-8139-2057-4}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Bantus originated in West Africa along the [[Benue River]] in what is now eastern [[Nigeria]] and western [[Cameroon]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WayneSmith&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Smith, C. Wayne (1995) &#039;&#039;Crop Production: Evolution, History, and Technology&#039;&#039;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, p. 132, {{ISBN|0-471-07972-3}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Bantu migration brought new developments in agriculture and [[History of ferrous metallurgy|ironworking]] to the region.&amp;lt;ref name=WayneSmith/&amp;gt; Bantu groups in Kenya include the [[Kikuyu people|Kikuyu]], [[Luhya people|Luhya]], [[Kamba people|Kamba]], [[Gusii people|Kisii]], [[Meru people|Meru]], [[Kuria people|Kuria]], [[Aembu]], [[Ambeere]], [[Wadawida]]-Watuweta, Wapokomo, and [[Mijikenda peoples|Mijikenda]], among others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notable prehistoric sites in the interior of Kenya include the (possibly archaeoastronomical) site [[Namoratunga]] on the west side of [[Lake Turkana]] and the walled settlement of [[Thimlich Ohinga]] in [[Migori County]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swahili trade period===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Swahili culture|Sultanate of Zanzibar}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lamu door.jpg|thumb|right|A traditional [[Swahili culture|Swahili]] carved wooden door in [[Lamu]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Kenyan coast had served as host to communities of [[ironwork]]ers and Bantu subsistence farmers, hunters, and fishers who supported the economy with agriculture, fishing, metal production, and trade with foreign countries. These communities formed the earliest city-states in the region, which were collectively known as [[Azania]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pbs.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Wonders of the African World |url=https://www.pbs.org/wonders/fr_e2.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200301223400/http://www.pbs.org/wonders/fr_e2.htm |archive-date=1 March 2020 |access-date=16 April 2010 |publisher=[[PBS]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the 1st century CE, many of the [[city-states]] such as [[Mombasa]], [[Malindi]], and [[Zanzibar]] began to establish trading relations with [[Arabs]]. This led to the increased economic growth of the Swahili states, the introduction of [[Islam]], [[Arabic]] influences on the Swahili [[Bantu language]], [[cultural diffusion]], as well as the Swahili city-states becoming members of a larger trade network.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=History and Origin of Swahili – Jifunze Kiswahili |url=http://www.swahilihub.com/JifunzeKiswahili/-/1306806/1333292/-/jbyx02z/-/index.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160621021817/http://www.swahilihub.com/JifunzeKiswahili/-/1306806/1333292/-/jbyx02z/-/index.html |archive-date=21 June 2016 |access-date=17 July 2016 |publisher=swahilihub.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Nanjira&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Nanjira |first=Daniel Don |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=LZuxGsXVPoMC|page=114}} |title=African Foreign Policy and Diplomacy from Antiquity to the 21st Century |date=2010 |publisher=ABC-CLIO |isbn=9780313379826 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many historians had long believed that the city-states were established by Arab or Persian traders, but archaeological evidence has led scholars to recognise the city-states as an indigenous development which, though subjected to foreign influence due to trade, retained a Bantu cultural core.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Spear, Thomas |year=2000 |title=Early Swahili History Reconsidered |journal=The International Journal of African Historical Studies |volume=33 |issue=2 |pages=257–290 |doi=10.2307/220649 |jstor=220649}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Kilwa Sultanate]] was a medieval [[sultanate]] centred at [[Kilwa Kisiwani|Kilwa]], in modern-day Tanzania. At its height, its authority stretched over the entire length of the [[Swahili Coast]], including Kenya. It was said to be founded in the 10th century by [[Ali ibn al-Hassan Shirazi]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;شاكر مصطفى, &#039;&#039;موسوعة دوال العالم الأسلامي ورجالها الجزء الثالث&#039;&#039;, (دار العلم للملايين: 1993), p. 1360&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a [[Persian people|Persian]] Sultan from [[Shiraz]] in southern Iran.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Hastings, James (2003) &#039;&#039;Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics Part 24&#039;&#039;, Kessinger Publishing, p. 847&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, scholars have suggested that claims of Arab or Persian origin of city-states were attempts by the [[Swahili people|Swahili]] to legitimise themselves both locally and internationally.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The wealth of Africa The Swahili Coast |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/pdf/SwahiliCoast_TeachersNotes.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161105175356/https://www.britishmuseum.org/pdf/SwahiliCoast_TeachersNotes.pdf |archive-date=5 November 2016 |access-date=7 June 2017 |publisher=British Museum}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=K. Kris Hirst |date=12 February 2017 |title=Swahili Culture Guide – The Rise and Fall of Swahili States |url=https://www.thoughtco.com/swahili-culture-guide-171638 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170828061949/https://www.thoughtco.com/swahili-culture-guide-171638 |archive-date=28 August 2017 |access-date=11 June 2017 |publisher=10 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since the 10th century, rulers of Kilwa would go on to build elaborate coral mosques and introduce copper coinage.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Nicolini |first=Beatrice |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=kVwhcDDhHQkC|page=62}} |title=Makran, Oman, and Zanzibar: Three-Terminal Cultural Corridor in the Western Indian Ocean, 1799–1856 |date=1 January 2004 |publisher=BRILL |isbn=9789004137806 |page=62 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swahili, a Bantu language with [[Arabic language|Arabic]], [[Persian language|Persian]], and other Middle-Eastern and South Asian [[loanword]]s, later developed as a &#039;&#039;[[lingua franca]]&#039;&#039; for trade between the different peoples.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pbs.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Since the turn of the 20th century, Swahili has adopted numerous loanwords and calques from English, many of them originating during English colonial rule.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Gower |first=R.H. |date=April 1952 |title=Swahili Borrowings from English |url=https://www.jstor.org/stable/1156242 |journal=Africa |volume=22 |issue=2 |pages=154–157 |doi=10.2307/1156242 |jstor=1156242 |s2cid=146513246}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Early Portuguese colonization===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Braun Mombasa UBHD.jpg|thumb|left|[[Portuguese Empire|Portuguese presence]] in Kenya lasted from 1498 until 1730. [[Mombasa]] was under Portuguese rule from 1593 to 1698 and again from 1728 to 1729.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Swahili built Mombasa into a major port city and established trade links with other nearby city-states, as well as commercial centres in Persia, Arabia, and even India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Alsayyad, Nezar |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=6u3CRDloG-YC|page=22}} |title=Hybrid Urbanism |date=30 March 2001 |publisher=Greenwood Publishing Group |isbn=978-0-275-96612-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By the 15th-century, Portuguese voyager [[Duarte Barbosa]] claimed that &amp;quot;Mombasa is a place of great traffic and has a good harbour in which there are always moored small craft of many kinds and also great ships, both of which are bound from Sofala and others which come from Cambay and Melinde and others which sail to the island of Zanzibar.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Ali, Shanti Sadiq |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=3CPc22nMqIC|page=24}} |title=The African Dispersal in the Deccan |publisher=Orient Blackswan |year=1996 |isbn=978-81-250-0485-1}}{{Dead link|date=February 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 17th century, the Swahili coast was conquered and came under the direct rule of the [[Omani Arabs]], who expanded the [[Indian Ocean slave trade|slave trade]] to meet the demands of plantations in [[Oman]] and [[Zanzibar]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/548305/slavery/24157/Slave-societies Slavery (sociology)] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150602182633/https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/548305/slavery/24157/Slave-societies |date=2 June 2015 }}&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;Encyclopædia Britannica&#039;&#039; Online.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Initially, these traders came mainly from Oman, but later many came from Zanzibar (such as [[Tippu Tip]]).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/ngm/data/2001/10/01/html/ft_20011001.6.html Swahili Coast] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180119091452/http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/ngm/data/2001/10/01/html/ft_20011001.6.html |date=19 January 2018 }}. &#039;&#039;National Geographic&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In addition, the Portuguese started buying slaves from the Omani and Zanzibari traders in response to the interruption of the transatlantic slave trade by British abolitionists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the centuries, the Kenyan coast has played host to many merchants and explorers. Among the cities that line the Kenyan coast is Malindi. It has remained an important Swahili settlement since the 14th century and once rivalled Mombasa for dominance in the African Great Lakes region. Malindi has traditionally been a friendly port city for foreign powers. In 1414, the Chinese trader and explorer [[Zheng He]], representing the [[Ming Dynasty]], visited the East African coast on one of his last &#039;[[Ming treasure voyages|treasure voyages]]&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=PBS website |url=https://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/ancient/ancient-chinese-explorers.html |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151008050639/http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/ancient/ancient-chinese-explorers.html |archive-date=8 October 2015 |access-date=12 October 2015 |website=[[PBS]]|date=16 January 2001 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malindi authorities also welcomed the Portuguese explorer [[Vasco da Gama]] in 1498.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===18th and 19th centuries===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 18th and 19th century C.E, the [[Masai people]] moved into what is now modern-day central Kenya, from a region north of Lake Rudolf (now [[Lake Turkana]]). Although there were not many, they managed to conquer a great amount of Bantu-speaking peoples, who did not put up much resistance. The [[Nandi people|Nandi]] peoples managed to oppose the Masai, while the Taveta peoples fled to the forests on the eastern edge of [[Mount Kilimanjaro]], along with the Kikuyu peoples, although they later were forced to leave the land due to the threat of [[smallpox]]. An outbreak of either [[rinderpest]] or [[pleuropneumonia]] greatly affected the Masai&#039;s cattle, while an epidemic of smallpox affected the Masai themselves. After the death of the Masai [[Mbatian]], the chief &#039;&#039;laibon&#039;&#039; (medicine man), the Masai split into warring factions. There was much strife between the Nilotic (Masai) and Bantu peoples; however, cooperation between such groups as the [[Luo people]], [[Luhya people]], and [[Gusii people]] is evinced by shared vocabulary for modern implements and similar economic regimes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Ndeda |first=Mildred |year=2019 |title=Population movement, settlement and the construction of society to the east of Lake Victoria in precolonial times: the western Kenyan case |url=https://journals.openedition.org/eastafrica/473 |journal=The East African Review |issue=52 |pages=83–108 |doi=10.4000/eastafrica.473 |s2cid=198396394}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although Arab traders remained in the area, trade routes were disrupted by the hostile Masai, though there was trade in ivory between these factions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Beachey |first=R.W. |date=1967 |title=The East African Ivory Trade in the Nineteenth Century |journal=The Journal of African History |volume=8 |issue=2 |pages=269–290 |doi=10.1017/S0021853700007052 |s2cid=162882930}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The first foreigners to successfully get past the Masai were [[Johann Ludwig Krapf]] and [[Johannes Rebmann]], two German missionaries who established a mission in [[Rabai]], not too far from [[Mombasa]]. The pair were the first Europeans to sight [[Mount Kenya]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Johannes Rebmann |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |url=https://www.britannica.com/biography/Johannes-Rebmann |access-date=15 August 2022 |edition=Online}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===German Protectorate (1885–1890)===&lt;br /&gt;
The colonial history of Kenya dates from the establishment of a [[German Empire]] protectorate over the Sultan of [[Zanzibar]]&#039;s coastal possessions in 1885, followed by the arrival of the [[Imperial British East Africa Company]] in 1888. Imperial rivalry was prevented by the [[Heligoland–Zanzibar Treaty]], Germany handed its East African coastal holdings to Britain in 1890.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===British Kenya (1888–1962)===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Kenya Colony}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Africa 1909 16a.png|thumb|right|[[British East Africa]] in 1909]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transfer by Germany to Britain was followed by the building of the [[Uganda Railway]] passing through the country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Encyclopædia Britannica&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Encyclopædia Britannica&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The building of the railway was resisted by some ethnic groups—notably the [[Nandi people|Nandi]], led by &#039;&#039;[[Orkoiyot]]&#039;&#039; [[Koitalel Arap Samoei]] from 1890 to 1900—but the British eventually built it. The &#039;&#039;Nandi&#039;&#039; were the first ethnic group to be put in a native reserve to stop them from disrupting the building of the railway.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Encyclopædia Britannica&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the railway construction era, there was a significant influx of Indian workers, who provided the bulk of the skilled manpower required for construction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;R. Mugo Gatheru 2005&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[R. Mugo Gatheru]] (2005) &#039;&#039;Kenya: From Colonization to Independence, 1888–1970&#039;&#039;, McFarland, {{ISBN|0-7864-2199-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; They and most of their descendants later remained in Kenya and formed the core of several distinct Indian communities, such as the [[Ismailism|Ismaili Muslim]] and [[Sikh]] communities. While building the railway through [[Tsavo]], a number of the Indian railway workers and local African labourers were attacked by two lions known as the [[Tsavo maneaters]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Ismaili muslim |url=http://www.magicalkenya.com/default.nsf/doc21/4YQ4W3FZEI64?opendocument&amp;amp;l=1&amp;amp;e=7&amp;amp;s=1 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090103151208/http://www.magicalkenya.com/default.nsf/doc21/4YQ4W3FZEI64?opendocument&amp;amp;l=1&amp;amp;e=7&amp;amp;s=1 |archive-date=3 January 2009 |access-date=16 April 2010 |publisher=Magicalkenya.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the outbreak of [[World War I]] in August 1914, the governors of [[British East Africa]] (as the protectorate was generally known) and [[German East Africa]] initially agreed on a truce in an attempt to keep the young colonies out of direct hostilities. But Lieutenant Colonel [[Paul von Lettow-Vorbeck]], the German military commander, determined to tie down as many British resources as possible. Completely cut off from Germany, Lettow-Vorbeck conducted [[East African campaign (World War I)|an effective guerrilla warfare campaign]], living off the land, capturing British supplies, and remaining undefeated. He eventually surrendered in [[Northern Rhodesia]] (today Zambia) 14 days after the Armistice was signed in 1918.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;R. Mugo Gatheru 2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kurve bei Mombasa.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|left|The [[Uganda Railway|Kenya–Uganda Railway]] near [[Mombasa]], about 1899]]&lt;br /&gt;
To chase von Lettow, the British deployed the [[British Indian Army]] troops from India but needed large numbers of porters to overcome the formidable logistics of transporting supplies far into the interior on foot. The [[Carrier Corps]] was formed and ultimately mobilised over 400,000 Africans, contributing to their long-term politicisation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;R. Mugo Gatheru 2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1920, the East Africa Protectorate was turned into a colony and renamed Kenya after its highest mountain.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Encyclopædia Britannica&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the early part of the 20th century, the interior central highlands were settled by British and other European farmers, who became wealthy farming coffee and tea.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20090211070504/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,901759-3,00.html &amp;quot;We Want Our Country&amp;quot;]. &#039;&#039;Time&#039;&#039;. 5 November 1965&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; One depiction of this period of change from a colonist&#039;s perspective is found in the memoir &#039;&#039;[[Out of Africa]]&#039;&#039; by Danish author Baroness Karen von Blixen-Finecke, published in 1937. By the 1930s, approximately 30,000 white settlers lived in the area and gained a political voice because of their contribution to the market economy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;R. Mugo Gatheru 2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central highlands were already home to over a million members of the Kikuyu people, most of whom had no land claims in European terms and lived as itinerant farmers. To protect their interests, the settlers banned the growing of coffee and introduced a hut tax, and the landless were granted less and less land in exchange for their labour. A massive exodus to the cities ensued as their ability to make a living from the land dwindled.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;R. Mugo Gatheru 2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; By the 1950s, there were 80,000 [[Whites in Kenya|white settlers]] living in Kenya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Firestone |first=Matthew |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=R-r3g6OdLEUC|page=28}} |title=Kenya |date=15 September 2010 |publisher=Lonely Planet Publications |isbn=9781742203553 |page=28 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout [[World War II]], [[Kenya in World War II|Kenya was]] an important source of manpower and agriculture for the United Kingdom. Kenya itself was the site of [[East African Campaign (World War II)|fighting]] between Allied forces and Italian troops in 1940–41, when Italian forces invaded. [[Wajir]] and [[Malindi]] were bombed as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mau Mau Uprising===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Mau Mau Uprising}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Statue of Dedan Kimathi Nairobi, Kenya.jpg|thumb|A statue of [[Dedan Kimathi]], a Kenyan rebel leader with the [[Kenya Land and Freedom Army|Mau Mau]] who fought against the British colonial system in the 1950s]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From October 1952 to December 1959, Kenya was in a state of emergency arising from the [[Mau Mau Uprising|Mau Mau rebellion]] against British rule. The Mau Mau, also known as the Kenya Land and Freedom Army, were primarily Kikuyu people. During the colonial administration&#039;s crackdown, over 11,000 rebel fighters had been killed, along with 100 British troops and 2,000 Kenyan loyalist soldiers. The governor requested and obtained British and African troops, including the [[King&#039;s African Rifles]]. The British began counter-insurgency operations. In May 1953, General Sir [[George Erskine]] took charge as commander-in-chief of the colony&#039;s armed forces, with the personal backing of [[Winston Churchill]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wunyabari O. Maloba 1993&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Maloba, Wunyabari O. (1993) &#039;&#039;Mau Mau and Kenya: An Analysis of Peasant Revolt&#039;&#039;, Indiana University Press, 0852557450.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capture of [[Waruhiu Itote]] (nom de guerre &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;General China&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;) on 15 January 1954 and the subsequent interrogation led to a better understanding of the Mau Mau command structure for the British. [[Mau Mau Uprising#British gain the initiative|Operation Anvil]] opened on 24 April 1954, after weeks of planning by the army with the approval of the War Council. The operation effectively placed Nairobi under military siege. Nairobi&#039;s occupants were screened and suspected Mau Mau supporters moved to detention camps. More than 80,000 Kikuyu were [[List of British Detention Camps during the Mau Mau Uprising|held in detention camps]] without trial, often subject to brutal treatment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=18 August 2016 |title=Uncovering the brutal truth about the British empire |work=The Guardian |url=https://www.theguardian.com/news/2016/aug/18/uncovering-truth-british-empire-caroline-elkins-mau-mau |url-status=live |access-date=22 November 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190601152655/https://www.theguardian.com/news/2016/aug/18/uncovering-truth-british-empire-caroline-elkins-mau-mau |archive-date=1 June 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Home Guard formed the core of the government&#039;s strategy as it was composed of loyalist Africans, not foreign forces such as the [[British Army]] and King&#039;s African Rifles.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Mau Mau |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |url=https://www.britannica.com/topic/Mau-Mau |access-date=15 August 2022 |edition=Online}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capture of [[Dedan Kimathi]] on 21 October 1956 in [[Nyeri]] signified the ultimate defeat of the Mau Mau and essentially ended the military offensive.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wunyabari O. Maloba 1993&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; During this period, substantial governmental changes to land tenure occurred. The most important of these was the [[Swynnerton Plan]], which was used to both reward loyalists and punish Mau Mau. This left roughly 1/3rd of Kikuyu bereft of any tenancy land arrangement and thus propertyless at the time of independence.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Anderson |first=David |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9-LhkJxuaXYC |title=Histories of the Hanged: The Dirty War in Kenya and the End of Empire |publisher=Weidenfeld and Nicolson |year=2005 |isbn=0-393-05986-3 |location=London}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Somalis of Kenya referendum, 1962===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Somalis in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Before Kenya got its independence, [[Somalis in Kenya|Somali ethnic people in present-day Kenya]] in the areas of [[Northern Frontier Districts]] petitioned Her Majesty&#039;s Government not to be included in Kenya. The colonial government decided to hold Kenya&#039;s first referendum in 1962 to check the willingness of [[Somalis in Kenya]] to join [[Somalia]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Castagno |first=A. A. |year=1964 |title=The Somali-Kenyan Controversy: Implications for the Future |journal=The Journal of Modern African Studies |volume=2 |issue=2 |pages=165–188 |doi=10.1017/S0022278X00003980 |jstor=158817 |s2cid=154443409}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result of the referendum showed that 86% of Somalis in Kenya wanted to join [[Somalia]], but the British colonial administration rejected the result and the Somalis remained in Kenya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=NORTHERN FRONTIER DISTRICT OF KENYA (Hansard, 3 April 1963) |url=https://api.parliament.uk/historic-hansard/lords/1963/apr/03/northern-frontier-district-of-kenya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191015183914/https://api.parliament.uk/historic-hansard/lords/1963/apr/03/northern-frontier-district-of-kenya |archive-date=15 October 2019 |access-date=31 December 2019 |website=api.parliament.uk}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya, 1962: Enumeration Forms in English |url=https://www.waikato.ac.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/117476/Kenya-1962-en.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190204114833/https://www.waikato.ac.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/117476/Kenya-1962-en.pdf |archive-date=4 February 2019 |access-date=2020-05-24}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Independence===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Jomo Kenyatta.jpg|thumb|upright|left|The first president and founding father of Kenya, [[Jomo Kenyatta]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first direct elections for native Kenyans to the Legislative Council took place in 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite British hopes of handing power to &amp;quot;moderate&amp;quot; local rivals, it was the [[Kenya African National Union]] (KANU) of [[Jomo Kenyatta]] that formed a government. The Colony of Kenya and the Protectorate of Kenya each came to an end on 12 December 1963, with independence conferred on all of Kenya. The U.K. ceded sovereignty over the Colony of Kenya. The Sultan of Zanzibar agreed that simultaneous with independence for the colony, he would cease to have sovereignty over the Protectorate of Kenya so that all of Kenya would become one sovereign state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kenneth Roberts-Wray 1966. P. 762&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Commonwealth and Colonial Law&amp;quot; by [[Kenneth Roberts-Wray]], London, Stevens, 1966. P. 762&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;HC Deb 22 November 1963 vol 684 cc1329-400 wherein the UK Under-Secretary of State for Commonwealth Relations and for the Colonies stated: &amp;quot;An agreement was then signed on the 8th October 1963, providing that on the date when Kenya became independent the territories comprising the Kenya Coastal Strip would become part of Kenya proper.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In this way, Kenya became an independent country under the Kenya Independence Act 1963 of the United Kingdom. On 12 December 1964, Kenya became a republic under the name &amp;quot;Republic of Kenya&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kenneth Roberts-Wray 1966. P. 762&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concurrently, the Kenyan army fought the [[Shifta War]] against ethnic Somali rebels inhabiting the [[Northern Frontier District]] who wanted to join their kin in the [[Somali Republic]] to the north.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bruce Baker, &#039;&#039;Escape from Domination in Africa: Political Disengagement &amp;amp; Its Consequences&#039;&#039;, (Africa World Press: 2003), p.83&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A ceasefire was eventually reached with the signing of the Arusha Memorandum in October 1967, but relative insecurity prevailed through 1969.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hogg1986&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Hogg |first=Richard |year=1986 |title=The New Pastoralism: Poverty and Dependency in Northern Kenya |journal=Africa: Journal of the International African Institute |volume=56 |issue=3 |pages=319–333 |doi=10.2307/1160687 |jstor=1160687 |s2cid=146312775}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Howell1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Howell |first=John |date=May 1968 |title=An Analysis of Kenyan Foreign Policy |journal=The Journal of Modern African Studies |volume=6 |issue=1 |pages=29–48 |doi=10.1017/S0022278X00016657 |jstor=158675 |s2cid=154605094}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; To discourage further invasions, Kenya signed a defence pact with [[Ethiopia]] in 1969, which is still in effect.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Foreign Relations of the United States, 1969–1976, Volume E–6, Documents on Africa, 1973–1976 - Office of the Historian |url=https://history.state.gov/historicaldocuments/frus1969-76ve06/d183 |access-date=2023-03-26 |website=history.state.gov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Kabukuru |first=Wanjohi |date=2015-02-26 |title=The Kenya-Ethiopia Defence Pact: Is Somalia a pawn? |url=https://newafricanmagazine.com/10026/ |access-date=2023-03-26 |website=New African Magazine |language=en-GB}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First presidency===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Presidency of Jomo Kenyatta|Jomo Kenyatta}}&lt;br /&gt;
On 12 December 1964, the Republic of Kenya was proclaimed, and [[Jomo Kenyatta]] became Kenya&#039;s first president.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Permanent Mission of the Republic of Kenya to the United Nations |year=2002 |title=Kenya at the United Nations |url=http://kenyaun.org/polhistory.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090608141216/http://kenyaun.org/polhistory.html |archive-date=8 June 2009 |access-date=15 February 2010 |publisher=Consulate General of Kenya in New York}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Under Kenyatta, corruption became widespread throughout the government, civil service, and business community. Kenyatta and his family were tied up with this corruption as they enriched themselves through the mass purchase of property after 1963. Their acquisitions in the Central, Rift Valley, and Coast Provinces aroused great anger among landless Kenyans. His family used his presidential position to circumvent legal or administrative obstacles to acquiring property. The Kenyatta family also heavily invested in the coastal hotel business, with Kenyatta personally owning the Leonard Beach Hotel.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Boone |first=Catherine |date=April 2012 |title=Land Conflict and Distributive Politics in Kenya |url=https://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/bitstream/2152/19778/2/Boone_AfricanStudiesReview.pdf |journal=African Studies Review |volume=55 |issue=1 |pages=75–103 |doi=10.1353/arw.2012.0010 |issn=0002-0206 |s2cid=154334560 |hdl-access=free |hdl=2152/19778}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenyatta&#039;s mixed legacy was highlighted at the 10-year anniversary of Kenya&#039;s independence. A December 1973 article in &#039;&#039;[[The New York Times]]&#039;&#039; praised Kenyatta&#039;s leadership and Kenya for emerging as a model of pragmatism and conservatism. Kenya&#039;s GDP had increased at an annual rate of 6.6%, higher than the population growth rate of more than 3%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Times |first=Charles Mohr Special to The New York |date=16 December 1973 |title=Kenya, 10 Years Independent, Emerges as a Model of Stability (Published 1973) |work=The New York Times |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1973/12/16/archives/kenya-10-years-independent-emerges-as-a-model-of-stability-the.html |url-status=live |access-date=19 November 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201127081501/https://www.nytimes.com/1973/12/16/archives/kenya-10-years-independent-emerges-as-a-model-of-stability-the.html |archive-date=27 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; But [[Amnesty International]] responded to the article by stating the cost of the stability in terms of human rights abuses. The opposition party started by [[Oginga Odinga]]—[[Kenya People&#039;s Union]] (KPU)—was banned in 1969 after the [[Kisumu Massacre]] and KPU leaders were still in detention without trial in gross violation of the [[U.N. Declaration of Human Rights]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sproul&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=16 January 1974 |title=Letters to the Editor (Published 1974) |work=The New York Times |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1974/01/16/archives/letters-to-the-editor-birth-rates-and-energy-use-the-questionable.html |url-status=live |access-date=19 November 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201130233151/https://www.nytimes.com/1974/01/16/archives/letters-to-the-editor-birth-rates-and-energy-use-the-questionable.html |archive-date=30 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amnesty International Annual Report 1973-1974. Available from |date=January 1974 |url=https://www.amnesty.org/download/Documents/POL100011974ENGLISH.PDF |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210121125801/https://www.amnesty.org/download/Documents/POL100011974ENGLISH.PDF |archive-date=21 January 2021 |access-date=19 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Kenya Students Union, [[Jehovah Witnesses]] and all opposition parties were outlawed.&amp;lt;ref name=sproul/&amp;gt; Kenyatta ruled until his death on 22 August 1978.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Ndegwa |first=Stephen N. |date=1999 |title=Multi-Party Politics in Kenya: the Kenyatta and Moi States and the Triumph of the System in the 1992 Election (review) |journal=Africa Today |volume=46 |issue=2 |pages=146–148 |doi=10.1353/at.1999.0008 |issn=1527-1978 |s2cid=145810474}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moi era===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moi and Bush.jpg|thumb|[[Daniel arap Moi]], Kenya&#039;s second President, and George W. Bush, 2001]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Daniel arap Moi|Presidency of Daniel Moi|1978 Kenyan presidential election|1988 Kenyan general election|1992 Kenyan general election}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Kenyatta died, [[Daniel arap Moi]] became president. He retained the presidency, running unopposed in elections held in 1979, 1983 ([[snap election]]s), and 1988, all of which were held under the single-party constitution. The 1983 elections were held a year early, and were a direct result of [[1982 Kenyan coup d&#039;état attempt|a failed military coup]] on 2 August 1982.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1982 coup was masterminded by a low-ranking Air Force serviceman, Senior Private [[Hezekiah Ochuka]], and was staged mainly by enlisted men of the Air Force. It was quickly suppressed by forces commanded by Chief of General Staff [[Mahamoud Mohamed]], a veteran Somali military official.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=3MctAQAAIAAJ|page=12}} |title=Society |publisher=Nyamora Communications Limited |year=1992 |page=12}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; They included the General Service Unit (GSU)—a paramilitary wing of the police—and later the regular police.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the heels of the [[Garissa Massacre]] of 1980, Kenyan troops committed the [[Wagalla massacre]] in 1984 against thousands of civilians in [[Wajir County]]. An official probe into the atrocities was later ordered in 2011.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=11 February 2011 |title=Wagalla massacre: Raila Odinga orders Kenya probe |publisher=BBC |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-12463001 |url-status=live |access-date=14 November 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140622041516/http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-12463001 |archive-date=22 June 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{clarify|What were the results of the probe?|date=December 2019}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The election held in 1988 saw the advent of the &#039;&#039;mlolongo&#039;&#039; (queuing) system, where voters were supposed to line up behind their favoured candidates instead of casting a secret ballot.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Harden, Blaine (25 February 1988) [https://web.archive.org/web/20110215084715/http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1P2-1241691.html Many Voters Stay Home as Kenya Drops Secret Ballot in Parliamentary Election], &#039;&#039;[[The Washington Post]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This was seen as the climax of a very undemocratic regime and led to widespread agitation for constitutional reform. Several contentious clauses, including the one that allowed for only one political party, were changed in the following years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |title=Handbook on Religious Liberty Around the World |publisher=The Rutherford Institute |editor-last=Moreno, Pedro C. |location=Charlottesville, VA |chapter=Kenya |chapter-url=http://religiousfreedom.lib.virginia.edu/rihand/Kenya.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100629014936/http://religiousfreedom.lib.virginia.edu/rihand/Kenya.html |archive-date=29 June 2010 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition to multiparty democracy ===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1991, Kenya transitioned to a multiparty political system after 26 years of single-party rule. On 28 October 1992, Moi dissolved parliament, five months before the end of his term. As a result, preparations began for all elective seats in parliament as well as the president. The election was scheduled to take place on 7 December 1992, but delays led to its postponement to 29 December. Apart from KANU, the ruling party, other parties represented in the elections included [[Forum for the Restoration of Democracy|FORD]] Kenya and FORD Asili. This election was marked by large-scale intimidation of opponents and harassment of election officials. It resulted in an economic crisis propagated by ethnic violence as the president was accused of rigging electoral results to retain power.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Keith&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Keith. |first=Kyle |title=Politics of the independence of Kenya |date=1999 |publisher=Macmillan |isbn=978-0333720080 |oclc=795968156}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Goldsworthy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Goldsworthy |first=David |date=March 1982 |title=Ethnicity and Leadership in Africa: the &#039;Untypical&#039; Case of Tom Mboya |journal=The Journal of Modern African Studies |volume=20 |issue=1 |pages=107–126 |doi=10.1017/s0022278x00000082 |issn=0022-278X |s2cid=154841201}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ParliamentKe&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=KENYA: parliamentary elections National Assembly, 1992 |url=http://archive.ipu.org/parline-e/reports/arc/2167_92.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180817091746/http://archive.ipu.org/parline-e/reports/arc/2167_92.htm |archive-date=17 August 2018 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=archive.ipu.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This election was a turning point for Kenya as it signified the beginning of the end of Moi&#039;s leadership and the rule of KANU. Moi retained the presidency and [[George Saitoti]] became vice president. Although it held on to power, KANU won 100 seats and lost 88 seats to the six opposition parties.&amp;lt;ref name=Keith/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ParliamentKe&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1992 elections marked the beginning of multiparty politics after more than 25 years of KANU rule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Keith&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Following skirmishes in the aftermath of the elections, 5,000 people were killed and another 75,000 displaced from their homes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=19 July 2007 |title=Clashes, elections and land – church keeps watch in Molo |url=http://www.irinnews.org/report/73319/kenya-clashes-elections-and-land-church-keeps-watch-molo |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171217115300/http://www.irinnews.org/report/73319/kenya-clashes-elections-and-land-church-keeps-watch-molo |archive-date=17 December 2017 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=IRIN}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the next five years, many political alliances were formed in preparation for the next elections. In 1994, [[Jaramogi Oginga Odinga]] died and several coalitions joined his FORD Kenya party to form a new party, United National Democratic Alliance. This party was plagued with disagreements. In 1995, [[Richard Leakey]] formed the Safina party, but it was denied registration until November 1997.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BBCKenyaHist&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=31 January 2018 |title=Kenya profile |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-13682176 |url-status=live |access-date=29 January 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190130010047/https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-13682176 |archive-date=30 January 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1996, KANU revised the constitution to allow Moi to remain president for another term. Subsequently, Moi stood for reelection and won a 5th term in 1997.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya History Timeline – historic overview of Kenya, Africa |url=https://crawfurd.dk/africa/kenya_timeline.htm |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181223160656/https://crawfurd.dk/africa/kenya_timeline.htm |archive-date=23 December 2018 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=Crawfurd Homepage}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; His win was strongly criticised by his major opponents, [[Mwai Kibaki|Kibaki]] and [[Raila Odinga|Odinga]], as fraudulent.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BBCKenyaHist&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ReferenceA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Anderson |first=David M. |year=2003 |title=Kenya&#039;s Elections 2002 – The Dawning of a New Era? |journal=African Affairs |volume=102 |issue=407 |pages=331–342 |doi=10.1093/afraf/adg007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following this win, Moi was constitutionally barred from another presidential term. Beginning in 1998, he attempted to influence the country&#039;s succession politics to have [[Uhuru Kenyatta]] elected in the 2002 elections.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=AfricaNews |date=25 October 2017 |title=A look at Kenya&#039;s elections history since independence in 1964 |url=http://www.africanews.com/2017/10/25/a-look-at-kenya-s-elections-history-since-independence-in-1964/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190130000204/http://www.africanews.com/2017/10/25/a-look-at-kenya-s-elections-history-since-independence-in-1964/ |archive-date=30 January 2019 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=Africanews}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===President Kibaki and the road to a new constitution===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Mwai Kibaki|Presidency of Mwai Kibaki|2002 Kenyan general election|2007 Kenyan general election}}&lt;br /&gt;
Moi&#039;s plan to be replaced by Uhuru Kenyatta failed, and [[Mwai Kibaki]], running for the opposition coalition &amp;quot;National Rainbow Coalition&amp;quot; ([[National Rainbow Coalition|NARC]]), was elected president. David Anderson (2003) reports the elections were judged free and fair by local and international observers, and seemed to mark a turning point in Kenya&#039;s democratic evolution.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ReferenceA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2005, Kenyans rejected a plan to replace the 1963 independence constitution with a new one.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Of Oranges and Bananas: The 2005 Kenya Referendum on the Constitution |url=http://www.cmi.no/publications/2368-of-oranges-and-bananas |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160512022757/http://www.cmi.no/publications/2368-of-oranges-and-bananas |archive-date=12 May 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=CMI – Chr. Michelsen Institute}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As a result, the elections of 2007 took place following the procedure set by the old constitution. Kibaki was reelected in highly contested elections marred by [[2007–08 Kenyan crisis|political and ethnic violence]]. The main opposition leader, Raila Odinga, claimed the election was rigged and that he was the rightfully elected president. In the ensuing violence, 1,500 people were killed and another 600,000 internally displaced, making it the worst post-election violence in Kenya. To stop the death and displacement of people, Kibaki and Odinga agreed to work together, with the latter taking the position of a prime minister.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=12 April 2008 |title=Deal to end Kenyan crisis agreed |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7344816.stm |url-status=live |access-date=29 January 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080415174110/http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7344816.stm |archive-date=15 April 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This made Odinga [[Prime Minister of Kenya|the second prime minister of Kenya]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In July 2010, Kenya partnered with other East African countries to form the new East African Common Market within the [[East African Community]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=1 July 2010 |title=FACTBOX-East African common market begins |work=Reuters |url=https://af.reuters.com/article/kenyaNews/idAFLDE65T2AJ20100701 |url-status=dead |access-date=29 January 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100708233236/http://af.reuters.com/article/kenyaNews/idAFLDE65T2AJ20100701 |archive-date=8 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2011, [[Operation Linda Nchi|Kenya began sending troops]] to Somalia to fight the terror group [[Al-Shabaab (militant group)|Al-Shabaab]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=14 March 2012 |title=The Standard {{!}} Online Edition :: Somalia government supports Kenyan forces&#039; mission |url=http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/agriculture/InsidePage.php?id=2000045933&amp;amp;cid=4&amp;amp; |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120314153558/http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/agriculture/InsidePage.php?id=2000045933&amp;amp;cid=4&amp;amp; |archive-date=14 March 2012 |access-date=29 January 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In mid-2011, two consecutive missed rainy seasons precipitated the worst [[2011 East Africa drought|drought in East Africa]] in 60 years. The northwestern [[Turkana District|Turkana region]] was especially affected,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RedCross&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Koech, Dennis |date=25 July 2011 |title=Red Cross warns of catastrophe in Turkana |url=http://www.kbc.co.ke/news.asp?nid=71528 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120104173650/http://www.kbc.co.ke/news.asp?nid=71528 |archive-date=4 January 2012 |access-date=7 August 2011 |publisher=Kbc.co.ke}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with local schools shut down as a result.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kscafthit&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=28 July 2011 |title=Kenya: schools close as famine takes hold in Turkana |url=http://www.indcatholicnews.com/news.php?viewStory=18686 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111019172150/http://www.indcatholicnews.com/news.php?viewStory=18686 |archive-date=19 October 2011 |access-date=7 August 2011 |publisher=Indcatholicnews.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The crisis was reportedly over by early 2012 because of coordinated relief efforts. Aid agencies subsequently shifted their emphasis to recovery initiatives, including digging irrigation canals and distributing plant seeds.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Unsfisiobrr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Gettleman, Jeffrey (3 February 2012) [https://www.nytimes.com/2012/02/04/world/africa/un-says-famine-in-somalia-is-over-but-risks-remain.html U.N. Says Famine in Somalia Is Over, but Risks Remain] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161107082519/http://www.nytimes.com/2012/02/04/world/africa/un-says-famine-in-somalia-is-over-but-risks-remain.html|date=7 November 2016}}. &#039;&#039;The New York Times&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In August 2010, Kenyans held a [[2010 Kenyan constitutional referendum|referendum]] and passed [[Constitution of Kenya|a new constitution]], which limited presidential powers and devolved the central government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BBCKenyaHist&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Following the passage of the new constitution, Kenya became a [[Presidential system|presidential]] [[Representative democracy|representative democratic]] republic, whereby the [[President of Kenya]] is both [[head of state]] and [[head of government]], and of a [[multi-party system]]. The new constitution also states that [[executive power]]s are exercised by the executive branch of government, headed by the president, who chairs a cabinet composed of people chosen from outside parliament. [[Legislative power]] is vested exclusively in [[Parliament of Kenya|Parliament]]. The [[judiciary]] is independent of the executive and the legislature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kenyatta presidency===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Uhuru Kenyatta|Presidency of Uhuru Kenyatta}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uhuru Kenyatta.png|alt=Uhuru Kenyatta in 2014|thumb|180px|[[Uhuru Kenyatta]] in 2014]]After Kibaki&#039;s tenure ended in 2013, Kenya held its [[2013 Kenyan general election|first general elections]] after the 2010 constitution had been passed. Uhuru Kenyatta won in a disputed election result, leading to a petition by the opposition leader, Raila Odinga. The supreme court upheld the election results and Kenyatta began his term with [[William Ruto]] as deputy president. Despite this ruling, the Supreme Court and the [[Supreme Court Judge|head of the Supreme Court]] were seen as powerful institutions that could check the powers of the president.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Supreme Court upholds Uhuru&#039;s election as president |url=https://www.nation.co.ke/news/politics/1064-1734782-jlg2e7/index.html |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190130055614/https://www.nation.co.ke/news/politics/1064-1734782-jlg2e7/index.html |archive-date=30 January 2019 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=Daily Nation}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, Kenyatta won a second term in office in another [[2017 Kenyan general election|disputed election]]. Odinga again petitioned the results in the Supreme Court, accusing the [[Independent Electoral and Boundaries Commission]] of mismanagement of the elections and Kenyatta and his party of rigging. The Supreme Court overturned the election results in what became a landmark ruling in Africa and one of the very few in the world in which the results of a presidential elections were annulled.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Burke |first=Jason |date=25 October 2017 |title=Kenya election rerun to go ahead after court fails to rule on delay |work=The Guardian |url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/oct/25/kenya-presidential-election-rerun-to-go-ahead-supreme-court |url-status=live |access-date=29 January 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190128001939/https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/oct/25/kenya-presidential-election-rerun-to-go-ahead-supreme-court |archive-date=28 January 2019 |issn=0261-3077}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This ruling solidified the position of the Supreme Court as an independent body.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=September 2017 |title=Kenya court decision demonstrates respect for rule of law {{!}} IDLO |url=https://www.idlo.int/kenya-court-decision-demonstrates-respect-rule-of-law |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190130110210/https://www.idlo.int/kenya-court-decision-demonstrates-respect-rule-of-law |archive-date=30 January 2019 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=idlo.int}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Consequently, Kenya had a second round of elections for the presidential position, in which Kenyatta emerged the winner after Odinga refused to participate, citing irregularities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Team |first=Standard |title=President Uhuru Kenyatta declared winner of repeat presidential election |url=https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2001258851/uhuru-kenyatta-wins-repeat-election-with-7-4-million-votes |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190130000122/https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2001258851/uhuru-kenyatta-wins-repeat-election-with-7-4-million-votes |archive-date=30 January 2019 |access-date=29 January 2019 |website=The Standard}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Moore |first=Jina |date=30 October 2017 |title=President Uhuru Kenyatta declared winner of repeat presidential election |work=[[The New York Times]] |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2017/10/30/world/africa/kenya-election-kenyatta-odinga.html |url-status=live |access-date=29 January 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180725033311/https://www.nytimes.com/2017/10/30/world/africa/kenya-election-kenyatta-odinga.html |archive-date=25 July 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In March 2018, a historic [[2018 Kenya handshake|handshake]] between Kenyatta and his longtime opponent Odinga signaled a period of reconciliation followed by economic growth and increased stability.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Wilson |first=Tom |date=1 November 2019 |title=Handshake ends crisis and leads to signs of progress in Kenya |url=https://www.ft.com/content/59339450-d555-11e9-8d46-8def889b4137 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210514095330/https://www.ft.com/content/59339450-d555-11e9-8d46-8def889b4137 |archive-date=14 May 2021 |access-date=27 June 2021 |website=Financial Times}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-05-31 |title=The Handshake that Shaped a Nation |url=https://kenyaconnection.org/the-handshake-that-shaped-a-nation/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210423095259/https://kenyaconnection.org/the-handshake-that-shaped-a-nation/ |archive-date=23 April 2021 |access-date=2021-06-21 |website=Kenya Connection |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Between 2019 and 2021, Kenyatta and Odinga combined efforts to promote major changes to the Kenyan constitution, labelled the &amp;quot;Building Bridges Initiative&amp;quot; (BBI), saying that their efforts were to improve inclusion and overcome the country&#039;s winner-take-all election system that often resulted in post-election violence.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbi_blocked_2021_05_14_bbc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Omondi, Ferdinand: [https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-57094387 &amp;quot;Kenya&#039;s BBI blocked in scathing court verdict for President Kenyatta,&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210514132005/https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-57094387 |date=14 May 2021 }} May 14, 2021, [[BBC News]] (Africa), retrieved May 14, 2021&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenyan_court_2021_05_13_reuters&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Miriri, Duncan: [https://www.reuters.com/article/us-kenya-politics-idAFKBN2CU24L &amp;quot;Kenyan court slams brakes on president&#039;s constitutional changes,&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210514144827/https://www.reuters.com/article/us-kenya-politics-idAFKBN2CU24L |date=14 May 2021 }} May 13, 2021, [[Reuters News Service]], retrieved May 14, 2021&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The BBI proposal called for broad expansion of the legislative and executive branches, including the creation of a [[prime minister]] with two deputies and an official leader of the opposition, reverting to selecting cabinet ministers from among the elected Members of Parliament, establishment of up to 70 new [[constituencies]], and addition of up to 300 unelected members of Parliament (under an &amp;quot;[[affirmative action]]&amp;quot; plan).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbi_blocked_2021_05_14_bbc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenyan_court_2021_05_13_reuters&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critics saw this as an unnecessary attempt to reward political dynasties and blunt the efforts of Deputy President [[William Ruto|Willian Ruto]] (Odinga&#039;s rival for the next presidency) and bloat the government at an exceptional cost to the debt-laded country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbi_blocked_2021_05_14_bbc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenyan_court_2021_05_13_reuters&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Ultimately, in May 2021, the Kenyan High Court ruled that the BBI constitutional reform effort was unconstitutional, because it was not truly a [[popular initiative]], but rather an effort of the government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbi_blocked_2021_05_14_bbc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenyan_court_2021_05_13_reuters&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The court sharply criticized Kenyatta for the attempt, laying out grounds for his being sued, personally, or even [[impeachment|impeached]] (though the Parliament, which had passed the BBI, was unlikely to do that). The ruling was seen as a major defeat for both Kenyatta (soon to leave office), and Odinga (expected to seek the presidency), but a boon to Odinga&#039;s future presidential-election rival, Ruto.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbi_blocked_2021_05_14_bbc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenyan_court_2021_05_13_reuters&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; On 20 August 2021, Kenya&#039;s Court of Appeal again upheld the High Court Judgment of May 2021, which was appealed by the BBI Secretariat.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=20 August 2021 |title=Kenyan court rejects disputed bid to change constitution |url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/8/20/kenyan-court-rejects-disputed-bid-to-change-constitution |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210826074033/https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/8/20/kenyan-court-rejects-disputed-bid-to-change-constitution |archive-date=26 August 2021 |access-date=27 August 2021 |website=Aljazeera}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ruto presidency ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In August 2022, Deputy President William Ruto narrowly won the [[2022 Kenyan general election|presidential election.]] He took  50.5% of the vote. His main rival, Raila Odinga, got 48.8% of the vote.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=15 August 2022 |title=Kenya election result: William Ruto wins presidential poll |work=BBC News |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-62554210}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 13 September 2022,  William Ruto was  sworn in as Kenya&#039;s fifth president.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Obulutsa |first1=George |last2=Mersie |first2=Ayenat |date=13 September 2022 |title=William Ruto sworn in as Kenya&#039;s fifth president |language=en |work=Reuters |url=https://www.reuters.com/world/africa/william-ruto-be-sworn-kenyas-president-2022-09-13/}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geography==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Un-kenya.png|thumb|A map of Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Koppen-Geiger Map KEN present.svg|thumb|A [[Köppen climate classification]] map of Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At {{convert|580367|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}},&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Central Intelligence Agency |author-link=Central Intelligence Agency |year=2012 |title=Kenya |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/kenya/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210124224025/https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/kenya/ |archive-date=24 January 2021 |access-date=28 May 2013 |website=[[The World Factbook]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is the world&#039;s 47th-largest country (after [[Madagascar]]). It lies between latitudes [[5th parallel north|5°N]] and [[5th parallel south|5°S]], and longitudes [[34th meridian east|34°]] and [[42nd meridian east|42°E]]. From the coast on the Indian Ocean, the low plains rise to central highlands which are bisected by the [[Kenyan Rift Valley|Great Rift Valley]], and fertile plateaus lie on either side, around [[Lake Victoria]] and to the east.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Murayama |first1=Yuji |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=C_6ODgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;dq=Kenya+fertile+plateau+east&amp;amp;pg=PA296 |title=Urban Development in Asia and Africa: Geospatial Analysis of Metropolises |last2=Kamusoko |first2=Courage |last3=Yamashita |first3=Akio |last4=Estoque |first4=Ronald C. |date=2017-03-29 |publisher=Springer |isbn=978-981-10-3241-7 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Stokes |first=Jamie |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=stl97FdyRswC&amp;amp;dq=Kenya+fertile+plateau+east&amp;amp;pg=PA364 |title=Encyclopedia of the Peoples of Africa and the Middle East |date=2009 |publisher=Infobase Publishing |isbn=978-1-4381-2676-0 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Kenyan Highlands are one of the most successful agricultural production regions in Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=CIA |title=The World Factbook |publisher=Potomac Books, Inc. |year=2010 |isbn=978-1-59797-541-4 |page=336}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highlands are the site of the highest point in Kenya and the second highest peak on the continent: [[Mount Kenya]], which reaches a height of {{convert|5199|m|ft|0|abbr=on}} and is the site of glaciers. [[Mount Kilimanjaro]] ({{convert|5895|m|ft|0|abbr=on|disp=or}}) can be seen from Kenya to the south of the Tanzanian border.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Climate===&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s climate varies from tropical along the coast to temperate inland to [[arid]] in the north and northeast parts of the country. The area receives a great deal of sunshine every month. It is usually cool at night and early in the morning inland at higher elevations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;long rains&amp;quot; season occurs from March/April to May/June. The &amp;quot;short rains&amp;quot; season occurs from October to November/December. The rainfall is sometimes heavy and often falls in the afternoons and evenings. Climate change is altering the natural pattern of the rainfall period, causing an extension of the short rains, which has begat floods,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Salih |first=Mohamed |title=Local Climate Change and Society |publisher=Routledge |year=2012 |isbn=9780415627153 |page=119}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and reducing the drought cycle from every ten years to annual events, producing strong droughts such as the [[2008–09 Kenya Drought]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Peck |first1=Dannele E. |title=Climate Variability and Water Dependent Sectors: Impacts and Potential Adaptations |last2=Peterson |first2=Jeffrey M. |publisher=Routledge |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-317-61427-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The temperature remains high throughout these months of tropical rain. The hottest period is February and March, leading into the season of the long rains, and the coldest is in July, until mid-August.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya climate: average weather, temperature, precipitation, best time |url=https://www.climatestotravel.com/climate/kenya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200802230142/https://www.climatestotravel.com/climate/kenya |archive-date=2 August 2020 |access-date=2020-01-15 |website=climatestotravel.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Excerpt|Climate change in Kenya|paragraphs=1–2|file=none|hat=no}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wildlife===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Wildlife of Kenya|Environmental issues in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has considerable land area devoted to [[wildlife]] habitats, including the [[Masai Mara]], where [[Blue Wildebeest|blue wildebeest]] and other [[bovid]]s participate in a large-scale [[Wikt:migration|annual migration]]. More than one million wildebeest and 200,000 zebras participate in the migration across the [[Mara River]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=19 January 2012 |title=Wildebeest Migration |url=http://nationalgeographic.org/media/wildebeest-migration/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160612175545/http://nationalgeographic.org/media/wildebeest-migration/ |archive-date=12 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=National Geographic Society}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Big Five Game|&amp;quot;Big Five&amp;quot;]] game animals of Africa, that is the [[lion]], [[leopard]], [[African buffalo|buffalo]], [[rhinoceros]], and [[African elephant|elephant]], can be found in Kenya and in the Masai Mara in particular. A significant population of other wild animals, reptiles, and birds can be found in the [[List of national parks of Kenya|national parks]] and game reserves in the country. The annual animal migration occurs between June and September, with millions of animals taking part, attracting valuable foreign tourism. Two million wildebeest migrate a distance of {{convert|2900|km|0|abbr=out}} from the [[Serengeti]] in neighbouring Tanzania to the Masai Mara&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Bashir |first=Hanif |title=Masai Mara Safari – The Migration &amp;amp;#124; Tour Packages |url=https://www.kenyatraveltips.com/masai-mara-safari/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210302014643/https://www.kenyatraveltips.com/masai-mara-safari/ |archive-date=2 March 2021 |access-date=3 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in Kenya, in a constant clockwise fashion, searching for food and water supplies. This Serengeti Migration of the wildebeest is listed among the [[Seven Natural Wonders of Africa]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Pflanz |first=Mike |date=2010-06-13 |title=New road threatens Africa&#039;s &#039;wonder of the world&#039; wildebeest migration |language=en-GB |work=Daily Telegraph |url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/africaandindianocean/tanzania/7824876/New-road-threatens-Africas-wonder-of-the-world-wildebeest-migration.html |url-status=live |access-date=2020-01-15 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200115133738/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/africaandindianocean/tanzania/7824876/New-road-threatens-Africas-wonder-of-the-world-wildebeest-migration.html |archive-date=15 January 2020 |issn=0307-1235}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya had a 2019 [[Forest Landscape Integrity Index]] mean score of 4.2/10, ranking it 133rd globally out of 172 countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FLII-Supplementary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Grantham |first1=H. S. |last2=Duncan |first2=A. |last3=Evans |first3=T. D. |last4=Jones |first4=K. R. |last5=Beyer |first5=H. L. |last6=Schuster |first6=R. |last7=Walston |first7=J. |last8=Ray |first8=J. C. |last9=Robinson |first9=J. G. |last10=Callow |first10=M. |last11=Clements |first11=T. |last12=Costa |first12=H. M. |last13=DeGemmis |first13=A. |last14=Elsen |first14=P. R. |last15=Ervin |first15=J. |year=2020 |title=Anthropogenic modification of forests means only 40% of remaining forests have high ecosystem integrity – Supplementary Material |journal=Nature Communications |volume=11 |issue=1 |page=5978 |bibcode=2020NatCo..11.5978G |doi=10.1038/s41467-020-19493-3 |issn=2041-1723 |pmc=7723057 |pmid=33293507 |doi-access=free |last16=Franco |first16=P. |last17=Goldman |first17=E. |last18=Goetz |first18=S. |last19=Hansen |first19=A. |last20=Hofsvang |first20=E. |last21=Jantz |first21=P. |last22=Jupiter |first22=S. |last23=Kang |first23=A. |last24=Langhammer |first24=P. |last25=Laurance |first25=W. F. |last26=Lieberman |first26=S. |last27=Linkie |first27=M. |last28=Malhi |first28=Y. |last29=Maxwell |first29=S. |last30=Mendez |first30=M. |last31=Mittermeier |first31=R. |last32=Murray |first32=N. J. |last33=Possingham |first33=H. |last34=Radachowsky |first34=J. |last35=Saatchi |first35=S. |last36=Samper |first36=C. |last37=Silverman |first37=J. |last38=Shapiro |first38=A. |last39=Strassburg |first39=B. |last40=Stevens |first40=T. |last41=Stokes |first41=E. |last42=Taylor |first42=R. |last43=Tear |first43=T. |last44=Tizard |first44=R. |last45=Venter |first45=O. |last46=Visconti |first46=P. |last47=Wang |first47=S. |last48=Watson |first48=J. E. M.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Government and politics==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Politics of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mwai Kibaki, October 2003.jpg|thumb|Kenya&#039;s third president, [[Mwai Kibaki]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya is a [[presidential system|presidential]] [[representative democracy|representative democratic]] republic with a [[multi-party system]]. The president is both the [[head of state]] and [[head of government]]. [[Executive power]] is exercised by the government. [[Legislative power]] is vested in both the government and the [[National Assembly of Kenya|National Assembly]] and the [[Senate of Kenya|Senate]]. The [[Judiciary]] is independent of the executive and the legislature. There has been growing concern, especially during former president Daniel arap Moi&#039;s tenure, that the executive was increasingly meddling with the affairs of the judiciary.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Novak |first=Andrew |title=The Criminal Justice System and Eroding Democracy After Independence – Page 12 |url=http://racism.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=1448:mandatorydeathpenalty03&amp;amp;catid=140&amp;amp;Itemid=155&amp;amp;showall=&amp;amp;limitstart=11 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160603102544/http://racism.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=1448:mandatorydeathpenalty03&amp;amp;catid=140&amp;amp;Itemid=155&amp;amp;showall=&amp;amp;limitstart=11 |archive-date=3 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=racism.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has high levels of corruption according to [[Transparency International]]&#039;s [[Corruption Perceptions Index]] (CPI), a metric which attempts to gauge the prevalence of [[public sector|public-sector]] corruption in various countries. In 2019, the nation placed 137th out of 180 countries in the index, with a score of 28 out of 100.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Corruption Perceptions Index 2019 |url=https://www.transparency.org/cpi2019?/news/feature/cpi-2019 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200512190641/https://www.transparency.org/cpi2019?%2Fnews%2Ffeature%2Fcpi-2019 |archive-date=12 May 2020 |access-date=20 February 2020 |website=transparency.org |publisher=[[Transparency International]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; But there are several rather significant developments with regard to curbing corruption from the Kenyan government, for instance the establishment of a new and independent [[Ethics and Anti-Corruption Commission|Ethics and Anti-Corruption Commission (EACC)]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Business Corruption in Kenya |url=http://www.business-anti-corruption.com/country-profiles/sub-saharan-africa/kenya/business-corruption-in-kenya.aspx |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140406012851/http://www.business-anti-corruption.com/country-profiles/sub-saharan-africa/kenya/business-corruption-in-kenya.aspx |archive-date=6 April 2014 |access-date=4 April 2014 |publisher=Business Anti-Corruption Portal}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JUDICIARY.JPG|thumb|The [[Supreme Court of Kenya]] building]]&lt;br /&gt;
Following general elections held in 1997, the Constitution of Kenya Review Act, designed to pave the way for more comprehensive amendments to the Kenyan constitution, was passed by the national parliament.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.kenyaconstitution.org/history/ A short history of the 2010 Kenya constitution] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121030152612/http://www.kenyaconstitution.org/history/ |date=30 October 2012 }}. kenyaconstitution.org&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In December 2002, Kenya held democratic and open elections, which were judged free and fair by most international observers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=International observers declare Kenyan elections fair |work=cbc.ca |url=http://www.cbc.ca/news/world/international-observers-declare-kenyan-elections-fair-1.349882 |url-status=live |access-date=13 May 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530210357/http://www.cbc.ca/news/world/international-observers-declare-kenyan-elections-fair-1.349882 |archive-date=30 May 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 2002 elections marked an important turning point in Kenya&#039;s democratic evolution in that power was transferred peacefully from the [[Kenya African National Union]] (KANU), which had ruled the country since independence, to the [[National Rainbow Coalition]] (NARC), a coalition of political parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the presidency of [[Mwai Kibaki]], the new ruling coalition promised to focus its efforts on generating economic growth, combating corruption, improving education, and rewriting its constitution. A few of these promises have been met. There is free primary education.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The Turning Point: Free Primary Education in Kenya – NORRAG |url=https://resources.norrag.org/resource/view/40/162 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210204085234/https://resources.norrag.org/resource/view/40/162 |archive-date=4 February 2021 |access-date=21 December 2020 |website=norrag.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2007, the government issued a statement declaring that from 2008, secondary education would be heavily subsidised, with the government footing all tuition fees.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=11 February 2008 |title=Africa &amp;amp;#124; Free secondary schools for Kenya |work=BBC News |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7239577.stm |url-status=live |access-date=26 February 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121203081815/http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7239577.stm |archive-date=3 December 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2013 elections and new government===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Kenyan general election, 2013|Kenyan local elections, 2013}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the new constitution and with President Kibaki prohibited by term limits from running for a third term, Deputy Prime Minister [[Uhuru Kenyatta]] ran for office. He won with 50.51% of the vote in March 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In December 2014, President Kenyatta signed a Security Laws Amendment Bill, which supporters of the law suggested was necessary to guard against armed groups. Opposition politicians, human rights groups, and nine Western countries criticised the security bill, arguing that it infringed on democratic freedoms. The governments of the [[United States]], the [[United Kingdom]], [[Germany]], and [[France]] also collectively issued a press statement cautioning about the law&#039;s potential impact. Through the Jubilee Coalition, the Bill was later passed on 19 December in the National Assembly under acrimonious circumstances.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=19 December 2014 |title=Kenya president signs tough &#039;anti-terror&#039; law |publisher=Al Jazeera |url=https://en-maktoob.news.yahoo.com/kenya-passes-divisive-anti-terror-law-090047236.html |url-status=dead |access-date=22 December 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141222200412/https://en-maktoob.news.yahoo.com/kenya-passes-divisive-anti-terror-law-090047236.html |archive-date=22 December 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Foreign relations===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:President Obama visits Nairobi Kenya July 2015 (20848405843).jpg|thumb|President [[Barack Obama]] in Nairobi, July 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has close ties with its fellow [[Swahili language|Swahili]]-speaking neighbours in the [[African Great Lakes]] region. Relations with Uganda and Tanzania are generally strong, as the three nations work toward economic and social integration through common membership in the [[East African Community]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relations with Somalia have historically been tense, although there has been some military co-ordination against Islamist insurgents. Kenya has good relations with the United Kingdom.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;upenn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.africa.upenn.edu/NEH/kforeignrelation.htm Kenya – Foreign Relations] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160423011916/http://www.africa.upenn.edu/NEH/kforeignrelation.htm |date=23 April 2016 }}. Retrieved on 16 January 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya is one of the most [[pro-American]] nations in Africa, and the wider world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Opinion of the United States |url=http://www.pewglobal.org/database/indicator/1/country/113/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190405225516/https://www.pewglobal.org/database/indicator/1/country/113/ |archive-date=5 April 2019 |access-date=17 July 2016 |publisher=Pewglobal.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With [[International Criminal Court]] trial dates scheduled in 2013 for both President Kenyatta and Deputy President [[William Ruto]] related to the 2007 election aftermath, US president [[Barack Obama]] chose not to visit the country during his [[United States presidential visits to Sub-Saharan Africa#List of trips|mid-2013 African trip]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Epatko, Larisa, [https://www.pbs.org/newshour/rundown/2013/06/africa-tour.html &amp;quot;Why Obama Is Visiting Senegal, South Africa and Tanzania But Not Kenya&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140121185125/http://www.pbs.org/newshour/rundown/2013/06/africa-tour.html |date=21 January 2014 }}, &#039;&#039;[[PBS NewsHour]]&#039;&#039;, 25 June 2013. Retrieved 18 August 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Later in the summer, Kenyatta visited China at the invitation of President [[Xi Jinping]] after a stop in Russia and not having visited the United States as president.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wp01&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Raghavan, Sudarsan, [https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/in-snub-to-washington-kenyan-president-visits-china-russia-in-first-official-visit-outside-africa/2013/08/17/baaed162-06a4-11e3-bfc5-406b928603b2_story.html &amp;quot;In snub to Washington, Kenyan president visits China, Russia first&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141129115608/http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/in-snub-to-washington-kenyan-president-visits-china-russia-in-first-official-visit-outside-africa/2013/08/17/baaed162-06a4-11e3-bfc5-406b928603b2_story.html |date=29 November 2014 }}, &#039;&#039;Washington Post&#039;&#039;, 17 August 2013. Ambassador Liu&#039;s comments at capitalfm.co.ke linked to [http://www.capitalfm.co.ke/eblog/2013/08/16/kenya-and-china-achieving-shared-dreams-hand-in-hand/ capitalfm.co.ke] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130818125924/http://www.capitalfm.co.ke/eblog/2013/08/16/kenya-and-china-achieving-shared-dreams-hand-in-hand/ |date=18 August 2013 }}. Retrieved 18 August 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In July 2015, Obama visited Kenya, the first American president to visit the country while in office.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=George Kegoro |title=Circumstances created need that made visit possible |url=http://www.nation.co.ke/oped/Opinion/Barack-Obama-Visit-Uhuru-Kenyatta-William-Ruto-ICC/-/440808/2808378/-/dmt8p2/-/index.html |url-access=subscription |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160828050809/http://www.nation.co.ke/oped/Opinion/Barack-Obama-Visit-Uhuru-Kenyatta-William-Ruto-ICC/-/440808/2808378/-/dmt8p2/-/index.html |archive-date=28 August 2016 |access-date=17 July 2016 |publisher=Nation.co.ke}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[British Army Training Unit Kenya]] (BATUK) is used for the training of [[British Army|British]] infantry battalions in the arid and rugged terrain of the [[Great Rift Valley]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[https://www.theguardian.com/uk/2001/jul/01/politics.world Britain&#039;s secret killing fields] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190806113032/https://www.theguardian.com/uk/2001/jul/01/politics.world |date=6 August 2019 }}&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;The Guardian&#039;&#039;. 1 July 2001&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The British Army in Africa |url=http://www.army.mod.uk/operations-deployments/22724.aspx |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160630055845/http://www.army.mod.uk/operations-deployments/22724.aspx |archive-date=30 June 2016 |access-date=20 June 2016 |website=army.mod.uk/ |publisher=Ministry of Defence}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Armed forces===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Kenya Defence Forces}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Emblem of the Kenya Defence Forces.svg|alt=Emblem of the Kenya Defence Forces|left|thumb|Emblem of the Kenya Defence Forces]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Kenya Defence Forces are the [[armed forces]] of Kenya. The [[Kenya Army]], [[Kenya Navy]], and [[Kenya Air Force]] compose the National Defence Forces. The current Kenya Defence Forces were established, and its composition laid out, in Article 241 of the 2010 [[Constitution of Kenya]]; the KDF is governed by the Kenya Defence Forces Act of 2012.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Ministry of Defence |title=Kenya Defence Forces Act – No. 25 of 2012 |url=http://www.mod.go.ke/pubs/kdfAct.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181003132740/http://www.mod.go.ke/pubs/kdfAct.pdf/ |archive-date=3 October 2018 |access-date=6 May 2014 |publisher=National Council for Law Reporting}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[President of Kenya]] is the [[commander-in-chief]] of all the armed forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The armed forces are regularly deployed in peacekeeping missions around the world. Further, in the aftermath of the national elections of December 2007 and the violence that subsequently engulfed the country, a commission of inquiry, the [[Waki Commission]], commended its readiness and adjudged it to &amp;quot;have performed its duty well.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Commission of Inquiry into the Post Election Violence |url=http://www.eastandard.net/downloads/Waki_Report.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081220154028/http://www.eastandard.net/downloads/Waki_Report.pdf |archive-date=20 December 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Nevertheless, there have been serious allegations of human rights violations, most recently while conducting counter-insurgency operations in the [[Mt Elgon]] area&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya National Commission on Human Rights |url=http://www.knchr.org/dmdocuments/Mt%20Elgon%20.PDF |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120214072227/http://www.knchr.org/dmdocuments/Mt%20Elgon%20.PDF |archive-date=14 February 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and also in the district of [[Mandera]] central.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.nation.co.ke/News/-/1056/486206/-/view/printVersion/-/15cwkg8/-/index.html Security men accused of torture and rape] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170703143833/http://www.nation.co.ke/News/-/1056/486206/-/view/printVersion/-/15cwkg8/-/index.html |date=3 July 2017 }} Daily Nation. 11 January 2008.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s armed forces, like many government institutions in the country, have been tainted by [[Corruption in Kenya|corruption]] allegations. Because the operations of the armed forces have been traditionally cloaked by the ubiquitous blanket of &amp;quot;state security&amp;quot;, the corruption has been hidden from public view, and thus less subject to public scrutiny and notoriety. This has changed recently. In what are by Kenyan standards unprecedented revelations, in 2010, credible claims of corruption were made with regard to recruitment&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Standard 31 October 2010 Activists give military 5 days to re-admit recruit INTERNET [http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/InsidePage.php?id=2000021408&amp;amp;catid=159&amp;amp;a=1 standardmedia.co.ke] {{dead link|date=December 2017 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }} Cited on 3 January 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and procurement of armoured personnel carriers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Standard Sh 1.6 billion tender rocks the DoD INTERNET [http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/InsidePage.php?id=2000020947&amp;amp;catid=4&amp;amp;a=1 standardmedia.co.ke] {{dead link|date=December 2017 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }} Cited on 3 January 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Further, the wisdom and prudence of certain decisions of procurement have been publicly questioned.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;For example the decision to acquire ex-Jordanian F5 fighter aircraft. See The Standard Kenya&#039;s &#039;new&#039; fighter jets cannot take off INTERNET [http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/InsidePage.php?id=2000021374&amp;amp;catid=4&amp;amp;a=1 standardmedia.co.ke] {{dead link|date=December 2017 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }} Cited on 3 January 2011&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Administrative divisions=== &amp;lt;!--Linked from [[Administrative divisions of Kenya]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Counties of Kenya|Divisions of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Map showing Counties underthe new kenyan constitution..gif|thumb|Kenya&#039;s 47 counties]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya is divided into [[Counties of Kenya|47 semi-autonomous counties]] that are headed by governors. These 47 counties form the first-order divisions of Kenya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smallest administrative units in Kenya are called [[Locations of Kenya|locations]]. Locations often coincide with electoral wards. Locations are usually named after their central villages/towns. Many larger towns consist of several locations. Each location has a chief, appointed by the state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Constituencies are an electoral subdivision, with each county comprising a whole number of constituencies. An interim boundaries commission was formed in 2010 to review the constituencies and in its report, it recommended the creation of an additional 80 constituencies. Previous to the 2013 elections, there were 210 [[Constituencies of Kenya|constituencies in Kenya]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Kenya Roads Board [https://web.archive.org/web/20080113052023/http://www.krb.go.ke/constituency.php Constituency funding under the RMLF]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Human rights===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Human rights in Kenya|LGBT rights in Kenya|Human trafficking in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Homosexuality|Homosexual acts]] are illegal in Kenya and punishable by up to 14 years in prison, though the state often turns a blind eye to prosecuting gay people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2015 |title=Laws on Homosexuality in African Nations |url=https://www.loc.gov/law/help/criminal-laws-on-homosexuality/african-nations-laws.php |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170619211045/http://www.loc.gov/law/help/criminal-laws-on-homosexuality/african-nations-laws.php |archive-date=19 June 2017 |access-date=3 June 2017 |website=Library of Congress}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=16 June 2016 |title=Here are the 10 countries where homosexuality may be punished by death |newspaper=The Washington Post |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/worldviews/wp/2016/06/13/here-are-the-10-countries-where-homosexuality-may-be-punished-by-death-2/ |url-status=live |access-date=19 March 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140629212705/http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2014/02/24/here-are-the-10-countries-where-homosexuality-may-be-punished-by-death/ |archive-date=29 June 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to a 2020 survey by the [[Pew Research Center]], 83% of Kenyans believe that homosexuality should not be accepted by society.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pewresearch.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Poushter|first1=Jacob|last2=Kent|first2=Nicholas |date=25 June 2020 |title=The Global Divide on Homosexuality Persists |url=https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2020/06/25/global-divide-on-homosexuality-persists/ |access-date=6 August 2022 |publisher=Pew Research Center}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; While addressing a joint press conference together with President [[Barack Obama]] in 2015, President Kenyatta declined to assure Kenya&#039;s commitment to gay rights, saying that &amp;quot;the issue of gay rights is really a non-issue... But there are some things that we must admit we don&#039;t share. Our culture, our societies don&#039;t accept.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Scott, Holmes |first=Eugene, Kristen |date=25 July 2017 |title=Obama lectures Kenyan president on gay rights |publisher=CNN |url=https://www.cnn.com/2015/07/25/politics/obama-kenya-kenyatta/index.html |url-status=live |access-date=24 April 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200515205038/https://www.cnn.com/2015/07/25/politics/obama-kenya-kenyatta/index.html |archive-date=15 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In November 2008, [[WikiLeaks]] brought wide international attention&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=WikiLeaks |author-link=WikiLeaks |date=2 June 2009 |title=WikiLeaks wins Amnesty International 2009 Media Award |url=http://mirror.wikileaks.info/wiki/WikiLeaks_wins_Amnesty_International_2009_Media_Award/ |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101228234159/http://mirror.wikileaks.info/wiki/WikiLeaks_wins_Amnesty_International_2009_Media_Award/ |archive-date=28 December 2010 |publisher=[[WikiLeaks]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; to &#039;&#039;The Cry of Blood&#039;&#039; report, which documents the extrajudicial killing of gangsters by the Kenyan police. In the report, the [[Kenya National Commission on Human Rights]] (KNCHR) reported these in their key finding &amp;quot;e)&amp;quot;, stating that the [[forced disappearance]]s and [[extrajudicial killing]]s appeared to be official policy sanctioned by the political leadership and the police.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=25 September 2008 |title=&#039;The Cry of Blood&#039; — Report on Extra-Judicial Killings and Disappearances |url=http://www.ediec.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Kenia/KNCHR_REPORT_ON_POLICE.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101214044349/http://www.ediec.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Kenia/KNCHR_REPORT_ON_POLICE.pdf |archive-date=14 December 2010 |access-date=29 December 2010 |publisher=[[Kenya National Commission on Human Rights]]/Enforced Disappearances Information Exchange Center}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=1 April 2017 |title=Was extra-judicial killing of Eastleigh &#039;thugs&#039; justified? Kenyans divided » Capital News |url=http://www.capitalfm.co.ke/news/2017/04/was-extra-judicial-killing-of-eastleigh-thugs-justified-kenyans-divided/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170619115319/http://www.capitalfm.co.ke/news/2017/04/was-extra-judicial-killing-of-eastleigh-thugs-justified-kenyans-divided/ |archive-date=19 June 2017 |access-date=29 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Economy==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s [[Macroeconomics|macroeconomic]] outlook has steadily posted robust growth over the past few decades mostly from [[road]], [[Rail transport|rail]], [[Low-cost carrier|air]] and [[water transport]] infrastructure projects as well as massive investments in [[Information and communications technology|Information and Communication Technology]]. However, much of this growth has come from cash flows diverted from ordinary Kenyan pockets at the [[Microeconomics|microeconomic]] level through targeted [[Monetary policy|monetary]] and [[Fiscal policy|fiscal]] measures coupled with poor management, [[corruption]], massive theft of public funds, [[Freedom and the law|overlegislation]] and an ineffective [[judiciary]] resulting in diminished incomes in ordinary households and [[small business]]es, [[unemployment]], [[underemployment]] and general discontent across multiple sectors. Kenya ranks poorly on the [[List of countries by Fragile States Index|Fragile States Index]] at number 25 out of 178 countries, ranked in 2019, and is placed in the ALERT category. In 2014, the country&#039;s macroeconomic indicators were re-based, causing the [[GDP]] to shift upwards to low-middle-income country status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite government assurances to the contrary, the Kenyan government is currently broke and struggling to meet its financial obligations. Junior government employees at both national and county levels are the hardest hit and have not received their monthly salaries, benefits and deductions for up to six months or more.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Yatani dismisses report on Kenya being &#039;broke&#039; |url=https://www.the-star.co.ke/business/2020-11-20-yatani-dismisses-report-on-kenya-being-broke/ |website=The Star}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Workers face tough times as pay delays hit counties &amp;amp;#124; Kenya |url=https://nation.africa/kenya/news/workers-face-tough-times-as-pay-delays-hit-counties-3377808?view=htmlamp |website=nation.africa| date=27 April 2021 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There is conflicting data on the state of the economy from different government agencies with official data not reflecting record inflation and very high prices of food and other basic commodities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=January 31, 2022 |first=Monday |date=30 January 2022 |title=Central Bank faults KNBS on agriculture growth numbers |url=https://www.businessdailyafrica.com/bd/economy/central-bank-faults-knbs-on-agriculture-growth-numbers-3699624 |website=Business Daily}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=22 February 2022 |title=Kenyan food prices: Why have they gone up so much? |work=BBC News |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-60485499 |via=bbc.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has a [[Human Development Index]] (HDI) of 0.555 (medium), ranked 145 out of 186 in the world. {{As of|2005}}, 17.7% of Kenyans lived on less than $1.25 a day. {{sfn|Ludeki Chweya|John Kithome Tuta|S. Kichamu Akivaga|2005}} In 2017, Kenya ranked 92nd in the World Bank [[Ease of doing business index|ease of doing business]] rising from 113rd in 2016 (of 190 countries).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Doing Business in Kenya – World Bank Group |url=http://www.doingbusiness.org/data/exploreeconomies/kenya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180910125004/http://www.doingbusiness.org/data/exploreeconomies/kenya |archive-date=10 September 2018 |access-date=14 January 2017 |website=doingbusiness.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The important agricultural sector is one of the least developed and largely inefficient, employing 75% of the workforce compared to less than 3% in the [[food security|food secure]] [[developed countries]].  Kenya is usually classified as a [[frontier market]] or occasionally an [[emerging market]], but it is not one of the [[least developed countries]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The economy has seen much expansion, seen by strong performance in tourism, higher education, and [[Telecommunications in Kenya|telecommunications]], and decent post-drought results in agriculture, especially the vital tea sector.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lcweb2.loc.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Kenya&#039;s economy grew by more than 7% in 2007, and its foreign debt was greatly reduced.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lcweb2.loc.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This changed immediately after the disputed presidential election of December 2007, following the chaos which engulfed the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Telecommunications and financial activity over the last decade now comprise 62% of GDP. 22% of GDP still comes from the unreliable agricultural sector which employs 75% of the labour force (a characteristic of under-developed economies that have not attained [[food security]]). A small portion of the population relies on food aid.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Food Assistance Fact Sheet – Kenya |url=https://www.usaid.gov/kenya/food-assistance |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160610135707/https://www.usaid.gov/kenya/food-assistance |archive-date=10 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=usaid.gov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Industry and manufacturing is the smallest sector, accounting for 16% of GDP.  The service, industry and manufacturing sectors only employ 25% of the labour force but contribute 75% of GDP.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lcweb2.loc.gov&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=June 2007 |title=Country Profile: Kenya |url=http://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/Kenya.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150505051609/http://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/Kenya.pdf |archive-date=5 May 2015 |access-date=23 April 2011 |website=Federal Research Division |publisher=Library of Congress}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya also exports textiles worth over $400 million under [[AGOA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Privatisation of state corporations like the defunct Kenya Post and Telecommunications Company, which resulted in East Africa&#039;s most profitable company—[[Safaricom]], has led to their revival because of massive private investment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{as of|2011|May}}, economic prospects are positive with 4–5% GDP growth expected, largely because of expansions in [[tourism]], [[telecommunications]], transport, construction, and a recovery in [[agriculture]]. The [[World Bank]] estimated growth of 4.3% in 2012.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WorldBanki&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Fengler, Wolfgang |date=5 December 2012 |title=Kenya Economic Update |url=http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2012/12/05/energizing-kenya-s-economy-and-creating-quality-jobs |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130309030739/http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2012/12/05/energizing-kenya-s-economy-and-creating-quality-jobs |archive-date=9 March 2013 |access-date=29 May 2013 |publisher=The [[World Bank]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kenya Human Development Index computed by the UN.png|thumb|upright=1.6|Kenya, trends in the Human Development Index 1970–2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In March 1996, the presidents of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda re-established the [[East African Community]] (EAC). The EAC&#039;s objectives include harmonising tariffs and customs regimes, free movement of people, and improving regional infrastructures. In March 2004, the three East African countries signed a [[Customs union|Customs Union Agreement]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has a more developed financial services sector than its neighbours. The [[Nairobi Securities Exchange]] (NSE) is ranked 4th in Africa in terms of market capitalisation. The Kenyan banking system is supervised by the [[Central Bank of Kenya]] (CBK). As of late July 2004, the system consisted of 43 commercial banks (down from 48 in 2001) and several [[non-bank financial institution]]s including mortgage companies, four savings and loan associations, and several core foreign-exchange bureaus.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lcweb2.loc.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tourism===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Tourism in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Elephants at Amboseli national park against Mount Kilimanjaro.jpg|thumb|[[Amboseli National Park]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tsavo east panorama.jpg|thumb|[[Tsavo East National Park]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tourism in Kenya]] is the second-largest source of foreign exchange revenue following agriculture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;de Blij, Harm. The World Today: Concepts and Regions in Geography 4th edition.  Wiley Publishing:  Hoboken, NJ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  The Kenya Tourism Board is responsible for maintaining information pertaining to tourism in Kenya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya Tourism Board |url=http://www.ktb.go.ke/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170219014534/http://ktb.go.ke/ |archive-date=19 February 2017 |access-date=2 March 2017 |website=KTB.go.ke}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya Law: January 2017 |url=http://www.kenyalaw.org/klr/index.php?id=811 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130805200519/http://www.kenyalaw.org/klr/index.php?id=811 |archive-date=5 August 2013 |access-date=2 March 2017 |website=KenyaLaw.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attractions are photo safaris through the [[List of national parks of Kenya|60 national parks]] and game reserves. Other attractions include the [[wildebeest]] migration at the [[Masaai Mara]], which is considered to be the 7th wonder of the world; historical mosques, and colonial-era forts at [[Mombasa]], [[Malindi]], and [[Lamu]]; renowned scenery such as the white-capped [[Mount Kenya]] and the [[Great Rift Valley, Kenya|Great Rift Valley]]; tea plantations at [[Kericho]]; coffee plantations at [[Thika]]; a splendid view of [[Mount Kilimanjaro]] across the border into Tanzania;  and the beaches along the [[Swahili Coast]], in the [[Indian Ocean]]. Tourists, the largest number being from [[Germany]] and the [[United Kingdom]], are attracted mainly to the coastal beaches and the [[game reserve]]s, notably, the expansive [[Tsavo East National Park|East]] and [[Tsavo West National Park]], {{convert|20808|km2|abbr=out}} to the southeast.{{citation needed|date=March 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Agriculture===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Agriculture in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kenya-Tealand-Near-Kericho-2012.JPG|thumb|left|Tea farm near [[Kericho]], [[Kericho County]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agriculture is the second largest contributor to Kenya&#039;s gross domestic product (GDP) after the service sector. In 2005, agriculture, including [[forestry]] and fishing, accounted for 24% of GDP, as well as for 18% of wage employment and 50% of revenue from exports. The principal [[cash crop]]s are tea, horticultural produce, and coffee. Horticultural produce and tea are the main growth sectors and the two most valuable of all of Kenya&#039;s exports. The production of major food staples such as [[Maize|corn]] is subject to sharp weather-related fluctuations. Production downturns periodically necessitate food aid—for example in 2004, due to one of Kenya&#039;s intermittent [[droughts]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=26 April 2005 |title=Drought leaves two million Kenyans in need of food aid |url=http://wfp.org/news/news-release/drought-leaves-two-million-kenyans-need-food-aid |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160814052428/http://www.wfp.org/news/news-release/drought-leaves-two-million-kenyans-need-food-aid |archive-date=14 August 2016 |access-date=5 August 2016 |website=United Nations World Food Programme}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A consortium led by the [[International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics]] ([[ICRISAT]]) has had some success in helping farmers grow new [[pigeon pea]] varieties instead of maize, in particularly dry areas. Pigeon peas are very drought-resistant, so can be grown in areas with less than {{convert|650|mm|in}} annual rainfall. Successive projects encouraged the commercialisation of legumes by stimulating the growth of local seed production and agro-dealer networks for distribution and marketing. This work, which included linking producers to wholesalers, helped to increase local producer prices by 20–25% in Nairobi and Mombasa. The commercialisation of the pigeon pea is now enabling some farmers to buy assets ranging from mobile phones to productive land and livestock, and is opening pathways for them to move out of poverty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://exploreit.icrisat.org/page/eastern_and_southern_africa/887/329 Pigeonpea in Eastern and Southern Africa] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140718193632/http://exploreit.icrisat.org/page/eastern_and_southern_africa/887/329 |date=18 July 2014 }}. [[ICRISAT]] Posted 10 October 2012. Downloaded 26 January 2014.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tea, coffee, sisal, pyrethrum, corn, and wheat are grown in the fertile highlands, one of the most successful agricultural production regions in Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Livestock predominates in the semi-arid savanna to the north and east. [[Coconuts]], [[pineapples]], [[cashew nuts]], cotton, [[sugarcane]], [[sisal]], and corn are grown in the lower-lying areas. Kenya has not attained the level of investment and efficiency in agriculture that can guarantee food security, and coupled with resulting poverty (53% of the population lives below the poverty line), a significant portion of the population regularly starves and is heavily dependent on food aid.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Poor roads, an inadequate railway network, under-used water transport, and expensive air transport have isolated mostly [[arid]] and [[semi-arid]] areas, and farmers in other regions often leave food to rot in the fields because they cannot access markets. This was last seen in August and September 2011, prompting the [[Kenyans for Kenya]] initiative by the [[Red Cross]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://conferences.ifpri.org/2020africaconference/program/day1summaries/kinyua.pdf Towards Achieving Food Security in Kenya] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120126003110/http://conferences.ifpri.org/2020africaconference/program/day1summaries/kinyua.pdf |date=26 January 2012 }}. Joseph Kinyua, Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Agriculture, Kenya; 1 April 2004, Kampala, Uganda&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kapsowar1.JPG|thumb|Agricultural countryside in Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s [[irrigation]] sector is categorised into three organizational types: [[smallholding|smallholder]] schemes, centrally-managed public schemes, and private/commercial irrigation schemes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smallholder schemes are owned, developed, and managed by individuals or groups of farmers operating as water users or self-help groups. Irrigation is carried out on individual or on group farms averaging 0.1–0.4 ha. There are about 3,000 smallholder irrigation schemes covering a total area of 47,000 ha.&lt;br /&gt;
The country has seven large, centrally managed irrigation schemes, namely Mwea, [[Bura irrigation and Settlement Project (Kenya)|Bura]], [[Hola, Kenya|Hola]], [[Perkerra River|Perkera]], West Kano, Bunyala, and [[Ahero]], covering a total area of 18,200 ha and averaging 2,600 ha per scheme. These schemes are managed by the National Irrigation Board and account for 18% of irrigated land area in Kenya.&lt;br /&gt;
Large-scale private commercial farms cover 45,000 hectares, accounting for 40% of irrigated land. They utilise high technology and produce high-value crops for the export market, especially flowers and vegetables.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Republic of Kenya, Ministry of Water and Irrigation (2009) &#039;&#039;National Irrigation and Drainage Policy&#039;&#039;:3–4.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya is the world&#039;s 3rd largest exporter of [[cut flowers]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kenya-flower-industry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Veselinovic |first=Milena |date=16 March 2015 |title=Got roses this Valentine&#039;s Day? They probably came from Kenya |url=http://edition.cnn.com/2015/03/16/africa/kenya-flower-industry/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160714194025/http://edition.cnn.com/2015/03/16/africa/kenya-flower-industry/ |archive-date=14 July 2016 |access-date=17 July 2016 |publisher=Edition.cnn.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Roughly half of Kenya&#039;s 127 flower farms are concentrated around [[Lake Naivasha]], 90 kilometres northwest of Nairobi.&amp;lt;ref name=kenya-flower-industry/&amp;gt; To speed their export, Nairobi airport has a terminal dedicated to the transport of flowers and vegetables.&amp;lt;ref name=kenya-flower-industry/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Industry and manufacturing===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Orrling of Nairobi.jpg|thumb|300px|left|The [[Kenya Commercial Bank]] office at KENCOM House (right) in Nairobi]]&lt;br /&gt;
Although Kenya is a low middle-income country, manufacturing accounts for 14% of the GDP, with industrial activity concentrated around the three largest urban centres of [[Nairobi]], [[Mombasa]], and [[Kisumu]], and is dominated by food-processing industries such as grain milling, beer production, sugarcane crushing, and the fabrication of consumer goods, e.g., vehicles from kits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya also has a cement production industry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=5 September 2015 |title=Cement production keeps pace with growing demand |url=http://www.constructionkenya.com/2431/kenya-cement-industry-outlook/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160513234924/http://www.constructionkenya.com/2431/kenya-cement-industry-outlook/ |archive-date=13 May 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=Construction Business Review}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya has an [[oil refinery]] that processes imported crude petroleum into petroleum products, mainly for the domestic market. In addition, a substantial and expanding [[informal sector]] commonly referred to as &#039;&#039;jua kali&#039;&#039; engages in small-scale manufacturing of household goods, auto parts, and farm implements.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |date=2 August 2005 |title=Kenya: Employers&#039; organizations taking the lead on linking the informal sector to formal Kenyan enterprises |url=http://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/features/WCMS_075529/lang--en/index.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160605021700/http://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/features/WCMS_075529/lang--en/index.htm |archive-date=5 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=ilo.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=13 November 2015 |title=Jua Kali sector plays key role in economic development and job creation |url=http://www.mygov.go.ke/?p=5038 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160610135631/http://www.mygov.go.ke/?p=5038 |archive-date=10 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=MyGov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s inclusion among the beneficiaries of the US Government&#039;s African Growth and Opportunity Act ([[AGOA]]) has given a boost to manufacturing in recent years. Since AGOA took effect in 2000, Kenya&#039;s clothing sales to the United States increased from US$44&amp;amp;nbsp;million to US$270&amp;amp;nbsp;million (2006).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Kamau |first=Pithon |title=Industry |url=http://www.brandkenya.go.ke/2012-12-16-16-05-26/75-industry |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160604180631/http://www.brandkenya.go.ke/2012-12-16-16-05-26/75-industry |archive-date=4 June 2016 |access-date=13 May 2016 |website=Brand Kenya Board}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other initiatives to strengthen manufacturing have been the new government&#039;s favourable tax measures, including the removal of duty on capital equipment and other raw materials.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya |url=https://2009-2017.state.gov/e/eb/rls/othr/ics/2010/138092.htm?goMobile=0 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803022046/https://2009-2017.state.gov/e/eb/rls/othr/ics/2010/138092.htm?goMobile=0 |archive-date=3 August 2020 |access-date=10 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Transport in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
The country has an extensive network of paved and unpaved roads. Kenya&#039;s railway system links the nation&#039;s ports and major cities, connecting it with neighbouring Uganda. There are 15 airports which have paved runways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Energy in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Worker in Olkaria Kenya.jpg|thumb|upright|Workers at [[Olkaria II Geothermal Power Station|Olkaria Geothermal Power Plant]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The largest share of Kenya&#039;s electricity supply comes from geothermal energy,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.iea.org/data-and-statistics/data-tools/energy-statistics-data-browser?country=KENYA&amp;amp;fuel=Energy%20supply&amp;amp;indicator=ElecGenByFuel Electricity in Kenya] {{Webarchive|url= https://web.archive.org/web/20180811133300/https://www.iea.org/statistics/statisticssearch/report/?country=Kenya&amp;amp;product=electricityandheat |date=2015 }}. IEA 2014&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; followed by hydroelectric stations at dams along the upper [[Tana River (Kenya)|Tana River]], as well as the Turkwel Gorge Dam in the west. A petroleum-fired plant on the coast, [[Geothermal power in Kenya|geothermal facilities]] at [[Olkaria]] (near Nairobi), and electricity imported from [[Uganda]] make up the rest of the supply. A [[Sodo–Moyale–Suswa High Voltage Power Line|2,000 MW powerline from Ethiopia]] is nearing completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s installed capacity increased from 1,142 [[megawatts]] between 2001 and 2003 to 2,341 in 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Peak Demands – Summary of Electricity Sub Sector Statistics |url=http://energy.go.ke/?p=510 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191207063902/http://energy.go.ke/?p=510 |archive-date=7 December 2019 |access-date=11 November 2019 |publisher=Kenya Ministry of Energy}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The state-owned [[Kenya Electricity Generating Company|Kenya Electricity Generating Company (KenGen)]], established in 1997 under the name of Kenya Power Company, handles the generation of electricity, while Kenya Power handles the electricity transmission and distribution system in the country. Shortfalls of electricity occur periodically, when drought reduces water flow. To become energy sufficient, Kenya has installed [[Wind power in Kenya|wind power]] and [[Solar power in Kenya|solar power]] (over 300 MW each), and aims to build a nuclear power plant by 2027.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=5 December 2017 |title=Kenya plans nuclear plant by 2027 |url=https://www.theeastafrican.co.ke/business/Kenya-plans-to-set-up-nuclear-plant-by-2027/2560-4215876-14gd00jz/index.html |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171227121952/http://www.theeastafrican.co.ke/business/Kenya-plans-to-set-up-nuclear-plant-by-2027/2560-4215876-14gd00jz/index.html |archive-date=27 December 2017 |access-date=26 December 2017 |website=The East African |language=en-UK}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;McGregor, Sarah (20 September 2010) [https://www.bloomberg.com/news/2010-09-20/kenya-aims-to-build-a-nuclear-power-plant-by-2017-minister-nyoike-says.html Kenya Aims to Build a Nuclear Power Plant by 2017] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131115140634/http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2010-09-20/kenya-aims-to-build-a-nuclear-power-plant-by-2017-minister-nyoike-says.html |date=15 November 2013 }}. Bloomberg L.P.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has proven deposits of oil in [[Turkana County|Turkana]]. [[Tullow Oil]] estimates the country&#039;s oil reserves to be around one billion barrels.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-08-19/kenya-from-nowhere-plans-east-africa-s-first-oil-exports-energy.html Kenya From Nowhere Plans East Africa&#039;s First Oil Exports: Energy] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140725035553/http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-08-19/kenya-from-nowhere-plans-east-africa-s-first-oil-exports-energy.html |date=25 July 2014 }}. Bloomberg L.P.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Exploration is still continuing to determine whether there are more reserves. Kenya currently imports all crude petroleum requirements. It has no strategic reserves and relies solely on oil marketers&#039; 21-day oil reserves required under industry regulations. Petroleum accounts for 20% to 25% of the national import bill.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20120619062331/http://af.reuters.com/article/investingNews/idAFJOE74J0F220110520?pageNumber=1&amp;amp;virtualBrandChannel=0 Kenya plans strategic oil reserve]. Reuters (10 November 2011).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese investment and trade===&lt;br /&gt;
Published comments on Kenya&#039;s [[98.4 Capital FM|Capital FM]] website by Liu Guangyuan, [[Chinese Ambassador to Kenya|China&#039;s ambassador to Kenya]], at the time of President Kenyatta&#039;s 2013 trip to Beijing, said, &amp;quot;Chinese investment in Kenya ... reached $474 million, representing Kenya&#039;s largest source of foreign direct investment, and ... bilateral trade ... reached $2.84 billion&amp;quot; in 2012. Kenyatta was &amp;quot;[a]ccompanied by 60 Kenyan business people [and hoped to] ... gain support from China for a planned $2.5 billion railway from the southern Kenyan port of Mombasa to neighbouring Uganda, as well as a nearly $1.8 billion dam&amp;quot;, according to a statement from the president&#039;s office, also at the time of the trip.&amp;lt;ref name=wp01/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Base Titanium, a subsidiary of Base resources of Australia, shipped its first major consignment of minerals to China. About 25,000 tonnes of [[ilmenite]] was flagged off the Kenyan coastal town of Kilifi. The first shipment was expected to earn Kenya about KSh.15{{en dash}}20 billion/= in earnings.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Jackson Okoth |last2=Philip Mwakio |date=14 February 2014 |title=Standard Digital News : : Business – Kenya joins mineral exporters as first titanium cargo leaves port |url=https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/article/2000104631/kenya-joins-mineral-exporters-as-first-titanium-cargo-leaves-port |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150128083340/http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/article/2000104631/kenya-joins-mineral-exporters-as-first-titanium-cargo-leaves-port |archive-date=28 January 2015 |access-date=15 February 2015 |website=Standard Digital News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2014, the Chinese contracted railway project from Nairobi to Mombasa was suspended due to a dispute over compensation for land acquisition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Shem Oirere |date=23 October 2014 |title=Construction of Kenyan standard-gauge line suspended |url=http://www.railjournal.com/index.php/africa/construction-of-kenyan-standard-gauge-line-suspended.html |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150129170952/http://www.railjournal.com/index.php/africa/construction-of-kenyan-standard-gauge-line-suspended.html |archive-date=29 January 2015 |access-date=15 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vision 2030===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vision2030 logo.svg|thumb|The official logo of [[Kenya Vision 2030|Vision 2030]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, the Kenyan government unveiled [[Kenya Vision 2030|Vision 2030]], an economic development programme it hopes will put the country in the same league as the [[Four Asian Tigers|Asian Economic Tigers]] by 2030. In 2013, it launched a National Climate Change Action Plan, having acknowledged that omitting climate as a key development issue in Vision 2030 was an oversight failure. The 200-page Action Plan, developed with support from the [[Climate &amp;amp; Development Knowledge Network]], sets out the Government of Kenya&#039;s vision for a &#039;low-carbon climate resilient development pathway&#039;. At the launch in March 2013, the Secretary of the Ministry of Planning, National Development, and Vision 2030 emphasized that climate would be a central issue in the renewed Medium-Term Plan that would be launched in the coming months. This would create a direct and robust delivery framework for the Action Plan and ensure climate change is treated as an economy-wide issue.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://cdkn.org/2013/03/news-kenyas-national-climate-change-action-plan-is-officially-launched/ NEWS: Kenya&#039;s National Climate Change Action Plan is officially launched] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130514075422/http://cdkn.org/2013/03/news-kenyas-national-climate-change-action-plan-is-officially-launched/ |date=14 May 2013 }}, Climate &amp;amp; Development Knowledge Network, 28 March 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Furthermore, Kenya submitted an updated, more ambitious NDC on December 24, 2020, with a commitment to abate greenhouse gases by 32 percent by 2030 relative to the business-as-usual scenario and in line with its sustainable development agenda and national circumstances.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya Climate Change Country Profile |url=https://www.climatelinks.org/resources/kenya-climate-change-country-profile |access-date=2022-04-14 |website=climatelinks.org |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:90%;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;line-height:1.0em;&amp;quot;| {{resize|120%|Economic summary}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| GDP&lt;br /&gt;
| $41.84&amp;amp;nbsp;billion (2012) at Market Price. $76.07&amp;amp;nbsp;billion (Purchasing Power Parity, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
There exists an informal economy that is never counted as part of the official GDP figures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Annual growth rate&lt;br /&gt;
| 5.1% (2012)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Per capita income&lt;br /&gt;
| Per Capita Income (PPP)= $1,800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Agricultural&amp;amp;nbsp;produce{{nbsp|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
| tea, coffee, [[Maize|corn]], wheat, [[sugarcane]], fruit, vegetables, dairy products, beef, pork, poultry, eggs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Industry&lt;br /&gt;
| small-scale consumer goods (plastic, furniture, batteries, textiles, clothing, soap, cigarettes, flour), agricultural products, horticulture, oil refining; aluminium, steel, lead; cement, commercial ship repair, tourism&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:90%;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;line-height:1.0em;&amp;quot;| Trade in 2012&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Exports&lt;br /&gt;
| $5.942&amp;amp;nbsp;billion&lt;br /&gt;
| tea, coffee, horticultural products, petroleum products, cement, fish&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Major markets&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Uganda]] 9.9%, Tanzania 9.6%, Netherlands 8.4%, UK, 8.1%, US 6.2%, Egypt 4.9%, Democratic Republic of the Congo 4.2% (2012)&amp;lt;ref name=cia/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Imports&lt;br /&gt;
| $14.39&amp;amp;nbsp;billion&lt;br /&gt;
| machinery and transportation equipment, petroleum products, motor vehicles, iron and steel, resins and plastics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;| Major&amp;amp;nbsp;suppliers&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| China 15.3%, [[India]] 13.8%, UAE 10.5%, Saudi Arabia 7.3%, South Africa 5.5%, Japan 4.0% (2012)&amp;lt;ref name=cia/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Oil exploration===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Energy in Kenya#Petroleum|l1=Oil in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kenya Aerial 2009-08-27 14-26-44.JPG|thumb|[[Lake Turkana]] borders Turkana County.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has proven oil deposits in [[Turkana County]]. President Mwai Kibaki announced on 26 March 2012 that [[Tullow Oil]], an Anglo-Irish oil exploration firm, had struck oil, but its commercial viability and subsequent production would take about three years to confirm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-17513488 BBC News – Kenya oil discovery after Tullow Oil drilling] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180318140249/http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-17513488 |date=18 March 2018 }}. BBC. 26 March 2012.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in 2006, Chinese president [[Hu Jintao]] signed an oil exploration contract with Kenya, part of a series of deals designed to keep Africa&#039;s natural resources flowing to China&#039;s rapidly expanding economy.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lions Family Portrait Masai Mara.jpg|thumb|A family of lions in [[Maasai Mara]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The deal allowed for China&#039;s state-controlled offshore oil and gas company, [[China National Offshore Oil Corporation|CNOOC]], to prospect for oil in Kenya, which is just beginning to drill its first exploratory wells on the borders of Sudan and the disputed area of [[North Eastern Province, Kenya|North Eastern Province]], on the border with [[Somalia]] and in coastal waters. There are formal estimates of the possible reserves of oil discovered.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Barber |first1=Lionel |last2=England, Andrew |date=10 August 2006 |title=China&#039;s scramble for Africa finds a welcome in Kenya |work=Financial Times |url=http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/a51a39d2-280c-11db-b25c-0000779e2340.html |url-status=live |access-date=27 June 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100513072549/http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/a51a39d2-280c-11db-b25c-0000779e2340.html |archive-date=13 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Action against pollution ===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, Kenya banned single-use plastic bags. According to the national environmental authority, 80% of the public has adhered to this ban. Subsequently, in 2020, the prohibition of single-use plastics was extended to protected areas, including parks and forests.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Kimeu |first=Caroline |date=2023-05-30 |title=After a plastic bag ban, Kenya takes another shot at its pollution problem |language=en-GB |work=The Guardian |url=https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2023/may/30/kenya-wrestles-with-its-plastic-pollution-problem |access-date=2023-10-06 |issn=0261-3077}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A law passed in July 2023 mandates companies to actively reduce the pollution and environmental impact caused by the products they introduce into the Kenyan market, either individually or through collective schemes. Unlike previous practices, businesses are now obligated to participate in waste collection and recycling initiatives, such the Petco initiative established by the government in 2018.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Child labour and prostitution===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enfants Masai - Kenya décembre 1990.jpg|thumb|[[Maasai people]]. The Maasai live in both Kenya and Tanzania.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Child labour [[child labor in Kenya|is common in Kenya]], particularly in agriculture.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Country profile report – Kenya&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2009 |title=Country profile report – Kenya |url=http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/pdfid/4d4a6806d.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160706055114/http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/pdfid/4d4a6806d.pdf |archive-date=6 July 2016 |access-date=13 November 2012 |publisher=United Nations}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2006, UNICEF estimated that up to 30% of girls in the coastal areas of Malindi, Mombasa, Kilifi, and Diani were subject to prostitution. Most of the prostitutes in Kenya are aged 9–18.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Country profile report – Kenya&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Ministry of Gender and Child Affairs employed 400 child protection officers in 2009.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Country profile report – Kenya&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The causes of child labour include poverty, the lack of access to education, and weak government institutions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Country profile report – Kenya&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Kenya has ratified Convention No. 81 on labour inspection in industries and Convention No. 129 on labour inspection in agriculture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Suda, Collette |year=2001 |title=The Invisible Child Worker in Kenya: The Intersection of Poverty, Legislation and Culture |url=http://www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol10num2/suda.pdf |url-status=live |journal=Nordic Journal of African Studies |volume=10 |issue=2 |pages=163–175 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190215084810/http://www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol10num2/suda.pdf |archive-date=15 February 2019 |access-date=13 November 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:African Kids working in the family farm.jpg|thumb|Child labour in Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Microfinance===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Microfinance in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 20 institutions offer business loans on a large scale, specific agriculture loans, education loans, and loans for other purposes. Additionally, there are:&lt;br /&gt;
* emergency loans, which are more expensive in respect to interest rates, but are quickly available&lt;br /&gt;
* group loans for smaller groups (four to five members) and larger groups (up to 30 members)&lt;br /&gt;
* women&#039;s loans, which are also available to groups of women&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Out of approximately 40 million Kenyans, about 14 million are unable to receive financial service through formal loan application services, and an additional 12 million have no access to financial service institutions at all. Further, one million Kenyans are reliant on informal groups for receiving financial aid.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kenya |url=http://mfi-upgrading-initiative.org/000001985b0d93482/00000198660ae2e07/032d539c050945b02/index.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130603203238/http://www.mfi-upgrading-initiative.org/000001985b0d93482/00000198660ae2e07/032d539c050945b02/index.html |archive-date=3 June 2013 |access-date=25 September 2015 |website=MFI Upgrading and Rating Initiative of the Development Bank of Austria}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To mitigate this problem, the mobile banking service [[M-Pesa]] was launched in 2007 by [[Vodafone]] and [[Safaricom]], in collaboration from the Financial Deepening Challenge Fund competition established by the UK government&#039;s Department for International Development. M-Pesa allows users to deposit, withdraw, transfer money, pay for goods and services (Lipa na M-Pesa), access credit and savings, all with a mobile device,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Saylor |first=Michael |url=https://archive.org/details/mobilewavehowmob0000sayl |title=The Mobile Wave: How Mobile Intelligence Will Change Everything |publisher=Perseus Books/Vanguard Press |year=2012 |isbn=978-1593157203 |page=202; 304 |url-access=registration}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; has provided access to digital transactions to millions of Kenyans in poverty situation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Tavneet Suri, and |first=William Jack |date=2016 |title=The Long-run Poverty and Gender Impacts of Mobile Money |journal=Science |volume=354 |issue=6317 |pages=1288–1292 |bibcode=2016Sci...354.1288S |doi=10.1126/science.aah5309 |pmid=27940873 |s2cid=42992837}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demographics==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kikuyu woman traditional dress.jpg|thumb|upright|A [[Bantu peoples|Bantu]] [[Kikuyu people|Kikuyu]] woman in traditional attire]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 10px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background:#cfb;&amp;quot;|Population{{UN_Population|ref}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#cfb;&amp;quot;|Year&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#cfb;&amp;quot;|Million&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|1948 ||style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|5.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|1962 ||style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|8.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|1969 ||style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|10.9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|2000 ||style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|31.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|{{UN_Population|Year}} ||style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|{{#expr:{{formatnum:{{UN_Population|Kenya}}|R}}/1e6 round 1}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya had a population of approximately 48 million in January 2017.&amp;lt;ref name=cia/&amp;gt; The country has a young population, with 73% of residents under 30 because of rapid [[population growth]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0114/p17s01-wmgn.html Why a new president may slow population growth] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090215203953/http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0114/p17s01-wmgn.html |date=15 February 2009 }}&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;The Christian Science Monitor&#039;&#039;. 14 January 2008.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Zinkina J. |last2=Korotayev A. |year=2014 |title=Explosive Population Growth in Tropical Africa: Crucial Omission in Development Forecasts (Emerging Risks and Way Out) |url=https://www.academia.edu/6823642 |url-status=live |journal=World Futures |volume=70 |issue=2 |pages=120–139 |citeseerx=10.1.1.691.8612 |doi=10.1080/02604027.2014.894868 |s2cid=53051943 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220109200646/https://www.academia.edu/6823642 |archive-date=9 January 2022 |access-date=11 January 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; from 2.9 million to 40 million inhabitants over the last century.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[https://www.nytimes.com/2008/01/17/opinion/17iht-edheinsohn.1.9292632.html Exploding population] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140715084143/http://www.nytimes.com/2008/01/17/opinion/17iht-edheinsohn.1.9292632.html |date=15 July 2014 }}&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;The New York Times&#039;&#039;. 7 January 2008.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nairobi is home to [[Kibera]], one of the world&#039;s largest slums. The shantytown is believed to house between 170,000&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nation1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Karanja |first=Muchiri |date=3 September 2010 |title=Myth shattered: Kibera numbers fail to add up |work=[[Daily Nation]] |url=http://www.nation.co.ke/News/Kibera%20numbers%20fail%20to%20add%20up/-/1056/1003404/-/13ga38xz/-/index.html |url-status=live |access-date=4 September 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181206103830/https://www.nation.co.ke/News/Kibera%20numbers%20fail%20to%20add%20up/-/1056/1003404/-/13ga38xz/-/index.html |archive-date=6 December 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and one million people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=22 March 2010 |title=World Water Day Focus on Global Sewage Flood |url=http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2010/03/100322/swimming-in-sewage-for-world-water-day/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120115082027/http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2010/03/100322/swimming-in-sewage-for-world-water-day/ |archive-date=15 January 2012 |access-date=10 February 2012 |website=National Geographic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UNHCR base in [[Dadaab]] in the north houses around 500,000.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DadaabPop&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.unhcr.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/search?page=search&amp;amp;docid=4e579df59&amp;amp;query=dadaab The UN Refugee Agency] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111223114925/http://www.unhcr.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/search?page=search&amp;amp;docid=4e579df59&amp;amp;query=dadaab |date=23 December 2011 }}. Unhcr.org.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ethnic groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has a diverse population that includes many of Africa&#039;s major ethnoracial and linguistic groups. Although there is no official list of Kenyan ethnic groups, the number of ethnic categories and sub-categories recorded in the country&#039;s census has changed significantly over time, expanding from 42 in 1969 to more than 120 in 2019.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Balaton-Chrimes2020&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Balaton-Chrimes |first=Samantha |year=2020 |title=Who are Kenya&#039;s 42(+) tribes? The census and the political utility of magical uncertainty |journal=Journal of Eastern African Studies |volume=15 |pages=43–62 |doi=10.1080/17531055.2020.1863642 |issn=1753-1055 |s2cid=231681524 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most residents are [[Bantu peoples|Bantus]] (60%) or [[Nilotic peoples|Nilotes]] (30%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Asongumarr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Asongu, J. J. |title=Doing Business Abroad: A Handbook for Expatriates |last2=Marr, Marvee |publisher=Greenview Publishing Co. |year=2007 |isbn=978-0-9797976-3-7 |pages=12 &amp;amp; 112}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Cushitic languages|Cushitic]] groups also form a small ethnic minority, as do Arabs, Indians, and Europeans.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Asongumarr&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Okothndaloh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=bfT2njyPThgC|page=60}} |title=Peak Revision K.C.P.E. Social Studies |publisher=East African Publishers |isbn=9789966254504 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the [[Kenya National Bureau of Statistics]] (KNBS), in 2019, Kenya had a total population of 47,564,296. The largest native ethnic groups were the [[Kikuyu people|Kikuyu]] (8,148,668), [[Luhya people|Luhya]] (6,823,842), [[Kalenjin people|Kalenjin]] (6,358,113), [[Luo people|Luo]] (5,066,966), [[Kamba people|Kamba]] (4,663,910), [[Somalis|Somali]] (2,780,502), [[Kisii people|Kisii]] (2,703,235), [[Mijikenda peoples|Mijikenda]] (2,488,691), [[Meru people|Meru]] (1,975,869), [[Maasai people|Maasai]] (1,189,522), and [[Turkana people|Turkana]] (1,016,174). The [[North Eastern Province, Kenya|North Eastern Province]] of Kenya, formerly known as NFD, is predominantly inhabited by the indigenous ethnic [[Somalis]]. Foreign-rooted populations include [[Omanis|Arabs]], [[Indians in Kenya|Asians]], and [[White people in Kenya|Europeans]].&amp;lt;!-- Latter populations are designated with a &#039;&#039;Kenyan&#039;&#039; prefix in latest 2019 census; this is a holdover from the last colonial census of 1962, when the population groups residing in the territory included European, Arab, Somali, African and Asian individuals (&amp;quot;European, Arab, Somali or African, etc. Asians must write Indian or Pakistan&amp;quot; [http://www.waikato.ac.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/117476/Kenya-1962-en.pdf]) --&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Languages of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya&#039;s ethnic groups typically speak their mother tongues within their own communities. The two [[official language]]s, English and [[Swahili language|Swahili]], are used in varying degrees of fluency for communication with other populations. English is widely spoken in commerce, schooling, and government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Cugrwed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Proquest Info &amp;amp; Learning (COR) |title=Culturegrams: World Edition |year=2009 |isbn=978-0-9778091-6-5 |page=98}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Peri-urbanisation|Peri-urban]] and rural dwellers are less multilingual, with many in rural areas speaking only their native languages.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Broassim&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Brown, E. K. |title=Encyclopedia of language &amp;amp; linguistics, Volume 1, Edition 2 |last2=Asher, R. E. |last3=Simpson, J. M. Y. |publisher=Elsevier |year=2006 |isbn=978-0-08-044299-0 |page=181}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[British English]] is primarily used in Kenya. Additionally, a distinct local dialect, [[Kenyan English]], is used by some communities and individuals in the country, and contains features unique to it that were derived from local [[Bantu languages]] such as Kiswahili and [[Gikuyu language|Kikuyu]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Cliike&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Nyaggah |first=Lynette Behm |title=Cross-linguistic influence in Kenyan English: The impact of Swahili and Kikuyu on syntax |url=http://phdtree.org/pdf/24677752-cross-linguistic-influence-in-kenyan-english-the-impact-of-swahili-and-kikuyu-on-syntax/ |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161226102504/http://phdtree.org/pdf/24677752-cross-linguistic-influence-in-kenyan-english-the-impact-of-swahili-and-kikuyu-on-syntax/ |archive-date=26 December 2016 |access-date=8 August 2014 |publisher=University of California}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has been developing since colonisation and also contains certain elements of [[American English]]. [[Sheng slang|Sheng]] is a Kiswahili-based [[cant (language)|cant]] spoken in some urban areas. Primarily a mixture of Swahili and English, it is an example of linguistic [[code-switching]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Nphil&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Derek Nurse |first=Gérard Philippson |url={{google books|plainurl=y|id=M8cHBAAAQBAJ}} |title=Bantu Languages |date=2006 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-1-135-79683-9 |page=197 |access-date=20 October 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
69 languages are spoken in Kenya. Most belong to two broad language families: [[Niger-Congo languages|Niger-Congo]] ([[Bantu languages|Bantu branch]]) and [[Nilo-Saharan languages|Nilo-Saharan]] ([[Nilotic languages|Nilotic branch]]), spoken by the country&#039;s Bantu and Nilotic populations respectively. The Cushitic and Arab ethnic minorities speak languages belonging to the separate [[Afroasiatic languages|Afroasiatic]] family, with the Indian and European residents speaking languages from the [[Indo-European languages|Indo-European]] family.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ethnken&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=KE Languages of Kenya] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121123235120/http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=KE |date=23 November 2012 }}. Ethnologue.com.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Urban centres===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|List of cities and towns in Kenya by population}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities&lt;br /&gt;
| country      = Kenya&lt;br /&gt;
| stat_ref     = According to the 2019 Census&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=2019 Kenya Population and Housing Census Volume III: Distribution of Population by Age and Sex |url=https://www.knbs.or.ke/?wpdmpro=2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-volume-iii-distribution-of-population-by-age-sex-and-administrative-units&amp;amp;wpdmdl=5729&amp;amp;ind=0tNSo67ECQDUWjzx5h0MYjfrww-Ec24S00Uu0My9291AsXaUorFJx1bFVmQ7L1yZcD3J2SdGI3QT4aKeCFb-DA |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200802200037/https://www.knbs.or.ke/?wpdmpro=2019-kenya-population-and-housing-census-volume-iii-distribution-of-population-by-age-sex-and-administrative-units&amp;amp;wpdmdl=5729&amp;amp;ind=0tNSo67ECQDUWjzx5h0MYjfrww-Ec24S00Uu0My9291AsXaUorFJx1bFVmQ7L1yZcD3J2SdGI3QT4aKeCFb-DA |archive-date=2 August 2020 |access-date=8 April 2020 |website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| list_by_pop  =&lt;br /&gt;
| div_name     = County&lt;br /&gt;
| div_link     = Counties of Kenya{{!}}County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_1 = Nairobi&lt;br /&gt;
| div_1 = Nairobi County{{!}}Nairobi&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_1 = 4 397 073&lt;br /&gt;
| img_1 = Nairobi, view from KICC.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_2 = Mombasa&lt;br /&gt;
| div_2 = Mombasa County{{!}}Mombasa&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_2 = 1 208 333&lt;br /&gt;
| img_2 = Mombasa skyline.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_3 = Nakuru&lt;br /&gt;
| div_3 = Nakuru County{{!}}Nakuru&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_3 = 570 674&lt;br /&gt;
| img_3 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_4 = Ruiru&lt;br /&gt;
| div_4 = Kiambu County{{!}}Kiambu&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_4 = 490 120&lt;br /&gt;
| img_4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_5 = Eldoret&lt;br /&gt;
| div_5 = Uasin Gishu County{{!}}Uasin Gishu&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_5 = 475 716&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_6 = Kisumu&lt;br /&gt;
| div_6 = Kisumu County{{!}}Kisumu&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_6 = 397 957&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_7 = Kikuyu, Kenya{{!}}Kikuyu&lt;br /&gt;
| div_7 = Kiambu County{{!}}Kiambu&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_7 = 323 881&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_8 = Thika&lt;br /&gt;
|div_8 =  Kiambu County{{!}}Kiambu&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_8 = 251 407&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_9= Naivasha&lt;br /&gt;
|div_9 =  Nakuru County{{!}}Nakuru&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_9 = 198 444&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_10 = Karuri&lt;br /&gt;
|div_10 =  Kiambu County{{!}}Kiambu&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_10 = 194 342&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_11 = Ongata Rongai&lt;br /&gt;
| div_11 = Kajiado County{{!}}Kajiado&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_11 = 172 569&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_12 = Garissa&lt;br /&gt;
|div_12 =  Garissa County{{!}}Garissa&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_12 = 163 399&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_13 = Kitale&lt;br /&gt;
| div_13 = Trans-Nzoia County{{!}}Trans-Nzoia&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_13 = 162 174&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_14 = Juja&lt;br /&gt;
| div_14 = Kiambu County{{!}}Kiambu&lt;br /&gt;
| pop_14 = 156 041&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_15 = Mlolongo&lt;br /&gt;
|div_15 =  Machakos County{{!}} Machakos&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_15 = 136 351&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_16 = Malindi&lt;br /&gt;
|div_16 =  Kilifi County{{!}}Kilifi&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_16 = 119 859&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_17 = Mandera&lt;br /&gt;
|div_17 =  Mandera County{{!}} Mandera&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_17 = 114 718&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_18 = Kisii, Kenya{{!}}Kisii&lt;br /&gt;
|div_18 =  Kisii County{{!}}Kisii&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_18 = 112 417&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_19 = Kakamega&lt;br /&gt;
|div_19 =  Kakamega County{{!}} Kakamega&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_19 = 107 227&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|city_20 = Ngong, Kenya{{!}}Ngong&lt;br /&gt;
|div_20 =  Kajiado County{{!}} Kajiado&lt;br /&gt;
|pop_20 = 102 323&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Religion===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Catholic Church in Mombasa.JPG|thumb|left|Holy Ghost Roman Catholic Cathedral in Mombasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Kenyans are [[Christians|Christian]] (85.5%), with 53.9% [[Protestant]] and 20.6% [[Catholic Church in Kenya|Roman Catholic]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Presbyterian Church of East Africa]] has 3 million followers in Kenya and surrounding countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.reformiert-online.net/adressen/detail.php?id=1390&amp;amp;lg=eng Address data base of Reformed churches and institutions] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130403024055/http://www.reformiert-online.net/adressen/detail.php?id=1390&amp;amp;lg=eng |date=3 April 2013 }}. Reformiert-online.net. Retrieved 16 April 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are smaller conservative [[Reformed tradition|Reformed]] churches, the [[Africa Evangelical Presbyterian Church]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://archive.today/20130416052147/http://www.wrfnet.org/c/portal/layout?p_l_id=PUB.1.24&amp;amp;p_p_id=62_INSTANCE_119G&amp;amp;p_p_action=0&amp;amp;p_p_state=maximized&amp;amp;p_p_mode=view&amp;amp;p_p_col_id=&amp;amp;p_p_col_pos=0&amp;amp;p_p_col_count=0&amp;amp;_62_INSTANCE_119G_struts_action=/journal_articles/view&amp;amp;_62_INSTANCE_119G_groupId=1&amp;amp;_62_INSTANCE_119G_articleId=479&amp;amp;_62_INSTANCE_119G_version=1.0 The World Reformed Fellowship – Promoting Reformed Partnerships Worldwide – News]. Wrfnet.org. Retrieved 16 April 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Independent Presbyterian Church in Kenya]], and the [[Reformed Church of East Africa]]. [[Eastern Orthodox Church|Orthodox Christianity]] has 621,200 adherents.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=3 February 2008 |title=Kenya |url=http://www.oikoumene.org/en/member-churches/regions/africa/kenya.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080311215546/http://www.oikoumene.org/en/member-churches/regions/africa/kenya.html |archive-date=11 March 2008 |access-date=26 February 2013 |publisher=Oikoumene.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya has by far the highest number of [[Quaker]]s of any country in the world, with around 146,300.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Samuel |first=Bill |title=World Distribution of Quakers, 2012 - QuakerInfo.com |url=http://www.quakerinfo.com/memb2012.shtml |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190117115311/http://www.quakerinfo.com/memb2012.shtml |archive-date=17 January 2019 |access-date=24 December 2018 |website=quakerinfo.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The only [[Jewish synagogue]] in the country is in Nairobi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is the [[Islam in Kenya|second largest religion]], comprising 10.9% of the population. 60% of Kenyan Muslims live in the [[Coast Province|Coastal Region]], comprising 50% of the total population there, while the upper part of Kenya&#039;s [[Eastern Province (Kenya)|Eastern Region]] is home to 10% of the country&#039;s Muslims, where they are the majority religious group.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2008 |title=Kenya: International Religious Freedom Report 2008 |url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108374.htm |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100419081919/http://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108374.htm |archive-date=19 April 2010 |access-date=16 April 2010 |website=U.S. Department of State}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[African traditional religion|Indigenous beliefs]] are practised by 0.7% of the population, although many self-identifying Christians and Muslims [[Religious syncretism|maintain some traditional beliefs and customs]]. Nonreligious Kenyans are 1.6% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hindus also live in Kenya. The numbers are estimated to be around 60,287, or 0.13% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2019a&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Health===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Health in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kapsowarhospital1.jpg|thumb|left|Outpatient Department of AIC Kapsowar Hospital&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=AIC Mission Hospital Kapsowar Official Website |url=http://kapsowarhospital.com/ |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190628083830/http://kapsowarhospital.com/ |archive-date=28 June 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in [[Kapsowar]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Health care is one of the low-priority sectors in Kenya and was allocated 4.8% of the national budget in 2019/2020 or just 4.59% of [[GDP]] compared to high-priority sectors such as education which was allocated more than 25%. This is below the 4.98% average in [[Sub-Saharan Africa]] and 9.83% spent globally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the National and County Health Budget Analysis FY 2020/21, the breakdown of county health expenditure was 58% on Policy Planning and Administrative Support Services, 28% on Curative and Rehabilitative Health Services, 8% on Preventive and Promotive Health Services and 7% on Other Programmes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Health care is largely funded by private individuals and their families or employers through direct payments to [[health care provider]]s, to the [[National Hospital Insurance Fund|National Health Insurance Fund]] or to medical insurance companies. Additional funding comes from local, international and some government [[social safety net]] schemes. Public hospitals are [[fee-for-service]] establishments that generate large amounts of county and national government revenues making them highly political and corrupt enterprises.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Sectoral Perspectives on Corruption in Kenya: The Case of Public Health Care Delivery |date=February 2010 |url=https://eacc.go.ke/default/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/health-report.pdf |access-date=16 February 2023 |publisher=Kenya Anti-Corruption Commission}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Private health facilities are diverse, highly dynamic, and difficult to classify, unlike public health facilities, which are easily grouped in classes that consist of community-based (level I) services, run by [[community health worker]]s; dispensaries (level II facilities) run by [[nurse]]s; health centres (level III facilities), run by [[clinical officer]]s; sub-county hospitals (level IV facilities), which may be run by a [[clinical officer]] or a [[General practitioner|medical officer]]; county hospitals (level V facilities), which may be run by a [[General practitioner|medical officer]] or a [[Consultant (medicine)|medical practitioner]]; and national referral hospitals (level VI facilities), which are run by fully qualified [[Consultant (medicine)|medical practitioner]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Table rco co mo medical practitioners.png|thumb|Table showing different grades of clinical officers, medical officers, and medical practitioners in Kenya&#039;s public service]] [[Nurses]] are by far the largest group of [[front-line]] health care providers in all sectors, followed by clinical officers, medical officers, and medical practitioners. These are absorbed and deployed into government service in accordance with the Scheme of Service for Nursing Personnel (2014), the Revised Scheme of Service for Clinical Personnel (2020) and the Revised Scheme of Service for Medical Officers and Dental Officers (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Traditional healer]]s ([[herbalist]]s, [[witch doctor]]s, and [[faith healer]]s) are readily available, trusted, and widely consulted as practitioners of first or last choice by both rural and urban dwellers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite major achievements in the health sector, Kenya still faces many challenges. The estimated [[life expectancy]] dropped in 2009 to approximately 55 years — five years below the 1990 level.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.unicef.org/infobycountry/kenya_statistics.html#85 UNICEF Statistics: Kenya] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190604143317/https://www.unicef.org/infobycountry/kenya_statistics.html#85 |date=4 June 2019 }}. Unicef.org.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[infant mortality]] rate was high at approximately 44 deaths per 1,000 children in 2012.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2091rank.html?countryName=Kenya&amp;amp;countryCode=ke&amp;amp;regionCode=afr&amp;amp;rank=53#ke Infant Mortality ranks] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200802233410/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2091rank.html?countryName=Kenya&amp;amp;countryCode=ke&amp;amp;regionCode=afr&amp;amp;rank=53#ke |date=2 August 2020 }}. &#039;&#039;The World Factbook&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The WHO estimated in 2011 that only 42% of births were attended by a skilled health professional.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=WHO Health-Related Millennium Development Goals Report 2011 |url=https://www.who.int/gho/publications/world_health_statistics/EN_WHS2011_Part1.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120617072744/http://www.who.int/gho/publications/world_health_statistics/EN_WHS2011_Part1.pdf |archive-date=17 June 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Diseases of poverty]] directly correlate with a country&#039;s [[economy|economic performance]] and [[wealth distribution]]: In 2015/16, 35.6% of Kenyans lived below the poverty line.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Poverty Incidence in Kenya&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/kenya/publication/kenya-economic-update-poverty-incidence-in-kenya-declined-significantly-but-unlikely-to-be-eradicated-by-2030 |title=Poverty Incidence in Kenya Declined Significantly, but Unlikely to be Eradicated by 2030 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Preventable diseases like malaria, HIV/AIDS, pneumonia, diarrhoea, and malnutrition are the biggest burden, major child-killers, and responsible for much morbidity; weak policies, corruption, inadequate health workers, weak management, and poor leadership in the public health sector are largely to blame. According to 2009 estimates, [[List of countries by HIV/AIDS adult prevalence rate|HIV/AIDS prevalence]] is about 6.3% of the adult population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2155rank.html?countryName=Kenya&amp;amp;countryCode=ke&amp;amp;regionCode=afr&amp;amp;rank=11#ke CIA World Factbook: HIV/AIDS – Adult Prevalence Rate Rankings] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190329123741/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2155rank.html?countryName=Kenya&amp;amp;countryCode=ke&amp;amp;regionCode=afr&amp;amp;rank=11#ke |date=29 March 2019 }}. Cia.gov. Retrieved 23 April 2012.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, the 2011 UNAIDS Report suggests that the HIV epidemic may be improving in Kenya, as HIV prevalence is declining among young people (ages 15–24) and pregnant women.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.unaids.org/en/media/unaids/contentassets/documents/unaidspublication/2011/JC2216_WorldAIDSday_report_2011_en.pdf World AIDS Day Report 2011] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130601011732/http://www.unaids.org/en/media/unaids/contentassets/documents/unaidspublication/2011/JC2216_WorldAIDSday_report_2011_en.pdf |date=1 June 2013 }}. UNAIDS&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kenya had an estimated 15 million cases of [[malaria]] in 2006.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.who.int/malaria/publications/country-profiles/2009/mal2009_kenya_0025.pdf &amp;quot;Kenya&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210228111430/http://www.who.int/malaria/publications/country-profiles/2009/mal2009_kenya_0025.pdf |date=28 February 2021 }}, pp. 111–113 in &#039;&#039;World Malaria report 2009&#039;&#039;. WHO.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Women===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Women in Kenya|Child marriage in Kenya|Polygamy in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[total fertility rate]] in Kenya was estimated to be 4.49 children per woman in 2012.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=IFs Forecast – Version 7.00 – Google Public Data Explorer |url=https://www.google.com/publicdata/explore?ds=n4ff2muj8bh2a_&amp;amp;ctype=l&amp;amp;strail=false&amp;amp;bcs=d&amp;amp;nselm=h&amp;amp;met_y=TFR&amp;amp;fdim_y=scenario:1&amp;amp;scale_y=lin&amp;amp;ind_y=false&amp;amp;rdim=world&amp;amp;idim=country:KE&amp;amp;ifdim=world&amp;amp;tstart=1106895600000&amp;amp;tend=2842498800000 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150407115910/http://www.google.com/publicdata/explore?ds=n4ff2muj8bh2a_&amp;amp;ctype=l&amp;amp;strail=false&amp;amp;bcs=d&amp;amp;nselm=h&amp;amp;met_y=TFR&amp;amp;fdim_y=scenario:1&amp;amp;scale_y=lin&amp;amp;ind_y=false&amp;amp;rdim=world&amp;amp;idim=country:KE&amp;amp;ifdim=world&amp;amp;tstart=1106895600000&amp;amp;tend=2842498800000 |archive-date=7 April 2015 |access-date=15 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to a 2008–09 survey by the Kenyan government, the total fertility rate was 4.6% and the contraception usage rate among married women was 46%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://statistics.knbs.or.ke/nada/index.php/catalog/23 Kenya – Kenya Demographic and Health Survey 2008–09] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190102045335/http://statistics.knbs.or.ke/nada/index.php/catalog/23 |date=2 January 2019 }}. Kenya National Data Archive (KeNADA)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Maternal mortality]] is high, partly because of [[female genital cutting|female genital mutilation]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lcweb2.loc.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with about 27% of women having undergone it.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=WHO – Female genital mutilation and other harmful practices |url=https://www.who.int/reproductivehealth/topics/fgm/prevalence/en/ |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101029201427/http://www.who.int/reproductivehealth/topics/fgm/prevalence/en/ |archive-date=29 October 2010 |access-date=15 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This practice is however on the decline as the country becomes more modernised, and in 2011 it was banned in Kenya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Boseley |first=Sarah |date=8 September 2011 |title=FGM: Kenya acts against unkindest cut |work=The Guardian |location=London |url=https://www.theguardian.com/society/sarah-boseley-global-health/2011/sep/08/women-africa |url-status=live |access-date=7 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170617091857/https://www.theguardian.com/society/sarah-boseley-global-health/2011/sep/08/women-africa |archive-date=17 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Women were economically empowered before colonialisation.&lt;br /&gt;
By colonial land alienation, women lost access and control of land.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;autogenerated1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Women&#039;s participation in the kenyan society |url=http://www.cipe.org/essay/Women&#039;s%20participation%20in%20Kenyan%20Society%20-%20Claris%20Kariuki.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110111134944/http://www.cipe.org/essay/Women%27s%20participation%20in%20Kenyan%20Society%20-%20Claris%20Kariuki.pdf |archive-date=11 January 2011 |access-date=2 February 2018 |website=Center for International Private Enterprise}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; They became more economically dependent on men.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;autogenerated1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; A colonial order of gender emerged where males dominated females.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;autogenerated1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Median age at first marriage increases with increasing education.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Demographic and Health Survey 2014 |url=https://dhsprogram.com/pubs/pdf/fr308/fr308.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190403000621/https://dhsprogram.com/pubs/pdf/fr308/fr308.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2019 |access-date=2 February 2018 |website=Kenya National Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rape, defilement, and battering are not always seen as serious crimes.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=MAKING JUSTICE WORK FOR WOMEN Kenya Country Report |url=https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au//bitstream/2123/15632/2/Kenya%20Summary.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180203005725/https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au//bitstream/2123/15632/2/Kenya%20Summary.pdf |archive-date=3 February 2018 |access-date=2 February 2018 |website=Sydney eScholarship Repository}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reports of sexual assault are not always taken seriously.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Youth ===&lt;br /&gt;
Article 260 of the [[2010 Kenyan constitutional referendum|Kenyan Constitution]] of 2010 defines youth as those between the ages of 18 and 34.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Const2010 |url=http://www.kenyalaw.org/lex/actview.xql?actid=Const2010#KE/CON/Const2010/chap_16 |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=kenyalaw.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the 2019 Population and Census results, 75 percent of the 47.6 million population is under the age of 35, making Kenya a country of the [[youth]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-02-21 |title=Out of 47.6 million Kenyans, 35.7 million are under the age of 35 |url=https://www.citizen.digital/news/out-of-47-6-million-kenyans-35-7-million-are-under-the-age-of-35-323822 |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=Citizen Digital |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Youth unemployment and underemployment in Kenya has become a problem.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=D.G |first=Kabata |title=Why youth unemployment problem require more than a strait jacket solution |url=https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/letters/article/2001391660/youth-unemployment-puzzle-requires-innovative-solutions |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=The Standard |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the Kenya National Bureau of Statistics (KNBS), approximately 1.7 million people lost their jobs as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which eliminated some informal jobs and caused the economy to slow.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The Kenyan government has made progress in addressing the high youth unemployment by implementing various affirmative action programs and projects which include: the [[National Youth Service (Kenya)|National Youth Service]], The National Youth Enterprise Development Fund,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Youth Enterprise Development Fund |url=http://www.youthfund.go.ke/ |access-date=2022-02-25 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Women Enterprise Fund,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Women Enterprise Fund – Kenya – 50 Million African Women Speak |url=https://www.womenconnect.org/web/kenya/access-to-capital/-/asset_publisher/H9h9sCCMQ8ue/content/women-enterprise-fu-3 |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=womenconnect.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kazi Mtaani, [[Ajira Digital Program|Ajira Digital]], Kikao Mtaani,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kikao Mtaani |url=https://youth.go.ke/kikao-3/ |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=youth.go.ke |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Uwezo fund,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The Uwezo Fund – A flagship programme for vision 2030 |url=https://www.uwezo.go.ke/ |access-date=2022-02-25 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Future Bora&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Home {{!}} Future Bora Innovation Challenge |url=https://www.futurebora.go.ke/ |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=Future Bora |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and Studio mashinani&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=PLC |first=Standard Group |title=studio mashinani |url=https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/topic/studio-mashinani |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=The Standard |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; that [[Youth empowerment|empower youth]], offer job opportunities and to raise one&#039;s standard of living.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-08-03 |title=Kenya Youth Empowerment Programmes (Full List) |url=https://empowermentopportunities.com/2021/08/kenya-government-youth-empowerment-programmes.html |access-date=2022-02-25 |website=Latest Global Opportunities |language=en-US |archive-date=25 February 2022 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220225160551/https://empowermentopportunities.com/2021/08/kenya-government-youth-empowerment-programmes.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Education===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Education in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Community work in Kenya DVIDS342488.jpg|thumb|left|School children in a classroom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSc student at Kenyatta University.jpg|thumb|An MSc student at [[Kenyatta University]] in Nairobi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children attend nursery school, or kindergarten in the private sector until they are five years old. This lasts one to three years (KG1, KG2 and KG3) and is financed privately because there has been no government policy on pre-schooling until recently.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Reporter |first=Standard |title=Government to review Early Childhood Development policy |url=http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2000188257/government-to-review-early-childhood-development-policy |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160822022539/http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2000188257/government-to-review-early-childhood-development-policy |archive-date=22 August 2016 |access-date=23 June 2016 |website=Standard Digital News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic formal education starts at age six and lasts 12 years, consisting of eight years in primary school and four in high school or secondary. Primary school is free in public schools and those attending can join a vocational youth/village polytechnic, or make their own arrangements for an apprenticeship program and learn a trade such as tailoring, carpentry, motor vehicle repair, brick-laying and masonry for about two years.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Primary School Education in Kenya |url=http://kenyapage.net/education/primary.html |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170412165404/http://kenyapage.net/education/primary.html |archive-date=12 April 2017 |access-date=10 June 2016 |website=kenyapage.net}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Those who complete high school can join a [[Institute of technology|polytechnic]] or other technical college and study for three years, or proceed directly to university and study for four years. Graduates from the polytechnics and colleges can then join the workforce and later obtain a specialised higher diploma qualification after a further one to two years of training, or join the university—usually in the second or third year of their respective course. The [[higher diploma]] is accepted by many employers in place of a bachelor&#039;s degree and direct or accelerated admission to post-graduate studies is possible in some universities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Masai girl at school doing maths.jpg|thumb|left|A Maasai girl at school]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public universities in Kenya are highly commercialised institutions and only a small fraction of qualified high school graduates are admitted on limited government-sponsorship into programs of their choice. Most are admitted into the social sciences, which are cheap to run, or as self-sponsored students paying the full cost of their studies. Most qualified students who miss out opt for middle-level diploma programs in public or private universities, colleges, and polytechnics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2018, 18.5 percent of the Kenyan adult population was illiterate, which was the highest rate of literacy in East Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Literacy rate, adult total (% of people ages 15 and above) – Kenya {{!}} Data |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.ADT.LITR.ZS?locations=KE |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210128112128/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.ADT.LITR.ZS?locations=KE |archive-date=28 January 2021 |access-date=2021-01-22 |website=data.worldbank.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Literacy rate, adult total (% of people ages 15 and above) – Sub-Saharan Africa {{!}} Data |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.ADT.LITR.ZS?locations=ZG&amp;amp;most_recent_value_desc=false |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210416224534/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.ADT.LITR.ZS?locations=ZG&amp;amp;most_recent_value_desc=false |archive-date=16 April 2021 |access-date=2021-01-22 |website=data.worldbank.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are very wide regional disparities: for example, Nairobi had the highest level of literacy at 87.1 per cent, compared to North Eastern Province, the lowest, at 8.0 per cent. Preschool, which targets children from age three to five, is an integral component of the education system and is a key requirement for admission to Standard One (First Grade). At the end of primary education, pupils sit the [[Kenya Certificate of Primary Education]] (KCPE), which determines those who proceed to secondary school or vocational training. The result of this examination is needed for placement at secondary school.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primary school is for students aged 6/7-13/14 years. For those who proceed to the secondary level, there is a national examination at the end of Form Four&amp;amp;nbsp;– the [[Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education]] (KCSE), which determines those proceeding to the universities, other professional training, or employment. Students sit [[examinations]] in eight subjects of their choosing. However, English, Kiswahili, and mathematics are compulsory subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS), formerly the Joint Admissions Board (JAB), is responsible for selecting students joining the public universities. Other than the public schools, there are many private schools, mainly in urban areas. Similarly, there are a number of [[international school]]s catering to various overseas educational systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya was ranked 85th in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Global Innovation Index 2021 |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2021/ |access-date=2022-03-05 |website=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]] |publisher=[[United Nations]] |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Culture==&lt;br /&gt;
{{more citations needed|section|date=December 2020}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kenyan dancers.jpg|thumb|Kenyan boys and girls performing a traditional dance]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nation media house.jpg|thumb|Nation Media House, which hosts the [[Nation Media Group]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[culture of Kenya]] comprises multiple traditions. Kenya has no single prominent culture. It instead consists of the various cultures of the country&#039;s different communities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notable populations include the [[Swahili people|Swahili]] on the coast, several other [[Bantu peoples|Bantu]] communities in the central and western regions, and Nilotic communities in the northwest. The [[Maasai people|Maasai]] culture is well known to tourism, despite constituting a relatively small part of Kenya&#039;s population. They are renowned for their elaborate upper-body adornment and jewellery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, Kenya has an extensive music, television, and theatre scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Media===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Media of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has a number of media outlets that broadcast domestically and globally. They cover news, business, sports, and entertainment. Popular Kenyan newspapers include:&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;[[Daily Nation|The Daily Nation]]&#039;&#039;; part of the [[Nation Media Group|Nation Media Group (NMG)]] (largest market share)&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;[[The Standard (Kenya)|The Standard]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;The Star&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;The People&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;East Africa Weekly&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*  &#039;&#039;[[Taifa Leo]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Television stations based in Kenya include:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenya Broadcasting Corporation]] (KBC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Citizen TV]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenya Television Network]] (KTN)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NTV (Kenya)|NTV]] (part of the [[Nation Media Group]] (NMG))&lt;br /&gt;
*  Kiss Television&lt;br /&gt;
* [[K24 (Kenya)|K24 Television]]&lt;br /&gt;
*  Kass-TV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these terrestrial channels are transmitted via a DVB T2 digital TV signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Kenyan literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ngũgĩ wa Thiong&#039;o (signing autographs in London).jpg|thumb|Kenyan author Ngũgĩ wa Thiong&#039;o]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ngũgĩ wa Thiong&#039;o]] is one of Kenya&#039;s best-known writers. His novel &#039;&#039;[[Weep Not, Child]] depicts&#039;&#039; life in Kenya during the British occupation. The story details the effects of the Mau Mau on the lives of Kenyans. Its combination of themes—[[colonialism]], education, and love—helped make it one of the best-known African novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[M.G. Vassanji]]&#039;s 2003 novel &#039;&#039;The In-Between World of Vikram Lall&#039;&#039; won the [[Scotiabank Giller Prize|Giller Prize]] in 2003. It is the fictional memoir of a Kenyan of Indian heritage and his family as they adjust to the changing political climates in colonial and post-colonial Kenya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 2003, the literary journal &#039;&#039;[[Kwani?]]&#039;&#039; has been publishing Kenyan contemporary literature. Kenya has also nurtured emerging versatile authors such as Paul Kipchumba (Kipwendui, Kibiwott) who demonstrate a pan-African outlook.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |title=Africa in China&#039;s 21st Century: In Search of a Strategy |date=3 December 2017 |publisher=Independently published |isbn=978-1973456803}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Music===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Music of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Juacali 1.jpg|thumb|upright|Popular Kenyan musician Jua Cali]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has a diverse assortment of popular music forms, in addition to multiple types of [[folk music]] based on the variety of over 40 regional languages.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2007/04/article_0001.html On the Beat – Tapping the Potential of Kenya&#039;s Music Industry] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111103130711/http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2007/04/article_0001.html |date=3 November 2011 }}, [[WIPO]] Magazine (July 2007).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drums are the most dominant instrument in popular Kenyan music. Drum beats are very complex and include both native rhythms and imported ones, especially the [[Democratic Republic of the Congo|Congolese]] [[cavacha]] rhythm. Popular Kenyan music usually involves the interplay of multiple parts, and more recently, showy guitar solos as well. There are also a number of local hip-hop artists, including [[Jua Cali]]; Afro-pop bands such as [[Sauti Sol]]; and musicians who play local genres like Benga, such as [[Akothee]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lyrics are most often in Kiswahili or English. There is also some emerging aspect of [[Lingala language|Lingala]] borrowed from [[Democratic Republic of the Congo|Congolese]] musicians. Lyrics are also written in local languages. Urban radio generally only plays English music, though there also exist a number of vernacular radio stations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zilizopendwa is a genre of local urban music that was recorded in the 1960s, 70s, and 80s by musicians such as [[Daudi Kabaka]], [[Fadhili William]], and Sukuma Bin Ongaro, and is particularly enjoyed by older people—having been popularised by the Kenya Broadcasting Corporation&#039;s Kiswahili service (formerly called Voice of Kenya or VOK).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Isukuti is a vigorous dance performed by the [[Luhya people|Luhya]] sub-tribes to the beat of a traditional drum called the Isukuti during many occasions such as the birth of a child, marriage, or funeral. Other traditional dances include the [[Ohangla]] among the [[Luo peoples|Luo]], Nzele among the [[Mijikenda peoples|Mijikenda]], [[Mugithi]] among the [[Kikuyu people|Kikuyu]], and [[Taarab]] among the [[Swahili people|Swahili]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, Kenya has a growing Christian gospel music scene. Prominent local gospel musicians include the [[Kenyan Boys Choir]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Benga music]] has been popular since the late 1960s, especially in the area around [[Lake Victoria]]. The word &#039;&#039;benga&#039;&#039; is occasionally used to refer to any kind of pop music. Bass, guitar, and percussion are the usual instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sports===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2012 Olympics - Womens 5000m start 4.jpg|thumb|left|Jepkosgei Kipyego and Jepkemoi Cheruiyot at the 2012 London Olympics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya is active in several sports, among them [[cricket]], [[rallying]], [[Association football|football]], [[rugby union|rugby]], [[field hockey]], and [[boxing]]. The country is known chiefly for its dominance in [[middle-distance running|middle-distance]] and [[long-distance running|long-distance]] athletics, having consistently produced [[Olympic Games|Olympic]] and [[Commonwealth Games]] champions in various distance events, especially in 800&amp;amp;nbsp;m, 1,500&amp;amp;nbsp;m, 3,000&amp;amp;nbsp;m steeplechase, 5,000&amp;amp;nbsp;m, 10,000&amp;amp;nbsp;m, and the marathon. Kenyan athletes (particularly [[Kalenjin people|Kalenjin]]), continue to dominate the world of distance running, although competition from [[Morocco]] and [[Ethiopia]] has reduced this supremacy. Kenya&#039;s best-known athletes include the four-time women&#039;s [[Boston Marathon]] winner and two-time world champion [[Catherine Ndereba]], 800m world record holder [[David Rudisha]], former [[Marathon (sport)|marathon]] world record-holder [[Paul Tergat]], and [[John Ngugi]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya won several medals during the Beijing Olympics: six gold, four silver, and four bronze, making it Africa&#039;s most successful nation in the 2008 Olympics. New athletes gained attention, such as [[Pamela Jelimo]], the women&#039;s 800m gold medalist who went on to win the [[IAAF Golden League]] jackpot, and [[Samuel Wanjiru]], who won the men&#039;s marathon. Retired Olympic and Commonwealth Games champion [[Kipchoge Keino]] helped usher in Kenya&#039;s ongoing distance dynasty in the 1970s and was followed by Commonwealth Champion [[Henry Rono]]&#039;s spectacular string of world record performances. Lately, there has been controversy in Kenyan athletics circles, with the defection of a number of Kenyan athletes to represent other countries, chiefly [[Bahrain]] and [[Qatar]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IAAF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IAAF: [http://www.iaaf.net/mm/Document/imported/42196.pdf Changes of Allegiance 1998 to 2005] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130509091352/http://www.iaaf.net/mm/Document/imported/42196.pdf |date=9 May 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Kenyan Ministry of Sports has tried to stop the defections, but they have continued anyway, with [[Bernard Lagat]] being the latest, choosing to represent the United States.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IAAF&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Most of these defections occur because of economic or financial factors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Mynott |first=Adam |date=20 May 2005 |title=Kenya examines track star defections |work=BBC News |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/4566821.stm |url-status=live |access-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160417231056/http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/4566821.stm |archive-date=17 April 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Decisions by the Kenyan government to tax athletes&#039; earnings may also be a motivating factor.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=22 January 2014 |title=Furious Kenyans threaten to defect over taxes |work=Reuters |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-athletics-kenya-taxes-idUSBREA0L1OM20140122 |url-status=live |access-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160805120245/http://www.reuters.com/article/us-athletics-kenya-taxes-idUSBREA0L1OM20140122 |archive-date=5 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some elite Kenyan runners who cannot qualify for their country&#039;s strong national team find it easier to qualify by running for other countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Why the defections? |url=http://mobile.nation.co.ke/Sports/Why+the+defections/-/1951244/1957996/-/format/xhtml/-/hpgsnf/-/index.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160818074600/http://mobile.nation.co.ke/Sports/Why+the+defections/-/1951244/1957996/-/format/xhtml/-/hpgsnf/-/index.html |archive-date=18 August 2016 |access-date=10 June 2016 |website=mobile.nation.co.ke}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:David Rudisha Daegu 2011.jpg|thumb|Kenyan Olympic and world record holder in the 800 meters, [[David Rudisha]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya has been a dominant force in women&#039;s volleyball within Africa, with both the clubs and the national team winning various continental championships in the past decade.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=20 June 2015 |title=Kenya women&#039;s volleyball caps three decades of excellence {{!}} Kenya Page Blog |url=http://kenyapage.net/commentary/kenya-sports-commentary/kenya-womens-volleyball-caps-four-decades-of-excellence/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160612121336/http://kenyapage.net/commentary/kenya-sports-commentary/kenya-womens-volleyball-caps-four-decades-of-excellence/ |archive-date=12 June 2016 |access-date=10 June 2016 |website=kenyapage.net}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=21 June 2015 |title=Volleyball: Champions Kenya Scoop Major Continental Awards {{!}} |url=http://www.chimpreports.com/volleyball-kenya-crowned-african-nations-champions/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160803233901/http://www.chimpreports.com/volleyball-kenya-crowned-african-nations-champions/ |archive-date=3 August 2016 |access-date=10 June 2016 |website=chimpreports.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The women&#039;s team has competed at the Olympics and [[FIVB Volleyball Women&#039;s World Championship|World Championships]], though without any notable success. Cricket is another popular sport, also ranking as the most successful team sport. [[Kenyan cricket team|Kenya]] has competed in the [[Cricket World Cup]] since [[1996 Cricket World Cup|1996]]. They upset some of the world&#039;s best teams and reached the semi-finals of the [[2003 Cricket World Cup|2003 tournament]]. They won the inaugural World Cricket League Division 1 hosted in Nairobi and participated in the World T20. They also participated in the [[ICC Cricket World Cup 2011]]. Their current captain is [[Rakep Patel]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=:: Cricket Kenya |url=http://www.cricketkenya.co.ke/senior_men.php#&amp;amp;panel1-1 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160328200749/http://cricketkenya.co.ke/senior_men.php#&amp;amp;panel1-1 |archive-date=28 March 2016 |access-date=10 June 2016 |website=cricketkenya.co.ke}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rugby is increasing in popularity, especially with the annual Safari Sevens tournament. The [[Kenya national rugby sevens team|Kenya Sevens team]] ranked 9th in the IRB Sevens World Series for the 2006 season. In 2016, the team beat Fiji at the Singapore Sevens finals, making Kenya the second African nation after South Africa to win a World Series championship.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=17 April 2016 |title=Kenya win Singapore Sevens title |work=SuperSport |url=http://www.supersport.com/rugby/sevens/news/160417/Kenya_win_Singapore_Sevens_title |url-status=live |access-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160621175817/http://www.supersport.com/rugby/sevens/news/160417/Kenya_win_Singapore_Sevens_title |archive-date=21 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Kenya beat Fiji to win their first Sevens World Series title |work=BBC Sport |url=https://www.bbc.com/sport/rugby-union/36067269 |url-status=live |access-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160420153557/http://www.bbc.com/sport/rugby-union/36067269 |archive-date=20 April 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Sport |first=Telegraph |date=17 April 2016 |title=HSBC World Rugby Sevens Series: Kenya shock Fiji and win maiden title in Singapore |work=The Telegraph |url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/rugby-sevens/2016/04/17/hsbc-world-rugby-sevens-series-kenya-shock-fiji-and-win-maiden-t/ |url-status=live |access-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160619110410/http://www.telegraph.co.uk/rugby-sevens/2016/04/17/hsbc-world-rugby-sevens-series-kenya-shock-fiji-and-win-maiden-t/ |archive-date=19 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Kenya national football team|Kenya]] was once also a regional powerhouse in football. However, its dominance has been eroded by wrangles within the now defunct [[Kenya Football Federation]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;New Vision, 3 June 2004: [http://www.newvision.co.ug/PA/8/30/364022 Wrangles land Kenya indefinite FIFA ban] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080110015009/http://www.newvision.co.ug/PA/8/30/364022 |date=10 January 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; leading to a suspension by [[FIFA]] which was lifted in March 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the motor rallying arena, Kenya is home to the world-famous [[Safari Rally]], commonly acknowledged as one of the toughest rallies in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Auto Channel, 21 July 2001: [http://www.theautochannel.com/news/2001/07/22/025841.html FIA RALLY: Delecour takes points finish on Safari Rally debut] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071210095507/http://www.theautochannel.com/news/2001/07/22/025841.html |date=10 December 2007 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; First held in 1953, it was a part of the [[World Rally Championship]] for many years until its exclusion after the 2002 event owing to financial difficulties. Some of the best rally drivers in the world have taken part in and won the rally, such as [[Björn Waldegård]], [[Hannu Mikkola]], [[Tommi Mäkinen]], [[Shekhar Mehta]], [[Carlos Sainz Sr.|Carlos Sainz]], and [[Colin McRae]]. The Safari Rally returned to the world championship in [[2021 Safari Rally|2021]], after the 2003–2019 events ran as part of the [[African Rally Championship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nairobi has hosted several major continental sports events, including the [[FIBA Africa Championship 1993]], where [[Kenya national basketball team|Kenya&#039;s national basketball team]] finished in the top four, its best performance to date.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://archive.fiba.com/pages/eng/fa/event/p/sid/2405/tid/312/_/1993_African_Championship_for_Men_/index.html 1993 FIBA Africa Championship for Men] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171008174937/http://archive.fiba.com/pages/eng/fa/event/p/sid/2405/tid/312/_/1993_African_Championship_for_Men_/index.html |date=8 October 2017 }}, ARCHIVE.FIBA.COM. Retrieved 24 January 2016.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenya also has its own [[ice hockey]] team, the Kenya Ice Lions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.nhl.com/news/color-of-hockey-kenya-ice-lions-ready-to-roar/c-316726578 Color of Hockey: Kenya Ice Lions ready to roar] –  [[NHL]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The team&#039;s home ground is the [[Solar Ice Rink]] at the [https://www.panarihotels.com/hotel-nairobi/ Panari Sky Centre] in Nairobi,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.iihf.com/en/news/18709/hockey-visit-to-kenya Hockey visit to Kenya] – [[IIHF]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.panarihotels.com/hotel-nairobi/ice-rink.html Solar Ice Rink] – The Panari Hotel&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which is the first and largest [[ice rink]] in all of Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://mg.co.za/article/2005-12-26-kenyan-skaters-flock-to-east-africas-first-ice-rink/|title=Kenyan skaters flock to East Africa&#039;s first ice rink|date=25 December 2005|website=The Mail &amp;amp; Guardian}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ugali &amp;amp; Sukuma Wiki.jpg|thumb|[[Ugali]] and [[sukuma wiki]], staples of Kenyan cuisine]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenyans generally have three meals in a day—breakfast (&#039;&#039;kiamsha kinywa&#039;&#039;), lunch (&#039;&#039;chakula cha mchana&#039;&#039;), and supper (&#039;&#039;chakula cha jioni&#039;&#039; or simply &#039;&#039;chajio&#039;&#039;). In between, they have the 10-o&#039;clock tea (&#039;&#039;chai ya saa nne&#039;&#039;) and 4 p.m. tea (&#039;&#039;chai ya saa kumi&#039;&#039;). Breakfast is usually tea or porridge with bread, [[chapati]], [[mahamri]], boiled sweet potatoes, or [[Yam (vegetable)|yams]]. [[Githeri]] is a common lunchtime dish in many households, while [[Ugali]] with vegetables, sour milk ([[mursik]]), meat, fish, or any other stew is generally eaten by much of the population for lunch or supper. Regional variations and dishes also exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In western Kenya, among the [[Luo (Kenya and Tanzania)|Luo]], fish is a common dish; among the [[Kalenjin people|Kalenjin]], who dominate much of the Rift Valley Region, mursik—sour milk—is a common drink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cities such as Nairobi, there are fast-food restaurants, including [[Steers (restaurant)|Steers]], [[KFC]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=24 October 2012 |title=Fast food finds fans in sub-Sahara Africa, where obesity problem is growing |url=http://worldnews.nbcnews.com/_news/2012/08/10/13223149-fast-food-finds-fans-in-sub-sahara-africa-where-obesity-problem-is-growing |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130116210535/http://worldnews.nbcnews.com/_news/2012/08/10/13223149-fast-food-finds-fans-in-sub-sahara-africa-where-obesity-problem-is-growing |archive-date=16 January 2013 |access-date=26 February 2013 |website=NBC News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Subway (restaurant)|Subway]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.businessdailyafrica.com/Subway-to-open-first-Kenya-outlet-in-August/-/539552/1691534/-/bax3pa/-/index.html US fast food chain to open first Kenya outlet in August – Money Markets] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181023161931/https://www.businessdailyafrica.com/Subway-to-open-first-Kenya-outlet-in-August/-/539552/1691534/-/bax3pa/-/index.html |date=23 October 2018 }}. businessdailyafrica.com. Retrieved 9 August 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are also many fish-and-chips shops.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Restaurants in Nairobi, Kenya - Yellow Pages Online Directory |url=https://yellowpageskenya.com/search-results/Restaurants|website=yellowpageskenya.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cheese in Kenya|Cheese]] is becoming more popular in Kenya, with consumption increasing particularly among the middle class.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.africanews.com/2016/09/04/kenyans-are-gradually-loving-cheese/ Kenyans are gradually loving cheese] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171114041844/http://www.africanews.com/2016/09/04/kenyans-are-gradually-loving-cheese/ |date=14 November 2017 }}, africanews.com, September 4, 2016.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.howwemadeitinafrica.com/entrepreneur-grows-her-hobby-into-a-successful-cheese-making-business/ Entrepreneur grows her hobby into a successful cheese making business] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171114040913/https://www.howwemadeitinafrica.com/entrepreneur-grows-her-hobby-into-a-successful-cheese-making-business/ |date=14 November 2017 }}, howwemadeitinafrica.com, August 23, 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Foreign relations of Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Index of Kenya-related articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of Kenyans]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Water supply and sanitation in Kenya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist|colwidth=30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sources and further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*{{Cite book|title=The Culture of Politics in Modern Kenya|last=Haugerud|first=Angelique|publisher=Cambridge University Press|year=1995|isbn=9780521595902|edition=1st|series=African Studies|volume=84|location=Cambridge|pages=266|name-list-style=vanc}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Citation |last1=Ludeki Chweya |title=Control of Corruption in Kenya: Legal-political Dimensions |date=2005 |page=259 |publisher=[[The University of Michigan]] |isbn=978-9966-915-55-9 |last2=John Kithome Tuta |last3=S. Kichamu Akivaga}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{Cite book|title=Kenya Today: Breaking the Yoke of Colonialism in Africa|last=Mwaura|first=Ndirangu|publisher=Algora Publishing|year=2005|isbn=9780875863214|pages=238|name-list-style=vanc}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{official website|http://www.parliament.go.ke|Official website of the Parliament of Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Wikiatlas|Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/kenya/ Kenya]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20170707114205/https://www.africa.com/kenya Kenya] profile from [[Africa.com]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20140406012851/http://www.business-anti-corruption.com/country-profiles/sub-saharan-africa/kenya/business-corruption-in-kenya.aspx Kenya Corruption Profile] from the [[Business-Anti-Corruption Portal|Business Anti-Corruption Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wits.worldbank.org/CountryProfile/Country/KEN/Year/2010/Summary World Bank Summary Trade Statistics Kenya], 2010&lt;br /&gt;
* {{curlie|Regional/Africa/Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--Templates--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Kenya topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries of Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|title = Articles related to Kenya&lt;br /&gt;
|list1 =&lt;br /&gt;
{{First and second-level administrative divisions of Kenya|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Years in Kenya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{The Commonwealth}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Somali Plate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{African Union}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G-15 nations}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indian Ocean}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|title = [[File:Gnome-globe.svg|25px]]{{nbsp}}Geographic locale&lt;br /&gt;
|list1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Geographic coordinate system|Lat. &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;and&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; Long.]] {{Coord|1|16|S|36|48|E|display=inline}} &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:darkblue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(Nairobi)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|title = Languages&lt;br /&gt;
|list =&lt;br /&gt;
{{English official language clickable map}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|1|N|38|E|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Kenya| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Republics in the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where English is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:G15 nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the African Union]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:East African countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1963]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Swahili-speaking countries and territories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1963 establishments in Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Africa]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=India&amp;diff=434713</id>
		<title>India</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=India&amp;diff=434713"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T16:48:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Country in Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{About|the Republic of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Featured article}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use Indian English|date=September 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=September 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = Republic of India &amp;lt;!--Do NOT change the name to Bharat without discussion in the talk page for consensus and multiple reliable citations. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = India&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = &amp;lt;!--Do NOT remove this from the infobox as infobox translations and transliterations do not fall under [[BP:Manual of Style/India-related articles#Indic scripts in leads and infoboxes]].--&amp;gt; {{transliteration|hi|ISO|Bhārat Gaṇarājya}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{smaller|(see [[Names of India in its official languages|other regional names]])}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of India.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_flag               = Horizontal tricolour flag bearing, from top to bottom, deep saffron, white, and green horizontal bands. In the centre of the white band is a navy-blue wheel with 24 spokes.&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = Emblem of India.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_width           = 60px&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_coat               = Three lions facing left, right, and toward viewer, atop a frieze containing a galloping horse, a 24-spoke wheel, and an elephant. Underneath is a motto: &amp;quot;सत्यमेव जयते&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_type            = [[State Emblem of India|State emblem]]&lt;br /&gt;
| other_symbol_type      = National song: {{nobold|{{native phrase|sa|&amp;quot;[[Vande Mataram]]&amp;quot;|italics=off}}{{efn|Written in a mixture of Sanskrit and [[Sadhu bhasha|Sanskritised Bengali]].}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| other_symbol           = &amp;quot;I Bow to Thee, Mother&amp;quot;{{lower|0.2em|{{efn|&amp;quot;[...] &#039;&#039;Jana Gana Mana&#039;&#039; is the National Anthem of India, subject to such alterations in the words as the Government may authorise as occasion arises; and the song &#039;&#039;Vande Mataram&#039;&#039;, which has played a historic part in the struggle for Indian freedom, shall be honoured equally with &#039;&#039;Jana Gana Mana&#039;&#039; and shall have equal status with it.&amp;quot;{{sfn|Constituent Assembly of India|1950}}&amp;lt;!--end efn:--&amp;gt;}}{{sfn|National Informatics Centre|2005}}&amp;lt;!--end lower:--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;india.gov.in&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display:inline-block;margin-top:0.4em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Vande Mataram on Mohan Veena.ogg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = {{native phrase|sa|&amp;quot;[[Satyameva Jayate]]&amp;quot;|italics=off}}&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = {{native phrase|hi|&amp;quot;[[Jana Gana Mana]]&amp;quot;|italics=off}}{{efn|Originally written in [[Sadhu bhasha|Sanskritised Bengali]] and adopted as the national anthem in its Hindi translation.}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;india.gov.in&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=National Symbols &amp;amp;#124; National Portal of India |url=https://india.gov.in/india-glance/national-symbols |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170204121208/https://india.gov.in/india-glance/national-symbols |archive-date=4 February 2017 |access-date=1 March 2017 |publisher=[[India.gov.in]] |quote=The National Anthem of India Jana Gana Mana, composed originally in Bengali by Rabindranath Tagore, was adopted in its Hindi version by the Constituent Assembly as the National Anthem of India on 24 January 1950.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tatsama&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=14 August 2012 |title=National anthem of India: a brief on &#039;Jana Gana Mana&#039; |publisher=[[News18 India|News18]] |url=https://www.news18.com/news/india/national-anthem-of-india-a-brief-on-jana-gana-mana-498576.html |access-date=7 June 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190417194530/https://www.news18.com/news/india/national-anthem-of-india-a-brief-on-jana-gana-mana-498576.html |archive-date=17 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Thou Art the Ruler of the Minds of All People&amp;quot;{{lower|0.2em|{{sfn|Wolpert|2003|p=1}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;india.gov.in&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display:inline-block;margin-top:0.4em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Jana Gana Mana instrumental.ogg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = India (orthographic projection).svg&lt;br /&gt;
| map_width              = 250px&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_map                = Image of a globe centred on India, with India highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = Territory controlled by India shown in dark green; territory claimed but not controlled shown in light green&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[New Delhi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| coordinates            = {{Coord|28|36|50|N|77|12|30|E|type:city_region:IN}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = {{plainlist|&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mumbai]] (city proper)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Delhi]] (metropolitan area)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = {{hlist |[[Hindi]]|[[Indian English|English]]{{efn|According to [[Part XVII of the Constitution of India]], [[Standard Hindi|Hindi]] in the [[Devanagari]] script is the [[official language]] of the Union, along with [[Indian English|English]] as an additional official language.{{sfn|National Informatics Centre|2005}}{{sfn|Ministry of Home Affairs 1960}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;india.gov.in2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Profile &amp;amp;#124; National Portal of India |url=https://india.gov.in/india-glance/profile |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130830064815/https://india.gov.in/india-glance/profile |archive-date=30 August 2013 |access-date=23 August 2013 |publisher=[[India.gov.in]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[States and union territories of India|States and union territories]] can have a different official language of their own other than Hindi or English.}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Constitutional Provisions – Official Language Related Part-17 of the Constitution of India |url=https://rajbhasha.gov.in/en/constitutional-provisions |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210418112326/https://rajbhasha.gov.in/en/constitutional-provisions |archive-date=18 April 2021 |access-date=18 April 2021 |website=[[Department of Official Language]] via [[Government of India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| regional_languages     = {{collapsible list&lt;br /&gt;
 |titlestyle = background:transparent;text-align:left;&lt;br /&gt;
 |title = [[Languages with official status in India#Official languages of states|State level]] and [[Eighth Schedule to the Constitution of India|{{nowrap|Eighth Schedule}}]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;langoff&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=50th Report of the Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities in India (July 2012 to June 2013) |url=https://nclm.nic.in/shared/linkimages/NCLM50thReport.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160708012438/https://nclm.nic.in/shared/linkimages/NCLM50thReport.pdf |archive-date=8 July 2016 |access-date=26 December 2014 |publisher=Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities, [[Ministry of Minority Affairs]], [[Government of India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 |1= 8th Scheduled {{hlist&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Assamese language|Assamese]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Bengali language|Bengali]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Boro language (India)|Boro]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Dogri language|Dogri]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Gujarati language|Gujarati]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Hindi]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Kannada]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Kashmiri language|Kashmiri]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Konkani language|Konkani]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Maithili language|Maithili]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Malayalam]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Meitei language|Manipuri]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Marathi language|Marathi]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Nepali language|Nepali]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Odia language|Odia]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Punjabi language|Punjabi]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Sanskrit]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Santali language|Santali]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Sindhi language|Sindhi]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Tamil language|Tamil]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Telugu language|Telugu]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Urdu]]&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
 |2= State level{{efn|Not all the state-level official languages are in the eighth schedule and not all the scheduled languages are state-level official languages. For example, the [[Sindhi language]] is an 8th scheduled but not a state-level official language.}} {{hlist&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Kokborok]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Lepcha language|Lepcha]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Mizo language|Mizo]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | [[Sikkimese language|Sikkimese]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | all the 8th scheduled languages (except [[Sindhi language|Sindhi]], [[Kashmiri language|Kashmiri]] and [[Dogri language|Dogri]]{{efn|[[Kashmiri language|Kashmiri]] and [[Dogri language]] are the official languages of [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]] which is currently a [[union territory]] and no longer the [[Jammu and Kashmir (state)|former state]].}})&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| languages_type         = Native languages&lt;br /&gt;
| languages              = [[List of languages by number of native speakers in India|447 languages]]{{efn|Different sources give widely differing figures, primarily based on how the terms &amp;quot;language&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dialect&amp;quot; are defined and grouped. [[Ethnologue]] lists 461 tongues for India (out of 6,912 worldwide), 447 of which are living, while 14 are extinct.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ethnologue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2014 |editor-last=Lewis, M. Paul |editor2-last=Simons, Gary F. |editor3-last=Fennig, Charles D. |title=Ethnologue: Languages of the World : India |url=https://www.ethnologue.com/country/IN |access-date=15 December 2014 |publisher=[[Ethnologue]] by SIL International |edition=17th |location=Dallas, Texas}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ethnologue2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Ethnologue : Languages of the World (Seventeenth edition) : Statistical Summaries |url=https://archive.ethnologue.com/15/ethno_docs/distribution.asp?by=area |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141217151950/https://archive.ethnologue.com/15/ethno_docs/distribution.asp?by=area |archive-date=17 December 2014 |access-date=17 December 2014 |publisher=[[Ethnologue]] by SIL International}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = {{hlist|[[Indian people|Indian]]|[[Names for India|others]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = Federal [[parliamentary republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[President of India|President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Droupadi Murmu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Vice President of India|Vice-President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Jagdeep Dhankhar]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[Prime Minister of India|Prime Minister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = [[Narendra Modi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[Parliament of India|Parliament]]&lt;br /&gt;
| upper_house            = [[Rajya Sabha]]&lt;br /&gt;
| lower_house            = [[Lok Sabha]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = [[Indian independence movement|Independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = from the [[United Kingdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Dominion of India|Dominion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = [[Independence Day (India)|15 August 1947]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = [[Republic Day (India)|26 January 1950]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[Sikkim|Last polity admitted]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = [[Sikkim Day|16 May 1975]]&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 3,287,263&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;india.gov.in&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_footnote          = {{efn|&amp;quot;The country&#039;s exact size is subject to debate because some borders are disputed. The Indian government lists the total area as {{convert|3287260|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}} and the total land area as {{convert|3060500|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}}; the United Nations lists the total area as {{convert|3287263|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}} and total land area as {{convert|2973190|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}}.&amp;quot;{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} }}&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 7th&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 1,269,346&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 9.6&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate    = {{increaseNeutral}} 1,428,627,663&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=World Population Prospects – Population Division – United Nations |url=https://population.un.org/wpp/ |access-date=2 July 2023 |website=population.un.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 1st&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = {{increaseNeutral}} 1,210,854,977&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Population Enumeration Data (Final Population) |url=https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/population_enumeration.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160522213913/https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/population_enumeration.html |archive-date=22 May 2016 |access-date=17 June 2016 |website=2011 Census Data |publisher=[[Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India|Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner, India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=A – 2 Decadal Variation in Population Since 1901 |url=https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/PCA/A-2_Data_Tables/00%20A%202-India.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160430213141/https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/PCA/A-2_Data_Tables/00%20A%202-India.pdf |archive-date=30 April 2016 |access-date=17 June 2016 |website=2011 Census Data |publisher=[[Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India|Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner, India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_rank = 2nd&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = {{Pop density|{{Indian population clock}}|3287263|km2|disp=num|prec=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = {{Pop density|{{Indian population clock}}|1269219|sqmi|disp=num|prec=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 30th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} {{nowrap|$13.119 trillion}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.IN&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=534,&amp;amp;s=NGDP_RPCH,NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2021&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (India) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $9,183&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.IN&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 127th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{increase}} {{nowrap|$3.732 trillion}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.IN&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 5th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{increase}} $2,612&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.IN&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 139th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 35.7 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2019&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = increase&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               =&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Gini index (World Bank estimate) – India |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI?locations=IN |publisher=[[World Bank]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.633 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021 &amp;lt;!--Please use the year to which the HDI [[Human Development Index]] data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = increase &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                =&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;UNHDR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=8 September 2022 |title=Human Development Report 2021/2022 |url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf |access-date=8 September 2022 |publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]] |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = {{ordinal|132}}&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[Indian rupee]] (₹)&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = INR&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[Indian Standard Time|IST]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +05:30&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset_DST         =&lt;br /&gt;
| DST_note               = &#039;&#039;[[Daylight saving time|DST]] is not observed.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone_DST          =&lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = {{ubl&lt;br /&gt;
  | {{nowrap|{{abbr|dd|day}}-{{abbr|mm|month}}-{{abbr|yyyy|year}}}}{{efn|See [[Date and time notation in India]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=13 May 2020 |title=List of all left- &amp;amp; right-driving countries around the world |url=https://www.worldstandards.eu/cars/list-of-left-driving-countries/ |access-date=10 June 2020 |website=worldstandards.eu}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[Telephone numbers in India|+91]]&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = [[.in]] ([[.in#Internationalised domain names and country codes|others]])&lt;br /&gt;
| englishmotto=&amp;quot;Truth Alone Triumphs&amp;quot;{{lower|0.2em|{{sfn|National Informatics Centre|2005}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ubl&lt;br /&gt;
 | 79.8% [[Hinduism in India|Hinduism]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 14.2% [[Islam in India|Islam]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 2.3% [[Christianity in India|Christianity]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 1.7% [[Sikhism in India|Sikhism]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 0.7% [[History of Buddhism in India|Buddhism]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 0.4% [[Jainism in India|Jainism]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 0.23% [[Irreligion in India|unaffiliated]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 0.65% [[Religion in India|other]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2011religion&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| official_website       = &amp;lt;!-- do not add www.gov.in – The article is about the country, not the government – from Template:Infobox country, do not use government website (e.g. usa.gov) for countries (e.g. United States) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| today                  =&lt;br /&gt;
| iso3166code            = IN&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;!--Overly detailed information or infobox data duplication such as listing random examples, numbered statistics or naming individuals should be reserved for the body of the article--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;!--Do not add pronunciation as per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Lead section]].--&amp;gt;, officially the &#039;&#039;&#039;Republic of India&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;!--Do NOT change the name to Bharat without discussion in the talk page for consensus and multiple reliable citations. --&amp;gt;([[ISO 15919|ISO]]: {{transliteration|hi|ISO|Bhārat Gaṇarājya}}&amp;lt;!--Do not add pronunciation as per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Lead section]].--&amp;gt;),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;–{{citation|title=The Essential Desk Reference |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=yjcOAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA76|year=2002|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-512873-4|page=76}} &amp;quot;Official name: Republic of India.&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|author=John Da Graça|title=Heads of State and Government|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=M0YfDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA421 |year=2017|publisher=[[Macmillan Publishers|Macmillan]] |location=London |isbn=978-1-349-65771-1|page=421}} &amp;quot;Official name: Republic of India; Bharat Ganarajya (Hindi)&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|author=Graham Rhind |title=Global Sourcebook of Address Data Management: A Guide to Address Formats and Data in 194 Countries |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iGdQDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA302|year=2017|publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]] |isbn=978-1-351-93326-1|page=302}} &amp;quot;Official name: Republic of India; Bharat.&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|last=Bradnock|first=Robert W.|title=The Routledge Atlas of South Asian Affairs |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zzjbCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA108|year=2015|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-1-317-40511-5|page=108}} &amp;quot;Official name: English: Republic of India; Hindi:Bharat Ganarajya&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|title=Penguin Compact Atlas of the World|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pLw-ReHIgvQC&amp;amp;pg=PA140|year=2012|publisher=[[Penguin Group|Penguin]] |isbn=978-0-7566-9859-1|page=140}} &amp;quot;Official name: Republic of India&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|title=Merriam-Webster&#039;s Geographical Dictionary |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Co_VIPIJerIC&amp;amp;pg=PA515|year=1997|isbn=978-0-87779-546-9 |edition=3rd |publisher=[[Merriam-Webster]]|pages=515–516}} &amp;quot;Officially, Republic of India&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|title=Complete Atlas of the World: The Definitive View of the Earth |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=O5moCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA54-IA10 |edition=3rd|year=2016|publisher=[[DK Publishing]] |isbn=978-1-4654-5528-4|page=54}} &amp;quot;Official name: Republic of India&amp;quot;;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;–{{citation|title=Worldwide Government Directory with Intergovernmental Organizations 2013|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CQWhAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA726|year= 2013|publisher=[[CQ Press]]|isbn=978-1-4522-9937-2|page=726}} &amp;quot;India (Republic of India; Bharat Ganarajya)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is a country in [[South Asia]]. &amp;lt;!--PLEASE DO NOT change the lead sentence: it is the result of a talk page consensus.--&amp;gt; It is the [[List of countries and dependencies by area|seventh-largest country by area]]; the [[List of countries by population (United Nations)|most populous country]] as of June 2023;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Biswas |first=Soutik |date=1 May 2023 |title=Most populous nation: Should India rejoice or panic? |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-65322706 |access-date=3 May 2023 |website=[[BBC News]] |publisher=[[British Broadcasting Corporation]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://www.un.org/development/desa/pd/sites/www.un.org.development.desa.pd/files/wpp2022_summary_of_results.pdf |title=World Population Prospects 2022: Summary of Results |publisher=United Nations Department of Social and Economic Affairs |year=2022 |location=New York |pages=i}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and from the time of its independence in 1947, the world&#039;s most populous democracy.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2012|p=327|ps=: &amp;quot;Even though much remains to be done, especially in regard to eradicating poverty and securing effective structures of governance, India&#039;s achievements since independence in sustaining freedom and democracy have been singular among the world&#039;s new nations.&amp;quot;}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;stein-arnold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Stein |first=Burton |title=A History of India |year=2012 |editor-last=Arnold |editor-first=David |series=The Blackwell History of the World Series |edition=2 |publisher=Wiley-Blackwell |quote=One of these is the idea of India as &#039;the world&#039;s largest democracy&#039;, but a democracy forged less by the creation of representative institutions and expanding electorate under British rule than by the endeavours of India&#039;s founding fathers – Gandhi, Nehru, Patel and Ambedkar – and the labours of the Constituent Assembly between 1946 and 1949, embodied in the Indian constitution of 1950. This democratic order, reinforced by the regular holding of nationwide elections and polling for the state assemblies, has, it can be argued, consistently underpinned a fundamentally democratic state structure – despite the anomaly of the Emergency and the apparent durability of the Gandhi-Nehru dynasty. |author-link=Burton Stein |editor-link=David Arnold (historian)}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Fisher|2018|pp=184–185|ps=: &amp;quot;Since 1947, India&#039;s internal disputes over its national identity, while periodically bitter and occasionally punctuated by violence, have been largely managed with remarkable and sustained commitment to national unity and democracy.&amp;quot;}} Bounded by the [[Indian Ocean]] on the south, the [[Arabian Sea]] on the southwest, and the [[Bay of Bengal]] on the southeast, it shares land borders with [[Pakistan]] to the west;{{efn|1 = The [[Government of India]] also regards [[Afghanistan]] as a bordering country, as it considers all of [[Kashmir]] to be part of India. However, this is [[Kashmir conflict|disputed]], and the region bordering Afghanistan is administered by Pakistan. Source: {{cite web |title=Ministry of Home Affairs (Department of Border Management) |url=https://mha.nic.in/sites/upload_files/mha/files/BMIntro-1011.pdf|access-date=1 September 2008|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150317182910/https://mha.nic.in/sites/upload_files/mha/files/BMIntro-1011.pdf|archive-date=17 March 2015|url-status=dead}} }} [[China]], [[Nepal]], and [[Bhutan]] to the north; and [[Bangladesh]] and [[Myanmar]] to the east. In the Indian Ocean, India is in the vicinity of [[Sri Lanka]] and the [[Maldives]]; its [[Andaman and Nicobar Islands]] share a maritime border with [[Thailand]], Myanmar, and [[Indonesia]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Modern humans]] arrived on the [[Indian subcontinent]] from Africa no later than 55,000 years ago.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PetragliaAllchin&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Petraglia|Allchin|2007|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=Qm9GfjNlnRwC&amp;amp;pg=PA10 10]}}, &amp;quot;Y-Chromosome and Mt-DNA data support the colonization of South Asia by modern humans originating in Africa. ... Coalescence dates for most non-European populations average to between 73–55 ka.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018p1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA1 1]}}, &amp;quot;Modern human beings—&#039;&#039;Homo sapiens&#039;&#039;—originated in Africa. Then, intermittently, sometime between 60,000 and 80,000 years ago, tiny groups of them began to enter the north-west of the Indian subcontinent. It seems likely that initially they came by way of the coast. ... it is virtually certain that there were &#039;&#039;Homo sapiens&#039;&#039; in the subcontinent 55,000 years ago, even though the earliest fossils that have been found of them date to only about 30,000 years before the present.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018p23&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA23 23]}}, &amp;quot;Scholars estimate that the first successful expansion of the &#039;&#039;Homo sapiens&#039;&#039; range beyond Africa and across the Arabian Peninsula occurred from as early as 80,000 years ago to as late as 40,000 years ago, although there may have been prior unsuccessful emigrations. Some of their descendants extended the human range ever further in each generation, spreading into each habitable land they encountered. One human channel was along the warm and productive coastal lands of the Persian Gulf and northern Indian Ocean. Eventually, various bands entered India between 75,000 years ago and 35,000 years ago.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Their long occupation, initially in varying forms of isolation as hunter-gatherers, has made the region highly diverse, second only to Africa in human [[genetic diversity]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018-28a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA28 28]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Neolithic|Settled life]] emerged on the subcontinent in the western margins of the [[Indus River|Indus]] [[river basin]] 9,000 years ago, evolving gradually into the [[Indus Valley Civilisation]] of the third millennium [[Common Era|BCE]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Dyson|2018|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA4 4–5]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA23 33]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By {{BCE|1200}}, an [[Proto-language|archaic form]] of [[Sanskrit]], an [[Indo-European language]], had [[Trans-cultural diffusion|diffused]] into India from the northwest.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lowe2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Lowe |first=John J. |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=L07CBwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA2 |title=Participles in Rigvedic Sanskrit: The syntax and semantics of adjectival verb forms |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |year=2015 |isbn=978-0-19-100505-3 |pages=1–2 |quote=(The Rigveda) consists of 1,028 hymns (suktas), highly crafted poetic compositions originally intended for recital during rituals and for the invocation of and communication with the Indo-Aryan gods. Modern scholarly opinion largely agrees that these hymns were composed between around 1500&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE and 1200&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE, during the eastward migration of the Indo-Aryan tribes from the mountains of what is today northern Afghanistan across the Punjab into north India.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-4-Rigveda&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{cite book|last=Witzel|first=Michael |author-link=Michael Witzel|editor=Gavin Flood|title=The Blackwell Companion to Hinduism|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SKBxa-MNqA8C&amp;amp;pg=PA68|year=2008|publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]] |isbn=978-0-470-99868-7|pages=68–70|chapter=Vedas and Upanisads|quote=It is known from internal evidence that the Vedic texts were orally composed in northern India, at first in the Greater Punjab and later on also in more eastern areas, including northern Bihar, between ca. 1500 BCE and ca. 500–400 BCE. The oldest text, the Rgveda, must have been more or less contemporary with the Mitanni texts of northern Syria/Iraq (1450–1350 BCE); ... The Vedic texts were orally composed and transmitted, without the use of script, in an unbroken line of transmission from teacher to student that was formalised early on.  This ensured an impeccable textual transmission superior to the classical texts of other cultures; it is in fact something of a &#039;&#039;tape-recording&#039;&#039; of ca. 1500–500 BCE. Not just the actual words, but even the long-lost musical (tonal) accent (as in old Greek or in Japanese) has been preserved up to the present. (pp. 68–69) ... The RV text was composed before the introduction and massive use of iron, that is before ca. 1200–1000 BCE. (p. 70)}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{citation|last=Doniger|first=Wendy|author-link=Wendy Doniger|title=On Hinduism |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=fUnaAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PR18|year= 2014|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-936009-3|pages=xviii, 10|quote=A Chronology of Hinduism: ca. 1500–1000 BCE Rig Veda; ca. 1200–900 BCE Yajur Veda, Sama Veda and Atharva Veda (p. xviii); Hindu texts began with the &#039;&#039;Rig Veda&#039;&#039; (&#039;Knowledge of Verses&#039;), composed in northwest India around 1500 BCE (p. 10)}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{harvnb|Ludden|2014|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA19 19]}}, &amp;quot;In Punjab, a dry region with grasslands watered by five rivers (hence &#039;panch&#039; and &#039;ab&#039;) draining the western Himalayas, one prehistoric culture left no material remains, but some of its ritual texts were preserved orally over the millennia. The culture is called Aryan, and evidence in its texts indicates that it spread slowly south-east, following the course of the Yamuna and Ganga Rivers. Its elite called itself Arya (pure) and distinguished themselves sharply from others. Aryans led kin groups organized as nomadic horse-herding tribes. Their ritual texts are called Vedas, composed in Sanskrit. [[Vedic Sanskrit]] is recorded only in hymns that were part of Vedic rituals to Aryan gods. To be Aryan apparently meant to belong to the elite among pastoral tribes. Texts that record Aryan culture are not precisely datable, but they seem to begin around 1200 BCE with four collections of Vedic hymns (Rg, Sama, Yajur, and Artharva).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(d) {{harvnb|Dyson|2018|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA14 14–15]}}, &amp;quot;Although the collapse of the Indus valley civilization is no longer believed to have been due to an &#039;Aryan invasion&#039; it is widely thought that, at roughly the same time, or perhaps a few centuries later, new Indo-Aryan-speaking people and influences began to enter the subcontinent from the north-west. Detailed evidence is lacking. Nevertheless, a predecessor of the language that would eventually be called Sanskrit was probably introduced into the north-west sometime between 3,900 and 3,000 years ago. This language was related to one then spoken in eastern Iran; and both of these languages belonged to the Indo-European language family. ... It seems likely that various small-scale migrations were involved in the gradual introduction of the predecessor language and associated cultural characteristics. However, there may not have been a tight relationship between movements of people on the one hand, and changes in language and culture on the other. Moreover, the process whereby a dynamic new force gradually arose—a people with a distinct ideology who eventually seem to have referred to themselves as &#039;Arya&#039;—was certainly two-way. That is, it involved a blending of new features which came from outside with other features—probably including some surviving Harappan influences—that were already present. Anyhow, it would be quite a few centuries before Sanskrit was written down. And the hymns and stories of the Arya people—especially the Vedas and the later Mahabharata and Ramayana epics—are poor guides as to historical events. Of course, the emerging Arya were to have a huge impact on the history of the subcontinent. Nevertheless, little is known about their early presence.&amp;quot;; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; (e) {{harvnb|Robb|2011|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=GQ-2VH1LO_EC&amp;amp;pg=PA46 46–]}}, &amp;quot;The expansion of Aryan culture is supposed to have begun around 1500 BCE. It should not be thought that this Aryan emergence (though it implies some migration) necessarily meant either a sudden invasion of new peoples, or a complete break with earlier traditions. It comprises a set of cultural ideas and practices, upheld by a Sanskrit-speaking elite, or Aryans. The features of this society are recorded in the Vedas.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Its evidence today is found in the hymns of the &#039;&#039;[[Rigveda]]&#039;&#039;. Preserved by an [[oral tradition]] that was [[Indian mathematics#Styles of memorisation|resolutely vigilant]], the &#039;&#039;Rigveda&#039;&#039; records the dawning of [[Hinduism]] in India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{citation|last1=Jamison|first1=Stephanie|author-link1=Stephanie W. Jamison|last2=Brereton|first2=Joel |title=The Rigveda|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=1LTRDwAAQBAJ|year=2020|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-063339-4|pages=2, 4|quote=The RgVeda is one of the four Vedas, which together constitute the oldest texts in Sanskrit and the earliest evidence for what will become Hinduism. (p. 2)  Although Vedic religion is very different in many regards from what is known as Classical Hinduism, the seeds are there. Gods like Visnu and Siva (under the name Rudra), who will become so dominant later, are already present in the Rgveda, though in roles both lesser than and different from those they will later play, and the principal Rgvedic gods like Indra remain in later Hinduism, though in diminished capacity (p. 4).}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{citation|last=Flood|first=Gavin|author-link=Gavin Flood|editor=Gavin Flood|title=The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Practice: Hindu Practice|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=4yT3DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA4|year= 2020|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-105322-1|pages=4–|chapter=Introduction|quote=I take the term &#039;Hinduism to meaningfully denote a range and history of practice characterised by a number of features, particularly reference to Vedic textual and sacrificial origins, belonging to endogamous social units (jati/varna), participating in practices that involve making an offering to a deity and receiving a blessing (puja), and a first-level cultural polytheism (although many Hindus adhere to a second-level monotheism in which many gods are regarded as emanations or manifestations of the one, supreme being).}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{cite book|last=Michaels|first=Axel|author-link=Axel Michaels|editor=Patrick Olivelle, Donald R. Davis|title=The Oxford History of Hinduism: Hindu Law: A New History of Dharmaśāstra|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QAJCDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA86|year=2017|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|location=Oxford |isbn=978-0-19-100709-5|pages=86–97|quote=Almost all traditional Hindu families observe until today at least three &#039;&#039;samskaras&#039;&#039; (initiation, marriage, and death ritual).  Most other rituals have lost their popularity, are combined with other rites of passage, or are drastically shortened.  Although &#039;&#039;samskaras&#039;&#039; vary from region to region, from class (&#039;&#039;varna&#039;&#039;) to class, and from caste to caste, their core elements remain the same owing to the common source, the Veda, and a common priestly tradition preserved by the &#039;&#039;Brahmin&#039;&#039; priests. (p 86)}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(d) {{cite book|last=Flood|first=Gavin D.|title=An Introduction to Hinduism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=KpIWhKnYmF0C&amp;amp;pg=PA35|year=1996|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|isbn=978-0-521-43878-0|page=35|quote=It is this Sansrit, vedic, tradition which has maintained a continuity into modern times and which has provided the most important resource and inspiration for Hindu traditions and individuals.  The Veda is the foundation for most later developments in what is known as Hinduism.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Dravidian languages]] of India were supplanted in the northern and western regions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA16 16], [https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA25 25]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By {{BCE|400}}, [[social stratification|stratification]] and [[social exclusion|exclusion]] by [[caste]] had emerged within Hinduism,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018-16a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA16 16]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and [[History of Buddhism in India|Buddhism]] and [[History of Jainism|Jainism]] had arisen, proclaiming [[social order]]s unlinked to heredity.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018-59&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA59 59]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Early political consolidations gave rise to the loose-knit [[Maurya Empire|Maurya]] and [[Gupta Empire]]s based in the [[Ganges Basin]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Dyson|2018|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA16 16–17]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA67 67]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{harvnb|Robb|2011|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=GQ-2VH1LO_EC&amp;amp;pg=PA56 56–57]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(d) {{harvnb|Ludden|2014|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA29 29–30]}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Their collective [[era]] was suffused with wide-ranging creativity,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Ludden|2014|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA28 28–29]}};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{citation|author=Glenn Van Brummelen |editor=Thomas F. Glick |editor2=Steven Livesey |editor3=Faith Wallis |title=Medieval Science, Technology, and Medicine: An Encyclopedia|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=77y2AgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA46|year=2014|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-1-135-45932-1|pages=46–48|chapter=Arithmetic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but also marked by the declining status of women,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA20 20]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Stein|2010|p=90}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{citation |last=Ramusack|first=Barbara N.|editor1=Barbara N. Ramusack |editor2=Sharon L. Sievers |title=Women in Asia: Restoring Women to History|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CNi9Jc22OHsC&amp;amp;pg=PA27|year=1999 |publisher=[[Indiana University Press]]|isbn=0-253-21267-7|pages=27–29|chapter=Women in South Asia}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the incorporation of [[untouchability]] into an organised system of belief.{{efn|&amp;quot;A Chinese pilgrim also recorded evidence of the caste system as he could observe it. According to this evidence the treatment meted out to untouchables such as the Chandalas was very similar to that which they experienced in later periods. This would contradict assertions that this rigid form of the caste system emerged in India only as a reaction to the Islamic conquest.&amp;quot;{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|p = 93}}}}{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|p = 93}} In [[South India]], the [[Middle kingdoms of India#The Deccan plateau and South|Middle kingdoms]] exported Dravidian-languages scripts and religious cultures to the kingdoms of [[Southeast Asia]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AsherAsher2006-17&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA17 17]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early medieval era, [[Christianity]], [[Islam]], [[Judaism]], and [[Zoroastrianism]] became established on India&#039;s southern and western coasts.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Ludden|2014|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA54 54]}};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA78 78–79]}};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA76 76]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Muslim armies from [[Central Asia]] intermittently overran India&#039;s northern plains,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Ludden|2014|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA68 68–70]}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA19 19], 24}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
eventually founding the [[Delhi Sultanate]], and drawing northern India into the cosmopolitan [[Islamic Golden Age|networks of medieval Islam]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA48 48]}};&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA53 52]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the 15th century, the [[Vijayanagara Empire]] created a long-lasting composite Hindu culture in south India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AsherAsher2006-74&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA74 74]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Punjab]], [[Sikhism]] emerged, rejecting institutionalised religion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AsherAsher2006-267&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA267 267]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Mughal Empire]], in 1526, ushered in two centuries of relative peace,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AsherAsher2006-152&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA152 152]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
leaving a legacy of luminous architecture.{{efn|&amp;quot;Shah Jahan eventually sent her body 800&amp;amp;nbsp;km (500 mi) to Agra for burial in the Rauza-i Munauwara (&amp;quot;Illuminated Tomb&amp;quot;) – a personal tribute and a stone manifestation of his imperial power. This tomb has been celebrated globally as the Taj Mahal.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018-106&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018-106&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA106 106]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gradually expanding [[Company rule in India|rule of the British East India Company]] followed, turning India into a colonial economy, but also consolidating its [[sovereignty]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-11&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Asher|Talbot|2006|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC&amp;amp;pg=PA289 289]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA120 120]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[British Raj|British Crown rule]] began in 1858. The rights promised to Indians were granted slowly,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Combined-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Taylor |first=Miles |title=Crowns and Colonies: European Monarchies and Overseas Empires |pages=38–39 |year=2016 |editor-last=Aldrish, Robert |chapter=The British royal family and the colonial empire from the Georgians to Prince George |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iR3GDQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA39 |publisher=[[Manchester University Press]] |isbn=978-1-5261-0088-7 |editor2-last=McCreery, Cindy}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Peers|2013|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=dyQuAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA76 76]}} but [[Industrial Revolution|technological changes]] were introduced, and modern ideas of education and the public life took root.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EmbreeHay1988&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Embree |first1=Ainslie Thomas |title=Sources of Indian Tradition: Modern India and Pakistan |page=85 |year=1988 |chapter=Nationalism Takes Root: The Moderates |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=XoMRuiSpBp4C&amp;amp;pg=PA85 |publisher=[[Columbia University Press]] |isbn=978-0-231-06414-9 |last2=Hay |first2=Stephen N. |last3=Bary |first3=William Theodore De}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A pioneering and influential nationalist movement emerged, which was noted for nonviolent resistance and became the major factor in ending British rule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall2001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Marshall |first=P. J. |title=The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire |url={{Google books|S2EXN8JTwAEC|page=PA179|keywords=|text=|plainurl=yes}} |page=179 |year=2001 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |isbn=978-0-521-00254-7 |quote=The first modern nationalist movement to arise in the non-European empire, and one that became an inspiration for many others, was the Indian Congress.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Chiriyankandath2016&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Chiriyankandath |first=James |title=Parties and Political Change in South Asia |url={{Google books|c4n7CwAAQBAJ|page=PA2|keywords=|text=|plainurl=yes}} |page=2 |year=2016 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-1-317-58620-3 |quote=South Asian parties include several of the oldest in the post-colonial world, foremost among them the 129-year-old Indian National Congress that led India to independence in 1947}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1947 the British Indian Empire was [[Partition of India|partitioned]] into two independent [[Dominion#India, Pakistan and Bangladesh|dominions]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fisher-partition&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|pp=173–174}}: &amp;quot;The partition of South Asia that produced India and West and East Pakistan resulted from years of bitter negotiations and recriminations ... The departing British also decreed that the hundreds of princes, who ruled one-third of the subcontinent and a quarter of its population, became legally independent, their status to be settled later. Geographical location, personal and popular sentiment, and substantial pressure and incentives from the new governments led almost all princes eventually to merge their domains into either Pakistan or India.  ...  Each new government asserted its exclusive sovereignty within its borders, realigning all territories, animals, plants, minerals, and all other natural and human-made resources as either Pakistani or Indian property, to be used for its national development... Simultaneously, the central civil and military services and judiciary split roughly along religious &#039;communal&#039; lines, even as they divided movable government assets according to a negotiated formula: 22.7 percent for Pakistan and 77.3 percent for India.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;chatterji-partition&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Chatterji |first1=Joya |title=Routledge Handbook of the South Asian Diaspora |year=2013 |editor-last=Chatterji |editor-first=Joya |chapter=Introduction: Concepts and Questions |place=London and New York |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-0-415-48010-9 |quote=[[Joya Chatterji]]  describes how the partition of the British Indian empire into the new nation states of India and Pakistan produced new diaspora on a vast, and hitherto unprecedented, scale, but hints that the sheer magnitude of refugee movements in South Asia after 1947 must be understood in the context of pre-existing migratory flows within the partitioned regions (see also Chatterji 2013). She also demonstrates that the new national states of India and Pakistan were quickly drawn into trying to stem this migration. As they put into place laws designed to restrict the return of partition emigrants, this produced new dilemmas for both new nations in their treatment of &#039;overseas Indians&#039;; and many of them lost their right to return to their places of origin in the subcontinent, and also their claims to full citizenship in host countries. |last2=Washbrook |first2=David |editor2-last=Washbrook |editor2-first=David}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;talbot-sing&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Talbot |first1=Ian |title=The Partition of India |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=utKmPQAACAAJ |year=2009 |access-date=15 November 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161213073754/https://books.google.com/books?id=utKmPQAACAAJ |url-status=live |publisher=Cambridge University Press |isbn=978-0-521-85661-4 |quote=When the British divided and quit India in August 1947, they not only partitioned the subcontinent with the emergence of the two nations of India and Pakistan but also the provinces of Punjab and Bengal. ... Indeed for many the Indian subcontinent&#039;s division in August 1947 is seen as a unique event which defies comparative historical and conceptual analysis |archive-date=13 December 2016 |last2=Singh |first2=Gurharpal}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;khan-great-partition&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Khan |first=Yasmin |title=The Great Partition: The Making of India and Pakistan |page=1 |year=2017 |orig-date=2007 |edition=2nd |place=New Haven and London |publisher=Yale University Press |isbn=978-0-300-23032-1 |quote=South Asians learned that the British Indian empire would be partitioned on 3 June 1947.  They heard about it on the radio, from relations and friends, by reading newspapers and, later, through government pamphlets.  Among a population of almost four hundred million, where the vast majority live in the countryside, ploughing the land as landless peasants or sharecroppers, it is hardly surprising that many thousands, perhaps hundreds of thousands, did not hear the news for many weeks afterwards. For some, the butchery and forced relocation of the summer months of 1947 may have been the first that they knew about the creation of the two new states rising from the fragmentary and terminally weakened British empire in India |author-link=Yasmin Khan}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a Hindu-majority [[Dominion of India]] and a Muslim-majority [[Dominion of Pakistan]], amid large-scale loss of life and an unprecedented migration.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;(a) {{harvnb|Copland|2001|pp=71–78}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{harvnb|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p=222}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
India has been a [[federal republic]] since 1950, governed through a democratic [[parliamentary system]]. It is a [[Pluralism (political philosophy)|pluralistic]], [[Multilingualism|multilingual]] and [[Multiculturalism|multi-ethnic society]]. India&#039;s population grew from 361 million in 1951 to almost 1.4&amp;amp;nbsp;billion in 2022.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018-219&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA219 219], 262}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During the same time, its nominal [[per capita income]] increased from US$64 annually to US$2,601, and its literacy rate from 16.6% to 74%. From being a comparatively destitute country in 1951,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018-8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA8 8]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has become a [[List of countries by real GDP growth rate|fast-growing]] [[G20|major economy]] and [[Information technology in India|a hub for information technology services]], with an expanding middle class.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MetcalfMetcalf2012-265&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Metcalf|Metcalf|2012|pp=[https://books.google.com/books?id=mjIfqyY7jlsC&amp;amp;pg=PA265 265–266]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has [[ISRO|a space programme]] with several planned or completed [[List of Solar System probes|extraterrestrial missions]]. It is the fourth country to land [[Chandrayaan-3|a craft]] on the moon and the first to do so within {{convert|600|km|mi}} of the [[Lunar south pole]].&amp;lt;ref name=kumar-nytimes-8-23-2023&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Kumar|first1=Hari|last2=Travelli|first2=Alex|last3=Mashal|first3=Mujib|last4=Chang|first4=Kenneth|title=&#039;India Is on the Moon&#039;: Lander&#039;s Success Moves Nation to Next Space Chapter|newspaper=The New York Times|date=August 23, 2023|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2023/08/23/science/chandrayaan-3-india-moon-landing.html|quote=Two visitors from India — a lander named Vikram and a rover named Pragyan — landed in the southern polar region of the moon on Wednesday. The two robots, from a mission named Chandrayaan-3, make India the first country to ever reach this part of the lunar surface in one piece — and only the fourth country ever to land on the moon. ... The spacecraft stopped to hover about 150 yards above the surface for a few seconds, then resumed its downward journey until it settled gently on the surface, about 370 miles from the south pole.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Cinema of India|Indian movies]], [[Music of India|music]], and spiritual teachings play an increasing role in global culture.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MetcalfMetcalf2012-266&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Metcalf|Metcalf|2012|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=mjIfqyY7jlsC&amp;amp;pg=PA266 266]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has substantially reduced its rate of [[Poverty in India|poverty]], though at the cost of increasing economic inequality.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018-216-a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Dyson|2018|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA216 216]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India is a [[List of states with nuclear weapons|nuclear-weapon state]], which [[List of countries by military expenditures|ranks high in military expenditure]]. It has disputes over [[Kashmir]] with its neighbours, Pakistan and China, unresolved since the mid-20th century.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kashmir-disputes&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(a) {{citation |title=Kashmir, region Indian subcontinent |encyclopedia=[[Encyclopaedia Britannica]] |url=https://www.britannica.com/place/Kashmir-region-Indian-subcontinent |access-date=15 August 2019 |url-access=subscription |quote=Kashmir, region of the northwestern Indian subcontinent{{nbsp}}... has been the subject of dispute between India and Pakistan since the partition of the Indian subcontinent in 1947. |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190813203817/https://www.britannica.com/place/Kashmir-region-Indian-subcontinent |archive-date=13 August 2019 |url-status=live}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{citation |last1=Pletcher |first1=Kenneth |title=Aksai Chin, Plateau Region, Asia |encyclopedia=[[Encyclopaedia Britannica]] |url=https://www.britannica.com/place/Aksai-Chin |access-date=16 August 2019 |url-access=subscription |quote=Aksai Chin, Chinese (Pinyin) Aksayqin, portion of the Kashmir region, ... constitutes nearly all the territory of the Chinese-administered sector of Kashmir that is claimed by India |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190402090308/https://www.britannica.com/place/Aksai-Chin |archive-date=2 April 2019}};&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{cite encyclopedia|title=Kashmir|encyclopedia=[[Encyclopedia Americana]]: Jefferson to Latin |publisher=[[Scholastic Library Publishing]] |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=l_cWAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA328 |year=2006 |isbn=978-0-7172-0139-6 |page=328 |first=C. E |last=Bosworth |quote=KASHMIR, kash&#039;mer, the northernmost region of the Indian subcontinent, administered partly by India, partly by Pakistan, and partly by China. The region has been the subject of a bitter dispute between India and Pakistan since they became independent in 1947}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Among the socio-economic challenges India faces are [[Gender inequality in India|gender inequality]], [[Malnutrition in India|child malnutrition]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NarayanJohn2018-lead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Narayan |first1=Jitendra |last2=John |first2=Denny |last3=Ramadas |first3=Nirupama |year=2018 |title=Malnutrition in India: status and government initiatives |journal=[[Journal of Public Health Policy]] |volume=40 |issue=1 |pages=126–141 |doi=10.1057/s41271-018-0149-5 |issn=0197-5897 |pmid=30353132 |s2cid=53032234}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and rising levels of [[Air pollution in India|air pollution]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BalakrishnanDey2019-lead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Balakrishnan |first1=Kalpana |last2=Dey |first2=Sagnik |display-authors=etal |year=2019 |title=The impact of air pollution on deaths, disease burden, and life expectancy across the states of India: the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 |journal=[[The Lancet Planetary Health]] |volume=3 |issue=1 |pages=e26–e39 |doi=10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30261-4 |issn=2542-5196 |pmc=6358127 |pmid=30528905}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India&#039;s land is [[megadiverse country|megadiverse]], with four [[biodiversity hotspots]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IUCN-India&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=India |url=https://www.iucn.org/asia/countries/india |year=2019 |access-date=21 May 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201101033802/https://www.iucn.org/asia/countries/india |url-status=dead |publisher=[[International Union for Conservation of Nature]] (IUCN) |archive-date=1 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Its forest cover comprises 21.7% of its area.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ISFR&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Wildlife of India|India&#039;s wildlife]], which has traditionally been viewed with tolerance in [[Culture of India|India&#039;s culture]],{{sfn|Karanth|Gopal|2005|p=374}} is supported among these forests, and elsewhere, in [[Protected areas of India|protected habitats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Etymology ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Names for India}}&lt;br /&gt;
According to the &#039;&#039;[[Oxford English Dictionary]]&#039;&#039; (third edition 2009), the name &amp;quot;India&amp;quot; is derived from the [[Classical Latin]] &#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039;, a reference to [[South Asia]] and an uncertain region to its east. In turn the name &amp;quot;India&amp;quot; derived successively from [[Hellenistic Greek]] &#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039; Ἰνδία&#039;&#039;), [[ancient Greek]] &#039;&#039;Indos&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039; Ἰνδός&#039;&#039;), [[Old Persian]] &#039;&#039;[[Hindush]]&#039;&#039; (an eastern province of the [[Achaemenid Empire]]), and ultimately its [[cognate]], the [[Sanskrit]] &#039;&#039;Sindhu&#039;&#039;, or &amp;quot;river&amp;quot;, specifically the [[Indus River]] and, by implication, its well-settled southern basin.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=India (noun) |url=https://www.oed.com/view/Entry/94384#eid677811 |work=[[Oxford English Dictionary]] |year=2009 |edition=3rd}} (subscription required)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Thieme|1970|pp=447–450}} The [[Ancient Greece|ancient Greeks]] referred to the Indians as &#039;&#039;Indoi&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;{{ISO 639-2|GRC|Ἰνδοί}}&#039;&#039;), which translates as &amp;quot;The people of the Indus&amp;quot;.{{sfn|Kuiper|2010|p = 86}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;[[Names for India#Bhārata|Bharat]]&#039;&#039; ({{transliteration|hi|ISO|Bhārat}}; {{IPA-hns|ˈbʱaːɾət|pron|hi-Bharat.ogg}}), mentioned in both [[Indian epic poetry]] and the [[Constitution of India]],{{sfn|Clémentin-Ojha|2014}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=The Constitution of India |date=1 December 2007 |url=https://lawmin.nic.in/coi/coiason29july08.pdf |access-date=3 March 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140909230437/https://lawmin.nic.in/coi/coiason29july08.pdf |url-status=dead |publisher=[[Ministry of Law and Justice (India)|Ministry of Law and Justice]] |quote=Article 1(1): India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States. |archive-date=9 September 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is used in its variations by [[Names of India in its official languages|many Indian languages]]. A modern rendering of the historical name &#039;&#039;Bharatavarsha&#039;&#039;, which applied originally to [[North India]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jha2014&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Jha |first=Dwijendra Narayan |title=Rethinking Hindu Identity |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dqDgBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA11 |page=11 |year=2014 |publisher=[[Routledge]] |isbn=978-1-317-49034-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Singh|2017|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=dYM4DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA253 253]}} &#039;&#039;Bharat&#039;&#039; gained increased currency from the mid-19th century as a native name for India.{{sfn|Clémentin-Ojha|2014}}{{sfn|Barrow|2003}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;[[Hindustan]]&#039;&#039; ({{IPA-hns|ɦɪndʊˈstaːn||Hindustan.ogg}}) is a [[Middle Persian]] name for India that became popular by the 13th century,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Paturi |first1=Joseph |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=oCo5DAAAQBAJ |title=World Religions &amp;amp; Cults Volume 2: Moralistic, Mythical and Mysticism Religions |last2=Patterson |first2=Roger |date=2016 |publisher=New Leaf Publishing Group |isbn=978-0-89051-922-6 |editor-last=Hodge |editor-first=Bodie |location=United States |pages=59–60 |chapter=Hinduism (with Hare Krishna) |quote=The actual term Hindu first occurs as a Persian geographical term for the people who lived beyond the Indus River. The term Hindu originated as a geographical term and did not refer to a religion. Later, Hindu was taken by European languages from the Arabic term al-Hind, which referred to the people who lived across the Indus River. This Arabic term was itself taken from the Persian term Hindū, which refers to all Indians. By the 13th century, Hindustan emerged as a popular alternative name for India, meaning the &amp;quot;land of Hindus.&amp;quot; |editor-last2=Patterson |editor-first2=Roger}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and was used widely since the era of the [[Mughal Empire]]. The meaning of &#039;&#039;Hindustan&#039;&#039; has varied, referring to a region encompassing present-day northern India and [[Pakistan]] or to India in its near entirety.{{sfn|Clémentin-Ojha|2014}}{{sfn|Barrow|2003}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Hindustan |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/266465/Hindustan |encyclopedia=[[Encyclopædia Britannica]] |access-date=17 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of India|History of the Republic of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ancient India ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Battle at Lanka, Ramayana, Udaipur, 1649-53.jpg|thumb|Manuscript illustration, {{circa|1650}}, of the Sanskrit epic [[Ramayana]], composed in story-telling fashion {{circa|{{BCE|400}}|{{CE|300}}}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lowe2017-epic&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Lowe |first=John J. |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nSgmDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA58 |title=Transitive Nouns and Adjectives: Evidence from Early Indo-Aryan |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |year=2017 |isbn=978-0-19-879357-1 |page=58 |quote=The term &#039;Epic Sanskrit&#039; refers to the language of the two great Sanskrit epics, the Mahābhārata and the Rāmāyaṇa. ...  It is likely, therefore, that the epic-like elements found in Vedic sources and the two epics that we have are not directly related, but that both drew on the same source, an oral tradition of storytelling that existed before, throughout, and after the Vedic period.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
By 55,000 years ago, the first modern humans, or &#039;&#039;[[Homo sapiens]]&#039;&#039;, had arrived on the Indian subcontinent from Africa, where they had earlier evolved.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PetragliaAllchin&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dyson2018p1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fisher2018p23&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The earliest known modern human remains in South Asia date to about 30,000 years ago.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PetragliaAllchin&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; After {{BCE|6500}}, evidence for domestication of food crops and animals, construction of permanent structures, and storage of agricultural surplus appeared in [[Mehrgarh]] and other sites in [[Balochistan, Pakistan]].{{sfn|Coningham|Young|2015|pp = 104–105}} These gradually developed into the [[Indus Valley Civilisation]],{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|pp = 21–23}}{{sfn|Coningham|Young|2015|pp = 104–105}} the first urban culture in South Asia,{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 181}} which flourished during {{BCE|2500–1900}} in Pakistan and western India.{{sfn|Possehl|2003|p = 2}} Centred around cities such as [[Mohenjo-daro]], [[Harappa]], [[Dholavira]], and [[Kalibangan]], and relying on varied forms of subsistence, the civilisation engaged robustly in crafts production and wide-ranging trade.{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 181}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period {{BCE|2000–500}}, many regions of the subcontinent transitioned from the [[Chalcolithic]] cultures to the [[Iron Age]] ones.{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 255}} The [[Vedas]], the oldest scriptures associated with [[Hinduism]],{{sfn|Singh|2009|pp = 186–187}} were composed during this period,{{sfn|Witzel|2003|pp = 68–69}} and historians have analysed these to posit a [[Vedic period|Vedic culture]] in the [[Punjab region]] and the upper [[Indo-Gangetic Plain|Gangetic Plain]].{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 255}} Most historians also consider this period to have encompassed several waves of [[Indo-Aryan migration]] into the subcontinent from the north-west.{{Sfn|Singh|2009|pp=186–187}} The [[caste system]], which created a hierarchy of priests, warriors, and free peasants, but which excluded indigenous peoples by labelling their occupations impure, arose during this period.{{Sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|pp=41–43}} On the [[Deccan Plateau]], archaeological evidence from this period suggests the existence of a chiefdom stage of political organisation.{{Sfn|Singh|2009|p=255}} In [[South India]], a progression to sedentary life is indicated by the large number of [[megalith]]ic monuments dating from this period,{{Sfn|Singh|2009|pp=250–251}} as well as by nearby traces of [[agriculture]], [[irrigation tanks]], and craft traditions.{{Sfn|Singh|2009|pp=250–251}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cave 26, Ajanta.jpg|thumb|Cave 26 of the rock-cut [[Ajanta Caves]]|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Vedic period, around the 6th century BCE, the small states and chiefdoms of the Ganges Plain and the north-western regions had consolidated into 16 major oligarchies and monarchies that were known as the &#039;&#039;[[mahajanapadas]]&#039;&#039;.{{sfn|Singh|2009|pp = 260–265}}{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|pp = 53–54}} The emerging urbanisation gave rise to non-Vedic religious movements, two of which became independent religions. [[Jainism]] came into prominence during the life of its exemplar, [[Mahavira]].{{sfn|Singh|2009|pp = 312–313}} [[Buddhism]], based on the teachings of [[Gautama Buddha]], attracted followers from all social classes excepting the middle class; chronicling the life of the Buddha was central to the beginnings of recorded history in India.{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|pp = 54–56}}{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 21}}{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 67–68}} In an age of increasing urban wealth, both religions held up [[Nekkhamma|renunciation]] as an ideal,{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 300}} and both established long-lasting monastic traditions. Politically, by the 3rd century BCE, the kingdom of [[Magadha]] had annexed or reduced other states to emerge as the [[Maurya Empire|Mauryan Empire]].{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 319}} The empire was once thought to have controlled most of the subcontinent except the far south, but its core regions are now thought to have been separated by large autonomous areas.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 78–79}}{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|p = 70}} The Mauryan kings are known as much for their empire-building and determined management of public life as for [[Ashoka]]&#039;s renunciation of militarism and far-flung advocacy of the Buddhist &#039;&#039;[[Dharma (Buddhism)|dhamma]]&#039;&#039;.{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 367}}{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|p = 63}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Sangam literature]] of the [[Tamil language]] reveals that, between {{BCE|200}} and {{CE|200}}, the southern peninsula was ruled by the [[Chera dynasty|Cheras]], the [[Chola dynasty|Cholas]], and the [[Pandya dynasty|Pandyas]], dynasties that [[Indo-Roman trade relations|traded extensively with the Roman Empire]] and with [[Western Asia|West]] and [[Southeast Asia]].{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 89–90}}{{sfn|Singh|2009|pp = 408–415}} In North India, Hinduism asserted patriarchal control within the family, leading to increased subordination of women.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 92–95}}{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 319}} By the 4th and 5th centuries, the [[Gupta Empire]] had created a complex system of administration and taxation in the greater Ganges Plain; this system became a model for later Indian kingdoms.{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|pp = 89–91}}{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 545}} Under the Guptas, a renewed Hinduism based on devotion, rather than the management of ritual, began to assert itself.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 98–99}} This renewal was reflected in a flowering of [[Sculpture in the Indian subcontinent|sculpture]] and [[Architecture of India|architecture]], which found patrons among an urban elite.{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 545}} [[Sanskrit literature#Classical Sanskrit literature|Classical Sanskrit literature]] flowered as well, and [[History of science and technology in the Indian subcontinent|Indian science]], [[Indian astronomy|astronomy]], [[Ayurveda|medicine]], and [[Indian mathematics|mathematics]] made significant advances.{{sfn|Singh|2009|p = 545}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Medieval India ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=2|total_width=320&lt;br /&gt;
| align = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| title =&lt;br /&gt;
| image1 = Gopuram Corner View of Thanjavur Brihadeeswara Temple..JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1 = [[Brihadeshwara temple]], [[Thanjavur]], completed in {{CE|1010}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image2 = Qutb minar ruins.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2 = The [[Qutub Minar]], {{convert|73|m|ft|0|abbr=on}} tall, completed by the [[Sultan of Delhi]], [[Iltutmish]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Indian early medieval age, from {{CE|600 to 1200}}, is defined by regional kingdoms and cultural diversity.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 132}} When [[Harsha]] of [[Kannauj]], who ruled much of the Indo-Gangetic Plain from {{CE|606 to 647}}, attempted to expand southwards, he was defeated by the [[Chalukya dynasty|Chalukya]] ruler of the Deccan.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 119–120}} When his successor attempted to expand eastwards, he was defeated by the [[Pala Empire|Pala]] king of [[Bengal]].{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 119–120}} When the Chalukyas attempted to expand southwards, they were defeated by the [[Pallava dynasty|Pallavas]] from farther south, who in turn were opposed by the [[Pandya dynasty|Pandyas]] and the [[Chola dynasty|Cholas]] from still farther south.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 119–120}} No ruler of this period was able to create an empire and consistently control lands much beyond their core region.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 132}} During this time, pastoral peoples, whose land had been cleared to make way for the growing agricultural economy, were accommodated within caste society, as were new non-traditional ruling classes.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 121–122}} The caste system consequently began to show regional differences.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 121–122}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 6th and 7th centuries, the first [[Bhakti|devotional hymns]] were created in the Tamil language.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 123}} They were imitated all over India and led to both the resurgence of Hinduism and the development of all [[Languages of India|modern languages of the subcontinent]].{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 123}} Indian royalty, big and small, and the temples they patronised drew citizens in great numbers to the capital cities, which became economic hubs as well.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 124}} Temple towns of various sizes began to appear everywhere as India underwent another urbanisation.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 124}} By the 8th and 9th centuries, the effects were felt in South-East Asia, as South Indian culture and political systems were exported to lands that became part of modern-day [[Myanmar]], [[Thailand]], [[Laos]], [[Brunei]], [[Cambodia]], [[Vietnam]], [[Philippines]], [[Malaysia]], and [[Indonesia]].{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 127–128}} Indian merchants, scholars, and sometimes armies were involved in this transmission; South-East Asians took the initiative as well, with many sojourning in Indian seminaries and translating Buddhist and Hindu texts into their languages.{{sfn|Stein|1998|pp = 127–128}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the 10th century, Muslim Central Asian nomadic clans, using [[courser (horse)|swift-horse]] cavalry and raising vast armies united by ethnicity and religion, repeatedly overran South Asia&#039;s north-western plains, leading eventually to the establishment of the Islamic [[Delhi Sultanate]] in 1206.{{sfn|Ludden|2002|p = 68}} The sultanate was to control much of North India and to make many forays into South India. Although at first disruptive for the Indian elites, the sultanate largely left its vast non-Muslim subject population to its own laws and customs.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 47}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 6}} By repeatedly repulsing [[Mongol Empire|Mongol raiders]] in the 13th century, the sultanate saved India from the devastation visited on West and Central Asia, setting the scene for centuries of [[Human migration|migration]] of fleeing soldiers, learned men, mystics, traders, artists, and artisans from that region into the subcontinent, thereby creating a syncretic Indo-Islamic culture in the north.{{sfn|Ludden|2002|p = 67}}{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|pp = 50–51}} The sultanate&#039;s raiding and weakening of the regional kingdoms of South India paved the way for the indigenous [[Vijayanagara Empire]].{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 53}} Embracing a strong [[Shaivism|Shaivite]] tradition and building upon the military technology of the sultanate, the empire came to control much of peninsular India,{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 12}} and was to influence South Indian society for long afterwards.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 53}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Early modern India ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, northern India, then under mainly Muslim rulers,{{sfn|Robb|2001|p = 80}} fell again to the superior mobility and firepower of a new generation of Central Asian warriors.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 164}} The resulting [[Mughal Empire]] did not stamp out the local societies it came to rule. Instead, it balanced and pacified them through new administrative practices{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 115}}{{sfn|Robb|2001|pp = 90–91}} and diverse and inclusive ruling elites,{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 17}} leading to more systematic, centralised, and uniform rule.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 152}} Eschewing tribal bonds and Islamic identity, especially under [[Akbar]], the Mughals united their far-flung realms through loyalty, expressed through a Persianised culture, to an emperor who had near-divine status.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 17}} The Mughal state&#039;s economic policies, deriving most revenues from agriculture{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 158}} and mandating that taxes be paid in the well-regulated silver currency,{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 169}} caused peasants and artisans to enter larger markets.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 152}} The relative peace maintained by the empire during much of the 17th century was a factor in India&#039;s economic expansion,{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 152}} resulting in greater patronage of [[Mughal painting|painting]], literary forms, textiles, and [[Mughal architecture|architecture]].{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 186}} Newly coherent social groups in northern and western India, such as the [[Maratha Empire|Marathas]], the [[Rajput]]s, and the [[Sikh Empire|Sikhs]], gained military and governing ambitions during Mughal rule, which, through collaboration or adversity, gave them both recognition and military experience.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 23–24}} Expanding commerce during Mughal rule gave rise to new Indian commercial and political elites along the coasts of southern and eastern India.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 23–24}} As the empire disintegrated, many among these elites were able to seek and control their own affairs.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 256}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 2/1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 360&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Agra Fort DistantTaj.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = A distant view of the [[Taj Mahal]] from the [[Agra Fort]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = India 1835 2 Mohurs.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = A two [[mohur]] Company gold coin, issued in 1835, the [[Obverse and reverse|obverse]] inscribed &amp;quot;[[William IV]], King&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the early 18th century, with the lines between commercial and political dominance being increasingly blurred, a number of European trading companies, including the [[East India Company|English East India Company]], had established coastal outposts.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 286}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 44–49}} The East India Company&#039;s control of the seas, greater resources, and more advanced military training and technology led it to increasingly assert its military strength and caused it to become attractive to a portion of the Indian elite; these factors were crucial in allowing the company to gain control over the [[Bengal]] region by 1765 and sideline the other European companies.{{sfn|Robb|2001|pp = 98–100}}{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 286}}{{sfn|Ludden|2002|pp = 128–132}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 51–55}} Its further access to the riches of Bengal and the subsequent increased strength and size of its army enabled it to annex or subdue most of India by the 1820s.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 68–71}} India was then no longer exporting manufactured goods as it long had, but was instead supplying the [[British Empire]] with raw materials. Many historians consider this to be the onset of India&#039;s colonial period.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 286}} By this time, with its economic power severely curtailed by the British parliament and having effectively been made an arm of British administration, the East India Company began more consciously to enter non-economic arenas, including education, social reform, and culture.{{sfn|Asher|Talbot|2008|p = 289}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modern India ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of the Republic of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
Historians consider India&#039;s modern age to have begun sometime between 1848 and 1885. The appointment in 1848 of [[James Broun-Ramsay, 1st Marquess of Dalhousie|Lord Dalhousie]] as Governor General of the East India Company set the stage for changes essential to a modern state. These included the consolidation and demarcation of sovereignty, the surveillance of the population, and the education of citizens. Technological changes—among them, railways, canals, and the telegraph—were introduced not long after their introduction in [[Europe]].{{sfn|Robb|2001|pp = 151–152}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 94–99}}{{sfn|Brown|1994|p = 83}}{{sfn|Peers|2006|p = 50}} However, disaffection with the company also grew during this time and set off the [[Indian Rebellion of 1857]]. Fed by diverse resentments and perceptions, including invasive British-style social reforms, harsh land taxes, and summary treatment of some rich landowners and princes, the rebellion rocked many regions of northern and central India and shook the foundations of Company rule.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 100–103}}{{sfn|Brown|1994|pp = 85–86}} Although the rebellion was suppressed by 1858, it led to the dissolution of the East India Company and the [[British Raj|direct administration of India]] by the British government. Proclaiming a [[unitary state]] and a gradual but limited British-style parliamentary system, the new rulers also protected princes and landed gentry as a feudal safeguard against future unrest.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 239}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 103–108}} In the decades following, public life gradually emerged all over India, leading eventually to the founding of the [[Indian National Congress]] in 1885.{{sfn|Robb|2001|p = 183}}{{sfn|Sarkar|1983|pp = 1–4}}{{sfn|Copland|2001|pp = ix–x}}{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 123}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rush of technology and the commercialisation of agriculture in the second half of the 19th century was marked by economic setbacks, and many small farmers became dependent on the whims of far-away markets.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 260}} There was an increase in the number of large-scale [[Famine in India|famines]],{{sfn|Stein|2010|p=245|ps=: An expansion of state functions in British and in princely India occurred as a result of the terrible famines of the later nineteenth century, ... A reluctant regime decided that state resources had to be deployed and that anti-famine measures were best managed through technical experts.}} and, despite the risks of infrastructure development borne by Indian taxpayers, little industrial employment was generated for Indians.{{sfn|Stein|1998|p = 258}} There were also salutary effects: commercial cropping, especially in the newly canalled Punjab, led to increased food production for internal consumption.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 126}} The railway network provided critical famine relief,{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 97}} notably reduced the cost of moving goods,{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 97}} and helped nascent Indian-owned industry.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 126}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=2|total_width=360&lt;br /&gt;
|image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
|align    = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = British Indian Empire 1909 Imperial Gazetteer of India.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = 1909 map of the British Indian Empire&lt;br /&gt;
|image2=Nehru gandhi.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption2=[[Jawaharlal Nehru]] sharing a light moment with [[Mahatma Gandhi]], Mumbai, 6 July 1946&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
After World War I, in which approximately [[Indian Army during World War I|one million Indians served]],{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 163}} a new period began. It was marked by [[Montagu–Chelmsford Reforms|British reforms]] but also [[Rowlatt act|repressive legislation]], by more strident Indian calls for self-rule, and by the beginnings of a [[nonviolent]] movement of non-co-operation, of which [[Mahatma Gandhi]] would become the leader and enduring symbol.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 167}} During the 1930s, slow legislative reform was enacted by the British; the Indian National Congress won victories in the resulting elections.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 195–197}} The next decade was beset with crises: [[India in World War II|Indian participation in World War&amp;amp;nbsp;II]], the Congress&#039;s final push for non-co-operation, and an upsurge of [[Muslim nationalism in South Asia|Muslim nationalism]]. All were capped by the advent of independence in 1947, but tempered by the [[partition of India]] into two states: India and Pakistan.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 203}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vital to India&#039;s self-image as an independent nation was its constitution, completed in 1950, which put in place a secular and democratic republic.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 231}} Per the [[London Declaration]], India retained its membership of the [[Commonwealth of Nations|Commonwealth]], becoming the first republic within it.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=London Declaration, 1949 |url=https://thecommonwealth.org/london-declaration-1949 |access-date=11 October 2022 |website=Commonwealth |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Economic liberalisation, which [[Economic liberalisation in India|began in the 1980s]] and the collaboration with Soviet Union for technical know-how,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Role of Soviet Union in India&#039;s industrialisation: a comparative assessment with the West |url=http://ijrar.com/upload_issue/ijrar_issue_20544196.pdf |website=ijrar.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; has created a large urban middle class, transformed India into [[List of countries by GDP (real) growth rate|one of the world&#039;s fastest-growing economies]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Briefing Rooms: India |url=https://www.ers.usda.gov/Briefing/India/ |work=[[Economic Research Service]] |year=2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110520002800/https://www.ers.usda.gov/Briefing/India/ |url-status=dead |publisher=[[United States Department of Agriculture]] |archive-date=20 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and increased its geopolitical clout. Yet, India is also shaped by seemingly unyielding poverty, both rural and urban;{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006 |pp=265–266}} by [[Religious violence in India|religious]] and [[Caste-related violence in India|caste-related violence]];{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 266–270}} by [[Naxalite|Maoist-inspired Naxalite insurgencies]];{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 253}} and by [[Insurgency in Jammu and Kashmir|separatism in Jammu and Kashmir]] and [[insurgency in Northeast India|in Northeast India]].{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 274}} It has unresolved territorial disputes with [[China–India relations#1960s|China]]{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 247–248}} and with [[Indo-Pakistani wars and conflicts|Pakistan]].{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|pp = 247–248}} India&#039;s sustained democratic freedoms are unique among the world&#039;s newer nations; however, in spite of its recent economic successes, freedom from want for its disadvantaged population remains a goal yet to be achieved.{{sfn|Metcalf|Metcalf|2006|p = 304}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Geography ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
India accounts for the bulk of the Indian subcontinent, lying atop the [[Indian Plate|Indian tectonic plate]], a part of the [[Indo-Australian Plate]].{{sfn|Ali|Aitchison|2005}} India&#039;s defining geological processes began 75 million years ago when the Indian Plate, then part of the southern supercontinent [[Gondwana]], began a north-eastward [[Plate tectonics|drift]] caused by [[seafloor spreading]] to its south-west, and later, south and south-east.{{sfn|Ali|Aitchison|2005}} Simultaneously, the vast [[Tethys Ocean|Tethyan]] [[oceanic crust]], to its northeast, began to [[subduction|subduct]] under the [[Eurasian Plate]].{{sfn|Ali|Aitchison|2005}} These dual processes, driven by convection in the Earth&#039;s [[Mantle (geology)|mantle]], both created the Indian Ocean and caused the Indian [[continental crust]] eventually to under-thrust Eurasia and to uplift the [[Himalayas]].{{sfn|Ali|Aitchison|2005}} Immediately south of the emerging Himalayas, plate movement created a vast crescent-shaped [[trough (geology)|trough]] that rapidly filled with river-borne sediment{{sfn|Dikshit |Schwartzberg|2023|p=7}} and now constitutes the [[Indo-Gangetic Plain]].{{sfn|Prakash et al.|2000}} The original Indian plate makes its first appearance above the sediment in the ancient [[Aravalli range]], which extends from the [[Delhi Ridge]] in a southwesterly direction. To the west lies the [[Thar Desert]], the eastern spread of which is checked by the Aravallis.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;aravalli&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Kaul|1970|p=160}}, &amp;quot;&amp;amp;nbsp;The Aravalli range boldy defines the eastern limit of the arid and semi-arid zone. Probably the more humid conditions that prevail near the Aravallis prevented the extension of aridity towards the east and the Ganges Valley. It is noteworthy that, wherever there are gaps in this range, sand has advanced to the east of it.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;prasad-aravalli&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Prasad|1974|p=372}}, &amp;quot;&amp;amp;nbsp;The topography of the Indian Desert is dominated by the Aravalli Ranges on its eastern border, which consist largely of tightly folded and highly metamorphosed Archaean rocks.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fisher-aravalli&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Fisher|2018|p=83}}, &amp;quot;&amp;amp;nbsp;East of the lower Indus lay the inhospitable Rann of Kutch and Thar Desert. East of the upper Indus lay the more promising but narrow corridor between the Himalayan foothills on the north and the Thar Desert and Aravalli Mountains on the south. At the strategic choke point, just before reaching the fertile, well-watered Gangetic plain, sat Delhi. On this site, where life giving streams running off the most northern spur of the rocky Aravalli ridge flowed into the Jumna river, and where the war-horse and war-elephant trade intersected, a series of dynasties built fortified capitals.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Tungabhadra River and Coracle Boats.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = The [[Tungabhadra river|Tungabhadra]], with rocky outcrops, flows into the peninsular [[Krishna river]].{{sfn|Mcgrail|Blue|Kentley|Palmer|2003|p=257}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Parked boats at Anjarle Creek.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = Fishing boats lashed together in a [[creek (tidal)|tidal creek]] in [[Anjarle]] village, Maharashtra&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining Indian Plate survives as [[South India|peninsular India]], the oldest and geologically most stable part of India. It extends as far north as the [[Satpura Range|Satpura]] and [[Vindhya Range|Vindhya]] ranges in central India. These parallel chains run from the Arabian Sea coast in Gujarat in the west to the coal-rich [[Chota Nagpur Plateau]] in Jharkhand in the east.{{sfn|Dikshit |Schwartzberg|2023|p=8}} To the south, the remaining peninsular landmass, the [[Deccan Plateau]], is flanked on the west and east by coastal ranges known as the [[Western Ghats|Western]] and [[Eastern Ghats]];{{sfn|Dikshit |Schwartzberg|2023|pp=9–10}} the plateau contains the country&#039;s oldest rock formations, some over one billion years old. Constituted in such fashion, India lies to the north of the equator between 6° 44′ and 35° 30′ north latitude{{efn|The northernmost point under Indian control is the disputed [[Siachen Glacier]] in [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]]; however, the [[Government of India]] regards the entire region of the former princely state of Jammu and Kashmir, including the [[Gilgit-Baltistan]] administered by Pakistan, to be its territory. It therefore assigns the latitude 37° 6′ to its northernmost point.}} and 68° 7′ and 97° 25′ east longitude.{{sfn|Ministry of Information and Broadcasting|2007|p = 1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
India&#039;s coastline measures {{Convert|7517|km|mi|-2}} in length; of this distance, {{Convert|5423|km|mi|-2}} belong to peninsular India and {{Convert|2094|km|mi|-2}} to the Andaman, Nicobar, and Lakshadweep island chains.{{sfn|Kumar|Pathak|Pednekar|Raju|2006}} According to the Indian naval hydrographic charts, the mainland coastline consists of the following: 43% sandy beaches; 11% rocky shores, including cliffs; and 46% [[mudflat]]s or marshy shores.{{sfn|Kumar|Pathak|Pednekar|Raju|2006}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:KedarRange.jpg|thumb|left|The Kedar range of the Greater Himalayas rises behind the [[Kedarnath Temple]] in the Indian state of [[Uttarakhand]]. Snow melt from the glaciers behind Kedarnath forms the [[Mandakini river]], one of the [[River source|headstreams]] of the [[Ganges river]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Sen2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Sudipta Sen |title=Ganges: The Many Pasts of an Indian River |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FOV8DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT47 |page=47 |year=2019 |publisher=[[Yale University Press]] |isbn=978-0-300-24267-6}} Quote: &amp;quot;The confluence of rivers, especially of the Ganges and its tributaries, is one of the most significant geographical spaces for the pilgrim, ... A common name for such a place in Sanskrit ... is prayaga, ... such as [[Rudraprayag]], situated at the meeting of two rivers: the Mandakini River, coming down from the steep glaciers beyond Kedarnath, and Alaknanda River, making its way from [[Badrinath]].&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Agasthiyamalai range and Tirunelveli rainshadow.jpg|thumb|left|The [[Agasthiyamalai]] range, constituting the southern end of the [[Western Ghats]], as seen from the [[rainshadow]] region of the [[southwest monsoon]] in [[Tirunelveli]], [[Tamil Nadu]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Oates1999&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Oates |first=John F. |title=Myth and Reality in the Rain Forest |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=V0WFszVK5lQC&amp;amp;pg=PA35 |page=35 |year=1999 |publisher=[[University of California Press]] |isbn=978-0-520-22252-6}} Quote: &amp;quot;The Agastyamalai are the most southerly portion of the Western Ghats. These wet and rugged hills are one of the last places in South India to support an extensive area of evergreen shola forest, and they are home to what may be the largest surviving population of lion-tailed macaques&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Tungabhadra River and Coracle Boats.JPG|thumb|left|Flowing near [[Hampi]] is the [[Tungabhadra river]], the major right bank tributary of the [[Krishna river]], a peninsular river, which empties into the [[Bay of Bengal]]. The [[coracle]]s, made of wicker, are traditionally covered with hide, their circular shape preventing them from overturning in rivers with rocky outcrops.{{sfn|Mcgrail|Blue|Kentley|Palmer|2003|p=257}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Puvar 20080220-1.jpg|thumb|left|A beach off the [[Arabian Sea]] in [[Puvar]], [[Kerala]]. The Arabian Sea is the northwestern region of the Indian Ocean, bounded by the [[Arabian peninsula|Arabian]] and [[Indian peninsula|Indian]] peninsulas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Thar desert Rajasthan India.jpg|thumb|left|The [[Thar desert]], 85% of which lies in the Indian state of [[Rajasthan]], spreads over an area of {{convert|2340000|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}}.  It constitutes the northwestern limit of the [[southwest monsoon]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Laity2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Laity |first=Julie J |title=Deserts and Desert Environments |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wtAbzLLTcwcC&amp;amp;pg=PA30 |page=30 |year=2009 |publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]] |isbn=978-1-4443-0074-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:NDRF in Bihar Flood 2.jpg|thumb|left|The [[Kosi river]], shown here during a flood, rises in Nepal, rushes down with great force through its narrow Himalayan valley, and [[debouch]]es in a flat plain in [[Bihar]], India, where the river bed has risen so much from deposited silt that the river attempts to find a new course.{{sfn|Basu|Xavier|2017|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=nXmLDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA78 78]}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Andaman.jpg|thumb|left|The [[Andaman Islands]], in the [[Andaman Sea]], number over 200, and extend north by northeast to south by southwest. They rise up to {{convert|2400|ft|m}} and receive over {{convert|100|in|cm}} of rain annually.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SpateLearmonth2017&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation |last1=Spate|first1=O.H.K.|last2=Learmonth|first2=A.T.A.|title=India and Pakistan: A General and Regional Geography|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SO-fDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT1153|year=2017|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-1-351-96898-0|page=1153&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|7=[[File:Mt. Kanchenjunga.jpg|thumb|left|The [[Kanchenjunga|Khangchendzonga]] [[massif]], shows Mount Khangchendzonga Central, in the middle, the world&#039;s third highest mountain at {{convert|28169|ft|m}} located on the border of India&#039;s [[Sikkim]] state and [[Nepal]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unesco-kangchenjunga&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Khangchendzonda National Park |url=https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/1513 |access-date=18 August 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190820000450/https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/1513 |url-status=live |publisher=UNESCO World Heritage Centre |archive-date=20 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Major Himalayan-origin rivers that substantially flow through India include the [[Ganges]] and the [[Brahmaputra River|Brahmaputra]], both of which drain into the [[Bay of Bengal]].{{sfn|Dikshit|Schwartzberg|2023|p=15}} Important tributaries of the Ganges include the [[Yamuna]] and the [[Kosi River|Kosi]]; the latter&#039;s extremely low gradient, caused by long-term silt deposition, leads to severe floods and course changes.{{sfn|Duff|1993|p = 353}}{{sfn|Basu|Xavier|2017|p=[https://books.google.com/books?id=nXmLDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA78 78]}} Major peninsular rivers, whose steeper gradients prevent their waters from flooding, include the [[Godavari River|Godavari]], the [[Mahanadi River|Mahanadi]], the [[Kaveri River|Kaveri]], and the [[Krishna River|Krishna]], which also drain into the Bay of Bengal;{{sfn|Dikshit|Schwartzberg|2023|p=16}} and the [[Narmada River|Narmada]] and the [[Tapti River|Tapti]], which drain into the [[Arabian Sea]].{{sfn|Dikshit|Schwartzberg|2023|p=17}} Coastal features include the marshy [[Rann of Kutch]] of western India and the alluvial [[Sundarbans]] delta of eastern India; the latter is shared with Bangladesh.{{sfn|Dikshit|Schwartzberg|2023|p=12}} India has two [[archipelago]]s: the [[Lakshadweep]], [[Atoll|coral atolls]] off India&#039;s south-western coast; and the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, a volcanic chain in the [[Andaman Sea]].{{sfn|Dikshit|Schwartzberg|2023|p=13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Climate of India|Indian climate]] is strongly influenced by the Himalayas and the Thar Desert, both of which drive the economically and culturally pivotal summer and winter [[monsoon]]s.{{sfn|Chang|1967|pp = 391–394}} The Himalayas prevent cold Central Asian [[katabatic wind]]s from blowing in, keeping the bulk of the Indian subcontinent warmer than most locations at similar latitudes.{{sfn|Posey|1994|p = 118}}{{sfn|Wolpert|2003|p = 4}} The Thar Desert plays a crucial role in attracting the moisture-laden south-west summer monsoon winds that, between June and October, provide the majority of India&#039;s rainfall.{{sfn|Chang|1967|pp = 391–394}} Four major climatic groupings predominate in India: [[Climate of India#Tropical wet|tropical wet]], [[Climate of India#Arid and semi-arid regions|tropical dry]], [[Climate of India#Subtropical humid|subtropical humid]], and [[Climate of India#Mountain|montane]].{{sfn|Heitzman|Worden|1996|p=97}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temperatures in India have risen by {{convert|0.7|C-change|1|abbr=on}} between 1901 and 2018.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Sharma |first=Vibha |date=15 June 2020 |title=Average temperature over India projected to rise by 4.4 degrees Celsius: Govt report on impact of climate change in country |url=https://www.tribuneindia.com/news/nation/average-temperature-over-india-projected-to-rise-by-4-4-degrees-celsius-govt-report-on-impact-of-climate-change-in-country-99583 |access-date=30 November 2020 |website=[[The Tribune]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Climate change in India]] is often thought to be the cause. The [[Retreat of glaciers since 1850|retreat of Himalayan glaciers]] has adversely affected the [[Volumetric flow rate|flow rate]] of the major Himalayan rivers, including the [[Ganges]] and the [[Brahmaputra]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Sethi |first=Nitin |date=3 February 2007 |title=Global warming: Mumbai to face the heat |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/global-warming-mumbai-to-face-the-heat/articleshow/1556662.cms |access-date=11 March 2021 |website=[[The Times of India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to some current projections, the number and severity of droughts in India will have markedly increased by the end of the present century.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Gupta |first1=Vivek |last2=Jain |first2=Manoj Kumar |year=2018 |title=Investigation of multi-model spatiotemporal mesoscale drought projections over India under climate change scenario |url=https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S002216941830773X |journal=[[Journal of Hydrology]] |volume=567 |pages=489–509 |bibcode=2018JHyd..567..489G |doi=10.1016/j.jhydrol.2018.10.012 |issn=0022-1694 |s2cid=135053362}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Biodiversity ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Forestry in India|Wildlife of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
India is a [[megadiverse country]], a term employed for 17 countries which display high [[biological diversity]] and contain many species exclusively [[indigenous (ecology)|indigenous]], or [[endemic]], to them.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Megadiverse Countries |url=https://www.biodiversitya-z.org/content/megadiverse-countries |access-date=17 October 2021 |publisher=Biodiversity A–Z, [[World Conservation Monitoring Centre|UN Environment World Conservation Monitoring Centre]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India is a [[habitat]] for 8.6% of all [[mammal]] species, 13.7% of [[bird]] species, 7.9% of [[reptile]] species, 6% of [[amphibian]] species, 12.2% of [[fish]] species, and 6.0% of all [[flowering plant]] species.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |year=2012 |title=Animal Discoveries 2011: New Species and New Records |url=https://zsi.gov.in/right_menu/Animal_disc/Animal%20Discovery%202011.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130116214754/https://zsi.gov.in/right_menu/Animal_disc/Animal%20Discovery%202011.pdf |archive-date=16 January 2013 |access-date=20 July 2012 |publisher=[[Zoological Survey of India]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Puri&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Puri |first=S. K. |title=Biodiversity Profile of India |url=https://ces.iisc.ernet.in/hpg/cesmg/indiabio.html |work=ces.iisc.ernet.in |access-date=20 June 2007 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111121153614/https://ces.iisc.ernet.in/hpg/cesmg/indiabio.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=21 November 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Fully a third of Indian plant species are endemic.{{sfn|Basak|1983|p = 24}} India also contains four of the world&#039;s 34 [[biodiversity hotspot]]s,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IUCN-India&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; or regions that display significant habitat loss in the presence of high endemism.{{efn|A biodiversity hotspot is a [[biogeography|biogeographical]] region which has more than 1,500 [[vascular plant]] species, but less than 30% of its primary habitat.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SivaperumanVenkataraman2018&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SivaperumanVenkataraman2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Venkataraman |first1=Krishnamoorthy |title=Indian Hotspots: Vertebrate Faunal Diversity, Conservation and Management |page=5 |year=2018 |editor-last=Sivaperuman, Chandrakasan |chapter=Biodiversity Hotspots in India |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=8kFKDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA5 |publisher=[[Springer Publishing|Springer]] |isbn=978-981-10-6605-4 |last2=Sivaperuman |first2=Chandrakasan |editor2-last=Venkataraman, Krishnamoorthy}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to official statistics, India&#039;s [[forest cover]] is {{convert|713789|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}}, which is 21.71% of the country&#039;s total land area.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ISFR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=India State of Forest Report, 2021 |url=https://fsi.nic.in/forest-report-2021-details |access-date=17 January 2022 |publisher=Forest Survey of India, [[National Informatics Centre]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It can be subdivided further into broad categories of &#039;&#039;canopy density&#039;&#039;, or the proportion of the area of a forest covered by its [[tree canopy]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jha2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Jha |first=Raghbendra |title=Facets of India&#039;s Economy and Her Society Volume II: Current State and Future Prospects |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9n9SDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA198 |page=198 |year=2018 |publisher=[[Springer Publishing|Springer]] |isbn=978-1-349-95342-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Very dense forest&#039;&#039;, whose &#039;&#039;canopy density&#039;&#039; is greater than 70%, occupies 3.02% of India&#039;s land area.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jha2018&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;indiaforest&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Forest Cover in States/UTs in India in 2019 |url=https://www.frienvis.nic.in/Database/Forest-Cover-in-States-UTs-2019_2478.aspx |access-date=16 October 2021 |publisher=[[Forest Research Institute (India)|Forest Research Institute]] via [[National Informatics Centre]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It predominates in the [[tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forest|tropical moist forest]] of the [[Andaman Islands]], the [[Western Ghats]], and [[Northeast India]]. &#039;&#039;Moderately dense forest&#039;&#039;, whose canopy density is between 40% and 70%, occupies 9.39% of India&#039;s land area.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jha2018&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;indiaforest&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; It predominates in the [[temperate coniferous forest]] of the [[Himalaya]]s, the moist deciduous &#039;&#039;[[Shorea robusta|sal]]&#039;&#039; forest of eastern India, and the dry deciduous [[teak]] forest of central and southern India.{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|pp=11–12}} &#039;&#039;Open forest&#039;&#039;, whose canopy density is between 10% and 40%, occupies 9.26% of India&#039;s land area.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jha2018&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;indiaforest&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; India has two natural zones of [[deserts and xeric shrublands|thorn forest]], one in the [[Deccan Plateau]], immediately east of the Western Ghats, and the other in the western part of the Indo-Gangetic plain, now turned into rich agricultural land by irrigation, its features no longer visible.{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p=12|ps=India has two natural zones of thorn forest, one in the rain shadow area of the Deccan Plateau east of the Western Ghats, and the other in the western part of the Indo-Gangetic plain.  Growth is limited only by moisture availability in these areas, so with irrigation the fertile alluvial soil of Punjab and Haryana has been turned into India&#039;s prime agricultural area.  Much of the thorn forest covering the plains probably had savannah-like features now no longer visible.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the Indian subcontinent&#039;s notable indigenous trees are the [[astringent]] &#039;&#039;[[Azadirachta indica]]&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;neem&#039;&#039;, which is widely used in rural Indian [[herbal medicine]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Goyal2006&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Goyal |first=Anupam |title=The WTO and International Environmental Law: Towards Conciliation |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=UTGQAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA295 |page=295 |year=2006 |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-567710-2}} Quote: &amp;quot;The Indian government successfully argued that the medicinal &#039;&#039;neem&#039;&#039; tree is part of traditional Indian knowledge. (page 295)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the luxuriant &#039;&#039;[[Ficus religiosa]]&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;peepul&#039;&#039;,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hughes2013&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Hughes |first=Julie E. |title=Animal Kingdoms |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RL8qWNmpkc0C&amp;amp;pg=PT106 |page=106 |year=2013 |publisher=[[Harvard University Press]] |isbn=978-0-674-07480-4 |quote=At same time, the leafy pipal trees and comparative abundance that marked the Mewari landscape fostered refinements unattainable in other lands.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which is displayed on the ancient seals of [[Mohenjo-daro]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AmeriCostello2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Ameri |first=Marta |title=Seals and Sealing in the Ancient World: Case Studies from the Near East, Egypt, the Aegean, and South Asia |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SklVDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA156 |pages=156–157 |year=2018 |editor-last=Ameri |editor-first=Marta |chapter=Letting the Pictures Speak: An Image-Based Approach to the Mythological and Narrative Imagery of the Harappan World |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-108-17351-3 |editor2-last=Costello |editor2-first=Sarah Kielt |editor3-last=Jamison |editor3-first=Gregg |editor4-last=Scott |editor4-first=Sarah Jarmer}} Quote: &amp;quot;The last of the centaurs has the long, wavy, horizontal horns of a markhor, a human face, a heavy-set body that appears bovine, and a goat tail ... This figure is often depicted by itself, but it is also consistently represented in scenes that seem to reflect the adoration of a figure in a pipal tree or arbour and which may be termed ritual. These include fully detailed scenes like that visible in the large &#039;divine adoration&#039; seal from Mohenjo-daro.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and under which [[Gautama Buddha|the Buddha]] is recorded in the [[Pāli Canon|Pali canon]] to have sought enlightenment.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Gwynne2011&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Paul Gwynne |title=World Religions in Practice: A Comparative Introduction |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=tdsRKc_knZoC&amp;amp;pg=RA5-PT195 |page=358 |year=2011 |publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]] |isbn=978-1-4443-6005-9 |quote=The tree under which Sakyamuni became the Buddha is a peepal tree (&#039;&#039;[[Ficus religiosa]]&#039;&#039;).}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Indian species have descended from those of [[Gondwana]], the southern [[supercontinent]] from which India separated more than 100 million years ago.{{sfn|Crame|Owen|2002|p = 142}} India&#039;s subsequent collision with Eurasia set off a mass exchange of species. However, [[Deccan Traps|volcanism]] and [[Climate variability and change|climatic changes]] later caused the extinction of many endemic Indian forms.{{sfn|Karanth|2006}} Still later, mammals entered India from Asia through two [[zoogeographical]] passes flanking the Himalayas.{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p=14}} This had the effect of lowering endemism among India&#039;s mammals, which stands at 12.6%, contrasting with 45.8% among reptiles and 55.8% among amphibians.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Puri&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Among endemics are the vulnerable&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Singh, M. |last2=Kumar, A. |last3=Molur, S. |name-list-style=amp |year=2008 |title=Trachypithecus johnii |journal=[[The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species]] |volume=2008 |at=e.T44694A10927987 |doi=10.2305/IUCN.UK.2008.RLTS.T44694A10927987.en |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Nilgiri Langur|hooded leaf monkey]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;itis&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Fischer |first=Johann |author-link=Johann Baptist Fischer |title=Semnopithecus johnii |url=https://www.itis.gov/servlet/SingleRpt/SingleRpt?search_topic=TSN&amp;amp;search_value=944270#null |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180829072131/https://www.itis.gov/servlet/SingleRpt/SingleRpt?search_topic=TSN&amp;amp;search_value=944270#null |archive-date=29 August 2018 |access-date=27 August 2018 |publisher=[[ITIS]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the threatened&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IUCN&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=S.D. Biju |last2=Sushil Dutta |last3=M.S. Ravichandran Karthikeyan Vasudevan |last4=S.P. Vijayakumar |last5=Chelmala Srinivasulu |last6=Gajanan Dasaramji Bhuddhe |year=2004 |title=Duttaphrynus beddomii |journal=[[The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species]] |publisher=[[IUCN]] |volume=2004 |page=e.T54584A86543952 |doi=10.2305/IUCN.UK.2004.RLTS.T54584A11155448.en |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Duttaphrynus beddomii|Beddome&#039;s toad]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IUCN&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Frost, Darrel R. |year=2015 |title=&#039;&#039;Duttaphrynus beddomii&#039;&#039; (Günther, 1876) |url=https://research.amnh.org/vz/herpetology/amphibia/Amphibia/Anura/Bufonidae/Duttaphrynus/Duttaphrynus-beddomii |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150721092639/https://research.amnh.org/vz/herpetology/amphibia/Amphibia/Anura/Bufonidae/Duttaphrynus/Duttaphrynus-beddomii |archive-date=21 July 2015 |access-date=13 September 2015 |website=Amphibian Species of the World: an Online Reference. Version 6.0 |publisher=[[American Museum of Natural History]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of the Western Ghats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Nilgiri tahr (Nilgiritragus hylocrius) female head.jpg|thumb|left|The endangered [[Nilgiri tahr]] is endemic to the [[Western Ghats]]. Its population in 2008 was between 1,800 and 2,000 and decreasing.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nilgiri-tahr-IUCN&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Alempath |first=M. |title=Nilgiritragus hylocrius |work=[[The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species]] |year=2008 |doi=10.2305/IUCN.UK.2008.RLTS.T9917A13026736.en |last2=Rice |first2=C.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Banyan Tree at The Valley School , Bangalore.JPG|thumb|left|The &#039;&#039;[[Ficus benghalensis]]&#039;&#039;, commonly known as the Indian banyan, or Indian fig, is indigenous to India, and is one of the largest trees by canopy coverage.  It has [[aerial roots]] which form new trunks once they reach the ground and propagate.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Corner2002&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Corner |first=E. J. H. |title=The Life of Plants |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=V0VyqECPiuoC&amp;amp;pg=PA227 |page=227 |year=2002 |publisher=[[University of Chicago Press]] |isbn=978-0-226-11615-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Clinotarsus curtipes-Aralam-2016-10-29-001.jpg|thumb|left|The vulnerable [[Malabar frog]] (&#039;&#039;Clinotarsus curtipes&#039;&#039;) is a species of frog [[Endemism|endemic]] in the [[Western Ghats]] of India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Frost, Darrel R. |year=2014 |title=&#039;&#039;Clinotarsus curtipes&#039;&#039; (Jerdon, 1853) |url=https://research.amnh.org/vz/herpetology/amphibia/Amphibia/Anura/Ranidae/Clinotarsus/Clinotarsus-curtipes |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140504173141/https://research.amnh.org/vz/herpetology/amphibia/Amphibia/Anura/Ranidae/Clinotarsus/Clinotarsus-curtipes |archive-date=4 May 2014 |access-date=4 May 2014 |website=Amphibian Species of the World: an Online Reference. Version 6.0 |publisher=[[American Museum of Natural History]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Biju, S.D. |last2=Dutta, Sushil |last3=Inger, Robert |name-list-style=amp |year=2004 |title=Clinotarsus curtipes |url=https://www.iucnredlist.org/details/58583/0 |url-status=live |journal=[[The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species]] |publisher=[[IUCN]] |volume=2004 |page=e.T58583A11789937 |doi=10.2305/IUCN.UK.2004.RLTS.T58583A11789937.en |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171228054221/https://www.iucnredlist.org/details/58583/0 |archive-date=28 December 2017 |access-date=10 January 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Bank myna (Acridotheres ginginianus).jpg|thumb|left|The [[bank myna]] is indigenous to the Indian subcontinent.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:North Sentinel Island.jpg|thumb|left|A [[NASA]] satellite image of [[North Sentinel Island]], a part of India&#039;s [[Andaman and Nicobar Islands]], which is covered by a &#039;&#039;very dense&#039;&#039;{{efn|A forest cover is &#039;&#039;very dense&#039;&#039; if more than 70% of its area is covered by its tree canopy.}} [[tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forest|tropical moist forest]].{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p={{pn|date=April 2022}}}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Vultures in the nest, Orchha, MP, India edit.jpg|thumb|left|[[Indian vulture]]s, (&#039;&#039;Gyps indicus&#039;&#039;), in a nest on the tower of the [[Chaturbhuj Temple (Orchha)|Chaturbhuj Temple]], Orchha, Madhya Pradesh. The vulture became nearly extinct in India in the 1990s from having ingested the carrion of [[diclofenac]]-laced cattle.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;LovetteFitzpatrick2016&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Pahalgam Valley.jpg|thumb|left|The Pahalgam valley in [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]] is covered with a [[temperate coniferous forest]].{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p={{pn|date=April 2022}} }}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|7=[[File:Axis axis (Nagarhole, 2010).jpg|thumb|left|A [[Chital]] (&#039;&#039;Axis axis&#039;&#039;) stag attempts to browse in the [[Nagarhole National Park]] in a region covered by a &#039;&#039;moderately dense&#039;&#039;{{efn|A forest cover is &#039;&#039;moderately dense&#039;&#039; if between 40% and 70% of its area is covered by its tree canopy.}} dry deciduous [[teak]] forest.{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p={{pn|date=April 2022}}}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
India contains 172 [[World Conservation Union|IUCN]]-designated [[List of endangered animals in India|threatened animal species]], or 2.9% of endangered forms.{{sfn|Mace|1994|p = 4}} These include the endangered [[Bengal tiger]] and the [[South Asian river dolphin|Ganges river dolphin]]. [[Critically endangered]] species include the [[gharial]], a [[crocodilian]]; the [[great Indian bustard]]; and the [[Indian white-rumped vulture]], which has become nearly extinct by having ingested the carrion of [[diclofenac]]-treated cattle.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;LovetteFitzpatrick2016&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Lovette |first1=Irby J. |title=Handbook of Bird Biology |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OGyQDAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA599 |page=599 |year=2016 |publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]] |isbn=978-1-118-29105-4 |last2=Fitzpatrick |first2=John W.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Before they were extensively used for agriculture and cleared for human settlement, the thorn forests of Punjab were mingled at intervals with open grasslands that were grazed by large herds of blackbuck preyed on by the [[Asiatic cheetah]]; the blackbuck, no longer extant in Punjab, is now severely endangered in India, and the cheetah is extinct.{{sfn|Tritsch|2001|p=15|ps=Before it was so heavily settled and intensively exploited, the Punjab was dominated by thorn forest interspersed by rolling grasslands which were grazed on by millions of Blackbuck, accompanied by their dominant predator, the Cheetah. Always keen hunters, the Moghul princes kept tame cheetahs which were used to chase and bring down the Blackbuck. Today the Cheetah is extinct in India and the severely endangered Blackbuck no longer exists in the Punjab.}} The pervasive and ecologically devastating human encroachment of recent decades has critically endangered Indian wildlife. In response, the system of [[National parks of India|national parks]] and [[protected areas of India|protected areas]], first established in 1935, was expanded substantially. In 1972, India enacted the [[Wildlife Protection Act of 1972|Wildlife Protection Act]]{{sfn|Ministry of Environment and Forests 1972}} and [[Project Tiger]] to safeguard crucial wilderness; the Forest Conservation Act was enacted in 1980 and amendments added in 1988.{{sfn|Department of Environment and Forests|1988}} India hosts [[Wildlife sanctuaries of India|more than five hundred wildlife sanctuaries]] and [[Biosphere reserves of India|eighteen{{Nbsp}}biosphere reserves]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=biosphere.pdf |url=https://moef.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/biosphere.pdf |access-date=28 June 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; four of which are part of the [[World Network of Biosphere Reserves]]; [[List of Ramsar sites in India|seventy-five wetlands]] are registered under the [[Ramsar Convention]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=75 Ramsar Sites in 75th Year of Independence |url=https://pib.gov.in/Pressreleaseshare.aspx?PRID=1851484 |access-date=28 June 2023 |website=pib.gov.in}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Panthera tigris tigris Tidoba 20150306.jpg|India has the majority of the world&#039;s wild [[tiger]]s, approximately 3,170 in 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Reviving the Roar: India&#039;s Tiger Population Is On the Rise |date=13 April 2023 |url=https://www.goodgoodgood.co/articles/india-tiger-population-good-news |access-date=15 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Axis axis (Nagarhole, 2010).jpg|A [[chital]] (&#039;&#039;Axis axis&#039;&#039;) stag in the [[Nagarhole National Park]] in a region covered by a moderately dense{{efn|A forest cover is &#039;&#039;moderately dense&#039;&#039; if between 40% and 70% of its area is covered by its tree canopy.}} forest.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Maharajah Ramanuj Pratap Singh Deo with cheetah kill 1948 BNHS.jpg|Three of the last [[Asiatic cheetah]]s in India were shot dead in 1948 in [[Surguja district]], [[Madhya Pradesh]], [[Central India]] by Maharajah [[Ramanuj Pratap Singh Deo]]. The young male [[cheetah]]s, all from the same litter, were sitting together when they were shot at night.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Politics and government ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Politics ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Politics of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Rajagopal speaking to 25,000 people, Janadesh 2007, India.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = As part of [[Janadesh 2007]], 25,000 pro-[[land reform in India|land reform]] [[landless]] people in [[Madhya Pradesh]] listen to [[Rajagopal P. V.]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Johnston2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Johnston |first=Hank |title=Social Movements, Nonviolent Resistance, and the State |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hSiFDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT83 |page=83 |year=2019 |publisher=[[Routledge]] |isbn=978-0-429-88566-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         =&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[parliamentary republic]] with a [[multi-party system]],{{sfn|Burnell|Calvert|1999|p = 125}} India has six{{Nbsp}}recognised [[List of political parties in India#National parties|national parties]], including the [[Indian National Congress]] (INC) and the [[Bharatiya Janata Party]] (BJP), and more than 50{{Nbsp}}[[List of political parties in India#State parties|regional parties]].{{sfn|Election Commission of India}} The Congress is considered [[centre-left politics|centre-left]] in Indian [[political culture]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Sáez |first1=Lawrence |last2=Sinha |first2=Aseema |year=2010 |title=Political cycles, political institutions and public expenditure in India, 1980–2000 |journal=[[British Journal of Political Science]] |volume=40 |issue=1 |pages=91–113 |doi=10.1017/s0007123409990226 |s2cid=154767259}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the BJP [[Right-wing politics|right-wing]].{{sfn|Malik|Singh|1992|pp=318–336}}{{sfn|Banerjee|2005|p=3118}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Halarnkar |first=Samar |date=13 June 2012 |title=Narendra Modi makes his move |work=[[BBC News]] |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-18352532 |quote=The right-wing Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), India&#039;s primary opposition party}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For most of the period between 1950—when India first became a republic—and the late 1980s, the Congress held a majority in the [[Parliament of India|Parliament]]. Since then, however, it has increasingly shared the political stage with the BJP,{{sfn|Sarkar|2007|p=84}} as well as with powerful regional parties which have often forced the creation of multi-party [[coalition government]]s at the centre.{{sfn|Chander|2004|p=117}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Republic of India&#039;s first three general elections, in [[1951 Indian general election|1951]], [[1957 Indian general election|1957]], and [[1962 Indian general election|1962]], the [[Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru]]-led Congress won easy victories. On Nehru&#039;s death in 1964, [[Lal Bahadur Shastri]] briefly became prime minister; he was succeeded, after his own unexpected death in 1966, by Nehru&#039;s daughter [[Indira Gandhi]], who went on to lead the Congress to election victories in [[1967 Indian general election|1967]] and [[1971 Indian general election|1971]]. Following public discontent with the [[The Emergency (India)|state of emergency]] she declared in 1975, the Congress was voted out of power in [[1977 Indian general election|1977]]; the then-new [[Janata Party]], which had opposed the emergency, was voted in. Its government lasted just over two years. There were two prime ministers during this period; [[Morarji Desai]] and [[Charan Singh]]. Voted back into power in 1980, the Congress saw a change in leadership in 1984, when Indira Gandhi was [[Assassination of Indira Gandhi|assassinated]]; she was succeeded by her son [[Rajiv Gandhi]], who won an easy victory in the general elections [[1984 Indian general election|later that year]]. The Congress was voted out again in [[1989 Indian general election|1989]] when a [[National Front (India)|National Front]] coalition, led by the newly formed [[Janata Dal]] in alliance with the [[Communist Party of India (Marxist)|Left Front]], won the elections; that government too proved relatively short-lived, lasting just under two years. There were two prime ministers during this period; [[V.P. Singh]] and [[Chandra Shekhar]].{{sfn|Bhambhri|1992|pp=118, 143}} Elections were held again in [[1991 Indian general election|1991]]; no party won an absolute majority. The Congress, as the largest single party, was able to form a [[minority government]] led by [[P. V. Narasimha Rao]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=24 December 2004 |title=Narasimha Rao Passes Away |work=[[The Hindu]] |url=https://www.hindu.com/2004/12/24/stories/2004122408870100.htm |url-status=dead |access-date=2 November 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090213181659/https://www.hindu.com/2004/12/24/stories/2004122408870100.htm |archive-date=13 February 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220|image_style = border:none;| align = right |image1=Barack Obama at Parliament of India in New Delhi addressing Joint session of both houses 2010.jpg|caption1=US president [[Barack Obama]] addresses the [[Member of Parliament (India)|members]] of the [[Parliament of India]] in [[New Delhi]] in November 2010.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A two-year period of political turmoil followed the general election of [[1996 Indian general election|1996]]. Several short-lived alliances shared power at the centre. The BJP formed a government briefly in 1996; it was followed by two comparatively long-lasting [[United Front (India)|United Front]] coalitions, which depended on external support. There were two prime ministers during this period; [[H.D. Deve Gowda]] and [[I.K. Gujral]]. In [[1998 Indian general election|1998]], the BJP was able to form a successful coalition, the [[National Democratic Alliance]] (NDA). Led by [[Atal Bihari Vajpayee]], the NDA became the first non-Congress, [[coalition government]] to complete a five-year term.{{sfn|Dunleavy|Diwakar|Dunleavy|2007}} Again in the [[2004 Indian general election]]s, no party won an absolute majority, but the Congress emerged as the largest single party, forming another successful coalition: the [[United Progressive Alliance]] (UPA). It had the support of [[Left-wing politics|left-leaning]] parties and MPs who opposed the BJP. The UPA returned to power in the [[2009 Indian general election|2009 general election]] with increased numbers, and it no longer required external support from [[List of Communist Parties in India|India&#039;s communist parties]].{{sfn|Kulke|Rothermund|2004|p = 384}} That year, [[Manmohan Singh]] became the first prime minister since [[Jawaharlal Nehru]] in [[1957 Indian general election|1957]] and [[1962 Indian general election|1962]] to be re-elected to a consecutive five-year term.{{sfn|Business Standard|2009}} In the [[2014 Indian general election|2014 general election]], the BJP became the first political party since 1984 to win a majority and govern without the support of other parties.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=16 May 2014 |title=BJP first party since 1984 to win parliamentary majority on its own |work=[[Daily News and Analysis|DNA]] |agency=Indo-Asian News Service |url=https://www.dnaindia.com/india/report-bjp-first-party-since-1984-to-win-parliamentary-majority-on-its-own-1988981 |access-date=20 May 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140521032413/https://www.dnaindia.com/india/report-bjp-first-party-since-1984-to-win-parliamentary-majority-on-its-own-1988981 |archive-date=21 May 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the [[2019 Indian general election|2019 general election]], the BJP was victorious again. The incumbent prime minister is [[Narendra Modi]], a former [[Chief minister (India)|chief minister]] of [[Gujarat]]. On 22 July 2022, [[Droupadi Murmu]] was [[2022 Indian presidential election|elected]] India&#039;s 15th president and took the oath of office on 25 July 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=25 July 2022 |title=Droupadi Murmu Swearing-in Live: My election is the greatness of India, mother of democracy, says President Murmu |publisher=The Indian Express |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/india/droupadi-murmu-swearing-in-live-updates-8049577/ |access-date=26 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Government ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Government of India|Constitution of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220|image_style = border:none;| align = left |image1=Rashtrapati Bhavan Wide New Delhi India.jpg|caption1=[[Rashtrapati Bhavan]], the official residence of the [[President of India]], was designed by British architects [[Edwin Lutyens]] and [[Herbert Baker]] for the [[Viceroy of India]], and constructed between 1911 and 1931 during the [[British Raj]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bremner2016&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Bremner |first=G. A. |title=Architecture and Urbanism in the British Empire |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mjRADQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA117 |page=117 |year=2016 |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-102232-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
India is a [[federation]] with a [[parliamentary system]] governed under the Constitution of India—the country&#039;s supreme legal document. It is a constitutional republic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Federalism in India]] defines the power distribution between the union and the [[States and territories of India|states]]. The Constitution of India, which came into effect on 26 January 1950,{{sfn|Pylee|2003a|p = 4}} originally stated India to be a &amp;quot;[[Sovereignty|sovereign]], [[liberal democracy|democratic]] [[republic]];&amp;quot; this characterisation was amended in 1971 to &amp;quot;a sovereign, [[socialist]], [[Secularism|secular]], democratic republic&amp;quot;.{{sfn|Dutt|1998|p = 421}} India&#039;s form of government, traditionally described as &amp;quot;quasi-federal&amp;quot; with a strong centre and weak states,{{sfn|Wheare|1980|p = 28}} has grown increasingly federal since the late 1990s as a result of political, economic, and social changes.{{sfn|Echeverri-Gent|2002|pp = 19–20}}{{sfn|Sinha|2004|p = 25}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox place symbols&lt;br /&gt;
| region_type = National&lt;br /&gt;
| region      = India&lt;br /&gt;
| title       = [[National symbols of India|National symbols]]{{sfn|National Informatics Centre|2005}}&lt;br /&gt;
| emblem      = [[State Emblem of India|Sarnath Lion Capital]]&lt;br /&gt;
| anthem      = &#039;&#039;[[Jana Gana Mana]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| song=&amp;quot;[[Vande Mataram]]&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| language    = None&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Times News Network&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Khan |first=Saeed |date=25 January 2010 |title=There&#039;s no national language in India: Gujarat High Court |work=[[The Times of India]] |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Theres-no-national-language-in-India-Gujarat-High-Court/articleshow/5496231.cms |access-date=5 May 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140318040319/https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Theres-no-national-language-in-India-Gujarat-High-Court/articleshow/5496231.cms |archive-date=18 March 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NoneNtl&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=16 November 2009 |title=Learning with the Times: India doesn&#039;t have any &#039;national language&#039; |work=[[The Times of India]] |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Learning-with-the-Times-India-doesnt-have-any-national-language/articleshow/5234047.cms |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171010085454/https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Learning-with-the-Times-India-doesnt-have-any-national-language/articleshow/5234047.cms |archive-date=10 October 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Press Trust of India&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=25 January 2010 |title=Hindi, not a national language: Court |work=[[Press Trust of India]] via [[The Hindu]] |location=Ahmedabad |url=https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/hindi-not-a-national-language-court/article94695.ece |access-date=23 December 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140704084339/https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/hindi-not-a-national-language-court/article94695.ece |archive-date=4 July 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| currency    = [[Indian rupee sign|₹]] ([[Indian rupee]])&lt;br /&gt;
| calendar    = [[Indian national calendar|Shaka]]&lt;br /&gt;
| mammal      = {{ubl|[[Bengal tiger]]|[[South Asian river dolphin|River dolphin]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| bird        = [[Indian peafowl]]&lt;br /&gt;
| flower      = [[Nelumbo nucifera|Lotus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| fruit       = [[Mango]]&lt;br /&gt;
| tree        = [[Banyan]]&lt;br /&gt;
| river       = [[Ganges]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Government of India comprises three branches:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The Constitution of India |url=https://legislative.gov.in/sites/default/files/COI-updated-as-31072018.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190416044642/https://www.legislative.gov.in/sites/default/files/COI-updated-as-31072018.pdf |archive-date=16 April 2019 |access-date=16 July 2016 |website=legislature.gov.in}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Executive (government)|Executive]]: The [[President of India]] is the ceremonial [[head of state]],{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 31}} who is elected indirectly for a five-year term by an [[Electoral College (India)|electoral college]] comprising members of national and state legislatures.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 138}}{{sfn|Gledhill|1970|p = 112}} The [[Prime Minister of India]] is the [[head of government]] and exercises most [[executive (government)|executive power]].{{sfn|Sharma|1950}} Appointed by the president,{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 162}} the prime minister is by convention supported by the [[political party|party]] or [[political alliance]] having a majority of seats in the lower house of parliament.{{sfn|Sharma|1950}} The executive of the Indian government consists of the president, the [[Vice President of India|vice-president]], and the [[Union Council of Ministers]]—with the [[Cabinet (government)|cabinet]] being its executive committee—headed by the prime minister. Any minister holding a portfolio must be a member of one of the houses of parliament.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 31}} In the Indian parliamentary system, the executive is subordinate to the legislature; the prime minister and their council are directly responsible to the lower house of the parliament. [[Civil Services of India|Civil servants]] act as permanent executives and all decisions of the [[Executive (government)|executive]] are implemented by them.{{sfn|Mathew|2003|p = 524}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Legislature]]: The legislature of India is the [[bicameralism|bicameral]] [[Parliament of India|parliament]]. Operating under a [[Westminster system|Westminster-style]] parliamentary system, it comprises an upper house called the [[Rajya Sabha]] (Council of States) and a lower house called the [[Lok Sabha]] (House of the People).{{sfn|Gledhill|1970|p = 127}} The Rajya Sabha is a permanent body of 245{{Nbsp}}members who serve staggered six-year terms.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 161}} Most are elected indirectly by the [[States and union territories of India|state and union territorial]] legislatures in numbers proportional to their state&#039;s share of the national population.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 162}} All but two of the Lok Sabha&#039;s 545{{Nbsp}}members are elected directly by popular vote; they represent [[Single-member constituency|single-member constituencies]] for five-year{{Nbsp}}terms.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 143}} Two seats of parliament, [[Anglo-Indian reserved seats in the Lok Sabha|reserved]] for [[Anglo-Indian]]s in the article 331, have been scrapped.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=5 December 2019 |title=Cabinet approves scrapping of 2 seats reserved for Anglo-Indians in Parliament |url=https://www.nationalheraldindia.com/india/seats-reserved-for-anglo-indians-in-parliament-to-be-scrapped-after-cabinet-approval |access-date=17 October 2021 |website=[[National Herald]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Ghosh |first1=Abantika |last2=Kaushal |first2=Pradeep |date=2 January 2020 |title=Explained: Anglo-Indian quota, its history, MPs |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/anglo-indian-quota-history-mps-6164232/ |access-date=17 October 2021 |newspaper=[[The Indian Express]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Judiciary]]: India has a three-tier{{Nbsp}}unitary [[Judicial independence|independent judiciary]]{{sfn|Neuborne|2003|p = 478}} comprising the [[Supreme Court of India|supreme court]], headed by the [[Chief Justice of India]], 25{{Nbsp}}[[High courts of India|high courts]], and a large number of trial courts.{{sfn|Neuborne|2003|p = 478}} The supreme court has [[original jurisdiction]] over cases involving [[Fundamental rights in India|fundamental rights]] and over disputes between states and the centre and has [[appellate jurisdiction]] over the high courts.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|pp = 238, 255}} It has the power to both strike down union or state laws which contravene the constitution{{sfn|Sripati|1998|pp=423–424}} and invalidate any government action it deems unconstitutional.{{sfn|Pylee|2003b|p = 314}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Administrative divisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Administrative divisions of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Political integration of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
India is a federal union comprising 28 [[States and union territories of India|states]] and 8 [[Union territory|union territories]].{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} All states, as well as the union territories of [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]], [[Puducherry (union territory)|Puducherry]] and the [[Delhi|National Capital Territory of Delhi]], have elected legislatures and governments following the Westminster system of governance. The remaining five union territories are directly ruled by the central government through appointed administrators. In 1956, under the [[States Reorganisation Act, 1956|States Reorganisation Act]], states were reorganised on a linguistic basis.{{sfn|Sharma|2007|p = 49}} There are over a quarter of a million local government bodies at city, town, block, district and village levels.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=India |url=https://www.clgf.org.uk/regions/clgf-asia/india/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190715203036/https://www.clgf.org.uk/regions/clgf-asia/india/ |archive-date=15 July 2019 |access-date=7 September 2019 |website=[[Commonwealth Local Government Forum]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indian states and territories image map|image-width=330}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== States ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{columns-list |colwidth=18em|&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Andhra Pradesh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Arunachal Pradesh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Assam]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Bihar]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Chhattisgarh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Goa]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Gujarat]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Haryana]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Himachal Pradesh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Jharkhand]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Karnataka]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Kerala]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Madhya Pradesh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Maharashtra]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Manipur]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Meghalaya]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Mizoram]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Nagaland]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Odisha]]&amp;lt;!--Do not change this per [[BP:COMMONNAME]].--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Punjab, India|Punjab]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Rajasthan]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Sikkim]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Tamil Nadu]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Telangana]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Tripura]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Uttar Pradesh]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Uttarakhand]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[West Bengal]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Union territories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{columns-list |colwidth=18em|&lt;br /&gt;
{{ordered list |type=upper-alpha&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Andaman and Nicobar Islands]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Chandigarh]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Ladakh]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lakshadweep]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Delhi|National Capital Territory of Delhi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Puducherry (union territory)|Puducherry]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Foreign, economic and strategic relations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of India|Indian Armed Forces}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220&lt;br /&gt;
|image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
|align    = left&lt;br /&gt;
|image1=Jawaharlal Nehru, Nasser and Tito at the Conference of Non-Aligned Nations held in Belgrade.jpg|caption1=During the 1950s and 60s, India played a pivotal role in the [[Non-Aligned Movement]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dinkel2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Dinkel |first=Jürgen |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YqOODwAAQBAJ |title=The Non-Aligned Movement: Genesis, Organization and Politics (1927–1992) |publisher=[[Brill Publishers|Brill]] |year=2018 |isbn=978-90-04-33613-1 |pages=92–93}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From left to right: [[Gamal Abdel Nasser]] of [[United Arab Republic]] (now Egypt), [[Josip Broz Tito]] of [[Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia|Yugoslavia]] and [[Jawaharlal Nehru]] in Belgrade, September 1961.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, India strongly supported [[decolonisation]] in [[Africa]] and [[Asia]] and [[India and the Non-Aligned Movement|played a leading role]] in the [[Non-Aligned Movement]].{{sfn|Rothermund|2000|pp = 48, 227}} After initially cordial relations with neighbouring China, India went to [[Sino-Indian War|war with China in 1962]] and was widely thought to have been humiliated.&amp;lt;ref name=62-humiliation&amp;gt;(a) {{citation|last=Guyot-Rechard|first=Berenice |title=Shadow States: India, China and the Himalayas, 1910–1962|publisher=Cambridge University Press|page=235|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FbktDQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA235|year=2017|isbn=978-1-107-17679-9|quote= By invading NEFA, the PRC did not just aim to force a humiliated India to recognise its possession of the Aksai Chin.  It also hoped to get, once and for all, the upper hand in their shadowing competition. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(b) {{citation|last=Chubb|first=Andrew|chapter=The Sino-Indian Border Crisis: Chinese Perceptions of Indian Nationalism|title=Crisis|editor1-last=Golley|editor1-first=Jane|editor2-last=Jaivan|editor2-first=Linda|editor3-last=Strange|editor3-first=Sharon|publisher=Australian National University Press|year=2021|pages=231–232|isbn=978-1-76046-439-4|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=D1crEAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA230|quote=The ensuing cycle of escalation culminated in the 1962 Sino-Indian border war in which Mao Zedong&#039;s troops overran almost the entire state of Arunachal Pradesh in the eastern sector before unilaterally withdrawing, as if to underline the insult; most of the war&#039;s several thousand casualties were Indian. The PLA&#039;s decisive victories in the 1962 war not only humiliated the Indian Army, they also entrenched a status quo in Ladakh that was highly unfavourable for India, in which China controls almost all of the disputed territory. A nationalistic press and commentariat have kept 1962 vivid in India&#039;s popular consciousness.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(c) {{citation|last=Lintner|first=Bertil|title=China&#039;s India War: Collision Course on the Roof of the World|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2018|isbn=978-0-19-909163-8|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-L9DDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT106|quote=Lin Biao was put in charge of the operation and that alliance between Mao and his loyal de facto chief of the PLA made the attack on India possible. With China&#039;s ultimate victory in the war, Mao&#039;s ultra-leftist line had won in China; whatever critical voices that were left in the Party after all the purges fell silent.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(d) {{citation|last=Medcalf|first=Rory|title=Indo-Pacific Empire: China, America and the contest for the world&#039;s pivotal|publisher=Manchester University Press|year=2020|isbn=978-1-5261-5077-6 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RCjXDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT81|quote=From an Indian perspective, the China-India war of 1962 was a shocking betrayal of the principles of co-operation and coexistence: a surprise attack that humiliated India and personally broke Nehru.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(e) {{citation|last=Ganguly|first=Sumit|title=The Crisis in Kashmir: Portents of War, Hope of Peace|publisher=Woodrow Wilson Center Press and Cambridge University Press|year=1997|page=44 |isbn=978-0-521-65566-8 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Fi66mjIqR1IC&amp;amp;pg=PA44|quote=In October 1962 India suffered the most humiliating military debacle in its post-independence history, at the hands of the Chinese People&#039;s Liberation Army (PLA). The outcome of this conflict had far-reaching consequences for Indian foreign and defence policies. The harsh defeat that the Chinese PLA had inflicted on the Indian Army called into question some of the most deeply held precepts of Nehru&#039;s foreign and defence policies.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(f) {{citation|last=Raghavan|first=Srinath|chapter=A Missed Opportunity? The Nehru-Zhou Enlai Summit of 1960|title=India and the Cold War|editor-last=Bhagavan|editor-first=Manu|publisher=University of North Carolina Press |page=121|year=2019|isbn=978-1-4696-5117-0|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=h-yoDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA121|quote=The &#039;forward policy&#039; adopted by India to prevent the Chinese from occupying territory claimed by them was undertaken in the mistaken belief that Beijing would be cautious in dealing with India owing to Moscow&#039;s stance on the dispute and its growing proximity to India. These misjudgments would eventually culminate in India&#039;s humiliating defeat in the war of October–November 1962.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This was followed by another [[Nathu La and Cho La clashes|military conflict in 1967]] in which India successfully repelled Chinese attack.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Brahma Chellaney |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ZCmFAAAAMAAJ |title=Asian Juggernaut: The Rise of China, India, and Japan |date=2006 |publisher=[[HarperCollins]] |isbn=978-8172236502 |pages=195 |language=en |quote=Indeed, Beijing&#039;s acknowledgement of Indian control over Sikkim seems limited to the purpose of facilitating trade through the vertiginous Nathu-la Pass, the scene of bloody artillery duels in September 1967 when Indian troops beat back attacking Chinese forces. |author-link=Brahma Chellaney}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has had [[Indo-Pakistani relations|tense relations]] with neighbouring Pakistan; the two nations have gone to war four times: in [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1947|1947]], [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1965|1965]], [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1971|1971]], and [[Kargil War|1999]]. Three of these wars were fought over the [[Kashmir conflict|disputed territory of Kashmir]], while the third, the 1971 war, followed from India&#039;s support for the [[Bangladesh Liberation War|independence of Bangladesh]].{{sfn|Gilbert|2002|pp = 486–487}} In the late 1980s, the Indian military twice intervened abroad at the invitation of the host country: a [[Indian Peace Keeping Force|peace-keeping operation]] in [[Sri Lanka]] between 1987 and 1990; and an armed intervention to prevent a [[1988 Maldives coup d&#039;état|1988 coup d&#039;état attempt]] in the Maldives. After the 1965 war with Pakistan, India began to pursue close military and economic [[India-Soviet Union relations|ties with the Soviet Union]]; by the late 1960s, the Soviet Union was its largest arms supplier.{{sfn|Sharma|1999|p=56}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside from its ongoing [[India–Russia relations|special relationship with Russia]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Gvosdev |first1=N.K. |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ipzAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA353 |title=Russian Foreign Policy: Interests, Vectors, and Sectors |last2=Marsh |first2=C. |publisher=SAGE Publications |year=2013 |isbn=978-1-4833-1130-2 |page=353 |quote=Putin&#039;s visit to India in December 2012 for the yearly India–Russia summit saw both sides reaffirming their special relationship.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has wide-ranging [[India–Israel relations|defence relations with Israel]] and [[France–India relations|France]]. In recent years, it has played key roles in the [[South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation]] and the [[World Trade Organization]]. The nation has provided 100,000 [[Indian Armed Forces|military]] and [[Law enforcement in India|police]] personnel to serve in 35 [[United Nations peacekeeping|UN peacekeeping operations]] across four continents. It participates in the [[East Asia Summit]], the [[G8+5]], and other multilateral forums.{{sfn|Alford|2008}} India has close economic ties with countries in [[South America]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Jorge Heine |last2=R. Viswanathan |date=Spring 2011 |title=The Other BRIC in Latin America: India |url=https://www.americasquarterly.org/india-latin-america |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170525115121/https://www.americasquarterly.org/india-latin-america |archive-date=25 May 2017 |access-date=19 May 2017 |website=[[Americas Quarterly]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Asia, and Africa; it pursues a [[Look East policy (India)|&amp;quot;Look East&amp;quot; policy]] that seeks to strengthen partnerships with the [[Association of Southeast Asian Nations|ASEAN]] nations, [[India–Japan relations|Japan]], and [[India–South Korea relations|South Korea]] that revolve around many issues, but especially those involving economic investment and regional security.{{sfn|Ghosh|2009|pp = 282–289}}{{sfn|Sisodia|Naidu|2005|pp = 1–8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow = 1|total_width = 220|upright =&lt;br /&gt;
| align       = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = Indian Air Force contingent as a part of the Bastille Day Parade of France, in Paris on July 14, 2009.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = The [[Indian Air Force]] contingent marching at the 221st [[Bastille Day military parade]] in Paris, on 14 July 2009. The parade at which India was the foreign guest was led by India&#039;s oldest regiment, the [[Maratha Light Infantry]], founded in 1768.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;guardian-muir-diary-maratha&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Muir |first=Hugh |title=Diary |date=13 July 2009 |url=https://www.theguardian.com/politics/2009/jul/14/bbc-peter-salmon-trevor-mcdonald |work=[[The Guardian]] |access-date=17 October 2021 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141019165743/https://www.theguardian.com/politics/2009/jul/14/bbc-peter-salmon-trevor-mcdonald |url-status=dead |quote=&amp;quot;Members of the Indian armed forces have the plum job of leading off the great morning parade for Bastille Day. Only after units and bands from India&#039;s navy and air force have followed the Maratha Light Infantry will the parade be entirely given over to ... France&#039;s armed services.&amp;quot; |archive-date=19 October 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China&#039;s [[596 (nuclear test)|nuclear test of 1964]], as well as its repeated threats to intervene in support of Pakistan in the 1965 war, convinced India to develop nuclear weapons.{{sfn|Perkovich|2001|pp = 60–86, 106–125}} India conducted its [[Smiling Buddha|first nuclear weapons test]] in 1974 and carried out [[Pokhran-II|additional underground testing]] in 1998. Despite criticism and military sanctions, India has signed neither the [[Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty]] nor the [[Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty]], considering both to be flawed and discriminatory.{{sfn|Kumar|2010}} India maintains a &amp;quot;[[no first use]]&amp;quot; nuclear policy and is developing a [[nuclear triad]] capability as a part of its &amp;quot;[[Minimum Credible Deterrence]]&amp;quot; doctrine.{{sfn|Nair|2007}}{{sfn|Pandit|2009}} It is developing a [[Indian Ballistic Missile Defense Program|ballistic missile defence shield]] and, a [[HAL AMCA|fifth-generation fighter jet]].{{sfn|Pandit|2015}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Iyer-Mitra |first1=Abhijit |last2=Das |first2=Pushan |title=The Advanced Medium Combat Aircraft:A Technical Analysis |url=https://dhqxnzzajv69c.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/IssueBrief_105.pdf |access-date=17 October 2021 |website=[[Observer Research Foundation]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other indigenous military projects involve the design and implementation of [[Vikrant class aircraft carrier|&#039;&#039;Vikrant&#039;&#039;-class aircraft carriers]] and [[Arihant class submarine|&#039;&#039;Arihant&#039;&#039;-class nuclear submarines]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hindu 2011&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=5 October 2011 |title=India, Russia Review Defence Ties |work=[[The Hindu]] |url=https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/article2514142.ece |url-status=dead |access-date=8 October 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111007183650/https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/article2514142.ece |archive-date=7 October 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the [[Cold War]], India has increased its economic, strategic, and military co-operation with the [[India–United States relations|United States]] and the [[India–European Union relations|European Union]].{{sfn|European Union 2008}} In 2008, a [[U.S.–India Civil Nuclear Agreement|civilian nuclear agreement]] was signed between India and the United States. Although India possessed nuclear weapons at the time and was not a party to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, it received waivers from the [[International Atomic Energy Agency]] and the [[Nuclear Suppliers Group]], ending earlier restrictions on India&#039;s nuclear technology and commerce. As a consequence, India became the sixth de facto nuclear weapons state.{{sfn|The Times of India 2008}} India subsequently signed co-operation agreements involving [[Nuclear power in India|civilian nuclear energy]] with Russia,{{sfn|British Broadcasting Corporation 2009}} France,{{sfn|Rediff 2008 a}} the [[India–United Kingdom relations|United Kingdom]],{{sfn|Reuters|2010}} and [[Canada–India relations|Canada]].{{sfn|Curry|2010}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220&lt;br /&gt;
|image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
|align    = left&lt;br /&gt;
||image1=Modi Nieto Mexico June 2016.jpg|caption1=Prime Minister [[Narendra Modi]] of India (left, background) in talks with President [[Enrique Peña Nieto]] of Mexico during a visit to Mexico, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The President of India is the supreme commander of the nation&#039;s armed forces; with 1.45&amp;amp;nbsp;million active troops, they compose the [[List of countries by number of troops|world&#039;s second-largest military]]. It comprises the [[Indian Army]], the [[Indian Navy]], the [[Indian Air Force]], and the [[Indian Coast Guard]].{{sfn|Central Intelligence Agency}} The official Indian [[List of countries by military expenditures|defence budget]] for 2011 was US$36.03&amp;amp;nbsp;billion, or 1.83% of GDP.{{sfn|Behera|2011}} Defence expenditure was pegged at US$70.12&amp;amp;nbsp;billion for fiscal year 2022–23 and, increased 9.8% than previous fiscal year.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Ministry wise Summary of Budget Provisions, 2022–23 |url=https://www.indiabudget.gov.in/doc/eb/sumsbe.pdf |access-date=3 February 2022 |website=Ministry of Finance, Government of India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Pandit|2022}} India is the world&#039;s second-largest arms importer; between 2016 and 2020, it accounted for 9.5% of the total global arms imports.{{sfn|Pandit|2021}} Much of the military expenditure was focused on defence against Pakistan and countering growing Chinese influence in the Indian Ocean.{{sfn|Miglani|2011}} In May 2017, the [[Indian Space Research Organisation]] launched the [[South Asia Satellite]], a gift from India to its neighbouring [[SAARC]] countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Deccan Herald&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=12 January 2015 |title=Isro-Saarc satellite to be a communication vehicle |work=[[Deccan Herald]] |agency=DH News Service |url=https://www.deccanherald.com/content/452938/isro-saarc-satellite-communication-vehicle.html |url-status=live |access-date=22 April 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150628084201/https://www.deccanherald.com/content/452938/isro-saarc-satellite-communication-vehicle.html |archive-date=28 June 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In October 2018, India signed a US$5.43&amp;amp;nbsp;billion (over {{INR|link=yes}}400&amp;amp;nbsp;billion) agreement with [[Russia]] to procure four [[S-400 Triumf]] surface-to-air missile defence systems, Russia&#039;s most advanced long-range [[missile defence]] system.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=4 October 2018 |title=India Russia S-400 missile deal: All you need to know |work=[[The Times of India]] |url=https://m.timesofindia.com/india/india-russia-s-400-missile-deal-all-you-need-to-know/articleshow/66066460.cms |url-status=live |access-date=9 October 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181005130114/https://m.timesofindia.com/india/india-russia-s-400-missile-deal-all-you-need-to-know/articleshow/66066460.cms |archive-date=5 October 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Economy ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--As a general rule, images should not be set to a larger fixed width than 220px (the initial base width), and if an exception to this general rule is warranted, the resulting image should usually be no more than 400px wide.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|direction= vertical|width= 220&lt;br /&gt;
| align       = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = Plowing the land in India - modern and traditional.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = A farmer in northwestern [[Karnataka]] ploughs his field with a tractor even as another in a field beyond does the same with a pair of oxen.  In 2019, 43% of India&#039;s total workforce was employed in agriculture.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;worldbank-ilo-total-agriculture&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Employment in agriculture (% of total employment) (modeled ILO estimate) |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.AGR.EMPL.ZS?most_recent_value_desc=false&amp;amp;view=map |work=[[The World Bank]] |year=2019 |access-date=26 March 2022 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190822193854/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.AGR.EMPL.ZS%3Fmost_recent_value_desc%3Dfalse%26view%3Dmap |url-status=live |archive-date=22 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| image3      = Women at work, Gujarat (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption3    = Women tend to a recently planted rice field in [[Junagadh]] district in Gujarat. 55% of India&#039;s female workforce was employed in agriculture in 2019.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;worldbank-ilo-female-agriculture&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Employment in agriculture, female (% of female employment) (modeled ILO estimate) |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.AGR.EMPL.FE.ZS?most_recent_value_desc=false&amp;amp;view=map |work=[[The World Bank]] |year=2019 |access-date=26 March 2022 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190822193855/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.AGR.EMPL.FE.ZS%3Fmost_recent_value_desc%3Dfalse%26view%3Dmap |url-status=live |archive-date=22 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| image2      = ILRI, Stevie Mann - Villager and calf share milk from cow in Rajasthan, India.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2    = India is the world&#039;s largest producer of milk, with the largest population of cattle.  In 2018, nearly 80% of India&#039;s milk was sourced from small farms with herd size between one and two, the milk harvested by hand milking.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;milk-sourcing&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Kapoor |first=Rana |title=Growth in organised dairy sector, a boost for rural livelihood |date=27 October 2015 |url=https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/economy/agri-business/growth-in-organised-dairy-sector-a-boost-for-rural-livelihood/article7810689.ece# |work=[[Business Line]] |access-date=26 August 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190720215652/https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/economy/agri-business/growth-in-organised-dairy-sector-a-boost-for-rural-livelihood/article7810689.ece |url-status=live |quote=&amp;quot;Nearly 80 per cent of India&#039;s milk production is contributed by small and marginal farmers, with an average herd size of one to two milching animals.&amp;quot; |archive-date=20 July 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the [[International Monetary Fund]] (IMF), the Indian economy in 2022 was nominally worth $3.46&amp;amp;nbsp;trillion; it was the [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|fifth-largest economy]] by market exchange rates and is, around $11.6&amp;amp;nbsp;trillion, the [[List of countries by GDP (PPP)|third-largest]] by [[purchasing power parity]] (PPP).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GDP IMF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=October 2022 |title=World Economic Outlook Database |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2022/October/weo-report?c=512,914,612,171,614,311,213,911,314,193,122,912,313,419,513,316,913,124,339,638,514,218,963,616,223,516,918,748,618,624,522,622,156,626,628,228,924,233,632,636,634,238,662,960,423,935,128,611,321,243,248,469,253,642,643,939,734,644,819,172,132,646,648,915,134,652,174,328,258,656,654,336,263,268,532,944,176,534,536,429,433,178,436,136,343,158,439,916,664,826,542,967,443,917,544,941,446,666,668,672,946,137,546,674,676,548,556,678,181,867,682,684,273,868,921,948,943,686,688,518,728,836,558,138,196,278,692,694,962,142,449,564,565,283,853,288,293,566,964,182,359,453,968,922,714,862,135,716,456,722,942,718,724,576,936,961,813,726,199,733,184,524,361,362,364,732,366,144,146,463,528,923,738,578,537,742,866,369,744,186,925,869,746,926,466,112,111,298,927,846,299,582,487,474,754,698,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,&amp;amp;sy=2018&amp;amp;ey=2023&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |access-date=21 November 2022 |website=IMF.org |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; With its average annual GDP growth rate of 5.8% over the past two decades, and reaching 6.1% during 2011–2012,{{sfn|International Monetary Fund 2011a|p = 2}} India is one of the [[List of countries by real GDP growth rate|world&#039;s fastest-growing economies]].{{sfn|Nayak|Goldar|Agrawal|2010|p = xxv}} However, the country ranks 139th in the world in [[List of countries by GDP (nominal) per capita|nominal GDP per capita]] and 118th in [[List of countries by GDP (PPP) per capita|GDP per capita at PPP]].{{sfn|International Monetary Fund}} Until 1991, all Indian governments followed [[protectionism|protectionist]] policies that were influenced by socialist economics. Widespread [[Licence Raj|state intervention and regulation]] largely walled the economy off from the outside world. An acute [[1991 India economic crisis|balance of payments crisis in 1991]] forced the nation to [[Economic liberalisation in India|liberalise its economy]];{{sfn|Wolpert|2003|p = xiv}} since then, it has moved increasingly towards a free-market system{{sfn|Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2007}}{{sfn|Gargan|1992}} by emphasising both foreign trade and direct investment inflows.{{sfn|Alamgir|2008|pp = 23, 97}} India has been a member of [[World Trade Organization]] since 1 January 1995.{{sfn|World Trade Organization 1995}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 522-million-worker [[Labour in India|Indian labour force]] is the [[List of countries by labour force|world&#039;s second-largest]], {{As of|2017|lc=y}}.{{sfn|Central Intelligence Agency}} The service sector makes up 55.6% of GDP, the industrial sector 26.3% and the agricultural sector 18.1%. India&#039;s [[Remittance|foreign exchange remittances]] of US$100&amp;amp;nbsp;billion in 2022,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=1 December 2022 |title=Remittances to India set to hit record $100bn this year, 25% higher than FDI flows |work=The times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/remittances-to-india-set-to-hit-record-100bn-this-year-25-higher-than-fdi-flows/articleshow/95894938.cms |access-date=5 December 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; highest in the world, were contributed to its economy by 32 million Indians working in foreign countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=19 November 2021 |title=India received $87 billion in remittances in 2021: World Bank |work=[[Business Standard]] |url=https://wap.business-standard.com/article-amp/economy-policy/india-received-87-billion-in-remittances-in-2021-world-bank-121111800329_1.html |access-date=3 February 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Major agricultural products include rice, wheat, oilseed, cotton, jute, tea, sugarcane, and potatoes.{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} Major industries include textiles, telecommunications, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, food processing, steel, transport equipment, cement, mining, petroleum, machinery, and software.{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} In 2006, the share of external trade in India&#039;s GDP stood at 24%, up from 6% in 1985.{{sfn|Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2007}} In 2008, India&#039;s share of world trade was 1.68%;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Exporters Get Wider Market Reach |date=28 August 2009 |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/Exporters-get-wider-market-reach/articleshow/4942892.cms?referral=PM |work=[[The Times of India]] |access-date=23 July 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140912002353/https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/Exporters-get-wider-market-reach/articleshow/4942892.cms?referral=PM |url-status=live |archive-date=12 September 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2021, India was the world&#039;s [[List of countries by imports|ninth-largest importer]] and the [[List of countries by exports|sixteenth-largest exporter]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=1999–2019 |title=Trade Map: Trade statistics for international business development |url=https://www.trademap.org/Country_SelProduct_TS.aspx?nvpm=1%7c%7c%7c%7c%7cTOTAL%7c%7c%7c2%7c1%7c1%7c1%7c2%7c1%7c2%7c1%7c%7c1 |access-date=30 September 2022 |website=[[International Trade Centre]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Major exports include petroleum products, textile goods, jewellery, software, engineering goods, chemicals, and manufactured leather goods.{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} Major imports include crude oil, machinery, gems, fertiliser, and chemicals.{{sfn|Library of Congress|2004}} Between 2001 and 2011, the contribution of petrochemical and engineering goods to total exports grew from 14% to 42%.{{sfn|Economist 2011}} India was the world&#039;s second-largest textile exporter after [[China]] in the 2013 calendar year.{{sfn|Economic Times 2014}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Averaging an economic growth rate of 7.5% for several years prior to 2007,{{sfn|Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2007}} India has more than doubled its hourly wage rates during the first decade of the 21st century.{{sfn|Bonner|2010}} Some 431 million Indians have left poverty since 1985; India&#039;s middle classes are projected to number around 580&amp;amp;nbsp;million by 2030.{{sfn|Farrell|Beinhocker|2007}} Though ranking 68th in [[Global Competitiveness Report|global competitiveness]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;rank 2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The Global Competitiveness Report 2019 |url=http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_TheGlobalCompetitivenessReport2019.pdf |access-date=18 February 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2010|lc=y}}, India ranks 17th in financial market sophistication, 24th in the banking sector, 44th in business sophistication, and 39th in innovation, ahead of several advanced economies.{{sfn|Schwab|2010}} With seven of the world&#039;s top 15 information technology outsourcing companies based in India, {{As of|2009|lc=y}}, the country is viewed as the second-most favourable outsourcing destination after the United States.{{sfn|Sheth|2009}} India is ranked 40th in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=GII 2022 results The GII reveals the most innovative economies in the world, ranking the innovation performance of 132 economies. |url=https://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/wipo-pub-2000-2022-section3-en-gii-2022-results-global-innovation-index-2022-15th-edition.pdf |access-date=29 September 2022 |website=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]] |publisher=[[United Nations]] |page=10 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India&#039;s consumer market, the world&#039;s [[List of largest consumer markets|eleventh-largest]],{{As of?|date=August 2023}} is expected to become fifth-largest by 2030.{{sfn|Farrell|Beinhocker|2007}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Driven by growth, India&#039;s nominal [[GDP per capita]] increased steadily from US$308 in 1991, when economic liberalisation began, to US$1,380 in 2010, to an estimated US$1,730 in 2016. It is expected to grow to US$2,466 by 2022.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.IN&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; However, it has remained lower than those of other Asian developing countries such as Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Sri Lanka, and Thailand, and is expected to remain so in the near future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow = 1|total_width = 500&lt;br /&gt;
| align       = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = Bangalore Panorama edit1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = A panorama of [[Bangalore]], the centre of India&#039;s software development economy.  In the 1980s, when the first [[multinational corporation]]s began to set up centres in India, they chose Bangalore because of the large pool of skilled graduates in the area, in turn due to the many science and engineering colleges in the surrounding region.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ScottGarofoli2007&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last1=Scott |first1=Allen J. |title=Development on the Ground: Clusters, Networks and Regions in Emerging Economies |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GUCUAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA208 |page=208 |year=2007 |publisher=[[Routledge]] |isbn=978-1-135-98422-9 |last2=Garofoli |first2=Gioacchino}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
According to a 2011 [[PricewaterhouseCoopers]] (PwC) report, India&#039;s GDP at purchasing power parity could overtake that of the United States by 2045.{{sfn|Hawksworth|Tiwari|2011}} During the next four decades, Indian GDP is expected to grow at an annualised average of 8%, making it potentially the world&#039;s fastest-growing major economy until 2050.{{sfn|Hawksworth|Tiwari|2011}} The report highlights key growth factors: a young and rapidly growing working-age population; growth in the manufacturing sector because of rising education and engineering skill levels; and sustained growth of the consumer market driven by a rapidly growing middle-class.{{sfn|Hawksworth|Tiwari|2011}} The World Bank cautions that, for India to achieve its economic potential, it must continue to focus on public sector reform, [[Transport in India|transport infrastructure]], agricultural and rural development, removal of labour regulations, [[Education in India|education]], [[Energy policy of India|energy security]], and [[Healthcare in India|public health]] and nutrition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=India Country Overview |date=September 2010 |url=https://www.worldbank.org.in/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/INDIAEXTN/0,,contentMDK:20195738~menuPK:295591~pagePK:141137~piPK:141127~theSitePK:295584,00.html |access-date=23 July 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110522115104/https://www.worldbank.org.in/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/INDIAEXTN/0,,contentMDK:20195738~menuPK:295591~pagePK:141137~piPK:141127~theSitePK:295584,00.html |url-status=dead |publisher=[[World Bank]] |archive-date=22 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Worldwide Cost of Living Report 2017 released by the [[Economist Intelligence Unit]] (EIU) which was created by comparing more than 400 individual prices across 160 products and services, four of the cheapest cities were in India: [[Bangalore]] (3rd), [[Mumbai]] (5th), [[Chennai]] (5th) and [[New Delhi]] (8th).{{sfn|Economist 2017}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Industries ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Cherry Resort inside Temi Tea Garden, Namchi, Sikkim.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = A tea garden in Sikkim. India, the world&#039;s second-largest producer of tea, is a nation of one billion tea drinkers, who consume 70% of India&#039;s tea output.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Bombay Stock Exchange 3.jpg|thumb|alt=Street-level view looking up at a modern 30-story building.|The [[Bombay Stock Exchange]], founded in 1875, is Asia&#039;s oldest stock exchange.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Armijo1999&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Echeverri-Gent |first=John |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=LOEYDAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA211 |title=Financial Globalization and Democracy in Emerging Markets |publisher=[[Palgrave Macmillan UK]] |year=1999 |isbn=978-0-333-99489-4 |editor-last=L. Armijo |pages=211–232, 211 |chapter=India: Financial Globalization, Liberal Norms, and the Ambiguities of Democracy}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Infosys Leadership Institute.jpg|thumb|Infosys Leadership Institute in [[Mysuru]] built by India&#039;s [[information technology]] giant [[Infosys]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:DelhiMetroBlueLineBombardier.jpg|thumb|Coaches of the [[Delhi Metro]] Blue Line, manufactured by [[Bombardier Transportation]], Canada.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:A photo on power loom.JPG|thumb|Power Loom used inside a house in a village near [[Salem, Tamil Nadu|Salem]], [[Tamil Nadu]]. The [[Power loom]] accounts for more than 60% of [[Textile industry in India|textile production in India]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Computerlabxaviers.jpg|thumb|A computer lab being conducted at [[St. Xavier&#039;s College, Kolkata]], September 2012]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Colourful vegetables.jpg|thumb|A vegetable retailer in the state of [[Tamil Nadu]]. Almost all the [[Retailing in India|retail industry]] in India, which accounts for 10% of India&#039;s GDP, and 8% of its employment, belongs to the unorganised sector of individual and family-owned businesses.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BartlettBeamish2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Bartlett |first=Christopher A. |title=Transnational Management: Text and Cases in Cross-Border Management |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QAxMDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA393 |page=393 |year=2018 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-108-52744-6 |last2=Beamish |first2=Paul W.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Small Hydroelectric Dam on Ganges Canal at Nagla Kabir UP.jpg|thumb|A small hydro-electric dam on the [[Ganges Canal]] at Nagla Kabir, UP. The [[electricity sector in India]] has an installed capacity of 205.34 [[Gigawatt]] (GW), the world&#039;s fifth largest. Coal-fired plants account for 56% of India&#039;s electricity capacity, renewal [[hydropower]] for 19%.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|7=[[File:Cargo Ship leaving Diamong Harbour West Bengal.jpg|thumb|A [[feeder ship]] in Diamond Harbour, [[West Bengal]]. [[International trade]] accounted for 14% of India&#039;s GDP in 1988, 24% in 1998, and 53% in 2008. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Telecommunications in India|India&#039;s telecommunication industry]] is the [[List of mobile network operators|second-largest in the world]] with over 1.2&amp;amp;nbsp;billion subscribers. It contributes 6.5% to India&#039;s GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Indian Telecom Industry – Telecom Sector, FDI, Opportunities |url=https://www.investindia.gov.in/sector/telecom |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210518111147/https://www.investindia.gov.in/sector/telecom |archive-date=18 May 2021 |website=investindia.gov.in}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After the third quarter of 2017, India surpassed the US to become the second-largest smartphone market in the world after China.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Khan |first=Danish |title=Indian smartphone market grows 23% to overtake US in Q3; Samsung, Xiaomi drive shipments |date=28 October 2017 |url=https://telecom.economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/indian-smartphone-market-grows-23-to-overtake-us-in-q3-samsung-xiaomi-drive-shipments/61255184 |work=[[The Economic Times]] |access-date=5 November 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171031155522/https://telecom.economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/indian-smartphone-market-grows-23-to-overtake-us-in-q3-samsung-xiaomi-drive-shipments/61255184 |archive-date=31 October 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Automotive industry in India|Indian automotive industry]], the world&#039;s second-fastest growing, increased domestic sales by 26% during 2009–2010,{{sfn|Business Line 2010}} and exports by 36% during 2008–2009.{{sfn|Express India 2009}} In 2022, India became the world&#039;s third-largest vehicle market after China and the United States, surpassing Japan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=10 January 2023 |title=India beats Japan to become world&#039;s third-largest vehicle market |work=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/auto/news/india-beats-japan-to-become-worlds-third-largest-vehicle-market/articleshow/96874402.cms |access-date=7 June 2023 |issn=0971-8257}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; At the end of 2011, the [[Information technology in India|Indian IT industry]] employed 2.8&amp;amp;nbsp;million professionals, generated revenues close to US$100&amp;amp;nbsp;billion equalling 7.5% of Indian GDP, and contributed 26% of India&#039;s merchandise exports.{{sfn|Nasscom 2011–2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[pharmaceutical industry in India]] emerged as a global player. As of 2021, with 3000 pharmaceutical companies and 10,500 manufacturing units India is the world&#039;s third-largest pharmaceutical producer, largest producer of generic medicines and supply up to 50—60% of global vaccines demand, these all contribute up to {{USD}}24.44&amp;amp;nbsp;billions in exports and India&#039;s local pharmaceutical market is estimated up to {{USD}}42&amp;amp;nbsp;billion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Phamra1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=16 September 2021 |title=Indian Pharma: a strategic sector from &#039;Make in India&#039; to &#039;Make and Develop in India&#039; |work=[[The Financial Express (India)]] |url=https://www.financialexpress.com/lifestyle/health/indian-pharma-a-strategic-sector-from-make-in-india-to-make-and-develop-in-india/2331377/ |access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Pharma2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=12 October 2021 |title=Indian Pharmaceutical Industry |url=https://www.ibef.org/industry/pharmaceutical-india.aspx |access-date=18 October 2021 |website=[[India Brand Equity Foundation]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India is among the top 12 biotech destinations in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Sector in India: sector briefing by the UK Trade and Investment 2011, utki.gov.uk&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Yep|2011}} The Indian biotech industry grew by 15.1% in 2012–2013, increasing its revenues from {{INR}}204.4&amp;amp;nbsp;billion ([[Indian rupee]]s) to {{INR}}235.24&amp;amp;nbsp;billion (US$3.94&amp;amp;nbsp;billion at June 2013 exchange rates).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=24 June 2013 |title=Biotechnology in India – 2013 &amp;quot;biospectrum-able&amp;quot; Survey |url=https://www.differding.com/page/biotechnology_in_india_2013_biospectrum_able_survey/f1.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140223203715/https://www.differding.com/page/biotechnology_in_india_2013_biospectrum_able_survey/f1.html |archive-date=23 February 2014 |access-date=4 April 2014 |publisher=Differding.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Energy in India|Energy policy of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
India&#039;s capacity to generate electrical power is 300 gigawatts, of which 42 gigawatts is [[Renewable energy in India|renewable]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Par&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=1 August 2016 |title=India&#039;s Total Power Generation Capacity Crosses 300 GW Mark |url=https://www.ndtv.com/india-news/indias-total-power-generation-capacity-crosses-300-gw-mark-1438906 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170616181350/https://www.ndtv.com/india-news/indias-total-power-generation-capacity-crosses-300-gw-mark-1438906 |archive-date=16 June 2017 |access-date=17 October 2021 |publisher=[[NDTV India|NDTV]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Coal in India|The country&#039;s usage of coal]] is a major cause of [[Climate change in India#Greenhouse gas emissions|greenhouse gas emissions by India]] but [[Renewable energy in India|its renewable energy]] is competing strongly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Rowlatt |first=Justin |date=12 May 2020 |title=India&#039;s carbon emissions fall for first time in four decades |language=en-GB |work=[[BBC News]] |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-52614770 |access-date=3 December 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India emits about 7% of global greenhouse gas emissions. This equates to about 2.5 tons of [[carbon dioxide]] per person per year, which is half the world average.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;USAID2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=USAID|date=September 2018|title=Greenhouse Gas Emissions in India |url=https://www.climatelinks.org/sites/default/files/asset/document/India%20GHG%20Emissions%20Factsheet%20FINAL.pdf |access-date=10 June 2021|website=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;UNEP2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=UN Environment Programme |year=2019 |title=Emissions Gap Report 2019|url=https://www.unenvironment.org/resources/emissions-gap-report-2019|access-date=10 June 2021|website=UNEP – [[UN Environment Programme]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Increasing [[Electrification|access to electricity]] and [[clean cooking]] with [[liquefied petroleum gas]] have been priorities for energy in India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=India 2020 – Analysis|url=https://www.iea.org/reports/india-2020|access-date=3 December 2020|publisher=[[International Energy Agency]]|language=en-GB}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Socio-economic challenges ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| align = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1 = Female health workers in India (34332433890).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1= Health workers about to begin another day of immunisation against infectious diseases in 2006.  Eight years later, and three years after India&#039;s last case of polio, the [[World Health Organization]] declared India to be polio-free.&amp;lt;ref name=who-chan-14-feb-2014&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Chan|first1=Margaret |title=Address at the &#039;India celebrates triumph over polio&#039; event|location=New Delhi, India|publisher=[[World Health Organization]]|date=11 February 2014|url=https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-celebrates-polio-free-india|access-date=17 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| direction =&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1 =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Despite economic growth during recent decades, India continues to face socio-economic challenges. In 2006, India contained the [[poverty in India|largest number]] of people living below the World Bank&#039;s international poverty line of US$1.25 per day.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|date=29 May 2006|title=Inclusive Growth and Service Delivery: Building on India&#039;s Success|publisher=[[World Bank]]|url=https://siteresources.worldbank.org/SOUTHASIAEXT/Resources/DPR_FullReport.pdf|access-date=7 May 2009|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120514143037/https://siteresources.worldbank.org/SOUTHASIAEXT/Resources/DPR_FullReport.pdf|archive-date=14 May 2012|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The proportion decreased from 60% in 1981 to 42% in 2005.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|title=New Global Poverty Estimates – What It Means for India|publisher=[[World Bank]]|url=https://www.worldbank.org.in/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/INDIAEXTN/0,,contentMDK:21880725~pagePK:141137~piPK:141127~theSitePK:295584,00.html|access-date=23 July 2011|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120506043711/https://www.worldbank.org.in/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/INDIAEXTN/0,,contentMDK:21880725~pagePK:141137~piPK:141127~theSitePK:295584,00.html|archive-date=6 May 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Under the World Bank&#039;s later revised poverty line, it was 21% in 2011.{{efn|In 2015, the World Bank raised its international poverty line to $1.90 per day.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1=Kenny|first1=Charles|last2=Sandefur|first2=Justin|title=Why the World Bank is changing the definition of the word &amp;quot;poor&amp;quot;|url=https://www.vox.com/2015/10/7/9465999/world-bank-poverty-line|publisher=[[Vox Media|Vox]]|access-date=26 February 2017|date=7 October 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170114175442/https://www.vox.com/2015/10/7/9465999/world-bank-poverty-line|archive-date=14 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WB2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Poverty headcount ratio at $1.90 a day (2011 PPP) (% of population)|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.DDAY?locations=IN|publisher=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 February 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170215021227/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.DDAY?locations=IN|archive-date=15 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; 30.7% of India&#039;s children under the age of five are underweight.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=India&#039;s rank improves to 55th position on global hunger index|url=https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/economy/indicators/indias-rank-improves-to-55th-position-on-global-hunger-index/articleshow/44802193.cms|date=13 October 2014|website=[[The Economic Times]]|access-date=18 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141019030848/https://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2014-10-13/news/54970880_1_nutrition-mission-india-ghi|archive-date=19 October 2014|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to a [[Food and Agriculture Organization]] report in 2015, 15% of the population is undernourished.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/india-is-home-to-194-million-hungry-people-un/article7255937.ece|title=India is home to 194 million hungry people: UN|author=Internet Desk|newspaper=[[The Hindu]]|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161202044027/https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/india-is-home-to-194-million-hungry-people-un/article7255937.ece|archive-date=2 December 2016|date=28 May 2015|access-date=17 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1184959/india-home-to-worlds-largest-number-of-hungry-people-report|title=India home to world&#039;s largest number of hungry people: report|website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150529132938/https://www.dawn.com/news/1184959/india-home-to-worlds-largest-number-of-hungry-people-report|archive-date=29 May 2015|date=29 May 2015|access-date=17 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Mid-Day Meal Scheme]] attempts to lower these rates.{{sfn|Drèze|Goyal|2008|p = 46}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A 2018 [[Walk Free Foundation]] report estimated that nearly 8&amp;amp;nbsp;million people in India were living in different forms of [[modern slavery]], such as [[bonded labour]], [[child labour]], human trafficking, and forced begging, among others.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Pandit 2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web | last=Pandit | first=Ambika | title=modern slavery in india: 8 million people live in &#039;modern slavery&#039; in India, says report; govt junks claim – India News | website=The Times of India | date=20 July 2018 | url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/8-million-people-live-in-modern-slavery-in-india-says-report-govt-junks-claim/articleshow/65060986.cms | access-date=28 May 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the 2011 census, there were 10.1&amp;amp;nbsp;million child labourers in the country, a decline of 2.6&amp;amp;nbsp;million from 12.6&amp;amp;nbsp;million in 2001.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---asia/---ro-bangkok/---sro-new_delhi/documents/publication/wcms_557089.pdf|title=Child labour in India|publisher=[[International Labour Organization]]|access-date=21 November 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171201030715/https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---asia/---ro-bangkok/---sro-new_delhi/documents/publication/wcms_557089.pdf|archive-date=1 December 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 1991, [[List of Indian states by GDP|economic inequality]] between India&#039;s states has consistently grown: the per-capita [[Net domestic product|net state domestic product]] of the richest states in 2007 was 3.2 times that of the poorest.{{sfn|Pal|Ghosh|2007}} [[Corruption in India]] is perceived to have decreased. According to the [[Corruption Perceptions Index]], India ranked 78th out of 180 countries in 2018 with a score of 41 out of 100, an improvement from 85th in 2014.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|first=Vidya|last=Ram|url=https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/economy/india-improves-its-ranking-on-corruption-index/article8159155.ece|title=India improves its ranking on corruption index|date=27 January 2016|work=[[Business Line]]|access-date=21 November 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180820162154/https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/economy/india-improves-its-ranking-on-corruption-index/article8159155.ece|archive-date=20 August 2018|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.transparency.org/files/content/pages/CPI_2018_Executive_Summary_EN.pdf |title=Corruption Perceptions Index 2018 |website=transparency.org |publisher=[[Transparency International]] |access-date=15 July 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190421141719/https://www.transparency.org/files/content/pages/CPI_2018_Executive_Summary_EN.pdf |archive-date=21 April 2019 |url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Epidemic and pandemic diseases have long been a major factor, including COVID-19 recently.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;David Arnold, &#039;&#039;Pandemic India: From Cholera to Covid-19&#039;&#039; (Oxford University Press, 2022) [http://www.h-net.org/reviews/showrev.php?id=58263 online review]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demographics, languages and religion ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of India|Languages of India|Religion in India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|South Asian ethnic groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow = 1|total_width = 180&lt;br /&gt;
| align  = right&lt;br /&gt;
| title  = India by language&lt;br /&gt;
| image1 = South Asian Language Families.png|caption1 = The language families of South Asia&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 1,210,193,422 residents reported in the [[2011 Census of India|2011 provisional census report]],{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=160}} India was the world&#039;s second-most populous country.{{efn|name=fnPopulation|According to estimates by the [[United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs|U. N. Population Division]], India&#039;s population is expected to overtake China&#039;s sometime in 2023.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Schneider |first1=Mike |last2=Arasu |first2=Sibi |title=When exactly will India surpass China as most populous? |url=https://apnews.com/article/china-india-world-population-census-fertility-193b45b5ae69e7ce9f870f5ce60909d9 |work=AP News |date=10 April 2023 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}} Its population grew by 17.64% from 2001 to 2011,{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=165}} compared to 21.54% growth in the previous decade (1991–2001).{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=165}} The human sex ratio, according to the 2011 census, is 940 females per 1,000 males.{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=160}} The median age was 28.7 {{as of|2020|lc=on}}.{{sfn|Central Intelligence Agency}} The first post-colonial census, conducted in 1951, counted 361&amp;amp;nbsp;million people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://indiabudget.nic.in/es2006-07/chapt2007/tab97.pdf|title=Population Of India (1951–2001)|website=[[Census of India]]|publisher=[[Ministry of Finance (India)|Ministry of Finance]]|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110812042806/https://indiabudget.nic.in/es2006-07/chapt2007/tab97.pdf|archive-date=12 August 2011|access-date=13 February 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Medical advances made in the last 50 years as well as increased agricultural productivity brought about by the &amp;quot;[[Green Revolution in India|Green Revolution]]&amp;quot; have caused India&#039;s population to grow rapidly.{{sfn|Rorabacher|2010|pp = 35–39}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The life expectancy in India is at 70 years—71.5 years for women, 68.7 years for men.{{sfn|Central Intelligence Agency}} There are around 93 physicians per 100,000 people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Physicians (per 1,000 people) – India|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SH.MED.PHYS.ZS?locations=IN&amp;amp;most_recent_value_desc=true|publisher=[[World Bank]]|year=2019|access-date=27 March 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Migration from rural to urban areas has been an important dynamic in India&#039;s recent history. The number of people living in urban areas grew by 31.2% between 1991 and 2001.{{sfn|Garg|2005}} Yet, in 2001, over 70% still lived in rural areas.{{sfn|Dyson|Visaria|2005|pp = 115–129}}{{sfn|Ratna|2007|pp = 271–272}} The level of urbanisation increased further from 27.81% in the 2001 Census to 31.16% in the 2011 Census. The slowing down of the overall population growth rate was due to the sharp decline in the growth rate in rural areas since 1991.{{sfn|Chandramouli|2011}} According to the 2011 census, there are 53 [[List of million-plus urban agglomerations in India|million-plus urban agglomerations in India]]; among them [[Mumbai]], [[Delhi]], [[Kolkata]], [[Chennai]], [[Bangalore]], [[Hyderabad]] and [[Ahmedabad]], in decreasing order by population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;censusindia 2011&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=https://censusindia.gov.in/2011-prov-results/paper2/data_files/India2/Table_3_PR_UA_Citiees_1Lakh_and_Above.pdf | title=Urban Agglomerations/Cities having population 1 lakh and above | publisher=[[Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner]], India | access-date=12 May 2014 | archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131017153124/https://censusindia.gov.in/2011-prov-results/paper2/data_files/India2/Table_3_PR_UA_Citiees_1Lakh_and_Above.pdf | archive-date=17 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The literacy rate in 2011 was 74.04%: 65.46% among females and 82.14% among males.{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=163}} The rural-urban literacy gap, which was 21.2 percentage points in 2001, dropped to 16.1 percentage points in 2011. The improvement in the rural literacy rate is twice that of urban areas.{{sfn|Chandramouli|2011}} [[Kerala]] is the most literate state with 93.91% literacy; while [[Bihar]] the least with 63.82%.{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=163}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220|image_style = border:none;| align = left |image1=Interior of San Thome Basilica.jpg|caption1=The interior of [[San Thome Basilica]], [[Chennai]], [[Tamil Nadu]].  Christianity is believed to have been introduced to India by the late 2nd century by [[Christianity in India#Early Christianity in India|Syriac-speaking Christians]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Coal Miner 1980.JPG|thumb|upright|left|upright=1.2|A coal miner in [[Bachra]] [[colliery]] [[township]] in [[Jharkhand]] state. The [[disability adjusted life year|number of years]] lost per 100,000 population attributable to particulate matter pollution in Jharkhand is 1093,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BalakrishnanDey2019&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Balakrishnan|first1=Kalpana|last2=Dey|first2=Sagnik|last3=Gupta|first3=Tarun|last4=Dhaliwal|first4=R S|last5=Brauer|first5=Michael|last6=Cohen|first6=Aaron J|last7=Stanaway|first7=Jeffrey D|last8=Beig|first8=Gufran|last9=Joshi|first9=Tushar K|last10=Aggarwal|first10=Ashutosh N|last11=Sabde|first11=Yogesh|last12=Sadhu|first12=Harsiddha|last13=Frostad|first13=Joseph|last14=Causey|first14=Kate|last15=Godwin|first15=William|last16=Shukla|first16=D K|last17=Kumar|first17=G Anil|last18=Varghese|first18=Chris M|last19=Muraleedharan|first19=Pallavi|last20=Agrawal|first20=Anurag|last21=Anjana|first21=R M|last22=Bhansali|first22=Anil|last23=Bhardwaj|first23=Deeksha|last24=Burkart|first24=Katrin|last25=Cercy|first25=Kelly|last26=Chakma|first26=Joy K|last27=Chowdhury|first27=Sourangsu|last28=Christopher|first28=D J|last29=Dutta|first29=Eliza|last30=Furtado|first30=Melissa|last31=Ghosh|first31=Santu|last32=Ghoshal|first32=Aloke G|last33=Glenn|first33=Scott D|last34=Guleria|first34=Randeep|last35=Gupta|first35=Rajeev|last36=Jeemon|first36=Panniyammakal|last37=Kant|first37=Rajni|last38=Kant|first38=Surya|last39=Kaur|first39=Tanvir|last40=Koul|first40=Parvaiz A|last41=Krish|first41=Varsha|last42=Krishna|first42=Bhargav|last43=Larson|first43=Samantha L|last44=Madhipatla|first44=Kishore|last45=Mahesh|first45=P A|last46=Mohan|first46=Viswanathan|last47=Mukhopadhyay|first47=Satinath|last48=Mutreja|first48=Parul|last49=Naik|first49=Nitish|last50=Nair|first50=Sanjeev|last51=Nguyen|first51=Grant|last52=Odell|first52=Christopher M|last53=Pandian|first53=Jeyaraj D|last54=Prabhakaran|first54=Dorairaj|last55=Prabhakaran|first55=Poornima|last56=Roy|first56=Ambuj|last57=Salvi|first57=Sundeep|last58=Sambandam|first58=Sankar|last59=Saraf|first59=Deepika|last60=Sharma|first60=Meenakshi|last61=Shrivastava|first61=Aakash|last62=Singh|first62=Virendra|last63=Tandon|first63=Nikhil|last64=Thomas|first64=Nihal J|last65=Torre|first65=Anna|last66=Xavier|first66=Denis|last67=Yadav|first67=Geetika|last68=Singh|first68=Sujeet|last69=Shekhar|first69=Chander|last70=Vos|first70=Theo|last71=Dandona|first71=Rakhi|last72=Reddy|first72=K Srinath|last73=Lim|first73=Stephen S|last74=Murray|first74=Christopher J L|last75=Venkatesh|first75=S|last76=Dandona|first76=Lalit|display-authors=5|title=The impact of air pollution on deaths, disease burden, and life expectancy across the states of India: the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017|journal=[[The Lancet Planetary Health]]|volume=3|issue=1|year=2019|pages=e26–e39|issn=2542-5196|doi=10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30261-4|pmid=30528905|pmc=6358127}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; adding to India&#039;s public health burden.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BalakrishnanDey2019&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Cropped Tripuri.jpg|thumb|upright|left|[[Tripuri people|Tripuri]] children prepare for a dance in India&#039;s northeastern [[Tripura]] state.  The Tripuri, an ethnic group which speaks a [[Tibeto-Burman languages|Tibeto-Burman language]], forms 30% of the state&#039;s population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kumāra2007&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Kumāra|first=Braja Bihārī|title=Problems of ethnicity in the North-East India |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QTCJTIBHJHEC |access-date=11 July 2012|year=2007|publisher=Concept Publishing Company|isbn=978-81-8069-464-6|pages=68–69|archive-date=14 May 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130514231036/https://books.google.com/books?id=QTCJTIBHJHEC}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Handicrafts seller.JPG|thumb|upright|left|Although [[Hindi]] is the official language of India, [[Telugu language|Telugu]] is the official language of the state of [[Telangana]], with [[Urdu]] its second official language.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://indianexpress.com/article/india/urdu-is-telanganas-second-official-language-4940595/|title=Urdu is Telangana&#039;s second official language|date=16 November 2017|work=[[The Indian Express]]|access-date=27 February 2018|language=en-IN|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180227094158/https://indianexpress.com/article/india/urdu-is-telanganas-second-official-language-4940595/|archive-date=27 February 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Shown here is a handicraft seller in [[Hyderabad]], Telangana]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Inde bondo8658a.jpg|thumb|upright|left|A [[Bonda people|Bondo]] woman walks to a weekly market in Chhattisgarh. The Bondo, among the [[Adivasi]], or the [[indigenous peoples]] of India, speak a [[Munda languages|Munda language]] within the family of [[Austroasiatic languages]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Berger2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Berger|first=Peter|title=Feeding, Sharing, and Devouring: Ritual and Society in Highland Odisha, India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=sfReCAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT25|date=17 February 2015|publisher=[[De Gruyter]]|isbn=978-1-61451-975-1|page=25}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Lady in Bundi, Rajasthan.JPG|thumb|upright|left|A woman from [[Bundi district]] in [[Rajasthan]]. The human sex ratio in India, according to the 2011 census, is 940 females per 1,000 males.{{sfn|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|p=160}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Sadhu Vârânasî .jpg|thumb|left|upright|A [[Hindu]] ascetic in [[Varanasi]], [[Uttar Pradesh]]. Uttar Pradesh has the highest numbers of both Hindus and Muslims among all states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.deccanherald.com/content/497347/muslim-population-grew-faster-census.html|title=Muslim population grew faster: Census|website=Deccan Herald | archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150827035701/https://www.deccanherald.com/content/497347/muslim-population-grew-faster-census.html|archive-date=27 August 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The population by religion in 2011 was Hindus 79.73%, Muslims 19.26%, others 1.01%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/C-01/DDW09C-01%20MDDS.XLS|title=C1 – Population by religious community, Uttar Pradesh|work=2011 Census Data|publisher=[[Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner]], India|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150927145844/https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/C-01/DDW09C-01%20MDDS.XLS|archive-date=27 September 2015|access-date=10 September 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Among speakers of the [[languages of India|Indian languages]], 74% speak [[Indo-Aryan languages]], the easternmost branch of the [[Indo-European languages]]; 24% speak [[Dravidian languages]], indigenous to [[South Asia]] and spoken widely before the spread of Indo-Aryan languages and 2% speak [[Austroasiatic languages]] or the [[Sino-Tibetan languages]]. India has no national language.{{sfn|Dharwadker|2010|pp = 168–194, 186}} [[Hindi]], with the largest number of speakers, is the official language of the government.{{sfn|Ottenheimer|2008|p = 303}}{{sfn|Mallikarjun|2004}} [[English language|English]] is used extensively in business and administration and has the status of a &amp;quot;subsidiary official language&amp;quot;;{{sfn|Ministry of Home Affairs 1960}} it is important in [[Education in India|education]], especially as a medium of higher education. Each state and union territory has one or more official languages, and the constitution recognises in particular 22 &amp;quot;scheduled languages&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2011 census reported the [[religion in India]] with the largest number of followers was [[Hinduism in India|Hinduism]] (79.80% of the population), followed by [[Islam in India|Islam]] (14.23%); the remaining were [[Christianity in India|Christianity]] (2.30%), [[Sikhism in India|Sikhism]] (1.72%), [[History of Buddhism in India|Buddhism]] (0.70%), [[Statistics of Jainism|Jainism]] (0.36%) and others{{efn|name=remaining religions}} (0.9%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2011religion&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/C-01/DDW00C-01%20MDDS.XLS |title=C −1 Population by religious community – 2011 |publisher=[[Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner]] |access-date=25 August 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150825155850/https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/C-01/DDW00C-01%20MDDS.XLS |archive-date=25 August 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has the [[List of countries by Muslim population#List|third-largest]] Muslim population—the largest for a non-Muslim majority country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.thehindu.com/features/friday-review/religion/global-muslim-population-estimated-at-157-billion/article30568.ece|title=Global Muslim population estimated at 1.57&amp;amp;nbsp;billion|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130601012428/https://www.thehindu.com/features/friday-review/religion/global-muslim-population-estimated-at-157-billion/article30568.ece|archive-date=1 June 2013|work=[[The Hindu]]|date=8 October 2009|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.uscirf.gov/sites/default/files/resources/2012ARChapters/india%202012%20two-pager.pdf|title=India Chapter Summary 2012|publisher=[[United States Commission on International Religious Freedom]]|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140407100620/https://www.uscirf.gov/sites/default/files/resources/2012ARChapters/india%202012%20two-pager.pdf|archive-date=7 April 2014|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Culture ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220|image_style = border:none;|align = right |image1=Sikh pilgrim at the Golden Temple (Harmandir Sahib) in Amritsar, India.jpg|caption1=A Sikh pilgrim at the [[Harmandir Sahib]], or Golden Temple, in [[Amritsar]], Punjab }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 7}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:A Warli painting by Jivya Soma Mashe, Thane district.jpg|thumb|A [[Warli]] tribal painting by [[Jivya Soma Mashe]] from [[Thane district|Thane]], Maharashtra]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Buddha in Sarnath Museum (Dhammajak Mutra).jpg|thumb|Seated Buddha; {{circa|{{CE|475}}}}; sandstone; [[Sarnath Museum]] (India). The Buddha&#039;s hands in the &#039;&#039;dharmachakra mudra&#039;&#039;, a gesture of teaching, refer to his first sermon at [[Sarnath]], [[Uttar Pradesh]], where in 1905 the statue was rediscovered buried.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Goswami Tulsidas Awadhi Hindi Poet.jpg|thumb|upright|The [[Awadhi language|Awadhi]] Hindi poet [[Tulsidas]] composed the &#039;&#039;[[Ramcharitmanas]]&#039;&#039;, which is one of the best-known vernacular versions of the &#039;&#039;[[Ramayana]]&#039;&#039;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Hampi Royal Area, Vijayanagara Empire, Karnataka.jpg|thumb|upright=1.1|[[Hampi]], seat of the Vijayanagara Empire]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Mahabodhi Temple Bodh Gaya Bihar India.jpg|thumb|upright=.70|The [[Mahabodhi Temple]] in [[Bodh Gaya]], Bihar commemorates the enlightenment of Gautama Buddha.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Shiva as the Lord of Dance LACMA edit.jpg|thumb|upright|A Chola bronze depicting [[Nataraja]], who is seen as a cosmic &amp;quot;Lord of the Dance&amp;quot; and representative of [[Shiva]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Toda Hut.JPG|thumb|A [[Toda people|Toda]] tribal hut exemplifies [[Indian vernacular architecture]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Indian cultural history spans more than {{nowrap|4,500 years}}.{{sfn|Kuiper|2010|p = 15}} During the [[Vedic period]] ({{Circa|{{BCE|1700}}|{{BCE|500}}}}), the foundations of [[Hindu philosophy]], [[Hindu mythology|mythology]], [[Hindu theology|theology]] and [[Hindu texts|literature]] were laid, and many beliefs and practices which still exist today, such as &#039;&#039;[[Dharma|dhárma]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Karma|kárma]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[yoga|yóga]]&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;[[moksha|mokṣa]]&#039;&#039;, were established.{{sfn|Kuiper|2010|p = 86}} India is notable for [[Indian religions|its religious diversity]], with [[Hinduism in India|Hinduism]], [[Buddhism in India|Buddhism]], [[Sikhism in India|Sikhism]], [[Islam in India|Islam]], [[Christianity in India|Christianity]], and [[Jainism in India|Jainism]] among the nation&#039;s major religions.{{sfn|Heehs|2002|pp = 2–5}} The predominant religion, Hinduism, has been shaped by various historical schools of thought, including those of the &#039;&#039;[[Upanishads]]&#039;&#039;,{{sfn|Deutsch|1969|pp = 3, 78}} the &#039;&#039;[[Yoga Sutras of Patanjali|Yoga Sutras]]&#039;&#039;, the [[Bhakti|&#039;&#039;Bhakti&#039;&#039; movement]],{{sfn|Heehs|2002|pp = 2–5}} and by [[Buddhist philosophy]].{{sfn|Nakamura|1999}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual art ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Indian art}}&lt;br /&gt;
India has a very ancient tradition of art, which has exchanged many influences with the rest of [[Eurasia]], especially in the first millennium, when [[Buddhist art]] spread with Indian religions to [[Central Asia|Central]], [[East Asia|East]] and [[South-East Asia]], the last also greatly influenced by Hindu art.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Rowland, 185–198, 252, 385–466&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thousands of [[Indus Valley civilisation#Seals|seals from the Indus Valley Civilization]] of the third millennium BCE have been found, usually carved with animals, but a few with human figures. The [[&amp;quot;Pashupati&amp;quot; seal]], excavated in [[Mohenjo-daro]], Pakistan, in 1928–29, is the best known.{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=14–16}}{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=17–18}} After this there is a long period with virtually nothing surviving.{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=17–18}}{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=46–47}} Almost all surviving ancient Indian art thereafter is in various forms of religious [[Indian sculpture|sculpture]] in durable materials, or coins. There was probably originally far more in wood, which is lost. In north India [[Mauryan art]] is the first imperial movement.{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=35–46}}{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=67–70}}{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=22–24}} In the first millennium CE, [[Buddhist art]] spread with Indian religions to [[Central Asia|Central]], [[East Asia|East]] and [[South-East Asia]], the last also greatly influenced by [[Hindu art]].{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=185–198, 252, 385–466}} Over the following centuries a distinctly Indian style of sculpting the human figure developed, with less interest in articulating precise anatomy than [[ancient Greek sculpture]] but showing smoothly flowing forms expressing &#039;&#039;prana&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;breath&amp;quot; or life-force).{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=22, 88}}{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=35, 99–100}} This is often complicated by the need to give figures multiple arms or heads, or represent different genders on the left and right of figures, as with the [[Ardhanarishvara]] form of Shiva and [[Parvati]].{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=18–19}}{{Sfn|Blurton|1993|p=151}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the earliest large sculpture is Buddhist, either excavated from Buddhist [[stupa]]s such as [[Sanchi]], [[Sarnath]] and [[Amaravati Stupa|Amaravati]],{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=32–38}} or is rock cut [[relief]]s at sites such as [[Ajanta Caves|Ajanta]], [[Karla Caves|Karla]] and [[Ellora]]. Hindu and Jain sites appear rather later.{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=43–55}}{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=113–119}} In spite of this complex mixture of religious traditions, generally, the prevailing artistic style at any time and place has been shared by the major religious groups, and sculptors probably usually served all communities.{{Sfn|Blurton|1993|pp=10–11}} [[Gupta art]], at its peak {{circa|{{CE|300}}|{{CE|500}}}}, is often regarded as a classical period whose influence lingered for many centuries after; it saw a new dominance of Hindu sculpture, as at the [[Elephanta Caves]].{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=111–121}}{{Sfn|Michell|2000|pp=44–70}} Across the north, this became rather stiff and formulaic after {{circa|{{CE|800}}}}, though rich with finely carved detail in the surrounds of statues.{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=212–216}} But in the South, under the [[Pallava dynasty|Pallava]] and [[Chola dynasty|Chola dynasties]], sculpture in both stone and bronze had a [[Chola art and architecture#Sculpture and bronzes|sustained period of great achievement]]; the large bronzes with Shiva as [[Nataraja]] have become an iconic symbol of India.{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=152–160}}{{Sfn|Blurton|1993|pp=225–227}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient painting has only survived at a few sites, of which the crowded scenes of court life in the [[Ajanta Caves]] are by far the most important, but it was evidently highly developed, and is mentioned as a courtly accomplishment in Gupta times.{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=356–361}}{{Sfn|Rowland|1970|pp=242–251}} Painted manuscripts of religious texts survive from Eastern India about the 10th century onwards, most of the earliest being Buddhist and later Jain. No doubt the style of these was used in larger paintings.{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=361–370}} The Persian-derived [[Deccan painting]], starting just before the [[Mughal miniature]], between them give the first large body of secular painting, with an emphasis on portraits, and the recording of princely pleasures and wars.{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=202–208}}{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=372–382, 400–406}} The style spread to Hindu courts, especially [[Rajput painting|among the Rajputs]], and developed a variety of styles, with the smaller courts often the most innovative, with figures such as [[Nihâl Chand]] and [[Nainsukh]].{{Sfn|Craven|1997|pp=222–243}}{{Sfn|Harle|1994|pp=384–397, 407–420}} As a market developed among European residents, it was supplied by [[Company painting]] by Indian artists with considerable Western influence.{{Sfn|Craven|1997|p=243}}{{Sfn|Michell|2000|p=210}} In the 19th century, cheap [[Kalighat painting]]s of gods and everyday life, done on paper, were urban [[folk art]] from [[Calcutta]], which later saw the [[Bengal School of Art]], reflecting the art colleges founded by the British, the first movement in [[modern Indian painting]].{{Sfn|Michell|2000|pp=210–211}}{{Sfn|Blurton|1993|p=211}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---Galleries of images are generally discouraged in summary articles as they cause undue weight to one particular section and may cause accessibility problems.---&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bhutesvara Yakshis Mathura reliefs 2nd century CE front.jpg|[[Bhutesvara Yakshis]], Buddhist reliefs from [[Mathura]], {{CE|2nd century}}&lt;br /&gt;
File:MET DT5237 (cropped).jpg|[[Gupta art|Gupta]] [[terracotta]] relief, [[Krishna]] Killing the [[Keshi (demon)|Horse Demon Keshi]], 5th century&lt;br /&gt;
File:Elephanta Caves (27804449706) (cropped).jpg|[[Elephanta Caves]], triple-[[bust (sculpture)|bust]] (&#039;&#039;trimurti&#039;&#039;) of Shiva, {{convert|18|ft|m}} tall, {{circa|550}}&lt;br /&gt;
File:Shiva as Lord of the Dance (Nataraja).jpg|[[Chola art and architecture#Sculpture and bronzes|Chola bronze]] of [[Shiva]] as [[Nataraja]] (&amp;quot;Lord of Dance&amp;quot;), [[Tamil Nadu]], 10th or 11th century&lt;br /&gt;
File:Jahangir Receives Prince Khurram at Ajmer on His Return from the Mewar Campaign.jpg|&#039;&#039;[[Jahangir]] Receives [[Shah Jahan|Prince Khurram]] at [[Ajmer]] on His Return from the [[Mewar]] Campaign&#039;&#039;, Balchand,  {{circa|1635}}&lt;br /&gt;
File:Unknown, Kangra, India - Krishna Fluting to the Milkmaids - Google Art Project.jpg|&#039;&#039;Krishna Fluting to the Milkmaids&#039;&#039;, [[Kangra painting]], 1775–1785&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Architecture ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Architecture of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 250&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Aks The Reflection Taj Mahal.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = The Taj Mahal from across the [[Yamuna river]] showing two outlying red sandstone buildings, a mosque on the right (west) and a &#039;&#039;jawab&#039;&#039; (response) thought to have been built for architectural balance&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of Indian architecture, including the [[Taj Mahal]], other works of [[Mughal architecture|Indo-Islamic Mughal architecture]], and [[Dravidian architecture|South Indian architecture]], blends ancient local traditions with imported styles.{{sfn|Kuiper|2010|pp = 296–329}} [[Indian vernacular architecture|Vernacular architecture]] is also regional in its flavours. &#039;&#039;[[Vastu shastra]]&#039;&#039;, literally &amp;quot;science of construction&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;architecture&amp;quot; and ascribed to [[Mamuni Mayan]],{{sfn|Silverman|2007|p = 20}} explores how the laws of nature affect human dwellings;{{sfn|Kumar|2000|p=5}} it employs precise geometry and directional alignments to reflect perceived cosmic constructs.{{sfn|Roberts|2004|p=73}} As applied in [[Hindu temple architecture]], it is influenced by the &#039;&#039;[[Shilpa Shastras]]&#039;&#039;, a series of foundational texts whose basic mythological form is the &#039;&#039;Vastu-Purusha mandala&#039;&#039;, a square that embodied the &amp;quot;[[Absolute (philosophy)|absolute]]&amp;quot;.{{sfn|Lang|Moleski|2010|pp = 151–152}} The Taj Mahal, built in [[Agra]] between 1631 and 1648 by orders of [[Mughal emperors|Mughal emperor]] [[Shah Jahan]] in memory of his wife, has been described in the [[UNESCO World Heritage List]] as &amp;quot;the jewel of Muslim art in India and one of the universally admired masterpieces of the world&#039;s heritage&amp;quot;.{{sfn|United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation}} [[Indo-Saracenic Revival architecture]], developed by the British in the late 19th century, drew on [[Indo-Islamic architecture]].{{sfn|Chopra|2011|p = 46}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Literature ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Indian literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest literature in India, composed between {{BCE|1500}} and {{CE|1200}}, was in the [[Sanskrit]] language.{{sfn|Hoiberg|Ramchandani|2000}} Major works of [[Sanskrit literature]] include the &#039;&#039;[[Rigveda]]&#039;&#039; ({{circa|{{BCE|1500}}|{{BCE|1200}}}}), the [[Indian epic poetry|epics]]: &#039;&#039;[[Mahabharata|Mahābhārata]]&#039;&#039; ({{circa|{{BCE|400}}|{{CE|400}}}}) and the &#039;&#039;[[Ramayana]]&#039;&#039; ({{circa|{{BCE|300}}}} and later); &#039;&#039;Abhijñānaśākuntalam&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;[[The Recognition of Śakuntalā]]&#039;&#039;, and other dramas of [[Kālidāsa]] ({{circa|{{CE|5th century}}}}) and &#039;&#039;[[Sanskrit Classical poetry|Mahākāvya]]&#039;&#039; poetry.{{sfn|Johnson|2008}}{{sfn|MacDonell|2004|pp=1–40}}{{sfn|Kālidāsa|Johnson|2001}} In [[Tamil literature]], the [[Sangam literature]] ({{circa|{{BCE|600}}|{{BCE|300}}}}) consisting of 2,381 poems, composed by 473 poets, is the earliest work.{{sfn|Zvelebil|1997|p = 12}}{{sfn|Hart|1975}}{{sfn|Ramanujan|1985|pp=ix–x}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|title=Tamil Literature|year=2008|encyclopedia=[[Encyclopædia Britannica]]|url=https://www.britannica.com/art/Tamil-literature|access-date=12 February 2022&amp;lt;!--|quote=Apart from literature written in classical (Indo-Aryan) Sanskrit, Tamil is the oldest literature in India. Some inscriptions on stone have been dated to the 3rd century BC, but [[Tamil literature]] proper begins around the 1st century AD. Much early poetry was religious or epic; an exception was the secular court poetry written by members of the &#039;&#039;sangam&#039;&#039;, or literary academy (see Sangam literature).--&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From the 14th to the 18th centuries, India&#039;s literary traditions went through a period of drastic change because of the emergence of [[Bhakti movement|devotional poets]] like [[Kabir|Kabīr]], [[Tulsidas|Tulsīdās]], and [[Guru Nanak|Guru Nānak]]. This period was characterised by a varied and wide spectrum of thought and expression; as a consequence, medieval Indian literary works differed significantly from classical traditions.{{sfn|Das|2005}} In the 19th century, Indian writers took a new interest in social questions and psychological descriptions. In the 20th century, Indian literature was influenced by the [[Works of Rabindranath Tagore|works]] of the Bengali poet, author and philosopher [[Rabindranath Tagore]],{{sfn|Datta|2006}} who was a recipient of the [[Nobel Prize in Literature]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Performing arts and media ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Music of India|Dance in India|Cinema of India|Television in India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=180|image_style = border:none;| align = right |image1=Kuchipudi Performer DS.jpg|caption1=India&#039;s [[Sangeet Natak Akademi|National Academy of Performance Arts]] has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Kuchipudi]] shown here. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Flickr - dalbera - Bimbavati Devi (Manipuri) (5).jpg|thumb|upright|left|India&#039;s [[Sangeet Natak Akademi|National Academy of Performing Arts]], has recognised eight dance styles as &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Kathakali]]; (d) [[Odissi]]; (e) [[Kuchipudi]]; (f) [[Sattriya]]; and (g) [[Mohiniyattam]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Kathak Rounds (10)2.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Kathak]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathakali]]; (c) [[Sattriya]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Mohiniyattam]]; and (g) [[Kuchipudi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Kathakali IMG 0289 by Joseph Lazercropped.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Kathakali]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Sattriya]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Mohiniyattam]]; and (g) [[Kuchipudi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Sattriya Dancer Krishnakshi Kashyap2.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Sattriya]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Kathakali]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Mohiniyattam]]; and (g) [[Kuchipudi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Rekha Raju DS 2.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Mohiniyattam]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Kathakali]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Sattriya]]; and (g) [[Kuchipudi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Kuchipudi Performer DS.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Kuchipudi]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Kathakali]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Sattriya]]; and (g) [[Mohiniyattam]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Odissi Performance DS.jpg|thumb|upright|left|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Odissi]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Bharatanatyam]]; (b) [[Kathak]]; (c) [[Kathakali]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Kuchipudi]]; (f) [[Sattriya]]; and (g) [[Mohiniyattam]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|7=[[File:Bharata Natyam Performance DS.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The [[Sangeet Natak Akademi]], India&#039;s national academy of performance arts, has recognised eight Indian dance styles to be &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039;.  One such is [[Bharatanatyam]] shown here.  The others are: (a) [[Kathak]]; (b) [[Kathakali]]; (c) [[Sattriya]]; (d) [[Manipuri dance|Manipuri]]; (e) [[Odissi]]; (f) [[Mohiniyattam]]; and (g) [[Kuchipudi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Indian music ranges over various traditions and regional styles. [[Indian classical music|Classical music]] encompasses two genres and their various folk offshoots: the northern [[Hindustani classical music|Hindustani]] and the southern [[Carnatic music|Carnatic]] schools.{{sfn|Massey|Massey|1998}} Regionalised popular forms include [[filmi]] and [[Indian folk music|folk music]]; the [[Syncretism|syncretic]] tradition of the &#039;&#039;[[baul]]s&#039;&#039; is a well-known form of the latter. [[Dance in India|Indian dance]] also features diverse folk and classical forms. Among the better-known [[List of Indian folk dances|folk dances]] are: &#039;&#039;[[Bhangra (dance)|bhangra]]&#039;&#039; of Punjab, &#039;&#039;[[bihu dance|bihu]]&#039;&#039; of Assam, &#039;&#039;[[Jhumair]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Chhau dance|chhau]]&#039;&#039; of Jharkhand, Odisha and West Bengal, &#039;&#039;[[Garba (dance)|garba]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Dandiya Raas|dandiya]]&#039;&#039; of Gujarat, &#039;&#039;[[ghoomar]]&#039;&#039; of Rajasthan, and &#039;&#039;[[lavani]]&#039;&#039; of Maharashtra. Eight dance forms, many with narrative forms and mythological elements, have been accorded [[Classical Indian dance|classical dance status]] by India&#039;s [[Sangeet Natak Akademi|National Academy of Music, Dance, and Drama]]. These are: &#039;&#039;[[Bharata Natyam|bharatanatyam]]&#039;&#039; of the state of Tamil Nadu, &#039;&#039;[[kathak]]&#039;&#039; of Uttar Pradesh, &#039;&#039;[[kathakali]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[mohiniyattam]]&#039;&#039; of Kerala, &#039;&#039;[[kuchipudi]]&#039;&#039; of Andhra Pradesh, &#039;&#039;[[Manipuri dance|manipuri]]&#039;&#039; of Manipur, &#039;&#039;[[odissi]]&#039;&#039; of Odisha&amp;lt;!--Do not change this per [[BP:COMMONNAME]].--&amp;gt;, and the &#039;&#039;[[sattriya]]&#039;&#039; of Assam.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|title=South Asian Arts: Indian Dance|encyclopedia=[[Encyclopædia Britannica]] |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/556016/South-Asian-arts/65246/Indian-dance |access-date=17 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Theatre in India]] melds music, dance, and improvised or written dialogue.{{sfn|Lal|2004|pp = 23, 30, 235}} Often based on Hindu mythology, but also borrowing from medieval romances or social and political events, Indian theatre includes: the &#039;&#039;[[bhavai]]&#039;&#039; of Gujarat, the &#039;&#039;[[Jatra (Bengal)|jatra]]&#039;&#039; of West Bengal, the &#039;&#039;[[nautanki]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[ramlila]]&#039;&#039; of North India, &#039;&#039;[[tamasha]]&#039;&#039; of Maharashtra, &#039;&#039;[[burrakatha]]&#039;&#039; of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana, &#039;&#039;[[terukkuttu]]&#039;&#039; of Tamil Nadu, and the &#039;&#039;[[yakshagana]]&#039;&#039; of Karnataka.{{sfn|Karanth|2002|p = 26}} India has a theatre training institute the [[National School of Drama]] (NSD) that is situated at [[New Delhi]]. It is an autonomous organisation under the [[Ministry of Culture (India)|Ministry of culture]], [[Government of India]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.tribuneindia.com/2009/20090315/spectrum/main1.htm|title=In step with the times: Chaman Ahuja on how the National School of Drama has evolved over the past 50 years|website=[[The Tribune]]|date=15 March 2009|access-date=4 October 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171010083957/https://www.tribuneindia.com/2009/20090315/spectrum/main1.htm|archive-date=10 October 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 5}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Flickr - dalbera - Sudheshna Bhattacharya (musée Guimet, Paris) (1).jpg|thumb|[[Sarod]] performance at the Musée Guimet, Paris]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Ravikiran 25 A.jpg|thumb|upright=1.55|South Indian ([[Carnatic music|Carnatic]]) musical performance. From left to right: Guruvayur Dorai, [[mridangam]]; Ravi Balasubramanian, [[ghatam]]; Ravikiran, electric [[chitraveena]]; and Akkarai S. Subhalakshmi, [[violin]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:India - Actors - 0258.jpg|thumb|Actors at the [[avant-garde]] theatre [[Koothu-P-Pattarai]] in [[Chennai]] apply make up to each other in preparation for a performance.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;hindu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news| last =Santhanam| first =Kausalya| title =Master of avant-garde theatre| newspaper =[[The Hindu]]| url =https://www.hindu.com/fr/2008/11/28/stories/2008112850610300.htm| access-date =1 February 2009| date =21 September 2005| archive-url =https://web.archive.org/web/20121103201109/https://www.hindu.com/fr/2008/11/28/stories/2008112850610300.htm| archive-date =3 November 2012| url-status =dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Plucked string instruments (5) Indian string instruments, Sarod, Sitar, Iktara - Soinuenea.jpg|thumb|upright|Three plucked string instruments of Indian music, L to R, [[Sarod]], [[Sitar]], which are used in [[North Indian classical music]] and the [[Iktara]], lit. &amp;quot;one string instrument,&amp;quot; commonly used in [[Indian folk music]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4=[[File:Satyajit Ray with Ravi Sankar recording for Pather Panchali.jpg|thumb|upright=1.1|Film director [[Satyajit Ray]] (left) and sitar maestro [[Ravi Shankar]] discussing the musical score of the movie &#039;&#039;[[Pather Panchali]]&#039;&#039;, which was to win Ray the &#039;&#039;Best Human Document&#039;&#039; award at the [[Cannes Film Festival]] in 1956,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Cooper2000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Cooper|first=Darius|title=The Cinema of Satyajit Ray: Between Tradition and Modernity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zCgk3ld8EMkC&amp;amp;pg=PA4|year=2000|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|isbn=978-0-521-62980-5|page=4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and set in motion a career that led to an [[Academy Honorary Award]] in 1992.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ganguly2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Ganguly|first=Keya|title=Cinema, Emergence, and the Films of Satyajit Ray|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jEOSyjLc4L8C&amp;amp;pg=PA26|year=2010|publisher=[[University of California Press]]|isbn=978-0-520-26216-4|page=26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Cinema of India|Indian film industry]] produces the world&#039;s most-watched cinema.{{sfn|Dissanayake|Gokulsing|2004}} Established regional cinematic traditions exist in the [[Cinema of Assam|Assamese]], [[Cinema of West Bengal|Bengali]], [[Bhojpuri cinema|Bhojpuri]], [[Bollywood|Hindi]], [[Cinema of Karnataka|Kannada]], [[Malayalam cinema|Malayalam]], [[Cinema of Punjab|Punjabi]], [[Gujarati cinema|Gujarati]], [[Marathi cinema|Marathi]], [[Cinema of Odisha|Odia]], [[Tamil cinema|Tamil]], and [[Telugu cinema|Telugu]] languages.{{sfn|Rajadhyaksha|Willemen|1999|page = 652}} The Hindi language film industry (&#039;&#039;Bollywood&#039;&#039;) is the largest sector representing 43% of box office revenue, followed by the [[Cinema of South India|South Indian]] Telugu and Tamil film industries which represent 36% combined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;deloitte&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/in/Documents/technology-media-telecommunications/in-tmt-economic-contribution-of-motion-picture-and-television-industry-noexp.pdf|title=Economic Contribution of the Indian Motion Picture and Television Industry|publisher=[[Deloitte]]|date=March 2014|access-date=21 April 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Television broadcasting began in India in 1959 as a state-run medium of communication and expanded slowly for more than two decades.{{sfn|Narayan|2013|pp=66–67}}{{sfn|Kaminsky|Long|2011|pp = 684–692}} The [[Doordarshan|state monopoly]] on television broadcast ended in the 1990s. Since then, satellite channels have increasingly shaped the popular culture of Indian society.{{sfn|Mehta|2008|pp = 1–10}} Today, television is the most penetrative media in India; industry estimates indicate that {{As of|2012|lc=y}} there are over 554 million TV consumers, 462&amp;amp;nbsp;million with satellite or cable connections compared to other forms of mass media such as the press (350&amp;amp;nbsp;million), radio (156&amp;amp;nbsp;million) or internet (37&amp;amp;nbsp;million).{{sfn|Hansa Research|2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Society ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow=1|total_width=220|image_style = border:none;| align = left |image1=Muslims praying in mosque in Srinagar, Kashmir.jpg|caption1=Muslims offer &#039;&#039;[[Salah|namaz]]&#039;&#039; at a mosque in [[Srinagar]], Jammu and Kashmir.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional Indian society is sometimes defined by social hierarchy. The [[Caste system in India|Indian caste system]] embodies much of the social stratification and many of the social restrictions found on the Indian subcontinent. Social classes are defined by thousands of [[endogamous]] hereditary groups, often termed as &#039;&#039;[[jāti]]s&#039;&#039;, or &amp;quot;castes&amp;quot;.{{sfn|Schwartzberg|2011}} India abolished [[untouchability]] in 1950 with the adoption of the [[Constitution of India|constitution]] and has since enacted other anti-discriminatory laws and social welfare initiatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Family values]] are important in the Indian tradition, and multi-generational [[patrilineal]] [[joint family|joint families]] have been the norm in India, though [[nuclear family|nuclear families]] are becoming common in urban areas.{{sfn|Makar|2007}} An overwhelming majority of Indians, with their consent, have [[Arranged marriage in the Indian subcontinent|their marriages arranged]] by their parents or other family elders.{{sfn|Medora|2003}} Marriage is thought to be for life,{{sfn|Medora|2003}} and the divorce rate is extremely low,{{sfn|Jones|Ramdas|2005|p = 111}} with less than one in a thousand marriages ending in divorce.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-37481054|title=What divorce and separation tell us about modern India|first=Soutik|last=Biswas|date=29 September 2016|access-date=18 October 2021|work=[[BBC News]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Child marriage]]s are common, especially in rural areas; many women wed before reaching 18, which is their legal marriageable age.{{sfn|Cullen-Dupont|2009|p = 96}} [[Female infanticide in India]], and lately [[female foeticide in India|female foeticide]], have created skewed gender ratios; the number of [[missing women]] in the country quadrupled from 15 million to 63&amp;amp;nbsp;million in the 50-year period ending in 2014, faster than the population growth during the same period, and constituting 20 percent of India&#039;s female electorate.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Hindu_November_17_2019c&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.thehindu.com/opinion/lead/indias-missing-women/article5670801.ece |title=India&#039;s missing women|newspaper=[[The Hindu]]|date=10 February 2014|last1=Kapoor|first1=Mudit|last2=Shamika|first2=Ravi |access-date= 17 November 2019 |quote=In the last 50 years of Indian democracy, the absolute number of missing women has increased fourfold from 15 million to 68 million. This is not merely a reflection of the growth in the overall population, but, rather, of the fact that this dangerous trend has worsened with time. As a percentage of the female electorate, missing women have gone up significantly — from 13 per cent to approximately 20 per cent}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to an Indian government study, an additional 21 million girls are unwanted and do not receive adequate care.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The_Guardian_November_17_2019c&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2018/jan/30/more-than-63-million-women-missing-in-india-statistics-show |title=More than 63 million women &#039;missing&#039; in India, statistics show |newspaper=[[Associated Press]] via [[The Guardian]] |date= 30 January 2018 |access-date= 17 November 2019}} Quote: &amp;quot;More than 63 million women are &amp;quot;missing&amp;quot; statistically across India, and more than 21 million girls are unwanted by their families, government officials say. The skewed ratio of men to women is largely the result of sex-selective abortions, and better nutrition and medical care for boys, according to the government&#039;s annual economic survey, which was released on Monday. In addition, the survey found that &amp;quot;families where a son is born are more likely to stop having children than families where a girl is born&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Despite a government ban on sex-selective foeticide, the practice remains commonplace in India, the result of a preference for boys in a patriarchal society.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Foreign_Policy_November_17_2019c&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://foreignpolicy.com/2019/08/15/a-generation-of-girls-is-missing-in-india/ |title=A Generation of Girls Is Missing in India – Sex-selective abortion fuels a cycle of patriarchy and abuse.|newspaper=[[Foreign Policy]] |first=Ira|last=Trivedi |date=15 August 2019 |access-date= 17 November 2019}} Quote: &amp;quot;Although it has been illegal nationwide for doctors to disclose the sex of a fetus since the 1994 Pre-Conception and Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act, the ease of ordering cheap and portable ultrasound machines, especially online, has kept the practice of sex-selective abortions alive.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The payment of [[Dowry system in India|dowry]], although [[Dowry law in India|illegal]], remains widespread across class lines.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|first=Dean|last=Nelson|url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10280802/Woman-killed-over-dowry-every-hour-in-India.html|title=Woman killed over dowry &#039;every hour&#039; in India|work=[[The Daily Telegraph]]|access-date=10 February 2014|date=2 September 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140323074436/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10280802/Woman-killed-over-dowry-every-hour-in-India.html|archive-date=23 March 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Dowry deaths|Deaths resulting from dowry]], mostly from [[bride burning]], are on the rise, despite stringent anti-dowry laws.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising-number-of-dowry-deaths-in-india-ncrb/article4995677.ece|title=Rising number of dowry deaths in India: NCRB|work=[[The Hindu]]|access-date=10 February 2014|first=Ignatius |last=Pereira|date=6 August 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140207050439/https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising-number-of-dowry-deaths-in-india-ncrb/article4995677.ece|archive-date=7 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many [[Public holidays in India|Indian festivals]] are religious in origin. The best known include [[Diwali]], [[Ganesh Chaturthi]], [[Thai Pongal]], [[Holi]], [[Durga Puja]], [[Eid ul-Fitr]], [[Bakr-Id]], [[Christmas worldwide#India|Christmas]], and [[Vaisakhi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|url=https://www.sscnet.ucla.edu/southasia/Culture/Festivals/Festiv.html|title=Indian Festivals|website=sscnet.ucla.edu|publisher=[[University of California, Los Angeles]] |access-date=14 May 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160701222430/https://www.sscnet.ucla.edu/southasia/Culture/Festivals/Festiv.html|archive-date=1 July 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |title=Popular India Festivals |url=https://festivals.indobase.com/index.html |website=festivals.indobase.com |access-date=23 December 2007 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110728120656/https://festivals.indobase.com/index.html |archive-date=28 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Education ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Education in India|Literacy in India|History of education in the Indian subcontinent}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:47 Raika School - eating together (3384824242).jpg|thumb|right|220px|Children awaiting school lunch in Rayka (also Raika), a village in rural Gujarat. The salutation &#039;&#039;[[Jai Bhim]]&#039;&#039; written on the blackboard honours the jurist, social reformer, and [[Dalit]] leader [[B. R. Ambedkar]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
In the 2011 census, about 73% of the population was literate, with 81% for men and 65% for women. This compares to 1981 when the respective rates were 41%, 53% and 29%. In 1951 the rates were 18%, 27% and 9%. In 1921 the rates 7%, 12% and 2%. In 1891 they were 5%, 9% and 1%,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first=Rajni|last=Pathania|title=Literacy in India: Progress and Inequality|url=https://www.bangladeshsociology.org/LiteracyinIndiaBEJS17.1.pdf|volume=17|website=bangladeshsociology.org|publisher=Bangladesh e-Journal of Sociology|date=January 2020|issue=1|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|first=Dandapani|last=Natarajan|title=Extracts from the All India Census Reports on Literacy|url=https://lsi.gov.in:8081/jspui/bitstream/123456789/366/1/26501_1971_CEN.pdf|publisher=[[Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India|Office of the Registrar General &amp;amp; Census Commissioner, India]]|year=1971|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to Latika Chaudhary, in 1911 there were under three primary schools for every ten villages. Statistically, more caste and religious diversity reduced private spending. Primary schools taught literacy, so local diversity limited its growth.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first=Latika|last=Chaudhary|title=Determinants of primary schooling in British India|journal=Journal of Economic History|date=March 2009|volume=69|pages=269–302|number=1|url=https://www.researchgate.net/publication/231178962|doi=10.1017/S0022050709000400|s2cid=21620741}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The education system of India is the world&#039;s second-largest.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.studyinindia.gov.in/whyindiaeducation|title=Study in India|website=studyinindia.gov.in|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India has over 900 universities, 40,000 colleges&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;highered1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/politics-and-nation/hrd-to-increase-nearly-25-pc-seats-in-varsities-to-implement-10-pc-quota-for-poor-in-gen-category/articleshow/67545006.cms |title=HRD to increase nearly 25 pc seats in varsities to implement 10 pc quota for poor in gen category |newspaper=[[The Economic Times]] |date=15 January 2019|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 1.5&amp;amp;nbsp;million schools.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://dashboard.udiseplus.gov.in/#/home|title=UDISE+ Dashboard|website=dashboard.udiseplus.gov.in|publisher=[[Ministry of Education (India)|Ministry of Education]]|access-date=18 October 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In India&#039;s higher education system, a significant number of seats are reserved under [[Reservation in India|affirmative action]] policies for the historically disadvantaged. In recent decades India&#039;s improved education system is often cited as one of the main contributors to its [[economic development in India|economic development]].&amp;lt;ref name=Sify&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.sify.com/finance/fullstory.php?id=1475704|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140220170624/https://www.sify.com/finance/india-achieves-27-decline-in-poverty-news-news-jegxaXgfcab.html|title=India achieves 27% decline in poverty|work=[[Press Trust of India]] via [[Sify.com]]|date=12 September 2008|archive-date=20 February 2014|access-date=18 October 2021|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=N. Jayapalan|title=History of Education in India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=IDNeW78fedkC|year=2005|publisher=Atlantic Publishers &amp;amp; Distributors|isbn=978-81-7156-922-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clothing ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Clothing in India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow = 2|total_width = 360&lt;br /&gt;
| align       = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = India School.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = Women in [[sari]] at an adult literacy class in [[Tamil Nadu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2      = Water pump, Varanasi (15563170660) Cropped.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2    = A man in [[dhoti]] and wearing a woollen shawl, in [[Varanasi]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times until the advent of the modern, the most widely worn traditional dress in India was [[Draped garment|draped]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tarlo1996-26&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Tarlo|1996|p=26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For women it took the form of a [[sari]], a single piece of cloth many yards long.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tarlo1996-26&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The sari was traditionally wrapped around the lower body and the shoulder.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tarlo1996-26&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In its modern form, it is combined with an underskirt, or Indian [[Petticoat#Asian petticoats|petticoat]], and tucked in the waist band for more secure fastening. It is also commonly worn with an Indian [[blouse]], or [[choli]], which serves as the primary upper-body garment, the sari&#039;s end—passing over the shoulder—serving to cover the midriff and obscure the upper body&#039;s contours.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tarlo1996-26&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For men, a similar but shorter length of cloth, the [[dhoti]], has served as a lower-body garment.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tarlo1996-26-28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{harvnb|Tarlo|1996|pp=26–28}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 180&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style       = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Strolling Shoppers in Paltan Bazaar.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = Women (from left to right) in [[churidar]]s and [[kameez]] (with back to the camera), jeans and sweater, and pink [[Shalwar kameez]]&amp;lt;!-- a boy in [[kurta]] with [[chikan (embroidery)|chikan]] embroidery--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of stitched clothes became widespread after Muslim rule was established at first by the [[Delhi sultanate]] ({{Circa|1300 CE}}) and then continued by the [[Mughal Empire]] ({{Circa|1525 CE}}).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rahman-Alkazi2002&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation |last=Alkazi |first=Roshen |editor=Rahman, Abdur |title=India&#039;s Interaction with China, Central and West Asia |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=NZvpAAAAMAAJ |year=2002 |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-565789-0 |pages=464–484 |chapter=Evolution of Indian Costume as a result of the links between Central Asia and India in ancient and medieval times}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Among the garments introduced during this time and still commonly worn are: the [[shalwar]]s and [[pyjama]]s, both styles of trousers, and the tunics [[kurta]] and [[kameez]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rahman-Alkazi2002&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In southern India, the traditional draped garments were to see much longer continuous use.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rahman-Alkazi2002&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shalwars are atypically wide at the waist but narrow to a cuffed bottom. They are held up by a drawstring, which causes them to become pleated around the waist.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;StevensonWaite2011&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Stevenson|first1=Angus|last2=Waite|first2=Maurice|title=Concise Oxford English Dictionary: Book &amp;amp; CD-ROM Set|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=4XycAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA1272|year=2011|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|access-date=3 September 2019|isbn=978-0-19-960110-3|page=1272}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The pants can be wide and baggy, or they can be cut quite narrow, on the [[Grain (textile)#Bias|bias]], in which case they are called [[churidar]]s. When they are ordinarily wide at the waist and their bottoms are hemmed but not cuffed, they are called pyjamas. The kameez is a long shirt or tunic,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;StevensonWaite2011-b&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Stevenson|first1=Angus|last2=Waite|first2=Maurice|title=Concise Oxford English Dictionary: Book &amp;amp; CD-ROM Set|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=4XycAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA774|year=2011|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-960110-3|page=774}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; its side seams left open below the waist-line.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|url=https://dsalsrv04.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/app/platts_query.py?page=418|author=Platts, John T. (John Thompson)|title=A dictionary of Urdu, classical Hindi, and English|location=London|page=418|publisher=[[W. H. Allen &amp;amp; Co.]]|year=1884|access-date=26 August 2019|archive-date=24 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210224204345/https://dsalsrv04.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/app/platts_query.py?page=418|url-status=dead}} (online; updated February 2015)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[kurta]] is traditionally collarless and made of cotton or silk; it is worn plain or with embroidered decoration, such as [[chikan (embroidery)|chikan]]; and typically falls to either just above or just below the wearer&#039;s knees.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shukla2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Shukla|first=Pravina|title=The Grace of Four Moons: Dress, Adornment, and the Art of the Body in Modern India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=MlObCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA71|year=2015|publisher=[[Indiana University Press]]|isbn=978-0-253-02121-2|page=71}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the last 50 years, fashions have changed a great deal in India. Increasingly, in urban northern India, the sari is no longer the apparel of everyday wear, though they remain popular on formal occasions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dwyer2014&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Dwyer|first=Rachel|author-link=Rachel Dwyer|title=Bollywood&#039;s India: Hindi Cinema as a Guide to Contemporary India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DqwBBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA244|year=2014|publisher=[[Reaktion Books]]| isbn=978-1-78023-304-8|pages=244–245}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The traditional shalwar kameez is rarely worn by younger urban women, who favour churidars or jeans.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dwyer2014&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In white-collar office settings, ubiquitous air conditioning allows men to wear sports jackets year-round.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dwyer2014&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For weddings and formal occasions, men in the middle- and upper classes often wear [[bandgala]], or short [[Nehru jackets]], with pants, with the groom and his [[groomsmen]] sporting [[sherwani]]s and churidars.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dwyer2014&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The dhoti, once the universal garment of Hindu males, the wearing of which in the homespun and handwoven [[khadi]] allowed Gandhi to bring Indian nationalism to the millions,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BruzziGibson2013&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Dwyer|first=Rachel|author-link=Rachel Dwyer|editor=Stella Bruzzi, Pamela Church Gibson|title=Fashion Cultures: Theories, Explorations and Analysis|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FYGMAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA178|year=2013|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-1-136-29537-9|pages=178–189|chapter=Bombay Ishtyle}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is seldom seen in the cities.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dwyer2014&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Indian cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image|perrow = 1/2|total_width = 180&lt;br /&gt;
| align       = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| image2      = Odia Mutton Curry (Mansha Tarkari) Rotated.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2    = Railway [[mutton curry]] from [[Odisha]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image1      = South Indian Thali Cropped.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1    = South Indian vegetarian [[thali]], or platter&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The foundation of a typical Indian meal is a cereal cooked in a plain fashion and complemented with flavourful savoury dishes.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p409&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Davidson|first=Alan|title=The Oxford Companion to Food|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RL6LAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA409|year=2014|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-967733-7|page=409}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The cooked cereal could be steamed rice; [[chapati]], a thin unleavened bread made from wheat flour, or occasionally cornmeal, and griddle-cooked dry;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p161&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Davidson|first=Alan|title=The Oxford Companion to Food|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RL6LAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA161|year=2014|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-967733-7|page=161|quote=Chapatis are made from finely milled whole-wheat flour, called chapati flour or atta, and water. The dough is rolled into thin rounds which vary in size from region to region and then cooked without fat or oil on a slightly curved griddle called a tava.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[idli]], a steamed breakfast cake, or [[Dosa (food)|dosa]], a griddled pancake, both leavened and made from a batter of rice- and [[Vigna mungo|gram]] meal.&amp;lt;ref name=tamang-yeast-idlidosa&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Tamang|first1=J. P.|last2=Fleet|first2=G. H.|editor1-last=Satyanarayana|editor1-first=T.|editor2-last=Kunze|editor2-first=G.|chapter=Yeasts Diversity in Fermented Foods and Beverages|title=Yeast Biotechnology: Diversity and Applications|publisher=Springer|page=180|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jLFmiervaqMC&amp;amp;pg=PA180|year=2009|isbn=978-1-4020-8292-4|quote=Idli is an acid-leavened and steamed cake made by bacterial fermentation of a thick batter made from coarsely ground rice and dehulled black gram. Idli cakes are soft, moist and spongy, have desirable sour flavour, and is eaten as breakfast in South India. Dosa batter is very similar to idli batter, except that both the rice and black gram are finely grounded. The batter is thinner than that of idli and is fried as a thin, crisp pancake and eaten directly in South India.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The savoury dishes might include [[lentil]]s, [[pulses]] and vegetables commonly spiced with [[ginger root|ginger]] and [[garlic]], but also with a combination of spices that may include [[coriander]], [[cumin]], [[turmeric]], [[cinnamon]], [[cardamon]] and others as informed by culinary conventions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p409&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; They might also include poultry, fish, or meat dishes. In some instances, the ingredients might be mixed during the process of cooking.&amp;lt;ref name=jhala-princely-biryani&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Jhala|first=Angma Day|title=Royal Patronage, Power and Aesthetics in Princely India|publisher=Routledge|page=70|year=2015|isbn=978-1-317-31657-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WGpECgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA70|quote=With the ascent of the Mughal Empire in sixteenth-century India, Turkic, Persian and Afghan traditions of dress, &#039;architecture and cuisine&#039; were adopted by non-Muslim indigenous elites in South Asia. In this manner, Central Asian cooking merged with older traditions within the subcontinent, to create such signature dishes as biryani (a fusion of the Persian pilau and the spice-laden dishes of Hindustan),  and the Kashmiri meat stew of Rogan Josh. It not only generated new dishes and entire cuisines, but also fostered novel modes of eating. Such newer trends included the consumption of Persian condiments, which relied heavily on almonds, pastries and quince jams, alongside Indian achars made from sweet limes, green vegetables and curds as side relishes during Mughlai meals.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A platter, or [[thali]], used for eating usually has a central place reserved for the cooked cereal, and peripheral ones for the flavourful accompaniments, which are often served in small bowls. The cereal and its accompaniments are eaten simultaneously rather than a piecemeal manner. This is accomplished by mixing—for example of rice and lentils—or folding, wrapping, scooping or dipping—such as chapati and cooked vegetables or lentils.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p409&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Making Khameeri Roti in Tandoor in Turkman Gate Old Delhi.webm|thumb|left|180px|A tandoor chef in the [[Turkman Gate]], [[Old Delhi]], makes Khameeri [[roti]] (a Muslim-influenced style of [[Bread#Leavening|leavened bread]]).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Panjabi1995&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Panjabi|first=Camellia|title=The Great Curries of India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TYCFJMLZ_-4C&amp;amp;pg=PA158|year=1995|publisher=[[Simon and Schuster]]|isbn=978-0-684-80383-8|pages=158–|quote=The Muslim influenced breads of India are leavened, like &#039;&#039;naan&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Khamiri roti&#039;&#039;, ...}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
India has distinctive vegetarian cuisines, each a feature of the geographical and cultural histories of its adherents.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p410&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Davidson|first=Alan|title=The Oxford Companion to Food|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RL6LAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA410|year=2014|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-967733-7|page=410}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The appearance of &#039;&#039;[[ahimsa]]&#039;&#039;, or the avoidance of violence toward all forms of life in many religious orders early in Indian history, especially [[Upanishads|Upanishadic Hinduism]], [[Buddhism]] and [[Jainism]], is thought to have contributed to the predominance of vegetarianism among a large segment of India&#039;s Hindu population, especially in southern India, Gujarat, the [[Hindi]]-speaking belt of north-central India, as well as among Jains.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p410&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Although meat is eaten widely in India,  the proportional consumption of meat in the overall diet is low.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SahakianSaloma2016-50&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Sahakian|first1=Marlyne|last2=Saloma|first2=Czarina|last3=Erkman|first3=Suren|title=Food Consumption in the City: Practices and patterns in urban Asia and the Pacific|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TBIxDQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT50|year=2016|publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]]|isbn=978-1-317-31050-1|page=50}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Unlike China, which has increased its per capita meat consumption substantially in its years of increased economic growth, in India the strong dietary traditions have contributed to dairy, rather than meat, becoming the preferred form of animal protein consumption.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OECDNations2018&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|author1=OECD|author2=Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations|title=OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook 2018–2027|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JuBiDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA21|year=2018|publisher=[[OECD Publishing]]|isbn=978-92-64-06203-0|page=21}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most significant import of cooking techniques into India during the last millennium occurred during the [[Mughal Empire]]. Dishes such as the [[pilaf]],{{sfn|Roger|2000}} developed in the [[Abbasid caliphate]],&amp;lt;ref name=sengupta-74&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Sengupta|first=Jayanta |editor=Freedman, Paul |editor2=Chaplin, Joyce E. |editor3=Albala, Ken |title=Food in Time and Place: The American Historical Association Companion to Food History|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SNQkDQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA74|year=2014|publisher=[[University of California Press]]|isbn=978-0-520-27745-8|page=74|chapter=India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and cooking techniques such as the marinating of meat in yogurt, spread into northern India from regions to its northwest.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CollinghamCollingham2007&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Collingham|first=Elizabeth M.|title=Curry: A Tale of Cooks and Conquerors|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pH88DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA25|year=2007|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-532001-5|page=25}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; To the simple yogurt marinade of Persia, onions, garlic, almonds, and spices began to be added in India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CollinghamCollingham2007&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Rice was partially cooked and layered alternately with the sauteed meat, the pot sealed tightly, and slow cooked according to another Persian cooking technique, to produce what has today become the Indian [[biryani]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CollinghamCollingham2007&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; a feature of festive dining in many parts of India.&amp;lt;ref name=nandy2004&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Nandy|first1=Ashis|author-link=Ashis Nandy|title=The Changing Popular Culture of Indian Food: Preliminary Notes|journal=[[South Asia Research]]|volume=24|issue=1|year=2004&lt;br /&gt;
|pages=9–19|issn=0262-7280|doi=10.1177/0262728004042760|citeseerx=10.1.1.830.7136|s2cid=143223986}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the food served in Indian restaurants worldwide the diversity of Indian food has been partially concealed by the dominance of [[Punjabi cuisine]]. The popularity of [[tandoori chicken]]—cooked in the [[tandoor]] oven, which had traditionally been used for baking bread in the rural Punjab and the Delhi region, especially among Muslims, but which is originally from [[Central Asia]]—dates to the 1950s, and was caused in large part by an entrepreneurial response among people from the Punjab who had been displaced by the 1947 [[partition of India]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Davidson2014-p410&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sports and recreation ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow = 1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| image_style = border:none;&lt;br /&gt;
| align = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image1 = Filles jouant à la marelle, Jaura, Inde.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1 = Girls play [[hopscotch]] in [[Jaora]], Madhya Pradesh.  Hopscotch has been commonly played by girls in rural India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SrinivasanJermyn2001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Srinivasan|first1=Radhika|last2=Jermyn|first2=Leslie|last3=Lek|first3=Hui Hui|title=India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zoVby4OJWhYC&amp;amp;pg=PA109|year=2001|publisher=Times Books International|isbn=978-981-232-184-8|page=109}} Quote: &amp;quot;Girls in India usually play jump rope, or hopscotch, and five stones, tossing the stones up in the air and catching them in many different ways ... the coconut-plucking contests, groundnut-eating races, ... of rural India.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| direction =&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1 =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Several [[Traditional games of India|traditional indigenous sports]] such as &#039;&#039;[[kabaddi]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[kho kho]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[pehlwani]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[gilli-danda]]&#039;&#039;, and also [[Indian martial arts|martial arts]] such as &#039;&#039;[[Kalarippayattu]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[marma adi]]&#039;&#039;, remain popular. [[Chess in India|Chess]] is commonly held to have [[History of chess#India|originated in India]] as &#039;&#039;[[chaturanga|chaturaṅga]]&#039;&#039;;{{sfn|Wolpert|2003|p = 2}} in recent years, there has been a rise in the number of Indian [[Grandmaster (chess)|grandmasters]].{{sfn|Rediff 2008 b}} [[Viswanathan Anand]] became the [[World Chess Championship 2007|Chess World Champion]] in 2007 and held the status until 2013.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |url=https://www.chessvibes.com/candidates%E2%80%99-r13-anand-draws-clinches-rematch-with-carlsen |title=Candidates&#039; R13: Anand Draws, Clinches Rematch with Carlsen |access-date=14 December 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150111220728/https://www.chessvibes.com/candidates%E2%80%99-r13-anand-draws-clinches-rematch-with-carlsen |archive-date=11 January 2015 |url-status=dead  }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Parcheesi]] is derived from &#039;&#039;[[Pachisi]]&#039;&#039;, another traditional Indian pastime, which in early modern times was played on a giant marble court by [[Mughal Empire|Mughal emperor]] [[Akbar the Great]].{{sfn|Binmore|2007|p = 98}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cricket in India|Cricket]] is the most popular sport in India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Shores|first=Lori|title=Teens in India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CPQmbyiS-iEC|access-date=24 July 2011|date=15 February 2007|publisher=[[Compass Point Books]]|isbn=978-0-7565-2063-2|page=78|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120617050252/https://books.google.com/books?id=CPQmbyiS-iEC|archive-date=17 June 2012|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Major domestic leagues include the [[Indian Premier League]].  Professional leagues in other sports include the [[Indian Super League]] ([[soccer|football]]) and the [[Pro Kabaddi League|Pro Kabaddi]] league.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=26 September 2021|title=From IPL to ISL, sports leagues in India to watch out for|url=https://www.financialexpress.com/sports/from-ipl-to-isl-sports-leagues-in-india-to-watch-out-for/2337628/|access-date=3 December 2021|website=The Financial Express|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Indian Super League: Odisha president says sacking Stuart Baxter was &#039;the only course of action&#039;|url=https://www.skysports.com/football/news/11995/12207157/indian-super-league-odisha-president-says-sacking-stuart-baxter-was-the-only-course-of-action|access-date=3 December 2021|publisher=Sky Sports}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|date=6 August 2014|title=Kabaddi gets the IPL treatment|language=en-GB|work=BBC News|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/business-28660432|access-date=3 December 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sachin Tendulkar about to score 14000th run in test cricket.jpg|thumb|upright=2|left|Indian [[cricket]]er [[Sachin Tendulkar]] about to score a record 14,000 runs in [[Test cricket]] while playing against Australia in [[Bangalore]], 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
India has won two [[One Day International|ODI]] [[Cricket World Cup]]s, the [[1983 Cricket World Cup|1983 edition]] and the [[2011 Cricket World Cup|2011 edition]], as well as becoming the inaugural [[Twenty20 International]] Cricket Champions in [[2007 ICC World Twenty20|2007]]. India also has eight field hockey gold medals in the [[Field hockey at the Summer Olympics|summer olympics]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.indiatoday.in/amp/sports/other-sports/story/independence-day-india-at-70-cricket-football-hockey-kabaddi-1029624-2017-08-14|title=What India was crazy about: Hockey first, Cricket later, Football, Kabaddi now?|website=India Today}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The improved results garnered by the [[India Davis Cup team|Indian Davis Cup team]] and other [[:Category:Indian tennis players|Indian tennis players]] in the early 2010s have made tennis increasingly popular in the country.{{sfn|Futterman|Sharma|2009}} India has a [[:Category:Indian sport shooters|comparatively strong presence]] in shooting sports, and has won several medals at the [[Olympic Games|Olympics]], the [[ISSF World Shooting Championships|World Shooting Championships]], and the Commonwealth Games.{{sfn|Commonwealth Games 2010}}{{sfn|Cyriac|2010}} Other sports in which Indians have succeeded internationally include [[badminton]]{{sfn|British Broadcasting Corporation 2010 a}} ([[Saina Nehwal]] and [[P. V. Sindhu]] are two of the top-ranked female badminton players in the world), boxing,{{sfn|Mint 2010}} and wrestling.{{sfn|Xavier|2010}} [[Football in India|Football]] is popular in [[West Bengal]], [[Goa]], [[Tamil Nadu]], [[Kerala]], and the [[Seven Sister States|north-eastern states]].{{sfn|Majumdar|Bandyopadhyay|2006|pp = 1–5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
{{#switch: {{#expr: {{CURRENTDAYOFYEAR}} mod 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|0=[[File:Filles jouant à la marelle, Jaura, Inde.jpg|thumb|left|Girls play [[hopscotch]] in [[Juara]], Madhya Pradesh.  Hopscotch has been commonly played by girls in rural India.}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SrinivasanJermyn2001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Srinivasan|first1=Radhika|last2=Jermyn|first2=Leslie|last3=Lek|first3=Hui Hui|title=India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zoVby4OJWhYC&amp;amp;pg=PA109|year=2001|publisher=Times Books International|isbn=978-981-232-184-8|page=109}} Quote: &amp;quot;Girls in India usually play jump rope, or hopscotch, and five stones, tossing the stones up in the air and catching them in many different ways ... the coconut-plucking contests, groundnut-eating races, ... of rural India.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1=[[File:Indian-Hockey-Team-Berlin-1936.jpg|thumb|left|Indian hockey team, captained by [[Dhyan Chand]] (standing second from left), after winning the finals at the [[1936 Summer Olympics]] – their third of six consecutive Olympic golds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|2=[[File:Sania Mirza during her first round match with Virginie Razzano, Day 2 of Wimbledon 2011.jpg|thumb|left|[[Sania Mirza]] is an Indian professional tennis player, a former [[List of WTA number 1 ranked players|world No. 1]] in doubles, who has won six [[Grand Slam (tennis)|Grand Slam titles]] in her career.}}&amp;lt;ref name=No1ranking&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Hingis and Mirza win. Mirza becomes No. 1|url=https://www.wtatennis.com/news/article/4634188/title/hingis-mirza-win-mirza-becomes-no1|access-date=19 April 2015|publisher=[[Women&#039;s Tennis Association]]|date=12 April 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150415000115/https://www.wtatennis.com/news/article/4634188/title/hingis-mirza-win-mirza-becomes-no1|archive-date=15 April 2015|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; She is shown here at Wimbledon, 2011.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|3=[[File:Kabaddi in Bagepalli Karnataka.jpg|thumb|left|A game of &#039;&#039;kabaddi&#039;&#039; in [[Bagepalli]], Karnataka]]&lt;br /&gt;
|4= [[File:Joueursindienspushkar.jpg|thumb|left|A street-corner game of &#039;&#039;pachisi&#039;&#039; in [[Pushkar]], Rajasthan]]&lt;br /&gt;
|5=[[File:Street Cricket Batter India.jpg|thumb|left|Cricket is the most popular sport in India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HongMangan2005&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Hong|first1=Fan|last2=Mangan|first2=J.A.|title=Sport in Asian Society: Past and Present|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=C0iQAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA306|year=2005|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-1-135-76043-4|page=306}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Shown here is an example of [[street cricket]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
|6=[[File:Viswanathan Anand 08 14 2005.jpg|thumb|left|Indian chess grandmaster and former world champion [[Vishwanathan Anand]] competes at a chess tournament in 2005. Chess is commonly believed to have originated in India in the 5th century CE.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|7=[[File:XIX Commonwealth Games-2010 Delhi Indian shuttler Saina Nehwal in action against her Barbados opponent during their match in the preliminary round of badminton event, at Sirifort Sports Complex, in New Delhi.jpg|left|thumb|[[Saina Nehwal]] is the only Indian female to have become world number one in [[badminton]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
India has hosted or co-hosted several international sporting events: the 1951 and [[1982 Asian Games]]; the [[1987 Cricket World Cup|1987]], [[1996 Cricket World Cup|1996]], and [[2011 Cricket World Cup]] tournaments; the [[2003 Afro-Asian Games]]; the [[2006 ICC Champions Trophy]]; the [[2009 BWF World Championships|2009 World Badminton Championships]]; the [[2010 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|2010 Hockey World Cup]]; the [[2010 Commonwealth Games]]; and the [[2017 FIFA U-17 World Cup]]. Major international sporting events held annually in India include the [[Maharashtra Open]], the [[Mumbai Marathon]], the [[Delhi Half Marathon]], and the [[Indian Masters]]. The first [[Formula One|Formula 1]] [[Indian Grand Prix]] featured in late 2011 but has been discontinued from the F1 season calendar since 2014.{{sfn|Dehejia|2011}} India has traditionally been the dominant country at the [[South Asian Games]]. An example of this dominance is the [[Basketball at the South Asian Games|basketball competition]] where the [[India national basketball team|Indian team]] won four out of five tournaments to date.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Basketball team named for 11th South Asian Games |url=https://nation.com.pk/02-Jan-2010/basketball-team-named-for-11th-south-asian-games |access-date=23 November 2019 |work=[[The Nation (Pakistan)|The Nation]] |publisher=Nawaiwaqt Group |date=2 January 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121202035448/https://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/lahore/02-Jan-2010/Basketball-team-named-for-11th-South-Asian-Games |archive-date=2 December 2012 |url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Administrative divisions of India]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of India]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{notelist|refs={{efn|name=remaining religions|Besides specific religions, the last two categories in the 2011 Census were &amp;quot;Other religions and persuasions&amp;quot; (0.65%) and &amp;quot;Religion not stated&amp;quot; (0.23%).}}|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Overview&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=India|work=[[The World Factbook]]|publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]]|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/india/|access-date=10 July 2021|ref={{sfnRef|Central Intelligence Agency}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=December 2004|title=Country Profile: India|edition=5th|work=[[Library of Congress Country Studies]]|publisher=[[Library of Congress]] [[Federal Research Division]]|url=https://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/India.pdf|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110927131058/https://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/India.pdf|archive-date=27 September 2011|access-date=30 September 2011|url-status=dead|ref={{sfnRef|Library of Congress|2004}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Heitzman|first1=James|last2=Worden|first2=Robert L.|year=1996|title=India: A Country Study|series=Area Handbook Series|publisher=[[Library of Congress]]|place=Washington, D.C.|isbn=978-0-8444-0833-0|url=https://archive.org/details/indiacountrystud0000unse}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=India|publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]]|url=https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/02/weodata/weorept.aspx?sy=2009&amp;amp;ey=2016&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=534&amp;amp;s=NGDPD%2CNGDPDPC%2CPPPGDP%2CPPPPC%2CLP&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=&amp;amp;pr1.x=88&amp;amp;pr1.y=9|access-date=14 October 2011|ref={{sfnRef|International Monetary Fund}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India|publisher=[[Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India|Office of the Registrar General and Census Commissioner]]|url=https://censusindia.gov.in/2011-prov-results/prov_results_paper1_india.html|ref={{sfnRef|Provisional Population Totals Paper 1 of 2011 India}}|access-date=18 October 2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Robinson, Francis, ed. &#039;&#039;The Cambridge Encyclopedia of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan and the Maldives&#039;&#039; (1989)&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=24 January 1950|title=Constituent Assembly of India – Volume XII|publisher=[[National Informatics Centre]], [[Government of India]]|url=https://parliamentofindia.nic.in/ls/debates/vol12p1.htm |access-date=17 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Constituent Assembly of India|1950}}|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110721173243/https://parliamentofindia.nic.in/ls/debates/vol12p1.htm|archive-date=21 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Etymology&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite journal |last=Barrow |first=Ian J. |title=From Hindustan to India: Naming change in changing names |journal=South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies |volume=26 |pages=37–49 |number=1 |year=2003 |doi=10.1080/085640032000063977|s2cid=144039519}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite journal |last=Clémentin-Ojha |first=Catherine |title=&#039;India, that is Bharat…&#039;: One Country, Two Names |journal=South Asia Multidisciplinary Academic Journal |volume=10 |year=2014 |url=https://journals.openedition.org/samaj/3717 |archive-date=28 September 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150928035644/https://samaj.revues.org/3717}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=Thieme |first=P. |chapter=Sanskrit &#039;&#039;sindu-/Sindhu-&#039;&#039; and Old Iranian &#039;&#039;hindu-/Hindu-&#039;&#039; |editor1=Mary Boyce |editor2=Ilya Gershevitch |year=1970 |title=W. B. Henning Memorial Volume |publisher=[[Lund Humphries]] |isbn=978-0-85331-255-0 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=e3UBAAAAMAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Asher|first1=C. B.|last2=Talbot|first2=C.|year=2006|title=India Before Europe |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|isbn=978-0-521-80904-7|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ZvaGuaJIJgoC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Asher|first1=C. B.|last2=Talbot|first2=C.|year=2008|title=India Before Europe t|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|isbn=978-0-521-51750-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Brown|first=J. M.|author-link=Judith M. Brown|year=1994|title=Modern India: The Origins of an Asian Democracy|edition=2nd|series=[[The Short Oxford History of the Modern World]]|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-873113-9|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PaKdsF8WzbcC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Coningham|first1=Robin|last2=Young|first2=Ruth|title=The Archaeology of South Asia: From the Indus to Asoka, c. 6500 BCE – 200 CE|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hB5TCgAAQBAJ|year=2015|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|isbn=978-0-521-84697-4}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Copland|first=I.|year=2001|title=India 1885–1947: The Unmaking of an Empire|publisher=[[Longman]]|isbn=978-0-582-38173-5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Dw1uAAAAMAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Kulke|first1=H.|last2=Rothermund|first2=D.|author1-link=Hermann Kulke|year=2004|title=A History of India|series=4th|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-0-415-32920-0|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=V73N8js5ZgAC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Ludden|first=D.|year=2002|title=India and South Asia: A Short History|publisher=[[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn=978-1-85168-237-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Ludden|first=D.|year=2014|title=India and South Asia: A Short History|publisher=[[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn=978-1-85168-936-1|edition=2nd, revised|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pBq9DwAAQBAJ}}&amp;lt;!--ISBN and year from book pages--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Metcalf|first1=Barbara D.|last2=Metcalf|first2=Thomas R.|author1-link=Barbara Metcalf |author2-link=Thomas R. Metcalf|year=2006|title=A Concise History of Modern India|edition=2nd|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-0-521-68225-1|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iuESgYNYPl0C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Metcalf|first1=Barbara D.|last2=Metcalf|first2=Thomas R.|year=2012|title=A Concise History of Modern India|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-107-02649-0 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mjIfqyY7jlsC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Peers|first=D. M.|year=2006|title=India under Colonial Rule: 1700–1885 |publisher=[[Pearson Education|Pearson Longman]]|isbn=978-0-582-31738-3|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=6iNuAAAAMAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Peers|first=D. M.|year=2013|title=India Under Colonial Rule: 1700–1885|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-1-317-88286-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dyQuAgAAQBAJ|access-date=13 August 2019}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Petraglia|first1=Michael D. |last2=Allchin|first2=Bridget |author-link2=Bridget Allchin|editor=Michael Petraglia |editor2=Bridget Allchin|title=The Evolution and History of Human Populations in South Asia: Inter-disciplinary Studies in Archaeology, Biological Anthropology, Linguistics and Genetics|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Qm9GfjNlnRwC&amp;amp;pg=PA6|year=2007|publisher=[[Springer Publishing]]|isbn=978-1-4020-5562-1| chapter=Human evolution and culture change in the Indian subcontinent}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Possehl|first=G.|author-link=Gregory Possehl|title=The Indus Civilization: A Contemporary Perspective|year=2003|publisher=[[Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield|Rowman Altamira]]|isbn=978-0-7591-0172-2 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pmAuAsi4ePIC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Robb|first=P.|title=A History of India|year=2001|publisher=[[Palgrave Macmillan|Palgrave]] |isbn=978-0-333-69129-8|url-access=registration|url=https://archive.org/details/historyofindia00pete}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Robb|first=P.|title=A History of India|year=2011|publisher=[[Palgrave Macmillan]] |isbn=978-0-230-34549-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GQ-2VH1LO_EC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sarkar|first=S.|year=1983|title=Modern India: 1885–1947|place=Delhi|publisher=[[Macmillan Publishers|Macmillan]]|isbn=978-0-333-90425-1|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rVxuAAAAMAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Singh|first=Upinder|author-link=Upinder Singh|title=A History of Ancient and Medieval India: From the Stone Age to the 12th Century|year=2009|publisher=[[Longman]]|location=Delhi|isbn=978-81-317-1677-9 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=H3lUIIYxWkEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Singh|first=Upinder|title=Political Violence in Ancient India|year=2017|publisher=[[Harvard University Press]]|isbn=978-0-674-98128-7|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dYM4DwAAQBAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sripati|first=V.|year=1998|title=Toward Fifty Years of Constitutionalism and Fundamental Rights in India: Looking Back to See Ahead (1950–2000)|journal=[[American University International Law Review]] |volume=14 |issue=2|pages=413–496}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Stein|first=B.|author-link=Burton Stein|year=1998|title=A History of India |publisher=[[Wiley-Blackwell]]|place=Oxford|isbn=978-0-631-20546-3 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SXdVS0SzQSAC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Stein|first=B.|author-link=Burton Stein|editor-last=Arnold|editor-first=D.|year=2010 |title=A History of India|edition=2nd|publisher=[[Wiley-Blackwell]]|place=Oxford|isbn=978-1-4051-9509-6 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QY4zdTDwMAQC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Witzel|first=Michael|author-link=Michael Witzel|editor=Gavin D. Flood|title=The Blackwell companion to Hinduism|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=qSfneQ0YYY8C|access-date=15 March 2012 |year=2003 |publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]]|isbn=978-0-631-21535-6|chapter=Vedas and Upanișads}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Wolpert|first=S.|author-link=Stanley Wolpert|year=2003|title=A New History of India|edition=7th|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-516678-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Geography&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Ali|first1=J. R.|last2=Aitchison|first2=J. C.|year=2005|title=Greater India|journal=[[Earth-Science Reviews]]|volume=72|issue=3–4|pages=170–173|doi=10.1016/j.earscirev.2005.07.005|bibcode=2005ESRv...72..169A}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Basu|first1=Mahua|last2=Xavier|first2=Savarimuthu|year=2017|title=Fundamentals of Environmental Studies |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nXmLDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA78 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-316-87051-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Chang|first=J. H.|year=1967|title=The Indian Summer Monsoon|periodical=[[Geographical Review]]|volume=57|issue=3|pages=373–396|doi=10.2307/212640|jstor=212640|publisher=[[American Geographical Society]], Wiley}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|year=1988 |title=Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988 |publisher=Department of Environment and Forests, Government of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands |url=https://forest.and.nic.in/fca1980.pdf |access-date=25 July 2011 |ref={{sfnRef|Department of Environment and Forests|1988}} |url-status=dead |archive-date=21 July 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110721163118/https://forest.and.nic.in/fca1980.pdf}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Dikshit|first1=K. R.|last2=Schwartzberg|first2=Joseph E.|author2-link=Joseph E. Schwartzberg|title=India: Land|url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/285248/India|encyclopedia=[[Encyclopædia Britannica]]|date=2023 |pages=1–29}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Duff|first=D.|author-link = Donald Duff (geologist and author)|year=1993|title=Holmes Principles of Physical Geology|edition=4th|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-0-7487-4381-0|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=E6vknq9SfIIC&amp;amp;pg=PT353}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Kaul|first=R. N.|editor-last=Kaul|editor-first=R. N.|year=1970|chapter=The Indian Subcontinent: Indo-Pakistan|title=Afforestation in Arid Zones|isbn=978-94-010-3352-7|location=The Hague|publisher=Dr. W. Junk, N.V., Publishers}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Kumar|first1=V. Sanil|last2=Pathak|first2=K. C.|last3=Pednekar|first3=P.|last4=Raju |first4=N. S. N.|last5=Gowthaman|first5=R.|year=2006|title=Coastal processes along the Indian coastline |periodical=[[Current Science]]|volume=91|issue=4|pages=530–536 |url=https://drs.nio.org/drs/bitstream/2264/350/1/Curr_Sci_91_530.pdf|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090908141613/https://drs.nio.org/drs/bitstream/2264/350/1/Curr_Sci_91_530.pdf|archive-date=8 September 2009}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Mcgrail|first1=Sean|last2=Blue|first2=Lucy|last3=Kentley|first3=Eric|last4=Palmer |first4=Colin|year=2003|title=Boats of South Asia|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=v1eBAgAAQBAJ |publisher=[[Routledge]] |isbn=978-1-134-43130-4}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|year=2007|title=India Yearbook 2007|publisher=Publications Division, [[Ministry of Information and Broadcasting (India)|Ministry of Information and Broadcasting]], [[Government of India]]|place=New Delhi|isbn=978-81-230-1423-4|ref={{sfnRef|Ministry of Information and Broadcasting|2007}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Posey|first=C. A.|year= 1994|title=The Living Earth Book of Wind and Weather|publisher=[[Reader&#039;s Digest Association|Reader&#039;s Digest]]|isbn=978-0-89577-625-9 |url=https://archive.org/details/livingearthbooko00pose}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Prakash|first1=B.|last2=Kumar|first2=S.|last3=Rao|first3=M. S.|last4=Giri|first4=S. C.|year=2000|title=Holocene Tectonic Movements and Stress Field in the Western Gangetic Plains|journal=[[Current Science]] |volume=79|issue=4|pages=438–449|url=https://www.ias.ac.in/currsci/aug252000/prakash.pdf|ref={{sfnRef|Prakash et al.|2000}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Prasad|first=Ishwar|editor-last=Mani|editor-first=M. S.|year=1974|chapter=The Ecology of Vertebrates of the Indian Desert|title=Ecology and Biogeography in India|location=The Hague|publisher=Dr. W. Junk bv Publishers|isbn=978-94-010-2333-7}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Biodiversity&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Basak|first=R. K.|year=1983|title=Botanical Survey of India: Account of Its Establishment, Development, and Activities|publisher=India. [[Department of Environment]]|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=yXAVcgAACAAJ|access-date=20 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Crame|first1=J. A.|last2=Owen|first2=A. W.|year= 2002|title=Palaeobiogeography and Biodiversity Change: The Ordovician and Mesozoic–Cenozoic Radiations|series=Geological Society Special Publication|issue=194|publisher=[[Geological Society of London]]|isbn=978-1-86239-106-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YswVy5YolYsC&amp;amp;pg=PA142|access-date=8 December 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Karanth|first1=K. Ullas|last2=Gopal|first2=Rajesh |editor=Rosie Woodroffe |editor2=Simon Thirgood |editor3=Alan Rabinowitz |year=2005 |title=People and Wildlife, Conflict Or Co-existence? |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=6vNzRzcjntAC|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-0-521-53203-7|chapter=An ecology-based policy framework for human-tiger coexistence in India}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Karanth|first=K. P.|year=2006|title=Out-of-India Gondwanan Origin of Some Tropical Asian Biota|journal=[[Current Science]]|volume=90|issue=6|pages=789–792 |url=https://www.iisc.ernet.in/currsci/mar252006/789.pdf|access-date=18 May 2011|archive-date=11 April 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190411223533/https://www.iisc.ernet.in/currsci/mar252006/789.pdf |url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Mace|first=G. M.|date= 1994|title=1994 IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals |work=World Conservation Monitoring Centre|publisher=[[International Union for Conservation of Nature]] |isbn=978-2-8317-0194-3 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dyy0HilL9ecC&amp;amp;pg=PR4}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Tritsch|first=M. F.|year=2001|title=Wildlife of India|publisher=[[HarperCollins]]|place=London|isbn=978-0-00-711062-9|url=https://archive.org/details/wildlifeofindia0000trit}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Biosphere Reserves of India|work=C. P. R. Environment Education Centre|publisher=[[Ministry of Environment and Forests (India)|Ministry of Environment and Forests]], [[Government of India]] |url=https://www.cpreec.org/pubbook-biosphere.htm|access-date=17 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Ministry of Environment and Forests}}|archive-date=25 July 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110725202217/http://www.cpreec.org/pubbook-biosphere.htm|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=9 September 1972|title=Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972|publisher=[[Ministry of Environment and Forests (India)|Ministry of Environment and Forests]], [[Government of India]] |url=https://envfor.nic.in/legis/wildlife/wildlife1.html|access-date=25 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Ministry of Environment and Forests 1972}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=4 June 2007|title=The List of Wetlands of International Importance|publisher=The Secretariat of the Convention on Wetlands|page=18|url=https://www.ramsar.org/sitelist.pdf|access-date=20 June 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070621011113/https://www.ramsar.org/sitelist.pdf |archive-date=21 June 2007|ref={{sfnRef|Secretariat of the Convention on Wetlands}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Politics&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite journal|last1=Banerjee|first1=Sumanta|title=Civilising the BJP|journal=[[Economic &amp;amp; Political Weekly]]|date=22 July 2005|volume=40|issue=29|pages=3116–3119|jstor=4416896}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Bhambhri|first=C. P.|year=1992|title=Politics in India, 1991–1992|publisher=Shipra |isbn=978-81-85402-17-8|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pf5HAAAAMAAJ|access-date=20 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Burnell|first1=P. J.|last2=Calvert|first2=P.|year=1999|title=The Resilience of Democracy: Persistent Practice, Durable Idea|publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]]|isbn=978-0-7146-8026-2 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hv6TkML5_HAC&amp;amp;pg=PA271|access-date=20 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|agency=Press Trust of India|date=16 May 2009|title=Second UPA Win, A Crowning Glory for Sonia&#039;s Ascendancy|url=https://www.business-standard.com/india/news/second-upa-wincrowning-glory-for-sonia%5Cs-ascendancy/61892/on |access-date=13 June 2009 |ref={{sfnRef|Business Standard|2009}}|newspaper=[[Business Standard]] India|last1=India |first1=Press Trust of }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Chander|first=N. J.|year=2004|title=Coalition Politics: The Indian Experience|publisher=Concept Publishing Company|isbn=978-81-8069-092-1|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=G_QtMGIczhMC&amp;amp;pg=PA117|access-date=20 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Dunleavy|first1=P.|last2=Diwakar|first2=R.|last3=Dunleavy|first3=C.|year=2007|title=The Effective Space of Party Competition|issue=5|publisher=[[London School of Economics]] and Political Science |url=https://www2.lse.ac.uk/government/research/resgroups/PSPE/pdf/PSPE_WP5_07.pdf|access-date=27 September 2011|archive-date=28 October 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071028005708/https://www.lse.ac.uk/collections/government/PSPE/pdf/PSPE_WP5_07.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Dutt|first=S.|year=1998|title=Identities and the Indian State: An Overview|journal=[[Third World Quarterly]]|volume=19|issue=3|pages=411–434|doi=10.1080/01436599814325}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Echeverri-Gent|first=J.|editor-last=Ayres|editor-first=A.|editor2-last=Oldenburg|editor2-first=P.|date=January 2002|title=Quickening the Pace of Change|chapter=Politics in India&#039;s Decentred Polity|series=India Briefing|publisher=[[M. E. Sharpe]]|place=London|pages=[https://archive.org/details/indiabriefingqui0000unse/page/19 19–53]|isbn=978-0-7656-0812-3|chapter-url=https://archive.org/details/indiabriefingqui0000unse/page/19}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=14 March 2009|title=Current Recognised Parties|work=[[Election Commission of India]]|url=https://eci.nic.in/eci_main/ElectoralLaws/OrdersNotifications/Symbols_Sep_2009.pdf|access-date=5 July 2010|ref={{sfnRef|Election Commission of India}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Gledhill|first=A.|year=1970|title=The Republic of India: The Development of its Laws and Constitution|publisher=[[Greenwood Publishing Group|Greenwood]]|isbn=978-0-8371-2813-9|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=cHAjPQAACAAJ|access-date=21 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite journal|last1=Malik|first1=Yogendra K.|last2=Singh|first2=V. B.|title=Bharatiya Janata Party: An Alternative to the Congress (I)?|journal=[[Asian Survey]]|date=April 1992|volume=32|issue=4|pages=318–336 |jstor=2645149 |doi=10.2307/2645149}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Mathew|first=K. M.|year=2003|title=Manorama Yearbook|publisher=[[Malayala Manorama]] |isbn=978-81-900461-8-3|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jDaLQwAACAAJ|access-date=21 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=National Symbols|work=Know India|publisher=[[National Informatics Centre]], [[Government of India]]|url=https://www.india.gov.in/india-glance/national-symbols|access-date=18 April 2021|ref={{sfnRef|National Informatics Centre|2005}}|url-status=live|archive-date=18 April 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210418054958/https://www.india.gov.in/india-glance/national-symbols}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Neuborne|first=Burt|year=2003|title=The Supreme Court of India|journal=International Journal of Constitutional Law|volume=1|issue=3|pages=476–510|doi=10.1093/icon/1.3.476|doi-access=free}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Pylee|first=M. V.|year=2003a|title=Constitutional Government in India|chapter=The Longest Constitutional Document|edition=2nd|publisher=[[S. Chand]]|isbn=978-81-219-2203-6|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=veDUJCjr5U4C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Pylee|first=M. V.|year=2003b|title=Constitutional Government in India|chapter=The Union Judiciary: The Supreme Court|edition=2nd|publisher=[[S. Chand]]|isbn=978-81-219-2203-6|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=veDUJCjr5U4C&amp;amp;pg=PA314|access-date=2 November 2007}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sarkar|first=N. I.|title=Sonia Gandhi: Tryst with India|year=2007|publisher=[[Atlantic Books|Atlantic]]|isbn=978-81-269-0744-1|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=26flsWUf8fkC|access-date=20 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sharma|first=R.|year=1950|title=Cabinet Government in India|journal=[[Parliamentary Affairs]]|volume=4|issue=1|pages=116–126|doi=10.1093/oxfordjournals.pa.a052755}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sharma|first=B. K.|year= 2007|title=Introduction to the Constitution of India|edition=4th|publisher=[[Prentice Hall]]|isbn=978-81-203-3246-1|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=srDytmFE3KMC&amp;amp;pg=PA161}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sinha|first=A.|year=2004|title=The Changing Political Economy of Federalism in India|journal=[[India Review]]|volume=3|issue=1|pages=25–63|doi=10.1080/14736480490443085|s2cid=154543286}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=World&#039;s Largest Democracy to Reach One Billion Persons on Independence Day|publisher=[[United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs|United Nations]] [[Commission on Population and Development|Population Division]] |ref={{sfnRef|United Nations Population Division}} |url=https://www.un.org/esa/population/pubsarchive/india/ind1bil.htm|access-date=5 October 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Wheare|first=K. C.|year= 1980|title=Federal Government|edition=4th|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-313-22702-8|url=https://archive.org/details/federalgovernmen00whearich}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Foreign relations and military&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Alford|first=P.|date=7 July 2008|title=G8 Plus 5 Equals Power Shift|work=[[The Australian]]|url=https://www.theaustralian.com.au/news/g8-plus-5-equals-power-shift/story-e6frg6t6-1111116838759|access-date=21 November 2009}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Behera|first=L. K.|date=7 March 2011|title=Budgeting for India&#039;s Defence: An Analysis of Defence Budget 2011–2012|publisher=[[Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses]]|url=https://www.idsa.in/idsacomments/BudgetingforIndiasDefence2010-11_lkbehera_030310.html|access-date=4 April 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Behera|first=L. K.|date=20 March 2012|title=India&#039;s Defence Budget 2012–13|publisher=[[Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses]]|url=https://www.defencereviewasia.com/articles/169/India-s-Defence-Budget-2012-13|access-date=26 March 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121215014403/https://www.defencereviewasia.com/articles/169/India-s-Defence-Budget-2012-13|archive-date=15 December 2012|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=11 February 2009|title=Russia Agrees India Nuclear Deal|work=[[BBC News]]|publisher=[[BBC]]|url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7883223.stm|access-date=22 August 2010|ref={{sfnRef|British Broadcasting Corporation 2009}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Curry|first=B.|date=27 June 2010|title=Canada Signs Nuclear Deal with India|work=[[The Globe and Mail]]|url=https://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/world/g8-g20/news/canada-signs-nuclear-deal-with-india/article1620801/|access-date=13 May 2011|archive-date=25 May 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170525115702/https://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/world/g8-g20/news/canada-signs-nuclear-deal-with-india/article1620801/|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=8 April 2008|title=EU-India Strategic Partnership|work=Europa: Summaries of EU Legislation|url=https://europa.eu/legislation_summaries/external_relations/relations_with_third_countries/asia/r14100_en.htm|access-date=14 January 2011|publisher=[[European Union]]|ref={{sfnRef|European Union 2008}}|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110503194700/https://europa.eu/legislation_summaries/external_relations/relations_with_third_countries/asia/r14100_en.htm|archive-date=3 May 2011|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Ghosh|first=A.|title=India&#039;s Foreign Policy|year= 2009|publisher=[[Pearson PLC|Pearson]]|isbn=978-81-317-1025-8|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Y32u4JMroQgC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Gilbert|first=M.|year=2002|title=A History of the Twentieth Century|publisher=[[William Morrow and Company|William Morrow]]|isbn=978-0-06-050594-3|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jhwY1j8Ao3kC&amp;amp;pg=PA486|access-date=22 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Kumar|first=A. V.|date=1 May 2010|title=Reforming the NPT to Include India|work=[[Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists]]|url=https://thebulletin.org/reforming-npt-include-india|access-date=1 November 2010|archive-date=7 April 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140407061019/http://thebulletin.org/reforming-npt-include-india|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Miglani|first=S.|date=28 February 2011|title=With An Eye on China, India Steps Up Defence Spending|work=[[Reuters]]|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/india-budget-military-idUSSGE71R02Y20110228|access-date=6 July 2011|archive-date=2 May 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110502153348/https://www.reuters.com/article/2011/02/28/india-budget-military-idUSSGE71R02Y20110228|url-status=live}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Nair|first=V. K.|year=2007|title=No More Ambiguity: India&#039;s Nuclear Policy|website=afsa.org|url=https://www.afsa.org/fsj/oct02/nair.pdf|access-date=7 June 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070927041401/https://www.afsa.org/fsj/oct02/nair.pdf|archive-date=27 September 2007}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Pandit|first=Rajat|date=27 July 2009|title=N-Submarine to Give India Crucial Third Leg of Nuke Triad|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2009-07-27/india/28212143_1_nuclear-powered-submarine-ins-arihant-nuclear-submarine|access-date=10 March 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110811144548/https://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2009-07-27/india/28212143_1_nuclear-powered-submarine-ins-arihant-nuclear-submarine|url-status=dead|archive-date=11 August 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Pandit|first=Rajat|date=8 January 2015|title=Make-in-India: Plan to develop 5th-generation fighter aircraft|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Make-in-India-Plan-to-develop-5th-generation-fighter-aircraft/articleshow/45802270.cms|access-date=17 October 2021|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150311162056/https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Make-in-India-Plan-to-develop-5th-generation-fighter-aircraft/articleshow/45802270.cms|archive-date=11 March 2015}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite news|last=Pandit|first=Rajat|date=16 March 2021|title=India&#039;s weapon imports fell by 33% in last five years but remains world&#039;s second-largest arms importer|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://m.timesofindia.com/india/indias-weapon-imports-fell-by-33-in-last-five-years-but-remains-worlds-second-largest-arms-importer/amp_articleshow/81516403.cms|access-date=3 February 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite news|last=Pandit|first=Rajat|date=1 February 2022|title=Strong push for indigenous weapons amidst modest hike in defence budget|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://m.timesofindia.com/india/strong-push-for-indigenous-weapons-amidst-modest-hike-in-defence-budget/amp_articleshow/89275344.cms|access-date=3 February 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Perkovich|first=G.|year=2001|title=India&#039;s Nuclear Bomb: The Impact on Global Proliferation|publisher=[[University of California Press]]|isbn=978-0-520-23210-5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=UDA9dUryS8EC|access-date=22 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=25 January 2008|title=India, France Agree on Civil Nuclear Cooperation|publisher=[[Rediff.com|Rediff]]|url=https://www.rediff.com/news/2008/jan/25france.htm|access-date=22 August 2010|ref={{sfnRef|Rediff 2008 a}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=13 February 2010|title=UK, India Sign Civil Nuclear Accord|work=[[Reuters]]|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-india-britain-nuclear-idUSTRE61C21E20100213?type=politicsNews|access-date=22 August 2010|ref={{sfnRef|Reuters|2010}}|archive-date=12 May 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120512181522/https://www.reuters.com/article/2010/02/13/us-india-britain-nuclear-idUSTRE61C21E20100213?type=politicsNews|url-status=live}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Rothermund|first=D.|year= 2000|title=The Routledge Companion to Decolonization|series=Routledge Companions to History|publisher=[[Routledge]]|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ez37H0UPt_YC|isbn=978-0-415-35632-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sharma|first=S. R.|year=1999|title=India–USSR Relations 1947–1971: From Ambivalence to Steadfastness|volume=1|publisher=Discovery|isbn=978-81-7141-486-4&amp;lt;!--8171414869--&amp;gt;|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=vTEge1JWK8oC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Shukla|first=A.|date=5 March 2011|title=China Matches India&#039;s Expansion in Military Spending|url=https://www.business-standard.com/india/news/china-matches-india%5Cs-expansion-in-military-spending/427365/|access-date=6 July 2011|newspaper=[[Business Standard]] India}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Sisodia|first1=N. S.|last2=Naidu|first2=G. V. C.|year=2005|title=Changing Security Dynamic in Eastern Asia: Focus on Japan|publisher=Promilla|isbn=978-81-86019-52-8&amp;lt;!--8186019529--&amp;gt;|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jSgfLG3Ib9wC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|year= 2008|title=SIPRI Yearbook 2008: Armaments, Disarmament, and International Security|work=[[Stockholm International Peace Research Institute]]|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-954895-8|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=EAyQ9KCJE2gC&amp;amp;pg=PA178|access-date=22 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Stockholm International Peace Research Institute 2008}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=19 March 2012|title=Rise in international arms transfers is driven by Asian demand, says SIPRI|work=[[Stockholm International Peace Research Institute]]|url=https://www.sipri.org/media/pressreleases/2012/rise-in-international-arms-transfers-is-driven-by-asian-demand-says-sipri|access-date=5 April 2016|ref={{sfnRef|Stockholm International Peace Research Institute 2012}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=11 October 2008|title=India, US Sign 123 Agreement|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2008-10-11/india/27905286_1_indian-nuclear-market-sign-landmark-civil-nuclear-field|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111107021602/https://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2008-10-11/india/27905286_1_indian-nuclear-market-sign-landmark-civil-nuclear-field|url-status=dead|archive-date=7 November 2011|access-date=21 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|The Times of India 2008}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Economy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Alamgir|first=J.|year=2008|title=India&#039;s Open-Economy Policy: Globalism, Rivalry, Continuity|publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]]|isbn=978-0-415-77684-4|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JL7QfWJ5Yk0C|access-date=23 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Bonner|first=B|date=20 March 2010|title=Make Way, World. India Is on the Move|journal=[[The Christian Science Monitor]]|url=https://www.csmonitor.com/Business/The-Daily-Reckoning/2010/0320/Make-way-world.-India-is-on-the-move|access-date=23 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Farrell|first1=D.|last2=Beinhocker|first2=E.|date=19 May 2007|title=Next Big Spenders: India&#039;s Middle Class|publisher=[[McKinsey &amp;amp; Company]]|url=https://www.mckinsey.com/Insights/MGI/In_the_news/Next_big_spenders_Indian_middle_class|access-date=17 September 2011|archive-date=5 December 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111205035707/https://www.mckinsey.com/Insights/MGI/In_the_news/Next_big_spenders_Indian_middle_class|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Gargan|first=E. A.|date=15 August 1992|title=India Stumbles in Rush to a Free Market Economy|newspaper=[[The New York Times]]|url=https://www.nytimes.com/1992/08/15/world/india-stumbles-in-rush-to-a-free-market-economy.html|access-date=22 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=January 2011|title=The World in 2050: The Accelerating Shift of Global Economic Power: Challenges and Opportunities|first1=John|last1=Hawksworth|first2=Anmol|last2=Tiwari|publisher=[[PricewaterhouseCoopers]]|url=https://www.pwc.com/en_GX/gx/psrc/pdf/world_in_2050_jan2011.pdf|access-date=23 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Nayak|first1=P. B.|last2=Goldar|first2=B.|last3=Agrawal|first3=P.|year=2010|title=India&#039;s Economy and Growth: Essays in Honour of V. K. R. V. Rao|publisher=[[SAGE Publishing|SAGE Publications]]|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=N1Ho2SGXUHwC|isbn=978-81-321-0452-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Pal|first1=P.|last2=Ghosh|first2=J|title=Inequality in India: A Survey of Recent Trends |work=DESA Working Paper No. 45 |date=July 2007 |publisher=[[United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs]] |url=https://www.un.org/esa/desa/papers/2007/wp45_2007.pdf|access-date=23 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Schwab|first=K.|year=2010|title=The Global Competitiveness Report 2010–2011|publisher=[[World Economic Forum]]|url=https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_GlobalCompetitivenessReport_2010-11.pdf |access-date=10 May 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sheth|first=N.|date=28 May 2009|title=Outlook for Outsourcing Spending Brightens|work=[[The Wall Street Journal]] |url=https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB124344190542659025#articleTabs_comments%3D%26articleTabs%3Darticle |access-date=3 October 2010}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Yep|first=E.|date=27 September 2011|title=ReNew Wind Power Gets $201 Million Goldman Investment|url=https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424052970204422404576595972728958728|access-date=27 September 2011|newspaper=[[The Wall Street Journal]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=10 April 2010|title=India Second Fastest Growing Auto Market After China|work=[[Business Line]]|url=https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/todays-paper/article988689.ece|access-date=23 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Business Line 2010}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web|title=India world&#039;s second largest textiles exporter: UN Comtrade|work=[[The Economic Times]] |date=2 June 2014|ref={{sfnref|Economic Times 2014}} |url=https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/cons-products/garments-/-textiles/india-worlds-second-largest-textiles-exporter-un-comtrade/articleshow/35958852.cms?from=mdr|access-date=17 October 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140605121831/https://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2014-06-02/news/50272849_1_textiles-exports-india-calender-year|archive-date=5 June 2014|url-status=live}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=8 October 2011|title=India&#039;s Economy: Not Just Rubies and Polyester Shirts|newspaper=[[The Economist]]|url=https://www.economist.com/node/21531527|access-date=9 October 2011|ref={{sfnRef|Economist 2011}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=13 October 2009|title=Indian Car Exports Surge 36%|work=[[Express India]] |url-status=dead|url=https://expressindia.indianexpress.com/karnatakapoll08/story_page.php?id=528633|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160428102326/https://expressindia.indianexpress.com/karnatakapoll08/story_page.php?id=528633|archive-date=28 April 2016|access-date=5 April 2016|ref={{sfnRef|Express India 2009}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=21 March 2017|title=Measuring the cost of living worldwide|newspaper=[[The Economist]] |url=https://www.economist.com/blogs/graphicdetail/2017/03/daily-chart-13|access-date=25 May 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170525140627/https://www.economist.com/blogs/graphicdetail/2017/03/daily-chart-13|archive-date=25 May 2017|url-status=live|ref={{sfnref|Economist 2017}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |date=October 2007 |title=Economic Survey of India 2007: Policy Brief |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |url=https://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/17/52/39452196.pdf |access-date=22 July 2011 |ref={{sfnRef|Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2007}} |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110606112149/https://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/17/52/39452196.pdf |archive-date=6 June 2011 }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=April 2011|title=Report for Selected Countries and Subjects: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Nepal, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Thailand|publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |url=https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?pr.x=25&amp;amp;pr.y=15&amp;amp;sy=1991&amp;amp;ey=2012&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=512%2C558%2C513%2C564%2C566%2C524%2C534%2C578%2C536%2C548&amp;amp;s=NGDPDPC&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=|access-date=23 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|International Monetary Fund 2011b}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |date=6 April 2011 |title=Information Note to the Press (Press Release No.29 /2011) |publisher=[[Telecom Regulatory Authority of India]] |ref={{sfnRef|Telecom Regulatory Authority 2011}} |url= https://www.trai.gov.in/WriteReadData/trai/upload/PressReleases/816/Press_release_feb%20-11.pdf|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110516025431/https://www.trai.gov.in/WriteReadData/trai/upload/PressReleases/816/Press_release_feb%20-11.pdf |archive-date=16 May 2011 |access-date=23 July 2011 |url-status=dead }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=India: Undernourished Children – A Call for Reform and Action|publisher=[[World Bank]]|url=https://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/0,,contentMDK:20916955~pagePK:146736~piPK:146830~theSitePK:223547,00.html|access-date=23 July 2011|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120507071806/https://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/0,,contentMDK:20916955~pagePK:146736~piPK:146830~theSitePK:223547,00.html|archive-date=7 May 2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=26 March 2010|title=Trade to Expand by 9.5% in 2010 After a Dismal 2009, WTO Reports|publisher=[[World Trade Organization]]|ref={{sfnRef|World Trade Organization 2010}} |url=https://www.wto.org/english/news_e/pres10_e/pr598_e.htm|access-date=23 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|year=2011–2012|title=Indian IT-BPO Industry|publisher=[[NASSCOM]] |url=https://www.nasscom.org/indian-itbpo-industry|access-date=22 June 2012|ref={{sfnRef|Nasscom 2011–2012}} |url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120509061653/https://nasscom.org/indian-itbpo-industry|archive-date=9 May 2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |year=1995 |title=Understanding the WTO: The Organization Members and Observers |publisher=[[World Trade Organization]] |url=https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/whatis_e/tif_e/org6_e.htm |access-date=23 June 2012 |ref={{sfnRef|World Trade Organization 1995}} |archive-date=29 December 2009|archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20091229021759/https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/whatis_e/tif_e/org6_e.htm}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=June 2011|title=World Economic Outlook Update|publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]]|url=https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?sy=2009&amp;amp;ey=2016&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=512%2C548%2C558%2C564%2C566%2C524%2C578%2C534%2C536&amp;amp;s=NGDPDPC&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=&amp;amp;pr.x=60&amp;amp;pr.y=17|access-date=22 July 2011|ref={{sfnRef|International Monetary Fund 2011a}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Demographics&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Chandramouli|first=C.|date=15 July 2011|title=Rural Urban Distribution of Population|publisher=[[Ministry of Home Affairs (India)]]|url=https://censusindia.gov.in/2011-prov-results/paper2/data_files/india/Rural_Urban_2011.pdf|access-date=24 January 2015}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Dev|first1=S. M.|last2=Rao|first2=N. C.|year=2009|title=India: Perspectives on Equitable Development|publisher=Academic Foundation|isbn=978-81-7188-685-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=adhKjRoTjcIC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Dharwadker|first=A.|editor1-last=Canning|editor1-first=C. M.|editor2-last=Postlewait|editor2-first=T.|year=2010|title=Representing the Past: Essays in Performance Historiography|chapter=Representing India&#039;s Pasts: Time, Culture, and Problems of Performance Historiography|publisher=[[University of Iowa Press]]|isbn=978-1-58729-905-6|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Rgf0gbml2ocC|access-date=24 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Drèze|first1=J.|last2=Goyal|first2=A.|editor-last=Baru|editor-first=R. V.|year=2009|title=School Health Services in India: The Social and Economic Contexts|chapter=The Future of Mid-Day Meals|publisher=[[SAGE Publishing|SAGE Publications]]|isbn=978-81-7829-873-3|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=aQ39RO9OET4C&amp;amp;pg=PA46|ref={{sfnRef|Drèze|Goyal|2008}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Dyson|first1=T.|last2=Visaria|first2=P.|editor-last=Dyson|editor-first=T.|editor2-last=Casses|editor2-first=R.|editor3-last=Visaria|editor3-first=L.|year=2005|title=Twenty-First Century India: Population, Economy, Human Development, and the Environment|chapter=Migration and Urbanisation: Retrospect and Prospects|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-928382-8|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bqU9T5c0wlYC |url-access=registration|url=https://archive.org/details/twentyfirstcentu0000unse_v0c4}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Dyson|first=Tim|title=A Population History of India: From the First Modern People to the Present Day|year=2018|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-882905-8 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=3TRtDwAAQBAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Fisher|first=Michael H.|year=2018|title=An Environmental History of India: From Earliest Times to the Twenty-First Century|location=Cambridge and New York|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-107-11162-2 |lccn=2018021693|doi=10.1017/9781316276044|s2cid=134229667 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=kZVuDwAAQBAJ|doi-access=free}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Garg|first=S. C.|date=19 April 2005|title=Mobilizing Urban Infrastructure Finance in India|publisher=[[World Bank]]|url=https://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTMF/Resources/339747-1105651852282/Garg.pdf|access-date=27 January 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090824063911/https://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTMF/Resources/339747-1105651852282/Garg.pdf|archive-date=24 August 2009|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Mallikarjun|first=B|date=November 2004|title=Fifty Years of Language Planning for Modern Hindi – The Official Language of India|journal=Language in India|volume=4|issue=11|issn=1930-2940 |url=https://www.languageinindia.com/nov2004/mallikarjunmalaysiapaper1.html|access-date=24 July 2011|archive-date=10 January 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180110230215/http://www.languageinindia.com/nov2004/mallikarjunmalaysiapaper1.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Ottenheimer|first=H. J.|year=2008|title=The Anthropology of Language: An Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology|publisher=[[Cengage]]|isbn=978-0-495-50884-7|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d4QHsORbZs4C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Ratna|first=U.|editor-last=Dutt|editor-first=A. K.|editor2-last=Thakur|editor2-first=B. |year=2007|title=City, Society, and Planning|chapter=Interface Between Urban and Rural Development in India |volume=1|publisher=Concept|isbn=978-81-8069-459-2|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QDmZeW1H37IC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Rorabacher|first=J. A.|year=2010|title=Hunger and Poverty in South Asia|publisher=Gyan|isbn=978-81-212-1027-0|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=u6hriMcSsE4C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|date=27 April 1960 |title=Notification No. 2/8/60-O.L |publisher=[[Ministry of Home Affairs (India)|Ministry of Home Affairs]], [[Government of India]] |url=https://rajbhasha.nic.in/UI/pagecontent.aspx?pc=Mzc%3d |access-date=13 May 2011 |ref={{sfnRef|Ministry of Home Affairs 1960}} |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141001005409/https://www.rajbhasha.nic.in/UI/pagecontent.aspx?pc=Mzc%3D |archive-date=1 October 2014}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Census Data 2001|work=[[Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India|Office of the Registrar General and Census Commissioner]]|publisher=[[Ministry of Home Affairs (India)|Ministry of Home Affairs]], [[Government of India]]|date=2010–2011|url=https://www.censusindia.gov.in/Census_Data_2001/National_Summary/National_Summary_DataPage.aspx|access-date=22 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Art&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Blurton|first=T. Richard|title=Hindu Art|year=1993|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=xJ-lzU_nj_MC&amp;amp;q=Hindu+Art,+1994,+British+Museum+Press|publisher=[[Harvard University Press]]|isbn=978-0-674-39189-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Craven|first=Roy C|title=Indian art: a concise history|year=1997|url=https://www.worldcat.org/oclc/37895110|location=New York City|publisher=[[Thames &amp;amp; Hudson]]|isbn=978-0-500-20302-6|oclc=37895110|author-link=Roy C. Craven}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Harle|first=James C.|title=The Art and Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=LwcBVvdqyBkC|year=1994|publisher=[[Yale University Press]]|isbn=978-0-300-06217-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Michell|first=George|title=Hindu Art and Architecture|year=2000|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YVl2QgAACAAJ|publisher=[[Thames &amp;amp; Hudson]]|isbn=978-0-500-20337-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Rowland|first=Benjamin|title=The Art and Architecture of India: Buddhist, Hindu, Jain|year=1970|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=6L2fAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=The+Art+and+Architecture+of+India:+Buddhist,+Hindu,+Jain|publisher=[[Penguin Books]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Culture&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin|33em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Binmore|first=K. G.|year= 2007|title=Playing for Real: A Text on Game Theory|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-530057-4|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=eY0YhSk9ujsC&amp;amp;pg=PA98}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Chopra|first=P.|year= 2011|title=A Joint Enterprise: Indian Elites and the Making of British Bombay|publisher=[[University of Minnesota Press]]|isbn=978-0-8166-7037-6|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=jhTiCnh6RqAC&amp;amp;pg=PA46}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Cullen-Dupont|first=K.|date=July 2009|title=Human Trafficking|publisher=[[Infobase Publishing]]|isbn=978-0-8160-7545-4|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=B2GeSNXy5CoC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Cyriac|first=B. B.|date=9 August 2010|title=Sawant Shoots Historic Gold at World Championships|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/more-sports/shooting/Sawant-shoots-historic-gold-at-World-Championships/articleshow/6274795.cms?referral=PM |access-date=25 May 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Das|first=S. K.|year=2005|title=A History of Indian Literature, 500–1399: From Courtly to the Popular|publisher=[[Sahitya Akademi]]|isbn=978-81-260-2171-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Datta|first=A.|year=2006|title=The Encyclopaedia of Indian Literature|volume=2|publisher=[[Sahitya Akademi]]|isbn=978-81-260-1194-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Dehejia|first=R. S.|date=7 November 2011|title=Indian Grand Prix Vs. Encephalitis?|work=[[The Wall Street Journal]]|url=https://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2011/11/07/economics-journal-indian-grand-prix-vs-encephalitis/|access-date=20 December 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Deutsch|first=E.|year=1969|title=Advaita Vedānta: A Philosophical Reconstruction|publisher=[[University of Hawaiʻi Press]]|isbn=978-0-8248-0271-4 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=63gdKwhHeV0C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Dissanayake|first1=W. K.|last2=Gokulsing|first2=M.|date=May 2004|title=Indian Popular Cinema: A Narrative of Cultural Change|edition=2nd|publisher=[[Trentham Books]]|isbn=978-1-85856-329-9 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=_plssuFIar8C}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Futterman|first1=M|last2=Sharma|first2=A|date=11 September 2009|title=India Aims for Center Court|work=[[The Wall Street Journal]] |url=https://www.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052970203440104574406704026883502 |access-date=29 September 2010}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web|author=Hansa Research |url=https://mruc.net/irs2012q1-topline-findings.pdf |work=Indian Readership Survey 2012 Q1 : Topline Findings |title=Growth: Literacy &amp;amp; Media Consumption |publisher=Media Research Users Council |access-date=12 September 2012 |year=2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140407092737/https://mruc.net/irs2012q1-topline-findings.pdf |archive-date=7 April 2014 }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Hart|first=G. L.|year= 1975|title=Poems of Ancient Tamil: Their Milieu and Their Sanskrit Counterparts|publisher=[[University of California Press]]|isbn=978-0-520-02672-8 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=a5KwQwAACAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|editor-last=Heehs|editor-first=P.|year= 2002|title=Indian Religions: A Historical Reader of Spiritual Expression and Experience|publisher=[[New York University Press]]|isbn=978-0-8147-3650-0 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Jgsu-aIm3ncC|access-date=24 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Hoiberg|first1=D.|last2=Ramchandani|first2=I.|year=2000|title=Students&#039; Britannica India: Select Essays|publisher=[[Popular Prakashan]]|isbn=978-0-85229-762-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|editor-last=Johnson|editor-first=W. J.|title=The Sauptikaparvan of the Mahabharata: The Massacre at Night|year= 2008|edition=2nd|series=[[Oxford World&#039;s Classics]]|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |isbn=978-0-19-282361-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Jones|first1=G.|last2=Ramdas|first2=K.|year=2005|title=(Un)tying the Knot: Ideal and Reality in Asian Marriage|publisher=[[National University of Singapore Press]]|isbn=978-981-05-1428-0 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=IttiQ3QdJ6YC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Kālidāsa|last2=Johnson|first2=W. J.|author-link=Kālidāsa|year= 2001|title=The Recognition of Śakuntalā: A Play in Seven Acts|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-283911-4|url-access=registration|url=https://archive.org/details/recognitionofsak0000kali}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Kaminsky|first1=Arnold P.|last2=Long|first2=Roger D. |title=India Today: An Encyclopedia of Life in the Republic: An Encyclopedia of Life in the Republic|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wWDnTWrz4O8C|access-date=12 September 2012|year= 2011|publisher=[[ABC-CLIO]]|isbn=978-0-313-37462-3}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Karanth|first=S. K.|author-link=Shivarama Karanth|date=2002|title=Yakṣagāna|publisher=Abhinav Publications|isbn=978-81-7017-357-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|editor1-last=Kiple|editor1-first=K. F.|editor2-last=Ornelas|editor2-first=K. C.|title=The Cambridge World History of Food|volume=2|year=2000|place=Cambridge and New York|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-0-521-40215-6}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|editor-last=Kuiper|editor-first=K.|year=2010|title=The Culture of India|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=LiqloV4JnNUC|access-date=24 July 2011|publisher=[[Britannica Educational Publishing]]|isbn=978-1-61530-203-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Kumar|first=V.|title=Vastushastra|edition=2nd|series=All You Wanted to Know About Series|date= 2000|publisher=[[Sterling Publishing]]|isbn=978-81-207-2199-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Lal|first=A.|title=The Oxford Companion to Indian Theatre|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DftkAAAAMAAJ|access-date=24 July 2011|year=2004|publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-564446-3}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Lang|first1=J.|last2=Moleski|first2=W.|date=1 December 2010|title=Functionalism Revisited|publisher=[[Ashgate Publishing]]|isbn=978-1-4094-0701-0|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rOCaSn8-ZboC&amp;amp;pg=PA151}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=MacDonell|first=A. A.|author-link=Arthur Anthony Macdonell|title=A History of Sanskrit Literature|year=2004|publisher=[[Kessinger Publishing]]|isbn=978-1-4179-0619-2|title-link=s:A History of Sanskrit Literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Majumdar|first1=B.|last2=Bandyopadhyay|first2=K.|title=A Social History of Indian Football: Striving To Score|year=2006|publisher=[[Routledge]]|isbn=978-0-415-34835-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Makar|first=E. M.|year=2007|title=An American&#039;s Guide to Doing Business in India|publisher=Adams|isbn=978-1-59869-211-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ujYmdNVIr7QC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Massey|first1=R.|last2=Massey|first2=J|year=1998|title=The Music of India |publisher=Abhinav Publications|isbn=978-81-7017-332-8|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=yySNDP9XVggC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Medora|first=N.|editor1-last=Hamon|editor1-first=R. R.|editor2-last=Ingoldsby|editor2-first=B. B.|year=2003|title=Mate Selection Across Cultures|chapter=Mate Selection in Contemporary India: Love Marriages Versus Arranged Marriages|publisher=[[SAGE Publishing|SAGE Publications]]|pages=209–230|isbn=978-0-7619-2592-7}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Mehta|first=Nalin|title=Television in India: Satellites, Politics and Cultural Change |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=R-BsSzSjnTYC|access-date=12 September 2012|year=2008 |publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]] US|isbn=978-0-415-44759-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Narayan |first=Sunetra Sen |year=2013|chapter=Context of Broadcasting in India |title=Globalization and Television: A Study of the Indian Experience, 1990–2010 |pages=55–69 |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]]|isbn=978-0-19-809236-0 |doi=10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198092360.003.0004}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Sengupta|first=R.|date=24 September 2010|title=Is Boxing the New Cricket?|work=[[Mint (newspaper)|Mint]]|url=https://www.livemint.com/Leisure/1jxksEgRhUYXq0ezp1iixM/Is-boxing-the-new-cricket.html|access-date=5 October 2010|ref={{sfnRef|Mint 2010}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Nakamura|first=H.|year=1999|title=Indian Buddhism: A Survey with Bibliographical Notes|edition=12th|series=Buddhist Tradition Series|publisher=[[Motilal Banarsidass]]|isbn=978-81-208-0272-8 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=w0A7y4TCeVQC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|editor1-last=Rajadhyaksha|editor1-first=A.|editor2-last=Willemen|editor2-first=P.|year=1999|title=Encyclopaedia of Indian Cinema|edition=2nd|publisher=[[British Film Institute]]|isbn=978-0-85170-669-6 |url=https://archive.org/details/encyclopaediaofi0000raja}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|translator-last=Ramanujan|translator-first=A. K.|translator-link=A. K. Ramanujan|year=1985|title=Poems of Love and War: From the Eight Anthologies and the Ten Long Poems of Classical Tamil|publisher=[[Columbia University Press]]|place=New York|isbn=978-0-231-05107-1 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nIybE0HRvdQC|ref={{SfnRef|Ramanujan|1985}}&amp;lt;!--|quote=These poems are &#039;classical,&#039; i.e. early, ancient; they are also &#039;classics,&#039; i.e. works that have stood the test of time, the founding works of a whole tradition. Not to know them is not to know a unique and major poetic achievement of Indian civilisation. Early classical Tamil literature (c. 100 BC – AD 250) consists of the Eight Anthologies (&#039;&#039;Eţţuttokai&#039;&#039;), the Ten Long Poems (&#039;&#039;Pattuppāţţu&#039;&#039;), and a grammar called the &#039;&#039;Tolkāppiyam&#039;&#039; or the &#039;Old Composition.&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;... The literature of classical Tamil later came to be known as &#039;&#039;Cankam&#039;&#039; (pronounced &#039;&#039;Sangam&#039;&#039;) literature.--&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Roberts|first=N. W.|year=2004|title=Building Type Basics for Places of Worship|publisher=[[John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons]]|isbn=978-0-471-22568-3|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hOxOAAAAMAAJ}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{harvc|last=Roger|first=Delphine|in1=Kiple|in2=Ornelas|year=2000|pages=1140–1150|c=The Middle East and South Asia (in Chapter: History and Culture of Food and Drink in Asia) |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Vr2qnK_QOuAC&amp;amp;pg=PA1140}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Schwartzberg|first=J.|year=2011|title=India: Caste|encyclopedia=[[Encyclopædia Britannica]]|url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/285248/India/46404/Caste|access-date=17 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Silverman|first=S.|year=2007|title=Vastu: Transcendental Home Design in Harmony with Nature|publisher=[[Gibbs Smith]]|isbn=978-1-4236-0132-6|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iwaryJd3fD8C&amp;amp;pg=PA20}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Tarlo|first=E.|year=1996|title=Clothing Matters: Dress and Identity in India|publisher=[[University of Chicago Press]]|isbn=978-0-226-78976-7|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ByoTXhXCuyAC|access-date=24 July 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last1=Xavier|first1=L.|date=12 September 2010|title=Sushil Kumar Wins Gold in World Wrestling Championship|newspaper=[[The Times of India]]|url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/more-sports/wrestling/Sushil-Kumar-wins-gold-in-World-Wrestling-Championship/articleshow/6542488.cms?referral=PM|access-date=5 October 2010}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|last=Zvelebil|first=K. V.|year=1997|title=Companion Studies to the History of Tamil Literature|publisher=[[Brill Publishers]]|isbn=978-90-04-09365-2|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=qAPtq49DZfoC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Anand Crowned World Champion|date=29 October 2008|publisher=[[Rediff.com|Rediff]] |url=https://www.rediff.com/sports/2008/oct/29anand.htm|access-date=29 October 2008|ref={{sfnRef|Rediff 2008 b}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Taj Mahal|work=[[World Heritage Convention]]|publisher=[[UNESCO|United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation]]|url=https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/252|access-date=3 March 2012|ref={{sfnRef|United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Saina Nehwal: India&#039;s Badminton Star and &amp;quot;New Woman&amp;quot;|date=1 August 2010|work=[[BBC News]]|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-10725584|access-date=5 October 2010|ref={{sfnRef|British Broadcasting Corporation 2010 a}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Commonwealth Games 2010: India Dominate Shooting Medals|date=7 October 2010 |work=Commonwealth Games 2010|publisher=[[BBC]]|ref={{sfnRef|Commonwealth Games 2010}} |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/sport2/hi/commonwealth_games/delhi_2010/9068886.stm |access-date=3 June 2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&amp;lt;!--    {{No more links}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be cautious adding more external links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bharatpedia is not a collection of links and should not be used for advertising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excessive or inappropriate links will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Bharatpedia:External links]] and [[Bharatpedia:Spam]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are already suitable links, propose additions or replacements on&lt;br /&gt;
the article&#039;s talk page, or submit your link to the relevant category at&lt;br /&gt;
the Open Directory Project (dmoz.org) and link there using {{Dmoz}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Government&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.india.gov.in/ Official website of the Government of India]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://goidirectory.nic.in/index.php Government of India Web Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;General information&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/india/ India]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Curlie|Regional/Asia/India}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{GovPubs|India}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.com/news/world-south-asia-12557384 India] from [[BBC News]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{wikiatlas|India}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{osmrelation-inline|304716}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.ifs.du.edu/ifs/frm_CountryProfile.aspx?Country=IN Key Development Forecasts for India] from [[International Futures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{India topics|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Related topics&lt;br /&gt;
|list1={{States and Union Territories of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{South Asian topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{The Commonwealth}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G8 nations}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G20}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{BRICS}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{East Asia Summit (EAS)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Shanghai Cooperation Organisation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries of Asia}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|21|N|78|E|region:IN_type:country_source:dewiki|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:India| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Articles containing video clips]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:BRICS nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Republics in the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where English is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Federal constitutional republics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Former British colonies and protectorates in Asia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:E7 nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:G15 nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:G20 members]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where Hindi is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Asian countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1947]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Asia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Articles containing image maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Socialist states]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Articles with accessibility problems]]&amp;lt;!--- Script error The time allocated for running scripts has expired---&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=New_Zealand&amp;diff=434862</id>
		<title>New Zealand</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=New_Zealand&amp;diff=434862"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T03:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: IMF update...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Island country in the southwest Pacific Ocean}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Redirect|NZ|other uses|NZ (disambiguation)|and|New Zealand (disambiguation)}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Good article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use New Zealand English|date=May 2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=September 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = {{native name|mi|Aotearoa}}&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of New Zealand.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_flag               = Blue field with the Union Flag in the top right corner, and four red stars with white borders to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = Coat of arms of New Zealand.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_coat               = A quartered shield, flanked by two figures, topped with a crown.&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = NZL_orthographic NaturalEarth.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_map                = A map of the hemisphere centred on New Zealand, using an orthographic projection.&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = Location of New Zealand, including outlying islands, its [[Ross Dependency|territorial claim in the Antarctic]], and [[Tokelau]]&lt;br /&gt;
| map_width              = 250px&lt;br /&gt;
| other_symbol           = &amp;quot;[[God Defend New Zealand]]&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;({{Lang-mi|{{noitalic|&amp;quot;}}Aotearoa{{noitalic|&amp;quot;}}|link=no}})&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display:inline-block;margin-top:0.4em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:New Zealand national anthem, performed by the United States Navy Band.wav]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!-- DO NOT REMOVE &amp;quot;GOD SAVE THE KING&amp;quot; --&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[[God Save the King]]&amp;quot;{{refn|1=&amp;quot;God Save the King&amp;quot; is officially a national anthem but is generally used only on regal and viceregal occasions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.mch.govt.nz/nz-identity-heritage/national-anthems/protocols |title=Protocol for using New Zealand&#039;s National Anthems |publisher=[[Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=17 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|group=n}}&amp;lt;!-- DO NOT add a media file without discussing on the talk page first --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| other_symbol_type      = [[National anthems of New Zealand|Anthems]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[Wellington]]&lt;br /&gt;
| coordinates            = {{Coord|41|18|S|174|47|E|type:city_region:NZ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = [[Auckland]]&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  |[[New Zealand English|English]]{{refn|1=English is a {{lang|la|de facto}} official language due to its widespread use.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |title=International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights Fifth Periodic Report of the Government of New Zealand |date=21 December 2007 |publisher=New Zealand Government |page=89 |quote=In addition to the Māori language, New Zealand Sign Language is also an official language of New Zealand. The New Zealand Sign Language Act 2006 permits the use of NZSL in legal proceedings, facilitates competency standards for its interpretation and guides government departments in its promotion and use. English, the medium for teaching and learning in most schools, is a &#039;&#039;[[de facto]]&#039;&#039; official language by virtue of its widespread use. For these reasons, these three languages have special mention in the New Zealand Curriculum. |url= http://mfat.govt.nz/downloads/humanrights/5th-ICCPR-report.pdf |url-status= |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150124193521/http://mfat.govt.nz/downloads/humanrights/5th-ICCPR-report.pdf |archive-date=24 January 2015 |access-date=18 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |[[Māori language|Māori]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |[[New Zealand Sign Language|NZ Sign Language]]&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  |71.8% [[European New Zealanders|European]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |16.5% [[Māori people|Māori]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |15.3% [[Asian New Zealanders|Asian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |9.0% [[Pasifika New Zealanders|Pacific peoples]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |1.5% [[Ethnic groups in the Middle East|ME]]/[[Latin Americans|LA]]/[[African New Zealanders|African]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |1.2% other{{refn|1=Ethnicity figures add to more than 100% as people could choose more than one ethnic group. |name=&amp;quot;ethnicity&amp;quot;|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = [[2018 New Zealand census|2018]]&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_ref      = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/assets/Uploads/2018-Census-totals-by-topic/Download-data/2018-census-totals-by-topic-national-highlights.xlsx |title=2018 Census totals by topic – national highlights |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date= 26 February 2020 |date=23 September 2019 |format=Spreadsheet}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_ref           = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;QUICKSTATS&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=2018 Census totals by topic national highlights |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=30 March 2020 |at=table 26 |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/assets/Uploads/2018-Census-totals-by-topic/Download-data/2018-census-totals-by-topic-national-highlights.xlsx |format=[[XLSX]] |url-status=live |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20200413185957/https://www.stats.govt.nz/assets/Uploads/2018-Census-totals-by-topic/Download-data/2018-census-totals-by-topic-national-highlights.xlsx |archive-date=13 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  |48.6% [[Irreligion in New Zealand|no religion]]  &lt;br /&gt;
  |37.3% [[Christianity in New Zealand|Christianity]] &lt;br /&gt;
  |2.7% [[Hinduism in New Zealand|Hinduism]] &lt;br /&gt;
  |1.3% [[Islam in New Zealand|Islam]] &lt;br /&gt;
  |1.1% [[Buddhism in New Zealand|Buddhism]] &lt;br /&gt;
  |2.3% [[Religion in New Zealand|other]] &lt;br /&gt;
  |6.7% unanswered&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;|[[New Zealanders|New Zealander]]|[[Kiwi (nickname)|Kiwi]] (colloquial)}}&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = Unitary [[parliamentary constitutional monarchy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[Monarchy of New Zealand|Monarch]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Charles III]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Governor-General of New Zealand|Governor-General]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Cindy Kiro]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[Prime Minister of New Zealand|Prime Minister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = [[Chris Hipkins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[New Zealand Parliament|Parliament]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;([[New Zealand House of Representatives|House of Representatives]])&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = Stages of [[Independence of New Zealand|independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = from the [[United Kingdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Treaty of Waitangi]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Treaty of Waitangi |url=https://mch.govt.nz/treatyofwaitangi |website=mch.govt.nz |publisher=Manatū Taonga Ministry for Culture and Heritage |access-date=22 June 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 6 February 1840&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Responsible government]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = [[1856 Sewell Ministry|7 May 1856]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[Dominion of New Zealand|Dominion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 26 September 1907&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event4     = [[Statute of Westminster 1931|Statute of Westminster]] adopted&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date4      = [[Statute of Westminster Adoption Act 1947|25 November 1947]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event5     = [[Constitution Act 1986]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date5      = 1 January 1987&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 75th&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 268,021&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 103,483&amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Dates and numbers]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 1.6{{refn|1=The proportion of New Zealand&#039;s area (excluding estuaries) covered by rivers, lakes and ponds, based on figures from the New Zealand Land Cover Database,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.mfe.govt.nz/issues/land/land-cover-dbase/index.html |title=The New Zealand Land Cover Database |work=New Zealand Land Cover Database 2 |publisher=[[Ministry for the Environment (New Zealand)|Ministry for the Environment]] |date=1 July 2009 |access-date=26 April 2011 |archive-date=14 March 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110314113106/http://www.mfe.govt.nz/issues/land/land-cover-dbase/index.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is (357526 + 81936) / (26821559 – 92499–26033 – 19216)=1.6%. If estuarine open water, mangroves, and herbaceous saline vegetation are included, the figure is 2.2%.|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate    = {{increase neutral}} {{formatnum:{{data New Zealand|poptoday}}}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;populationestimate&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/tools/population-clock|title=Population clock |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=15 May 2021}} The population estimate shown is automatically calculated daily at 00:00 UTC and is based on data obtained from the population clock on the date shown in the citation.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = {{currentmonth}} {{currentyear}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 120th&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = {{increase neutral}} 4,699,755&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/2018-census-population-and-dwelling-counts|title=2018 Census population and dwelling counts|publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]]|date=23 September 2019|access-date=25 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = [[2018 New Zealand census|2018]]&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = {{Decimals|{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018||y}}|R}}/268021|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = {{Decimals|{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018||y}}|R}}/103483|1}} &amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Dates and numbers]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 167th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $279.183 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.NZ&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=196,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (NZ) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 63rd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $53,809&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.NZ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 32nd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{increase}} $249.415 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.NZ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 51st&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{increase}} $48,071&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.NZ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 23rd&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2022&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = decrease&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 30.0&amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/household-income-and-housing-cost-statistics-year-ended-june-2022/|title=Household income and housing-cost statistics: Year ended June 2022|language=en|publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]]|date=23 March 2023|access-date=22 September 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_rank              = &lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021&amp;lt;!-- Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = increase&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.937&amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HDI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf|title=Human Development Report 2021/2022|language=en|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=8 September 2022|isbn=978-9211264517|access-date=8 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 13th&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[New Zealand dollar]] ($)&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = NZD&lt;br /&gt;
| iso3166code            = NZ&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[Time in New Zealand|NZST]]{{refn|1=The Chatham Islands have a [[Chatham Standard Time Zone|separate time zone]], 45 minutes ahead of the rest of New Zealand.|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +12&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone_DST          = [[Time in New Zealand|NZDT]]{{refn|Clocks are advanced by an hour from the last Sunday in September until the first Sunday in April.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand Daylight Time Order 2007 (SR 2007/185) |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/regulation/public/2007/0185/latest/whole.html |publisher=[[Parliamentary Counsel Office (New Zealand)|New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |access-date=6 March 2017 |date=6 July 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Daylight saving time is also observed in the Chatham Islands, 45 minutes ahead of NZDT. |group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset_DST         = +13&lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = {{abbr|dd|day}}/{{abbr|mm|month}}/{{abbr|yyyy|year}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;There is no official all-numeric date format for New Zealand, but government recommendations generally follow [[date and time notation in Australia|Australian date and time notation]]. See {{citation |title=The Govt.nz style guide&lt;br /&gt;
|date=22 July 2020 |publisher=New Zealand Government |url= https://www.digital.govt.nz/standards-and-guidance/design-and-ux/content-design-guidance/numbers/&lt;br /&gt;
|access-date=9 July 2021}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[Telephone numbers in New Zealand|+64]]&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = [[.nz]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039; ({{lang-mi|[[Aotearoa]]}} {{IPA-mi|aɔˈtɛaɾɔa|}}) is an [[island country]] in the southwestern [[Pacific Ocean]]. It consists of two main landmasses—the [[North Island]] ({{lang|mi|Te Ika-a-Māui}}) and the [[South Island]] ({{lang|mi|Te Waipounamu}})—and over 700 [[List of islands of New Zealand|smaller islands]]. It is the [[List of island countries|sixth-largest island country]] by area and lies east of [[Australia]] across the [[Tasman Sea]] and south of the islands of [[New Caledonia]], [[Fiji]], and [[Tonga]]. The [[Geography of New Zealand|country&#039;s varied topography]] and sharp mountain peaks, including the [[Southern Alps]], owe much to [[tectonic uplift]] and volcanic eruptions. New Zealand&#039;s [[Capital of New Zealand|capital city]] is [[Wellington]], and its most populous city is [[Auckland]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The islands of New Zealand were the last large habitable land to be settled by humans. Between about 1280 and 1350, [[Polynesians]] began to settle in the islands and then developed a distinctive [[Māori culture]]. In 1642, the Dutch explorer [[Abel Tasman]] became the first European to sight and record New Zealand. In 1840, representatives of the United Kingdom and [[Māori people|Māori]] chiefs signed the [[Treaty of Waitangi]], which in its English version declared British sovereignty over the islands. In 1841, New Zealand [[Colony of New Zealand|became a colony]] within the [[British Empire]]. Subsequently, a [[New Zealand Wars|series of conflicts]] between the colonial government and [[iwi|Māori tribes]] resulted in the [[New Zealand land confiscations|alienation and confiscation]] of large amounts of Māori land. New Zealand [[Dominion of New Zealand|became a dominion]] in 1907; it gained [[Independence of New Zealand|full statutory independence]] in 1947, retaining the monarch as [[head of state]]. Today, the majority of [[New Zealanders|New Zealand&#039;s population]] of 5.1 million is of [[European New Zealanders|European descent]]; the indigenous Māori are the largest minority, followed by [[Asian New Zealanders|Asians]] and [[Pacific Islander]]s. Reflecting this, [[Culture of New Zealand|New Zealand&#039;s culture]] is mainly derived from Māori and early British settlers, with recent broadening of culture arising from increased [[Immigration to New Zealand|immigration]]. The [[Languages of New Zealand|official languages]] are English, [[Māori language|Māori]], and [[New Zealand Sign Language]], with the [[New Zealand English|local dialect of English]] being dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[developed country]], it was the first to introduce a [[minimum wage]], and the first to give [[Women&#039;s suffrage in New Zealand|women the right to vote]]. It [[International rankings of New Zealand|ranks highly]] in international measures of [[Human Development Index|quality of life]], [[Human rights in New Zealand|human rights]], and it has low levels of [[corruption perception index|perceived corruption]]. It retains [[Economic inequality in New Zealand|visible levels of inequality]], having [[Structural discrimination in New Zealand|structural disparities]] between its Māori and European populations. New Zealand underwent [[Rogernomics|major economic changes]] during the 1980s, which transformed it from a [[Protectionism|protectionist]] to a [[Economic liberalization|liberalised]] [[Free trade|free-trade]] economy. The service sector dominates the [[Economy of New Zealand|national economy]], followed by the industrial sector, and [[Agriculture in New Zealand|agriculture]]; international [[Tourism in New Zealand|tourism]] is also a significant source of revenue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nationally, legislative authority is vested in an elected, [[Unicameralism|unicameral]] [[New Zealand Parliament|Parliament]], while executive political power is exercised by the [[Cabinet of New Zealand|Cabinet]], led by the [[Prime Minister of New Zealand|prime minister]], currently [[Chris Hipkins]]. [[Charles III]] is the [[Monarchy of New Zealand|country&#039;s king]] and is represented by the [[Governor-General of New Zealand|governor-general]]. In addition, New Zealand is organised into 11 [[Regions of New Zealand|regional councils]] and 67 [[Territorial authorities of New Zealand|territorial authorities]] for local government purposes. The [[Realm of New Zealand]] also includes [[Tokelau]] (a [[dependent territory]]); the [[Cook Islands]] and [[Niue]] (self-governing states in [[Associated state|free association]] with New Zealand); and the [[Ross Dependency]], which is New Zealand&#039;s [[Territorial claims in Antarctica|territorial claim in Antarctica]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is a member of the [[United Nations]], [[Commonwealth of Nations]], [[ANZUS]], [[UKUSA]], [[OECD]], [[ASEAN#ASEAN Plus Six|ASEAN Plus Six]], [[Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation]], the [[Pacific Community]] and the [[Pacific Islands Forum]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{TOC limit|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etymology==&amp;lt;!--linked--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|New Zealand place names}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Detail of 1657 map Polus Antarcticus by Jan Janssonius, showing Nova Zeelandia.png|thumb|left|Detail from a 1657 map showing the western coastline of {{lang|la|Nova Zeelandia}} (on this map, north is at the bottom)|alt=Brown square paper with Dutch writing and a thick red, curved line]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first European visitor to New Zealand, Dutch explorer [[Abel Tasman]], named the islands &#039;&#039;Staten Land&#039;&#039;, believing they were part of the {{lang|nl|[[Isla de los Estados|Staten Landt]]}} that [[Jacob Le Maire]] had sighted off the southern end of South America.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;StatenLandt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=European discovery of New Zealand – Tasman&#039;s achievement |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/european-discovery-of-new-zealand/3 |access-date=24 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://nzetc.victoria.ac.nz//tm/scholarly/tei-Stout44-t2-body-d1-d1.html |title=The Pamphlet Collection of Sir Robert Stout: Volume 44. Chapter 1, Discovery and Settlement |first=John |last=Bathgate |publisher=NZETC |quote=He named the country Staaten Land, in honour of the States-General of Holland, in the belief that it was part of the great southern continent. |access-date=17 August 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Hendrik Brouwer]] proved that the South American land was a small island in 1643, and Dutch [[cartographers]] subsequently renamed Tasman&#039;s discovery {{lang|la|Nova Zeelandia}} from [[Neo-Latin|Latin]], after the [[Seventeen Provinces|Dutch province]] of [[Zeeland]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;StatenLandt&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Mackay |first=Duncan |chapter=The Search for the Southern Land |date=1986 |editor-last=Fraser |editor-first=B. |title=The New Zealand Book of Events |location=Auckland |publisher=[[Methuen Publishing|Reed Methuen]] |pages=52–54}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This name was later [[Anglicisation|anglicised]] to &#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url= https://archive.org/stream/b24850366#page/n6/mode/1up |page=iii |first=James |last=Wood |title=The Nuttall Encyclopaedia: Being a Concise and Comprehensive Dictionary of General Knowledge |publisher=[[Frederick Warne &amp;amp; Co]] |date=1900 |location=London and New York |access-date=10 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Names&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Malcolm |last=McKinnon |author-link=Malcolm McKinnon |chapter=Place names – Naming the country and the main islands |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/place-names/1 |access-date=24 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was written as &#039;&#039;Nu Tireni&#039;&#039; in the [[Māori language]]. In 1834 a document written in Māori and entitled &amp;quot;{{lang|mi|He Wakaputanga o te Rangatiratanga o Nu Tireni}}&amp;quot; was translated into English and became the [[Declaration of the Independence of New Zealand]]. It was prepared by {{lang|mi|Te W(h)akaminenga o Nga Rangatiratanga o Nga Hapu o Nu Tireni}}, the [[United Tribes of New Zealand]], and a copy was sent to King [[William IV]] who had already acknowledged the flag of the United Tribes of New Zealand, and who recognised the declaration in a letter from [[Charles Grant, 1st Baron Glenelg|Lord Glenelg]].&amp;lt;ref name=glenelgletter&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Grant (Lord Glenelg) |first=Charles |author-link=Charles Grant, 1st Baron Glenelg |date=1836 |title=Extract of a Despatch from Lord Glenelg to Major-General Sir Richard Bourke, New South Wales |via=Waitangi Associates |url= http://www.waitangi.co.nz/declarationindependence.htm#Extract |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Palmer|2008|p=41}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{lang|mi|[[Aotearoa]]}} (pronounced {{IPA-mi|aɔˈtɛaɾɔa|}} in Māori and {{IPAc-en|ˌ|aʊ|t|ɛəˈr|oʊ|.|ə}} in English; often translated as &#039;land of the long white cloud&#039;){{sfn|King|2003|p=41}} is the current Māori name for New Zealand. It is unknown whether Māori had a name for the whole country before the arrival of Europeans; {{lang|mi|Aotearoa}} originally referred to just the [[North Island]].{{sfn|Hay|Maclagan|Gordon|2008|p=72}} Māori had several traditional names for the two main islands, including {{lang|mi|Te Ika-a-Māui}} (&amp;quot;the fish of {{lang|mi|italic=no|[[Māui (Māori mythology)|Māui]]}}&amp;quot;) for the North Island and {{lang|mi|Te Waipounamu}} (&amp;quot;the waters of [[Pounamu|greenstone]]&amp;quot;) or {{lang|mi|Te Waka o Aoraki}} (&amp;quot;the canoe of {{lang|mi|italic=no|[[Aoraki]]}}&amp;quot;) for the [[South Island]].{{sfn|Mein Smith|2005|p=6}} Early European maps labelled the islands North (North Island), Middle (South Island), and South ([[Stewart Island / Rakiura|Stewart Island / {{lang|mi|italic=no|nocat=y|Rakiura}}]]).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Thomas |last=Brunner |author-link=Thomas Brunner |url= http://www.nzetc.org/tm/scholarly/BruJour-fig-BruJour_P001a.html |title=The Great Journey: An expedition to explore the interior of the Middle Island, New Zealand, 1846-8 |publisher=[[Royal Geographical Society]] |date=1851}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1830, mapmakers began to use &amp;quot;North&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;South&amp;quot; on their maps to distinguish the two largest islands, and by 1907, this was the accepted norm.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Names&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[New Zealand Geographic Board]] discovered in 2009 that the names of the North Island and South Island had never been formalised, and names and alternative names were formalised in 2013. This set the names as &#039;&#039;North Island&#039;&#039; or {{lang|mi|Te Ika-a-Māui}}, and &#039;&#039;South Island&#039;&#039; or {{lang|mi|Te Waipounamu}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Williamson2013&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite press release |first=Maurice |last=Williamson |title=Names of NZ&#039;s two main islands formalised |date=10 October 2013 |publisher=New Zealand Government |url= http://www.beehive.govt.nz/release/names-nz%E2%80%99s-two-main-islands-formalised |access-date=1 May 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For each island, either its English or Māori name can be used, or both can be used together.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Williamson2013&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Similarly the Māori and English names for the whole country are sometimes used together (&#039;&#039;Aotearoa New Zealand&#039;&#039;);&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Ministry of Health|date=24 June 2021|title=COVID-19: Elimination strategy for Aotearoa New Zealand|url=https://www.health.govt.nz/our-work/diseases-and-conditions/covid-19-novel-coronavirus/covid-19-response-planning/covid-19-elimination-strategy-aotearoa-new-zealand|access-date=15 July 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Larner|first1=Wendy|date=31 May 2021|title=COVID-19 in Aotearoa New Zealand|journal=Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand|volume=51|issue=sup1|pages=S1–S3|doi=10.1080/03036758.2021.1908208|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; however, this has no official recognition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|title=Using &#039;Aotearoa&#039; and &#039;New Zealand&#039; together &#039;as it should be&#039; - Jacinda Ardern|language=en|work=Newshub|url=https://www.newshub.co.nz/home/politics/2019/12/using-aotearoa-and-new-zealand-together-as-it-should-be-jacinda-ardern.html|date=17 December 2019|access-date=18 July 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Moriori language|Moriori]], the indigenous language of the [[Chatham Islands]], the words &#039;&#039;Aote&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Aotea&#039;&#039; are terms thought to refer to mainland New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=New Zealand Government |title=Moriori and the Trustees of the Moriori Imi Settlement Trust and the Crown Deed of Settlement of Historical Claims |url=https://www.govt.nz/assets/Documents/OTS/Moriori/moriori-deed-of-settlement-initialled.pdf |access-date=20 July 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Te Papa|title=Repatriation and return of karāpuna to Rēkohu|date=25 August 2020 |url=https://www.tepapa.govt.nz/repatriation-and-return-karapuna-rekohu|access-date=20 July 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear left}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{For timeline|Timeline of New Zealand history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- THIS SECTION IS A *SHORT SUMMARY* OF THE HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND. PLEASE CONSIDER ADDING INFORMATION TO THE MAIN ARTICLE, [[HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND]], INSTEAD OF TO THIS SUMMARY. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Polynesian Migration.svg|right|thumb|upright=1.3|The [[Māori people]] descend from [[Polynesians]] whose ancestors emigrated from [[Taiwan]] to [[Melanesia]] between 3000 and 1000&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Common Era|BCE]] and then travelled east, reaching the [[Society Islands]] {{circa|1000 CE}}. After a pause of 200 to 300 years, a new wave of exploration led to the discovery and settlement of New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Anderson |first1=Atholl |author1-link=Atholl Anderson |last2=Spriggs |first2=Matthew |date=1993 |title=Late colonization of East Polynesia |journal=[[Antiquity (journal)|Antiquity]] |volume=67 |issue=255 |pages=200–217 |doi=10.1017/S0003598X00045324 |s2cid=162638670 |issn=1745-1744}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Jacomb |first1=Chris |last2=Anderson |first2=Atholl |author2-link=Atholl Anderson |last3=Higham |first3=Thomas |date=1999 |title=Dating the first New Zealanders: The chronology of Wairau Bar |journal=[[Antiquity (journal)|Antiquity]] |volume=73 |issue=280 |pages=420–427 |doi=10.1017/S0003598X00088360 |s2cid=161058755 |issn=1745-1744}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Wilmshurst |first1=J. M. |last2=Hunt |first2=T. L. |last3=Lipo |first3=C. P. |last4=Anderson |first4=A. J. |title=High-precision radiocarbon dating shows recent and rapid initial human colonization of East Polynesia |doi=10.1073/pnas.1015876108 |journal=[[Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America]] |volume=108 |issue=5 |pages=1815–20 |date=2010 |pmid=21187404 |pmc=3033267 |bibcode=2011PNAS..108.1815W|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; |alt=One set of arrows point from Taiwan to Melanesia to Fiji/Samoa and then to the Marquesas Islands. The population then spread, some going south to New Zealand and others going north to [[Hawai&#039;i]]. A second set start in southern Asia and end in [[Melanesia]].]]New Zealand was the last major landmass settled by humans. The story of [[Kupe]] as the first human to set foot on the New Zealand archipelago, accredited to by most Māori iwi, is considered credible by historians; he is generally believed to have existed historically.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kupe |url=https://collections.tepapa.govt.nz/topic/10732 |access-date=14 March 2023 |website=[[Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most histories claim that this occurred approximately 40 generations ago (between 900 and 1200 AD).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kupe |url=https://archive.hokulea.com/ike/moolelo/kupe.html |access-date=24 February 2023 |website=archive.hokulea.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The more specific reasons for Kupe&#039;s semi-legendary journey, and the migration of Māori in general, are contested. It is thought by some historians that [[Hawaiki]] and other Polynesian islands were experiencing considerable internal conflict at that time, which is thought to have caused an exodus from them. Some historians contend that this was because of the fallout from the [[1257 Samalas eruption]], which caused crop devastation globally and possibly helped trigger the [[Little Ice Age]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=8 October 2019 |title=2: Tangata Whenua |url=https://www.rnz.co.nz/programmes/the-aotearoa-history-show/story/2018716783/2-tangata-whenua |access-date=24 February 2023 |website=RNZ |language=en-nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |url=https://par.nsf.gov/servlets/purl/10347866 |title=Hemispheric black carbon increase after the 13th-century Māori arrival in New Zealand |journal=Nature |volume=598 |date=6 October 2021 |bibcode=2021Natur.598...82M |access-date=24 May 2023 |last1=McConnell |first1=Joseph R. |last2=Chellman |first2=Nathan J. |last3=Mulvaney |first3=Robert |last4=Eckhardt |first4=Sabine |last5=Stohl |first5=Andreas |last6=Plunkett |first6=Gill |last7=Kipfstuhl |first7=Sepp |last8=Freitag |first8=Johannes |last9=Isaksson |first9=Elisabeth |last10=Gleason |first10=Kelly E. |last11=Brugger |first11=Sandra O. |last12=McWethy |first12=David B. |last13=Abram |first13=Nerilie J. |last14=Liu |first14=Pengfei |last15=Aristarain |first15=Alberto J. |issue=7879 |pages=82–85 |doi=10.1038/s41586-021-03858-9 |pmid=34616056 |s2cid=238421371 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Radiocarbon dating]], evidence of [[deforestation]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=McGlone |first1=M. |last2=Wilmshurst |doi=10.1016/S1040-6182(98)00067-6 |first2=J. M. |title=Dating initial Maori environmental impact in New Zealand |journal=Quaternary International |volume=59 |issue=1 |pages=5–16 |date=1999 |bibcode= 1999QuInt..59....5M}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[mitochondrial DNA]] variability within [[Māori people|Māori]] populations&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Murray-McIntosh |first1=Rosalind P. |last2=Scrimshaw |first2=Brian J. |last3=Hatfield |first3=Peter J. |last4=Penny |first4=David |title=Testing migration patterns and estimating founding population size in Polynesia by using human mtDNA sequences |journal=[[Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America]] |volume=95 |issue=15 |pages=9047–52 |date=1998 |doi=10.1073/pnas.95.15.9047 |pmid=9671802 |bibcode=1998PNAS...95.9047M |pmc=21200|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; suggest that Eastern [[Polynesians]] first settled the New Zealand archipelago between 1250 and 1300,{{sfn|Mein Smith|2005|p= 6}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Wilmshurst |first1=J. M. |last2=Anderson |first2=A. J. |last3=Higham |first3=T. F. G. |last4=Worthy |first4=T. H. |title=Dating the late prehistoric dispersal of Polynesians to New Zealand using the commensal Pacific rat|doi=10.1073/pnas.0801507105 |journal=[[Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America]] |volume=105 |issue=22 |pages=7676–80 |date=2008 |pmid=18523023 |pmc=2409139 |bibcode=2008PNAS..105.7676W|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although newer [[Archaeology of New Zealand|archaeological]] and genetic research points to a date no earlier than about 1280, with at least the main settlement period between about 1320 and 1350,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Jacomb |first1=Chris |last2=Holdaway |first2=Richard N. |last3=Allentoft |first3=Morten E. |last4=Bunce |first4=Michael |last5=Oskam |first5=Charlotte L. |last6=Walter |first6=Richard |last7=Brooks |first7=Emma |date=2014 |title=High-precision dating and ancient DNA profiling of moa (Aves: Dinornithiformes) eggshell documents a complex feature at Wairau Bar and refines the chronology of New Zealand settlement by Polynesians |journal=Journal of Archaeological Science |volume=50 |pages=24–30 |doi=10.1016/j.jas.2014.05.023 |bibcode=2014JArSc..50...24J |url= http://researchrepository.murdoch.edu.au/id/eprint/23310/}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Walters |first1=Richard |last2=Buckley |first2=Hallie |last3=Jacomb |first3=Chris |last4=Matisoo-Smith |first4=Elizabeth |title=Mass Migration and the Polynesian Settlement of New Zealand |journal=Journal of World Prehistory |volume=30 |issue=4 |pages=351–376 |doi=10.1007/s10963-017-9110-y |date=7 October 2017 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; consistent with evidence based on [[Whakapapa|genealogical traditions]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Roberton |first=J. B. W. |date=1956 |title=Genealogies as a basis for Maori chronology |journal=Journal of the Polynesian Society |volume=65 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |url= http://www.jps.auckland.ac.nz/document/Volume_65_1956/Volume_65,_No._1/Genealogies_as_a_basis_for_Maori_chronology,_by_J._B._W._Roberton,_p_45%9654/p1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Te Hurinui |first=Pei |date=1958 |title=Maori genealogies |journal=Journal of the Polynesian Society |volume=67 |issue=2 |pages=162–165 |url= http://jps.auckland.ac.nz/document/Volume_67_1958/Volume_67%2C_No._2/Maori_genealogies%2C_by_Pei_Te_Hurinui%2C_p_162-165/p1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This represented a culmination in a long series of voyages through the Pacific islands.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |doi= 10.1126/science.1166083 |last1= Moodley |first1=Y. |last2=Linz |first2=B. |last3=Yamaoka |first3=Y. |last4=Windsor |first4=H. M. |last5=Breurec |first5=S. |last6=Wu |first6=J.-Y. |last7=Maady |first7=A. |last8=Bernhöft |first8=S. |last9=Thiberge |first9=J.-M. |last10=Phuanukoonnon |first10=S. |last11=Jobb |first11=G. |last12=Siba |first12=P. |last13=Graham |first13=D. Y. |last14=Marshall |first14=B. J. |last15=Achtman |first15=M. |display-authors=3 |title=The Peopling of the Pacific from a Bacterial Perspective |journal=[[Science (journal)|Science]] |volume=323 |issue=5913 |pages=527–530 |date=2009 |pmid=19164753 |pmc=2827536 |bibcode=2009Sci...323..527M}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the broad consensus of historians that the settlement of New Zealand by [[Polynesian people|Eastern Polynesians]] was planned and deliberate.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Walter |first1=Richard |last2=Buckley |first2=Hallie |last3=Jacomb |first3=Chris |last4=Matisoo-Smith |first4=Elizabeth |date=1 December 2017 |title=Mass Migration and the Polynesian Settlement of New Zealand |journal=Journal of World Prehistory |language=en |volume=30 |issue=4 |pages=351–376 |doi=10.1007/s10963-017-9110-y |s2cid=254743326 |issn=1573-7802|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Over the centuries that followed, the Polynesian settlers developed a distinct culture now known as Māori. The population formed different {{lang|mi|[[iwi]]|italics=no}} (tribes) and {{lang|mi|[[hapū]]|italics=no}} (subtribes) which would sometimes cooperate, sometimes compete and sometimes fight against each other.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Ballara |first1=Angela |author1-link=Angela Ballara |title=Iwi: The Dynamics of Māori Tribal Organisation from c. 1769 to c. 1945 |date=1998 |publisher=[[Victoria University Press]] |location=Wellington |isbn=9780864733283 |edition=1st}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; At some point, a group of Māori migrated to {{lang|mi|Rēkohu}}, now known as the [[Chatham Islands]], where they developed their distinct [[Moriori]] culture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Clark |first=Ross |chapter=Moriori and Māori: The Linguistic Evidence |date=1994 |editor-last=Sutton |editor-first=Douglas |title=The Origins of the First New Zealanders |location=Auckland |publisher=[[Auckland University Press]] |pages=123–135}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/moriori/4 |chapter=The impact of new arrivals |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |last=Davis |first=Denise |date=September 2007 |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Moriori population was all but wiped out between 1835 and 1862 in the [[Moriori genocide]], largely because of [[Taranaki (iwi)|Taranaki]] Māori invasion and enslavement in the 1830s, although European diseases also contributed. In 1862, only 101 survived, and the last known full-blooded Moriori died in 1933.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Denise |last1=Davis |first2=Māui |last2=Solomon |chapter=Moriori – The impact of new arrivals |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/moriori/4 |access-date= 23 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cook chart of New Zealand.jpg|thumb|left|upright|Map of the New Zealand coastline as Cook charted it on his [[First voyage of James Cook|first visit]] in 1769–70. The track of the &#039;&#039;[[HMS Endeavour|Endeavour]]&#039;&#039; is also shown.|alt=An engraving of a sketched coastline on white background]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a hostile 1642 encounter between [[Ngāti Tūmatakōkiri]] and Dutch explorer [[Abel Tasman]]&#039;s crew,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1=Mitchell|first1=Hillary|title=Te Tau Ihu|url=http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/te-tau-ihu-tribes|website=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]]|publisher=[[Ministry for Culture and Heritage]]|access-date=15 September 2016|date=10 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Mein Smith|2005|p=23}} four of Tasman&#039;s crew members were killed, and at least one Māori was hit by [[canister shot]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |page=82 |title=Two Worlds: First Meetings Between Maori and Europeans 1642–1772 |author-link=Anne Salmond (historian) |first=Anne |last=Salmond |publisher=[[Penguin Books]] |location=Auckland |isbn=0-670-83298-7 |date=1991}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Europeans did not revisit New Zealand until 1769, when British explorer [[James Cook]] mapped almost the entire coastline.{{sfn|Mein Smith|2005|p=23}} Following Cook, New Zealand was visited by numerous European and [[North America]]n [[History of whaling|whaling]], [[Seal hunting|sealing]], and trading ships. They traded European food, metal tools, weapons, and other goods for timber, Māori food, artefacts, and water.{{sfn|King|2003|p=122}} The introduction of the potato and the [[musket]] transformed Māori agriculture and warfare. Potatoes provided a reliable food surplus, which enabled longer and more sustained military campaigns.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=Fitzpatrick |first=John |date=2004 |title=Food, warfare and the impact of Atlantic capitalism in Aotearo/New Zealand |journal=Australasian Political Studies Association Conference: APSA 2004 Conference Papers |url= https://www.adelaide.edu.au/apsa/docs_papers/Others/Fitzpatrick.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110511142553/https://www.adelaide.edu.au/apsa/docs_papers/Others/Fitzpatrick.pdf |archive-date=11 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The resulting intertribal [[Musket Wars]] encompassed over 600 battles between 1801 and 1840, killing 30,000–40,000 Māori.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |first= Barry |last=Brailsford |title=Arrows of Plague |location=Wellington |date=1972 |page=35 |publisher=Hick Smith and Sons |isbn=0-456-01060-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From the early 19th century, Christian [[Missionary|missionaries]] began to settle New Zealand, eventually [[Religious conversion|converting]] most of the Māori population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |editor-last=Brock |editor-first=Peggy |title=Indigenous Peoples and Religious Change |publisher=[[Brill Publishers|Brill Academic Publishers]] |chapter=Broken Tongues and Foreign Hearts |last=Wagstrom |first=Thor |location=Boston |date=2005 |isbn=978-90-04-13899-5 |pages=71 and 73}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Māori population declined to around 40% of its pre-contact level during the 19th century; introduced diseases were the major factor.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=May the people live: a history of Māori health development 1900–1920 |first=Raeburn |last=Lange |publisher=[[Auckland University Press]] |date=1999 |isbn=978-1-86940-214-3 |page=18}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Treatyofwaitangi.jpg|thumb|left|upright|The Waitangi sheet from the [[Treaty of Waitangi]]|alt=A torn sheet of paper]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Resident minister|British Government]] appointed [[James Busby]] as British Resident to New Zealand in 1832.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Busby&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Busby, James – Biography |first=Claudia |last=Orange |author-link=Claudia Orange |date=1990&amp;lt;!--Each article in this work is individually dated.--&amp;gt; |title=[[Dictionary of New Zealand Biography]], Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand |editor1-first=W. H. |editor1-last=Oliver |editor1-link=W. H. Oliver |editor2-first=Claudia |editor2-last=Orange |editor3-first=Jock |editor3-last=Phillips |editor3-link=Jock Phillips |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/biographies/1b54/busby-james |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; His duties, given to him by Governor Bourke in Sydney, were to protect settlers and traders &amp;quot;of good standing&amp;quot;, prevent &amp;quot;outrages&amp;quot; against  Māori, and apprehend escaped convicts.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Busby&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=First British Resident comes ashore |url=https://nzhistory.govt.nz/james-busby-inaugurated-british-resident |website=NZHistory |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=19 October 2021 |language=en |date=24 December 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1835, following an announcement of impending French settlement by [[Charles de Thierry]], the nebulous [[United Tribes of New Zealand]] sent a [[Declaration of the Independence of New Zealand|Declaration of Independence]] to King [[William IV of the United Kingdom]] asking for protection.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Busby&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Ongoing unrest, the proposed settlement of New Zealand by the [[New Zealand Company]] (which had already sent its first ship of surveyors to buy land from Māori) and the dubious legal standing of the Declaration of Independence prompted the [[Colonial Office]] to send Captain [[William Hobson]] to claim sovereignty for the [[United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland|United Kingdom]] and negotiate a treaty with the Māori.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Sir George Gipps |first=Bernard John |last=Foster |title=[[An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand]] |orig-year=1966 |editor-first=Alexander Hare |editor-last=McLintock |editor-link=Alexander Hare McLintock |date=April 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/1966/gipps-sir-george/1 |via=TeAra.govt.nz |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;!--This article has no equivalent in the new Te Ara encylopedia, as of 2021-03.--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Treaty of Waitangi]] was first signed in the [[Bay of Islands]] on 6 February 1840.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=Nation and government – The origins of nationhood |orig-year=2005 |date=16 September 2016 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |editor-first=Jock |editor-last=Phillips |editor-link=Jock Phillips |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/nation-and-government/page-1 |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In response to the New Zealand Company&#039;s attempts to establish an independent settlement in [[Wellington]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Settlement from 1840 to 1852 |author=&amp;lt;!--No individual author specified.--&amp;gt; |orig-year=1966 |title=[[An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand]] |editor-first=Alexander Hare |editor-last=McLintock |editor-link=Alexander Hare McLintock |date=April 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/1966/land-settlement/3 |via=TeAra.govt.nz |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;!--This article has no exact equivalent in the new Te Ara encyclopedia, but there may be a more up-to-date-scholarship article there that covers this.--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Akaroa, French Settlement At |first=Bernard John |last=Foster |orig-year=1966 |title=[[An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand]] |editor-first=Alexander Hare |editor-last=McLintock |editor-link=Alexander Hare McLintock |date=April 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/1966/akaroa-french-settlement-at/1 |via=TeAra.govt.nz |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;!--This article has no exact equivalent in the new Te Ara encyclopedia, but there may be a more up-to-date-scholarship article there that covers this.--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Hobson declared British sovereignty over all of New Zealand on 21 May 1840, even though copies of the treaty were still circulating throughout the country for Māori to sign.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Hobson, William – Biography |first=K. A. |last=Simpson |date=1990 |title=Dictionary of New Zealand Biography, Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand |editor1-first=W. H. |editor1-last=Oliver |editor1-link=W. H. Oliver |editor2-first=Claudia |editor2-last=Orange |editor2-link=Claudia Orange |editor3-first=Jock |editor3-last=Phillips |editor3-link=Jock Phillips |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/biographies/1h29/hobson-william |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; With the signing of the treaty and declaration of sovereignty, the number of immigrants, particularly from the United Kingdom, began to increase.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=History of immigration – British immigration and the New Zealand Company |first=Jock |last=Phillips |author-link=Jock Phillips |orig-year=2005 |date=1 August 2015 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |editor-first=Jock |editor-last=Phillips |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/history-of-immigration/page-3 |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand was administered as a dependency of the [[Colony of New South Wales]] until becoming a separate [[Crown colony]], the [[Colony of New Zealand]], on 3 May 1841.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Crown colony era – the Governor-General |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/politics/history-of-the-governor-general/crown-colony-era |website=NZHistory |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=March 2009 |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Paul |last=Moon |title=New Zealand Birth Certificates – 50 of New Zealand&#039;s Founding Documents |author-link=Paul Moon |publisher=AUT Media |year=2010 |page=66|isbn=978-0-95829971-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Armed conflict began between the colonial government and Māori in 1843 with the [[Wairau Affray]] over land and disagreements over sovereignty. These conflicts, mainly in the North Island, saw thousands of imperial troops and the Royal Navy come to New Zealand and became known as the [[New Zealand Wars]]. Following these armed conflicts, large areas of [[New Zealand land confiscations|Māori land were confiscated by the government]] to meet settler demands.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/new-zealands-19th-century-wars/introduction |title=New Zealand&#039;s 19th-century wars – overview |website=NZHistory |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=April 2009 |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1863 Meeting of Settlers and Maoris at Hawke&#039;s Bay, New Zealand.jpg|thumb|upright=1.3|A meeting of European and Māori residents of [[Hawke&#039;s Bay Province]]. Engraving, 1863.|alt=Black and white engraving depicting a crowd of people]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony gained a [[New Zealand Constitution Act 1852|representative government in 1852]], and the [[1st New Zealand Parliament|first Parliament]] met in 1854.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;G and N&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |editor-first=Jock |editor-last=Phillips |chapter=Government and nation – From colony to nation |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=16 September 2016 |orig-year=2005 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/nation-and-government/page-2 |access-date=2 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1856 the colony effectively became self-governing, gaining responsibility over all domestic matters (except [[Indigenous peoples|native]] policy, which was granted in the mid-1860s).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;G and N&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Following concerns that the South Island might form a separate colony, premier [[Alfred Domett]] moved a resolution to transfer the [[Capital of New Zealand|capital]] from Auckland to a locality near [[Cook Strait]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Temple |first=Philip |author-link=Philip Temple |title=Wellington Yesterday |date=1980 |publisher=John McIndoe |isbn=0-86868-012-5|page=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |last1=Levine |first1=Stephen |title=Capital city – A new capital |url=http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/capital-city/page-3 |encyclopedia=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=4 May 2015 |date=13 July 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Wellington was chosen for its central location, with Parliament officially sitting there for the first time in 1865.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Parliament moves to Wellington |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/parliament-sits-for-the-first-time-in-wellington |website=NZHistory |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=27 April 2017|date=January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1886, New Zealand annexed the volcanic [[Kermadec Islands]], about {{cvt|1000|km}} northeast of Auckland. Since 1937, the islands are uninhabited except for about six people at [[Raoul Island]] station. These islands put the northern border of New Zealand at 29 degrees South latitude.&amp;lt;ref name=ENZ1966&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Kermadec Islands |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand, Te Ara |editor-first=A. H. |editor-last=McLintock  |year=1966 |last=Jobberns |first=George |author-link=George Jobberns&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/1966/kermadec-islands |access-date=18 March 2022 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After the 1982 [[UNCLOS]], the islands contributed significantly to New Zealand&#039;s [[Exclusive economic zone of New Zealand|exclusive economic zone]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pacific Island Exclusive Economic Zones |url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/map/6964/pacific-island-exclusive-economic-zones |website=TEARA |access-date=24 October 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1891 the [[New Zealand Liberal Party|Liberal Party]] came to power as the first organised political party.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Liberal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=History – Liberal to Labour |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/history/page-5 |access-date=27 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Liberal Government of New Zealand|Liberal Government]], led by [[Richard Seddon]] for most of its period in office,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{DNZB |last=Hamer |first=David |id=2s11 |title= Seddon, Richard John |access-date=27 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; passed many important social and economic measures. In 1893 New Zealand was the first nation in the world to grant all [[Women&#039;s suffrage in New Zealand|women the right to vote]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Liberal&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and in 1894 pioneered the [[Industrial Conciliation and Arbitration Act 1894|adoption of compulsory arbitration]] between employers and unions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |first1=Peter |last1=Boxall |first2=Peter |last2=Haynes |title=Strategy and Trade Union Effectiveness in a Neo-liberal Environment |date=1997 |journal=British Journal of Industrial Relations |volume=35 |issue=4 |pages=567–591 |doi=10.1111/1467-8543.00069 |url= http://www.gurn.info/en/topics/global-trade-union-strategies-union-renewal/organizational-innovation-and-change/industrial-relations-and-labour-regulations-affecting-unions2019-structure/strategy-and-trade-union-effectiveness-in-a-neo-liberal-environment |format=PDF |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110511134417/http://www.gurn.info/en/topics/global-trade-union-strategies-union-renewal/organizational-innovation-and-change/industrial-relations-and-labour-regulations-affecting-unions2019-structure/strategy-and-trade-union-effectiveness-in-a-neo-liberal-environment |archive-date=11 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Liberals also guaranteed a minimum wage in 1894, a world first.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=A brief history of the minimum wage in New Zealand |language=en |work=Newshub |url=https://www.newshub.co.nz/home/money/2018/12/a-brief-history-of-the-minimum-wage-in-new-zealand.html |access-date=19 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1907, at the request of the New Zealand Parliament, King [[Edward VII]] proclaimed New Zealand a [[Dominion of New Zealand|Dominion]] within the [[British Empire]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{London Gazette |issue= 28058|date= 10 September 1907|page= 6149|title=Proclamation}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; reflecting its self-governing status.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Dominion status – Becoming a dominion |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/culture/dominion-day/becoming-dominion |website=NZHistory |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=26 April 2017 |date=September 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1947 the country [[Statute of Westminster Adoption Act 1947|adopted]] the [[Statute of Westminster 1931|Statute of Westminster]], confirming that the [[British Parliament]] could no longer legislate for New Zealand without the consent of New Zealand.  The British government&#039;s residual legislative powers were later removed by the [[Constitution Act 1986]], and final rights of appeal to British courts were abolished in 2003.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;G and N&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the 20th century, New Zealand was involved in world affairs, fighting in the [[Military history of New Zealand during World War I|First]] and [[Military history of New Zealand during World War II|Second World Wars]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war-and-society |title=War and Society |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and suffering through the [[Great Depression]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Brian |last=Easton |author-link=Brian Easton (economist) |chapter=Economic history – Interwar years and the great depression |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=April 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/economic-history/7 |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The depression led to the election of the [[First Labour Government of New Zealand|first Labour Government]] and the establishment of a comprehensive [[welfare state]] and a [[protectionist]] economy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Mark |last= Derby |chapter=Strikes and labour disputes – Wars, depression and first Labour government |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=May 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/strikes-and-labour-disputes/6 |access-date=1 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand experienced increasing prosperity following the Second World War,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Brian |last=Easton |chapter=Economic history – Great boom, 1935–1966 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/economic-history/9 |access-date=1 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and Māori began to leave their traditional rural life and move to the cities in search of work.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Basil |last=Keane |chapter=Te Māori i te ohanga – Māori in the economy – Urbanisation |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/te-maori-i-te-ohanga-maori-in-the-economy/6 |access-date=7 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A [[Māori protest movement]] developed, which criticised [[Eurocentrism]] and worked for greater recognition of [[Māori culture]] and of the Treaty of Waitangi.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Te Ahukaramū |last=Royal |chapter=Māori – Urbanisation and renaissance |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |access-date=1 February 2011 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/maori/5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1975, a [[Waitangi Tribunal]] was set up to investigate alleged breaches of the Treaty, and it was enabled to investigate historic grievances in 1985.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2009&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The government has negotiated [[Treaty of Waitangi claims and settlements|settlements of these grievances]] with many iwi,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Healing the Past, Building a Future: A Guide to Treaty of Waitangi Claims and Negotiations with the Crown |url= https://www.govt.nz/assets/Documents/Red-Book-Healing-the-past-building-a-future.pdf |publisher=[[Office of Treaty Settlements]] |isbn= 978-0-478-32436-5 |access-date=26 April 2017 |date=March 2015 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20180127162705/https://www.govt.nz/assets/Documents/Red-Book-Healing-the-past-building-a-future.pdf |archive-date=27 January 2018|url-status= dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although [[New Zealand foreshore and seabed controversy|Māori claims to the foreshore and seabed]] proved controversial in the 2000s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |title=Report on the Crown&#039;s Foreshore and Seabed Policy |url= https://forms.justice.govt.nz/search/WT/reports/reportSummary.html?reportId=wt_DOC_68000605 |publisher=[[Minister of Justice (New Zealand)|Ministry of Justice]] |access-date=26 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Barker |first1=Fiona |chapter=Debate about the foreshore and seabed |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/video/34605/debate-about-the-foreshore-and-seabed |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=26 April 2017 |date=June 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Government and politics==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|New Zealand Government|Politics of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         = horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 350&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = King Charles III (July 2023).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = The King wearing a pinstripe suit&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[Charles III]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[Monarchy of New Zealand|King of New Zealand]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Cindy Kiro October 2021 (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = A woman wearing medals&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Cindy Kiro]], [[Governor-General of New Zealand]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = Chris Hipkins Jan 2023 (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt3              = A smiling man wearing a dark business suit and tie&lt;br /&gt;
| caption3          = [[Chris Hipkins]], [[Prime Minister of New Zealand]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is a [[constitutional monarchy]] with a [[parliamentary democracy]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GG constitution&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand&#039;s Constitution |url= http://www.gg.govt.nz/role/constofnz.htm |publisher=Office of the [[Governor-General of New Zealand]] of New Zealand |access-date=13 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although [[Constitution of New Zealand|its constitution]] is [[Uncodified constitution|not codified]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Economist factsheet&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Factsheet – New Zealand – Political Forces |newspaper=[[The Economist]] |date=15 February 2005 |url= http://economist.com/countries/NewZealand/profile.cfm?folder=Profile-Political%20Forces |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20060514204533/http://economist.com/countries/NewZealand/profile.cfm?folder=Profile-Political%20Forces |archive-date=14 May 2006 |access-date=4 August 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Charles III]] is the [[king of New Zealand]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Royal Titles Act 1974 |at=Section 1 |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1974/0001/latest/DLM411814.html |date=February 1974 |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |access-date=8 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and thus the [[head of state]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |date=1 January 1987 |title=Constitution Act 1986 |at=Section 2.1 |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1986/0114/latest/whole.html#DLM94210|quote=The Sovereign in right of New Zealand is the head of State of New Zealand, and shall be known by the royal style and titles proclaimed from time to time. |access-date=15 July 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The king is represented by the [[Governor-General of New Zealand|governor-general]], whom he appoints on the [[Advice (constitutional)|advice]] of the [[Prime Minister of New Zealand|prime minister]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Role of the Governor-General |date= 27 February 2017 |url= https://gg.govt.nz/role |publisher=Office of the [[Governor-General of New Zealand]] of New Zealand |access-date=6 July 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The governor-general can exercise [[the Crown]]&#039;s [[prerogative powers]], such as reviewing cases of injustice and making appointments of [[Ministers in the New Zealand Government|ministers]], ambassadors, and other key public officials,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |first=Bruce |last=Harris |title=Replacement of the Royal Prerogative in New Zealand |date=2009 |work=New Zealand Universities Law Review |volume=23 |pages=285–314 |url= https://www.britannica.com/bps/additionalcontent/18/41876855/REPLACEMENT-OF-THE-ROYAL-PREROGATIVE-IN-NEW-ZEALAND |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110718005846/https://www.britannica.com/bps/additionalcontent/18/41876855/REPLACEMENT-OF-THE-ROYAL-PREROGATIVE-IN-NEW-ZEALAND |archive-date=18 July 2011 |access-date=28 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and in rare situations, the [[reserve power]]s (e.g. the power to dissolve Parliament or refuse the [[royal assent]] of a [[bill (law)|bill]] into law).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;reserve Powers&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Reserve Powers |publisher=Office of the [[Governor-General of New Zealand]] of New Zealand |url= http://www.gg.govt.nz/role/powers.htm |access-date=8 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The powers of the monarch and the governor-general are limited by constitutional constraints, and they cannot normally be exercised without the advice of ministers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;reserve Powers&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[New Zealand Parliament]] holds [[legislative power]] and consists of the king and the [[New Zealand House of Representatives|House of Representatives]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Parliament Brief: What is Parliament? |publisher=New Zealand Parliament |url= https://www.parliament.nz/en/visit-and-learn/how-parliament-works/fact-sheets/pbrief7/ |access-date=30 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It also included an upper house, the [[New Zealand Legislative Council|Legislative Council]], until this was abolished in 1950.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament facts&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[supremacy of parliament]] over the Crown and other government institutions was established in England by the [[Bill of Rights 1689]] and has been ratified as law in New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament facts&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The House of Representatives is democratically elected, and a government is formed from the party or [[Coalition government|coalition]] with the majority of seats. If no majority is formed, a [[minority government]] can be formed if support from other parties during [[confidence and supply]] votes is assured.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament facts&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The governor-general appoints ministers under advice from the prime minister, who is by [[Constitutional convention (political custom)|convention]] the [[parliamentary leader]] of the governing party or coalition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=McLean |first1=Gavin |chapter=Premiers and prime ministers |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/premiers-and-prime-ministers |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=February 2015 |access-date=30 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Cabinet of New Zealand|Cabinet]], formed by ministers and led by the prime minister, is the highest policy-making body in government and responsible for deciding significant government actions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=Government and nation – System of government |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/government-and-nation/4 |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Members of Cabinet make major decisions collectively and are therefore [[Cabinet collective responsibility|collectively responsible]] for the consequences of these decisions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Principles of Cabinet decision making |publisher=Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet |work=[[Cabinet Manual (New Zealand)|Cabinet Manual]] |date=2008 |url= http://www.cabinetmanual.cabinetoffice.govt.nz/5.11 |access-date=1 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 41st and current prime minister, since 25 January 2023, is [[Chris Hipkins]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Perry |first1=Nick |title=Chris Hipkins sworn in as New Zealand&#039;s 41st prime minister |url=https://apnews.com/article/politics-jacinda-ardern-new-zealand-pandemics-72063f627dca0a51e8019010b8d16f00 |access-date=25 January 2023 |publisher=[[Associated Press]] |date=25 January 2023 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Seddon Statue in Parliament Grounds.jpg|thumb|A statue of [[Richard Seddon]], the &amp;quot;[[Beehive (New Zealand)|Beehive]]&amp;quot; (Executive Wing), and [[Parliament House, Wellington|Parliament House]] (right), in Parliament Grounds, [[Wellington]]|alt=A block of buildings fronted by a large statue.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Elections in New Zealand|parliamentary general election]] must be called no later than three years after the previous election.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The electoral cycle |url= https://cabinetmanual.cabinetoffice.govt.nz/6.2 |publisher=Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet |work=Cabinet Manual |access-date=30 April 2017|date=2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Almost all general elections between {{NZ election link year|1853}} and {{NZ election link year|1993}} were held under the [[first-past-the-post voting]] system.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=First past the post – the road to MMP |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/politics/fpp-to-mmp/first-past-the-post |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=September 2009 |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since the {{NZ election link|1996}}, a form of [[proportional representation]] called [[mixed-member proportional]] (MMP) has been used.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Economist factsheet&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Under the MMP system, each person has two votes; one is for a candidate standing in the voter&#039;s [[New Zealand electorates|electorate]], and the other is for a party. Based on the 2018 census data, there are 72 electorates (which include seven [[Māori electorates]] in which only Māori can optionally vote),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Number of electorates and electoral populations: 2018 Census |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/number-of-electorates-and-electoral-populations-2018-census |work=Stats.Govt.nz |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=9 March 2021 |date=23 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the remaining 48 of the 120 seats are assigned so that representation in Parliament reflects the party vote, with the threshold that a party must win at least one electorate or 5% of the total party vote before it is eligible for a seat.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.elections.org.nz/voting-system/mmp-voting-system/sainte-lagu%C3%AB-allocation-formula |title=Sainte-Laguë allocation formula |publisher=[[Electoral Commission (New Zealand)|Electoral Commission]] |date=4 February 2013 |access-date=31 May 2014 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20130914170452/http://www.elections.org.nz/voting-system/mmp-voting-system/sainte-lagu%C3%AB-allocation-formula |archive-date=14 September 2013 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Elections since the 1930s have been dominated by two [[List of political parties in New Zealand|political parties]], [[New Zealand National Party|National]] and [[New Zealand Labour Party|Labour]]. More parties have been represented in Parliament since the introdution of MMP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |last1=Curtin |first1=Jennifer |last2=Miller |first2=Raymond |author1-link=Jennifer Curtin |title=Political parties |url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/political-parties |encyclopedia=Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand |access-date=24 July 2023 |date=21 July 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Judiciary of New Zealand|New Zealand&#039;s judiciary]], headed by the chief justice,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Role of the Chief Justice |url= https://www.courtsofnz.govt.nz/about-the-judiciary/role-judges/role-chief |publisher=Courts of New Zealand |access-date=9 June 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; includes the [[Supreme Court of New Zealand|Supreme Court]], [[Court of Appeal of New Zealand|Court of Appeal]], the [[High Court of New Zealand|High Court]], and subordinate courts.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Structure of the court system |url= https://www.courtsofnz.govt.nz/about-the-judiciary/structure-of-the-court-system |publisher=Courts of New Zealand |access-date=9 June 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Judges and judicial officers are appointed non-politically and under strict rules regarding tenure to help maintain [[judicial independence]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Economist factsheet&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This theoretically allows the judiciary to interpret the law based solely on the legislation enacted by Parliament without other influences on their decisions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.justice.govt.nz/courts/the-judiciary |title=The Judiciary |publisher=[[Minister of Justice (New Zealand)|Ministry of Justice]] |access-date=9 January 2011|url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101124005516/http://justice.govt.nz/courts/the-judiciary |archive-date=24 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is identified as one of the world&#039;s most stable and well-governed states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Fragile States Index Heat Map |url= https://fragilestatesindex.org/analytics/fsi-heat-map/ |access-date=18 August 2020 |work=Fragile States Index}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2017|post=,}} the country was ranked fourth in the strength of its democratic institutions,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Democracy Index 2017 |url= http://pages.eiu.com/rs/753-RIQ-438/images/Democracy_Index_2017.pdf |publisher=[[Economist Intelligence Unit]] |access-date=9 December 2018 |page=5 |date=2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and first in government transparency and [[Corruption in New Zealand|lack of corruption]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Corruption Perceptions Index 2017 |url= https://www.transparency.org/news/feature/corruption_perceptions_index_2017 |publisher=[[Transparency International]] |access-date=9 December 2018 |date=21 February 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[LGBT rights in New Zealand|LGBT rights]] in the nation are also recognised as among the most tolerant in [[Oceania]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1=Carroll|first1=Aengus|title=State Sponsored Homophobia 2016: A world survey of sexual orientation laws: criminalisation, protection and recognition|url=http://ilga.org/downloads/02_ILGA_State_Sponsored_Homophobia_2016_ENG_WEB_150516.pdf|publisher=International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Trans and Intersex Association|access-date=4 December 2016|page=183|date=May 2016|quote=In Australia and New Zealand, lesbian, gay, and bisexual people continue to enjoy many legal rights denied to their comrades across the vast majority of the Pacific.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand ranks highly for civic participation in the political process, with 82% [[voter turnout]] during recent general elections,&amp;lt;!--As of 2020 election--&amp;gt; compared to an [[OECD]] average of 69%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand |url=http://www.oecdbetterlifeindex.org/countries/new-zealand/ |access-date=31 January 2023 |work=[[OECD Better Life Index]] |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, this is untrue for local council elections; a historically low 36% of eligible New Zealanders voted in the [[2022 New Zealand local elections|2022 local elections]], compared with an already low 42% turnout in [[2019 New Zealand local elections|2019]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=10 October 2022 |title=Council election turnout: Low participation revives call for online voting |url=https://www.rnz.co.nz/news/local-elections-2022%20/476379/council-election-turnout-low-participation-revives-call-for-online-voting |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=RNZ |language=en-nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=30 May 2023 |title=Auckland councillor says record low local election turnout &#039;extremely concerning&#039; |url=https://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/local-elections-2022-calls-for-review-over-extremely-concerning-record-low-turnout/TMDMIHJEO7ER7C6LYD3DRWES24/ |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=NZ Herald |language=en-NZ}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=13 October 2022 |title=The media and low local election turnout |url=https://www.rnz.co.nz/national/programmes/mediawatch/audio/2018862513/the-media-and-low-local-election-turnout |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=RNZ |language=en-nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A 2017 [[Country Reports on Human Rights Practices|human rights report]] by the [[United States Department of State]] noted that the New Zealand government generally [[Human rights in New Zealand|respected the rights]] of individuals, but voiced concerns regarding the social status of the Māori population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand |url= https://2009-2017.state.gov/j/drl/rls/hrrpt/humanrightsreport/index.htm?year=2017&amp;amp;dlid=277105 |work=Country Reports on Human Rights Practices for 2017 |publisher=[[United States Department of State]] |access-date=9 December 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In terms of [[Structural discrimination in New Zealand|structural discrimination]], the [[Human Rights Commission|New Zealand Human Rights Commission]] has asserted that there is strong, consistent evidence that it is a real and ongoing socioeconomic issue.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.hrc.co.nz/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/HRC-Structural-Report_final_webV1.pdf/ |title=A fair go for all? Rite tahi tätou katoa? Addressing Structural Discrimination in Public Services |date=2012 |publisher=Human Rights Commission |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20140330134905/http://www.hrc.co.nz/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/HRC-Structural-Report_final_webV1.pdf/ |archive-date=30 March 2014 |access-date=22 July 2023 |page=50}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; One example of structural inequality in New Zealand can be seen in the criminal justice system. According to the [[Ministry of Justice (New Zealand)|Ministry of Justice]], Māori are overrepresented, comprising 45% of New Zealanders convicted of crimes and 53% of those imprisoned.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Cornish |first=Sophie |date=1 May 2022 |title=Māori even more overrepresented in prisons, despite $98m strategy |url=https://www.stuff.co.nz/national/128306867/mori-even-more-overrepresented-in-prisons-despite-98m-strategy |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=Stuff |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Hāpaitia te Oranga Tangata {{!}} New Zealand Ministry of Justice |url=https://www.justice.govt.nz/justice-sector-policy/key-initiatives/key-initiatives-archive/hapaitia-te-oranga-tangata/#:~:text=M%C4%81ori%20are%20overrepresented%20at%20every,of%20the%20New%20Zealand%20population. |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=www.justice.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|International rankings of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Foreign relations and military===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of New Zealand|New Zealand Defence Force}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:P20220531AS-0492-2 (52245764500).jpg|thumb|New Zealand Prime Minister [[Jacinda Ardern]] with US President [[Joe Biden]] in the [[Oval Office]], 2022]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period of the New Zealand colony, Britain was responsible for external trade and foreign relations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=External Relations |url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/1966/history-constitutional/10 |access-date=7 January 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 1923 and 1926 [[Imperial Conference]]s decided that New Zealand should be allowed to negotiate its own political [[treaties]], and the first commercial treaty was ratified in 1928 with Japan. On 3 September 1939, New Zealand allied itself with Britain and [[Declaration of war|declared war]] on Germany with Prime Minister [[Michael Joseph Savage]] proclaiming, &amp;quot;Where she goes, we go; where she stands, we stand&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Michael Joseph Savage |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/people/michael-joseph-savage-biography |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=July 2010 |access-date=29 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;[[File:E 003261 E Maoris in North Africa July 1941.jpg|thumb|[[Māori Battalion]] [[haka]] in Egypt, 1941|alt=A squad of men kneel in the desert sand while performing a war dance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951 the United Kingdom became increasingly focused on its European interests,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.victoria.ac.nz/css/docs/Working_Papers/WP21.pdf |title=Globalisation, Sovereignty, and the Transformation of New Zealand Foreign Policy |first=Robert |last=Patman |access-date=12 March 2007 |work=Working Paper 21/05 |publisher=Centre for Strategic Studies, Victoria University of Wellington |page=8 |date=2005 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20070925192858/http://www.victoria.ac.nz/css/docs/Working_Papers/WP21.pdf |archive-date=25 September 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while New Zealand joined [[Australia–New Zealand relations|Australia]] and the [[New Zealand–United States relations|United States]] in the [[ANZUS]] security treaty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.australianpolitics.com/foreign/anzus/anzus-treaty.shtml |title=Department of External Affairs: Security Treaty between Australia, New Zealand and the United States of America |date=September 1951 |publisher=[[Government of Australia|Australian Government]] |access-date=11 January 2011|url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110629153135/http://www.australianpolitics.com/foreign/anzus/anzus-treaty.shtml |archive-date=29 June 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The influence of the United States on New Zealand weakened following protests over the [[New Zealand in the Vietnam War|Vietnam War]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Vietnam War |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/vietnam-war|work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=June 2008 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the refusal of the United States to admonish France after the [[sinking of the Rainbow Warrior|sinking of the &#039;&#039;Rainbow Warrior&#039;&#039;]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Sinking the Rainbow Warrior – nuclear-free New Zealand |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/politics/nuclear-free-new-zealand/rainbow-warrior|work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=August 2008 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; disagreements over environmental and agricultural trade issues, and [[New Zealand nuclear-free zone|New Zealand&#039;s nuclear-free policy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Nuclear-free legislation – nuclear-free New Zealand |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/politics/nuclear-free-new-zealand/nuclear-free-zone|work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=August 2008 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Lange |first=David |author-link=David Lange |title=Nuclear Free: The New Zealand Way |publisher=[[Penguin Books]] |date=1990 |isbn=0-14-014519-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Despite the United States&#039;s suspension of ANZUS obligations, the treaty remained in effect between New Zealand and Australia, whose foreign policy has followed a similar historical trend.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Australia in brief |url= http://www.dfat.gov.au/aib/history.html |publisher=[[Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (Australia)|Australian Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade]] |access-date=11 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101222174922/http://www.dfat.gov.au/aib/history.html |archive-date=22 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Close political contact is maintained between the two countries, with [[Closer Economic Relations|free trade agreements]] and [[Trans-Tasman Travel Arrangement|travel arrangements]] that allow citizens to visit, live and work in both countries without restrictions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZ in brief&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand country brief |url=http://www.dfat.gov.au/geo/new_zealand/nz_country_brief.html |publisher=[[Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (Australia)|Australian Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade]] |access-date=11 January 2011 |archive-date=12 October 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131012052030/http://dfat.gov.au/geo/new_zealand/nz_country_brief.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2013|alt=In 2013}} there were about 650,000 New Zealand citizens living in Australia, which is equivalent to 15% of the population of New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |first=John |last=Collett |url= http://www.smh.com.au/money/super-and-funds/kiwis-face-hurdles-in-pursuit-of-lost-funds-20130903-2t1jl.html#ixzz2glaaulCe |title=Kiwis face hurdles in pursuit of lost funds |date=4 September 2013 |access-date=4 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand has a strong presence among the [[Pacific Island]] countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Mark |first=Simon |date=11 January 2021 |title=New Zealand&#039;s public diplomacy in the Pacific: a reset, or more of the same? |url=https://doi.org/10.1057/s41254-020-00196-x |journal=Place Branding and Public Diplomacy |volume=18 |issue=2 |pages=105–112 |language=en |doi=10.1057/s41254-020-00196-x |issn=1751-8059 |pmc=7798375}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A large proportion of New Zealand&#039;s aid goes to these countries, and many Pacific people migrate to New Zealand for employment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Geoff |last=Bertram |chapter=South Pacific economic relations – Aid, remittances and tourism |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=April 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/south-pacific-economic-relations/4 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Permanent migration is regulated under the 1970 Samoan Quota Scheme and the 2002 Pacific Access Category, which allow up to 1,100 Samoan nationals and up to 750 other Pacific Islanders respectively to become permanent New Zealand residents each year. A seasonal workers scheme for temporary migration was introduced in 2007, and in 2009 about 8,000 Pacific Islanders were employed under it.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://devpolicy.org/making-migration-work-lessons-from-new-zealand/|title=Making migration work: Lessons from New Zealand |first=Stephen |last=Howes|date=November 2010 |access-date=23 March 2011 |publisher=Development Policy Centre}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand is involved in the [[Pacific Islands Forum]], the [[Pacific Community]], [[Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation]], and the [[Association of Southeast Asian Nations]] Regional Forum (including the [[East Asia Summit]]).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZ in brief&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; New Zealand has been described as a [[middle power]] in the [[Asia-Pacific]] region,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Institute |first=Lowy |title=New Zealand – Lowy Institute Asia Power Index |url=https://power.lowyinstitute.org/countries/new-zealand/ |access-date=7 March 2022 |website=Lowy Institute Asia Power Index 2021 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and an [[emerging power]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |url= https://www.stuff.co.nz/national/politics/113097493/caught-between-china-and-the-us-the-kiwi-place-in-a-newly-confrontational-world|title=Caught between China and the US: The Kiwi place in a newly confrontational world|work=[[Stuff (website)|Stuff.co.nz]] |date=7 June 2019|access-date=1 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |url= https://www.waikato.ac.nz/news-opinion/media/2018/new-zealands-pacific-reset-strategic-anxieties-about-rising-china |last=Steff |first=Reuben|title=New Zealand&#039;s Pacific reset: strategic anxieties about rising China|date=5 June 2018 |publisher=[[University of Waikato]] |access-date=1 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country is a member of the [[New Zealand and the United Nations|United Nations]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Member States of the United Nations |publisher=United Nations |url= https://www.un.org/en/members/index.shtml#n |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Commonwealth of Nations]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand |date= 15 August 2013 |url= http://thecommonwealth.org/our-member-countries/new-zealand |publisher=The Commonwealth |access-date=1 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] (OECD),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Members and partners |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |url= http://www.oecd.org/pages/0,3417,en_36734052_36761800_1_1_1_1_1,00.html |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and participates in the [[Five Power Defence Arrangements]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Future of the Five Power Defence Arrangements |url= https://www.aspistrategist.org.au/the-future-of-the-five-power-defence-arrangements/ |work=The Strategist |publisher=Australian Strategic Policy Institute |access-date=1 December 2016 |date=8 November 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ANZAC Day service at the National War Memorial - Flickr - NZ Defence Force (20).jpg|thumb|[[Anzac Day]] service at the National War Memorial|alt=A soldier in a green army uniform faces forwards]]New Zealand&#039;s military services—the Defence Force—comprise the [[New Zealand Army]], the [[Royal New Zealand Air Force]], and the [[Royal New Zealand Navy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.nzdf.mil.nz/about-us/|title=About Us: Role and Responsibilities |publisher=New Zealand Defence Force |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand&#039;s [[national defence]] needs are modest since a direct attack is unlikely.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=New Zealand Defence and Security Policy, 1990–2005 |last=Ayson |first=Robert |title=New Zealand in World Affairs |volume=IV: 1990–2005 |editor-first=Roderic |editor-last=Alley |publisher=[[Victoria University Press]] |date=2007 |page=132 |isbn=978-0-86473-548-5 |location=Wellington}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, its military has [[Military history of New Zealand|had a global presence]]. The country fought in both world wars, with notable campaigns in [[Gallipoli Campaign|Gallipoli]], [[Battle of Crete|Crete]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Battle for Crete |date=May 2010 |work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/the-battle-for-crete |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Second Battle of El Alamein|El Alamein]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=El Alamein – The North African Campaign |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/the-north-african-campaign/el-alamein|work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=May 2009 |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Battle of Monte Cassino|Cassino]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= https://www.bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwtwo/battle_cassino_01.shtml |title=World War Two: The Battle of Monte Cassino |first=Richard |last=Holmes |author-link=Richard Holmes (military historian) |date=September 2010 |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Gallipoli campaign played an important part in fostering New Zealand&#039;s [[national identity]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Gallipoli stirred new sense of national identity says Clark |date=April 2005 |work=[[The New Zealand Herald]] |url= http://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/news/article.cfm?c_id=1&amp;amp;objectid=10122323 |access-date=9 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Battlefield Tourism: History, Place and Interpretation |first=Bruce |last=Prideaux |editor-first=Chris |editor-last=Ryan |page=18 |date=2007 |publisher=[[Elsevier]] Science |isbn=978-0-08-045362-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and strengthened the [[Australian and New Zealand Army Corps|ANZAC]] tradition it shares with Australia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Spirit of ANZAC |first=Arthur |last=Burke |url= http://www.anzacday.org.au/spirit/spirit2.html |publisher=ANZAC Day Commemoration Committee |access-date=11 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101226110037/http://www.anzacday.org.au/spirit/spirit2.html |archive-date=26 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to Vietnam and the two world wars, New Zealand fought in the [[Second Boer War]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=South African War 1899–1902 |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/the-south-african-boer-war/introduction |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=February 2009 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[New Zealand in the Korean War|Korean War]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand in the Korean War |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/war/korean-war|work=New Zealand History |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=1 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Malayan Emergency]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=NZ and the Malayan Emergency |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/war/the-malayan-emergency |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=August 2010 |access-date=11 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Gulf War]], and the [[War in Afghanistan (2001–present)|Afghanistan War]]. It has contributed forces to several regional and global peacekeeping missions, such as those in [[Cyprus dispute|Cyprus]], [[Somali Civil War|Somalia]], [[Bosnian War|Bosnia and Herzegovina]], the [[Suez Crisis|Sinai]], [[Angolan Civil War|Angola]], [[Cambodian–Vietnamese War|Cambodia]], the [[Iran–Iraq War|Iran–Iraq]] border, [[Bougainville campaign|Bougainville]], [[Operation Astute|East Timor]], and the [[Solomon Islands#Civil war|Solomon Islands]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.nzdf.mil.nz/operations/default.htm |title=New Zealand Defence Force Overseas Operations |publisher=[[New Zealand Defence Force]] |access-date=17 February 2008 |date=January 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080125104529/http://www.nzdf.mil.nz/operations/default.htm |archive-date=25 January 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is a member of the [[Five Eyes]] intelligence sharing agreement, known formally as the [[UKUSA Agreement]]. The five members of this agreement are Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.dni.gov/index.php/who-we-are/organizations/enterprise-capacity/chco/chco-related-menus/chco-related-links/recruitment-and-outreach/217-about/organization/icig-pages/2660-icig-fiorc|title=Five Eyes Intelligence Oversight and Review Council (FIORC)|website=www.dni.gov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 2012, New Zealand has had a partnership arrangement with [[North Atlantic Treaty Organization|NATO]] under the Partnership Interoperability Initiative.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Relations with New Zealand |url=https://www.nato.int/cps/en/natohq/topics_52347.htm |website=NATO |access-date=3 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Partnership arrangement signed with NATO |url=https://www.beehive.govt.nz/release/partnership-arrangement-signed-nato |website=Beehive.co.nz |publisher=NZ Govt |access-date=3 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Scotcher |first1=Katie |title=New Zealand&#039;s relationship to Nato is getting stronger, expert says |url=https://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/new-zealands-relationship-to-nato-is-getting-stronger-expert-says/46LJXVTY4REX3OE6DGLADS54DA/ |access-date=3 April 2023 |work=New Zealand Herald |date=3 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Local government and external territories===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Local government in New Zealand|Realm of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NZ Regional Councils and Territorial Authorities 2017.svg|thumb|Map of regions (coloured) and territorial authorities (outlined) in New Zealand|alt=A map of New Zealand divided into regions and territorial authorities with labels]]&lt;br /&gt;
The early European settlers divided New Zealand into [[Provinces of New Zealand|provinces]], which had a degree of autonomy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nine_provinces&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.library.otago.ac.nz/pdf/hoc_fr_bulletins/31_bulletin.pdf |title=New Zealand&#039;s Nine Provinces (1853–76) |work=Friends of the Hocken Collections |publisher=University of Otago |date=March 2000 |access-date=13 January 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110205012614/http://www.library.otago.ac.nz/pdf/hoc_fr_bulletins/31_bulletin.pdf |archive-date=5 February 2011 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Because of financial pressures and the desire to consolidate railways, education, land sales, and other policies, government was centralised and the provinces were abolished in 1876.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Provincial Divergencies |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/provinces-and-provincial-districts/3 |access-date=7 January 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The provinces are remembered in [[Public holidays in New Zealand|regional public holidays]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Swarbrick |first1=Nancy |chapter=Public holidays |chapter-url= http://TeAra.govt.nz/en/public-holidays |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=25 June 2017 |date=September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sporting rivalries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Overview – regional rugby |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/regional-rugby/overview |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=September 2010 |access-date=13 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 1876, various councils have administered local areas under legislation determined by the central government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nine_provinces&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Dollery |first1=Brian |last2=Keogh |first2=Ciaran |last3=Crase |first3=Lin |title=Alternatives to Amalgamation in Australian Local Government: Lessons from the New Zealand Experience |date=2007 |journal=Sustaining Regions |volume=6 |issue=1 |pages=50–69 |url= http://www.anzrsai.org/system/files/f8/f9/f39/f40/o186//Dollery%20sustaining%20regions%20article.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20070829001212/http://www.anzrsai.org/system/files/f8/f9/f39/f40/o186//Dollery%20sustaining%20regions%20article.pdf |archive-date=29 August 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1989, the government reorganised local government into the current two-tier structure of [[Regions of New Zealand|regional councils]] and [[territorial authorities]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Sancton2000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Merger mania: the assault on local government |first=Andrew |last=Sancton |date=2000 |publisher=[[McGill-Queen&#039;s University Press]] |page=84 |isbn=0-7735-2163-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[List of former territorial authorities in New Zealand|249 municipalities]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Sancton2000&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; that existed in 1975 have now been consolidated into 67 territorial authorities and 11 regional councils.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/~/media/Statistics/Methods%20and%20Services/Tables/Subnational%20population%20estimates/subpopest2001-10.ashx |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110610051916/http://www.stats.govt.nz/~/media/Statistics/Methods%20and%20Services/Tables/Subnational%20population%20estimates/subpopest2001-10.ashx |archive-date=10 June 2011|title=Subnational population estimates at 30 June 2010 (boundaries at 1 November 2010) |date=26 October 2010 |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=2 April 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The regional councils&#039; role is to regulate &amp;quot;the natural environment with particular emphasis on [[Resource Management Act 1991|resource management]]&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Sancton2000&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; while territorial authorities are responsible for sewage, water, local roads, building consents, and other local matters.{{sfn|Smelt|Jui Lin|2009|p=33}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;glossary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Glossary |url= http://www.localcouncils.govt.nz/lgip.nsf/wpgurl/Resources-Glossary-Index |publisher=Department of Internal Affairs |access-date=28 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Five of the territorial councils are [[Unitary authority|unitary authorities]] and also act as regional councils.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;glossary&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The territorial authorities consist of 13 city councils, 53 [[Districts of New Zealand|district]] councils, and the [[Chatham Islands]] Council. While officially the Chatham Islands Council is not a unitary authority, it undertakes many functions of a regional council.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Chatham Islands Council Act 1995 No 41 |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1995/0041/latest/whole.html |date=29 July 1995 |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |access-date=8 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Realm of New Zealand, one of 15 [[Commonwealth realm]]s,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Gimpel |first1=Diane|title=Monarchies|date=2011 |publisher=ABDO Publishing Company |isbn=978-1-617-14792-0|page=[https://archive.org/details/monarchies0000gimp_v0v5/page/22 22] |url= https://archive.org/details/monarchies0000gimp_v0v5|url-access=registration |access-date=18 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the entire area over which the king of New Zealand is [[sovereign]] and comprises New Zealand, [[Tokelau]], the [[Ross Dependency]], the [[Cook Islands]], and [[Niue]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GG constitution&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Cook Islands and Niue are self-governing states in [[Associated state|free association]] with New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.gov.nu/wb/pages/system-of-government-fakatokaaga-he-fakatufono.php |title=System of Government |publisher=Government of Niue |access-date=13 January 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101113024046/http://www.gov.nu/wb/pages/system-of-government-fakatokaaga-he-fakatufono.php |archive-date=13 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |publisher=Government of the Cook Islands |title=Government – Structure, Personnel |url=http://www.ck/govt.htm#con |access-date=13 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The New Zealand Parliament cannot pass legislation for these countries, but with their consent can act on behalf of them in foreign affairs and defence. Tokelau is classified as a [[United Nations list of non-self-governing territories|non-self-governing territory]], but is administered by a council of three elders (one from each Tokelauan [[atoll]]).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Tokelau Government |url= http://www.tokelau.org.nz/Tokelau+Government.html |publisher=Government of Tokelau |access-date=16 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Ross Dependency is New Zealand&#039;s [[Territorial claims in Antarctica|territorial claim in Antarctica]], where it operates the [[Scott Base]] research facility.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Scott Base |url= http://www.antarcticanz.govt.nz/scott-base |publisher=[[Antarctica New Zealand]] |access-date=13 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[New Zealand nationality law]] treats all parts of the realm equally, so most people born in New Zealand, the Cook Islands, Niue, Tokelau, and the Ross Dependency are New Zealand citizens.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Citizenship Act 1977 No 61 |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1977/0061/latest/whole.html |publisher=Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office |access-date=26 May 2017 |date=1 December 1977}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{Refn|A person born on or after 1 January 2006 acquires New Zealand citizenship at birth only if at least one parent is a New Zealand citizen or permanent resident. All persons born on or before 31 December 2005 acquired citizenship at birth (&#039;&#039;[[jus soli]]&#039;&#039;).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.dia.govt.nz/diawebsite.nsf/wpg_URL/Services-Citizenship-Check-if-you&#039;re-a-New-Zealand-citizen?OpenDocument |title=Check if you&#039;re a New Zealand citizen |publisher=Department of Internal Affairs |access-date=20 January 2015 |archive-date=23 September 2014 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20140923112222/http://www.dia.govt.nz/diawebsite.nsf/wpg_URL/Services-Citizenship-Check-if-you%E2%80%99re-a-New-Zealand-citizen?OpenDocument |url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Geography and environment==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of New Zealand|Environment of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New Zealand 23 October 2002.jpg|right|thumbnail|upright|The snow-capped [[Southern Alps]] dominate the South Island, while the North Island&#039;s [[Northland Peninsula]] stretches towards the subtropics.|alt=Islands of New Zealand as seen from satellite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is located near the centre of the [[water hemisphere]] and is made up of two main islands and more than 700 [[List of islands of New Zealand|smaller islands]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Walrond1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Walrond|first=Carl|title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]]|date=8 February 2005|chapter=Natural environment – Geography and geology|chapter-url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/natural-environment/page-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The two main islands (the [[North Island]], or {{lang|mi|Te Ika-a-Māui}}, and the [[South Island]], or {{lang|mi|Te Waipounamu}}) are separated by [[Cook Strait]], {{convert|22|km|mi}} wide at its narrowest point.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=The Sea Floor |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/cook-strait/1 |access-date=13 January 2011 |date=April 2009|orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Besides the North and South Islands, the five largest inhabited islands are [[Stewart Island]] (across the [[Foveaux Strait]]), [[Chatham Island]], [[Great Barrier Island]] (in the [[Hauraki Gulf]]),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.aucklandcity.govt.nz/auckland/introduction/hauraki/default.asp |title=Hauraki Gulf islands |publisher=[[Auckland City Council]] |access-date=13 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101225020855/http://www.aucklandcity.govt.nz/auckland/introduction/hauraki/default.asp |archive-date=25 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[D&#039;Urville Island (New Zealand)|D&#039;Urville Island]] (in the [[Marlborough Sounds]])&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Hindmarsh |date=2006 |url= http://www.historic.org.nz/en/Publications/HeritageNZMagazine/HeritageNz2006/HNZ06-DiscoveringDUrville.aspx |title=Discovering D&#039;Urville |publisher=Heritage New Zealand |access-date=13 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110511071150/http://www.historic.org.nz/en/Publications/HeritageNZMagazine/HeritageNz2006/HNZ06-DiscoveringDUrville.aspx |archive-date=11 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Waiheke Island]] (about {{convert|22|km|mi|0|abbr=on}} from central Auckland).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.auckland-coastguard.org.nz/Information/Distance+Tables.html |title=Distance tables |publisher=Auckland Coastguard |access-date=2 March 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110123074649/http://www.auckland-coastguard.org.nz/Information/Distance%2BTables.html |archive-date=23 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is long and narrow—over {{convert|1600|km|mi}} along its north-north-east axis with a maximum width of {{convert|400|km|mi}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Heinemann New Zealand atlas |publisher=[[Heinemann (publisher)|Heinemann Publishers]] |first=D. W. |last=McKenzie |date=1987|isbn=0-7900-0187-X}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;—with about {{convert|15000|km|mi|-2|abbr=on}} of coastline&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and a total land area of {{convert|268000|km2|-2}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/PASFull/pasfull.nsf/84bf91b1a7b5d7204c256809000460a4/4c2567ef00247c6acc25697a00043f15?OpenDocument|title=Geography |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=21 December 2009 |date=1999|url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20100522061011/http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/PASFull/pasfull.nsf/84bf91b1a7b5d7204c256809000460a4/4c2567ef00247c6acc25697a00043f15?OpenDocument |archive-date=22 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Because of its far-flung outlying islands and long coastline, the country has extensive marine resources. Its [[Exclusive economic zone of New Zealand|exclusive economic zone]] is one of the largest in the world, covering more than 15 times its land area.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Offshore Options: Managing Environmental Effects in New Zealand&#039;s Exclusive Economic Zone |publisher=[[Ministry for the Environment (New Zealand)|Ministry for the Environment]] |date=2005 |location=Wellington |url=http://www.mfe.govt.nz/sites/default/files/offshore-options-jun05.pdf |isbn=0-478-25916-6 |access-date=23 June 2017 |archive-date=11 April 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190411222516/http://www.mfe.govt.nz/sites/default/files/offshore-options-jun05.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         = vertical&lt;br /&gt;
| width             = 200&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Mt Cook, NZ.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[Aoraki / Mount Cook]] is the highest point in New Zealand, at 3,724 metres.&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = A large mountain with a lake in the foreground&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = New Zealand moutain ranges.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = The Southern Alps stretch for 500 kilometres down the South Island.&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Snow-capped mountain range&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The South Island is the largest landmass of New Zealand. It is divided along its length by the [[Southern Alps]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=The rise and fall of the Southern Alps |first=Glen |last= Coates |publisher=[[Canterbury University Press]] |date=2002|page=15|isbn=0-908812-93-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are 18 peaks over {{convert|3000|m|ft}}, the highest of which is [[Aoraki / Mount Cook|{{lang|mi|nocat=yes|italic=no|Aoraki}} / Mount Cook]] at {{convert|3724|m|ft}}.{{sfn|Garden|2005|p=52}} [[Fiordland]]&#039;s steep mountains and deep [[List of fiords of New Zealand|fiords]] record the extensive ice age glaciation of this southwestern corner of the South Island.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=David |last=Grant |chapter=Southland places – Fiordland&#039;s coast |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/southland-places/10 |access-date=14 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The North Island is less mountainous but is [[Volcanology of New Zealand|marked by volcanism]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Central North Island volcanoes |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |access-date=14 January 2011 |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/parks-and-recreation/national-parks/tongariro/features/central-north-island-volcanoes/ |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101229222806/http://www.doc.govt.nz/parks-and-recreation/national-parks/tongariro/features/central-north-island-volcanoes/ |archive-date=29 December 2010|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highly active [[Taupō Volcanic Zone]] has formed a large [[North Island Volcanic Plateau|volcanic plateau]], punctuated by the North Island&#039;s highest mountain, [[Mount Ruapehu]] ({{convert|2797|m}}). The plateau also hosts the country&#039;s largest lake, [[Lake Taupō]],&amp;lt;ref name=Walrond1 /&amp;gt; nestled in the [[caldera]] of one of the world&#039;s most active [[supervolcano]]es.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.geonet.org.nz/volcano/activity/taupo/about.html |title=Taupō |publisher=[[GNS Science]] |access-date=2 April 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110324025353/http://www.geonet.org.nz/volcano/activity/taupo/about.html |archive-date=24 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand is prone to [[List of earthquakes in New Zealand|earthquakes]] and [[Volcanism of New Zealand|volcanic]] eruptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country owes its varied topography, and perhaps even its emergence above the waves, to the dynamic boundary it straddles between the [[Pacific Plate|Pacific]] and [[Indo-Australian Plate]]s.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Keith 2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Keith |last1=Lewis |first2=Scott |last2=Nodder |first3=Lionel |last3=Carter |chapter=Sea floor geology – Active plate boundaries |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/sea-floor-geology/2 |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand is part of [[Zealandia]], a [[microcontinent]] nearly half the size of Australia that gradually submerged after breaking away from the [[Gondwana]]n supercontinent.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Wallis |first1=G. P. |last2=Trewick |first2=S. A. |doi=10.1111/j.1365-294X.2009.04294.x |title=New Zealand phylogeography: Evolution on a small continent |journal=Molecular Ecology |volume=18 |issue=17 |pages=3548–3580 |date=2009 |pmid= 19674312 |s2cid=22049973 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Mortimer |first1=Nick |last2=Campbell |first2=Hamish |title=Zealandia: Our Continent Revealed |date=2014 |isbn=978-0-14-357156-8 |location=Auckland |oclc=887230882}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 25 million years ago, a shift in [[plate tectonic]] movements began to [[Kaikoura orogeny|contort and crumple]] the region. This is now most evident in the Southern Alps, formed by [[Continental collision|compression of the crust]] beside the [[Alpine Fault]]. Elsewhere, the plate boundary involves the [[subduction]] of one plate under the other, producing the [[Puysegur Trench]] to the south, the [[Hikurangi Trench]] east of the North Island, and the [[Kermadec Trench|Kermadec]] and [[Tonga Trench]]es&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |first1=Dawn |last1=Wright |first2=Sherman |last2=Bloomer |first3=Christopher |last3=MacLeod |first4=Brian |last4=Taylor |first5=Andrew |last5=Goodliffe |title=Bathymetry of the Tonga Trench and Forearc: A Map Series |date=2000 |journal=Marine Geophysical Researches |volume=21 |issue=5 |pages=489–512 |doi=10.1023/A:1026514914220 |bibcode=2000MarGR..21..489W |s2cid=6072675 |url= https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/a49f4f6026bd6bf26f3403fdc3981371ec4a34e0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; further north.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Keith 2009&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand, together with Australia, is part of a region known as [[Australasia]].&amp;lt;ref name=NZOD&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Australasia |encyclopedia=New Zealand Oxford Dictionary |publisher=[[Oxford University Press]] |date=2005 |isbn=9780195584516 |doi=10.1093/acref/9780195584516.001.0001|editor1-last=Deverson |editor1-first=Tony |editor2-last=Kennedy |editor2-first=Graeme}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It also forms the southwestern extremity of the geographic and ethnographic region called [[Polynesia]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Hobbs |first1=Joseph J. |title=Fundamentals of World Regional Geography |date=2016 |publisher=Cengage Learning |isbn=9781305854956 |page=367 |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=0rUaCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA367}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Oceania]] is a wider region encompassing the [[Australia (continent)|Australian continent]], New Zealand, and various island countries in the Pacific Ocean that are not included in the [[continent|seven-continent]] model.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Hillstrom |first1=Kevin |last2=Collier Hillstrom |first2=Laurie |title=Australia, Oceania, and Antarctica: A Continental Overview of Environmental Issues |volume=3 |date=2003 |publisher=[[ABC-Clio]] |isbn=9781576076941 |page=25 |quote=... defined here as the continent nation of Australia, New Zealand, and twenty-two other island countries and territories sprinkled over more than 40 million square kilometres of the South Pacific.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&amp;lt;!----Galleries or clusters  of images are generally discouraged in county summary articles as they cause undue weight to one particular section and may cause accessibility problems because images are fragmented ---&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Landscapes of New Zealand&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:NZ Landscape.jpg|Rural scene near [[Queenstown, New Zealand|Queenstown]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:TWC Hokitika Gorge • Stewart Nimmo • MRD 16.jpg|[[Hokitika Gorge]], [[West Coast, New Zealand|West Coast]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Emerald Lakes, New Zealand.jpg|The Emerald Lakes, [[Mount Tongariro]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Lake Gunn.jpg|[[Lake Gunn]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Pencarrow Head, Wellington, New Zealand from Santa Regina, 24 Feb. 2007.jpg|[[Pencarrow Head]], Wellington&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Climate===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Climate of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Christchurch Botanic Gardens in autumn.jpg|thumb|right|Autumn in [[Christchurch]] ([[Christchurch Botanic Gardens|Botanic Gardens]] pictured)]]&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand&#039;s climate is predominantly&amp;lt;!--with some variations noted--&amp;gt; temperate [[Oceanic climate|maritime]] ([[Köppen climate classification|Köppen]]: Cfb), with mean annual temperatures ranging from {{convert|10|°C|0|abbr=on}} in the south to {{convert|16|°C|0|abbr=on}} in the north.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mullan2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Brett |last1=Mullan |first2=Andrew |last2=Tait |first3=Craig |last3=Thompson |chapter=Climate – New Zealand&#039;s climate |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/climate/1 |access-date=15 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Historical [[maxima and minima]] are {{convert|42.4|°C|2|abbr=on}} in [[Rangiora]], [[Canterbury Region|Canterbury]] and {{convert|-25.6|°C|2|abbr=on}} in [[Ranfurly, New Zealand|Ranfurly]], [[Otago]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;niwa&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.niwa.co.nz/education-and-training/schools/resources/climate/extreme |title=Summary of New Zealand climate extremes |publisher=[[National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research]] |date=2004 |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Conditions vary sharply across regions from extremely wet on the [[West Coast, New Zealand|West Coast]] of the South Island to [[Semi-arid climate|semi-arid]] in [[Central Otago]] and the [[Mackenzie Basin]] of inland Canterbury and [[subtropical]] in [[Northland Peninsula|Northland]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Carl |last=Walrond |chapter=Natural environment – Climate |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/natural-environment/3 |access-date=15 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Orange |first=Claudia |author-link=Claudia Orange |chapter=Northland region |date=1 May 2015 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/northland-region/ |access-date=4 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Of the seven largest cities, [[Christchurch]] is the driest, receiving on average only {{convert|618|mm|in}} of rain per year and Wellington the wettest, receiving almost twice that amount.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.niwa.co.nz/__data/assets/file/0006/44268/rain.xls |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110503221956/http://www.niwa.co.nz/__data/assets/file/0006/44268/rain.xls |archive-date=3 May 2011|title=Mean monthly rainfall |publisher=[[National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research]] |format=[[Microsoft Excel file format|XLS]] |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Auckland, Wellington and Christchurch all receive a yearly average of more than 2,000 hours of sunshine. The southern and southwestern parts of the South Island have a cooler and cloudier climate, with around 1,400–1,600 hours; the northern and northeastern parts of the South Island are the sunniest areas of the country and receive about 2,400–2,500 hours.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.niwascience.co.nz/__data/assets/file/0006/44655/sunshine.xls |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20081015102420/http://www.niwascience.co.nz/__data/assets/file/0006/44655/sunshine.xls |archive-date=15 October 2008 |title=Mean monthly sunshine hours |publisher=[[National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research]] |format=[[Microsoft Excel file format|XLS]] |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The general snow season is early June until early October, though [[cold snap]]s can occur outside this season.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand climate and weather |url= http://www.newzealand.com/int/feature/new-zealand-climate-and-weather/ |publisher=Tourism New Zealand |access-date=13 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Snowfall is common in the eastern and southern parts of the South Island and mountain areas across the country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mullan2009&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---As prose text is preferred overly detailed data charts and diagrams such as weather data boxes, population charts and past elections results etc should be reserved for main sub articles on the topic as per BP:DETAIL.---&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable collapsible sortable&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Average daily temperatures and rainfall for selected towns and cities of New Zealand&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.niwa.co.nz/education-and-training/schools/resources/climate |title=Climate data and activities |publisher=[[National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research]] |access-date=11 February 2016 |date=28 February 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Location&lt;br /&gt;
!January high&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;°C (°F)&lt;br /&gt;
!January low&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;°C (°F)&lt;br /&gt;
!July high&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;°C (°F)&lt;br /&gt;
!July low&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;°C (°F)&lt;br /&gt;
!Annual rainfall&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;mm (in)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Auckland]] ||{{Convert|23|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|15|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|15|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|8|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|1212|mm|in|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Wellington]] ||{{Convert|20|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|14|C|F|0|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|11|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|6|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|1207|mm|in|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hokitika]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|20|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|12|C|F|0|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|12|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|3|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|2901|mm|in|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Christchurch]]||{{Convert|23|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|12|C|F|0|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|11|C|F|abbr=values}}||{{Convert|2|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|618|mm|in|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Alexandra, New Zealand|Alexandra]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|25|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|11|C|F|0|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|8|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|-2|C|F|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Convert|359|mm|in|abbr=values}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Biodiversity===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Biodiversity of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TeTuatahianui.jpg|thumb|upright|The endemic flightless [[kiwi (bird)|kiwi]] is a [[National symbols of New Zealand|national icon]].|alt=Kiwi amongst sticks]]&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand&#039;s [[geographic isolation]] for 80 million years&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Cooper |first1=R. |last2=Millener |first2=P. |title=The New Zealand biota: Historical background and new research |date=1993 |journal=Trends in Ecology &amp;amp; Evolution |volume=8 |issue=12 |pages=429–33 |doi=10.1016/0169-5347(93)90004-9 |pmid= 21236222}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and island [[biogeography]] has influenced evolution of the country&#039;s species of [[fauna|animals]], [[fungus|fungi]] and [[flora|plants]]. Physical isolation has caused biological isolation, resulting in a dynamic evolutionary ecology with examples of distinctive plants and animals as well as populations of widespread species.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Trewick |first1=S. A. |last2=Morgan-Richards |first2=M. |date=2014 |title=New Zealand Wild Life |publisher=[[Penguin Books]] |isbn=9780143568896}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Lindsey |first1=Terence |last2=Morris |first2=Rod |title=Collins Field Guide to New Zealand Wildlife |publisher=[[HarperCollins]] |date=2000 |page=14 |isbn=978-1-86950-300-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The flora and fauna of New Zealand were originally thought to have originated from New Zealand&#039;s fragmentation off from Gondwana, however more recent evidence postulates species resulted from dispersal.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last=McDowall|first=R. M.|date=2008|title=Process and pattern in the biogeography of New Zealand – a global microcosm?|url=https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/j.1365-2699.2007.01830.x|journal=Journal of Biogeography|language=en|volume=35|issue=2|pages=197–212|doi=10.1111/j.1365-2699.2007.01830.x|s2cid=83921062|issn=1365-2699}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 82% of New Zealand&#039;s indigenous [[vascular plant]]s are [[Endemism|endemic]], covering 1,944 species across 65 [[genus|genera]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FAQ&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=May 2010 |url=http://www.nzpcn.org.nz/page.asp?help_faqs_NZ_plants |title=Frequently asked questions about New Zealand plants |publisher=[[New Zealand Plant Conservation Network]] |access-date=15 January 2011 |archive-date=8 September 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120908012124/http://www.nzpcn.org.nz/page.asp?help_faqs_NZ_plants |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZPCN 2006&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=De Lange |first1=Peter James |last2=Sawyer |first2=John William David |last3=Rolfe |first3=Jeremy |title=New Zealand Indigenous Vascular Plant Checklist |date=2006 |publisher=[[New Zealand Plant Conservation Network]] |isbn=0-473-11306-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The number of fungi recorded from New Zealand, including lichen-forming species, is not known, nor is the proportion of those fungi which are endemic, but one estimate suggests there are about 2,300 species of lichen-forming fungi in New Zealand&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FAQ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and 40% of these are endemic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Maggy |last=Wassilieff |chapter=Lichens – Lichens in New Zealand |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/lichens/2 |access-date=16 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The two main types of forest are those dominated by broadleaf trees with emergent [[podocarp]]s, or by [[Nothofagus|southern beech]] in cooler climates.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Mixed Broadleaf Podocarp and Kauri Forest |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/forests-indigenous/4 |access-date=15 January 2011 |date=April 2010 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The remaining vegetation types consist of grasslands, the majority of which are [[Tussock grasslands of New Zealand|tussock]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Alan |last=Mark |chapter=Grasslands – Tussock grasslands |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/grasslands/1 |access-date=17 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the arrival of humans, an estimated 80% of the land was covered in forest, with only [[tree line|high alpine]], wet, infertile and volcanic areas without trees.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Commentary on Forest Policy in the Asia-Pacific Region (A Review for Indonesia, Malaysia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Philippines, Thailand and Western Samoa) |date=1997 |publisher=Forestry Department |url= http://www.fao.org/docrep/w7730e/w7730e09.htm#new%20zealand |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Massive [[Deforestation in New Zealand|deforestation]] occurred after humans arrived, with around half the forest cover lost to fire after Polynesian settlement.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=McGlone |first=M. S. |date=1989 |title=The Polynesian settlement of New Zealand in relation to environmental and biotic changes |journal=New Zealand Journal of Ecology |volume=12(S) |pages=115–129 |url= http://nzes.org.nz/nzje/free_issues/NZJEcol12_s_115.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20140717220413/http://nzes.org.nz/nzje/free_issues/NZJEcol12_s_115.pdf |archive-date=17 July 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Much of the remaining forest fell after European settlement, being logged or cleared to make room for pastoral farming, leaving forest occupying only 23% of the land.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |last1=Taylor |first1=R. |last2=Smith |first2=I. |title=The state of New Zealand&#039;s environment 1997 |date=1997 |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for the Environment]] |location=Wellington |url=http://www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/ser/ser1997/index.html |access-date=6 March 2011 |archive-date=22 January 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150122070627/http://mfe.govt.nz/publications/ser/ser1997/index.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Giant Haasts eagle attacking New Zealand moa.jpg|thumb|left|The giant [[Haast&#039;s eagle]] died out when humans hunted its main prey, the [[moa]], to extinction.|alt=An artist&#039;s rendition of a Haast&#039;s eagle attacking two moa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forests were dominated by [[Birds of New Zealand|birds]], and the lack of mammalian predators led to some like the [[Kiwi (bird)|kiwi]], [[kākāpō]], [[weka]] and [[takahē]] evolving [[flightless bird|flightlessness]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.terranature.org/flightlessbirds.htm |title=New Zealand ecology: Flightless birds |work=TerraNature |access-date=17 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The arrival of humans, associated changes to habitat, and the introduction of [[Polynesian rat|rats]], ferrets and other mammals led to the [[List of New Zealand animals extinct in the Holocene|extinction]] of many bird species, including [[Megafauna|large birds]] like the [[moa]] and [[Haast&#039;s eagle]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Holdaway2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Richard |last=Holdaway |chapter=Extinctions – New Zealand extinctions since human arrival |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/extinctions/4 |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |date=January 2005|title=Huge eagles &#039;dominated NZ skies&#039; |first=Alex |last= Kirby |work=[[BBC News]] |url= http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/4138147.stm |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other indigenous animals are represented by reptiles ([[tuatara]], [[skink]]s and [[List of geckos of New Zealand|geckos]]), [[Leiopelmatidae|frogs]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/conservation/native-animals/reptiles-and-frogs |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |title=Reptiles and frogs |access-date=25 June 2017 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150129135945/http://www.doc.govt.nz/conservation/native-animals/reptiles-and-frogs/ |archive-date=29 January 2015 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; such as the protected endangered [[Hamilton&#039;s Frog]], [[Spiders of New Zealand|spiders]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Pollard |first1=Simon |chapter=Spiders and other arachnids |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/spiders-and-other-arachnids |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=25 June 2017 |date=September 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; insects ({{lang|mi|[[wētā]]|italics=no}}),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Wētā |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/nature/native-animals/invertebrates/weta/ |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |access-date=25 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and snails.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Paddy |last=Ryan |chapter=Snails and slugs – Flax snails, giant snails and veined slugs |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/snails-and-slugs/2 |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some, such as the tuatara, are so unique that they have been called [[living fossil]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Herrera-Flores |first1=Jorge A. |last2=Stubbs |first2=Thomas L. |last3=Benton |first3=Michael J. |last4=Ruta |first4=Marcello |title=Macroevolutionary patterns in Rhynchocephalia: Is the tuatara (&#039;&#039;Sphenodon punctatus&#039;&#039;) a living fossil?|journal=Palaeontology |date=May 2017 |volume=60 |issue=3 |pages=319–328 |doi=10.1111/pala.12284 |bibcode=2017Palgy..60..319H |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Three species of bats ([[New Zealand greater short-tailed bat|one]] since extinct) were the only sign of native land mammals in New Zealand until the 2006 discovery of bones from [[Saint Bathans mammal|a unique, mouse-sized land mammal]] at least 16 million years old.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.science.unsw.edu.au/news/2006/nzmammal.html |title=Tiny Bones Rewrite Textbooks, first New Zealand land mammal fossil |publisher=University of New South Wales |date=31 May 2007 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20070531085218/http://www.science.unsw.edu.au/news/2006/nzmammal.html |archive-date=31 May 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Worthy |first1=Trevor H. |last2=Tennyson |first2=Alan J. D. |last3=Archer |first3=Michael |last4=Musser |first4=Anne M. |last5=Hand |first5=Suzanne J. |last6=Jones |first6=Craig |last7=Douglas |first7=Barry J. |last8=McNamara |first8=James A. |last9=Beck |first9=Robin M. D. |title=Miocene mammal reveals a Mesozoic ghost lineage on insular New Zealand, southwest Pacific |journal=[[Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America]] |volume=103 |issue=51 |pages=19419–23 |date=2006 |doi=10.1073/pnas.0605684103|bibcode=2006PNAS..10319419W |pmid=17159151 |pmc=1697831|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Marine mammals, however, are abundant, with almost half the world&#039;s [[cetacea]]ns (whales, dolphins, and [[porpoise]]s) and large numbers of [[fur seal]]s reported in New Zealand waters.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/conservation/native-animals/marine-mammals/ |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |title=Marine Mammals |access-date=17 January 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110308103617/http://www.doc.govt.nz/conservation/native-animals/marine-mammals/ |archive-date=8 March 2011|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many seabirds breed in New Zealand, a third of them unique to the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/nature/native-animals/birds/sea-and-shore-birds/ |title=Sea and shore birds |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |access-date=7 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; More [[List of birds of New Zealand#Penguins|penguin]] species are found in New Zealand than in any other country, with 13 of the world&#039;s 18 penguin species.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/nature/native-animals/birds/birds-a-z/penguins/ |title=Penguins |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |access-date=7 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since human arrival, almost half of the country&#039;s vertebrate species have become extinct, including at least fifty-one birds, three frogs, three lizards, one freshwater fish, and one bat. Others are endangered or have had their range severely reduced.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Holdaway2009&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; However, New Zealand conservationists have pioneered several methods to help threatened wildlife recover, including island sanctuaries, pest control, wildlife translocation, fostering and ecological [[island restoration|restoration of islands]] and other [[Protected areas of New Zealand|protected areas]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Carl |last=Jones |chapter=Reptiles and Amphibians |editor1-first=Martin |editor1-last=Perrow |editor2-last=Davy |editor2-first=Anthony |title=Handbook of Ecological Restoration: Principles of Restoration|volume=2 |page=362 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |date=2002 |isbn=0-521-79128-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last1=Towns |first1=D. |last2=Ballantine |first2=W. |title=Conservation and restoration of New Zealand Island ecosystems |date=1993 |journal=Trends in Ecology &amp;amp; Evolution |volume=8 |issue=12 |pages=452–7 |doi=10.1016/0169-5347(93)90009-E |pmid=21236227}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |title=Island restoration: Exploring the past, anticipating the future |first=Mark |last=Rauzon|journal=Marine Ornithology |volume=35|pages=97–107 |date=2008 |url= http://marineornithology.org/PDF/35_2/35_2_97-107.pdf }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Diamond |first=Jared |chapter=New Zealand as an Archipelago: An International Perspective |editor1-first=D. |editor1-last=Towns |editor2-first=C. |editor2-last=Daugherty |editor3-first=I. |editor3-last=Atkinson |date=1990 |title=Ecological Restoration of New Zealand Islands |series=&amp;quot;Conservation Sciences Publications&amp;quot; series |volume=Z&amp;lt;!--Yes, zed not two.--&amp;gt; |publisher=[[New Zealand Department of Conservation]] |location=Wellington |pages=3–8 |url= http://www.doc.govt.nz/documents/science-and-technical/EcologicalRestorationNZIslands.pdf |via=Doc.Govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Economy==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|List of companies of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Auckland Waterfrt.jpg|thumb|[[Auckland waterfront|Waterfront]] along [[Auckland CBD]], a major hub of economic activity|alt=Boats docked in blue-green water. Plate glass skyscrapers rising up in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand has an [[advanced economy|advanced]] [[market economy]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=World Economic Outlook |url= https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/Issues/2018/03/20/~/media/Files/Publications/WEO/2018/April/text.ashx?la=en |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |access-date=21 June 2018 |page=63 |date=April 2018|isbn=978-1-48434-971-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ranked 13th in the {{As of|2021|alt=2021}} [[Human Development Index]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HDI&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; and fourth in the {{As of|2022|alt=2022}} [[Index of Economic Freedom]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Country rankings |url= https://www.heritage.org/index/ranking |date=2022 |website=Index of Economic Freedom |publisher=[[The Heritage Foundation]] |access-date=14 August 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is a [[high-income economy]] with a [[Nominal value|nominal]] [[gross domestic product]] (GDP) per capita of [[United States dollar|US$]]36,254.&amp;lt;ref name=imf2&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2020/October/weo-report?c=193,122,124,156,423,935,128,939,172,132,134,174,532,176,178,436,136,158,542,941,946,137,546,181,138,196,142,182,359,135,576,936,961,184,144,146,528,112,111,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,LUR,LE,&amp;amp;sy=2018&amp;amp;ey=2025&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=Report for Selected Countries and Subjects: October 2020 |publisher=International Monetary Fund |access-date=21 October 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The currency is the [[New Zealand dollar]], informally known as the &amp;quot;Kiwi dollar&amp;quot;; it also circulates in the Cook Islands (see [[Cook Islands dollar]]), Niue, Tokelau, and the [[Pitcairn Islands]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.bsi.si/en/financial-data.asp?MapaId=1239 |title=Currencies of the territories listed in the BS exchange rate lists |publisher=Bank of Slovenia |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, extractive industries have contributed strongly to New Zealand&#039;s economy, focusing at different times on sealing, whaling, [[Phormium|flax]], gold, [[kauri gum]], and native timber.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RWT export evolution&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/trade-external/1 |title=Historical evolution and trade patterns |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand |access-date=10 February 2011 |date=November 2009 |orig-year=1966}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The first shipment of refrigerated meat on the &#039;&#039;[[Dunedin (ship)|Dunedin]]&#039;&#039; in 1882 led to the establishment of meat and dairy exports to Britain, a trade which provided the basis for strong economic growth in New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Hugh |last1=Stringleman |first2=Robert |last2=Peden |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/sheep-farming/5/2 |chapter=Sheep farming – Growth of the frozen meat trade, 1882–2001 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=October 2009 |access-date=6 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; High demand for agricultural products from the United Kingdom and the United States helped New Zealanders achieve higher living standards than both Australia and Western Europe in the 1950s and 1960s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Some Indicators of Comparative Living Standards |first=John |last=Baker |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/standard-of-living/1/1 |access-date=30 April 2010 |date=February 2010 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.teara.govt.nz/files/3_308_StandardOfLiving_Comparison_0.pdf PDF Table]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1973, New Zealand&#039;s export market was reduced when the United Kingdom joined the [[European Economic Community]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=History – The later 20th century |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/history/6 |access-date=2 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and other compounding factors, such as the [[1973 oil crisis|1973 oil]] and [[1979 oil crisis|1979 energy]] crises, led to a severe [[Depression (economics)|economic depression]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Chris |first2=John |last2=Yeabsley |chapter=Overseas trade policy – Difficult times – the 1970s and early 1980s |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=April 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/overseas-trade-policy/5 |access-date=22 January 2011 |last1=Nixon}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Living standards in New Zealand fell behind those of Australia and Western Europe, and by 1982 New Zealand had the lowest per-capita income of all the developed nations surveyed by [[World Bank Group|the World Bank]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |last=Evans |first=N. R. |title=Up from Down Under: After a Century of Socialism, Australia and New Zealand are Cutting Back Government and Freeing Their Economies |date=January 1994 |magazine=[[National Review]] |volume=46 |issue=16 |pages=47–51}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the mid-1980s New Zealand deregulated its [[Agriculture in New Zealand|agricultural sector]] by phasing out [[agricultural subsidy|subsidies]] over a three-year period.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Trade, Food Security, and Human Rights: The Rules for International Trade in Agricultural Products and the Evolving World Food Crisis |date=2016 |publisher=[[Routledge]] |isbn=9781317008521 |page=125}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |first=Wayne |last=Arnold |title=Surviving Without Subsidies |url= https://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/02/business/worldbusiness/02farm.html?pagewanted=all |quote=... ever since a liberal but free-market government swept to power in 1984 and essentially canceled handouts to farmers .... They went cold turkey and in the process it was very rough on their farming economy |work=[[The New York Times]] |date=2 August 2007 |access-date=11 August 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 1984, successive governments engaged in major [[macroeconomic]] restructuring (known first as [[Rogernomics]] and then [[Ruthanasia]]), rapidly transforming New Zealand from a [[Protectionism|protectionist]] and highly regulated economy to a liberalised [[free-trade]] economy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Liberalisation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Brian |last=Easton |chapter=Economic history – Government and market liberalisation |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/economic-history/11 |access-date=1 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Taking New Zealand Seriously: The Economics of Decency |first=Tim |last=Hazledine |publisher=[[HarperCollins]] |url= http://www.ariplex.com/~economic-myth-busters/hazledine-taking%20nz%20seriously.pdf |isbn=1-86950-283-3 |date=1998 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110510082643/http://www.ariplex.com/~economic-myth-busters/hazledine-taking%20nz%20seriously.pdf |archive-date=10 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MilfordSound.jpg|thumb|left|[[Milford Sound / Piopiotahi]] is one of New Zealand&#039;s most famous tourist destinations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.stuff.co.nz/travel/396410|title=NZ tops Travellers&#039; Choice Awards |work=[[Stuff (website)|Stuff]] |date=May 2008 |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|alt=Blue water against a backdrop of snow-capped mountains]]&lt;br /&gt;
Unemployment peaked just above 10% in 1991 and 1992,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unemployment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/paid-work/unemployment.html |title=Unemployment: the Social Report 2016 – Te pūrongo oranga tangata |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Social Development]] |access-date=18 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; following the [[Black Monday (1987)#New Zealand|1987 share market crash]], but eventually fell to a record low (since 1986) of 3.7% in 2007 (ranking third from twenty-seven comparable OECD nations).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unemployment&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; However, the [[Financial crisis of 2007–2008|global financial crisis]] that followed had a major effect on New Zealand, with the GDP shrinking for five consecutive quarters, the longest recession in over thirty years,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= https://www.nytimes.com/2009/06/11/business/global/11nzrate.html |title=New Zealand Takes a Pause in Cutting Rates |date=10 June 2009 |work=The New York Times |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/8120196.stm|title=New Zealand&#039;s slump longest ever |date=26 June 2009|work=BBC News |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and unemployment rising back to 7% in late 2009.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Household Labour Force Survey: December 2010 quarter – Media Release |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/work_income_and_spending/employment_and_unemployment/HouseholdLabourForceSurvey_MRDec10qtr.aspx |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110429174323/http://www.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/work_income_and_spending/employment_and_unemployment/HouseholdLabourForceSurvey_MRDec10qtr.aspx |archive-date=29 April 2011 |first=Geoff |last=Bascand |date=February 2011 |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Unemployment rates for different age groups follow similar trends but are consistently higher among youth. In the December 2014 quarter, the general unemployment rate was around 5.8%, while the unemployment rate for youth aged 15 to 21 was 15.6%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unemployment&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; New Zealand has experienced a series of &amp;quot;[[brain drain]]s&amp;quot; since the 1970s&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=Davenport |first=Sally |title=Panic and panacea: Brain drain and science and technology human capital policy |journal=Research Policy |volume=33 |date=2004 |issue=4 |pages=617–630 |doi=10.1016/j.respol.2004.01.006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; that still continue today.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |first=Sean |last=O&#039;Hare |title=New Zealand brain-drain worst in world |date=September 2010 |work=[[The Daily Telegraph]] |url= https://www.telegraph.co.uk/expat/expatnews/7973220/New-Zealand-brain-drain-worst-in-world.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/expat/expatnews/7973220/New-Zealand-brain-drain-worst-in-world.html |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Nearly one-quarter of highly skilled workers live overseas, mostly in Australia and Britain, which is the largest proportion from any developed nation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Quarter of NZ&#039;s brightest are gone |first=Simon |last=Collins|date=March 2005|work=[[The New Zealand Herald]] |url= http://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/news/article.cfm?c_id=1&amp;amp;objectid=10114923}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent decades, however, a &amp;quot;brain gain&amp;quot; has brought in educated professionals from Europe and less developed countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Winkelmann |first=Rainer |title=The labour market performance of European immigrants in New Zealand in the 1980s and 1990s |date=2000 |journal=The International Migration Review |volume=33 |pages=33–58 |doi=10.2307/2676011 |jstor=2676011 |issue=1 |publisher=The Center for Migration Studies of New York}} Journal subscription required&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{sfn|Bain|2006|p=44}} Today New Zealand&#039;s economy benefits from a high level of [[innovation]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=GII 2016 Report |publisher=[[Global Innovation Index]] |url= https://www.globalinnovationindex.org/userfiles/file/reportpdf/gii-full-report-2016-v1.pdf# |format=PDF |access-date=21 June 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Poverty in New Zealand]] is characterised by growing income inequality; wealth in New Zealand is [[Economic inequality in New Zealand|highly concentrated]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Income inequality |url=http://archive.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/snapshots-of-nz/nz-progress-indicators/Home/Social/income-inequality.aspx |website=NZ Progress Indicators |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200731201824/http://archive.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/snapshots-of-nz/nz-progress-indicators/Home/Social/income-inequality.aspx |archive-date=31 July 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with the top 1% of the population owning 16% of the country&#039;s wealth, and the richest 5% owning 38%, leaving a stark contrast where half the population, including [[Welfare in New Zealand|state beneficiaries]] and pensioners, receive less than $24,000.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Pearl |first1=Harry |title=NZ income gap at crisis level - author |url=https://www.stuff.co.nz/national/9182609/NZ-income-gap-at-crisis-level-author |access-date=24 July 2023 |work=Stuff |date=18 September 2013 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Moreover, [[child poverty in New Zealand]] has been identified by the Government as a major societal issue;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Chpov&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=13 October 2020 |title=NZ election: The people left behind in Ardern&#039;s &#039;kind&#039; New Zealand |language=en-GB |work=BBC News |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-54444643 |access-date=27 August 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Reducing child poverty |url=https://www.dpmc.govt.nz/our-programmes/reducing-child-poverty |website=www.dpmc.govt.nz |publisher=Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet (DPMC) |access-date=24 July 2023 |language=en |date=22 April 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the country has 12.0% of children living in low-income households that had less than 50 percent of the median equivalised disposable household income {{as of|June 2022|lc=on}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Child poverty statistics show no annual change in the year ended June 2022 {{!}} Stats NZ |url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/news/child-poverty-statistics-show-no-annual-change-in-the-year-ended-june-2022 |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=www.stats.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Poverty has a disproportionately high effect in ethnic-minority households, with a quarter (23.3%) of Māori children and almost a third (28.6%) of Pacific Islander children living in poverty {{as of|2020|lc=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Chpov&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trade===&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is heavily dependent on international trade,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |first=Tim |last=Groser|date=March 2009|title=Speech to ASEAN-Australia-New Zealand Free Trade Agreement Seminars |url= http://www.beehive.govt.nz/speech/speech-asean-australia-new-zealand-free-trade-agreement-seminars |publisher=New Zealand Government |access-date=30 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; particularly in agricultural products.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.mfat.govt.nz/Trade-and-Economic-Relations/NZ-and-the-WTO/Improving-access-to-markets/0-agriculturenegs.php |title=Improving Access to Markets:Agriculture |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade]] |access-date=22 January 2011 |archive-date=8 December 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151208075407/http://www.mfat.govt.nz/Trade-and-Economic-Relations/NZ-and-the-WTO/Improving-access-to-markets/0-agriculturenegs.php |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Exports account for 24% of its output,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; making New Zealand vulnerable to international commodity prices and global [[Recession|economic slowdowns]]. Food products made up 55% of the value of all the country&#039;s exports in 2014; wood was the second largest earner (7%).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/infoshare|title=Standard International Trade Classification R4 – Exports (Annual-Jun) |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |date=April 2015 |access-date=3 April 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand&#039;s main trading partners, {{as of|June 2018|alt=as at June 2018}}, are China ([[NZ$]]27.8b), Australia ($26.2b), the [[European Union]] ($22.9b), the United States ($17.6b), and Japan ($8.4b).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GSTC StatNZ&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title= Goods and services trade by country: Year ended June 2018 – corrected |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/goods-and-services-trade-by-country-year-ended-june-2018 |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date= 17 February 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 7 April 2008, New Zealand and China signed the [[New Zealand–China Free Trade Agreement]], the first such agreement China has signed with a developed country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=China and New Zealand sign free trade deal|date=April 2008 |url= https://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/07/business/worldbusiness/07iht-7tradefw.11718461.html |work=The New York Times}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The service sector is the largest sector in the economy, followed by manufacturing and construction and then farming and raw material extraction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand |work=[[The World Factbook]] |date=25 February 2021 |publisher=[[US Central Intelligence Agency]] |url= https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/new-zealand/ |access-date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Tourism in New Zealand|Tourism]] plays a significant role in the economy, contributing $12.9 billion (or 5.6%) to New Zealand&#039;s total GDP and supporting 7.5% of the total workforce in 2016.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TourismStats&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Key Tourism Statistics |url= http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/tourism/documents-image-library/key-tourism-statistics.pdf |publisher=[[Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment]] |access-date=26 April 2017 |date=26 April 2017 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170427004444/http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/tourism/documents-image-library/key-tourism-statistics.pdf |archive-date=27 April 2017 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2017, international visitor arrivals were expected to increase at a rate of 5.4% annually up to 2022.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TourismStats&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fauna de Nueva Zelanda07.JPG|thumb|right|Wool has historically been one of New Zealand&#039;s major exports.|alt=A Romney ewe with her two lambs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wool was New Zealand&#039;s major agricultural export during the late 19th century.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RWT export evolution&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Even as late as the 1960s it made up over a third of all export revenues,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RWT export evolution&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; but since then its price has steadily dropped relative to other commodities,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Brian |last=Easton |chapter=Economy – Agricultural production |date=March 2009 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/economy/2 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and wool is no longer profitable for many farmers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Hugh |last1=Stringleman |first2=Robert |last2=Peden |chapter=Sheep farming – Changes from the 20th century |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/sheep-farming/7 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In contrast, [[Dairy farming in New Zealand|dairy farming]] increased, with the number of dairy cows doubling between 1990 and 2007,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Hugh |last1=Stringleman |first2=Frank |last2=Scrimgeour |chapter=Dairying and dairy products – Dairying in the 2000s |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/dairying-and-dairy-products/10 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; to become New Zealand&#039;s largest export earner.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Hugh |last1=Stringleman |first2=Frank |last2=Scrimgeour |chapter=Dairying and dairy products – Dairy exports |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/dairying-and-dairy-products/11 |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the year to June 2018, dairy products accounted for 17.7% ($14.1 billion) of total exports,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GSTC StatNZ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and the country&#039;s largest company, [[Fonterra]], controls almost one-third of the international dairy trade.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first1=Hugh |last1=Stringleman |first2=Frank |last2=Scrimgeour |chapter=Dairying and dairy products – Manufacturing and marketing in the 2000s |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/dairying-and-dairy-products/12 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other exports in 2017–18 were meat (8.8%), wood and wood products (6.2%), fruit (3.6%), machinery (2.2%) and wine (2.1%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GSTC StatNZ&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[New Zealand wine|New Zealand&#039;s wine]] industry has followed a similar trend to dairy, the number of vineyards doubling over the same period,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Bronwyn |last=Dalley |chapter=Wine – The wine boom, 1980s and beyond |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/wine/6 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; overtaking wool exports for the first time in 2007.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Wine in New Zealand|newspaper=The Economist|date=27 March 2008 |url= http://www.economist.com/node/10926423 |access-date=29 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.maf.govt.nz/news-resources/statistics-forecasting/international-trade.aspx |title=Agricultural and forestry exports from New Zealand: Primary sector export values for the year ending June 2010 |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry]] |date=14 January 2011 |access-date=8 April 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110510042204/http://www.maf.govt.nz/news-resources/statistics-forecasting/international-trade.aspx |archive-date=10 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Infrastructure===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2015, [[Renewable energy in New Zealand|renewable energy]] generated 40.1% of [[Energy in New Zealand|New Zealand&#039;s gross energy]] supply.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Energy2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite report |title=Energy in New Zealand 2016 |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment]] |date=September 2016 |issn=2324-5913 |page=47 |url= http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/energy/energy-data-modelling/publications/energy-in-new-zealand/energy-in-nz-2016.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170503234030/http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/energy/energy-data-modelling/publications/energy-in-new-zealand/energy-in-nz-2016.pdf |archive-date=3 May 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The majority of the country&#039;s [[Electricity sector in New Zealand|electricity supply]] is generated from [[Hydroelectric power in New Zealand|hydroelectric power]], with major schemes on the [[Waikato River|Waikato]], [[Waitaki River|Waitaki]] and [[Clutha River / Mata-Au|Clutha / Mata-Au]] rivers, as well as at [[Manapouri Power Station|Manapouri]]. [[Geothermal power in New Zealand|Geothermal power]] is also a significant generator of electricity, with several large stations located across the Taupō Volcanic Zone in the North Island. The four main companies in the generation and retail market are [[Contact Energy]], [[Genesis Energy Limited|Genesis Energy]], [[Mercury Energy]] and [[Meridian Energy]]. State-owned [[Transpower New Zealand|Transpower]] operates the high-voltage transmission grids in the North and South Islands, as well as the [[HVDC Inter-Island|Inter-Island HVDC link]] connecting the two together.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Energy2015&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provision of [[water supply and sanitation in New Zealand|water supply and sanitation]] is generally of good quality. Regional authorities provide water abstraction, treatment and distribution infrastructure to most developed areas.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Appendix 1: Technical information about drinking water supply in the eight local authorities |url= http://www.oag.govt.nz/2010/water/part1.htm |publisher=Office of the Auditor-General |access-date=2 September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Water supply |url= http://www.gw.govt.nz/water/ |publisher=Greater Wellington Regional Council |access-date=2 September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Air New Zealand, Boeing 787-9 ZK-NZE &#039;All Blacks&#039; NRT (27091961041).jpg|thumb|left|A [[Boeing 787 Dreamliner|Boeing 787–9 Dreamliner]] of [[Air New Zealand]], the flag carrier of New Zealand|alt=A mid-size jet airliner in flight. The plane livery is all-black and features a New Zealand silver fern mark.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Transport in New Zealand|New Zealand&#039;s transport]] network comprises {{convert|94000|km|mi|-1}} of roads, including {{convert|199|km|mi|0}} of motorways,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=State highway frequently asked questions |url= http://www.nzta.govt.nz/roads-and-rail/research-and-data/state-highway-frequently-asked-questions/ |publisher=[[NZ Transport Agency]] |access-date=28 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and {{convert|4128|km|mi|0}} of railway lines.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Most major cities and towns are linked by bus services, although the private car is the predominant mode of transport.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Adrian |last=Humphris |chapter=Public transport – Passenger trends |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=April 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/public-transport/8 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Rail transport in New Zealand|railways]] were privatised in 1993 but were re-nationalised by the government in stages between 2004 and 2008. The state-owned enterprise [[KiwiRail]] now operates the railways, with the exception of commuter services in Auckland and Wellington, which are operated by [[Auckland One Rail]] and [[Transdev Wellington]] respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Neill |last=Atkinson |chapter=Railways – Rail transformed |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/railways/11 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Railways run the length of the country, although most lines now carry freight rather than passengers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Neill |last=Atkinson |chapter=Railways – Freight transport |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=April 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/railways/6 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The road and rail networks in the two main islands are linked by [[roll-on/roll-off]] ferries between Wellington and [[Picton, New Zealand|Picton]], operated by [[Interislander]] (part of KiwiRail) and [[StraitNZ|Bluebridge]]. Most international visitors arrive via air.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.tourismresearch.govt.nz/Documents/International%20Market%20Profiles/Total%20Profile.pdf |title=International Visitors|date=June 2009 |publisher=[[Ministry of Economic Development (New Zealand)|Ministry of Economic Development]] |access-date=30 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand has [[List of airports in New Zealand|four international airports]]: [[Auckland Airport|Auckland]], [[Christchurch Airport|Christchurch]], [[Queenstown Airport|Queenstown]] and [[Wellington Airport|Wellington]]; however, only Auckland and Christchurch offer non-stop flights to countries other than Australia or Fiji.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.med.govt.nz/templates/MultipageDocumentPage____9038.aspx#P5641_412038 |publisher=Ministry of Economic Development |work=Infrastructure Stocktake: Infrastructure Audit |title=10. Airports |date=December 2005 |access-date=30 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20100522203825/http://www.med.govt.nz/templates/MultipageDocumentPage____9038.aspx |archive-date=22 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[New Zealand Post Office]] had a monopoly over [[telecommunications in New Zealand]] until 1987 when [[Spark New Zealand|Telecom New Zealand]] was formed, initially as a state-owned enterprise and then privatised in 1990.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Wilson |first1=A. C. |chapter=Telecommunications – Telecom |chapter-url= https://www.teara.govt.nz/en/telecommunications/page-6 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=11 August 2017|date=March 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Chorus Limited|Chorus]], which was split from Telecom (now Spark) in 2011,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Telecom separation |url= http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/technology-communications/communications/previous-reviews-and-consultations/telecom-separation |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment]] |access-date=11 August 2017 |date=14 September 2015 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170811055739/http://www.mbie.govt.nz/info-services/sectors-industries/technology-communications/communications/previous-reviews-and-consultations/telecom-separation |archive-date=11 August 2017|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; still owns the majority of the telecommunications infrastructure, but competition from other providers has increased.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2010&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; A large-scale rollout of gigabit-capable [[fibre to the premises]], branded as [[Ultra-Fast Broadband]], began in 2009 with a target of being available to 87% of the population by 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= https://www.mbie.govt.nz/science-and-technology/it-communications-and-broadband/fast-broadband/broadband-and-mobile-programmes/|title=Broadband and mobile programmes |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment]] |work=MBIE.Govt.nz |access-date=11 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2017}}, the United Nations [[International Telecommunication Union]] ranks New Zealand 13th in the development of information and communications infrastructure.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=2017 Global ICT Development Index |url= http://www.itu.int/net4/ITU-D/idi/2017/ |publisher=[[International Telecommunication Union]] |access-date=18 September 2018 |date=2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Science and technology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early indigenous contribution to science in New Zealand was by Māori {{lang|mi|[[tohunga]]}} accumulating knowledge of agricultural practice and the effects of herbal remedies in the treatment of illness and disease.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last=Voyce|first=Malcolm|date=1989|title=Maori Healers in New Zealand: The Tohunga Suppression Act 1907|url=https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/j.1834-4461.1989.tb02347.x|journal=Oceania|language=en|volume=60|issue=2|pages=99–123|doi=10.1002/j.1834-4461.1989.tb02347.x|issn=1834-4461}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[James Cook|Cook]]&#039;s voyages in the 1700s and [[Charles Darwin|Darwin]]&#039;s in 1835 had important scientific botanical and zoological objectives.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Science New Zealand&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Science – History and Organisation in New Zealand |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand |url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/1966/science-history-and-organisation-in-new-zealand |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |access-date=14 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The establishment of universities in the 19th century fostered scientific discoveries by notable New Zealanders including [[Ernest Rutherford]] for splitting the atom, [[Bill Pickering (rocket scientist)|William Pickering]] for rocket science, [[Maurice Wilkins]] for helping discover DNA, [[Beatrice Tinsley]] for galaxy formation, [[Archibald McIndoe]] for plastic surgery, and [[Alan MacDiarmid]] for conducting polymers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;New Zealand Herald&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Morton |first=Jamie |title=150 years of Kiwi science |work=[[The New Zealand Herald]] |url= https://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/news/article.cfm?c_id=1&amp;amp;objectid=11830407 |date=5 April 2017 |access-date=14 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Crown Research Institute]]s (CRIs) were formed in 1992 from existing government-owned research organisations. Their role is to research and develop new science, knowledge, products and services across the economic, environmental, social and cultural spectrum for the benefit of New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Crown Research Institutes |url= https://www.mbie.govt.nz/science-and-technology/science-and-innovation/agencies-policies-and-budget-initiatives/research-organisations/cri/ |work=MBIE.Govt.nz |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment]] |access-date=14 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The total gross expenditure on [[research and development]] (R&amp;amp;D) as a proportion of GDP rose to 1.37% in 2018, up from 1.23% in 2015. New Zealand ranks 21st in the OECD for its gross R&amp;amp;D spending as a percentage of GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Research and development (R&amp;amp;D) – Gross domestic spending on R&amp;amp;D – OECD Data |url= https://data.oecd.org/rd/gross-domestic-spending-on-r-d.htm |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |access-date=14 April 2020 |date=2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand was ranked 24th in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2022/index.html |title=Global Innovation Index 2022, 15th Edition  |publisher=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]] |year=2022 |isbn=9789280534320 |language=en |doi=10.34667/tind.46596 |access-date=16 November 2022|last1=Dutta |first1=Soumitra |last2=Lanvin |first2=Bruno |last3=Wunsch-Vincent |first3=Sacha |last4=León |first4=Lorena Rivera |last5=World Intellectual Property Organization }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[New Zealand Space Agency]] was created by the government in 2016 for space policy, regulation and sector development. [[Rocket Lab]] was the notable first commercial rocket launcher in the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.mbie.govt.nz/science-and-technology/space/|title=New Zealand Space Agency &amp;amp;#124; Ministry of Business, Innovation &amp;amp; Employment}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demography==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of New Zealand|List of cities in New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New Zealandpop.svg|thumb|left|upright=1.25|[[Population pyramid]] (2017)|alt=Stationary population pyramid broken down into 21 age ranges.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[2018 New Zealand census]] enumerated a resident population of 4,699,755, an increase of 10.8% over the [[2013 New Zealand census|2013 census]] figure.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; As of {{currentmonth}} {{currentyear}}, the total population has risen to an estimated {{formatnum:{{data New Zealand|poptoday}}}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;populationestimate&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; New Zealand&#039;s population increased at a rate of 1.9% per year in the seven years ended June 2020. In September 2020 [[Statistics New Zealand]] reported that the population had climbed above 5 million people in September 2019, according to population estimates based on the 2018 census.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;population1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite press release|title=New Zealand&#039;s population nears 5.1 million |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/news/new-zealands-population-nears-5-1-million |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |date=22 September 2020 |access-date=24 September 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{refn|A provisional estimate initially indicated the milestone was reached six months later in March 2020, before population estimates were rebased from the 2013 census to the 2018 census.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Pullar-Strecker |first=Tom|title=New Zealand population tops 5 million |url= https://www.stuff.co.nz/business/121544285/new-zealand-population-tops-5-million|work=[[Stuff (website)|Stuff.co.nz]]|date=18 May 2020 |access-date=18 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|group=n}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand&#039;s population today is concentrated to the north of the country, with around {{Rnd|{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|North Island regions|y}}|R}}/{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|New Zealand|y}}|R}}*100|1}}% of the population living in the North Island and {{Rnd|{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|South Island regions|y}}|R}}/{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|New Zealand|y}}|R}}*100|1}}% in the South Island as of {{NZ population data 2018|3=y|4=}}.{{NZ population data 2018|4=y}} During the 20th century, New Zealand&#039;s population [[Drift to the north|drifted north]]. In 1921, the country&#039;s [[Center of population|median centre of population]] was located in the Tasman Sea west of [[Levin, New Zealand|Levin]] in [[Manawatū-Whanganui]]; by 2017, it had moved {{Convert|280|km|abbr=on}} north to near [[Kawhia Harbour|Kawhia]] in Waikato.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=26 October 2017|title=Three in four New Zealanders live in the North Island {{!}} Stats NZ|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/news/three-in-four-new-zealanders-live-in-the-north-island|access-date=7 October 2021|website=www.stats.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand is a predominantly urban country, with {{Decimals|({{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|Major urban area|y}}|R}}+{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|Large urban area|y}}|R}}+{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|Medium urban area|y}}|R}}+{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|Small urban area|y}}|R}})/{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|New Zealand|y}}|R}}*100|1}}% of the population living in [[Urban areas of New Zealand|urban area]]s, and {{Decimals|{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|Major urban area|y}}|R}}/{{formatnum:{{NZ population data 2018|New Zealand|y}}|R}}*100|1}}% of the population living in the seven cities with populations exceeding 100,000.{{NZ population data 2018||||y}} [[Auckland]], with over 1.4 million residents, is by far the largest city.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZ_population_data_2018&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; New Zealand cities generally rank highly on international livability measures. For instance, in 2016, Auckland was ranked the world&#039;s third [[most liveable city]] and Wellington the twelfth by the Mercer Quality of Living Survey.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Quality of Living Ranking 2016 |date=23 February 2016 |publisher=[[Mercer (consulting firm)|Mercer]] |location=New York / London |url= https://www.mercer.com/newsroom/2016-quality-of-living-survey.html |access-date=28 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[median age]] of the New Zealand population at the 2018 census was 37.4 years,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=2018 Census place summaries {{!}} Stats NZ|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/tools/2018-census-place-summaries/new-zealand|access-date=9 September 2021|website=www.stats.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with life expectancy in 2017–2019 being 80.0 years for males and 83.5 years for females.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=National and subnational period life tables: 2017–2019 {{!}} Stats NZ|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/national-and-subnational-period-life-tables-2017-2019|access-date=9 September 2021|website=www.stats.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; While New Zealand is experiencing [[sub-replacement fertility]], with a total fertility rate of 1.6 in 2020, the fertility rate is above the OECD average.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|last=de Jong|first=Eleanor|date=18 February 2021|title=New Zealand birthrate sinks to its lowest ever|url=http://www.theguardian.com/world/2021/feb/18/new-zealand-birthrate-sinks-to-its-lowest-ever|url-status=live|access-date=9 September 2021|website=the Guardian|language=en|archive-date=10 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210910021458/https://www.theguardian.com/world/2021/feb/18/new-zealand-birthrate-sinks-to-its-lowest-ever}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Demography – Fertility rates – OECD Data|url=http://data.oecd.org/pop/fertility-rates.htm|access-date=9 September 2021|website=theOECD|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By 2050, the median age is projected to rise to 43 years and the percentage of people 60 years of age and older to rise from 18% to 29%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;UNtwspop&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=2009|title=World Population Prospects|url=https://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/wpp2008/wpp2008_text_tables.pdf|access-date=29 August 2009|publisher=[[United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs]]|version=2008 revision}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2016 the leading cause of death was [[cancer]] at 30.3%, followed by [[Coronary artery disease|ischaemic heart disease]] (14.9%) and [[cerebrovascular disease]] (7.4%).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Mortality 2016 data tables|url=https://www.health.govt.nz/publication/mortality-2016-data-tables|access-date=9 September 2021|website=Ministry of Health NZ|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2016}}, total expenditure on [[health care in New Zealand|health care]] (including private sector spending) is 9.2% of GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Health expenditure and financing |url= http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SHA |work=Stats.OECD.org |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |access-date=8 December 2017|date=2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ethnicity and immigration===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|New Zealanders|Immigration to New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Queen Street Midtown Auckland.jpg|thumb|Pedestrians on [[Queen Street, Auckland|Queen Street]] in Auckland, an ethnically diverse city|alt=Pedestrians crossing a wide street which is flanked by storefronts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[2018 New Zealand census|2018 census]], 71.8% of New Zealand residents identified ethnically as European, and 16.5% as [[Māori people|Māori]]. Other major ethnic groups include [[Asian New Zealanders|Asian]] (15.3%) and [[Pasifika New Zealanders|Pacific peoples]] (9.0%), two-thirds of whom live in the [[Auckland Region]].{{refn|name=&amp;quot;ethnicity&amp;quot;|group=n}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The population has become more multicultural and diverse in recent decades: in 1961, the census reported that the population of New Zealand was 92% European and 7% Māori, with Asian and Pacific minorities sharing the remaining 1%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Pool |first=Ian |author-link=Ian Pool |chapter=Population change – Key population trends |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/graph/28720/new-zealand-population-by-ethnicity-1840-2006 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=18 August 2017|date=May 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170818220947/https://teara.govt.nz/en/graph/28720/new-zealand-population-by-ethnicity-1840-2006 |archive-date=18 August 2017 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the [[demonym]] for a New Zealand citizen is New Zealander, the informal &amp;quot;[[Kiwi (nickname)|Kiwi]]&amp;quot; is commonly used both internationally&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=Dalby |first=Simon |author-link=Simon Dalby |title=The &#039;Kiwi disease&#039;: Geopolitical discourse in Aotearoa/New Zealand and the South Pacific |journal=[[Political Geography (journal)|Political Geography]] |volume=12 |issue=5 |pages=437–456 |doi=10.1016/0962-6298(93)90012-V |date=September 1993}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and by locals.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |first=Paul |last=Callister |title=Seeking an Ethnic Identity: Is &#039;New Zealander&#039; a Valid Ethnic Category? |date=2004 |journal=New Zealand Population Review |volume=30 |issue=1 &amp;amp; 2 |pages=5–22 |url=http://panz.rsnz.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/nzpr-vol-30-1and-2_callister.pdf |access-date=18 January 2011 |archive-date=15 May 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110515090608/http://panz.rsnz.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/nzpr-vol-30-1and-2_callister.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Māori loanword {{lang|mi|[[Pākehā]]}} has been used to refer to [[European New Zealanders|New Zealanders of European descent]], although some reject this name. The word today is increasingly used to refer to all non-Polynesian New Zealanders.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Pakeha&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://maorinews.com/writings/papers/other/pakeha.htm |title=&#039;Pakeha&#039;, Its Origin and Meaning |last=Ranford |first=Jodie |quote=Originally the Pakeha were the early European settlers, however, today &#039;Pakeha&#039; is used to describe any peoples of non-Maori or non-Polynesian heritage. Pakeha is not an ethnicity but rather a way to differentiate between the historical origins of our settlers, the Polynesians and the Europeans, the Maori and the other. |access-date=20 February 2008 |work=Māori News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Māori were the first people to reach New Zealand, followed by the early [[Pākehā settlers|European settlers]]. Following colonisation, immigrants were predominantly from Britain, Ireland and Australia because of restrictive policies similar to the [[White Australia policy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Trends in international migration: Continuous reporting system on migration |author=Socidad Peruana de Medicina Intensiva (SOPEMI) |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |date=2000 |pages=276–278}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There was also significant [[Dutch people|Dutch]], [[Dalmatia]]n,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Walrond |first=Carl |chapter=Dalmatians |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=21 September 2007 |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/dalmatians |access-date=30 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Germany|German]], and [[Italians|Italian]] immigration, together with indirect European immigration through Australia, North America, South America and South Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Peoples |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/peoples |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=2 June 2017|date=2005}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Immigration history&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Phillips |first1=Jock |chapter=History of immigration |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/history-of-immigration |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=2 June 2017 |date=11 August 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Net migration increased after the [[World War II|Second World War]]; in the 1970s and 1980s policies on immigration were relaxed, and immigration from Asia was promoted.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Immigration history&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Brawley |first1=Sean |title=&#039;No White Policy in NZ&#039;: Fact and Fiction in New Zealand&#039;s Asian Immigration Record, 1946–1978 |journal=New Zealand Journal of History |date=1993 |volume=27 |issue=1 |pages=33–36 |url= http://www.nzjh.auckland.ac.nz/docs/1993/NZJH_27_1_03.pdf |access-date=2 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2009–10, an annual target of 45,000–50,000 permanent residence approvals was set by the New Zealand Immigration Service—more than one new migrant for every 100 New Zealand residents.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Recent immigration&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal |title=International Migration Outlook: New Zealand 2009/10 |date=2010 |journal=OECD Continuous Reporting System on Migration (SOPEMI) |publisher=[[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development]] |url= http://www.dol.govt.nz/publications/research/sopemi/2009-2010/imo-2009-2010.pdf |access-date=16 April 2011 |issn=1179-5085 |page=2 |via=[[New Zealand Department of Labour]] |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110511071208/http://www.dol.govt.nz/publications/research/sopemi/2009-2010/imo-2009-2010.pdf |archive-date=11 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 2018 census, 27.4% of people counted were not born in New Zealand, up from 25.2% in the [[2013 New Zealand census|2013 census]]. Over half (52.4%) of New Zealand&#039;s overseas-born population lives in the Auckland Region.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://nzdotstat.stats.govt.nz/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=TABLECODE8279|title=Birthplace (detailed), for the census usually resident population count, 2006, 2013, and 2018 Censuses (RC, TA, SA2, DHB) |work=nzdotstat.stats.govt.nz |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=22 July 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The United Kingdom remains the largest source of New Zealand&#039;s immigrant population, with around a quarter of all overseas-born New Zealanders born there; other major sources of New Zealand&#039;s overseas-born population are [[China]], [[India]], [[Australia]], [[South Africa]], [[Fiji]] and [[Samoa]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=2018 Census totals by topic – national highlights |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/2018-census-totals-by-topic-national-highlights |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=22 July 2020 |date=23 September 2019 |archive-date=23 September 2019 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20190923102431/https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/2018-census-totals-by-topic-national-highlights |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The number of fee-paying [[international student]]s increased sharply in the late 1990s, with more than 20,000 studying in public [[Tertiary education|tertiary institutions]] in 2002.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |first1=Andrew |last1=Butcher |first2=Terry |last2=McGrath |title=International Students in New Zealand: Needs and Responses |date=2004 |journal=International Education Journal |volume=5 |issue=4 |url= http://ehlt.flinders.edu.au/education/iej/articles/v5n4/butcher/paper.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20120309072621/http://ehlt.flinders.edu.au/education/iej/articles/v5n4/butcher/paper.pdf |archive-date=9 March 2012 |access-date=19 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Languages of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TeReoMaori2013.png|thumb|alt=Map of New Zealand showing the percentage of people in each census area unit who speak Māori. Areas of the North Island exhibit the highest Māori proficiency.|Speakers of Māori according to the 2013 census&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=2013 Census QuickStats |date=2013 |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |isbn=978-0-478-40864-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#fef0d9|Less than 5%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#fdd8a4|More than 5%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#fcb779|More than 10%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#fc8d59|More than 20%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#eb603f|More than 30%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#d33121|More than 40%}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#a50c0c|More than 50%}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
English is the predominant language in New Zealand, spoken by 95.4% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[New Zealand English]] is a variety of the language with a distinctive [[Accent (sociolinguistics)|accent]] and lexicon.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |last1=Bardsley|first1=Dianne|title=English language in New Zealand – Characteristics of New Zealand English |url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/english-language-in-new-zealand/page-1 |encyclopedia=Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand |access-date=11 November 2021 |date=7 October 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is similar to [[Australian English]], and many speakers from the Northern Hemisphere are unable to tell the accents apart.{{sfn|Hay|Maclagan|Gordon|2008|p=14}} The most prominent differences between the New Zealand English dialect and other English dialects are the shifts in the short front vowels: the short-&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; sound (as in &#039;&#039;kit&#039;&#039;) has centralised towards the [[schwa]] sound (the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;about&#039;&#039;); the short-&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; sound (as in &#039;&#039;dress&#039;&#039;) has moved towards the short-&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; sound; and the short-&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; sound (as in &#039;&#039;trap&#039;&#039;) has moved to the short-&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; sound.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Bauer |first1=Laurie |last2=Warren |first2=Paul |last3=Bardsley |first3=Dianne |last4=Kennedy |first4=Marianna |last5=Major |first5=George |title=New Zealand English |journal=Journal of the International Phonetic Association |date=2007 |volume=37 |issue=1 |pages=97–102 |url= https://www.researchgate.net/publication/282778721 |doi=10.1017/S0025100306002830 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, Māori were discouraged or forced from speaking their own language ({{lang|mi|[[te reo Māori]]}}) in schools and workplaces, and it existed as a community language only in a few remote areas.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Māori language&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Native Schools Act 1867 required instruction in English in all schools, and while there was no official policy banning children from speaking Māori, many suffered from [[physical abuse]] if they did so.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=30 May 2023 |title=The Crown&#039;s legacy of beating Māori children for speaking their reo |url=https://www.nzherald.co.nz/nz/te-wiki-o-te-reo-maori-beaten-for-speaking-their-native-tongue-and-the-generations-that-suffered/F7G6XCM62QAHTYVSRVOCRKAUYI/ |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=NZ Herald |language=en-NZ}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=3 September 2019 |title=Crown should apologise to Māori beaten as children for te reo, says Dover Samuels |url=https://www.stuff.co.nz/national/politics/115508946/crown-should-apologise-to-mori-beaten-as-children-for-te-reo-says-dover-samuels |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=Stuff |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=21 September 2015 |title=Native Affairs - Silenced |url=https://www.teaomaori.news/native-affairs-silenced |access-date=29 May 2023 |website=Māori Television |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Māori language has recently undergone a process of revitalisation,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=British influence ebbs as New Zealand takes to talking Māori |url= https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/australiaandthepacific/newzealand/1490814/British-influence-ebbs-as-New-Zealand-takes-to-talking-Maori.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/australiaandthepacific/newzealand/1490814/British-influence-ebbs-as-New-Zealand-takes-to-talking-Maori.html |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live |first=Nick |last=Squires |date=May 2005|work=The Daily Telegraph |access-date=3 May 2017}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; being declared one of New Zealand&#039;s official languages in 1987,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Waitangi Tribunal claim – Māori Language Week |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/maori-language-week/waitangi-tribunal-claim |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=July 2010 |access-date=19 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and is spoken by 4.0% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;{{refn|In 2015, 55% of Māori adults (aged 15 years and over) reported knowledge of {{lang|mi|te reo Māori}}. Of these speakers, 64% use Māori at home and 50,000 can speak the language &amp;quot;very well&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;well&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tereoMaori&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Ngā puna kōrero: Where Māori speak te reo – infographic |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/people_and_communities/maori/te-kupenga/use-te-reo-infographic-english.aspx |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=8 September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|group=n}} There are now Māori language-immersion schools and two television channels that broadcast predominantly in Māori.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.nzherald.co.nz/business/news/article.cfm?c_id=3&amp;amp;objectid=11670518 |first=John |last=Drinnan |title=&#039;Maori&#039; will remain in the name Maori Television |work=[[The New Zealand Herald]] |quote=According to 2015 figures supplied by Maori TV, its two channels broadcast an average of 72 per cent Māori language content – 59 per cent on the main channel and 99 per cent on Te Reo |date=8 July 2016 |access-date=28 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[List of dual place names in New Zealand|Many places]] have both their Māori and English names officially recognised.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Ngāi Tahu Claims Settlement Act 1998 |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1998/0097/latest/DLM429090.html |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |access-date=10 March 2019 |date=20 May 2014 |orig-year=1 October 1998}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As recorded in the 2018 census,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Samoan language|Samoan]] is the most widely spoken non-official language (2.2%), followed by &amp;quot;Northern Chinese&amp;quot; (including [[Mandarin Chinese|Mandarin]], 2.0%), [[Hindi]] (1.5%), and French (1.2%). [[New Zealand Sign Language]] was reported to be understood by 22,986 people (0.5%); it became one of New Zealand&#039;s official languages in 2006.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=10 April 2006 |title=New Zealand Sign Language Act 2006 |url=https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2006/0018/latest/DLM372754.html |publisher=[[Parliamentary Counsel Office (New Zealand)|Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |version=1 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Religion===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Irreligion in New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ratana Church Raetihi.jpg|thumb|upright|left|A [[Rātana]] church on a hill near [[Raetihi]]. The two-tower construction is characteristic of Rātana buildings.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kaa&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;|alt=Simple white building with two red domed towers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Christianity in New Zealand|Christianity]] is the predominant religion in New Zealand, although its society is among the most [[secular]] in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Zuckerman |first1=Phil |author-link1=Phil Zuckerman |editor1-last=Martin |editor1-first=Michael |title=The Cambridge Companion to Atheism |date=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-0-521-84270-9 |pages=47–66 |s2cid=16480812 |url=http://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/f379/ed99e57782aca6391ef5f666da7ba41f1333.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170809040833/http://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/f379/ed99e57782aca6391ef5f666da7ba41f1333.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=9 August 2017 |access-date=8 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Walrond |first=Carl |chapter=Atheism and secularism – Who is secular? |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/atheism-and-secularism/page-3 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=8 August 2017 |date=May 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 2018 census, 44.7% of respondents identified with one or more religions, including 37.0% identifying as Christians. Another 48.5% indicated that they had no religion.{{refn|1=Religion percentages may not add to 100% as people could claim multiple religions or object to answering the question.|group=n}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Of those who affiliate with a particular Christian denomination, the main responses are [[Anglican Church in Aotearoa, New Zealand and Polynesia|Anglicanism]] (6.7%),{{refn|1=This is a percentage of total respondents to the census, not a percentage of Christians.|group=n}} [[Catholic Church in New Zealand|Roman Catholicism]] (6.3%), and [[Presbyterian Church of Aotearoa New Zealand|Presbyterianism]] (4.7%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Māori-based [[Ringatū]] and [[Rātana]] religions (1.2%) are also Christian in origin.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kaa&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Kaa |first1=Hirini |chapter=Ngā hāhi – Māori and Christian denominations – Ringatū and Rātana |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/nga-hahi-maori-and-christian-denominations/page-7 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=4 April 2020 |date=March 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Immigration and demographic change in recent decades have contributed to the growth of minority religions, such as [[Hinduism in New Zealand|Hinduism]] (2.6%), [[Islam in New Zealand|Islam]] (1.3%), [[Buddhism in New Zealand|Buddhism]] (1.1%), and [[Sikhism in New Zealand|Sikhism]] (0.9%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2018_pdc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Auckland Region exhibited the greatest religious diversity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=2018 Census place summaries |url= https://www.stats.govt.nz/tools/2018-census-place-summaries/auckland-region#religion |work=stats.govt.nz |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=30 March 2020 |date=23 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Education===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Education in New Zealand|Tertiary education in New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primary and secondary schooling is compulsory for children aged 6 to 16, with the majority of children attending from the age of 5.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Education Stats&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Education Statistics of New Zealand: 2009 |publisher=Education Counts |first=Olivia |last=Dench|date=July 2010 |url= http://www.educationcounts.govt.nz/publications/ECE/2507/80221 |access-date=19 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are 13 school years and attending [[State school|state (public) schools]] is free to New Zealand citizens and permanent residents from a person&#039;s 5th birthday to the end of the calendar year following their 19th birthday.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1989/0080/latest/DLM177440.html |title=Education Act 1989 No 80|at=Section 3 |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |date=1989 |access-date=5 January 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand has an adult literacy rate of 99%,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and over half of the population aged 15 to 29 hold a tertiary qualification.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Education Stats&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; There are five types of government-owned tertiary institutions: [[University|universities]], colleges of education, [[Institute of technology#New Zealand|polytechnics]], specialist colleges, and [[wānanga]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EducationAct1989&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1989/0080/latest/DLM183668.html |title=Education Act 1989 No 80 (as at 0&amp;lt;!-- no reformat --&amp;gt;1 February 2011), Public Act. Part 14: Establishment and disestablishment of tertiary institutions, Section 62: Establishment of institutions |publisher=[[New Zealand Parliamentary Counsel Office]] |work=Education Act 1989 No 80 |date=1 February 2011 |access-date=15 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in addition to private training establishments.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZQA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Studying in New Zealand: Tertiary education |publisher=[[New Zealand Qualifications Authority]] |url= http://www.nzqa.govt.nz/studying-in-new-zealand/tertiary-education |access-date=15 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2021, in the population aged 25-64; 13% had no formal qualification, 21% had a school qualification, 28% had a tertiary certificate or diploma, and 35% have a [[bachelor&#039;s degree]] or higher.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Educational attainment of the adult population |url=https://www.educationcounts.govt.nz/statistics/achievement-and-attainment/educational-attainment-of-the-adult-population.xlsx |website=educationcounts.govt.nz}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  The OECD&#039;s [[Programme for International Student Assessment]] ranks New Zealand as the 28th best in the [[OECD]] for maths, 13th best for science, and 11th best for reading. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019 |title=PISA 2018 results |url=https://www.oecd.org/pisa/publications/pisa-2018-results.htm |access-date=October 7, 2023 |website=PISA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
==Culture==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tall image|KupeWheke.jpg|150|350|alt=Tall wooden carving showing Kupe above two tentacled sea creatures|Late 20th-century house-post depicting the navigator [[Kupe]] fighting two sea creatures|right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early Māori adapted the tropically based east [[Polynesian culture]] in line with the challenges associated with a larger and more diverse environment, eventually developing their own distinctive culture. Social organisation was largely communal with families (&#039;&#039;[[whānau]]&#039;&#039;), subtribes (&#039;&#039;hapū&#039;&#039;) and tribes (&#039;&#039;iwi&#039;&#039;) ruled by a chief (&#039;&#039;[[rangatira]]&#039;&#039;), whose position was subject to the community&#039;s approval.{{sfn|Kennedy|2007|p=398}} The British and Irish immigrants brought aspects of their own culture to New Zealand and also influenced Māori culture,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Terry |last=Hearn |chapter=English – Importance and influence |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/english/ |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Conclusions – British and Irish immigration |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/home-away-from-home/conclusions |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=March 2007 |access-date =21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; particularly with the introduction of Christianity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Stenhouse |chapter=Religion and society – Māori religion |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=November 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/religion-and-society/4 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, Māori still regard their allegiance to tribal groups as a vital part of [[Cultural identity|their identity]], and Māori kinship roles resemble [[Hawaiian kinship|those of other Polynesian peoples]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Māori Social Structures |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry of Justice]] |url=http://www.justice.govt.nz/publications/publications-archived/2001/he-hinatore-ki-te-ao-maori-a-glimpse-into-the-maori-world/part-1-traditional-maori-concepts/maori-social-structures |date=March 2001 |access-date=21 January 2011 |archive-date=10 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160610051020/http://www.justice.govt.nz/publications/publications-archived/2001/he-hinatore-ki-te-ao-maori-a-glimpse-into-the-maori-world/part-1-traditional-maori-concepts/maori-social-structures |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; More recently, [[Culture of the United States|American]], [[Culture of Australia|Australian]], [[Culture of Asia|Asian]] and other [[Culture of Europe|European cultures]] have exerted influence on New Zealand. Non-Māori Polynesian cultures are also apparent, with [[Pasifika Festival|Pasifika]], the world&#039;s largest Polynesian festival, now an annual event in Auckland.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Thousands turn out for Pasifika Festival |url= http://www.radionz.co.nz/international/pacific-news/327424/thousands-turn-out-for-pasifika-festival |access-date=18 August 2017|work=[[Radio New Zealand]]|date=25 March 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The largely rural life in early New Zealand led to the image of New Zealanders being rugged, industrious problem solvers.{{sfn|Kennedy|2007|p=400}} Modesty was expected and enforced through the &amp;quot;[[tall poppy syndrome]]&amp;quot;, where high achievers received harsh criticism.{{sfn|Kennedy|2007|p=399}} At the time, New Zealand was not known as an intellectual country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Jock |last=Phillips |chapter=The New Zealanders – Post-war New Zealanders |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/the-new-zealanders/10 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From the early 20th century until the late 1960s, Māori culture was suppressed by the attempted [[cultural assimilation|assimilation]] of Māori into British New Zealanders.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Māori language&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Jock |last=Phillips |chapter=The New Zealanders – Bicultural New Zealand |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/the-new-zealanders/12 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 1960s, as tertiary education became more available, and [[Urbanization|cities expanded]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Jock |last=Phillips |chapter=The New Zealanders – Ordinary blokes and extraordinary sheilas |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/the-new-zealanders/11 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; urban culture began to dominate.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Jock |last=Phillips |chapter=Rural mythologies – The cult of the pioneer |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/rural-mythologies/5 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, rural imagery and themes are common in New Zealand&#039;s art, literature and media.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Fiona |last=Barker |chapter=New Zealand identity – Culture and arts |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2012 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/new-zealand-identity/page-6 |access-date=7 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[National symbols of New Zealand|New Zealand&#039;s national symbols]] are influenced by natural, historical, and Māori sources. The [[silver fern]] is an emblem appearing on army insignia and sporting team uniforms.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2016&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Wilson |first1=John |chapter=Nation and government – Nationhood and identity |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/nation-and-government/page-9 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=3 December 2016 |date=September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Certain items of popular culture thought to be unique to New Zealand are called &amp;quot;[[Kiwiana]]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Wilson2016&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Art===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|New Zealand art}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hinepare.jpg|thumb|right|upright|Portrait of Hinepare of [[Ngāti Kahungunu]] by [[Gottfried Lindauer]], showing chin [[Tā moko|moko]], [[pounamu]] [[hei-tiki]] and woven cloak|alt=Refer to caption]]&lt;br /&gt;
As part of the resurgence of Māori culture, the traditional crafts of carving and weaving are now more widely practised, and Māori artists are increasing in number and influence.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Creative&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Visual arts and crafts |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/2 |access-date =4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most Māori carvings feature human figures, generally with three fingers and either a natural-looking, detailed head or a grotesque head.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Elements of Carving |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-art/4 |access-date=15 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Surface patterns consisting of spirals, ridges, notches and fish scales decorate most carvings.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Surface Patterns |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-art/5 |access-date=15 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The pre-eminent Māori architecture consisted of carved meeting houses (&#039;&#039;[[wharenui]]&#039;&#039;) decorated with symbolic carvings and illustrations. These buildings were originally designed to be constantly rebuilt, changing and adapting to different whims or needs.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=McKay |first=Bill |title=Māori architecture: transforming western notions of architecture |date=2004 |journal=Fabrications |volume=14 |issue=1 &amp;amp; 2 |pages=1–12 |url= http://www.library.uq.edu.au/ojs/index.php/fab/article/viewFile/108/126|doi=10.1080/10331867.2004.10525189|s2cid=144007691 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110513145228/http://www.library.uq.edu.au/ojs/index.php/fab/article/viewFile/108/126 |archive-date=13 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Māori decorated the white wood of buildings, canoes and cenotaphs using red (a mixture of red [[ochre]] and shark fat) and black (made from soot) paint and painted pictures of birds, reptiles and other designs on cave walls.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Painted Designs |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-art/8 |access-date=15 February 2011|date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Māori tattoos (&#039;&#039;[[Tā moko|moko]]&#039;&#039;) consisting of coloured soot mixed with gum were cut into the flesh with a bone chisel.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Tattooing |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-art/9 |access-date=15 February 2011 |date=2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since European arrival paintings and photographs have been dominated by landscapes, originally not as works of art but as factual portrayals of New Zealand.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;beginnings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Beginnings – history of NZ painting |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/nz-painting-history/beginnings |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=December 2010 |access-date=17 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Portraits of Māori were also common, with early painters often portraying them as an ideal race untainted by civilisation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;beginnings&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The country&#039;s isolation delayed the influence of European artistic trends allowing local artists to develop their own distinctive style of [[Regionalism (art)|regionalism]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=A new New Zealand art – history of NZ painting |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/nz-painting-history/a-new-new-zealand-art |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=November 2010 |access-date=16 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the 1960s and 1970s, many artists combined traditional Māori and Western techniques, creating unique art forms.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Contemporary Maori art |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/nz-painting-history/contemporary-maori-art |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=November 2010 |access-date=16 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand art and craft has gradually achieved an international audience, with exhibitions in the [[Venice Biennale]] in 2001 and the &amp;quot;Paradise Now&amp;quot; exhibition in New York in 2004.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Creative&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Paradise Lost: Contemporary Pacific Art at the Asia Society |first=Julie |last=Rauer |url= http://www.asianart.com/exhibitions/paradise/article.html |work=AsianArt.com |location=Santa Fe, New Mexico, US |access-date=17 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Māori cloaks are made of fine flax fibre and patterned with black, red and white triangles, diamonds and other geometric shapes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Textile Designs |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-art/10 |access-date=15 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Pounamu|Greenstone]] was fashioned into earrings and necklaces, with the most well-known design being the [[hei-tiki]], a distorted human figure sitting cross-legged with its head tilted to the side.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Basil |last=Keane |chapter=Pounamu – jade or greenstone – Implements and adornment |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/pounamu-jade-or-greenstone/4 |access-date=17 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Europeans brought English fashion etiquette to New Zealand, and until the 1950s most people dressed up for social occasions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=John |last=Wilson |chapter=Society – Food, drink and dress |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/society/9 |access-date=17 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Standards have since relaxed and New Zealand fashion has received a reputation for being casual, practical and lacklustre.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Design and fashion |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/3 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Economist print edition&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; However, the local fashion industry has grown significantly since 2000, doubling exports and increasing from a handful to about 50 established labels, with some labels gaining international recognition.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Economist print edition&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Fashion in New Zealand – New Zealand&#039;s fashion industry |newspaper=The Economist |date=28 February 2008 |url=http://www.economist.com/displayStory.cfm?Story_ID=E1_TDSGGNTD |access-date =6 August 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|New Zealand literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
Māori quickly adopted writing as a means of sharing ideas, and many of their oral stories and poems were converted to the written form.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Writing and publishing |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/6 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most early English literature was obtained from Britain, and it was not until the 1950s when local publishing outlets increased that New Zealand literature started to become widely known.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The making of New Zealand literature |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/literature-in-new-zealand-1930-1960 |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=November 2010 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although still largely influenced by global trends ([[Literary modernism|modernism]]) and events (the Great Depression), writers in the 1930s began to develop stories increasingly focused on their experiences in New Zealand. During this period, literature changed from a [[Journalism|journalistic]] activity to a more academic pursuit.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New directions in the 1930s – New Zealand literature |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/literature-1940-60/1930s |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=August 2008 |access-date=12 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Participation in the world wars gave some New Zealand writers a new perspective on New Zealand culture and with the post-war expansion of universities local literature flourished.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The war and beyond – New Zealand literature |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/culture/nz-literature/the-growth-of-publishing |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=November 2007 |access-date=12 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dunedin is a UNESCO [[City of Literature]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=28 cities join the UNESCO Creative Cities Network |url= http://www.unesco.org/new/en/media-services/single-view/news/28_cities_join_the_unesco_creative_cities_network/back/9597/#.VPojtC6RNiR |publisher=[[United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization]] |date=December 2014 |access-date=7 March 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Media and entertainment===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Music of New Zealand|Cinema of New Zealand|Media of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand music has been influenced by [[blues]], [[jazz]], [[country music|country]], [[rock and roll]] and [[hip hop music|hip hop]], with many of these genres given a unique New Zealand interpretation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;music&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Music |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/7 |access-date=21 January 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110514223830/http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/creative-life/7 |archive-date=14 May 2011|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Māori developed traditional chants and songs from their ancient Southeast Asian origins, and after centuries of isolation created a unique &amp;quot;monotonous&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;[[wikt:doleful|doleful]]&amp;quot; sound.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Maori Music |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-music/1 |access-date=15 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=[[An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Flutes and trumpets were used as musical instruments&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Musical Instruments |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-music/6 |access-date=16 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or as signalling devices during war or special occasions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia|editor-first=Alexander|editor-last=McLintock |title=Instruments Used for Non-musical Purposes |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/maori-music/7 |access-date=16 February 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Early settlers brought over their ethnic music, with [[brass band]]s and [[choir|choral music]] being popular, and musicians began touring New Zealand in the 1860s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Music: General History |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/music/1 |access-date=15 February 2011|date=April 2009|orig-year=1966|encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Music: Brass Bands |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/music/3 |access-date=14 April 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Pipe band]]s became widespread during the early 20th century.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |editor-first=Alexander |editor-last=McLintock |title=Music: Pipe Bands |url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/1966/music/7 |access-date=14 April 2011 |date=April 2009 |orig-year=1966 |encyclopedia=An Encyclopaedia of New Zealand}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The New Zealand recording industry began to develop from 1940 onwards, and many New Zealand musicians have obtained success in Britain and the United States.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;music&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Some artists release Māori language songs, and the Māori tradition-based art of &#039;&#039;[[kapa haka]]&#039;&#039; (song and dance) has made a resurgence.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Performing arts |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/8 |access-date=21 January 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110515153908/http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/creative-life/8 |archive-date=15 May 2011|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[New Zealand Music Awards]] are held annually by [[Recorded Music NZ]]; the awards were first held in 1965 by [[Reckitt &amp;amp; Colman]] as the [[Loxene Golden Disc]] awards.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://rianz.org.nz/awards2008/history.asp |title=History – celebrating our music since 1965 |publisher=[[Recording Industry Association of New Zealand]] |date=2008 |access-date=23 January 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110914072406/http://rianz.org.nz/awards2008/history.asp |archive-date=14 September 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Recorded Music NZ also publishes the country&#039;s [[Official New Zealand Music Chart|official weekly record charts]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.rianz.org.nz/rianz/rianz_about.asp |title=About RIANZ – Introduction |publisher=[[Recording Industry Association of New Zealand]] |access-date=23 January 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20111221160800/http://www.rianz.org.nz/rianz/rianz_about.asp |archive-date=21 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hobbit holes reflected in water.jpg|thumb|left|alt=Hills with inset, round doors. Reflected in water.|The [[Hobbiton Movie Set]], located near [[Matamata]], was used for &#039;&#039;The Lord of the Rings&#039;&#039; film trilogy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Downes |first1=Siobhan|title=World famous in New Zealand: Hobbiton Movie Set |url= http://www.stuff.co.nz/travel/destinations/nz/87903487/world-famous-in-new-zealand-hobbiton-movie-set |access-date=6 July 2017 |publisher=[[Stuff (website)|Stuff]] |date=1 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Public [[Radio in New Zealand|radio]] was introduced in New Zealand in 1922.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Brian |first1=Pauling |chapter=Radio – The early years, 1921 to 1932 |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/radio/page-1 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=6 July 2017 |date=October 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A state-owned [[Television in New Zealand|television service]] began in 1960.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand&#039;s first official TV broadcast |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/first-official-tv-broadcast |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=December 2016 |access-date=6 July 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Deregulation in the 1980s saw a sudden increase in the numbers of radio and television stations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZ TV&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Nancy |last=Swarbrick |chapter=Creative life – Film and broadcasting |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/creative-life/5 |access-date=21 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand television primarily broadcasts American and British programming, along with many Australian and local shows.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Horrocks |first1=Roger |title=A History of Television in New Zealand |url= https://www.nzonscreen.com/history |work=[[NZ On Screen]] |access-date=13 September 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The number of [[List of New Zealand films|New Zealand films]] significantly increased during the 1970s. In 1978 the [[New Zealand Film Commission]] started assisting local film-makers, and many films attained a world audience, some receiving international acknowledgement.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NZ TV&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The highest-grossing New Zealand films are &#039;&#039;[[Hunt for the Wilderpeople]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Boy (2010 film)|Boy]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[The World&#039;s Fastest Indian]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Whale Rider]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Once Were Warriors (film)|Once Were Warriors]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Heavenly Creatures]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[The Piano]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.flicks.co.nz/blog/list/top-10-highest-grossing-new-zealand-movies-ever/ |title=Top 10 Highest Grossing New Zealand Movies Ever|date=May 2016 |work=Flicks.co.nz |access-date=11 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country&#039;s diverse scenery and compact size, plus government incentives,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=New Zealand Bends and &#039;Hobbit&#039; Stays |first1=Michael |last1=Cieply |first2=Jeremy |last2= Rose |url= https://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/business/media/28hobbit.html |date=October 2010|work=The New York Times |access-date=11 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; have encouraged some [[Film producer|producers]] to shoot very big-budget and well known productions in New Zealand, including &#039;&#039;[[The Lord of the Rings (film series)|The Lord of the Rings]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[The Hobbit (film series)|The Hobbit]]&#039;&#039; film trilogies, &#039;&#039;[[Avatar (2009 film)|Avatar]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[The Chronicles of Narnia (film series)|The Chronicles of Narnia]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[King Kong (2005 film)|King Kong]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[X-Men Origins: Wolverine|Wolverine]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[The Last Samurai]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[The Power of the Dog (film)|The Power of the Dog]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Production Guide: Locations |work=Film New Zealand |url= http://www.filmnz.com/production-guide/locations.html |access-date=21 January 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101107112931/http://www.filmnz.com/production-guide/locations.html |archive-date=7 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The New Zealand media industry is dominated by a small number of companies, most of which are foreign-owned, although the [[Crown entity|state retains ownership]] of some television and radio stations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |last1=Myllylahti |first1=Merja |title=JMAD New Zealand Media Ownership Report 2016 |pages=4–29 |publisher=[[Auckland University of Technology]] |date=December 2016 |url= http://www.aut.ac.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/704053/JMAD-Report-2016.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170521074651/http://www.aut.ac.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/704053/JMAD-Report-2016.pdf |archive-date=21 May 2017 |access-date=11 August 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 1994, [[Freedom House]] has consistently ranked New Zealand&#039;s press freedom in the top twenty, with the 19th freest media {{as of|lc=y|2015|post=.}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Scores and Status Data 1980–2015 |url= https://freedomhouse.org/sites/default/files/FOTP2015%20Scores%20and%20Status%201980-2015.xls|work=Freedom of the Press 2015 |publisher=[[Freedom House]] |access-date=23 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sport===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Haka 2006.jpg|thumb|right|alt=Rugby team wearing all black, facing the camera, knees bent, and facing toward a team wearing white|A [[haka (sports)|haka]] performed by the [[New Zealand national rugby union team|national rugby union team (&amp;quot;All Blacks&amp;quot;)]] before a game. The haka is a challenge with vigorous movements and stamping of the feet.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the major sporting codes played in New Zealand have British origins.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Terry |last=Hearn |chapter=English – Popular culture |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=March 2009 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/english/12 |access-date=22 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Rugby union]] is considered the [[national sport]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/web/nzstories.nsf/0/479c4ffcbb884149cc256b1f00001198?OpenDocument |title=Sport, Fitness and Leisure |date=2000 |work=New Zealand Official Yearbook |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=21 July 2008 |quote=Traditionally New Zealanders have excelled in rugby union, which is regarded as the national sport, and track and field athletics. |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110607011003/http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/web/nzstories.nsf/0/479c4ffcbb884149cc256b1f00001198?OpenDocument |archive-date=7 June 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and attracts the most spectators.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Organised Sport&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Jock |last= Phillips |chapter=Sports and leisure – Organised sports |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=February 2011 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/sports-and-leisure/4 |access-date=23 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Golf]], [[netball]], [[tennis]] and [[cricket]] have the highest rates of adult participation, while netball, rugby union and [[association football|football (soccer)]] are particularly popular among young people.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Organised Sport&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nzsssc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Thoroughbred racing in New Zealand|Horse racing]] is one of the most popular [[spectator sport]]s in New Zealand and was part of the &amp;quot;rugby, racing, and beer&amp;quot; subculture during the 1960s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Rugby, racing and beer |url= http://www.nzhistory.net.nz/media/photo/rugby-racing-and-beer |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |date=August 2010 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Around 54% of New Zealand adolescents participate in sports for their school.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nzsssc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title= More and more students wear school sports colours |url= http://www.sportsground.co.nz/Article.asp?SiteID=19259&amp;amp;ArticleID=44316 |publisher=New Zealand Secondary School Sports Council |access-date= 30 March 2015 |archive-date= 18 May 2017 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20170518035647/http://www.sportsground.co.nz/Article.asp?SiteID=19259&amp;amp;ArticleID=44316 |url-status= dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Victorious rugby tours to Australia and the United Kingdom in the [[1888–89 New Zealand Native football team|late 1880s]] and the [[The Original All Blacks|early 1900s]] played an early role in instilling a national identity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Scott |last=Crawford |chapter=Rugby and the Forging of National Identity |chapter-url=http://www.la84foundation.org/SportsLibrary/ASSHSSH/ASSHSSH11.pdf |date=January 1999 |editor-first=John |editor-last=Nauright |title=Sport, Power and Society in New Zealand: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives |series=&amp;quot;ASSH Studies in Sports History&amp;quot; series |url-status=dead |publisher=[[Australian Society for Sports History]] |via=LA84Foundation.org (and Internet Archiave) |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20120119025021/http://www.la84foundation.org/SportsLibrary/ASSHSSH/ASSHSSH11.pdf |archive-date=19 January 2012 |access-date=22 January 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Māori participation in European sports was particularly evident in rugby, and the country&#039;s team performs a [[Haka (sports)|haka]], a traditional Māori challenge, before international matches.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=Mark |last=Derby |chapter=Māori–Pākehā relations – Sports and race |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=December 2010 |chapter-url= http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en/maori-pakeha-relations/4 |access-date=4 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand is known for its [[extreme sport]]s, [[Adventure travel|adventure tourism]]{{sfn|Bain|2006|p=69}} and strong [[mountaineering]] tradition, as seen in the success of notable New Zealander [[Edmund Hillary|Sir Edmund Hillary]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite thesis |last=Langton |first=Graham |title=A history of mountain climbing in New Zealand to 1953 |date=1996 |location=Christchurch |publisher=[[University of Canterbury]] |url= https://ir.canterbury.ac.nz/handle/10092/3549 |access-date=12 August 2017 |page=28}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=World mourns Sir Edmund Hillary |date=11 January 2008 |work=The Age |location=Melbourne |url= http://news.theage.com.au/national/world-mourns-sir-edmund-hillary-20080111-1ldx.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other outdoor pursuits such as [[cycling in New Zealand|cycling]], fishing, swimming, running, [[Tramping in New Zealand|tramping]], canoeing, hunting, snowsports, surfing and sailing are also popular.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SportsParticipation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.activenzsurvey.org.nz/Documents/Participation-Levels.pdf |title=Sport and Recreation Participation Levels |publisher=[[Sport and Recreation New Zealand]] |access-date=27 November 2016 |date=2009 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150115065459/http://www.activenzsurvey.org.nz/Documents/Participation-Levels.pdf |archive-date=15 January 2015 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand has seen regular sailing success in the [[America&#039;s Cup]] regatta since 1995.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand and the America&#039;s Cup |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/culture/americas-cup|date=17 May 2018 |publisher=New Zealand History}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Polynesian sport of [[waka ama]] racing has experienced a resurgence of interest in New Zealand since the 1980s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Barclay-Kerr |first1=Hoturoa |chapter=Waka ama – outrigger canoeing |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/waka-ama-outrigger-canoeing |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=12 August 2017 |date=September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand has competitive international teams in [[New Zealand national rugby union team|rugby union]], [[New Zealand national rugby league team|rugby league]], [[New Zealand national netball team|netball]], [[New Zealand national cricket team|cricket]], [[New Zealand men&#039;s national softball team|softball]], and [[Team New Zealand|sailing]]. New Zealand participated at the [[Summer Olympics]] in 1908 and 1912 as [[Australasia at the Olympics|a joint team with Australia]], before first participating [[New Zealand at the Olympics|on its own]] in 1920.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=NZ&#039;s first Olympic century |url= https://nzhistory.govt.nz/culture/olympics/overview |publisher=[[New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage]] |access-date=27 April 2017|date=August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country has ranked highly on a medals-to-population ratio at recent Games.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/population/estimates_and_projections/olympics.aspx |title=London 2012 Olympic Games: Medal strike rate – Final count (revised) |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |date=14 August 2012 |access-date=4 December 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Rio 2016 Olympic Games: Medals per capita |url= http://www.stats.govt.nz/browse_for_stats/population/estimates_and_projections/olympics-2016.aspx |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |access-date=27 April 2017|date=30 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[New Zealand national rugby union team|All Blacks]], the national rugby union team, are the most successful in the history of international rugby&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Kerr |first=James |title=The All Blacks guide to being successful (off the field) |date=14 November 2013 |work=[[The Daily Telegraph]] |location=London |url= https://www.telegraph.co.uk/men/active/10427619/The-All-Blacks-guide-to-being-successful-off-the-field.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/men/active/10427619/The-All-Blacks-guide-to-being-successful-off-the-field.html |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live |access-date=4 December 2013}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and have won the [[Rugby World Cup|World Cup]] three times.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand |date=2019 |work=RugbyWorldCup.com |url=https://www.rugbyworldcup.com/teams/new-zealand |access-date=3 November 2019 |archive-date=4 November 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191104085131/https://www.rugbyworldcup.com/teams/new-zealand |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|New Zealand cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hangi_ingredients.jpg|thumb|right|alt=Raw meat and vegetables|Ingredients to be prepared for a [[hāngī]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The national cuisine has been described as [[Pacific Rim]], incorporating the native [[Māori cuisine]] and diverse culinary traditions introduced by settlers and immigrants from Europe, Polynesia, and Asia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cuisine&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=New Zealand Cuisine |work=New Zealand Tourism Guide |publisher=[[Tourism New Zealand]] |date=January 2016 |url= http://www.tourism.net.nz/new-zealand/nz/cuisine-and-dining |access-date=4 January 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; New Zealand yields produce from land and sea—most crops and livestock, such as maize, potatoes and pigs, were gradually introduced by the early European settlers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Petrie |first1=Hazel |chapter=Kai Pākehā – Introduced foods |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/kai-pakeha-introduced-foods |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=27 June 2017 |date=November 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Distinctive ingredients or dishes include [[lamb and mutton|lamb]], salmon, {{lang|mi|[[kōura]]}} (crayfish),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Whaanga |first1=Mere |chapter=Mātaitai – Shellfish gathering |chapter-url= https://teara.govt.nz/en/mataitai-shellfish-gathering/page-6 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=June 2006 |access-date=27 June 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Bluff oyster]]s, [[whitebait]], {{lang|mi|[[pāua]]}} (abalone), mussels, scallops, {{lang|mi|[[Paphies australis|pipi]]}} and {{lang|mi|[[tuatua]]}} (types of New Zealand shellfish),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Shellfish |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/shellfish |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |access-date=29 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{lang|mi|[[kūmara]]}} (sweet potato), [[kiwifruit]], [[tamarillo]], and [[Pavlova (cake)|pavlova]] (considered a national dessert).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Burton |first=David |chapter=Cooking – Cooking methods |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/cooking/page-2 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |date=September 2013 |access-date=11 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cuisine&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--Second source references ingredients--&amp;gt; A [[hāngī]] is a traditional Māori method of cooking food using heated rocks buried in a pit oven; still used for large groups on special occasions,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Satyanand |first1=Anand |title=Hangi for Prince William |date=17 January 2010 |url= https://gg.govt.nz/publications/hangi-prince-william |publisher=Office of the [[Governor-General of New Zealand]] |access-date=9 November 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; such as &#039;&#039;[[tangihanga]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter=Māori foods – kai Māori |chapter-url= http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/maori-foods-kai-maori/page-4 |title=[[Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand]] |last1=Royal |first1=Charles |last2=Kaka-Scott |first2=Jenny |date=September 2013 |access-date=1 September 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of New Zealand-related topics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of New Zealand]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Footnotes==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|group=n|30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refbegin|30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=Alley |first=Roderic |title=New Zealand in World Affairs IV 1990–2005 |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=VEa-0PKh__oC |date=2008 |publisher=[[Victoria University Press]] |isbn=978-0-864-73548-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite book |last=Bain |first=Carolyn |title=New Zealand |date=2006 |publisher=Lonely Planet |isbn=1-74104-535-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=Garden |first=Donald |editor-last=Stoll |editor-first=Mark |title=Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific: An Environmental History |date=2005 |series=&amp;quot;Nature and Human Societies&amp;quot; series |publisher=[[ABC-Clio/Greenwood]] |isbn=978-1-57607-868-6}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |first1=Jennifer |last1=Hay |first2=Margaret |last2= Maclagan |first3=Elizabeth |last3=Gordon |title=Dialects of English: New Zealand English |date=2008 |publisher=[[Edinburgh University Press]] |isbn=978-0-7486-2529-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=Kennedy |first=Jeffrey|chapter=Leadership and Culture in New Zealand |date=2007 |title=Culture and Leadership Across the World: The Globe Book of In-depth Studies of 25 Societies |editor1-first=Jagdeep |editor1-last=Chhokar |editor2-first=Felix |editor2-last=Brodbeck |editor3-first=Robert |editor3-last=House |publisher=[[Psychology Press]] |isbn=978-0-8058-5997-3}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite book |last=Mein Smith |first=Philippa |title= A Concise History of New Zealand |date=2005 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-54228-6}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=Palmer|first=Matthew |author-link=Matthew Palmer |title=The Treaty of Waitangi in New Zealand&#039;s Law and Constitution |date=2008 |publisher=[[Victoria University of Wellington]] Press |isbn=978-0-86473-579-9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |first1=Roselynn |last1=Smelt |first2=Yong |last2=Jui Lin |title=New Zealand |edition=2nd |date=2009 |series=&amp;quot;Cultures of the World&amp;quot; series |publisher=[[Marshall Cavendish]] |location=New York |isbn=978-0-7614-3415-3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refbegin}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |editor-last=Bateman |editor-first=David |title=Bateman New Zealand Encyclopedia |date=2005 |publisher=David Bateman |edition=6th |isbn=1-86953-601-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last=King |first= Michael |author-link=Michael King (historian) |title=The Penguin History of New Zealand |date=2003 |publisher=[[Penguin Books]] |isbn=978-0-14-301867-4}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |last1=Sinclair |first1=Keith |author1-link=Keith Sinclair |last2=Dalziel |first2=Raewyn |author2-link=Raewyn Dalziel |title=A History of New Zealand |edition=revised |date=2000 |publisher=Penguin Books |isbn=978-0-14-029875-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book |title=New Zealand Official Yearbook |date=2010 |publisher=[[Statistics New Zealand]] |isbn=978-1-86953-776-0}} (Annual.)&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Government&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{oweb|https://www.govt.nz/}} of the [[New Zealand Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mch.govt.nz/ New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage] – includes information on flag, anthems and coat of arms&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.stats.govt.nz/ Statistics New Zealand]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Travel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{oweb|http://www.newzealand.com/int/}} of New Zealand Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;General information&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/new-zealand/ &amp;quot;New Zealand&amp;quot;]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;, [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* {{curlie|Regional/Oceania/New_Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-pacific-15357770 New Zealand country profile] from &#039;&#039;[[BBC News]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.teara.govt.nz/ &#039;&#039;Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.oecd.org/newzealand/ New Zealand]. [[Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development|OECD]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20080607085330/http://ucblibraries.colorado.edu/govpubs/for/newzealand.htm New Zealand]. Directory from &#039;&#039;UCB Libraries GovPubs&#039;&#039;. Archived 7 June 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.ifs.du.edu/ifs/frm_CountryProfile.aspx?Country=NZ Key Development Forecasts for New Zealand] from [[International Futures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{wikiatlas|New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{osmrelation-inline|556706}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New Zealand topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=Articles relating to New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;
 |list=&lt;br /&gt;
  {{Administrative divisions of New Zealand}}&lt;br /&gt;
  {{The Commonwealth}}&lt;br /&gt;
  {{Polynesia}}&lt;br /&gt;
  {{Countries and territories of Oceania}}&lt;br /&gt;
  {{English official language clickable map}}&lt;br /&gt;
  {{Pacific Islands Forum (PIF)}}&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|42|S|173|E|type:country_region:NZ|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:New Zealand| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archipelagoes of the Pacific Ocean]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Australasia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Polynesia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:English-speaking countries and territories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Island countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1907]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Zealandia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Oceania]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:OECD members]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Pakistan&amp;diff=434875</id>
		<title>Pakistan</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Pakistan&amp;diff=434875"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T02:27:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{short description|Country in South Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{about|the country in South Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Very long|date=June 2023|rps=104}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use Pakistani English|date=April 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = Islamic Republic of Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = {{ubl|{{native name|ur|{{Nastaliq|اسلامی جمہوریہ پاكستان}}|italics=off}}|{{transliteration|ur|ALA-LC|&#039;&#039;Islāmī Jumhūriyah Pākistān&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Minahan |first=James |title=The Complete Guide to National Symbols and Emblems [2 volumes] |publisher=ABC-CLIO |year=2009 |page=141 |isbn=978-0-313-34497-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of Pakistan.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = State emblem of Pakistan.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_type            = [[State emblem of Pakistan|State emblem &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(Coat of arms)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = {{transliteration|ur|[[Īmān, Ittihād, Nazam]]}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{native name|ur|{{Nastaliq|ایمان، اتحاد، نظم}}|paren=off}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Faith, Unity, Discipline&amp;quot;{{lower|0.2em|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The State Emblem |url=http://www.infopak.gov.pk/Eemblem.aspx |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070701023430/http://www.infopak.gov.pk/Eemblem.aspx |archive-date=1 July 2007 |publisher=Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, [[Government of Pakistan]]. |access-date=18 December 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--end lower:--&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = {{transliteration|ur|ALA-LC|[[Qaumi Taranah|Qaumī Tarānah]]}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{lang|ur|{{Nastaliq|قَومی ترانہ}}}}{{parabr}}{{center|&amp;quot;The National Anthem&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Pakistan anthem - United States Navy Band.ogg]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = PAK orthographic.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| map_width              = 220px&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = Land controlled by Pakistan shown in dark green; land claimed but not controlled shown in light green&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[Islamabad]]&lt;br /&gt;
| coordinates            = {{coord|33|41|30|N|73|03|00|E|type:city_region:PK}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = [[Karachi]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{coord|24|51|36|N|67|00|36|E|type:city_region:PK}}&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = {{hlist |[[Urdu]]|[[Pakistani English|English]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| national_languages     = Urdu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite website|title=article 251 national language |date=April 20, 2021 |website=Pakistanconstitutionlaw |url=https://pakistanconstitutionlaw.com/article-251-national-language/|access-date=23 July 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| languages_type         = [[Spoken language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
| languages              = [[Languages of Pakistan|Over 77 languages]]{{sfn|Ethnologue|2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  | 38.78% [[Punjabis]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 18.24% [[Pashtuns]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 14.57% [[Sindhis]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 12.19% [[Saraiki people|Saraikis]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 7.08% [[Muhajir (Pakistan)|Muhajirs]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 3.02% [[Baloch people|Balochs]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 1.24% [[Brahuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 4.88% [[Ethnic groups in Pakistan|other]]&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = 2017{{efn|Different sources give widely different figures. Estimates are based according to the [[2017 Census of Pakistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1624375 | title=Pakistan&#039;s population is 207.68m, shows 2017 census result | date=19 May 2021 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017CensusLanguage&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=2021 |title=TABLE 11 – POPULATION BY MOTHER TONGUE, SEX AND RURAL/ URBAN |url=https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//population_census/census_2017_tables/pakistan/Table11n.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220409115251/https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//population_census/census_2017_tables/pakistan/Table11n.pdf |archive-date=9 April 2022 |access-date=12 May 2022 |website=www.pbs.gov.pk |publisher=Pakistan Bureau of Statistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ublist |item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
  | 96.5% [[Islam in Pakistan|Islam]] ([[State religion|official]])&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Article_2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  | 2.1% [[Hinduism in Pakistan|Hinduism]] &amp;lt;!-- 1.73% Hindu (Jati) 0.41% Hindu (scheduled castes) --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  | 1.3% [[Christianity in Pakistan|Christianity]]&lt;br /&gt;
  | 0.1% [[Religion in Pakistan|other]]&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = Pakistani&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = [[Federation|Federal]] [[Islamic republic|Islamic]] [[parliamentary republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[President of Pakistan|President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Arif Alvi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Prime Minister of Pakistan|Prime Minister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Anwaar ul Haq Kakar]] ([[Caretaker government|Caretaker]])&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[Chairman of the Senate of Pakistan|Chairman of the Senate]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = [[Sadiq Sanjrani]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title4          = [[Speaker of the National Assembly of Pakistan|Speaker of the National Assembly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name4           = [[Raja Pervaiz Ashraf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title5          = [[Chief Justice of Pakistan|Chief Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name5           = [[Qazi Faez Isa]]&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[Parliament of Pakistan|Parliament]]&lt;br /&gt;
| upper_house            = [[Senate of Pakistan|Senate]]&lt;br /&gt;
| lower_house            = [[National Assembly of Pakistan|National Assembly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = [[Pakistan Movement|Independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = from the [[United Kingdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Lahore Resolution|Declaration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 23 March 1940&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Dominion of Pakistan|Independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = 14 August 1947&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[Islamic republic|Dominion status terminated]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 23 March 1956&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event4     = Purchase of [[Gwadar Purchase|Gwadar]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date4      = 8 December 1958&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event5     = [[Bangladesh Liberation War|Eastern territory]] [[Pakistani Instrument of Surrender|withdrawn]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date5      = 16 December 1971&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event6     = [[Constitution of Pakistan|Current constitution]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date6      = 14 August 1973&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event7     = &lt;br /&gt;
| established_date7      = &lt;br /&gt;
| established_event8     = &lt;br /&gt;
| established_date8      = &lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 881,913&lt;br /&gt;
| area_footnote          = {{efn|&amp;quot;Includes data for Pakistani territories of Kashmir; [[Azad Kashmir]] ({{convert|13297|km2|sqmi|disp=or|abbr=on}}) and [[Gilgit–Baltistan]] ({{convert|72520|km2|sqmi|disp=or|abbr=on}}).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.geohive.com/cntry/pakistan.aspx |title=Pakistan statistics |publisher=Geohive |access-date=20 April 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130406012611/http://www.geohive.com/cntry/pakistan.aspx |archive-date=6 April 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Excluding these territories would produce an area figure of {{convert|796,095|km2|sqmi|abbr=on}}.&amp;quot;}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.worldatlas.com/as/pk/where-is-pakistan.html |title=Where is Pakistan?|website=worldatlas.com|date=24 February 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 33rd&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 307,374&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 2.86&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = 273.8&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = 633&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 56th&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate    = &lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = &lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = 241,499,431&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2023census&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files/population/2023/Pakistan.pdf |title = Announcement of Results of 7th Population and Housing Census-2023 &#039;The Digital Census&#039;  |date= 5 August 2023 |website = Pakistan Bureau of Statistics (www.pbs.gov.pk) |access-date = 15 August 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = [[2023 Pakistani census|2023]]&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 5th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $1.568 trillion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.PK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=564,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (Pakistan) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 23rd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $6,773&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.PK&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 168th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{decrease}} $340.636 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.PK&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 42nd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{decrease}} $1,471&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.PK&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 177th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = decrease&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 31.6 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wb-gini&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI/ |title=Gini Index |publisher=World Bank |access-date=12 August 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.544 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2022&amp;lt;!-- Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = increase&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf|title=Human Development Report 2021/2022|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=8 September 2022|access-date=8 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 161st&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[Pakistani rupee]] (₨)&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = PKR&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[Pakistan Standard Time|PKT]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +05:00&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset_DST         = &lt;br /&gt;
| DST_note               = &#039;&#039;[[Daylight saving time|DST]] is not observed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone_DST          = &lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = {{ubl&lt;br /&gt;
  | {{nowrap|{{abbr|dd|day}}-{{abbr|mm|month}}-{{abbr|yyyy|year}}}}{{efn|See [[Date and time notation in Pakistan]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Loureiro |first=Miguel |title=Driving—the good, the bad and the ugly |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_28-7-2005_pg3_5 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120110085150/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_28-7-2005_pg3_5 |archive-date=10 January 2012 |work=Daily Times |location=Pakistan |date=28 July 2005 |access-date=6 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[Telephone numbers in Pakistan|+92]]&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = {{unbulleted list |[[.pk]] |[[.pk|پاکستان.]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Contains special characters|Urdu|compact=yes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pakistan&#039;&#039;&#039; ({{lang-ur|{{Nastaliq|پَاکِسْتَان}}}} {{IPA-ur|ˈpaːkɪstaːn|}}),{{efn|Pronounced variably in English as {{IPAc-en|audio=En-us-Pakistan.ogg|ˈ|p|æ|k|ᵻ|s|t|æ|n}}, {{IPAc-en|audio=En-us-Pakistan-2.ogg|ˈ|p|ɑː|k|ᵻ|s|t|ɑː|n}}, {{IPAc-en|ˌ|p|æ|k|ᵻ|ˈ|s|t|æ|n}}, and {{IPAc-en|ˌ|p|ɑː|k|ᵻ|ˈ|s|t|ɑː|n}}.}} officially the &#039;&#039;&#039;Islamic Republic of Pakistan&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[ISO 15919|ISO]]: {{lang-ur|{{Nastaliq|اِسْلامی&lt;br /&gt;
جَمْہُورِیَہ پَاکِسْتَان}}|label=none}}, {{Transliteration|ur|islāmi jamhūriyāh pākistān}}), is a country in [[South Asia]]. It is the world&#039;s [[List of countries and dependencies by population|fifth-most populous country]], with a population of 241.5 million people, and has the world&#039;s [[Islam by country#Countries|largest Muslim population]] as of 2023.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2023census&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; [[Islamabad]] is the nation&#039;s capital, while [[Karachi]] is its largest city and financial centre, followed by [[Lahore]], [[Faisalabad]], [[Multan]], [[Peshawar]] and [[Hyderabad, Sindh|Hyderabad]]. Pakistan is the 33rd-largest country in the world by area and the second largest in [[South Asia]], spanning {{convert|881,913|km2|sqmi|abbr=off}}. It has a {{convert|1,046|km|mi|adj=mid|abbr=off}} coastline along the [[Arabian Sea]] and Gulf of Oman in the south, and is bordered by [[India]] to [[India–Pakistan border|the east]], [[Afghanistan]] to [[Durand Line|the west]], [[Iran]] to [[Iran–Pakistan border|the southwest]], and [[China]] to [[China–Pakistan border|the northeast]]. It is separated from [[Tajikistan]] by Afghanistan&#039;s narrow [[Wakhan Corridor]] in the north, and also shares a maritime border with [[Oman]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is the site of [[History of Pakistan|several ancient cultures]], including the 8,500-year-old [[Neolithic]] site of [[Mehrgarh]] in [[Balochistan, Pakistan|Balochistan]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |last1=Coningham |first1=Robin |author1-link=Robin Coningham |last2=Young |first2=Ruth |title=The Archaeology of South Asia: From the Indus to Asoka, c. 6500 BCE – 200 CE |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2015}} Quote: &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Mehrgarh remains one of the key sites in South Asia because it has provided the earliest known undisputed evidence for farming and pastoral communities in the region, and its plant and animal material provide clear evidence for the ongoing manipulation, and domestication, of certain species. Perhaps most importantly in a South Asian context, the role played by zebu makes this a distinctive, localised development, with a character completely different from other parts of the world. Finally, the longevity of the site, and its articulation with the neighbouring site of Nausharo (c. 2800—2000&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE), provides a very clear continuity from South Asia&#039;s first farming villages to the emergence of its first cities (Jarrige, 1984).&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Indus Valley civilisation]] of the [[Bronze Age]],{{sfn|Wright|2009|ps=:Quote: &amp;quot;The Indus civilisation is one of three in the &#039;Ancient East&#039; that, along with Mesopotamia and Pharaonic Egypt, was a cradle of early civilisation in the Old World (Childe, 1950). Mesopotamia and Egypt were longer lived, but coexisted with Indus civilisation during its florescence between 2600 and 1900&amp;amp;nbsp;B.C. Of the three, the Indus was the most expansive, extending from today&#039;s northeast Afghanistan to Pakistan and India.&amp;quot;|pages=1–2}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |last1=Allchin |first1=Bridget |last2=Allchin |first2=Raymond |title=The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=r4s-YsP6vcIC&amp;amp;pg=PA131 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1982 |page=81131 |isbn=978-0-521-28550-6|quote=&amp;quot;During the second half of the fourth and early part of the third millennium B.C., a new development begins to become apparent in the greater Indus system, which we can now see to be a formative stage underlying the Mature Indus of the middle and late third millennium. This development seems to have involved the whole Indus system, and to a lesser extent the Indo-Iranian borderlands to its west, but largely left untouched the subcontinent east of the Indus system.&amp;quot;}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the ancient [[Gandhara civilisation]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |first=Ernst |last=Badian |title=Alexander at Peucelaotis |journal=The Classical Quarterly |volume=37 |pages=117–128 |number=1 |year=1987 |jstor=639350|doi=10.1017/S0009838800031712 |s2cid=246878679}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The regions that comprise the modern state of Pakistan were the realm of multiple empires and dynasties, including the [[Achaemenid Empire|Achaemenid]], the [[Maurya Empire|Maurya]], the [[Kushan Empire|Kushan]], the [[Gupta Empire|Gupta]];&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Wynbrandt |first=James |title=A Brief History of Pakistan |url=https://archive.org/details/briefhistoryofpa0000wynb |url-access=registration |publisher=Infobase Publishing |year=2009 |isbn=978-0-8160-6184-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Umayyad Caliphate]] in its southern regions, the [[Samma dynasty|Samma]], the [[Hindu Shahis]], the [[Shah Miris]], the [[Ghaznavids]], the [[Delhi Sultanate]], the [[Mughal Empire|Mughals]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Spuler |first=Bertold |title=The Muslim World: a Historical Survey |date=1969 |publisher=E.J. Brill |location=Leiden, Netherlands |isbn=90-04-02104-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and most recently, the [[British Raj]] from 1858 to 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spurred by the [[Pakistan Movement]], which sought a homeland for the [[Muslims]] of [[Presidencies and provinces of British India|British India]], and election victories in 1946 by the [[All-India Muslim League]], Pakistan gained independence in 1947 after the [[Partition of India|Partition of the British Indian Empire]], which awarded separate statehood to its Muslim-majority regions and was accompanied by an unparalleled mass migration and loss of life.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Copland|first=Ian|title=India, 1885–1947: The Unmaking of an Empire|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Dw1uAAAAMAAJ|series=Seminar Studies in History|year=2001|publisher=Longman|isbn=978-0-582-38173-5}} Quote: &amp;quot;However, the real turning point for the new Muslim League came with the general election of December 1945 and January 1946. Despite facing a rejuvenated Congress, the League won four-fifths of all the Muslim-reserved seats ... The result left no one, not least the British, in doubt about where the locus of power within the Muslim community now lay (p. 71) ... In most respects, therefore, the League&#039;s success in the elections of 1945–46 can be interpreted as a clear Muslim mandate for Pakistan. (p 72)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{citation |last1=Metcalf |first1=Barbara D. |last2=Metcalf |first2=Thomas R. |title=A Concise History of Modern India |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iuESgYNYPl0C |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2006 |isbn=978-1-139-45887-0}} Quote: &amp;quot;The loss of life was immense, with estimates ranging from several hundred thousand up to a million. But, even for those who survived, fear generated a widespread perception that one could be safe only among members of one&#039;s own community; and this in turn helped consolidate loyalties towards the state, whether India or Pakistan, in which one might find a secure haven. This was especially important for Pakistan, where the succour it offered to Muslims gave that state for the first time a visible territorial reality. Fear too drove forward a mass migration unparalleled in the history of South Asia. ... Overall, partition uprooted some 12.5 million of undivided India&#039;s people.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Initially a [[Dominion of Pakistan|Dominion]] of the [[Commonwealth of Nations|British Commonwealth]], Pakistan officially drafted [[Constitution of Pakistan|its constitution]] in 1956, and emerged as a declared [[Islamic republic]]. In 1971, the exclave of [[East Pakistan]] seceded as the new country of [[Bangladesh]] after a [[Bangladesh Liberation War|nine-month-long civil war]]. In the following four decades, Pakistan has been ruled by governments whose descriptions, although complex, commonly alternated between civilian and military, democratic and authoritarian, relatively [[Secularism in Pakistan|secular]] and [[Islamism|Islamist]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |last=Talbot |first=Ian |title=A History of Modern South Asia: Politics, States, Diasporas |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=sXsmCwAAQBAJ |publisher=[[Yale University Press]] |year=2016 |pages=227–240 |isbn=978-0-300-21659-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan elected a civilian government in 2008, and in 2010 adopted a [[parliamentary system]] with periodic elections.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistani parties to share power |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7286145.stm |publisher=BBC News |date=9 March 2008}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=Pakistan to curb president powers |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/8609814.stm |work=BBC News |date=8 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is a [[middle power]] nation,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=N3LfkrrNM4QC&amp;amp;pg=PA55 |title=Regions and Powers: The Structure of International Security |last1=Buzan |first1=Barry |last2=Wæver |first2=Ole |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-521-89111-0|page=55 |quote=In the framework of their regional security complex theory (RSCT), Barry Buzan and Ole Waever differentiate between superpowers and great powers which act and influence the global level (or system level) and regional powers whose influence may be large in their regions but have less effect at the global level. This category of regional powers includes Brazil, Egypt, India, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Nigeria, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Turkey.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation |last=Rajagopalan |first=Rajesh |chapter=Pakistan: regional power, global problem? |editor1=Nadine Godehardt |editor2=Dirk Nabers |title=Regional Orders and Regional Powers |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=l2WrAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA193 |year=2011 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-1-136-71891-5 |pages=193–208}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Paul |first1=T. V. |title=International Relations Theory and Regional Transformation |date=2012 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=978-1-107-02021-4 |page=11 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ofzH6pFO9iUC&amp;amp;dq=is+pakistan+a+regional+power&amp;amp;pg=PA11|access-date=3 February 2017 |quote=The regional powers such as Israel or Pakistan are not simple bystanders of great power politics in their regions; they attempt to asymmetrically influence the major power system often in their own distinct ways.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Buzan2004&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Barry Buzan |title=The United States and the great powers: world politics in the twenty-first century |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=XvtS5hKg9jYC&amp;amp;pg=PR8|access-date=27 December 2011 |year=2004 |publisher=Polity |isbn=978-0-7456-3374-9 |pages=71, 99}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Solomon&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Hussein Solomon |title=South African Foreign Policy and Middle Power Leadership |url=http://www.iss.co.za/Pubs/Monographs/No13/Solomon.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20020624231948/http://www.iss.co.za/Pubs/Monographs/No13/Solomon.html |archive-date=24 June 2002|access-date=27 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Vandamme |first1=Dorothee |title=Pakistan and Saudi Arabia : Towards Greater Independence in their Afghan Foreign Policy? |url=https://geopolcecri.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/note-danalyse-33-pakistan-arabie-saoudite1.pdf |publisher=Université catholique de Louvain |access-date=21 December 2016 |quote=Countries like Saudi Arabia and Pakistan have enough influence to not be considered small, but not enough to be major powers. Within the limits of their regions, they play a significant political role. Thus instinctively, they would qualify as middle powers. While it is not the objective here to question the characteristics of Jordan&#039;s definition of middle powers, we argue that Pakistan is in fact a middle power despite its being nuclear-armed. When looking at the numbers, for instance, it appears that Saudi Arabia and Pakistan can be classified as middle powers (see in this regard Ping, 2007). |archive-date=10 October 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171010055633/https://geopolcecri.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/note-danalyse-33-pakistan-arabie-saoudite1.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and has the world&#039;s [[List of countries by number of military and paramilitary personnel|sixth-largest standing armed forces]]. It is a declared [[List of states with nuclear weapons|nuclear-weapons state]], and is ranked amongst the [[emerging and growth-leading economies]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1218182 |title=Pakistan an emerging market economy: IMF |last=Iqbal |first=Anwar |date=8 November 2015 |website=www.dawn.com|access-date=27 February 2016}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.globaldashboard.org/2012/02/13/is-pakistan-an-emerging-market/ |title=Is Pakistan an emerging market? |last=Kaplan |first=Seth|access-date=27 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a large and rapidly-growing middle class.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/973649/pakistan-has-18th-largest-middle-class-in-the-world-report |title=Pakistan has 18th largest &#039;middle class&#039; in the world: report|date=16 October 2015|website=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://data.worldbank.org/data-catalog/GDP-ranking-table |title=GDP ranking {{!}} Data|website=data.worldbank.org|access-date=17 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan&#039;s political history since independence has been characterised by periods of significant economic and military growth as well as those of political and economic instability. It is an [[Ethnic groups in Pakistan|ethnically]] and [[Languages of Pakistan|linguistically]] diverse country, with similarly diverse [[Geography of Pakistan|geography]] and [[Wildlife of Pakistan|wildlife]]. The country continues to face challenges, including [[Poverty in Pakistan|poverty]], [[Literate Pakistan Foundation|illiteracy]], [[Corruption in Pakistan|corruption]] and [[Terrorism in Pakistan|terrorism]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Mathew Joseph C. |title=Understanding Pakistan: Emerging Voices from India |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=6iUlDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA337 |publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]] |year=2016 |page=337 |isbn=978-1-351-99725-6}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://aiddata.org/blog/poverty-in-pakistan-numerous-efforts-many-numbers-not-enough-results |title=Poverty in Pakistan: Numerous efforts, many numbers, not enough results |website=aiddata.org}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/953303/over-last-9-months-70-decline-in-terrorist-attacks-in-pakistan/ |title=70% decline in terrorist attacks in Pakistan{{Snd}}|work=The Express Tribune|date=9 September 2015 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is a member of the [[United Nations]], the [[Shanghai Cooperation Organisation]], the [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]], the [[Commonwealth of Nations]], the [[South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation]], and the [[Islamic Military Counter Terrorism Coalition|Islamic Military Counter-Terrorism Coalition]], and is designated as a [[major non-NATO ally]] by the [[United States]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Etymology ==&lt;br /&gt;
The name &#039;&#039;Pakistan&#039;&#039; was coined by [[Choudhry Rahmat Ali]], a [[Pakistan Movement]] activist, who in January 1933 first published it (originally as &amp;quot;Pakstan&amp;quot;) in a pamphlet &#039;&#039;[[Pakistan Declaration|Now or Never]]&#039;&#039;, using it as an [[acronym]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Choudhary Rahmat Ali |title=Now or never: Are we to live or perish for ever? |url=http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00islamlinks/txt_rahmatali_1933.html|access-date=4 December 2007 |date=28 January 1933 |publisher=Columbia University}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Rahmat Ali explained: &amp;quot;It is composed of letters taken from the names of all our homelands, Indian and Asian, [[Punjab Province (British India)|&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;anjab]], [[North-West Frontier Province (1901–2010)|&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;fghania]], [[Jammu and Kashmir (princely state)|&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;ashmir]], [[Sind Division|&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;indh]], and [[Baluchistan Agency|Baluchis&#039;&#039;tan&#039;&#039;]].&amp;quot; He added that &amp;quot;Pakistan is both a [[Persian language|Persian]] and [[Urdu]] word... It means the land of the Paks, the spiritually pure and clean.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Krishna K. Tummala, &#039;&#039;Public Administration in India&#039;&#039; (Allied Publishers, 1996), [https://books.google.com/books?id=HSQZj1_FrosC&amp;amp;pg=PA42 p. 42], citing Choudhry Rahmat Ali, &#039;&#039;Pakistan&#039;&#039; (Cambridge University Press, 1946), p. 225&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Etymologists note that {{wikt-lang|fa|پاک}} {{transliteration|fa|pāk}}, is &#039;pure&#039; in Persian and [[Pashto]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=A Dictionary of Pashto |last=Raverty |first=Henry George |url=http://dsalsrv02.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/philologic/getobject.pl?c.0:1:1478.raverty |access-date=28 April 2015 |archive-date=7 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160307070438/http://dsalsrv02.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/philologic/getobject.pl?c.0:1:1478.raverty |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the Persian suffix {{wikt-lang|fa|ـستان}} {{transliteration|fa|[[-stan]]}} means &#039;land&#039; or &#039;place of&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Ford |first=Matt |title=Kazakhstan&#039;s President is Tired of His Country&#039;s Name Ending in &#039;Stan&#039; |url=https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2014/02/kazakhstans-president-is-tired-of-his-countrys-name-ending-in-stan/283676/ |website=Atlantic |date=7 February 2014 |access-date=12 April 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Afghanistan, Kazakhstan: How Many &amp;quot;-stans&amp;quot; Are There? |url=https://www.dictionary.com/e/afghanistan-kyrgyzstan/ |website=Dictionary.com |access-date=12 April 2022 |date=24 August 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|last=Hayyim|first=Sulayman|title=New Persian-English Dictionary|chapter-url= https://dsal.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/app/steingass_query.py?qs=ستان&amp;amp;searchhws=yes |chapter=ستان |year=1892 |page=30 |volume=2 |location=Tehran |publisher=Librairie imprimerie Béroukhim}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Burki |first1=Shahid Javed |title=Pakistan |url=https://www.britannica.com/place/Pakistan/History |website=Britannica |publisher=Encyclopædia Britannica, Inc. |access-date=12 April 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rahmat Ali&#039;s concept of Pakistan only related to the north-west area of the Indian subcontinent. He also proposed the name &amp;quot;Banglastan&amp;quot; for the Muslim areas of [[Bengal]] and &amp;quot;Osmanistan&amp;quot; for [[Hyderabad State]], as well as a political federation between the three.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[South Asian Studies]]&#039;&#039;, Volume 11 (Department of Political Science, University of Rajasthan, 1976), p. 69&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sugam Anand, &#039;&#039;Modern Indian Historiography: From Pillai to Azad&#039;&#039;  (MG Publishers, 1991), p. 178&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|History of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Timeline of Pakistani history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Indus Valley Civilization ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mohenjo-daro Priesterkönig.jpeg|thumb|upright=0.75|left| &#039;&#039;[[Priest-king (sculpture)|Priest-King]]&#039;&#039; from [[Mohenjo-Daro]] ({{circa|2500 BCE}})]]&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the earliest ancient human civilisations in [[South Asia]] originated from areas encompassing present-day Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Petraglia, Michael D.; Allchin, Bridget (2007), &amp;quot;Human evolution and culture change in the Indian subcontinent&amp;quot;, in Michael Petraglia, Bridget Allchin, &#039;&#039;The Evolution and History of Human Populations in South Asia: Inter-disciplinary Studies in Archaeology, Biological Anthropology, Linguistics and Genetics&#039;&#039;, Springer, {{ISBN|978-1-4020-5562-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The earliest known inhabitants in the region were [[Soanian]] during the [[Lower Paleolithic]], of whom stone tools have been found in the [[Soan Valley]] of [[Punjab, Pakistan|Punjab]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Parth R. Chauhan |title=An Overview of the Siwalik Acheulian &amp;amp; Reconsidering Its Chronological Relationship with the Soanian{{Snd}} A Theoretical Perspective |url=http://www.assemblage.group.shef.ac.uk/issue7/chauhan.html#distribution |website=Sheffield Graduate Journal of Archaeology |publisher=University of Sheffield|access-date=22 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120104171240/http://www.assemblage.group.shef.ac.uk/issue7/chauhan.html#distribution |archive-date=4 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Indus River|Indus region]], which covers most of present day Pakistan, was the site of several successive ancient cultures including the Neolithic Mehrgarh&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;vipul&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and the Bronze Age [[Indus Valley civilisation]]{{sfn|Wright|2009|ps=:Quote: &amp;quot;The Indus civilization is one of three in the &#039;Ancient East&#039; that, along with [[Mesopotamia]] and [[Ancient Egypt|Pharonic Egypt]], was a cradle of early civilization in the Old World (Childe 1950). Mesopotamia and Egypt were longer lived, but coexisted with Indus civilization during its florescence between 2600 and 1900 B.C. Of the three, the Indus was the most expansive, extending from today&#039;s northeast Afghanistan to Pakistan and India.&amp;quot;}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Feuerstein |first=Georg |author2=Subhash Kak |author3=David Frawley |title=In search of the cradle of civilization: new light on ancient India |publisher=Quest Books |location=Wheaton, IL |year=1995 |page=147 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=kbx7q0gxyTcC&amp;amp;q=In+Search+of+the+Cradle+of+Civilization |isbn=978-0-8356-0720-9}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- Yasmeen Niaz Mohiuddin, &#039;&#039;Pakistan: a Global Studies Handbook&#039;&#039;. ABC-CLIO publishers, 2006, {{ISBN|1-85109-801-1}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.globalpost.com/dispatch/news/regions/asia-pacific/india/121116/indus-civilization-2000-years-old-archaeologists |title=Archaeologists confirm Indian civilization is 2000 years older than previously believed|date=16 November 2012 |website=globalpost.com}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=A3aOCwAAQBAJ |title=Killing Civilization: A Reassessment of Early Urbanism and Its Consequences |first=Justin |last=Jennings |year=2016 |publisher=UNM Press |via=Google Books|isbn=978-0-8263-5661-1 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (2,800–1,800&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE) at [[Harappa]] and [[Mohenjo-Daro]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=India Unveiled |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Tmn91va2e4UC&amp;amp;pg=PT180 |author=Robert Arnett |publisher=Atman Press|access-date=23 December 2011 |year=2006 |isbn=978-0-9652900-4-3 |pages=180–}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=Mohenjo-Daro |url=http://www.mnsu.edu/emuseum/archaeology/sites/middle_east/mohenjo_daro.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100601181841/http://www.mnsu.edu/emuseum/archaeology/sites/middle_east/mohenjo_daro.html |archive-date=1 June 2010 |author=Meghan A. Porter |publisher=Minnesota State University|access-date=15 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vedic Period===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gandhara Buddha (tnm).jpeg|thumb|upright=0.75|right|&#039;&#039;[[Standing Buddha]]&#039;&#039; from [[Gandhara]] (1st–2nd century CE)]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Vedic period]] (1500–500&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE) was characterised by an [[Indo-Aryan peoples|Indo-Aryan]] culture; during this period the [[Vedas]], the oldest scriptures associated with [[Hinduism]], were composed, and this culture later became well established in the region.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WJMlW-zDE14C |title=Pakistan: a primary source cultural guide |publisher=The Rosen Publishing Group Inc|pages=58–59, 100–102 |author=Marian Rengel |location=New York |isbn=978-0-8239-4001-1 |year=2004}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/503627/Rigveda |title=Rigveda |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |access-date=16 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Ancient city of [[Multan]] was a significant cultural centre of Indus valley civilization and an important Hindu pilgrimage centre,  the city was founded before 3000 BC era.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;taxila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Pakistan &amp;amp; the Karakoram Highway |year=2008 |publisher=Lonely Planet |isbn=978-1-74104-542-0 |pages=60, 128, 376 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zn8I4qEew9oC|author1=Sarina Singh |author2=Lindsay Brow |author3=Paul Clammer |author4=Rodney Cocks |author5=John Mock}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Vedic civilization also flourished in the ancient [[Gandhara|Gandhāran]] city of Takṣaśilā([[Taxila]]) along with [[Puruṣapura|Purasupura]] (Peshawer) which was founded around 600-1000 BCE.{{sfn|Allchin|Allchin|1988|p=314}}&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;vipul&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Vipul Singh |title=The Pearson Indian History Manual for the UPSC Civil Services Preliminary Examination |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wsiXwh_tIGkC|publisher=Dorling Kindesley, licensees of Pearson Education India |isbn=978-81-317-1753-0 |pages=3–4, 15, 88–90, 152, 162 |year=2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Period===&lt;br /&gt;
The western regions of Pakistan [[Achaemenid conquest of the Indus Valley|became part]] of [[Achaemenid Empire]]  around 519&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE. In 326&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE, [[Alexander the Great]] conquered the region by defeating various local rulers, most notably, the King [[Porus]], at [[Battle of Hydaspes|Jhelum]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Government Leaders, Military Rulers, and Political Activists |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=vSwi2TYabS4C&amp;amp;pg=PA7|publisher=The Oryx Press|editor=David W. del Testa |year=2001 |location=Westport, CN |isbn=978-1-57356-153-2 |page=7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It was followed by the [[Maurya Empire]], founded by [[Chandragupta Maurya]] and extended by [[Ashoka the Great]], until 185&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE. The [[Indo-Greek Kingdom]] founded by [[Demetrius I of Bactria|Demetrius of Bactria]] (180–165&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE) included Gandhara and Punjab and reached its greatest extent under [[Menander I|Menander]] (165–150&amp;amp;nbsp;BCE), prospering the [[Greco-Buddhism|Greco-Buddhist]] culture in the region.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;vipul&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Guide to Historic Taxila |url=http://www.heritage.gov.pk/html_Pages/guide_to_historic_taxila.htm |author=Ahmad Hasan Dani |publisher=The National Fund for Cultural Heritage|access-date=15 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Taxila had one of the earliest universities and centres of higher education in the world, which was established during the late Vedic period in the 6th century BCE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;History of Education&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;Encyclopædia Britannica&#039;&#039;, 2007.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ReferenceA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Scharfe |first1=Hartmut |last2=Bronkhorst |first2=Johannes |last3=Spuler |first3=Bertold |last4=Altenmüller |first4=Hartwig |title=Handbuch Der Orientalistik: India. Education in ancient India |year=2002 |isbn=978-90-04-12556-8 |page=141}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The school consisted of several monasteries without large dormitories or lecture halls where the religious instruction was provided on an individualistic basis.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ReferenceA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The ancient university was documented by the invading forces of Alexander the Great and was also recorded by Chinese pilgrims in the 4th or 5th century CE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Joseph Needham |title=A selection from the writings of Joseph Needham |year=1994 |publisher=McFarland &amp;amp; Co |isbn=978-0-89950-903-7 |quote=When the men of Alexander the Great came to Taxila in India in the fourth century BCE they found a university there the like of which had not been seen in Greece, a university which taught the three Vedas and the eighteen accomplishments and was still existing when the Chinese pilgrim Fa-Hsien went there about CE&amp;amp;nbsp;400. |page=24}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author1=Hermann Kulke |author2=Dietmar Rothermund |title=A History of India |year=2004 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-0-415-32919-4 |quote=In the early centuries the centre of Buddhist scholarship was the University of Taxila. |page=157}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite journal |author1=Balakrishnan Muniapan |author2=Junaid M. Shaikh |title=Lessons in corporate governance from Kautilya&#039;s Arthashastra in ancient India |journal= World Review of Entrepreneurship, Management and Sustainable Development|year=2007 |volume=3 |issue=1 |pages=50–61 |doi=10.1504/WREMSD.2007.012130}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=Radha Kumud Mookerji |title=Ancient Indian Education: Brahmanical and Buddhist |edition=2nd |year=1951 |orig-year=reprint 1989 |publisher=Motilal Banarsidass |isbn=978-81-208-0423-4 |pages=478–479}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its zenith, the [[Rai dynasty]] (489–632&amp;amp;nbsp;CE) ruled [[Sindh]] and the surrounding territories.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Andre Wink |title=Al Hind the Making of the Indo Islamic World |year=1996 |publisher=Brill |isbn=978-90-04-09249-5 |page=152}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Islamic conquest===&lt;br /&gt;
The Arab conqueror [[Muhammad ibn Qasim]] conquered Sindh and some regions of Punjab in 711&amp;amp;nbsp;CE.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Information of Pakistan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=History in Chronological Order |url=http://www.infopak.gov.pk/History.aspx |publisher=Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of Pakistan |access-date=15 January 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100723113602/http://infopak.gov.pk/History.aspx |archive-date=23 July 2010 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Paracha |first=Nadeem F. |title=Why some in Pakistan want to replace Jinnah as the founder of the country with an 8th century Arab |url=http://scroll.in/article/721012/why-some-in-pakistan-want-to-replace-jinnah-as-the-founder-of-the-country-with-an-8th-century-arab |website=Scroll.in|date=22 June 2015 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/735610/figuring-qasim-how-pakistan-was-won |title=Figuring Qasim: How Pakistan was won |work=Dawn |date=19 July 2012 |access-date=19 February 2015}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=The first Pakistani? |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1175127/the-first-pakistani |work=Dawn |date=12 April 2015 |access-date=19 May 2021}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1098562/muhammad-bin-qasim-predator-or-preacher |title=Muhammad Bin Qasim: Predator or preacher? |work=Dawn|access-date=19 February 2015|date=8 April 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Pakistan government&#039;s official chronology claims this as the time when the foundation of Pakistan was laid&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Information of Pakistan&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Saigol |first=Rubina |title=What is the most blatant lie taught through Pakistan textbooks? |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1125484 |work=Dawn |year=2014 |access-date=14 August 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |last=Rafi |first=Shazia |title=A case for Gandhara |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1164469 |work=Dawn |year=2015 |access-date=19 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but the concept of &#039;&#039;Pakistan&#039;&#039; arrived in the 19th century. The Early Medieval period (642–1219&amp;amp;nbsp;CE) witnessed the spread of [[Islam]] in the region. During this period, [[Sufi]] [[Dawah|missionaries]] played a pivotal role in converting a majority of the regional Buddhist and Hindu population to Islam.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Lapidus |first=Ira Marvin |title=A history of Islamic societies |year=2002 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |isbn=978-0-521-77933-3 |pages=382–384}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Upon the defeat of the [[Turk Shahis|Turk]] and [[Hindu Shahi]] dynasties which governed the [[Kabul Valley]], [[Gandhara]] (present-day Khyber Pakhtunkwa), and western Punjab in the 7th to 11th centuries CE, [[Muslim conquest in the Indian subcontinent|several successive Muslim empires]] ruled over the region, including the [[Ghaznavids|Ghaznavid Empire]] (975–1187&amp;amp;nbsp;CE), the [[Ghorid]] Kingdom, and the [[Delhi Sultanate]] (1206–1526&amp;amp;nbsp;CE). The [[Lodi dynasty]], the last of the Delhi Sultanate, was replaced by the Mughal Empire (1526–1857&amp;amp;nbsp;CE).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Badshahi Masjid - Side View.jpg|thumb|left|[[Badshahi Mosque]], [[Lahore]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Mughals introduced Persian literature and high culture, establishing the roots of [[Indo-Persian culture]] in the region.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Robert L. Canfield |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=g3JhKNSk8tQC&amp;amp;pg=PA1 |title=Turko-Persia in historical perspective |publisher=Cambridge University Press |pages=4–21 |year=2002 |access-date=28 December 2011 |isbn=978-0-521-52291-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the region of modern-day Pakistan, key cities during the Mughal period were [[Multan]], [[Lahore High Court|Lahore, Peshawer]] and [[Thatta]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0Rm9MC4DDrcC&amp;amp;pg=PA365 |title=Medieval India: From Sultanat to the Mughals Part II |last=Chandra |first=Satish |publisher=Har-Anand Publications |year=2005 |isbn=978-81-241-1066-9|page=365}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  which were chosen as the site of impressive [[Mughal architecture|Mughal buildings]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Malik |first=Iftikhar Haider |title=The History of Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Z6NfsuDACQwC&amp;amp;pg=PA79 |publisher=Greenwood Publishing Group |year=2008 |page=79 |isbn=978-0-313-34137-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the early 16th century, the region remained under the [[Mughal Empire]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=Metcalf, B.|author2=Metcalf, T. R.|date=2006|title=A Concise History of Modern India|edition=2nd|publisher=Cambridge University Press|isbn=978-0-521-68225-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 18th century, the slow disintegration of the Mughal Empire was hastened by the emergence of the rival powers of the [[Maratha Confederacy]] and later the [[Sikh Empire]], as well as invasions by [[Nader Shah]] from Iran in 1739 and the [[Durrani Empire]] of Afghanistan in 1759. The growing political power of the British in Bengal had not yet reached the territories of modern Pakistan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colonial period ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|1=British India|2=Aligarh Movement|3=British Raj|4=Two-nation theory}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| width1            = 170&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Sir Syed1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = Sir [[Syed Ahmad Khan]] (1817–1898), whose [[Two-nation theory|vision]] formed the basis of Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = Sir Syed Ahmad Khan (1817–1898), whose vision (Two-nation theory) formed the basis of Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| width2            = 170&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Jinnah1945b.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Muhammad Ali Jinnah]] (1876–1948) served as Pakistan&#039;s first Governor-General and the leader of the [[Pakistan Movement]].&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Muhammad Ali Jinnah (1876–1948) served as Pakistan&#039;s first Governor-General and the leader of the Pakistan Movement&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
None of the territory of modern Pakistan was ruled by the British until 1839 when [[Karachi]], a small fishing village ruled by [[Talpur dynasty|Talpurs]] of [[Sindh]] with a mud fort guarding the harbour, was [[History of Karachi#Company rule|taken]], and held as an enclave with a port and [[Karachi Cantonment|military base]] for the [[First Afghan War]] that soon followed. The rest of [[Sindh]] was taken in 1843, and in the following decades, first the [[British East India Company|East India Company]], and then after the post-[[Sepoy Mutiny]] (1857–1858) direct rule of [[Queen Victoria]] of the [[British Empire]], took over most of the country partly through wars, and also treaties. The main wars were that against the [[Baloch people|Baloch]] [[Talpur dynasty]], ended by the [[Battle of Miani]] (1843) in Sindh, the [[Anglo-Sikh War (disambiguation)|Anglo-Sikh Wars]] (1845–1849) and the [[Anglo-Afghan War]]s (1839–1919). By 1893, all modern Pakistan was part of the [[British Indian Empire]], and remained so until independence in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the British, modern Pakistan was mostly divided into the [[Sind Division]], [[Punjab Province (British India)|Punjab Province]], and the [[Baluchistan Agency]]. There were various [[princely state]]s, of which the largest was [[Bahawalpur (princely state)|Bahawalpur]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Indian Rebellion of 1857|rebellion]] in 1857 called the [[Sepoy mutiny]] of [[Bengal]] was the region&#039;s major armed struggle against the British.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thenagain.info/webchron/india/sepoyreb.html |title=Sepoy Rebellion: 1857 |publisher=Thenagain.info |date=12 September 2003|access-date=19 December 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Divergence in the [[Hindu–Islamic relations|relationship]] between Hinduism and Islam created a major rift in [[British Raj|British India]] that led to motivated [[Violence against Muslims in India|religious violence in British India]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.massviolence.org/india-from-1900-to-1947?cs=print |title=India from 1900 to 1947 |date=2 November 2007|publisher=Online Encyclopedia of Mass Violence |last=Markovits |first=Claude|access-date=2 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Hindi–Urdu controversy|language controversy]] further escalated the tensions between Hindus and Muslims.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Ak̲h̲tar |first=Altāf Ḥusain Ḥālī; Talk̲h̲īṣ, Salim |title=Ḥayāt-i jāved |date=1993 |publisher=Sang-i Mīl Publications |location=Lāhore |isbn=978-969-35-0186-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Bengali Renaissance|Hindu renaissance]] witnessed an awakening of intellectualism in traditional [[Hinduism]] and saw the emergence of more assertive influence in the social and political spheres in British India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |editor-last=Coward |editor-first=Harold G. |title=Modern Indian responses to religious pluralism |date=1987 |publisher=[[State University of New York Press]] |location=Albany, NY |isbn=978-0-88706-572-9}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |last=Sarkar |first=R.N. |title=Islam related Naipual [sic] |publisher=Sarup &amp;amp; Sons |location=New Delhi |edition=1st |date=2006 |isbn=978-81-7625-693-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A [[Aligarh Movement|Muslim intellectual movement]], founded by Sir [[Syed Ahmed Khan]] to counter the Hindu renaissance, envisioned as well as advocated for the [[two-nation theory]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;congress&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.loc.gov/item/95017247/ |title=Country Profile: Pakistan |publisher=Library of Congress |year=1995 |pages=2–3, 6, 8|access-date=2 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and led to the creation of the [[All-India Muslim League]] in 1906. In contrast to the [[Indian National Congress]]&#039;s [[Anti-British sentiment|anti-British]] efforts, the Muslim League was a [[Anglomania|pro-British]] movement whose political program [[British heritage of Pakistan|inherited the British values]] that would shape Pakistan&#039;s future [[Pakistani society|civil society]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Qureshi |first=M. Naeem |title=Pan-Islam in British Indian politics: a study of the Khilafat movement, 1918–1924 |date=1999 |publisher=Brill |location=Leiden [u.a.] |pages=57, 245 |isbn=978-90-04-11371-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largely non-violent independence struggle led by the [[Indian National Congress]] under the leadership of [[Mahatma Gandhi]] engaged millions of protesters in mass campaigns of [[Indian independence movement|civil disobedience]] in the 1920s and 1930s against the [[British Empire]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=John Farndon |title=Concise encyclopaedia |year=1999 |publisher=Dorling Kindersley Limited |isbn=978-0-7513-5911-4 |page=455}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |title=India express: the future of a new superpower |date=4 March 2008 |publisher=Viking Canada |isbn=978-0-670-06484-7 |author=Daniel Lak |url=https://archive.org/details/indiaexpressfutu0000lakd|url-access=registration |access-date=14 March 2012 |page=[https://archive.org/details/indiaexpressfutu0000lakd/page/113 113]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Brookings Institution Press&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Cohen |first=Stephen Philip |title=The idea of Pakistan |url=https://archive.org/details/ideaofpakistan00cohe |url-access=registration |date=2004 |publisher=[[Brookings Institution Press]] |location=Washington, DC |isbn=978-0-8157-9761-6 |edition=1st pbk.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clock Tower Faisalabad by Usman Nadeem.jpg|thumb|[[Clock Tower, Faisalabad]], built by the British government in the 19th century]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Muslim League slowly rose to mass popularity in the 1930s amid fears of under-representation and neglect by the British of the [[Indian Muslims]] in [[Indian politics|politics]]. In his presidential address of 29 December 1930, [[Muhammad Iqbal|Allama Iqbal]] called for &amp;quot;the amalgamation of [[Northwestern India|North-West]] Muslim-majority Indian states&amp;quot; consisting of [[Punjab Province (British India)|Punjab]], [[North-West Frontier Province (1901–55)|North-West Frontier Province]], [[Sind Province (1936–55)|Sind]], and [[Baluchistan (Chief Commissioner&#039;s Province)|Baluchistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00islamlinks/txt_iqbal_1930.html |title=Sir Muhammad Iqbal&#039;s 1930 Presidential Address |website=Speeches, Writings, and Statements of Iqbal|access-date=19 December 2006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The perceived neglect of Muslim interests by Congress led British [[1937 Indian provincial elections|provincial governments]] during the period of 1937–39 convinced [[Muhammad Ali Jinnah]], the founder of Pakistan to espouse the two-nation theory and led the Muslim League to adopt the [[Lahore Resolution]] of 1940 presented by [[Sher-e-Bangla]] [[A.K. Fazlul Haque]], popularly known as the Pakistan Resolution.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;congress&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In [[World War II]], Jinnah and [[British education|British-educated]] [[Founding Fathers of Pakistan|founding fathers]] in the Muslim League supported the United Kingdom&#039;s [[United Kingdom in World War II|war efforts]], countering opposition against it whilst working towards Sir Syed&#039;s [[Two-nation theory|vision]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.politact.com/global-security-studies/understanding-jinnahs-position-on-world-war-i-and-ii-lessons-to-be-learned.html |title=Understanding Jinnah&#039;s Position on World War I and II Lessons to be learned |date=5 January 2009|publisher=Politact |location=United Kingdom |access-date=3 February 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150203020939/https://www.politact.com/global-security-studies/understanding-jinnahs-position-on-world-war-i-and-ii-lessons-to-be-learned.html |archive-date=3 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pakistan Movement ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Pakistan Movement}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{further|History of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan|Indian independence movement|Partition of India}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[1946 Indian provincial elections|1946 elections]] resulted in the Muslim League winning 90&amp;amp;nbsp;percent of the seats reserved for Muslims. Thus, the 1946 election was seen as a plebiscite in which the Indian Muslims were to vote on the creation of Pakistan, a plebiscite won by the Muslim League. This victory was assisted by the support given to the Muslim League by the support of the landowners of Sindh and Punjab. The Indian National Congress, which initially denied the Muslim League&#039;s claim of being the sole representative of Indian Muslims, was now forced to recognise the fact.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OTMy0B9OZjAC&amp;amp;pg=PA68 |title=Pakistan: A Global Studies Handbook |last=Mohiuddin |first=Yasmin Niaz |publisher=ABC-CLIO |year=2007 |isbn=978-1-85109-801-9|page=70 |quote=In the elections of 1946, the Muslim League won 90 percent of the legislative seats reserved for Muslims. It was the power of the big zamindars in Punjab and Sindh behind the Muslim League candidates that led to this massive landslide victory (Alavi 2002, 14). Even Congress, which had always denied the League&#039;s claim to be the only true representative of Indian Muslims had to concede the truth of that claim. The 1946 election was, in effect, a plebiscite among Muslims on Pakistan.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book | last=Sajjad | first=M. | title=Muslim Politics in Bihar: Changing Contours | publisher=Routledge | year=2014 | isbn=978-1-317-55981-8 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=qiRHBAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT221| page=221}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The British had no alternative except to take Jinnah&#039;s views into account as he had emerged as the sole spokesperson of the entirety of British India&#039;s Muslims. However, the British [[Opposition to the partition of India|did not want colonial India to be partitioned]], and in one last effort to prevent it, they devised the [[Cabinet Mission Plan|Cabinet Mission plan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OTMy0B9OZjAC&amp;amp;pg=PA68 |title=Pakistan: A Global Studies Handbook |last=Mohiuddin |first=Yasmin Niaz |publisher=ABC-CLIO |year=2007 |isbn=978-1-85109-801-9|page=71 |quote=Despite the League&#039;s victory in the elections, the British did not want the partition of British India. As a last attempt to avoid it, Britain put forward the Cabinet Mission Plan, according to which India would become a federation of three large, self-governing provinces and the central government would be limited to power over foreign policy and defense, implying a weak center.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the cabinet mission failed, the British government announced its intention to end the British Rule in 1946–47.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.academia.edu/2146058 |title=Jinnah and cabinet Mission Plan 1946 |via=Academia.edu |last=Akram |first=Wasim |access-date=3 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Indian nationalism|Nationalists]] in British India—including [[Jawaharlal Nehru]] and [[Abul Kalam Azad]] of Congress, Jinnah of the [[All-India Muslim League]], and [[Master Tara Singh]] representing the Sikhs—agreed to the proposed terms of transfer of power and independence in June 1947 with the [[Governor-General of India|Viceroy of India]], [[Louis Mountbatten, 1st Earl Mountbatten of Burma|Lord Mountbatten of Burma]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;jinnah&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Stanley Wolpert |title=Jinnah of Pakistan |publisher=Oxford University Press |year=2002 |isbn=978-0-19-577462-7 |pages=306–332}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As the United Kingdom agreed to the [[Partition of India|partitioning of India]] in 1947, the modern state of Pakistan was established on [[Fourteenth of August|14 August 1947]] {{small|(27th of [[Ramadan]] in 1366 of the [[Islamic Calendar]])}}, amalgamating the [[Islam in India|Muslim-majority]] eastern and northwestern regions of [[British India]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Brookings Institution Press&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; It comprised the provinces of [[Balochistan (Pakistan)|Balochistan]], [[East Bengal]], the [[North-West Frontier Province (1901–1955)|North-West Frontier Province]], [[Punjab, Pakistan|West Punjab]], and Sindh.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;congress&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;jinnah&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the riots that accompanied the partition in Punjab Province, it is believed that between 200,000 and 2,000,000&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1169309 |title=Murder, rape and shattered families: 1947 Partition Archive effort underway |date=13 March 2015 |work=Dawn |quote=There are no exact numbers of people killed and displaced, but estimates range from a few hundred thousand to two million killed and more than 10 million displaced.|access-date=14 January 2017 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=yqAGKpOe9xMC&amp;amp;pg=PA36 |title=South Asia&#039;s Cold War: Nuclear Weapons and Conflict in Comparative Perspective |last=Basrur |first=Rajesh M. |publisher=Routledge |year=2008 |isbn=978-1-134-16531-5 |quote=An estimated 12–15 million people were displaced, and some 2 million died. The legacy of Partition (never without a capital P) remains strong today&amp;amp;nbsp;...}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0Kne87aU7D0C&amp;amp;q=2+000+000+killed+partition&amp;amp;pg=PA3 |title=Idols of the Tribe: Group Identity and Political Change |last=Isaacs |first=Harold Robert |publisher=Harvard University Press |year=1975 |isbn=978-0-674-44315-0 |quote=2,000,000 killed in the Hindu-Muslim holocaust during the partition of British-India and the creation of India and Pakistan}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ivzKjY5LncIC&amp;amp;pg=PA53 |title=Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in South Asia |last=D&#039;Costa |first=Bina |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-0-415-56566-0|page=53 |quote=Estimates of the dead vary from 200,000 (the contemporary British figure) to 2 million (a subsequent Indian speculation). Today, however, it is widely accepted that nearly a million people died during Partition (Butalia, 1997).}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://www.nytimes.com/books/first/b/butalia-silence.html |title=The Other Side of Silence: Voices From the Partition of British India |last=Butalia |first=Urvashi |publisher=Duke University Press |year=2000}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |title=Muslims in India Since 1947: Islamic Perspectives on Inter-Faith Relations |last=Sikand |first=Yoginder |publisher=Routledge |year=2004 |isbn=978-1-134-37825-8 |page=5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; people were killed in what some have described as a retributive genocide between the religions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://faculty.washington.edu/brass/Partition.pdf |title=The partition of India and retributive genocide in the Punjab, 1946–47: means, methods, and purposes |first=Paul R. |last=Brass |author-link=Paul Brass |date=2003 |publisher=Carfax Publishing: Taylor and Francis Group |pages=81–82 (5(1), 71–101) |quote=In the event, largely but not exclusively as a consequence of their efforts, the entire Muslim population of the eastern Punjab districts migrated to West Punjab and the entire Sikh and Hindu populations moved to East Punjab in the midst of widespread intimidation, terror, violence, abduction, rape, and murder. |website=[[Journal of Genocide Research]] |access-date=16 August 2014 |archive-date=14 April 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150414153300/http://faculty.washington.edu/brass/Partition.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/291225/20th-century-international-relations/32936/South-Asia#ref304573 |title=20th-century international relations (politics) :: South Asia |website=Encyclopædia Britannica |access-date=16 August 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while 50,000 Muslim women were [[Violence against women during the partition of India|abducted and raped]] by Hindu and Sikh men, 33,000 Hindu and Sikh women also experienced the same fate at the hands of Muslims.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=P7a-FuiMcTYC&amp;amp;pg=PA75 |title=Violent Belongings: Partition, Gender, and National Culture in Postcolonial India |last=Daiya |first=Kavita |publisher=Temple University Press |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-59213-744-2|page=75 |quote=The official estimate of the number of abducted women during Partition was placed at 33,000 non-Muslim (Hindu or Sikh predominantly) women in Pakistan, and 50,000 Muslim women in India.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=tmA0DAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA14 |title=Revisiting India&#039;s Partition: New Essays on Memory, Culture, and Politics |last1=Singh |first1=Amritjit |last2=Iyer |first2=Nalini |last3=Gairola |first3=Rahul K. |publisher=Lexington Books |year=2016 |isbn=978-1-4985-3105-4|page=14 |quote=The horrific statistics that surround women refugees-between 75,000–100,000 Hindu, Muslim and Sikh women who were abducted by men of the other communities, subjected to multiple rapes, mutilations, and, for some, forced marriages and conversions-is matched by the treatment of the abducted women in the hands of the nation-state. In the Constituent Assembly in 1949 it was recorded that of the 50,000 Muslim women abducted in India, 8,000 of then were recovered, and of the 33,000 Hindu and Sikh women abducted, 12,000 were recovered.}}&amp;lt;- br&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=cm4PBNdaFjYC&amp;amp;pg=PA131 |title=Women and the Politics of Violence |last=Abraham |first=Taisha |publisher=Har-Anand Publications |year=2002 |isbn=978-81-241-0847-5|page=131 |quote=In addition thousands of women on both sides of the newly formed borders (estimated range from 29,000 to 50,000 Muslim women and 15,000 to 35,000 Hindu and Sikh women) were abducted, raped, forced to convert, forced into marriage, forced back into what the two States defined as &#039;their proper homes&#039;, torn apart from their families once during partition by those who abducted them, and again, after partition, by the State which tried to &#039;recover&#039; and &#039;rehabilitate&#039; them.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- [https://books.google.com/books?id=m-EYXNnvMugC&amp;amp;q=12000&amp;amp;pg=PA125 Perspectives on Modern South Asia: A Reader in Culture, History, and&amp;amp;nbsp;... – Kamala Visweswara]. nGoogle Books.in (16 May 2011).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Around 6.5&amp;amp;nbsp;million Muslims moved from India to West Pakistan and 4.7&amp;amp;nbsp;million Hindus and Sikhs moved from West Pakistan to India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ECM&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Hasan |first1=Arif |last2=Raza |first2=Mansoor |title=Migration and Small Towns in Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U7imPH4KVJUC&amp;amp;pg=PA12 |quote=When the British Indian Empire was partitioned in 1947, 4.7 million Sikhs and Hindus left what is today Pakistan for India, and 6.5 million Muslims migrated from India to Pakistan. |publisher=IIED |year=2009 |page=12 |isbn=978-1-84369-734-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It was the largest mass migration in human history.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Bates |first=Crispin |title=The Hidden Story of Partition and its Legacies |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/history/british/modern/partition1947_01.shtml |quote=Unfortunately, it was accompanied by the largest mass migration in human history of some 10 million. |work=BBC History|date=3 March 2011 |access-date=16 August 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.unhcr.org/3ebf9bab0.pdf |title=Rupture in South Asia |publisher=UNHCR|access-date=16 August 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2014/08/the-fading-memory-of-partition-india-pakistan-bangladesh/376120/ |title=The Fading Memory of South Asia&#039;s Partition |date=15 August 2014 |website=The Atlantic |author=Tanya Basu|access-date=16 August 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A subsequent dispute over the [[princely state]] of [[Jammu and Kashmir (princely state)|Jammu and Kashmir]] eventually sparked the [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1947–1948]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iftjFki3fhYC&amp;amp;pg=PA6 |title=Insurgent Crossfire: North-East India |publisher=Lancer Publishers |access-date=15 April 2012 |author=Subir Bhaumik |year=1996 |isbn=978-1-897829-12-7 |page=6 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.mtholyoke.edu/acad/intrel/uncom1.htm |title=Resolution adopted by the United Nations Commission for India and Pakistan |publisher=Mount Holyoke College |access-date=19 January 2010 |archive-date=2 September 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140902172823/https://www.mtholyoke.edu/acad/intrel/uncom1.htm |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Independence and modern Pakistan ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Dominion of Pakistan|History of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Monarchy of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Queen Elizabeth II official portrait for 1959 tour (retouched) (cropped) (3-to-4 aspect ratio).jpg|thumb|left|upright=0.8|[[Queen Elizabeth II]] was the last monarch of independent Pakistan, before it became a republic in 1956.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After [[Creation of Pakistan|independence]] in 1947, Jinnah, the [[Party chair|President]] of the Muslim League, became the nation&#039;s first [[Governor-General of Pakistan|Governor-General]] as well as the first [[Speaker of the National Assembly of Pakistan|President-Speaker]] of the [[Parliament of Pakistan|Parliament]], but he died of tuberculosis on 11 September 1948.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/jinnah_mohammad_ali.shtml |title=BBC – History – Historic Figures: Mohammad Ali Jinnah (1876–1948)|website=BBC|access-date=20 December 2016 |quote=Jinnah became the first governor general of Pakistan, but died of tuberculosis on 11 September 1948.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Meanwhile, Pakistan&#039;s founding fathers agreed to appoint [[Liaquat Ali Khan]], the [[Secretary General|secretary-general]] of the [[All-India Muslim League|party]], the nation&#039;s [[List of Prime Ministers of Pakistan|first]] [[Prime Minister of Pakistan|Prime Minister]]. From 1947 to 1956, [[Monarchy of Pakistan|Pakistan was a monarchy]] within the Commonwealth of Nations, and had two monarchs before it became a republic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Kumarasingham|first1=Harshan|title=THE &#039;TROPICAL DOMINIONS&#039;: THE APPEAL OF DOMINION STATUS IN THE DECOLONISATION OF INDIA, PAKISTAN AND CEYLON, vol. 23| url=https://www.jstor.org/stable/23726109 |year=2013|publisher=Transactions of the Royal Historical Society|page=223|jstor=23726109|quote=Few today, including those who work on the subcontinent, recollect that India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka did not become republics the day British rule ended. Even distinguished scholars of Empire like Perry Anderson and A. G. Hopkins have made the common assumption that India naturally became a republic upon independence on 15 August 1947. Instead, all three of these South Asian states began their independent life as Realms within the British Commonwealth and mirrored the style and institutions of the Dominions of Canada, Australia, South Africa and New Zealand. Though their sovereignty was in no way impaired by this seemingly ambiguous position they all held the British sovereign as their head of state who was represented in each capital by a governor- general appointed on the advice of the local prime minister. India, Pakistan and Ceylon were Realms from 1947 to 1950, 1947 to 1956 and 1948 to 1972 respectively.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creation of Pakistan was never fully accepted by many British leaders, among them [[Louis Mountbatten, 1st Earl Mountbatten of Burma|Lord Mountbatten]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=a0FuAAAAMAAJ |title=The Destruction of Pakistan&#039;s Democracy |last=McGrath |first=Allen |publisher=Oxford University Press |year=1996 |isbn=978-0-19-577583-9|page=38 |quote=Undivided India, their magnificent imperial trophy, was besmirched by the creation of Pakistan, and the division of India was never emotionally accepted by many British leaders, Mountbatten among them.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountbatten clearly expressed his lack of support and faith in the Muslim League&#039;s idea of Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YGdiqF6V8wYC&amp;amp;pg=PA136 |title=Jinnah, Pakistan and Islamic Identity: The Search for Saladin |last=Ahmed |first=Akbar S. |publisher=Psychology Press |year=1997 |isbn=978-0-415-14966-2|page=136 |quote=Mountbatten&#039;s partiality was apparent in his own statements. He tilted openly and heavily towards Congress. While doing so he clearly expressed his lack of support and faith in the Muslim League and its Pakistan idea.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Jinnah refused Mountbatten&#039;s offer to serve as [[Governor-General of Pakistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=uJHTif-WA6oC&amp;amp;pg=PA163 |title=Shameful Flight: The Last Years of the British Empire in India |last=Wolpert |first=Stanley |publisher=Oxford University Press |year=2009 |isbn=978-0-19-974504-3|page=163 |quote=Mountbatten tried to convince Jinnah of the value of accepting him, Mountbatten, as Pakistan&#039;s first governor-general, but Jinnah refused to be moved from his determination to take that job himself.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; When Mountbatten was asked by Collins and Lapierre if he would have sabotaged Pakistan had he known that Jinnah was dying of tuberculosis, he replied &#039;most probably&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RqyniTHXFxUC&amp;amp;pg=PT209 |title=Jinnah, Pakistan and Islamic Identity: The Search for Saladin |last=Ahmed |first=Akbar |publisher=Routledge |year=2005 |isbn=978-1-134-75022-1|quote=When Mountbatten was asked by Collins and Lapierre if he would have sabotaged Pakistan if he had known that Jinnah was dying of tuberculosis, his answer was instructive. There was no doubt in his mind about the legality or morality of his position on Pakistan. &#039;Most probably,&#039; he said (1982:39).}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pakistan.ogv|thumb|The American [[Central Intelligence Agency|CIA]] film on Pakistan, made in 1950, examines the history and geography of Pakistan.]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{quote box&lt;br /&gt;
|quote   = &amp;quot;You are free; you are free to go to your temples, you are free to go to your mosques or to any other place or worship in this State of Pakistan. You may belong to any religion or caste or creed&amp;amp;nbsp;– that has nothing to do with the business of the State.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|source  = —[[Muhammad Ali Jinnah]]&#039;s first speech to the Constituent Assembly of Pakistan&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00islamlinks/txt_jinnah_assembly_1947.html |title=Muhammad Ali Jinnah&#039;s first Presidential Address to the Constituent Assembly of Pakistan (August 11, 1947) |website=JSpeech|access-date=1 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|align   = right&lt;br /&gt;
|width   = 25em&lt;br /&gt;
|border  = 1px&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor = #c6dbf7&lt;br /&gt;
|halign  = left&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maulana [[Shabbir Ahmad Usmani]], a respected Deobandi &#039;&#039;alim&#039;&#039; (scholar) who occupied the position of Shaykh al-Islam in Pakistan in 1949, and [[Abul A&#039;la Maududi|Maulana Mawdudi]] of [[Jamaat-e-Islami|Jamaat-i-Islami]] played a pivotal role in the demand for an Islamic constitution. [[Abul A&#039;la Maududi|Mawdudi]] demanded that the Constituent Assembly make an explicit declaration affirming the &amp;quot;supreme sovereignty of God&amp;quot; and the supremacy of the &#039;&#039;shariah&#039;&#039; in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616 |title=Pakistan |last=Hussain |first=Rizwan |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World|quote=Mawlānā Shabbīr Ahmad Usmānī, a respected Deobandī ʿālim (scholar) who was appointed to the prestigious position of Shaykh al-Islām of Pakistan in 1949, was the first to demand that Pakistan become an Islamic state. But Mawdūdī and his Jamāʿat-i Islāmī played the central part in the demand for an Islamic constitution. Mawdūdī demanded that the Constituent Assembly make an unequivocal declaration affirming the &amp;quot;supreme sovereignty of God&amp;quot; and the supremacy of the sharīʿah as the basic law of Pakistan.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A significant result of the efforts of the Jamaat-i-Islami and the &#039;&#039;[[ulama]]&#039;&#039; was the passage of the [[Objectives Resolution]] in March 1949. The Objectives Resolution, which [[Liaquat Ali Khan]] called the second most important step in Pakistan&#039;s history, declared that &amp;quot;sovereignty over the entire universe belongs to God Almighty alone and the authority which He has delegated to the State of Pakistan through its people for being exercised within the limits prescribed by Him is a sacred trust&amp;quot;. The Objectives Resolution has been incorporated as a preamble to the constitutions of 1956, 1962, and 1973.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616 |title=Pakistan |last=Hussain |first=Rizwan |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World|quote=The first important result of the combined efforts of the Jamāʿat-i Islāmī and the ʿulamāʿ was the passage of the Objectives Resolution in March 1949, whose formulation reflected compromise between traditionalists and modernists. The resolution embodied &amp;quot;the main principles on which the constitution of Pakistan is to be based&amp;quot;. It declared that &amp;quot;sovereignty over the entire universe belongs to God Almighty alone and the authority which He has delegated to the State of Pakistan through its people for being exercised within the limits prescribed by Him is a sacred trust&amp;quot;, that &amp;quot;the principles of democracy, freedom, equality, tolerance and social justice, as enunciated by Islam shall be fully observed&amp;quot;, and that &amp;quot;the Muslims shall be enabled to order their lives in the individual and collective spheres in accord with the teaching and requirements of Islam as set out in the Holy Qurʿan and Sunna&amp;quot;. The Objectives Resolution has been reproduced as a preamble to the constitutions of 1956, 1962, and 1973.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Democracy in Pakistan|Democracy]] was stalled by the [[1958 Pakistani coup d&#039;état|martial law]] that had been enforced by President [[Iskander Mirza]], who was replaced by the [[Commander-in-Chief of the Pakistan Army]], General [[Ayub Khan (President of Pakistan)|Ayub Khan]]. After adopting a [[Constitution of Pakistan of 1962|presidential system]] in 1962, the country experienced exceptional growth until a [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1965|second war]] with India in 1965 that led to an economic downturn and wide-scale [[Tashkent Agreement|public disapproval]] in 1967.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=A brief history of Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=xQGwgJnCPZgC&amp;amp;pg=PA197|access-date=27 December 2011 |year=2009 |publisher=Infobase Publishing |isbn=978-0-8160-6184-6 |pages=190–197 |author=James Wynbrandt}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ChowdhuryMahmud2008&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Handbook on the South Asian economies |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=VBl8XLiRo3IC&amp;amp;pg=PA72|access-date=27 December 2011 |publisher=Edward Elgar Publishing |author1=Anis Chowdhury |author2=Wahiduddin Mahmud |year=2008 |isbn=978-1-84376-988-0 |pages=72–75}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Legal Framework Order, 1970|Consolidating]] control from Ayub Khan in 1969, President [[Yahya Khan]] had to deal with a devastating [[1970 Bhola cyclone|cyclone]] that caused 500,000 deaths in [[East Pakistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Mission with a Difference |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PZ62tP_5a2AC&amp;amp;pg=PA17|access-date=13 March 2012 |publisher=Lancer Publishers |page=17 |id=GGKEY:KGWAHUGNPY9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970 Pakistan held its [[1970 Pakistani general election|first democratic elections]] since independence, meant to mark a transition from [[Legal Framework Order, 1970|military rule]] to democracy, but after the East Pakistani [[Awami League]] won against the [[Pakistan Peoples Party]] (PPP), Yahya Khan and the military establishment refused to hand over power.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Adam Jones |title=Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction |year=2004 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-0-415-35384-7 |page=420}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jahan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=R. Jahan |title=Teaching about genocide: issues, approaches, and resources |year=2004 |publisher=Information Age Publishing |isbn=978-1-59311-074-1 |pages=147–148 |editor=Samuel Totten}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Operation Searchlight]], a military crackdown on the Bengali nationalist movement, led to a declaration of independence and the waging of [[Bangladesh Liberation War|a war of liberation]] by the Bengali [[Mukti Bahini]] forces in East Pakistan,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jahan&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english/static/in_depth/south_asia/2002/india_pakistan/timeline/1971.stm |title=1971 war summary |year=2002 |work=BBC News |access-date=16 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which in West Pakistan was described as a civil war as opposed to a war of liberation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |title=Anatomy of Violence: Analysis of Civil War in East Pakistan in 1971 |last=Bose |first=Sarmila |journal=[[Economic and Political Weekly]] |volume=40 |issue=41 |pages=4463–4471 |year=2005 |jstor=4417267 |issn=2349-8846}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ayubkhanandbhutto.jpg|thumb|upright|Signing of the [[Tashkent Declaration]] to end [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1965|hostilities]] with India in 1965 in [[Tashkent]], [[Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR)|USSR]], by President [[Field Marshal Ayub Khan|Ayub]] alongside [[Zulfikar Ali Bhutto|Bhutto]] (centre) and [[Aziz Ahmed (civil servant)|Aziz Ahmed]] (left)]]&lt;br /&gt;
Independent researchers estimate that between 300,000 and 500,000 civilians died during this period while the Bangladesh government puts the number of dead at three million,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Dummett |first=Mark |title=Bangladesh war: The article that changed history |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-16207201 |work=BBC News |date=16 December 2011 |access-date=3 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a figure that is now nearly universally regarded as excessively inflated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Hiro |first=Dilip |title=The Longest August: The Unflinching Rivalry Between India and Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PpPCBAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA216 |publisher=Nation Books |year=2015 |page=216 |isbn=978-1-56858-503-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some academics such as [[Rudolph Rummel]] and [[Rounaq Jahan]] say both sides&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.hawaii.edu/powerkills/SOD.CHAP8.HTM |title=Statistics of Pakistan&#039;s Democide |access-date=10 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; committed genocide; others such as [[John Richard Sisson|Richard Sisson]] and Leo E. Rose believe there was no genocide.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |title=The Genocide Debate: Politicians, Academics, and Victims |last=Beachler |first=Donald |publisher=Springer |year=2011 |isbn=978-0-230-33763-3 |page=16}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In response to India&#039;s support for the insurgency in East Pakistan, [[preemptive strikes]] on India by Pakistan&#039;s [[Pakistan Air Force|air force]], [[Pakistan Navy|navy]], and [[Pakistan Marines|marines]] sparked [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1971|a conventional war]] in 1971 that resulted in an Indian victory and East Pakistan gaining [[Independence of Bangladesh|independence]] as [[Bangladesh]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jahan&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Pakistan [[Instrument of Surrender (1971)|surrendering]] in the war, Yahya Khan was replaced by [[Zulfikar Ali Bhutto]] as president; the country worked towards promulgating [[Constitution of Pakistan|its constitution]] and putting the country on the road to democracy. Democratic rule resumed from 1972 to 1977—an era of self-consciousness, intellectual [[Socialism in Pakistan|leftism]], [[Nationalism in Pakistan|nationalism]], and nationwide reconstruction.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=M. Zafar |url=http://www.defencejournal.com/2001/september/arena.htm |title=How Pakistan Army moved into the Political Arena |website=Defence Journal |access-date=15 March 2009 |archive-date=29 September 2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090929004111/http://www.defencejournal.com/2001/september/arena.htm |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1972 Pakistan embarked on an ambitious plan to develop its [[Pakistan and its Nuclear Deterrent Program|nuclear deterrence]] capability with [[Mutually assured destruction|the goal of preventing]] any [[Foreign interventionism|foreign invasion]]; the country&#039;s [[KANUPP|first]] [[nuclear power plant]] was inaugurated in that same year.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Bhutto was father of Pakistan&#039;s Atom Bomb Programme |url=http://www.iiss.org/whats-new/iiss-in-the-press/press-coverage-2007/may-2007/bhutto-was-father-of-pakistani-bomb/?locale=en |website=International Institute for Strategic Studies |access-date=19 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120314025504/http://www.iiss.org/whats-new/iiss-in-the-press/press-coverage-2007/may-2007/bhutto-was-father-of-pakistani-bomb/?locale=en |archive-date=14 March 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hoodbhoy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Pervez Amerali Hoodbhoy |author-link=Pervaiz Hoodbhoy |title=Pakistan&#039;s nuclear bayonet |website=[[The Herald (Pakistan)|The Herald]] |date=23 January 2011 |url=http://www.dawn.com/2011/02/16/herald-exclusive-pakistans-nuclear-bayonet.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110218212415/http://www.dawn.com/2011/02/16/herald-exclusive-pakistans-nuclear-bayonet.html |archive-date=18 February 2011|access-date=9 September 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Accelerated in response to India&#039;s [[Operation Smiling Buddha|first nuclear test]] in 1974, this [[Pakistan and Nuclear Weapons|crash program]] was completed in 1979.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hoodbhoy&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Democracy ended with a [[Operation Fair Play|military coup]] in 1977 against the [[Socialism in Pakistan|leftist]] PPP, which saw [[General Zia-ul-Haq]] become the president in 1978. From 1977 to 1988, President Zia&#039;s [[Corporate sector of Pakistan|corporatisation]] and [[Islamization of Economy|economic Islamisation]] initiatives led to Pakistan becoming one of the fastest-growing economies in South Asia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Sushil Khanna |title=The Crisis in the Pakistan Economy |url=http://www.revolutionarydemocracy.org/rdv8n1/pakistan.htm |publisher=Revolutionary Democracy|access-date=16 November 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; While building up the country&#039;s [[Pakistan and its Nuclear Deterrent Program|nuclear program]], increasing [[Zia-ul-Haq&#039;s Islamization|Islamisation]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=State and Secularism: Perspectives from Asia |page=202 |publisher=World Scientific |isbn=978-981-4282-37-6 |author1=Michael Heng Siam-Heng |author2=Ten Chin Liew |year=2010 |location=Singapore |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9cCtsWb9hoYC&amp;amp;q=zia+ul+haq&amp;amp;pg=PA202|access-date=28 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the rise of a homegrown [[Conservatism in Pakistan|conservative]] philosophy, Pakistan helped subsidise and distribute US [[Operation Cyclone|resources to factions]] of the [[Afghan mujahideen|mujahideen]] against the [[Soviet Union|USSR]]&#039;s [[Soviet–Afghan War|intervention]] in [[communist Afghanistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Steve Coll |author-link=Steve Coll |title=Ghost Wars: The Secret History of the CIA, Afghanistan, and Bin Laden, from the Soviet Invasion to September 10, 2001 |url=https://archive.org/details/ghostwarssecreth00coll/page/720 |url-access=registration |edition=23 February 2004 |page=[https://archive.org/details/ghostwarssecreth00coll/page/720 720] |publisher=Penguin Press HC |isbn=978-1-59420-007-6 |year=2004 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=Odd Arne Westad |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QhFZHRpQdu4C&amp;amp;pg=PT343 |title=The global Cold War: third world interventions and the making of our times|access-date=22 January 2012 |year=2005 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |isbn=978-0-521-85364-4 |pages=348–358}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan&#039;s [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa|North-West Frontier Province]] became a base for the anti-Soviet Afghan fighters, with the province&#039;s influential [[Deobandi]] ulama playing a significant role in encouraging and organising the &#039;jihad&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Haroon |first=Sana |year=2008 |title=The Rise of Deobandi Islam in the North-West Frontier Province and Its Implications in Colonial India and Pakistan 1914–1996 |journal=Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society |volume=18 |issue=1 |pages=66–67 |jstor=27755911|doi=10.1017/S1356186307007778 |s2cid=154959326 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Death of Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq|President Zia died]] in a plane crash in 1988, and [[Benazir Bhutto]], daughter of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, was elected as the country&#039;s [[Women in Muslim societies|first female]] Prime Minister. The PPP was followed by conservative [[Pakistan Muslim League (N)]], and over the next decade the leaders of the two parties fought for power, alternating in office while the country&#039;s situation worsened; economic indicators fell sharply, in contrast to the 1980s. This period is marked by prolonged [[Periods of stagflation in Pakistan|stagflation]], instability, [[Corruption in Pakistan|corruption]], [[Nationalism in Pakistan|nationalism]], [[Geostrategy|geopolitical]] rivalry with India, and the clash of [[Socialism in Pakistan|left wing]]-[[Conservatism in Pakistan|right wing]] ideologies.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Marie Chene |url=http://www.u4.no/publications/overview-of-corruption-in-pakistan/ |title=Overview of corruption in Pakistan |website=Anti Corruption Resource Centre |access-date=23 December 2011 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite journal |author=Ishrat Husain |title=Pakistan &amp;amp; Afghanistan: Domestic Pressures and Regional Threats: The Role of Politics in Pakistan&#039;s Economy |url=http://jia.sipa.columbia.edu/role-politics-pakistans-economy-0 |journal=Journal of International Affairs |year=2009 |volume=63 |issue=1 |pages=1–18 |access-date=11 March 2012 |archive-date=24 June 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150624114512/http://jia.sipa.columbia.edu/role-politics-pakistans-economy-0/ |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As [[Pakistan Muslim League (N)|PML (N)]] secured a [[supermajority]] in [[1997 Pakistani general election|elections]] in 1997, Nawaz Sharif authorised [[List of nuclear weapons tests of Pakistan|nuclear testings]] (See:&#039;&#039;[[Chagai-I]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Chagai-II]]&#039;&#039;), as a [[tit-for-tat|retaliation]] to the [[Pokhran-II|second nuclear tests]] ordered by India, led by Prime Minister [[Atal Bihari Vajpayee]] in May 1998.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Stanford University Press&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Khan |first=Feroz Hassan |title=Eating grass: the making of the Pakistani bomb |date=2012 |publisher=Stanford University Press |location=Stanford, California |isbn=978-0-8047-7600-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Musharaff and Bush in Islamabad (cropped).jpg|left|thumb|President [[George W. Bush]] meets with President [[Pervez Musharraf|Musharraf]] in [[Islamabad]] during his 2006 visit to Pakistan.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Military tension between the two countries in the [[Kargil district]] led to the [[Kargil War]] of 1999, and turmoil in [[Civil-military relations|civic-military relations]] allowed General [[Pervez Musharraf]] to take over through a [[1999 Pakistani coup d&#039;état|bloodless coup d&#039;état]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kargil&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=India launches Kashmir air attack |date=26 May 1999 |work=BBC News |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/352995.stm|access-date=5 August 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/472968.stm |title=Pakistan after the coup: Special report |date=12 October 2000|access-date=17 March 2009 |work=BBC News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Musharraf governed Pakistan as [[head of government|chief executive]] from 1999 to 2001 and as President from 2001 to 2008—a period of [[Enlightened moderation|enlightenment]], social [[Liberal islam|liberalism]], extensive [[Economic reforms in Pakistan|economic reforms]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/0,,contentMDK:20643510~menuPK:158937~pagePK:146736~piPK:146830~theSitePK:223547,00.html |title=Pakistan Among Top 10 Reformers |publisher=World Bank |date=12 September 2005|access-date=19 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pakistan&#039;s role in the War on Terror|direct involvement in the US-led war on terrorism]]. When the [[National Assembly (Pakistan)|National Assembly]] historically completed its first full five-year term on 15 November 2007, the new elections were called by the [[Election Commission of Pakistan|Election Commission]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Performance of 12th NationalAssembly of Pakistan- |url=http://www.pildat.org/Publications/publication/Democracy%26LegStr/5Yearsof12thNationalAssemblyofPakistan-CitizensReport.pdf |website=Pakistan Institute of Legislative Development and Transperency |page=5|access-date=23 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120112104310/http://www.pildat.org/Publications/publication/Democracy%26LegStr/5Yearsof12thNationalAssemblyofPakistan-CitizensReport.pdf |archive-date=12 January 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the [[assassination of Benazir Bhutto]] in 2007, the PPP secured the [[Majority|most votes]] in the [[2008 Pakistani general election|elections]] of 2008, appointing party member [[Yousaf Raza Gillani]] as Prime Minister.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/7312116.stm |title=New Pakistan PM Gillani sworn in |date=25 March 2008|access-date=17 March 2009 |work=BBC News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Threatened with [[Movement to impeach Pervez Musharraf|impeachment]], President Musharraf resigned on 18 August 2008, and was succeeded by [[Asif Ali Zardari]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5i9dz2ZxX6MRv5ZOKT4cx4-1O_qTQ |title=Zardari wins Pakistan presidential election: officials |date=5 September 2008 |agency=AFP|access-date=17 March 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090707123120/http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5i9dz2ZxX6MRv5ZOKT4cx4-1O_qTQ |archive-date=7 July 2009}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite news |url=http://www.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/asiapcf/08/18/musharraf.address/ |date=19 August 2008 |access-date=19 January 2010 |title=Musharraf Exits, but Uncertainty Remains |newspaper=The Washington Post |author=Candace Rondeaux}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |agency=Associated Press |url=http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,405221,00.html |title=Pakistani President Musharraf Resigns Amid Impeachment Threats |website=Fox News |date=18 August 2008 |access-date=18 August 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080820093124/http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,405221,00.html |archive-date=20 August 2008 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Clashes with the [[Judiciary of Pakistan|judicature]] prompted [[Yousaf Raza Gillani|Gillani]]&#039;s disqualification from the [[Parliament of Pakistan|Parliament]] and as the [[Prime Minister of Pakistan|Prime Minister]] in June 2012.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.thenews.com.pk/article-55039-Gilani-disqualified-as-PM:-SC-- |title=Gilani disqualified as PM: SC |newspaper=Daily The News International.com|access-date=19 June 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; By its own financial calculations, Pakistan&#039;s [[Pakistan&#039;s role in the War on Terror|involvement in the war on terrorism]] has cost up to $118&amp;amp;nbsp;billion,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=&#039;War on terror&#039; has cost Pakistan $118bn: SBP |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1297305 |access-date=3 April 2017 |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]] |agency=[[Agence France Presse]] |date=19 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[List of terrorist incidents in Pakistan since 2001|sixty thousand casualties]] and more than 1.8&amp;amp;nbsp;million displaced civilians.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan IDP Figures Analysis |url=http://www.internal-displacement.org/south-and-south-east-asia/pakistan/figures-analysis |access-date=3 April 2017 |work=Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170404045647/http://www.internal-displacement.org/south-and-south-east-asia/pakistan/figures-analysis |archive-date=4 April 2017 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[2013 Pakistani general election|general election]] held in 2013 saw the PML (N) almost achieve a [[supermajority]], following which [[Nawaz Sharif]] was elected as the Prime Minister, returning to the post for the third time in fourteen years, in a democratic transition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.abc.net.au/news/2013-06-05/an-pervaz-sharif-officially-endorsed-as-pakistan27s-prime-mini/4735828 |title=Nawaz Sharif sworn in as Pakistani PM |work=ABC |date=5 June 2013|access-date=6 June 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2018, [[Imran Khan]] (the chairman of [[Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf|PTI]]) won the [[2018 Pakistan general election]] with 116 general seats and became the 22nd [[Prime Minister of Pakistan]] in election of [[National Assembly of Pakistan]] for [[Prime Minister]] by getting 176 votes against [[Shehbaz Sharif]] (the chairman of [[Pakistan Muslim League (N)|PML (N)]]) who got 96 votes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Imran Khan won Pakistan general election, 2018 and became the 22nd Prime Minister of Pakistan |url=https://en.dailypakistan.com.pk/headline/leader-of-the-house-national-assembly-to-elect-new-prime-minister-of-pakistan-today/ |access-date=22 August 2018 |work=[[Daily Pakistan]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In April 2022, [[Shehbaz Sharif]] was elected as Pakistan&#039;s new prime minister, after Imran Khan lost a no-confidence vote in the parliament.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan: Shehbaz Sharif chosen as PM after week-long uncertainty |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-61063386 |publisher=BBC News |date=11 April 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Role of Islam ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{see also|Islam in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is the only country to have been created in the name of Islam.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia|url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616|title=Pakistan|last=Hussain|first=Rizwan|encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World|quote=Pakistan is unique among Muslim countries in its relationship with Islam: it is the only country to have been established in the name of Islam}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|url=http://www.historytoday.com/ian-talbot/jinnah-and-making-pakistan|title=Jinnah and the Making of Pakistan|last=Talbot|first=Ian|date=2 February 1984|website=History Today|quote=As British rule there drew to an end, many Muslims demanded, in the name of Islam, the creation of a separate Pakistan state.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The idea of Pakistan, which had received overwhelming popular support among Muslims, especially those in the provinces of British India where Muslims were in a minority such as the [[United Provinces (1937–50)|United Provinces]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA496 |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5 |page=496 |quote=The idea of Pakistan may have had its share of ambiguities, but its dismissal as a vague emotive symbol hardly illuminates the reasons as to why it received such overwhelmingly popular support among Indian Muslims, especially those in the &#039;minority provinces&#039; of British India such as U.P.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; was articulated in terms of an [[Islamic state]] by the Muslim League leadership, the [[ulama]] (Islamic clergy) and Jinnah.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA497 |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5 |page=497 |quote=As the book has demonstrated, local ML functionaries, (U.P.) ML leadership, Muslim modernists at Aligarh, the ulama and even Jinnah at times articulated their vision of Pakistan in terms of an Islamic state.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Jinnah had developed a close association with the &#039;&#039;ulama&#039;&#039; and upon his death was described by one such &#039;&#039;alim&#039;&#039;, [[Maulana Shabbir Ahmad Usmani]], as the greatest Muslim after [[Aurangzeb]] and as someone who desired to unite the Muslims of the world under the banner of Islam.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA489 |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5 |page=489 |quote=But what is undeniable is the close association he developed with the ulama, for when he died a little over a year after Pakistan was born, Maulana Shabbir Ahmad Usmani, in his funeral oration, described Jinnah as the greatest Muslim after the Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA489 |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5 |page=489 |quote=Similarly, Usmani asked Pakistanis to remember the Qaid&#039;s ceaseless message of Unity, Faith and Discipline and work to fulfil his dream to create a solid bloc of all Muslim states from Karachi to Ankara, from Pakistan to Morocco. He [Jinnah] wanted to see the Muslims of the world united under the banner of Islam as an effective check against the aggressive designs of their enemies}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Objectives Resolution in March 1949, which declared God as the sole sovereign over the entire universe, represented the first formal step to transform Pakistan into an Islamic state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA16 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |last=Haqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |page=16 |quote=The first formal step toward transforming Pakistan into an Islamic ideological state was taken in March 1949 when the country&#039;s first prime minister, Liaquat Ali Khan, presented the Objectives Resolution in the constituent assembly.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:13&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Muslim League leader [[Chaudhry Khaliquzzaman]] asserted that Pakistan could only truly become an Islamic state after bringing all believers of Islam into a single political unit.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA491 |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5 |page=491 |quote=Khaliq drew a sharp distinction between this Islamic state and a Muslim state. He claimed that as of now Pakistan was only a Muslim state in view of the majority of its population being Muslim, and indeed could never be an Islamic state by itself. It could certainly fulfill its promise and destiny by bringing together all the believers of Islam into one political unit and it is only then that an Islamic state would be achieved.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Keith Callard, one of the earliest scholars on Pakistani politics, observed that Pakistanis believed in the essential unity of purpose and outlook in the Muslim world and assumed that Muslim from other countries would share their views on the relationship between religion and nationality.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA18 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |last=Haqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |page=18 |quote=One of the earliest Western scholars of Pakistani politics, Keith Callard, observed that Pakistanis seemed to believe in the essential unity of purpose and outlook in the Muslim world: Pakistan was founded to advance the cause of Muslims. Other Muslims might have been expected to be sympathetic, even enthusiastic. But this assumed that other Muslim states would take the same view of the relation between religion and nationality.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Eid prayers at the Badshahi Mosque.JPG|thumb|327x327px|Eid Prayers at the [[Badshahi Mosque]] in Lahore]]&lt;br /&gt;
However, Pakistan&#039;s pan-Islamist sentiments for a united Islamic bloc called Islamistan were not shared by other Muslim governments,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA18 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |last=Haqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |page=18 |quote=Pakistan&#039;s pan-Islamic aspirations, however, were neither shared nor supported by the Muslim governments of the time. Nationalism in other parts of the Muslim world was based on ethnicity, language, or territory.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although Islamists such as the Grand Mufti of Palestine, [[Amin al-Husseini|Al-Haj Amin al-Husseini]], and leaders of the [[Muslim Brotherhood]], became drawn to the country. Pakistan&#039;s desire for an international organization of Muslim countries was fulfilled in the 1970s when the [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation|Organization of Islamic Conference]] (OIC) was formed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA19 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |last=Haqqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |page=19 |quote=Although Muslim governments were initially unsympathetic to Pakistan&#039;s pan-Islamic aspirations, Islamists from the world over were drawn to Pakistan. Controversial figures such as the pro-Nazi former grand mufti of Palestine, Al-Haj Amin al-Husseini, and leaders of Islamist political movements like the Arab Muslim Brotherhood became frequent visitors to the country.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strongest opposition to the Islamist ideological paradigm being imposed on the state came from the [[Bengali Muslims]] of East Pakistan&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Haqqani2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA19 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |year=2010 |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |pages=19– |author=Husain Haqqani}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whose educated class, according to a survey by social scientist Nasim Ahmad Jawed, preferred secularism and focused on ethnic identity unlike educated West Pakistanis who tended to prefer an Islamic identity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=X2_FAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT37 |title=The Causes of the Bangladesh War |last=Cochrane |first=Iain |year=2009 |publisher=Lulu.com |isbn=978-1-4452-4043-5 |quote=The social scientist, Nasim Ahmad Jawed has conducted a survey of nationalism in pre-divided Pakistan and identifies the links between religion, politics and nationalism in both wings of Pakistan. His findings are fascinating and go some way to explain the differing attitudes of West and East Pakistan to the relationship between Islam and Pakistani nationalism and how this affected the views of people in both wings, especially the views of the peoples of both wings towards each other. In 1969, Jawed conducted a survey on the type of national identity that was used by educated professional people. He found that just over 60% in the East wing professed to have a secular national identity. However, in the West wing, the same figure professed an Islamic and not a secular identity. Furthermore, the same figure in the East wing described their identity in terms of their ethnicity and not in terms of Islam. He found that the opposite was the case in the West wing where Islam was stated to be more important than ethnicity.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Islamist party [[Jamaat-e-Islami]] considered Pakistan to be an Islamic state and believed [[Bengali nationalism]] to be unacceptable. In the 1971 conflict over East Pakistan, the Jamaat-e-Islami fought the Bengali nationalists on the Pakistan Army&#039;s side.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Lintner |first=Bertil |title=Religious Extremism and Nationalism in Bangladesh |url=http://apcss.org/Publications/Edited%20Volumes/ReligiousRadicalism/PagesfromReligiousRadicalismandSecurityinSouthAsiach17.pdf |date=2004 |page=418}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The conflict concluded with East Pakistan seceding and the creation of independent [[Bangladesh]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Pakistan&#039;s first ever general elections, the [[Constitution of Pakistan|1973 Constitution]] was created by an elected Parliament.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WG-pAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA196 |title=Islam, Law and Identity |last1=Diamantides |first1=Marinos |last2=Gearey |first2=Adam |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-136-67565-2 |page=196 |quote=The Constitution of 1973 was created by a parliament that was elected in the 1970 elections. In this first ever general elections&amp;amp;nbsp;...}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Constitution declared Pakistan an Islamic Republic and Islam as the state religion. It also stated that all laws would have to be brought into accordance with the injunctions of Islam as laid down in the [[Quran]] and [[Sunnah]] and that no law repugnant to such injunctions could be enacted.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Iqbal |first=Khurshid |title=The Right to Development in International Law: The Case of Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=1Wh8AgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA189 |publisher=Routledge |year=2009 |page=189 |isbn=978-1-134-01999-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 1973 Constitution also created certain institutions such as the [[Sharia]]t Court and the [[Council of Islamic Ideology]] to channel the interpretation and application of Islam.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WG-pAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA198 |title=Islam, Law and Identity |last1=Diamantides |first1=Marinos |last2=Gearey |first2=Adam |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-136-67565-2 |page=198 |quote=The 1973 constitution also created certain institutions to channel the application and interpretation of Islam: the Council of Islamic Ideology and the Shariat Court.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s leftist Prime Minister [[Zulfikar Ali Bhutto]] faced vigorous opposition which coalesced into a movement united under the revivalist banner of &#039;&#039;Nizam-e-Mustafa&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;Rule of the [[Muhammad|Prophet]]&amp;quot;)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nasr-45&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Mawdudi and the Making of Islamic Revivalism |date=1996 |publisher=Oxford University Press |isbn=978-0-19-509695-8 |location=New York, Oxford |pages=45–46 |last1=Nasr |first1=Seyyed Vali Reza Nasr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which aimed to establish an Islamic state based on Sharia laws. Bhutto agreed to some Islamist demands before being overthrown in a coup.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kepel-1002&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OLvTNk75hUoC&amp;amp;pg=PA100 |title=Jihad: The Trail of Political Islam |last1=Kepel |first1=Gilles |date=2002 |publisher=I.B.Tauris |isbn=978-1-84511-257-8 |edition=2006 |pages=100–101|access-date=5 December 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1977, after taking power from Bhutto in a coup d&#039;état, General [[Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq|Zia-ul-Haq]], who came from a religious background,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA132 |title=Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military |last=Haqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=Carnegie Endowment |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |page=132 |quote=Most accounts of Zia ul-Haq&#039;s life confirm that he came from a religious family and that religion played an important part in molding his personality.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; committed himself to establishing an Islamic state and enforcing &#039;&#039;[[sharia]]&#039;&#039; law.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kepel-1002&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Zia established separate Shariat judicial courts&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WG-pAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA198 |title=Islam, Law and Identity |last1=Diamantides |first1=Marinos |last2=Gearey |first2=Adam |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-136-67565-2 |page=198 |quote=The Shariat judicial courts were not present in the original Constitution of 1973 and were later inserted in 1979 by General Zia-ul Haq&amp;amp;nbsp;...}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and court benches&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mIUwZ4aVM8AC&amp;amp;pg=PA17 |title=Double Jeopardy: Police Abuse of Women in Pakistan |date=1992 |publisher=Human Rights Watch |page=19|access-date=3 December 2014 |isbn=978-1-56432-063-6}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nYppZ_dEjdIC&amp;amp;pg=PA132 |title=Pakistan: between mosque and military |last=Haqqani |first=Hussain |publisher=United Book Press |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-87003-285-1 |location=Washington D.C. |page=400}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; to judge legal cases using Islamic doctrine.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wynbr-2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://archive.org/details/briefhistoryofpa0000wynb_t6l9 |url-access=registration |title=A Brief History of Pakistan |date=2009 |publisher=Facts on File |isbn=978-0-8160-6184-6 |pages=[https://archive.org/details/briefhistoryofpa0000wynb_t6l9/page/216 216]–7 |quote=Zia, however, tried to bolster the influence of Islamic parties and the ulama on government and society. |last1=Wynbrandt |first1=James}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Zia bolstered the influence of the &#039;&#039;[[ulama]]&#039;&#039; (Islamic clergy) and the Islamic parties.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wynbr-2009&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq|Zia-ul-Haq]] forged a strong alliance between the [[Pakistan army|military]] and Deobandi institutions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0Mx5DQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA379 |title=Faith-Based Violence and Deobandi Militancy in Pakistan |last1=Syed |first1=Jawad |last2=Pio |first2=Edwina |last3=Kamran |first3=Tahir |last4=Zaidi |first4=Abbas |publisher=Springer |year=2016 |isbn=978-1-349-94966-3 |page=379 |quote=...&amp;amp;nbsp;the military dictator Zia ul Haq (1977–1988) forged a strong alliance between the military and Deobani institutions and movements (e.g. the TJ).}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and even though most Barelvi ulama&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WgFeAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA135 |title=The Awakening of Muslim Democracy: Religion, Modernity, and the State |last=Cesari |first=Jocelyne |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2014 |isbn=978-1-107-51329-7 |page=135 |quote=For example, the Barelvi ulama supported the formation of the state of Pakistan and thought that any alliance with Hindus (such as that between the Indian National Congress and the Jamiat ulama-I-Hind [JUH]) was counterproductive.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and only a few Deobandi scholars had supported Pakistan&#039;s creation, Islamic state politics came to be mostly in favour of [[Deobandi]] (and later Ahl-e-Hadith/[[Salafi]]) institutions instead of Barelvi.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0Mx5DQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA379 |title=Faith-Based Violence and Deobandi Militancy in Pakistan |last1=Syed |first1=Jawad |last2=Pio |first2=Edwina |last3=Kamran |first3=Tahir |last4=Zaidi |first4=Abbas |publisher=Springer |year=2016 |isbn=978-1-349-94966-3 |page=379 |quote=Ironically, Islamic state politics in Pakistan was mostly in favour of Deobandi, and more recently Ahl-e Hadith/Salafi, institutions. Only a few Deobandi clerics decided to support the Pakistan Movement, but they were highly influential.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sectarian tensions increased with Zia&#039;s anti-Shia policies.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0Mx5DQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA346 |title=Faith-Based Violence and Deobandi Militancy in Pakistan |publisher=Springer |year=2016 |isbn=978-1-349-94966-3 |page=346 |quote=The grave impact of that legacy was compunded by the Iranian Revolution, and Zia-ul Haq&#039;s anti-Shia policies, which added the violence and regimentation of the organization.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to a [[Pew Research Center]] (PEW) opinion poll, a majority of Pakistanis support making Sharia the official law of the land.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pewforum.org/2013/04/30/the-worlds-muslims-religion-politics-society-beliefs-about-sharia/ |title=Chapter 1: Beliefs About Sharia |last=Street |date=30 April 2013 |website=Pew Research Center&#039;s Religion &amp;amp; Public Life Project|access-date=4 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In a survey of several Muslim countries, PEW also found that Pakistanis tend to identify with their religion more than their nationality in contrast to Muslims in other nations such as [[Egypt]], [[Indonesia]] and [[Jordan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pewglobal.org/2006/07/06/muslims-in-europe-economic-worries-top-concerns-about-religious-and-cultural-identity/254-5/ |title=What Do You Consider Yourself First?|date=31 March 2010 |website=Pew Research Center&#039;s Global Attitudes Project|access-date=4 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Geography, environment, and climate ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of Pakistan|Environment of Pakistan|Climate of Pakistan|List of extreme weather records in Pakistan|l4=Extreme weather records in Pakistan|List of tropical cyclones in Pakistan|List of beaches in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Koppen-Geiger_Map_PAK_present.svg|thumb|left|upright=1.35|[[Köppen climate classification]] of Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Geography of Pakistan|geography]] and [[Climate of Pakistan|climate]] of Pakistan are extremely diverse, and the country is home to a wide variety of [[wildlife]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ministry of Information, Broadcasting, and National Heritage&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://infopak.gov.pk/LandAndPeople.aspx |title=Land and People |publisher=Ministry of Information, Broadcasting, and National Heritage|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150222074046/http://infopak.gov.pk/LandAndPeople.aspx|archive-date=22 February 2015|access-date=18 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan covers an area of {{convert|881913|km2|abbr=on}}, approximately equal to the combined land areas of France and the United Kingdom. It is the [[List of countries by area|33rd-largest nation by total area]], although this ranking varies depending on how the disputed territory of Kashmir is counted. Pakistan has a {{convert|1046|km|abbr=on}} coastline along the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Oman in the south&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Mughal |first1=F. H. |title=Time to develop resilience plan for Karachi against rising sea level |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1553312 |access-date=9 November 2022 |work=Dawn |date=30 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and land borders of {{convert|6774|km|abbr=on}} in total: {{convert|2430|km|abbr=on}} with Afghanistan, {{convert|523|km|abbr=on}} with [[People&#039;s Republic of China|China]], {{convert|2912|km|abbr=on}} with India and {{convert|909|km|abbr=on}} with [[Iran]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/pakistan/ |title=Pakistan |publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency|CIA]] |website=[[World Factbook]]|access-date=13 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It shares a maritime border with Oman,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.un.org/Depts/los/LEGISLATIONANDTREATIES/PDFFILES/TREATIES/OMN-PAK2000MB.PDF |title=Muscat Agreement on the Delimitation of the Maritime Boundary between the Sultanate of Oman and the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, 12 June 2000(1) |page=1|access-date=18 August 2011 |website=United Nations}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and is separated from Tajikistan by the cold, narrow [[Wakhan Corridor]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Edward Wong |title=In Icy Tip of Afghanistan, War Seems Remote |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2010/10/28/world/asia/28wakhan.html|access-date=4 January 2012 |newspaper=The New York Times |date=27 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan occupies a geopolitically important location at the crossroads of South Asia, the Middle East, and Central Asia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;yasmeen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Yasmeen Niaz Mohiuddin |title=Pakistan: a global studies handbook |year=2006 |publisher=ABC-CLIO|isbn=978-1-85109-801-9|pages=3, 317, 323–324}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geologically, Pakistan is located in the Indus–Tsangpo Suture Zone and overlaps the [[Indian plate|Indian tectonic plate]] in its Sindh and Punjab provinces; Balochistan and most of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa are within the [[Eurasian plate]], mainly on the [[Iranian plateau]]. [[Gilgit-Baltistan]] and [[Azad Kashmir]] lie along the edge of the Indian plate and hence are [[List of earthquakes in Pakistan|prone to violent earthquakes]]. This region has the highest rates of [[seismicity]] and the largest earthquakes in the Himalaya region.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan in the most active quake zone, says US Geological Survey |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1215636/pakistan-in-the-most-active-quake-zone-says-us-geological-survey |work=Dawn|access-date=5 November 2015 |date=27 October 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Ranging from the coastal areas of the south to the glaciated mountains of the north, Pakistan&#039;s landscapes vary from plains to deserts, forests, hills, and plateaus.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |year=2010 |title=Pakistan |url=http://www.fao.org/nr/water/aquastat/countries_regions/pakistan/index.stm |publisher=Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations|access-date=29 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111222051452/http://www.fao.org/nr/water/aquastat/countries_regions/pakistan/index.stm |archive-date=22 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indus.A2002274.0610.1km.jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|A satellite image showing the topography of Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is divided into three major geographic areas: the northern highlands, the Indus River plain, and the Balochistan Plateau.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=About Pakistan: Geography |url=http://www.pakistanstudies-aips.org/pakistan/geography/index.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110721035911/http://www.pakistanstudies-aips.org/pakistan/geography/index.html |archive-date=21 July 2011 |publisher=American Institute For Pakistan Studies|access-date=24 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The northern highlands contain the [[Karakoram]], [[Hindu Kush]], and [[Pamir Mountains|Pamir]] mountain ranges (see [[mountains of Pakistan]]), which contain some of the world&#039;s highest peaks, including five of the fourteen [[eight-thousanders]] (mountain peaks over {{convert|8000|m|ft|-1||disp=or}}), which attract adventurers and mountaineers from all over the world, notably [[K2]] ({{convert|8611|m|abbr=on|disp=or}}) and [[Nanga Parbat]] ({{convert|8126|m|abbr=on|disp=or}}).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mountains&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.tourism.gov.pk/mountain.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061110014044/http://www.tourism.gov.pk/mountain.html |archive-date=10 November 2006 |title=PTDC page on mountaineering |publisher=Pakistan Tourism Development Corporation|access-date=10 November 2006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Balochistan Plateau lies in the west and the [[Thar Desert]] in the east. The {{convert|1609|km|abbr=on}} Indus River and its tributaries flow through the country from the Kashmir region to the Arabian Sea. There is an expanse of alluvial plains along it in the Punjab and Sindh.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0107861.html |title=Pakistan |website=InfoPlease |publisher=Pearson Education|access-date=16 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The climate varies from tropical to temperate, with arid conditions in the coastal south. There is a [[monsoon]] season with frequent flooding due to heavy rainfall, and a dry season with significantly less rainfall or none at all. There are four distinct seasons in Pakistan: a cool, dry winter from December through February; a hot, dry spring from March through May; the summer rainy season, or southwest monsoon period, from June through September; and the retreating monsoon period of October and November.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;congress&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Rainfall varies greatly from year to year, and patterns of alternate flooding and drought are common.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.nationsencyclopedia.com/Asia-and-Oceania/Pakistan-CLIMATE.html |title=Pakistan Climate |publisher=Encyclopedia of the Nations |date=28 March 2008|access-date=16 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flora and fauna ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Wildlife of Pakistan|Flora of Pakistan|Fauna of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
The diversity of the landscape and climate in Pakistan allows a wide variety of trees and plants to flourish. The forests range from coniferous [[alpine plant|alpine]] and [[subalpine]] trees such as [[spruce]], [[pine]], and [[deodar cedar]] in the extreme northern mountains to [[deciduous]] trees in most of the country (for example, the mulberry-like [[Dalbergia sissoo|shisham]] found in the [[Sulaiman Mountains]]), to palms such as [[coconut]] and [[Phoenix dactylifera|date]] in the southern Punjab, southern Balochistan, and all of Sindh. The western hills are home to [[juniper]], [[tamarisk]], coarse grasses, and scrub plants. [[Mangrove]] forests form much of the coastal wetlands along the coast in the south.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://wwfpak.org/forest_mangrove.php |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20041225000128/http://wwfpak.org/forest_mangrove.php |archive-date=25 December 2004 |title=Conservation of Mangrove Forests in the Coastal Areas of Sindh and Balochistan |website=WWF Pakistan|access-date=17 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Markhor_Horns_(5779055412).jpg|thumb|[[Markhor]] is the national animal of Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Fatima |first=Naz |date=2020-06-30 |title=Some Interesting facts about National Animal of Pakistan |url=https://markhorjournal.com/index.php/mjz/article/view/13 |journal=MARKHOR (The Journal of Zoology) |pages=02 |doi=10.54393/mjz.v1i1.13 |s2cid=246708061 |issn=2790-4385|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Coniferous forests are found at altitudes ranging from {{convert|1,000|to|4000|m|abbr=off}} in most of the northern and northwestern highlands. In the [[xeric]] regions of Balochistan, date palm and &#039;&#039;[[Ephedra (genus)|Ephedra]]&#039;&#039; are common. In most of the Punjab and Sindh, the Indus plains support tropical and subtropical dry and moist broadleaf forest as well as tropical and xeric shrublands.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Introduction |url=http://www.rrcap.unep.org/lc/cd/html/countryrep/pakistan/introduction.html |website=AIT-UNEP RRC.AP|access-date=27 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120112111709/http://www.rrcap.unep.org/lc/cd/html/countryrep/pakistan/introduction.html |archive-date=12 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 2.2% or {{convert|1687000|ha|km2}} of Pakistan was forested in 2010.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Rhett Butler |url=http://rainforests.mongabay.com/deforestation/2000/Pakistan.htm |title=Pakistan Deforestation Rates and Related Forestry Figures |website=Mongabay.com|access-date=19 April 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fauna of Pakistan also reflects the country&#039;s varied climate. Around 668 bird species are found there,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf11bio&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; including [[crow]]s, [[Old World sparrow|sparrow]]s, [[Acridotheres|mynas]], [[hawk]]s, [[falcon]]s, and [[eagle]]s. [[Palas, Kohistan]], has a significant population of [[western tragopan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |author1=[[Naeem Ashraf Raja]] |author2=P. Davidson |year=1999 |title=The birds of Palas, North-West Frontier Province, Pakistan |url=http://www.orientalbirdclub.org/publications/forktail/15pdfs/Raja-Palas.pdf |journal=Forktail |volume=15 |pages=77–85 |access-date=12 November 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110610214757/http://www.orientalbirdclub.org/publications/forktail/15pdfs/Raja-Palas.pdf |archive-date=10 June 2011|display-authors=etal}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many birds sighted in Pakistan are migratory, coming from Europe, Central Asia, and India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GrimmettRoberts2009&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Birds of Pakistan |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OoeL2O5Iq0YC |publisher=A&amp;amp;C Black|access-date=11 January 2012 |author1=Richard Grimmett |author2=Tom J. Roberts |author3=Tim Inskipp |year=2009 |isbn=978-0-7136-8800-9 |pages=6, 38–41, 132–136}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The southern plains are home to [[mongoose]]s, [[small Indian civet]], hares, the [[Asiatic jackal]], the [[Indian pangolin]], the [[jungle cat]], and the [[desert cat]]. There are [[mugger crocodile]]s in the Indus, and [[wild boar]], deer, [[Indian porcupine|porcupines]], and small rodents in the surrounding areas. The sandy scrublands of central Pakistan are home to Asiatic jackals, [[striped hyena]]s, wildcats, and [[leopards]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sheet&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Sheet1 |url=http://www.wwfpak.org/images/listmammalsofpakistan.xls |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060915012052/http://www.wwfpak.org/images/listmammalsofpakistan.xls |archive-date=15 September 2006 |format=XLS |publisher=WWF|access-date=11 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;animal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Pakistan plant and animal life |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/438805/Pakistan/23683/Plant-and-animal-life |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica|access-date=27 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The lack of vegetative cover, the severe climate, and the impact of grazing on the deserts have left wild animals in a precarious position. The [[chinkara]] is the only animal that can still be found in significant numbers in [[Cholistan]]. A small number of [[nilgai]] are found along the Pakistan–India border and in some parts of Cholistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sheet&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ShackletonGroup1997&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Wild sheep and goats and their relatives: status survey and conservation action plan for caprinae |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hJBodAXB9eoC&amp;amp;pg=PA243|access-date=11 January 2012 |author1=David M. Shackleton |author2=International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources. Species Survival Commission. Caprinae Specialist Group |year=1997 |publisher=IUCN |isbn=978-2-8317-0353-4 |pages=10–13, 352}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A wide variety of animals live in the mountainous north, including the [[Marco Polo sheep]], the [[urial]] (a subspecies of wild sheep), the [[markhor]] goat, the [[ibex]] goat, the [[Asian black bear]], and the [[Himalayan brown bear]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sheet&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Species |url=http://wwfpak.org/species/index.php |website=WWF Pakistan |access-date=27 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111228142518/http://wwfpak.org/species/index.php |archive-date=28 December 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan |url=http://www.wcs.org/where-we-work/asia/pakistan.aspx |website=Wildlife Conservation Society|access-date=27 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Among the rare animals found in the area are the [[snow leopard]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and the blind [[Indus river dolphin]], of which there are believed to be about 1,100 remaining, protected at the [[Indus Dolphin Reserve|Indus River Dolphin Reserve]] in Sindh.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0RQwcO0wM6IC&amp;amp;pg=PA33 |title=Pakistan |publisher=ABDO |access-date=11 January 2012 |author=Pete Heiden |isbn=978-1-61787-631-8 |pages=33–44 |year=2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In total, 174 mammals, 177 reptiles, 22 amphibians, 198 freshwater fish species and 5,000 species of invertebrates (including insects) have been recorded in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf11bio&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The flora and fauna of Pakistan suffer from a number of problems. Pakistan has the second-highest rate of deforestation in the world, which, along with hunting and pollution, has had adverse effects on the ecosystem. It had a 2019 [[Forest Landscape Integrity Index]] mean score of 7.42/10, ranking it 41st globally out of 172 countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FLII-Supplementary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Grantham|first1=H. S.|last2=Duncan|first2=A.|last3=Evans|first3=T. D.|last4=Jones|first4=K. R.|last5=Beyer|first5=H. L.|last6=Schuster|first6=R.|last7=Walston|first7=J.|last8=Ray|first8=J. C.|last9=Robinson|first9=J. G.|last10=Callow|first10=M.|last11=Clements|first11=T.|last12=Costa|first12=H. M.|last13=DeGemmis|first13=A.|last14=Elsen|first14=P. R.|last15=Ervin|first15=J.|last16=Franco|first16=P.|last17=Goldman|first17=E.|last18=Goetz|first18=S.|last19=Hansen|first19=A.|last20=Hofsvang|first20=E.|last21=Jantz|first21=P.|last22=Jupiter|first22=S.|last23=Kang|first23=A.|last24=Langhammer|first24=P.|last25=Laurance|first25=W. F.|last26=Lieberman|first26=S.|last27=Linkie|first27=M.|last28=Malhi|first28=Y.|last29=Maxwell|first29=S.|last30=Mendez|first30=M.|last31=Mittermeier|first31=R.|last32=Murray|first32=N. J.|last33=Possingham|first33=H.|last34=Radachowsky|first34=J.|last35=Saatchi|first35=S.|last36=Samper|first36=C.|last37=Silverman|first37=J.|last38=Shapiro|first38=A.|last39=Strassburg|first39=B.|last40=Stevens|first40=T.|last41=Stokes|first41=E.|last42=Taylor|first42=R.|last43=Tear|first43=T.|last44=Tizard|first44=R.|last45=Venter|first45=O.|last46=Visconti|first46=P.|last47=Wang|first47=S.|last48=Watson|first48=J. E. M.|display-authors=1|title=Anthropogenic modification of forests means only 40% of remaining forests have high ecosystem integrity – Supplementary Material|journal=Nature Communications|volume=11|issue=1|year=2020|page=5978|issn=2041-1723|doi=10.1038/s41467-020-19493-3|pmid=33293507|pmc=7723057|bibcode=2020NatCo..11.5978G |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The government has established a large number of protected areas, wildlife sanctuaries, and game reserves to address these issues.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wwf11bio&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Biodiversity |url=http://wwfpak.org/p_environment_biodiversity.php |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20050115084804/http://wwfpak.org/p_environment_biodiversity.php |archive-date=15 January 2005 |publisher=WWF|access-date=10 January 2012}}&amp;lt;- br&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Biodiversity Sharing the Environment |url=http://www.environment.gov.pk/pub-pdf/StateER2005/Part3-Chp%205.pdf |publisher=Government of Pakistan |pages=1, 4–7|access-date=10 January 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060827071639/http://www.environment.gov.pk/pub-pdf/StateER2005/Part3-Chp%205.pdf |archive-date=27 August 2006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Government and politics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Government of Pakistan|Politics of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Parliament House, Islamabad by Usman Ghani.jpg|thumb|right|[[Parliament of Pakistan|Parliament House]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s political experience is essentially related to the struggle of Muslims in the Indian subcontinent to regain the power they lost to British colonisation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616 |title=Pakistan |last=Hussain |first=Rizwan |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |quote=Hence, Pakistan&#039;s political experience is integrally related to the struggle of Indian Muslims to find an autonomous political center after their loss of power to the British in the early nineteenth century.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is a democratic [[Parliamentary republic|parliamentary]] [[Federal parliamentary republic|federal republic]], with Islam as the [[state religion]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Article_2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part1.html |title=Part I: &amp;quot;Introductory&amp;quot; |website=pakistani.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Constitution of Pakistan of 1956|first constitution]] was adopted in 1956 but suspended by Ayub Khan in 1958, who replaced it with the [[Constitution of Pakistan of 1962|second constitution]] in 1962.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Brookings Institution Press&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; A complete and comprehensive [[Constitution of Pakistan|constitution]] was adopted in 1973, but it was suspended by [[Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq|Zia-ul-Haq]] in 1977 but reinstated in 1985. This constitution is the country&#039;s most important document, laying the foundations of the current government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Pakistani military establishment has played an influential role in mainstream politics throughout [[Political history of Pakistan|Pakistan&#039;s political history]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Brookings Institution Press&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The periods 1958–1971, [[1977 Pakistani coup d&#039;état|1977–1988]], and 1999–2008 saw [[Military coups in Pakistan|military coups]] that resulted in the imposition of [[Martial law in Pakistan|martial law]] and military commanders who governed as de&amp;amp;nbsp;facto presidents.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;military&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/472953.stm |title=World: South Asia Pakistan&#039;s army and its history of politics |date=10 December 1999|access-date=16 March 2009 |work=BBC News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Today Pakistan has a [[multi-party system|multi-party]] [[parliamentary system]] with clear [[Separation of powers|division of powers]] and [[Check and balance|checks and balances]] among the branches of government. The first successful [[2013 Pakistani general election|democratic transition]] occurred in May 2013. Politics in Pakistan is centred on, and dominated by, a homegrown [[social philosophy]] comprising a blend of ideas from [[Socialism in Pakistan|socialism]], [[Conservatism in Pakistan|conservatism]], and the [[third way]]. As of the [[2013 Pakistani general election|general elections]] held in 2013, the three main political parties in the country are: the [[Centre-right politics|centre-right]] [[Conservatism in Pakistan|conservative]] [[Pakistan Muslim League (N)|Pakistan Muslim League-N]]; the [[Centre-left politics|centre-left]] [[Socialism in Pakistan|socialist]] PPP; and the [[Centre politics|centrist]] and third-way [[Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf|Pakistan Movement for Justice]] (PTI). In 2010, constitutional changes reduced presidential powers and the role of the president became purely ceremonial. The role of prime minister strengthened.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news  |title=Pakistan moves to roll back presidential powers |url=https://www.latimes.com/archives/la-xpm-2010-apr-02-la-fg-pakistan-zardari3-2010apr03-story.html |work=Los Angeles Times |date=2 April 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Head of State]]: The [[President of Pakistan|President]], who is elected by an [[Electoral College of Pakistan|Electoral College]] is the ceremonial head of the state and is the civilian [[commander-in-chief]] of the [[Pakistan Armed Forces]] (with the [[Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee]] as principal military adviser), but military appointments and key confirmations in the armed forces are made by the [[Prime Minister of Pakistan|Prime Minister]] after reviewing the reports on candidates&#039; merit and performance. Almost all appointed officers in the judicature, [[Pakistani military|military]], the [[Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee|chairman joint chiefs]], [[Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee|joint staff]], and legislature require the executive confirmation from the Prime Minister, whom the President must consult by law. However, the powers to pardon and grant clemency lie with the President of Pakistan. &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Legislative]]: The [[bicameral]] legislature comprises a 104-member [[Senate of Pakistan|Senate]] ([[Upper House|upper house]]) and a 342-member [[National Assembly of Pakistan|National Assembly]] ([[Lower House|lower house]]). [[Member of the National Assembly of Pakistan|Members]] of the National Assembly are elected through the [[first-past-the-post]] system under [[universal adult suffrage]], representing electoral districts known as National Assembly [[Constituencies of Pakistan|constituencies]]. According to the constitution, the 70 seats reserved for women and religious minorities are allocated to the political parties according to their proportional representation. Senate members are elected by provincial legislators, with all the provinces having equal representation.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A night side view of Prime Minister&#039;s Secretariat Building.jpg|thumb|left|[[Prime Minister&#039;s Office (Pakistan)|Prime Minister&#039;s Office]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Executive: The Prime Minister is usually the leader of the [[majority rule]] party or a coalition in the [[National Assembly (Pakistan)|National Assembly]]— the [[lower house]]. The Prime Minister serves as the [[head of government]] and is designated to exercise as the country&#039;s chief executive. The Prime Minister is responsible for appointing a [[Cabinet of Pakistan|cabinet]] consisting of ministers and advisers as well as running the government operations, taking and authorising executive decisions, appointments and recommendations of [[Central Superior Services|senior civil servants]] that require executive confirmation of the Prime Minister.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of provincial governments of Pakistan|Provincial governments]]: Each of the [[Four Provinces (Pakistan)|four provinces]] has a similar [[List of Chief Ministers in Pakistan|system of government]], with a [[Elections in Pakistan|directly elected]] [[:Category:Provincial Assemblies of Pakistan|Provincial Assembly]] in which the leader of the largest party or coalition is elected [[Chief Minister (Pakistan)|Chief Minister]]. Chief Ministers oversee the [[List of provincial governments of Pakistan|provincial governments]] and head the provincial cabinet. It is common in Pakistan to have different ruling parties or coalitions in each of the provinces. The provincial bureaucracy is headed by the [[Chief Secretary (Pakistan)|Chief Secretary]], who is appointed by the Prime Minister. The provincial assemblies have power to make laws and approve the provincial budget which is commonly presented by the provincial finance minister every fiscal year. [[List of Governors of Pakistan|Provincial governors]] who are the ceremonial heads of the provinces are appointed by the President.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Supreme Court of Pakistan, Islamabad by Usman Ghani.jpg|thumb|right|[[Supreme Court of Pakistan]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Judiciary of Pakistan|Judicature]]: The judiciary of Pakistan is a hierarchical system with two classes of courts: the superior (or higher) judiciary and the subordinate (or lower) judiciary. The [[Chief Justice of Pakistan]] is the [[wikt:Chief judge|chief judge]] who oversees the judicature&#039;s [[Court system of Pakistan|court system]] at all levels of command. The superior judiciary is composed of the [[Supreme Court of Pakistan]], the [[Federal Shariat Court]] and five [[High courts of Pakistan|high courts]], with the Supreme Court at the apex. The [[Constitution of Pakistan]] entrusts the superior judiciary with the obligation to preserve, protect and defend the constitution. Other regions of Azad Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan have separate court systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Foreign relations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Independence, Pakistan has attempted to balance its relations with foreign nations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Political system in Pakistan |last1=Arora |first1=Ranjana |date=1995 |publisher=Deep &amp;amp; Deep Publ. |isbn=978-81-7100-739-4 |location=New Delhi |editor-last1=Grover |editor-first1=Verinder}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite book |title =Prepare or perish : a study of national security |date=1991 |publisher=Lancer Publ. |isbn=978-81-7212-001-6 |location=New Delhi |last=KrishnaRao |first=K.V.}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite news |work=Dispatch News Desk |url=http://www.dnd.com.pk/pakistan-wants-promotion-of-friendly-brotherly-relations-with-all-countries-mamnoon/113602 |title=Pakistan wants promotion of friendly, brotherly relations with all countries: Mamnoon |date=14 July 2016 |access-date=25 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan&#039;s [[Foreign policy of Pakistan|foreign policy]] and [[Pakistani geostrategy|geostrategy]] mainly focus on the economy and security against threats to its [[Nationalism in Pakistan|national identity]] and territorial integrity, and on the cultivation of close relations with other Muslim countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Govt of Pakistan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Foreign Policy of Pakistan |publisher=Govt of Pakistan |url=http://www.mofa.gov.pk/content.php?pageID=Foreign%20Policy |access-date=3 February 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-date=15 March 2015 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150315004214/http://mofa.gov.pk/content.php?pageID=Foreign%20Policy}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Briefing on the country&#039;s foreign policy in 2004, a [[Pakistan Senate|Pakistani senator]]{{clarify|date=April 2017}}&amp;lt;!--Which Pakistani senator?--&amp;gt; reportedly explained: &amp;quot;Pakistan highlights sovereign equality of states, bilateralism, mutuality of interests, and non-interference in each other&#039;s domestic affairs as the cardinal features of its foreign policy.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;rizvi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.millat.com/democracy/Foreign%20Policy/Briefing_Paper_english_11.pdf |title=Pakistan&#039;s Foreign Policy:An Overview 1947–2004 |publisher=Pakistan Institute of Legislative Development and Transparency |pages=10–12, 20 |access-date=20 December 2011 |author=Hasan Askari Rizvi |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120623023124/http://www.millat.com/democracy/Foreign%20Policy/Briefing_Paper_english_11.pdf |archive-date=23 June 2012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Kashmir conflict]] remains the major point of contention between Pakistan and India; three of their [[Indo-Pakistani wars and conflicts|four wars]] were fought over this territory.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;k1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Due partly to difficulties in relations with its geopolitical rival India, Pakistan maintains close political relations with Turkey and Iran,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AuthorHouse. 2006&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Friends Near Home: Pakistan&#039;s Strategic Security Options |date=2006 |publisher=AuthorHouse |isbn=978-1-4670-1541-7 |location=Islamabad, Pakistan |last1=Anwar |first1=Muhammad}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and both countries have been a focal point in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AuthorHouse. 2006&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Saudi Arabia also maintains a respected position in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A non-signatory party of the [[Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons|Treaty on Nuclear Non-Proliferation]], Pakistan is an influential member of the [[International Atomic Energy Agency|IAEA]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Routledge, UK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Pakistan&#039;s nuclear weapons |date=2009 |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-0-415-40871-4 |location=London |last1=Chakma |first1=Bhumitra}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent events, Pakistan has blocked an [[Fissile Material Cut-off Treaty|international treaty]] to limit [[fissile material]], arguing that the &amp;quot;treaty would target Pakistan specifically&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NPT News Directorate&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.nti.org/gsn/article/pakistan-a-responsible-nuclear-power-official-asserts/ |title=Pakistan a Responsible Nuclear Power, Official Asserts |last=Officials reports |date=18 June 2010|access-date=3 December 2012 |newspaper=NPT News Directorate}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 20th century, Pakistan&#039;s nuclear deterrence program focused on countering India&#039;s nuclear ambitions in the [[South Asia|region]], and [[Pokhran-II|nuclear tests]] by India eventually led Pakistan to [[Pakistan&#039;s nuclear testing series|reciprocate]] to maintain a geopolitical balance as becoming a [[Nuclear power in Pakistan|nuclear power]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/world/monitoring/102445.stm |title=World: Monitoring Nawaz Sharif&#039;s speech |date=28 May 1998|access-date=11 March 2012 |newspaper=BBC}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Currently, Pakistan maintains a policy of [[N-deterrence|credible minimum deterrence]], calling its program vital [[Pakistan and its Nuclear Deterrent Program|nuclear deterrence]] against foreign aggression.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;United Book Press.&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/2011/07/15/n-deterrence-to-be-pursued.html |title=N-deterrence to be pursued |date=15 July 2011|access-date=11 March 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110718102116/http://www.dawn.com/2011/07/15/n-deterrence-to-be-pursued.html |archive-date=18 July 2011 |newspaper=Dawn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Meeting of SCO leaders - 20190614 - 02.jpg|thumb|Pakistani Prime Minister [[Imran Khan]] at the 2019 [[Shanghai Cooperation Organisation]] summit]]&lt;br /&gt;
Located in the strategic and geopolitical corridor of the world&#039;s major maritime oil supply lines and communication fibre optics, Pakistan has proximity to the natural resources of Central Asian countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tauris&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=The foreign policy of Pakistan : ethnic impacts on diplomacy, 1971–1994 |date=1997 |publisher=Tauris |isbn=978-1-86064-169-5 |location=London [u.a.] |last1=Shah |first1=Mehtab Ali}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is an active member of the United Nations and has a [[Permanent Representative of Pakistan to the United Nations|Permanent Representative]] to represent Pakistan&#039;s positions in international politics.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.un.org/en/members/index.shtml#p |title=United Nations Member States |date=3 July 2006 |publisher=United Nations|access-date=8 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan has lobbied for the concept of &amp;quot;[[enlightened moderation]]&amp;quot; in the Muslim world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Senate OIC Report |date=September 2005 |url=http://foreignaffairscommittee.org/includes/content_files/PAKISTANANDTHEOIC.pdf |publisher=Senate of Pakistan: Senate Foreign Relations Committee |pages=16–18 |access-date=8 July 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090219073408/http://foreignaffairscommittee.org/includes/content_files/PAKISTANANDTHEOIC.pdf |archive-date=19 February 2009}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=A Plea for Enlightened Moderation |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A5081-2004May31.html |date=1 June 2004 |access-date=24 December 2011 |newspaper=The Washington Post}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is also a member of Commonwealth of Nations,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan |publisher=Commonwealth Secretariat |url=http://www.thecommonwealth.org/YearbookHomeInternal/138945/ |access-date=8 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation]] (SAARC), the [[Economic Cooperation Organization]] (ECO),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.ecosecretariat.org/ |title=Member Countries |access-date=24 December 2011 |website=[[Economic Cooperation Organization]] |url-status=usurped |archive-date=24 November 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111124120317/http://www.ecosecretariat.org/}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.pide.org.pk/pdf/psde20AGM/EXPLORING%20PAKISTANS%20REGIONAL%20ECONOMIC%20COOPERATION%20POTENTIAL.pdf |title=Exploring Pakistan&#039;s Regional Economic Cooperation Potential |pages=1–2 |access-date=24 December 2011 |author=A.R.Kemal |website=PIDE}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[G20 developing nations]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://commerce.nic.in/wto_sub/g20/pressrel.htm#_ftn1 |title=G-20 Ministerial Meeting |date=19 March 2005 |publisher=Department of Commerce, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, India|access-date=4 January 2012 |website=Commerce.nic.in |url-status=dead |archive-date=1 December 2005 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20051201100335/http://commerce.nic.in/wto_sub/g20/pressrel.htm}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Motorcade in Arrival Ceremonies for Muhammad Ayub Khan, President of Pakistan use.jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|alt=(L–R) English: Motorcade for President Mohammad Ayub Khan of Pakistan. In open car (Lincoln-Mercury Continental with bubble top): Secret Service agent William Greer (driving); Military Aide to the President General Chester V. Clifton (front seat, centre); Secret Service Agent Gerald &amp;quot;Jerry&amp;quot; Behn (front seat, right, partially hidden); President Mohammad Ayub Khan (standing); President John F. Kennedy (standing). Crowd watching. 14th Street, Washington, D.C.| President of Pakistan [[Ayub Khan (general)|Ayub Khan]] with US President [[John F. Kennedy]] in 1961|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is formally designated an &amp;quot;Iron Brother&amp;quot; by China,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=If Our Friends were Suffering, We Sent Everything to China. We didn&#039;t Worry about What Will Happen in the Future |url=https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/mfa_eng/topics_665678/zggcddwjw100ggs/jszgddzg/202208/t20220830_10757639.html |publisher=Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the People&#039;s Republic of China |access-date=2022-08-30}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=&#039;Pakistan, China are iron brothers&#039;, Foreign secretary to Chinese counterpart |url=https://www.geo.tv/latest/476838-foreign-secretary-in-china-to-strengthen-bilateral-partnership |access-date=20 March 2023|publisher=Geo news}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with both countries placing considerable importance on the maintenance of an extremely close and supportive [[China–Pakistan relations|special relationship]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|date=17 May 2011|title=Pakistani PM hails China as his country&#039;s &#039;best friend&#039;|work=BBC News|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-13418957 |access-date=17 May 2011}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite news|last=Masood|first=Salman|date=13 October 2008|title=Pakistan President to Visit China, a Valued Ally|work=[[The New York Times]] |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/13/world/asia/13pstan.html|access-date=12 October 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan opposed the [[Soviet Union]] in the 1950s due to geopolitical reasons. During the [[Soviet–Afghan War]] in the 1980s, Pakistan was one of the closest allies of the United States.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;rizvi&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mostallied&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Nolan |first=Robert |title=Pakistan: The Most Allied Ally in Asia |url=http://www.fpa.org/newsletter_info2583/newsletter_info_sub_list.htm?section=Pakistan%3A%20The%20Most%20Allied%20Ally%20in%20Asia |url-status=dead |publisher=Foreign Policy Association |access-date=12 March 2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110725141127/http://www.fpa.org/newsletter_info2583/newsletter_info_sub_list.htm?section=Pakistan%3A%20The%20Most%20Allied%20Ally%20in%20Asia |archive-date=25 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Relations between Pakistan and Russia have greatly improved since 1999, and co-operation in various sectors has increased.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Dawn, 2015&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=&amp;lt;!--Staff writer(s); no by-line.--&amp;gt; |title=Accord to diversify ties with Russia |url=http://dawn.com/news/1039487/accord-to-diversify-ties-with-russia |date=9 January 2015 |access-date=3 February 2015 |agency=Dawn, 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160304061827/http://www.dawn.com/news/1039487/accord-to-diversify-ties-with-russia |archive-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan has had an &amp;quot;on-and-off&amp;quot; relationship with the United States. A close ally of the United States during the [[Cold War]], Pakistan&#039;s relationship with the US soured in the 1990s when the latter [[Pressler amendment|imposed sanctions]] because of Pakistan&#039;s secretive nuclear development.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.thenews.com.pk/TodaysPrintDetail.aspx?ID=205102&amp;amp;Cat=2&amp;amp;dt=10/24/2009 |title=US military aid to Pakistan suspended six times since 1954 |access-date=26 October 2009 |work=[[The News International]] |author=Sabir Shah |archive-date=11 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120111234256/http://www.thenews.com.pk/TodaysPrintDetail.aspx?ID=205102&amp;amp;Cat=2&amp;amp;dt=10%2F24%2F2009 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since [[September 11 attacks|9/11]], Pakistan has been an ally of the US on the issue of [[counterterrorism]] in the [[Greater Middle East]] region, with the US supporting Pakistan with aid money and weapons.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/the-press-office/2015/10/22/2015-joint-statement-president-barack-obama-and-prime-minister-nawaz |title=2015 Joint Statement By President Barack Obama And Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif |access-date=28 December 2015|via=[[NARA|National Archives]] |work=[[whitehouse.gov]] |date=22 October 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=D&#039;Souza |first=Shanthie |date=2006 |title=US-Pakistan Counter-Terrorism Cooperation: Dynamics and Challenges |url=http://idsa.in/system/files/strategicanalysis_shanthie_0906.pdf |journal=Strategic Analysis|volume=30 |issue=3 |pages=525–561 |doi=10.1080/17540054.2006.12288848 |s2cid=259317591 |access-date=28 December 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Initially, the US-led [[war on terrorism]] led to an improvement in the relationship, but it was strained by a divergence of interests and resulting mistrust during the [[War in Afghanistan (2001–2021)|20 years of war]] and by issues related to terrorism.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mondediplo2007&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://mondediplo.com/2007/11/03mideast |title=The United States&#039; new backyard |work=Le Monde diplomatique|access-date=24 July 2010 |author=Alain Gresh|date=November 2007}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.longwarjournal.org/archives/2011/12/us_pakistani_relatio.php |title=Analysis: The US-Pakistan relationship |date=4 December 2011|website=Long War Journal|access-date=15 January 2017 |author=C.J. Radin}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.defencetalk.com/pakistan-usa-allies-in-the-war-on-terrorism-1865/ |title=Pakistan &amp;amp; USA&amp;amp;nbsp;– Allies in the war on Terrorism!|access-date=15 February 2010 |author=Nazir Khaja |website=Defence Talk}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/pakistan-backed-attacks-on-american-targets-us-says/2011/09/22/gIQAf0q6oK_story.html |title=Pakistan backed attacks on American targets, U.S. says |newspaper=[[The Washington Post]]|access-date=30 January 2010 |author=Karen DeYoung}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although it achieved the [[major non-NATO ally]] status by the United States since 2004,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Pakistan&#039;s Foreign Policy, 1947–2012: A Concise History |date=2013 |publisher=Oxford University Press, Shahi |isbn=978-0-19-906910-1 |edition=3rd |location=Karachi |last1=Shahi |first1=Abdul Sattar; foreword by Agha}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the Pakistani intelligence agency, includes [[Inter-Services Intelligence|ISI]], [[Pakistan and state-sponsored terrorism|was accused]] of supported [[Taliban insurgency|Taliban insurgents]] until [[Withdrawal of United States troops from Afghanistan (2020–2021)|U.S. withdraw its troops from Afghanistan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Pakistani intelligence helping Taliban: NATO report|url=http://www.abc.net.au/news/2012-02-02/leaked-nato-report-finds-taliban-pakistan-links/3806102|website=ABC|date=2 February 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=US-Taliban deal: How Pakistan&#039;s &#039;Islamist support&#039; finally paid off |first=Shamil |last=Shams |url=https://www.dw.com/en/us-taliban-deal-how-pakistans-islamist-support-finally-paid-off/a-52634369 |work=[[Deutsche Welle]] |date=4 March 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Understanding Pakistan&#039;s Take on India-Taliban Talks |first=Umair |last=Jamal |url=https://thediplomat.com/2020/05/understanding-pakistans-take-on-india-taliban-talks/ |work=The Diplomat |date=23 May 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan does not have [[Pakistan-Israel relations|diplomatic relations]] with [[Israel]];&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Washington Post, Pakistan Bureau&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2014/12/03/the-pakistani-origins-of-the-israeli-state/ |title=The Pakistani origins of the Israeli state |date=3 December 2014|access-date=2 March 2015 |newspaper=[[The Washington Post]] |last1=Tharoor |first1=Ishaan}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; nonetheless, some Israeli citizens have visited the country on tourist visas.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Haaretz&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.haaretz.com/.premium-1.644835 |title=Israeli lecturer takes part in Pakistan conference |date=28 February 2015|access-date=2 March 2015 |work=Haaretz |last1=Khoury |first1=Jack}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, an exchange took place between the two countries using Turkey as a communication conduit.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/4203788.stm |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20050913041723/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/4203788.stm |url-status=dead |archive-date=13 September 2005 |title=Pakistan-Israel in landmark talks |date=1 September 2005 |access-date=4 July 2012 |work=BBC News }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Despite Pakistan being the only country in the world that has not established [[Armenia–Pakistan relations|diplomatic relations]] with [[Armenia]], an [[Armenians in Pakistan|Armenian community]] still resides in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Armenian Times&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.news.az/articles/armenia/86325 |title=Pakistan the only country not recognizing Armenia{{Snd}} envoy |date=5 February 2015 |access-date=2 March 2015 |work=Armenian Times |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150303050820/http://news.az/articles/armenia/86325 |archive-date=3 March 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Relations with China ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|China–Pakistan relations}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Huseyn Shaheed Suhrawardy and Zhou Enlai signing the Treaty of Friendship Between China and Pakistan in Beijing.jpg|upright=0.8|thumb|Pakistan Prime Minister [[Huseyn Shaheed Suhrawardy]] with Chinese Premier [[Zhou Enlai]] signing the Treaty of Friendship Between China and Pakistan. Pakistan is host to China&#039;s largest embassy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://asiancorrespondent.com/130710/china-unveils-pakistan-embassy-its-largest-in-the-world/ |title=China opens &#039;largest&#039; embassy in Pakistan, strengthens South Asia presence |website=asiancorrespondent.com|date=17 February 2015 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan was one of the first countries to establish formal diplomatic relations with the [[People&#039;s Republic of China]], and the relationship continues to be strong since China&#039;s [[Sino-Indian War|war]] with India in 1962, forming a special relationship.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Council on Foreign Relations, China Pakistan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cfr.org/china/china-pakistan-relations/p10070 |title=China-Pakistan Relations |last1=Afridi |first1=Jamal |last2=Bajoria |first2=Jayshree |date=6 July 2010 |publisher=Council on Foreign Relations, China Pakistan |access-date=3 February 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150322120845/http://www.cfr.org/china/china-pakistan-relations/p10070 |archive-date=22 March 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From the 1960s to 1980s, Pakistan greatly helped China in reaching out to the world&#039;s major countries and helped facilitate US President [[Richard Nixon]]&#039;s [[1972 Nixon visit to China|state visit]] to China.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Council on Foreign Relations, China Pakistan&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Despite the change of [[Government of Pakistan|governments]] in Pakistan and fluctuations in the regional and global situation, China&#039;s policy in Pakistan continues to be a dominant factor at all times.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Council on Foreign Relations, China Pakistan&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In return, China is Pakistan&#039;s largest trading partner, and economic co-operation has flourished, with substantial Chinese investment in Pakistan&#039;s infrastructural expansion such as the Pakistani deep-water port at [[Gwadar]]. Friendly Sino-Pakistani relations reached new heights as both countries signed 51 agreements and Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) in 2015 for co-operation in different areas.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thenews.com.pk/Todays-News-13-37104-Pak-China-trade-volume-to-be-taken-to-$20-bn |title=ISLAMABAD: Pakistan and China agreed to raise their trade volume up to $20 billion and pledged to continue their cooperation in civil nuclear technology|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150421211901/http://www.thenews.com.pk/Todays-News-13-37104-Pak-China-trade-volume-to-be-taken-to-%2420-bn|archive-date=21 April 2015}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |author=Urvashi Aneja |url=http://www.ipcs.org/pdf_file/issue/136564802IPCS-Special-Report-26.pdf |title=Pakistan-China Relations |date=June 2006 |publisher=Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies |page=1 |access-date=28 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120127123639/http://www.ipcs.org/pdf_file/issue/136564802IPCS-Special-Report-26.pdf |archive-date=27 January 2012 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-pakistan-china-chro-idUSISL9262520061124 |title=CHRONOLOGY-Main events in Chinese-Pakistani relations |date=24 November 2006|work=Thomson Reuters|access-date=24 November 2006|publisher=Reuters|url-status=live|archive-date=29 September 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110929112130/http://www.reuters.com/article/2006/11/24/us-pakistan-china-chro-idUSISL9262520061124}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.cfr.org/china/china-pakistan-relations/p10070 |title=China-Pakistan Relations |access-date=6 July 2010 |author=Jamal Afridi |website=Council on Foreign Relations |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110424104631/http://www.cfr.org/china/china-pakistan-relations/p10070 |archive-date=24 April 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Both countries signed a [[China–Pakistan Free Trade Agreement|Free Trade Agreement]] in the 2000s, and China makes largest investment in Pakistan&#039;s history through [[CPEC]]. Pakistan continues to serve as China&#039;s communication bridge to the Muslim world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Stanford University Press, California, [u.s]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Between Mecca and Beijing |date=2000 |publisher=Stanford University Press |isbn=978-0-8047-6434-6 |location=California|last1=Gillette |first1=Maris Boyd}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan, China support each other on Kashmir, Taiwan, Xinjiang and other sensitive issues.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://thediplomat.com/2022/02/china-and-pakistan-reiterate-support-to-each-others-core-interests/ |title=China and Pakistan Reiterate Support to Each Other&#039;s Core Interests |agency=The diplomat |date=7 February 2022 |access-date=22 November 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Emphasis on relations with Muslim world ====&lt;br /&gt;
After Independence, Pakistan vigorously pursued bilateral relations with other Muslim countries&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FjJuAAAAMAAJ |title=Islam in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy |last=Pasha |first=Sayed Abdul Muneem |publisher=Global Media Publications |year=2005 |isbn=978-81-88869-15-2|page=225 |quote=Pakistan&#039;s expression of solidarity was followed, after Independence, by a vigorous pursuit of bilateral relations with Muslim countries like Iran and Turkey.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and made an active bid for leadership of the [[Muslim world]], or at least for leadership in efforts to achieve unity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FjJuAAAAMAAJ|title=Islam in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy |last=Pasha |first=Sayed Abdul Muneem |publisher=Global Media Publications |year=2005 |isbn=978-81-88869-15-2|page=37 |quote=Pakistan was making a wholehearted bid for the leadership of the Muslim world, or at least for the leadership in achieving its unity.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Maulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar|Ali]] brothers had sought to project Pakistan as the natural leader of the Islamic world, in part due to its large manpower and military strength.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FjJuAAAAMAAJ|title=Islam in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy |last=Pasha |first=Sayed Abdul Muneem |publisher=Global Media Publications |year=2005 |isbn=978-81-88869-15-2|page=226 |quote=Following Khaliquzzaman, the Ali brothers had sought to project Pakistan, with its comparatively larger manpower and military strength, as the natural leader of the Islamic world.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A top-ranking [[All India Muslim League|Muslim League]] leader, [[Chaudhry Khaliquzzaman|Khaliquzzaman]], declared that Pakistan would bring together all Muslim countries into [[Islamistan]]{{Snd}}a pan-Islamic entity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=1Z6TBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA18 |title=Creating a New Medina |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-107-05212-3|page=18 |quote=As a top ranking ML leader Khaliquzzaman declared, &#039;Pakistan would bring all Muslim countries together into Islamistan&amp;amp;nbsp;– a pan-Islamic entity&#039;.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such developments (along with Pakistan&#039;s creation) did not get American approval, and British Prime Minister [[Clement Attlee]] voiced international opinion at the time by stating that he wished that India and Pakistan would re-unite.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=VNAiBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA20 |title=Magnificent Delusions: Pakistan, the United States, and an Epic History of Misunderstanding |last=Haqqani |first=Husain |publisher=PublicAffairs |year=2013 |isbn=978-1-61039-317-1 |pages=20–21 |quote=Within a few years the president of the Muslim League, Chaudhry Khaliq-uz-Zaman, announced that Pakistan would bring all Muslim countries together into Islamistan&amp;amp;nbsp;– a pan-Islamic entity. None of these developments within the new country elicited approval among Americans for the idea of India&#039;s partition&amp;amp;nbsp;... British Prime Minister Clement Attlee voiced the international consensus at the time when he told the House of Commons of his hope that &#039;this severance may not endure.&#039; He hoped that the proposed dominions of India and Pakistan would &#039;&#039;in course of time, come together to form one great Member State of the British Commonwealth of Nations.&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since most of the [[Arab world]] was undergoing a nationalist awakening at the time, there was little attraction to Pakistan&#039;s Pan-Islamic aspirations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TyIVAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA22 |title=Magnificent Delusions: Pakistan, the United States, and an Epic History of Misunderstanding |last=Haqqani |first=Husain |publisher=PublicAffairs |year=2013 |isbn=978-1-61039-317-1 |page=22 |quote=During this time most of the Arab world was going through a nationalist awakening. Pan-Islamic dreams involving the unification of Muslim countries, possibly under Pakistani leadership, had little attraction.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some of the Arab countries saw the &#039;Islamistan&#039; project as a Pakistani attempt to dominate other Muslim states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Pj8DIT_bva0C&amp;amp;pg=PA134 |title=The Origins of Conflict in Afghanistan |last=Roberts |first=Jeffery J. |publisher=Greenwood Publishing Group |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-275-97878-5 |page=134 |quote=The following year, Choudhry Khaliquzzaman toured the Middle East, pleading for the formation of an alliance or confederation of Muslim states. The Arab states, often citing Pakistan&#039;s inability to solve its problems with Muslim neighbor Afghanistan, showed little enthusiasm&amp;amp;nbsp;... Some saw the effort to form &#039;Islamistan&#039; as a Pakistani attempt to dominate other Muslim states.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan vigorously championed the right of self-determination for Muslims around the world. Pakistan&#039;s efforts for the independence movements of Indonesia, Algeria, Tunisia, [[Morocco]], and Eritrea were significant and initially led to close ties between these countries and Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=HPWrAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT178|title=Explaining Pakistan&#039;s Foreign Policy: Escaping India |last=Pande |first=Aparna |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-136-81893-6|page=178|quote=The belief that the creation of Pakistan made Pakistan the true leader of Muslim causes around the world led Pakistan&#039;s diplomats to vigorously champion the cause of self-determination for fellow Muslims at the United Nations. Pakistan&#039;s founders, including Jinnah, supported anti-colonial movements: &amp;quot;Our heart and soul go out in sympathy with those who are struggling for their freedom&amp;amp;nbsp;... If subjugation and exploitation are carried on, there will be no peace and there will be no end to wars.&amp;quot; Pakistani efforts on behalf of Indonesia (1948), Algeria (1948–1949), Tunisia (1948–1949), Morocco (1948–1956) and Eritrea (1960–1991) were significant and initially led to close ties between these countries and Pakistan.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although Pakistan and Bangladesh were initially tense due to their cold historical relationship, bilateral cooperation has deepened in recent years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Bangladesh-Pakistan Relations: Closing the Gap, Increasing the Gains |url=http://southasiajournal.net/bangladesh-pakistan-relations-closing-the-gap-increasing-the-gains/ |publisher=South Asia Journal |access-date=22 March 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, Pakistan&#039;s relations with Iran have been strained at times due to sectarian tensions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Hunter |first=Shireen |title=Iran&#039;s Foreign Policy in the Post-Soviet Era: Resisting the New International Order |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wLtA_J3VUt4C&amp;amp;pg=PA144 |quote=Since then, Pakistan&#039;s sectarian tensions have been a major irritant in Iranian-Pakistan relations. |publisher=ABC-CLIO |year=2010 |page=144 |isbn=978-0-313-38194-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Iran and [[Saudi Arabia]] used Pakistan as a battleground for their proxy sectarian war, and by the 1990s Pakistan&#039;s support for the Sunni Taliban organisation in Afghanistan became a problem for [[Shia]]-led Iran, which opposed a Taliban-controlled Afghanistan at the time.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ceg-kSmft94C&amp;amp;pg=PA159 |title=Explaining Pakistan&#039;s Foreign Policy: Escaping India |last=Pande |first=Aparna |publisher=Taylor &amp;amp; Francis |year=2011 |isbn=978-1-136-81894-3|page=159 |quote=Both Saudi Arabia and Iran used Pakistan as a battleground for their proxy war for the &#039;hearts and minds&#039; of Pakistani Sunnis and Shias with the resultant rise in sectarian tensions in Pakistan. The rise of the Taliban in Afghanistan in the 1990s further strained Pakistan-Iran relations. Pakistan&#039;s support of the Sunni Pashtun organization created problems for Shia Iran for whom a Taliban-controlled Afghanistan was a nightmare.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Tensions between Iran and Pakistan intensified in 1998 when Iran accused Pakistan of war crimes after Pakistani warplanes had bombarded Afghanistan&#039;s last Shia stronghold in support of the Taliban.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://articles.chicagotribune.com/1998-09-14/news/9809140197_1_shiite-taliban-sunni |title=Iran Raises Anti-pakistan Outcry |last=Schmetzer |first=Uli |date=14 September 1998 |work=Chicago Tribune |quote=KARACHI, Pakistan&amp;amp;nbsp;– Iran, which has amassed 200,000 troops on the border with Afghanistan, accused Pakistan on Sunday of sending warplanes to strafe and bombard Afghanistan&#039;s last Shiite stronghold, which fell hours earlier to the Taliban, the Sunni militia now controlling the central Asian country.|access-date=5 January 2017}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite news |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/archive/politics/1998/09/16/afghanistan-arena-for-a-new-rivalry/eeedba2f-03b7-4ed6-ba97-91e51e633e96/ |title=Afghanistan: Arena For a New Rivalry |last=Constable |first=Pamela |date=16 September 1998 |newspaper=The Washington Post |quote=Taliban officials accused Iran of providing military support to the opposition forces; Tehran radio accused Pakistan of sending its air force to bomb the city in support of the Taliban&#039;s advance and said Iran was holding Pakistan responsible for what it termed war crimes at Bamiyan. Pakistan has denied that accusation and previous allegations of direct involvement in the Afghan conflict. Also fueling the volatile situation are ethnic and religious rivalries between the Taliban, who are Sunni Muslims of Afghanistan&#039;s dominant Pashtun ethnic group, and the opposition factions, many of which represent other ethnic groups or include Shiite Muslims. Iran, a Shiite Muslim state, has a strong interest in promoting that sect; Pakistan, one of the Taliban&#039;s few international allies, is about 80 percent Sunni.|access-date=5 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As the Taliban returns to power in the 2020s, Pakistan cooperates with neighbors such as Iran and argues that Afghanistan should not be used for geopolitical rivalry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2023-04-13 |title=Iran, China, Russia, and Pakistan say Afghanistan should not be used for geopolitical rivalry |url=https://www.tehrantimes.com/news/483606/Iran-China-Russia-and-Pakistan-say-Afghanistan-should-not |access-date=2023-05-06 |website=Tehran Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is an influential and founding member of the [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]] (OIC). Maintaining cultural, political, social, and economic relations with the Arab world and other countries in the Muslim world is a vital factor in Pakistan&#039;s foreign policy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Taylor &amp;amp; Francis.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Explaining Pakistan&#039;s Foreign Policy: Escaping India |date=2006 |publisher=Taylor &amp;amp; Francis. |isbn=978-1-136-81894-3 |last1=Pande |first1=Aparna}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Leadership in World governance initiatives ===&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan has been one of the signatories of the agreement to convene a convention for drafting a [[world constitution]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Letters from Thane Read asking Helen Keller to sign the World Constitution for world peace. 1961 |url=https://www.afb.org/HelenKellerArchive?a=d&amp;amp;d=A-HK01-07-B149-F04-022.1.8 |access-date=2023-07-01 |website=Helen Keller Archive |publisher=American Foundation for the Blind}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Letter from World Constitution Coordinating Committee to Helen, enclosing current materials |url=https://www.afb.org/HelenKellerArchive?a=d&amp;amp;d=A-HK01-07-B154-F05-028.1.4 |access-date=2023-07-03 |website=Helen Keller Archive |publisher=American Foundation for the Blind}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As a result, in 1968, for the first time in human history, a [[World Constituent Assembly]] convened to draft and adopt the [[Constitution for the Federation of Earth]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Preparing earth constitution {{!}} Global Strategies &amp;amp; Solutions {{!}} The Encyclopedia of World Problems |url=http://encyclopedia.uia.org/en/strategy/193465 |url-status= |access-date=2023-07-15 |website=The Encyclopedia of World Problems {{!}} Union of International Associations (UIA)}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Muhammad Ayub Khan]], then [[president of Pakistan]] signed the agreement to convene a World Constituent Assembly&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=1962-06-07 |title=Pakistan Announces Delegates Named |page=5 |work=Arizona Sun |url=https://azmemory.azlibrary.gov/nodes/view/118619}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Amerasinghe |first=Terence P. |title=Emerging World Law, Volume 1 |publisher=Institute for Economic Democracy |year=2009 |isbn=978-1-933567-16-7 |page=50 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and member of Parliament and adviser to the Prime Minister, [[Ahmed Ebrahim Haroon Jaffer]], attended the World Constituent Assembly at [[Interlaken]], [[Switzerland]] in August, 1968.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-08-29 |title=Als Interlaken die heimliche Welthauptstadt war |url=https://www.bernerzeitung.ch/als-interlaken-die-heimliche-welthauptstadt-war-476772910117 |access-date=2023-07-19 |website=Berner Zeitung |language=de}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first ever [[Provisional World Parliament|Provisional World Parliament (PWP)]] met in [[Brighton]], [[United Kingdom|U.K.]] at the [[Royal Pavilion]] in 1982 was presided over by Pakistani [[jurist]] and [[diplomat]] [[Muhammad Zafarullah Khan|Sir Chaudhry Mohammad Zafrullah Khan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Amerasinghe |first=Terence P. |title=Emerging World Law, Volume 1 |publisher=Institute for Economic Democracy |year=2009 |isbn=978-1-933567-16-7 |page=61 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Provisional World Parliament {{!}} UIA Yearbook Profile {{!}} Union of International Associations |url=https://uia.org/s/or/en/1100012539 |access-date=2023-07-18 |website=uia.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Administrative divisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Administrative units of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sortable wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;| Administrative division&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:100px;&amp;quot;| Capital&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:100px; text-align:right;&amp;quot;| Population&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{Flag|Balochistan}}|| [[Quetta]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 12,344,408&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{flagcountry|Punjab, Pakistan}} || [[Lahore]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 110,126,285&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{Flag|Sindh}}|| [[Karachi]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 47,886,051&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{Flag|Khyber Pakhtunkhwa}} || [[Peshawar]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 40,525,047&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{Flag|Gilgit-Baltistan}} || [[Gilgit]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 1,800,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||{{Flag|Azad Kashmir}} || [[Muzaffarabad]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 4,567,982&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Islamabad Capital Territory]] ||[[Islamabad]] || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; | 2,851,868&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
A [[federal parliamentary republic]] state, Pakistan is a federation that comprises [[Four Provinces (Pakistan)|four provinces]]: Punjab, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Sindh and Balochistan,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Part I: &amp;quot;Introductory&amp;quot;|url=https://pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part1.html|access-date=2022-04-12|website=pakistani.org|archive-date=9 April 2022|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220409090958/https://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part1.html|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and three [[Administrative units of Pakistan|territories]]: [[Islamabad Capital Territory]], Gilgit-Baltistan and Azad Kashmir. The [[Government of Pakistan]] exercises the [[De facto standard|&#039;&#039;de facto&#039;&#039;]] jurisdiction over the [[Frontier Regions]] and the [[Western Kashmir|western parts]] of the [[Kashmir Region]]s, which are organised into the separate political entities Azad Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan (formerly Northern Areas). In 2009, the [[Constitution of Pakistan|constitutional assignment]] ({{small|the &#039;&#039;Gilgit–Baltistan Empowerment and Self-Governance Order&#039;&#039;}}) awarded the Gilgit-Baltistan a [[Provinces of Pakistan|semi-provincial status]], giving it self-government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.pid.gov.pk/Prime%20Minister.doc |publisher=Press Information Department, Pakistan |format=DOC |title=Highlights of Prime Minister&#039;s Press Talk on &amp;quot;Gilgit–Baltistan Empowerment and Self Governance Order −2009&amp;quot; at PM&#039;S Secretariat on August 29, 2009 |year=2009|access-date=29 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111116142519/http://www.pid.gov.pk/Prime%20Minister.doc |archive-date=16 November 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Local government in Pakistan|local government]] system consists of a three-tier system of [[Districts of pakistan|districts]], [[tehsil]]s, and [[Union Councils of Pakistan|union councils]], with an elected body at each tier.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Decentralization in Pakistan |publisher=World Bank |url=http://www.worldbank.org.pk/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/PAKISTANEXTN/0,,contentMDK:21973776~pagePK:141137~piPK:141127~theSitePK:293052,00.html |access-date=29 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100130094603/http://www.worldbank.org.pk/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/PAKISTANEXTN/0%2C%2CcontentMDK%3A21973776~pagePK%3A141137~piPK%3A141127~theSitePK%3A293052%2C00.html |archive-date=30 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are about 130 districts altogether, of which Azad Kashmir has ten&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Azad Jammu and Kashmir Districts |url=http://www.ajk.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=42&amp;amp;Itemid=12 |publisher=Government of AJK |access-date=29 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120114210747/http://www.ajk.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=42&amp;amp;Itemid=12 |archive-date=14 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and Gilgit-Baltistan seven.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |publisher=Dunya |title=Gilgit–Baltistan Empowerment and Self Governance Order |year=2009 |page=1 |url=http://www.dunyanews.tv/newsite/other/GilgitBaltistan.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100919114343/http://dunyanews.tv/newsite/other/GilgitBaltistan.pdf |archive-date=19 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Pakistan Administrative Units Image Map}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Law enforcement in Pakistan|Law enforcement]] is carried out by a joint network of the [[Pakistan Intelligence Community|intelligence community]] with jurisdiction limited to the relevant province or territory. The [[National Intelligence Directorate (Pakistan)|National Intelligence Directorate]] coordinates the information intelligence at both federal and provincial levels; including the [[Federal Investigation Agency|FIA]], [[Intelligence Bureau (Pakistan)|IB]], [[National Highways and Motorway Police|Motorway Police]], and [[Civil Armed Forces]] such as the [[Pakistan Rangers]] and the [[Frontier Corps]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;law&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Asad Jamal |title=Police Organisations in Pakistan |year=2010 |publisher=CHRI and HRCP |isbn=978-81-88205-79-0 |pages=9–15}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s &amp;quot;premier&amp;quot; intelligence agency, the [[Inter-Services Intelligence]] (ISI), was formed just within a year after the Independence of Pakistan in 1947.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Manoj Shrivastava |title=Re-Energising Indian Intelligence |publisher=Vij Books India Pvt Ltd |year=2013 |isbn=978-93-82573-55-5 |page=89}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ABC News Point in 2014 reported that the ISI was ranked as the top intelligence agency in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.abcnewspoint.com/top-10-best-intelligence-agencies-in-the-world-2015/ |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150105032641/http://www.abcnewspoint.com/top-10-best-intelligence-agencies-in-the-world-2015/ |url-status=dead |archive-date=5 January 2015 |title=Top 10 Best Intelligence Agencies in The World 2016 |date=15 December 2014 |work=ABC News Point |access-date=27 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The court system is organised as a hierarchy, with the Supreme Court at the apex, below which are high courts, [[Federal Shariat Court]]s (one in each province and one in the federal capital), [[District courts of Pakistan|district courts]] (one in each district), Judicial Magistrate Courts (in every town and city), Executive Magistrate Courts, and civil courts. The [[Pakistan penal code|Penal code]] has limited jurisdiction in the Tribal Areas, where law is largely derived from tribal customs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;law&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Faqir Hussain |title=The Judicial System Of Pakistan |url=http://www.supremecourt.gov.pk/web/user_files/File/thejudicialsystemofPakistan.pdf |website=Supreme Court of Pakistan |year=2009 |pages=10–21 |access-date=26 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170206120305/http://www.supremecourt.gov.pk/web/user_files/File/thejudicialsystemofPakistan.pdf |archive-date=6 February 2017 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kashmir conflict ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Kashmir conflict}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kashmir map.jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|The areas shown in green are the Pakistani-controlled areas.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kashmir]], a [[Himalayas|Himalayan]] region situated at the northernmost point of the [[Indian subcontinent]], was governed as an autonomous [[princely state]] known as [[Jammu and Kashmir (princely state)|Jammu and Kashmir]] in the [[British Raj]] prior to the [[Partition of India]] in August 1947. Following the independence of India and Pakistan post-partition, the region became the subject of a [[Kashmir conflict|major territorial dispute]] that has hindered [[India–Pakistan relations|their bilateral relations]]. The two states have engaged each other in [[Indo-Pakistani wars and conflicts|two large-scale wars]] over the region in [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1947–1948|1947–1948]] and [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1965|1965]]. India and Pakistan have also fought smaller-scale protracted conflicts over the region in [[Siachen conflict|1984]] and [[Kargil War|1999]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;k1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Approximately 45.1% of the Kashmir region is controlled by India (administratively split into [[Jammu and Kashmir (union territory)|Jammu and Kashmir]] and [[Ladakh]]), which also claims the entire territory of the former princely state of Jammu and Kashmir that is not under its control.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;k1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; India&#039;s control over Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh as well as its claim to the rest of the region has likewise been contested by Pakistan, which controls approximately 38.2% of the region (administratively split into [[Azad Kashmir|Azad Jammu and Kashmir]] and [[Gilgit-Baltistan|Gilgit−Baltistan]]) and claims all of the territory under Indian control.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;k1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Sean Anderson |title=Historical dictionary of terrorism |year=2009 |publisher=Scarecrow Press |isbn=978-0-8108-4101-7 |pages=347–348}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Additionally, approximately 20% of the region known as [[Aksai Chin]] and the [[Trans-Karakoram Tract|Shaksgam Valley]] (since [[Sino-Pakistan Agreement|Sino-Pakistani Agreement of 1963]]) has been controlled by [[China]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Chinese-controlled Kashmir|url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2003/4/21/chinese-controlled-kashmir|access-date=2021-09-07|website=www.aljazeera.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Chinese-controlled areas of Kashmir remain subject to an Indian territorial claim, but are not claimed by Pakistan.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Neelum Valley, Azad Jammu &amp;amp; Kashmir, Pakistan.jpg|left|thumb|[[Neelum District|Neelum Valley]] in [[Azad Kashmir]] is part of Pakistani-controlled Kashmir.]]&lt;br /&gt;
India claims the entire Kashmir region on the basis of the [[Instrument of Accession (Jammu and Kashmir)|Instrument of Accession]]—a legal agreement with the princely state of Jammu and Kashmir that was executed by [[Maharaja Hari Singh|Hari Singh]], the [[maharaja]] of the state, who agreed to cede the entire area to newly-independent India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Commons&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Paul Bowers |title=Kashmir (House of Commons Research Paper 04/28) |date=30 March 2004 |page=46 |publisher=House of Commons Library |url=http://www.parliament.uk/documents/commons/lib/research/rp2004/rp04-028.pdf |access-date=18 April 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan claims most of Kashmir on the basis of its [[Muslims|Muslim]]-majority population and of its geography, the same principles that were applied for the creation of the two independent states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Amita Shastri |title=The Post-Colonial States of South Asia: Democracy, Development and Identity |year=2001 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-312-23852-0 |page=289 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=du7xvBFpbg4C&amp;amp;pg=PA289}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=Joseph J. Hobbs |title=World Regional Geography |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=yAgGHnENHjoC|year=2008 |publisher=Brooks Cole |isbn=978-0-495-38950-7 |page=314}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India referred the dispute to the [[United Nations]] on 1 January 1948.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Auckland |title=A brief history of the Kashmir conflict |url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/1399992/A-brief-history-of-the-Kashmir-conflict.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/1399992/A-brief-history-of-the-Kashmir-conflict.html |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live |work=The Daily Telegraph |access-date=23 January 2012 |date=24 September 2001 |location=London}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In a [[United Nations Security Council Resolution 38|resolution]] passed in 1948, the UN&#039;s [[United Nations General Assembly|General Assembly]] asked Pakistan to remove most of its military troops to set the conditions for the holding of a [[UN mediation of the Kashmir dispute|plebiscite]]. However, Pakistan failed to vacate the region and a [[Karachi Agreement|ceasefire]] was reached in 1949 establishing a ceasefire line known as the [[Line of Control]] (LoC) that divided Kashmir between the two states as a &#039;&#039;[[de facto]]&#039;&#039; border.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=International Court of Justice |year=2012 |title=Advisory Opinion on the Legal Status of Kashmir |url=http://imuna.org/nhsmun/committee/international-court-justice-2012 |archive-date=11 October 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111011211119/http://imuna.org/nhsmun/committee/international-court-justice-2012 |publisher=[[IMUNA]]|access-date=23 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India, fearful that the Muslim-majority populace of Kashmir would vote to secede from India, did not allow a plebiscite to take place in the region. This was confirmed in a statement by India&#039;s Defense Minister, [[V. K. Krishna Menon|Krishna Menon]], who stated: &amp;quot;Kashmir would vote to join Pakistan and no Indian Government responsible for agreeing to plebiscite would survive.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://news.google.com/newspapers?nid=1144&amp;amp;dat=19650908&amp;amp;id=9wwvAAAAIBAJ&amp;amp;pg=7266,2323319&amp;amp;hl=en |title=Kashmir Old Headache For U.N. |last=Endrst |first=Jeff |date=8 September 1965 |work=The Pittsburgh Press |quote=Former Indian Defense Minister Krishna Menon who for years influenced the decisions of late Prime Minister Nehru himself a Kashmiri-put it bluntly last March in an interview with an American newsman when he said India could never agree to a U.N. sponsored plebiscite because &#039;Kashmir would vote to join Pakistan, and no Indian government responsible for agreeing to the plebiscite could survive.&#039;|access-date=15 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan claims that its position is for the right of the [[Kashmiris|Kashmiri people]] to determine their future through impartial elections as mandated by the United Nations,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Talat Masood |title=Pakistan&#039;s Kashmir Policy |publisher=Central Asia-Caucasus Institute &amp;amp; Silk Road Studies Program |url=http://www.silkroadstudies.org/new/docs/CEF/Quarterly/November_2006/Masood.pdf |year=2006 |page=1 |access-date=19 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-date=19 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119210022/http://www.silkroadstudies.org/new/docs/CEF/Quarterly/November_2006/Masood.pdf}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while India has stated that Kashmir is an &amp;quot;[[Akhand Bharat|integral part]]&amp;quot; of India, referring to the [[Simla Agreement|1972 Simla Agreement]] and to the fact that [[Elections in Jammu and Kashmir|regional elections]] take place regularly.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unhcr2009in&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=16 July 2009 |url=http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,,ANNUALREPORT,IND,,4a6452aa2d,0.html |title=Freedom in the World 2009&amp;amp;nbsp;– Kashmir (India) |publisher=[[UNHCR]] |access-date=1 May 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110810222516/http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country%2C%2C%2CANNUALREPORT%2CIND%2C%2C4a6452aa2d%2C0.html |archive-date=10 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent developments, certain Kashmiri independence groups believe that Kashmir should be independent of both India and Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;k1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Kashmir |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica|access-date=19 December 2011 |url=https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/312908/Kashmir/214223/The-Kashmir-problem#ref673547}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Law enforcement ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Law enforcement in Pakistan|Pakistani Intelligence Community}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[law enforcement in Pakistan]] is carried out by joint network of several federal and provincial police agencies. The [[Administrative units of Pakistan|four provinces]] and the [[Islamabad Capital Territory]] (ICT) each have a civilian police force with jurisdiction extending only to the relevant province or territory.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; At the federal level, there are a number of civilian [[Pakistan Intelligence Community|intelligence agencies]] with nationwide jurisdictions including the [[Federal Investigation Agency]] (FIA) and the [[Intelligence Bureau (Pakistan)|Intelligence Bureau]] (IB), as well as  [[National Guard (Pakistan)|National Guard]] and the [[Civil Armed Forces]] such as the [[Gilgit-Baltistan Scouts]], the [[Punjab Rangers]], and the [[Frontier Corps Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (North)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most senior officers of all the civilian police forces also form part of the [[Police Service of Pakistan|Police Service]], which is a component of the [[Central Superior Services of Pakistan|civil service]] of Pakistan. Namely, there is four provincial [[Police Service of Pakistan|police service]] including the [[Punjab Police (Pakistan)|Punjab Police]], [[Sindh Police]], [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Police|Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa Police]], and the [[Balochistan Police]]; all headed by the appointed senior [[Inspector general|Inspector-Generals]]. The ICT has its own police component, the [[Capital Territory Police|Capital Police]], to maintain [[Law and order (politics)|law and order]] in the capital. The [[Crime Investigation Department (Pakistan)|CID]] bureaus are the [[crime investigation]] unit and form a vital part in each provincial [[Police Service of Pakistan|police service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[law enforcement in Pakistan]] also has a [[National Highways &amp;amp; Motorway Police|Motorway Patrol]] which is responsible for enforcement of traffic and safety laws, security and recovery on Pakistan&#039;s inter-provincial [[Motorways of Pakistan|motorway network]]. In each of provincial [[Police Service of Pakistan|Police Service]], it also maintains a respective [[Elite Police]] units led by the [[National Counter Terrorism Authority|NACTA]]—a counter-terrorism police unit as well as providing VIP escorts. In the Punjab and Sindh, the [[Pakistan Rangers]] are an internal security force with the prime objective to provide and maintain security in war zones and areas of conflict as well as maintaining law and order which includes providing assistance to the police.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;npb1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.npb.gov.pk/partners/ |title=Our Partners |publisher=National Police Bureau, Government of Pakistan|access-date=1 July 2008 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120118155449/http://www.npb.gov.pk/partners/ |archive-date=18 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Frontier Corps]] serves the similar purpose in [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa|Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa]], and the Balochistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;npb1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Human rights===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Human rights in Pakistan|LGBT rights in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
Male [[homosexuality]] is illegal in Pakistan and punishable with up to life in prison.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=The countries where homosexuality is still illegal |url=https://www.theweek.co.uk/96298/the-countries-where-homosexuality-is-still-illegal |work=The Week |date=12 June 2019 |access-date=22 November 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191128203653/https://www.theweek.co.uk/96298/the-countries-where-homosexuality-is-still-illegal |archive-date=28 November 2019 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=Home Office refused thousands of LGBT asylum claims, figures reveal |url=https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2019/sep/02/home-office-refused-thousands-of-lgbt-asylum-claims-figures-reveal |work=The Guardian |date=2 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In its 2018 [[Press Freedom Index]], [[Reporters Without Borders]] ranked Pakistan number 139 out of 180 countries based on [[freedom of the press]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://rsf.org/en/ranking|title=2018 World Press Freedom Index|access-date=3 May 2018|publisher=[[Reporters Without Borders]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Television stations and newspapers are routinely shut down for publishing any reports critical of the government or the military.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2014/jun/06/pakistani-news-channel-geo-suspended-isi|title=Pakistani TV news channel ordered off air after criticising spy agency|author=Jon Boone|work=The Guardian|date=6 June 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|url=https://www.theguardian.com/media/greenslade/2014/jun/09/press-freedom-pakistan|title=Intimidated journalists in Pakistan cannot exercise press freedom|author=Roy Greenslade|work=The Guardian|date=9 June 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=Redlining the News in Pakistan |url=https://www.voanews.com/press-freedom/redlining-news-pakistan |work=VOA News |date=22 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Military ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Pakistan Armed Forces}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--THIS SECTION IS A SUMMARY—PLEASE ADD NEW MATERIAL TO THE MAIN ARTICLE--&amp;gt;[[File:Pakistan Air Force JF-17 Thunder flies in front of the 26,660 ft high Nanga Parbat.jpg|thumb|[[Pakistan Air Force]]&#039;s [[JF-17 Thunder]] flying in front of the {{convert|26660|ft|m|adj=mid|abbr=off|-high|order=flip}} [[Nanga Parbat]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The armed forces of Pakistan are the [[List of countries by number of troops|sixth largest]] in the world in terms of numbers in full-time service, with about 651,800 personnel on active duty and 291,000 paramilitary personnel, as of tentative estimates in 2021.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hackett&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=The Military Balance 2021|work=International Institute for Strategic Studies |editor-last1=Hackett |editor-first1=James|year=2021|publisher=Routledge|location=London|isbn=9781032012278|pages=289–293}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; They [[Military history of Pakistan|came into existence]] after independence in 1947, and the military establishment has frequently influenced the [[Politics of Pakistan|national politics]] ever since.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;military&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Chain of command]] of the military is kept under the control of the [[Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee]]; all of the branches joint works, co-ordination, military logistics, and joint missions are under the [[Joint Staff Headquarters (Pakistan)|Joint Staff HQ]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Diane Publishing Co.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Blood |first1=Peter R. |title=Pakistan: A Country Study |date=1995 |publisher=Diane Publishing Co. |location=Washington, DC |isbn=978-0-7881-3631-3 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DRMTO7mn7hIC&amp;amp;pg=PA287|page=287}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Joint Staff Headquarters (Pakistan)|Joint Staff HQ]] is composed of the [[AHQ (PAF)|Air HQ]], [[NHQ (PN)|Navy HQ]], and [[General Headquarters (Pakistan Army)|Army GHQ]] in the vicinity of the [[Rawalpindi Cantonment|Rawalpindi Military District]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Frankfort, IL&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Singh |first=R.S.N. |title=The military factor in Pakistan |year=2008 |publisher=Lancer Publishers |location=New Delhi |isbn=978-0-9815378-9-4 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wCm2DFZblOYC&amp;amp;pg=PA409|page=409}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee]] is the highest [[Staff Officer|principle staff officer]] in the armed forces, and the chief military adviser to the [[Government of Pakistan|civilian government]] though the chairman has no authority over the three branches of armed forces.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Diane Publishing Co.&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee|Chairman joint chiefs]] controls the military from the [[Joint Staff Headquarters (Pakistan)|JS HQ]] and maintains strategic communications between the military and the civilian government.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Diane Publishing Co.&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; {{as of|2021}}, the [[Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee|CJCSC]] is General [[Nadeem Raza]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Nadeem Raza takes charge as chairman joint chiefs of staff committee|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1519257|access-date=27 May 2021|newspaper=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]|date=28 November 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; alongside [[Chief of Army Staff (Pakistan)|chief of army staff]] General [[Asim Munir (general)|Asim Munir]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=General Qamar Bajwa COAS, General Zubair Hayat CJCSC|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/168038-General-Qamar-Bajwa-COAS-General-Zubair-Hayat-CJCSC|access-date=9 January 2017|newspaper=[[The News International]]|date=27 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Hussain |first=Abid |title=Who is Asim Munir, Pakistan&#039;s new army chief? |url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2022/11/24/who-is-asim-munir-pakistans-new-army-chief |access-date=2023-01-13 |website=www.aljazeera.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Chief of Naval Staff (Pakistan)|chief of naval staff]] [[Admiral]] [[Muhammad Amjad Khan Niazi]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Admiral Amjad Khan Niazi takes over command of Pakistan Navy as new chief|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/latest/725948-admiral-amjad-khan-niazi-takes-over-command-of-pakistan-navy-as-its-new-chief|access-date=27 May 2021|newspaper=[[The News International]]|date=7 October 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Chief of Air Staff (Pakistan)|chief of air staff]] [[Air Chief Marshal]] [[Zaheer Ahmad Babar]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Zaheer Ahmad takes over as air chief|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/807167-zaheer-ahmad-takes-over-as-air-chief|access-date=27 May 2021|newspaper=[[The News International]]|date=20 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The main branches are the [[Pakistan Army|Army]], the [[Pakistan Air Force|Air Force]] and the [[Pakistan Navy|Navy]], which are supported by a large number of [[Civil Armed Forces|paramilitaries]] in the country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;china22&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan Armed Forces |url=http://www.cdi.org/issues/Asia/PAKISTAN.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/19980210034847/http://www.cdi.org/issues/Asia/PAKISTAN.html |archive-date=10 February 1998 |publisher=Center For Defense Information|access-date=24 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Control over the [[Pakistan&#039;s nuclear testing series|strategic arsenals]], deployment, employment, development, [[Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance|military computers]] and [[Nuclear command and control|command and control]] is a responsibility vested under the [[National Command Authority (Pakistan)|National Command Authority]] which oversaw the work on the [[Nuclear Doctrine of Pakistan|nuclear policy]] as part of the credible [[N-deterrence|minimum deterrence]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Stanford University Press&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United States, Turkey, and China maintain close military relations and regularly export military equipment and [[technology transfer]] to Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://armstrade.sipri.org/armstrade/page/values.php |title=Importer/Exporter TIV Tables |publisher=Armstrade.sipri.org|access-date=16 April 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Joint logistics and major [[Military exercise|war games]] are occasionally carried out by the militaries of China and Turkey.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;china22&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan and China participate in drill |url=http://www.dawn.com/2011/11/26/pak-china-participate-in-anti-terrorist-drill.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111127083338/http://www.dawn.com/2011/11/26/pak-china-participate-in-anti-terrorist-drill.html |archive-date=27 November 2011|access-date=11 March 2012 |newspaper=Dawn |date=26 November 2011}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |author=Kamran Yousaf |title=Joint military exercise: Pakistan, China begin war games near Jhelum |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/292020/joint-military-exercise-pakistan-china-begin-war-games-near-jhelum/|access-date=11 March 2012 |newspaper=Tribune |date=15 November 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Philosophical basis for the [[Conscription|military draft]] is introduced by the [[Constitution of Pakistan|Constitution]] in times of emergency, but it has never been imposed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country,,CSCOAL,,PAK,,486cb123c,0.html |title=Child Soldiers Global Report 2008 – Pakistan |publisher=[[UNHCR]] |date=20 May 2008 |access-date=9 October 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119141137/http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/country%2C%2CCSCOAL%2C%2CPAK%2C%2C486cb123c%2C0.html |archive-date=19 January 2012 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Military history ===&lt;br /&gt;
Since 1947, Pakistan has been involved in [[Indo-Pakistani wars and conflicts|four]] [[Conventional warfare|conventional wars]] with India. The first [[Indo-Pak war of 1947]] occurred in Kashmir with Pakistan gaining control of [[Western Kashmir]], (Azad Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan), and India retaining [[Eastern Kashmir]] (Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh). Territorial problems eventually led to [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1965|another conventional war]] in 1965.  The [[Bangladesh Liberation War|1971 war]] resulted in Pakistan&#039;s [[Pakistani Instrument of Surrender|unconditional surrender]] of East Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=War History |url=http://www.pakistanarmy.gov.pk/AWPReview/TextContent.aspx?pId=47&amp;amp;rnd=443 |website=Pakistan Army |access-date=24 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111225060835/http://www.pakistanarmy.gov.pk/AWPReview/TextContent.aspx?pId=47&amp;amp;rnd=443 |archive-date=25 December 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Tensions in Kargil brought the two countries at another [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1999|brink of war]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kargil&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Since 1947 the unresolved [[Durand Line|territorial problems]] with [[Afghanistan]] saw [[Afghanistan–Pakistan skirmishes|border skirmishes]] which were kept mostly at the [[Afghanistan Pakistan border|mountainous border]]. In 1961, the military and [[Pakistani intelligence community|intelligence community]] repelled the [[Military history of Pakistan#Pakistan-Afghanistan border clash of 1961|Afghan incursion]] in the [[Bajaur Agency]] near the [[Durand Line]] border.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Daoud as Prime Minister, 1953–63 |url=http://lcweb2.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/r?frd/cstdy:@field(DOCID+af0025) |year=1997|access-date=6 November 2013}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=Ian Talbot |title=The Armed Forces of Pakistan |year=1999 |publisher=Macmillan |isbn=978-0-312-21606-1 |page=[https://archive.org/details/pakistanmodernhi00talb/page/99 99] |url=https://archive.org/details/pakistanmodernhi00talb/page/99 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rising tensions with neighbouring USSR in [[Soviet–Afghan War|their involvement]] in Afghanistan, [[Pakistani intelligence community]], mostly the [[Inter-Services Intelligence|ISI]], [[Operation Cyclone|systematically coordinated]] the [[United States involvement in regime change|US resources]] to the [[Afghan mujahideen]] and [[Afghan Arabs|foreign fighters]] against the Soviet Union&#039;s presence in the region. Military reports indicated that the [[Pakistan Air Force|PAF]] was in engagement with the [[Soviet Air Forces|Soviet Air Force]], supported by the [[Afghan Air Force]] during the course of the [[Russian war in afghanistan|conflict]]; one of which belonged to [[Alexander Rutskoy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=HISTORY OF PAF |url=http://www.paf.gov.pk/history.html |publisher=Pakistan Air Force |access-date=20 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111215075643/http://www.paf.gov.pk/history.html |archive-date=15 December 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Apart from its own conflicts, Pakistan has been an active [[United Nations peacekeeping missions involving Pakistan|participant in United Nations peacekeeping missions]]. It played a major role in rescuing trapped American soldiers from [[Mogadishu]], Somalia, in 1993 in [[Operation Gothic Serpent]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;israel&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.defence.pk/pakistan-army/ |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130822072041/http://www.defence.pk/pakistan-army/ |archive-date=22 August 2013 |title=Pakistan Army |publisher=Pakistan Defense|access-date=11 March 2009}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=UN Peace Keeping Missions |url=http://www.pakistanarmy.gov.pk/AWPReview/TextContent.aspx?pId=408&amp;amp;rnd=497 |publisher=Pakistan Army |access-date=29 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111224160635/http://www.pakistanarmy.gov.pk/AWPReview/TextContent.aspx?pId=408&amp;amp;rnd=497 |archive-date=24 December 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to UN reports, the Pakistani military is the third largest troop contributor to UN [[UN peacekeeping missions involving Pakistan|peacekeeping missions]] after [[Ethiopia]] and India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Contributors to United Nations peacekeeping operations |url=https://www.un.org/en/peacekeeping/contributors/2016/dec16_1.pdf|access-date=10 February 2017 |publisher=United Nations}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1215166 |title=Pakistan&#039;s peacekeeping role highlighted |date=24 October 2015 |work=Dawn |quote=Pakistan has contributed more than 160,000 troops to-date in 41 missions spread over 23 countries in almost all continents, it said. The country has remained one of the largest troop contributing countries consistently for many years.|access-date=26 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan has [[Pakistan Armed Forces deployments|deployed its military]] in some [[Arab world|Arab countries]], providing defence, training, and playing advisory roles.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=vJQ9AAAAIAAJ|title=Western Strategic Interests in Saudi Arabia |year=1986 |publisher=Croom Helm |isbn=978-0-7099-4823-0|pages=139–140 |author=Anthony H. Cordesman}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iDoMlBd4dYsC&amp;amp;pg=PR2|title=Pakistan Islamisation|date=2005 |publisher=APH Publishing Corporation|isbn=978-81-7648-548-7|page=42|author=Bidanda M. Chengappa}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Pakistan Air Force|PAF]] and [[Pakistan Navy|Navy]]&#039;s fighter pilots have voluntarily served in Arab nations&#039; militaries against Israel in [[Six-Day War|the Six-Day War]] (1967) and in the [[Yom Kippur War]] (1973). Pakistan&#039;s [[fighter pilot]]s shot down ten Israeli planes in the Six-Day War.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;israel&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan Armed Forces |url=http://www.scramble.nl/pk.htm |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20011217224910/http://www.scramble.nl/pk.htm |archive-date=17 December 2001 |work=Scramble |access-date=24 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 1973 war, one of the PAF pilots, Flt. Lt. [[Sattar Alvi]] (flying a MiG-21), shot down an Israeli Air Force Mirage and was honoured by the Syrian government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=iDoMlBd4dYsC&amp;amp;pg=PA42 |title=Pakistan: Islamisation Army And Foreign Policy |year=2004 |publisher=APH Publishing |isbn=978-81-7648-548-7|page=42|author=Bidanda M. Chengappa}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=1BYk_sXT6tsC&amp;amp;pg=PA39 |title=The Yom Kippur War 1973 (2): The Sinai |year=2003 |publisher=Osprey Publishing |isbn=978-1-84176-221-0 |page=39|author=Simon Dunstan}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=P.R. Kumaraswamy |title=Revisiting the Yom Kippur War |publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-1-136-32895-4 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=g1TkFQgzp5cC&amp;amp;pg=PT75|year=2013 |page=75}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Requested by the [[Government of Saudi Arabia|Saudi monarchy]] in 1979, Pakistan&#039;s [[Special Service Group|special forces]] units, operatives, and commandos were rushed to assist [[Saudi forces]] in [[Mecca]] to [[Grand Mosque Seizure|lead the operation]] of the [[Masjid al-Haram|Grand Mosque]]. For almost two weeks Saudi Special Forces and Pakistani commandos fought the insurgents who had occupied the [[Great Mosque of Mecca|Grand Mosque]]&#039;s compound.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-nZeCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT63|title=The Audacious Ascetic: What the Bin Laden Tapes Reveal About Al-Qa&#039;ida |last=Miller |first=Flagg |publisher=Oxford University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-0-19-061339-6 |quote=Not since the tenth century had such a maverick crew occupied Islam&#039;s holiest sanctuary, and for nearly two weeks Saudi Special Forces assisted by Pakistani and French commandos fought pitched battles to reclaim the compound.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Rl9eCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT219|title=Force and Fanaticism: Wahhabism in Saudi Arabia and Beyond |last=Valentine |first=Simon Ross |publisher=Oxford University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-84904-616-9 |page=219}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=tNwzeQAHVJwC |title=Fatal Faultlines : Pakistan, Islam and the West |publisher=Arc Manor Publishers |year=2012 |isbn=978-1-60450-478-1 |location=Rockville, Maryland |page=129 |author=Irfan Husain}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1991, Pakistan became involved with the [[Gulf War]] and sent 5,000 troops as part of a US-led coalition, specifically for the defence of [[Saudi Arabia]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/c/a/2002/09/24/MN168392.DTL&amp;amp;ao=all |work=San Francisco Chronicle |date=24 September 2002 |title=The 1991 Gulf war|access-date=16 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the UN arms embargo on [[Bosnia]], General [[Javed Nasir]] of the [[Inter-Services Intelligence|ISI]] airlifted anti-tank weapons and missiles to Bosnian mujahideen which turned the tide in favour of Bosnian Muslims and forced the Serbs to lift the siege. Under Nasir&#039;s leadership the [[Inter-Services Intelligence|ISI]] was also involved in supporting Chinese Muslims in [[Xinjiang]] Province, rebel Muslim groups in the [[Philippines]], and some religious groups in Central Asia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TINpAAAAMAAJ|title=Intelligence and the War in Bosnia, 1992–1995: Volume 1 of Studies in intelligence history |last=Wiebes |first=Cees |publisher=LIT Verlag |year=2003 |isbn=978-3-8258-6347-0|page=195 |quote=Pakistan definitely defied the United Nations ban on supply of arms to the Bosnian Muslims and sophisticated anti-tank guided missiles were airlifted by the Pakistani intelligence agency, ISI, to help Bosnians fight the Serbs.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FHKsBwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA148|title=Pakistan&#039;s Drift Into Extremism: Allah, the Army, and America&#039;s War on Terror |last=Abbas |first=Hassan |publisher=Routledge |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-317-46328-3|page=148 |quote=Javed Nasir confesses that despite the U.N. ban on supplying arms to the besieged Bosnians, he successfully airlifted sophisticated antitank guided missiles which turned the tide in favour of Bosnian Muslims and forced the Serbs to lift the siege. Under his leadership the ISI also got involved in supporting Chinese Muslims in Xinjiang Province, rebel Muslim groups in the Philippines, and some religious groups in Central Asia.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 2004, the military has been engaged in an [[war in North-West Pakistan|insurgency]] in the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province, mainly against the [[Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan|Tehrik-i-Taliban factions]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Abbas |first=Zaffar |title=Pakistan&#039;s undeclared war|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/3645114.stm |work=BBC News |date=10 September 2004 |access-date=19 October 2008}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/01/24/AR2006012401528.html |title=The War in Pakistan |newspaper=[[The Washington Post]] |date=25 January 2006|access-date=19 October 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Major operations undertaken by the army include [[Operation Black Thunderstorm]], [[Operation Rah-e-Nijat]] and [[Operation Zarb-e-Azb]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/04-jets-bomb-taliban-hideouts-swaziristan-qs-07 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090620145347/http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/04-jets-bomb-taliban-hideouts-swaziristan-qs-07 |archive-date=20 June 2009 |title=Troops make gains in Swat and South Waziristan |date=21 June 2009 |website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]|access-date=29 December 2011}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=26 killed as troops hit Taliban hideouts in Dir |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\04\28\story_28-4-2009_pg1_3|access-date=29 December 2011 |newspaper=Daily Times |date=28 April 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090502160940/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009%5C04%5C28%5Cstory_28-4-2009_pg1_3 |archive-date=2 May 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [[SIPRI]], Pakistan was the 9th-largest recipient and importer of arms between 2012 and 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://armstrade.sipri.org/armstrade/page/toplist.php |title=TOP LIST TIV TABLES |website=SIPRI}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Economy ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{update|section|date=April 2020}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Economy of Pakistan|Economic history of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{see also|Pakistan and the International Monetary Fund}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;infobox&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size: 90%; border: 1px solid #999; float: right; margin-left: 1em; width:325px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | Economic indicators&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[gross domestic product|GDP]] ([[Purchasing Power Parity|PPP]]) || $1.254&amp;amp;nbsp;trillion &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;imf2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2020 |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2020/October/weo-report?c=564,&amp;amp;s=NGDP_RPCH,NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,PPPEX,PCPI,&amp;amp;sy=2018&amp;amp;ey=2025&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |website=IMF.org |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |access-date=17 December 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[gross domestic product|GDP]] (nominal) || $284.2&amp;amp;nbsp;billion &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=World Economic |url=https://www.imf.org/external/datamapper/NGDPD@WEO/OEMDC/ADVEC/WEOWORLD |website=www.imf.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Real GDP growth || 3.29% &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=PTI achieves lowest GDP rate of 3.29pc since 2010–11 |url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/469254-pti-achieves-lowest-gdp-rate-of-3-29pc-since-2010-11 |website=www.thenews.com.pk}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Consumer price index|CPI]] inflation || 10.3% &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//price_statistics/monthly_price_indices/2019/Monthly%20Review%20July%2C%20%202019.pdf|title=Price statistics – Monthly_price}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Unemployment in Pakistan|Unemployment]] || 5.7% &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2018)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;|| style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=PAKISTAN EMPLOYMENT TRENDS 2018 |url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//Pakistan%20Employment%20Trend%20%20Reprt%202018%20Final.pdf |website=www.pbs.gov.pk |access-date=11 November 2019 |archive-date=23 February 2021 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210223130331/https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//Pakistan%20Employment%20Trend%20%20Reprt%202018%20Final.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Labor force participation rate || 48.9% &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2018)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; ||&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Employment to population ratio, 15+, total (%) (national estimate) – Pakistan {{!}} Data |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.EMP.TOTL.SP.NE.ZS?locations=PK&amp;amp;name_desc=true |website=data.worldbank.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[National debt of Pakistan|Total public debt]] || $106&amp;amp;nbsp;billion &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[National wealth]] || $465&amp;amp;nbsp;billion &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;(2019)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |url=https://www.credit-suisse.com/media/assets/corporate/docs/about-us/research/publications/global-wealth-databook-2019.pdf |access-date=11 November 2019 |title=Global wealth databook 2019 |publisher=Credit Suisse Research Institute |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191023104250/https://www.credit-suisse.com/media/assets/corporate/docs/about-us/research/publications/global-wealth-databook-2019.pdf |archive-date=23 October 2019 |url-status=dead |date=October 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The economy of Pakistan is the [[List of countries by GDP (PPP)|23rd-largest]] in the world in terms of [[purchasing power parity]] (PPP), and [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|42nd-largest]] in terms of nominal [[gross domestic product]]. Economists estimate that Pakistan was part of the wealthiest [[Indian subcontinent|region]] of the world throughout the first millennium CE, with the largest economy by GDP. This advantage was lost in the 18th century as other regions such as China and Western Europe edged forward.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Maddison |first=Angus |title=The World Economy. A Millennial Perspective (Vol. 1). Historical Statistics (Vol. 2) |publisher=OECD |year=2006 |pages=241,&amp;amp;nbsp;261 |isbn=978-92-64-02261-4 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is considered a [[developing country]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Faryal Leghari |url=http://www.grc.ae/?frm_module=contents&amp;amp;frm_action=detail_book&amp;amp;sec=Contents&amp;amp;override=Articles%20%3E%20GCC%20Investments%20in%20Pakistan%20and%20Future%20Trends&amp;amp;book_id=25458&amp;amp;op_lang=en |title=GCC investments in Pakistan and future trends |publisher=Gulf Research Center |date=3 January 2007 |access-date=12 February 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120111131042/http://www.grc.ae/?frm_module=contents&amp;amp;frm_action=detail_book&amp;amp;sec=Contents&amp;amp;override=Articles%20%3E%20GCC%20Investments%20in%20Pakistan%20and%20Future%20Trends&amp;amp;book_id=25458&amp;amp;op_lang=en |archive-date=11 January 2012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |title=Contextualizing Entrepreneurship in Emerging Economies and Developing Countries |date=2017 |publisher=Edward Elgar Publishing |isbn=978-1-78536-753-3 |page=133 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=j3pHDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA133}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and is one of the [[Next Eleven]], a group of eleven countries that, along with the [[BRIC]]s, have a high potential to become the world&#039;s largest economies in the 21st century.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Tavia Grant |title=On 10th birthday, BRICs poised for more growth |url=https://www.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/economy/economy-lab/daily-mix/on-10th-birthday-brics-poised-for-more-growth/article2264208/|access-date=4 January 2012 |newspaper=The Globe and Mail |date=8 December 2011 |location=Toronto}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, after decades of social instability, {{As of|2013|lc=y}}, serious deficiencies in [[macromanagement]] and unbalanced [[macroeconomics]] in basic services such as [[Pakistan Railways|rail transportation]] and [[Electricity in Pakistan|electrical energy]] generation have developed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan, Rusting in Its Tracks |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2013/05/19/world/asia/pakistans-railroads-sum-up-nations-woes.html|access-date=19 May 2013 |newspaper=The New York Times |date=18 May 2013 |author=Declan Walsh |quote=natural disasters and entrenched insurgencies, abject poverty and feudal kleptocrats, and an economy near meltdown}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The economy is considered to be semi-industrialized, with centres of growth along the Indus River.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last=Henneberry |first=S. |title=An analysis of industrial–agricultural interactions: A case study in Pakistan |url=http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/record/175305/files/agec2000v022i001a002.pdf |journal=Agricultural Economics |volume=22 |pages=17–27 |year=2000 |doi=10.1016/S0169-5150(99)00041-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;siteresources.worldbank.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=World Bank Document |url=http://siteresources.worldbank.org/PAKISTANEXTN/Resources/293051-1241610364594/6097548-1257441952102/balochistaneconomicreportvol2.pdf |page=14 |year=2008 |access-date=2 January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;raid&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.rad-aid.org/UploadedFiles/RAD-AID%20Pakistan%20Health%20Care%20Radiology%20Report%202011.pdf |title=Pakistan Country Report |website=RAD-AID |year=2010 |pages=3, 7|access-date=26 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120112021042/http://www.rad-aid.org/UploadedFiles/RAD-AID%20Pakistan%20Health%20Care%20Radiology%20Report%202011.pdf |archive-date=12 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The diversified economies of [[Economy of Karachi|Karachi]] and [[Economy of Punjab, Pakistan|Punjab&#039;s urban centres]] coexist with less-developed areas in other parts of the country, particularly in Balochistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;siteresources.worldbank.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; According to the [[Economic complexity index]], Pakistan is the 67th-largest export economy in the world and the 106th-most complex economy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan |url=http://atlas.media.mit.edu/en/profile/country/pak/ |website=atlas.media.mit.edu |access-date=4 March 2017 |archive-date=18 March 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170318001324/http://atlas.media.mit.edu/en/profile/country/pak/ |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the fiscal year 2015–16, Pakistan&#039;s exports stood at US$20.81&amp;amp;nbsp;billion and imports at US$44.76&amp;amp;nbsp;billion, resulting in a negative trade balance of US$23.96&amp;amp;nbsp;billion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Hamza |first1=Abrar |title=Pakistan&#039;s trade deficit widens to 35-year high in FY16 |url=http://dailytimes.com.pk/business/16-Jul-16/pakistans-trade-deficit-widens-to-35-year-high-in-fy16|access-date=14 February 2017 |work=[[Daily Times (Pakistan)|Daily Times]]|location=Pakistan |date=16 July 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Islamabad Stock Exchange Bull.JPG|left|thumb|Statue of a bull outside the Pakistan Stock Exchange, Islamabad, Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{as of|2022}}, Pakistan&#039;s estimated [[nominal GDP]] is US$376.493&amp;amp;nbsp;billion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;imf.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2022/October/weo-report?c=564,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,PCPIEPCH,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2022&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 | title=Report for Selected Countries and Subjects }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The GDP by [[Purchasing power parity|PPP]] is US$1.512&amp;amp;nbsp;trillion. The estimated nominal per capita GDP is US$1,658, the [[GDP (PPP) per capita|GDP (PPP)/capita]] is US$6,662 ([[international dollar]]s),&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;imf2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; According to the [[World Bank]], Pakistan has important strategic endowments and development potential. The increasing proportion of Pakistan&#039;s youth provides the country with both a potential demographic dividend and a challenge to provide adequate services and employment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.worldbank.org/en/country/pakistan/overview |title=Pakistan Overview |website=worldbank.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; 21.04% of the population live below the international poverty line of US$1.25 a day. The unemployment rate among the aged 15 and over population is 5.5%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Human Development Indices |url=http://hdr.undp.org/en/media/HDI_2008_EN_Tables.pdf |publisher=United Nations Development Programme, Human Development Reports |page=15 |access-date=6 October 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081219191319/http://hdr.undp.org/en/media/HDI_2008_EN_Tables.pdf |archive-date=19 December 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan has an estimated 40&amp;amp;nbsp;million middle class citizens, projected to increase to 100&amp;amp;nbsp;million by 2050.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.forbes.com/sites/danielrunde/2016/02/29/us-higher-education-partnership-development-pakistan/#11d078c1d7dd |title=How U.S. Higher Education Partnerships Can Promote Development In Pakistan |website=Forbes|access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A 2015 report published by the World Bank ranked Pakistan&#039;s economy at 24th-largest&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Gross domestic product 2015, PPP |url=http://databank.worldbank.org/data/download/GDP_PPP.pdf |publisher=[[World Bank]]|access-date=14 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in the world by purchasing power and 41st-largest&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Gross domestic product 2015 |url=http://databank.worldbank.org/data/download/GDP.pdf |publisher=[[World Bank]]|access-date=14 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in absolute terms. It is South Asia&#039;s second-largest economy, representing about 15.0% of regional GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Recent developments |url=http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/EXTDEC/EXTDECPROSPECTS/EXTGBLPROSPECTSAPRIL/0,,contentMDK:20394787~menuPK:659178~pagePK:2470434~piPK:4977459~theSitePK:659149,00.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120120030342/http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/EXTDEC/EXTDECPROSPECTS/EXTGBLPROSPECTSAPRIL/0%2C%2CcontentMDK%3A20394787~menuPK%3A659178~pagePK%3A2470434~piPK%3A4977459~theSitePK%3A659149%2C00.html |archive-date=20 January 2012 |publisher=World Bank |date=June 2011 |access-date=30 December 2011 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=https://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&amp;amp;sid=aJxFBbyVC_hs |title=Pakistan May Keep Key Rate Unchanged After Two Cuts This Year |publisher=Bloomberg |date=28 September 2009|access-date=2 January 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101202102429/http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&amp;amp;sid=aJxFBbyVC_hs |archive-date=2 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable infobox&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Fiscal Year!!GDP growth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//tables/Table-1.pdf|title=MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS|website=Pakistan Bureau of Statistics|access-date=19 May 2018|archive-date=29 April 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180429221940/http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//tables/Table-1.pdf|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;!!Inflation rate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapters_18/Economic_Indicators_2018.pdf|title=Macro economic Indicators|website=Ministry of Finance|access-date=19 May 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2013–14||{{increase}}4.05%|| {{IncreaseNegative|10}}8.6%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2014–15||{{increase}}4.06%||{{DecreasePositive|10}}4.5%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2015–16||{{increase}}4.56%||{{DecreasePositive|10}}2.9%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2016–17||{{increase}}5.37%||{{IncreaseNegative|10}}4.2%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2017–18&lt;br /&gt;
|{{increase}}5.79%&lt;br /&gt;
|{{DecreasePositive|10}}3.8%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s economic growth since its inception has been varied. It has been slow during periods of democratic transition, but robust during the three periods of [[Martial law in Pakistan|martial law]], although the foundation for sustainable and equitable growth was not formed.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ChowdhuryMahmud2008&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The early to middle 2000s was a period of [[Economic liberalisation in Pakistan|rapid economic reforms]]; the government raised development spending, which reduced poverty levels by 10% and increased GDP by 3%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;JohnWall2006&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.worldbank.org.pk/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/PAKISTANEXTN/0,,contentMDK:20918063~menuPK:293074~pagePK:2865066~piPK:2865079~theSitePK:293052,00.html |title=Concluding Remarks at the Pakistan Development Forum 2006 |author=John Wall |publisher=World Bank |access-date=30 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120311081830/http://www.worldbank.org.pk/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/SOUTHASIAEXT/PAKISTANEXTN/0,,contentMDK:20918063~menuPK:293074~pagePK:2865066~piPK:2865079~theSitePK:293052,00.html |archive-date=11 March 2012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The economy cooled again from 2007.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Inflation reached 25.0% in 2008,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Sajid Chaudhry |title=Inflation Outlook 2008–09 |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\01\17\story_17-1-2009_pg5_2|access-date=30 December 2011 |newspaper=Daily Times |date=17 January 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120111205343/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009%5C01%5C17%5Cstory_17-1-2009_pg5_2 |archive-date=11 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and Pakistan had to depend on a fiscal policy backed by the [[International Monetary Fund]] to avoid possible bankruptcy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/financialcrisis/3147266/Pakistan-facing-bankruptcy.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081007093145/http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/financialcrisis/3147266/Pakistan-facing-bankruptcy.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=7 October 2008 |title=Pakistan facing bankruptcy—Telegraph|access-date=6 October 2008 |author=Isambard Wilkinson |work=The Daily Telegraph |location=London |date=6 October 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A year later, the [[Asian Development Bank]] reported that Pakistan&#039;s economic crisis was easing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://aaj.tv/2009/09/pakistans-economic-crisis-eases-in-2009-adb/ |title=Pakistan&#039;s economic crisis eases in 2009: ADB |work=AAJ News |agency=[[Associated Press of Pakistan]] |date=22 September 2009 |access-date=27 February 2017 |archive-date=22 October 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171022193451/http://aaj.tv/2009/09/pakistans-economic-crisis-eases-in-2009-adb/ |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The inflation rate for the fiscal year {{nowrap|2010–11}} was 14.1%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Labour Force Survey 2010–11 |url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files/Labour%20Force/publications/lfs2010_11/results.pdf |publisher=Federal Bureau of Statistics, Pakistan |year=2011 |page=12 |access-date=2 July 2012 |archive-date=25 April 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120425011532/http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files/Labour%20Force/publications/lfs2010_11/results.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 2013, as part of an [[International Monetary Fund]] program, Pakistan&#039;s economic growth has picked up. In 2014 [[Goldman Sachs]] predicted that Pakistan&#039;s economy would grow 15 times in the next 35 years to become the 18th-largest economy in the world by 2050.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/660936/global-ranking-pakistan-billed-to-become-18th-largest-economy-by-2050/ |title=Global ranking: Pakistan billed to become 18th largest economy by 2050 – The Express Tribune |website=The Express Tribune|access-date=4 March 2016|date=20 January 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In his 2016 book, &#039;&#039;The Rise and Fall of Nations&#039;&#039;, [[Ruchir Sharma]] termed Pakistan&#039;s economy as at a &#039;take-off&#039; stage and the future outlook until 2020 has been termed &#039;Very Good&#039;. Sharma termed it possible to transform Pakistan from a &amp;quot;low-income to a middle-income country during the next five years&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://tns.thenews.com.pk/pakistans-economy-ready-takeoff/#.V9_EsZN95Z3 |title=Pakistan&#039;s economy ready for takeoff |work=[[The News International|The News on Sunday]] |access-date=7 November 2016|date=18 September 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170806060828/http://tns.thenews.com.pk/pakistans-economy-ready-takeoff/#.V9_EsZN95Z3|archive-date=6 August 2017|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 10px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; background:#cfb;&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Share of world GDP (PPP)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2018/01/weodata/weorept.aspx?sy=1980&amp;amp;ey=2023&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1&amp;amp;c=513%2C273%2C223%2C564%2C924%2C456%2C644%2C536%2C429%2C582&amp;amp;s=PPPSH&amp;amp;grp=0&amp;amp;a=&amp;amp;pr.x=25&amp;amp;pr.y=10|title=Report for Selected Countries and Subjects|website=www.imf.org|access-date=19 September 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#cfb;&amp;quot;|Year&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#cfb;&amp;quot;|Share&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|1980 || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |0.54%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;|1990 || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |0.72%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2000&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|0.74%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2010&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;|0.79%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; |2017 || style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot; |0.83%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is one of the largest producers of natural commodities, and its [[Labour force of Pakistan|labour market]] is the 10th-largest in the world. The 7-million–strong [[Pakistani diaspora]] contributed US$19.9&amp;amp;nbsp;billion to the economy in 2015–16.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;remit&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Iqbal |first1=Shahid |title=$20 billion remittances received in FY16 |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1271081|access-date=20 February 2017 |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]] |date=16 July 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;overseaspakistanis1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.overseaspakistanis.net/category/op-news/page/2/ |title=OP News Discussions Archives |publisher=Overseaspakistanis.net |access-date=15 October 2013 |archive-date=11 December 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181211070343/https://www.overseaspakistanis.net/category/op-news/page/2/ |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sbp.org.pk/ecodata/Homeremit.pdf |title=Pakistan &amp;amp;#124; State Bank of Pakistan |publisher=sbp.org|access-date=15 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The major source countries of remittances to Pakistan are: the [[United Arab Emirates|UAE]]; the United States; Saudi Arabia; the Gulf states (Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, and Oman); Australia; Canada; Japan; the United Kingdom; Norway; and Switzerland.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2010\02\11\story_11-2-2010_pg5_3 |title=Leading News Resource of Pakistan |newspaper=Daily Times |date=11 February 2010|access-date=29 July 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100611043330/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2010%5C02%5C11%5Cstory_11-2-2010_pg5_3 |archive-date=11 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;young&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=N.S. Nizami |title=Population, Labour Force and Employment |url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_10/16_Population.pdf |publisher=Ministry of Finance, Pakistan |year=2010 |pages=1, 2, 9, 12, 20 |access-date=18 December 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130929144355/http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_10/16_Population.pdf |archive-date=29 September 2013 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the [[World Trade Organization]], Pakistan&#039;s share of overall world exports is declining; it contributed only 0.13% in 2007.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Yasir kamal |title=Understanding Pakistan&#039;s Exports Flows: Results from Gravity Model Estimation |url=http://www.pitad.org.pk/indexP.php?type=completed-studies |publisher=Pakistan Institute of Trade and Development|access-date=30 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Agriculture and primary sector ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Agriculture in Pakistan|Fuel extraction in Pakistan|Mining in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pakistan Chrome Mines20120126 16100237 0003.jpg|thumb|left|[[Surface mining]] in [[Sindh]]. Pakistan has been termed the &#039;Saudi Arabia of Coal&#039; by &#039;&#039;[[Forbes]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=US needs to look at Pakistan in a broader way, not just through security prism: Forbes report |website=[[Pakistan Today]] |url=http://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2016/03/04/city/islamabad/us-needs-to-look-at-pakistan-in-a-broader-way-not-just-through-security-prism-forbes-report/ |access-date=16 March 2016 |url-status=dead |archive-date=4 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160304100811/http://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2016/03/04/city/islamabad/us-needs-to-look-at-pakistan-in-a-broader-way-not-just-through-security-prism-forbes-report/}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The structure of the Pakistani economy has changed from [[Agriculture in Pakistan|a mainly agricultural]] to a strong service base. Agriculture {{As of|2015|lc=y}} accounts for only 20.9% of the GDP.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DSEC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan Economic Survey 2014–15 |url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapters_15/Highlights.pdf |publisher=Ministry of Finance|access-date=4 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Even so, according to the United Nations [[Food and Agriculture Organization]], Pakistan produced 21,591,400 metric tons of wheat in 2005, more than all of Africa (20,304,585 metric tons) and nearly as much as all of South America (24,557,784 metric tons).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sbp.org.pk/departments/stats/PakEconomy_HandBook/Chap-1.2.pdf |title=Sectoral Share in Gross Domestic Product |year=2010 |publisher=Federal Bureau of Statistics |page=10|access-date=30 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Majority of the population, directly or indirectly, is dependent on this sector. It accounts for 43.5% of employed labour force and is the largest source of foreign exchange earnings.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DSEC&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/content/agriculture-statistics |title=Agriculture Statistics {{!}} Pakistan Bureau of Statistics|website=www.pbs.gov.pk|access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large portion of the country&#039;s manufactured exports is dependent on raw materials such as cotton and hides that are part of the agriculture sector, while supply shortages and market disruptions in farm products do push up inflationary pressures. The country is also the fifth-largest producer of cotton, with cotton production of 14&amp;amp;nbsp;million bales from a modest beginning of 1.7&amp;amp;nbsp;million bales in the early 1950s; is self-sufficient in sugarcane; and is the fourth-largest producer in the world of milk. Land and water resources have not risen proportionately, but the increases have taken place mainly due to gains in labour and agriculture productivity. The major breakthrough in crop production took place in the late 1960s and 1970s due to the [[Green Revolution]] that made a significant contribution to land and yield increases of wheat and rice. Private tube wells led to a 50 percent increase in the cropping intensity which was augmented by tractor cultivation. While the tube wells raised crop yields by 50 percent, the High Yielding Varieties (HYVs) of wheat and rice led to a 50–60 percent higher yield.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:NnB-wi4YIZYJ:https://ishrathusain.iba.edu.pk/speeches/New/AgricultureSector_Issues_n_Prospects.docx+&amp;amp;cd=2&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;ct=clnk&amp;amp;gl=au |title=AGRICULTURE SECTOR: ISSUES AND PROSPECTS|access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Meat industry accounts for 1.4 percent of overall GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_10/03_Manufacturing.pdf |title=Manufacturing in Pakistan |publisher=Government of Pakistan|access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Industry ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Industry of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Textile industry in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tv Assembly Line 1.jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|Television assembly factory in [[Lahore]]. Pakistan&#039;s industrial sector accounts for about 20.3% of the GDP, and is dominated by [[small and medium-sized enterprises]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/content/industry |title=Industry |publisher= Pakistan Bureau of Statistics|website=www.pbs.gov.pk|access-date=23 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Industry is the second-largest sector of the economy, accounting for 19.74% of gross domestic product (GDP), and 24 percent of total employment. Large-scale manufacturing (LSM), at 12.2% of GDP, dominates the overall sector, accounting for 66% of the sectoral share, followed by small-scale manufacturing, which accounts for 4.9% of total GDP. Pakistan&#039;s cement industry is also fast growing mainly because of demand from [[Afghanistan]] and from the domestic real estate sector. In 2013 Pakistan exported 7,708,557 [[metric tons]] of cement.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.apcma.com/data_export.html |title=All Pakistan Cement Manufacturers Association Export Data |publisher=Apcma.com|access-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan has an installed capacity of 44,768,250 metric tons of cement and 42,636,428 metric tons of clinker. In 2012 and 2013, the cement industry in Pakistan became the most profitable sector of the economy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Bhutta |first=Zafar |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/552042/cant-get-enough-soaring-profits-not-enough-for-cement-industry/ |title=Can&#039;t get enough: Soaring profits not enough for cement industry |publisher=Tribune.com.pk |date=21 May 2013|access-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Textile industry in Pakistan|textile industry]] has a pivotal position in the manufacturing sector of Pakistan. In Asia, Pakistan is the eighth-largest exporter of textile products, contributing 9.5% to the GDP and providing employment to around 15&amp;amp;nbsp;million people (some 30% of the 49&amp;amp;nbsp;million people in the workforce). Pakistan is the fourth-largest producer of cotton with the third-largest spinning capacity in Asia after China and India, contributing 5% to the global spinning capacity.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Statistics on textile industry in Pakistan |url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/522292/statistics-on-textile-industry-in-pakistan/|access-date=4 March 2017 |work=[[Express Tribune]] |date=18 March 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; China is the second largest buyer of Pakistani textiles, importing US$1.527&amp;amp;nbsp;billion of textiles last fiscal. Unlike the US, where mostly value-added textiles are imported, China buys only cotton yarn and cotton fabric from Pakistan. In 2012, Pakistani textile products accounted for 3.3% or US$1.07bn of all UK textile imports, 12.4% or $4.61bn of total Chinese textile imports, 3.0% of all US textile imports ($2,980&amp;amp;nbsp;million), 1.6% of total German textile imports ($880&amp;amp;nbsp;million) and 0.7% of total Indian textile imports ($888&amp;amp;nbsp;million).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Baig |first=Khurram |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/522293/anatomy-of-an-indispensable-sector-why-the-pakistan-textile-industry-cannot-die/ |title=Why the Pakistan textile industry cannot die |work=[[Express Tribune]] |date=18 March 2013|access-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Services ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Real estate in Pakistan|Information technology in Pakistan|Banking in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:KHIURBANSKYLINE.jpg|thumb|Rising skyline of [[Karachi]], with several under construction skyscrapers|upright=1.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
As of 2014–15, the services sector makes up 58.8% of GDP&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DSEC&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and has emerged as the main driver of economic growth.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/483436/the-unparalleled-growth-of-the-services-sector/ |title=The unparalleled growth of the services sector |work=[[Express Tribune]]|access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistani society like other developing countries is a consumption oriented society, having a high marginal propensity to consume. The growth rate of services sector is higher than the growth rate of agriculture and industrial sector. Services sector accounts for 54 percent of GDP in 2014 and little over one-third of total employment. Services sector has strong linkages with other sectors of economy; it provides essential inputs to agriculture sector and manufacturing sector.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pide.org.pk/pdf/Working%20Paper/WorkingPaper-79.pdf |title=Contribution of Services Sector in the Economy of Pakistan |access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan&#039;s I.T sector is regarded as among the fastest growing sector&#039;s in Pakistan. The [[World Economic Forum]], assessing the development of Information and Communication Technology in the country ranked Pakistan 110th among 139 countries on the &#039;Networked Readiness Index 2016&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan most affordable country in world for telecom, ICT services: WEF |url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/1219605/pakistan-affordable-country-world-telecom-ict-services-wef/|access-date=5 March 2017 |work=[[Express Tribune]] |date=4 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{As of|May 2020}}, Pakistan has about 82&amp;amp;nbsp;million internet users, making it the [[List of countries by number of Internet users|9th-largest population]] of Internet users in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PTD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.pta.gov.pk/en/telecom-indicators|title=Telecom Indicators |website=PTA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2020-pakistan|title=Digital 2020: Pakistan |website=DataReportal – Global Digital Insights|date=18 February 2020 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The current growth rate and employment trend indicate that Pakistan&#039;s Information Communication Technology (ICT) industry will exceed the $10-billion mark by 2020.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/738036/upward-move-pakistans-ict-sector-to-cross-10b-mark-says-psha/ |title=Upward move: Pakistan&#039;s ICT sector to cross $10b mark, says P@SHA |website=The Express Tribune |access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The sector employees 12,000 and count&#039;s among top five freelancing nations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |date=7 July 2014 |title=Pakistan Startup Report |url=http://www.slideshare.net/WorldStartupReport/pakistan-startup-report |author1=Adam Dowood |author2=Bowei Goi}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=Pakistan: The Next Colombia Success Story? |website=Forbes |url=https://www.forbes.com/sites/danielrunde/2015/08/03/pakistan-the-next-colombia-success-story/#2720446a3b60 |access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country has also improved its export performance in telecom, computer and information services, as the share of their exports surged from 8.2pc in 2005–06 to 12.6pc in 2012–13. This growth is much better than that of China, whose share in services exports was 3pc and 7.7pc for the same period, respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Bhatti |first=Muhammad Umer Saleem |date=22 June 2015 |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1189624 |title=Services sector: domestic and outward growth |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]] |access-date=4 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tourism ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Tourism in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lake-saif-ul-malook Pakistan.jpg|[[Lake Saiful Muluk]], located at the northern end of the [[Kaghan Valley]], near the town of [[Naran, Kaghan Valley|Naran]], in the [[Saiful Muluk National Park]]|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rakaposhi,_Nagar_GB_(Pakistan).jpg|left|thumb|The {{convert|7788|m|ft|-tall|adj=mid}} [[Rakaposhi]] mountain towers over [[Hunza Valley]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
With its diverse cultures, people, and landscapes, Pakistan attracted around 6.6&amp;amp;nbsp;million foreign tourists in 2018,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Junaidi |first=Ikram |title=Tourist traffic witnesses sharp increase in five years |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1508132 |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]] |date=30 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which represented a significant decline since the 1970s when the country received unprecedented numbers of foreign tourists due to the popular [[Hippie trail]]. The trail attracted thousands of Europeans and Americans in the 1960s and 1970s who travelled via land through Turkey and Iran into India through Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Richard Gregory |website=www.richardgregory.org.uk |url=http://www.richardgregory.org.uk/history/hippie-trail.htm |access-date=17 June 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200728045152/https://www.richardgregory.org.uk/history/hippie-trail.htm |archive-date=28 July 2020 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Northern Pakistan]] is well-known for its scenic beauty and several highest peaks of the world. The main destinations of choice for these tourists were the [[Khyber Pass]], [[Peshawar]], [[Karachi]], [[Lahore]], [[Swat (Pakistan)|Swat]] and [[Rawalpindi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Paracha |first1=Nadeem F. |date=25 August 2011 |title=Karachi: The past is another city |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/654449/karachi-the-past-is-another-city|access-date=24 February 2017 |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The numbers following the trail declined after the [[Iranian Revolution]] and the [[Soviet–Afghan War]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffingtonpost.com/christian-caryl/strange-rebels-excerpt_b_3427854.html |title=When Afghanistan Was Just a Stop on the &#039;Hippie Trail&#039; |last=Caryl |first=Christian |date=12 June 2013 |website=The Huffington Post|access-date=17 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s tourist attractions range from the [[Indus River Delta-Arabian Sea mangroves|mangroves]] in the south to the Himalayan [[List of hill stations of Pakistan|hill stations]] in the north-east. The country&#039;s tourist destinations range from the Buddhist ruins of [[Takht-i-Bahi]] and [[Taxila]], to the 5,000-year-old cities of the [[Indus Valley civilization]] such as [[Mohenjo-daro]] and [[Harappa]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.ft.com/cms/s/2/76d57272-6764-11de-925f-00144feabdc0.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20221210/http://www.ft.com/cms/s/2/76d57272-6764-11de-925f-00144feabdc0.html |archive-date=10 December 2022 |url-access=subscription |title=The road between China and Pakistan |website=[[Financial Times]] |date=4 July 2009|access-date=27 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is home to several [[Mountain ranges of Pakistan|mountain peaks]] over {{convert|7,000|m|abbr=off}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |title=5 Pakistani peaks that are among world&#039;s highest |url=http://nation.com.pk/entertainment/11-Dec-2015/5-pakistani-peaks-that-are-among-world-s-highest|access-date=9 January 2017 |magazine=[[The Nation (Pakistan)|The Nation]] |date=11 December 2015 |quote=Pakistan is home to 108 peaks above 7,000 metres and probably as many peaks above 6,000&amp;amp;nbsp;m.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The northern part of Pakistan has many old fortresses, examples of ancient architecture, and the [[Hunza Valley|Hunza]] and Chitral valleys, home to the small pre-Islamic [[Kalash people|Kalasha]] community claiming descent from Alexander the Great.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.rferl.org/a/28439107.html|title=Pakistan&#039;s Forgotten Pagans Get Their Due|last=Bezhan|first=Frud|date=19 April 2017|website=[[Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty]]|access-date=11 July 2017|quote=About half of the Kalash practice a form of ancient Hinduism infused with old pagan and animist beliefs.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan&#039;s cultural capital, Lahore, contains many examples of [[Mughal architecture]] such as the [[Badshahi Masjid]], the [[Shalimar Gardens (Lahore)|Shalimar Gardens]], the [[Tomb of Jahangir]], and the [[Lahore Fort]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In October 2006, just one year after the [[2005 Kashmir earthquake]], &#039;&#039;[[The Guardian]]&#039;&#039; released what it described as &amp;quot;The top five tourist sites in Pakistan&amp;quot; in order to help the country&#039;s tourism industry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://www.theguardian.com/travel/2006/oct/17/pakistan?page=all |work=The Guardian |location=London |title=Out of the rubble |first=Antonia |last=Windsor |date=17 October 2006|access-date=25 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The five sites included [[Taxila]], [[Lahore]], the [[Karakoram Highway]], [[Karimabad (Hunza)|Karimabad]], and [[Lake Saiful Muluk]]. To promote Pakistan&#039;s unique cultural heritage, the government organises various festivals throughout the year.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.tourism.gov.pk/fairs_festivals.html |title=Tourism Events in Pakistan in 2010 |publisher=Tourism.gov.pk |access-date=27 September 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070209103944/http://www.tourism.gov.pk/fairs_festivals.html |archive-date=9 February 2007 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2015, the [[World Economic Forum]]&#039;s Travel &amp;amp; Tourism Competitiveness Report ranked Pakistan 125 out of 141 countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Travel &amp;amp; Tourism Competitiveness Report 2015 |url=http://www3.weforum.org/docs/TT15/WEF_Global_Travel&amp;amp;Tourism_Report_2015.pdf |publisher=[[World Economic Forum]]|access-date=24 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Infrastructure ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Water supply and sanitation in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan was recognised as the best country for infrastructure development in South Asia during the [[International Monetary Fund|IWF]] and World Bank annual meetings in 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://embassyofpakistanusa.org/press-releases-10-09-2016/|title=Pakistan has been recognized as Best Country for Infrastructure Development in South Asia by the Emerging Markets, the newspaper of the IMF/World Bank Annual Meeting – Embassy of Pakistan, Washington D.C}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nuclear power and energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Nuclear power in Pakistan|Energy in Pakistan|Electricity sector in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tarbela Dam during the 2010 floods.jpg|thumb|right|[[Tarbela Dam]], the largest earth filled dam in the world, was constructed in 1968.]]&lt;br /&gt;
As of May 2021, [[nuclear power in Pakistan|nuclear power]] is provided by six licensed commercial [[nuclear power plants]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Pakistan&#039;s largest Chinese-built nuclear plant to start operating|url=https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/pakistans-largest-chinese-built-nuclear-plant-start-operating-2021-05-21/|access-date=18 June 2021 |newspaper=[[Reuters]]|date=21 May 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission]] (PAEC) is solely responsible for operating these power plants, while the [[Pakistan Nuclear Regulatory Authority]] regulates safe usage of the nuclear energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.paec.gov.pk/paec-np.htm |title=Nuclear Power Generation Programme |last=(PAEC) |first=Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission |author-link=Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission |publisher=PAEC |website=Government of Pakistan |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20050209020648/http://www.paec.gov.pk/paec-np.htm |archive-date=9 February 2005|access-date=15 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Electricity generation|electricity generated]] by commercial nuclear power plants constitutes roughly 5.8% of Pakistan&#039;s electrical energy, compared to 64.2% from [[fossil fuel]]s ([[crude oil]] and natural gas), 29.9% from [[hydroelectric power]], and 0.1% from [[Coal power plant|coal]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Express Tribune, 2014&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Kazmi |first1=Zahir |title=Pakistan&#039;s energy security |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/655573/pakistans-energy-security/|access-date=23 February 2015 |quote=Special report on Energy security efforts in Pakistan |work=Express Tribune |date=7 January 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Syed Yousaf |first=Raza |title=Current Picture of Electrical Energy In Pakistan |url=https://docs.google.com/viewer?a=v&amp;amp;q=cache:T4QW3douApsJ:www.iaea.org/INPRO/4th_Dialogue_Forum/DAY_3_01_August-ready/2._-_DG-C3-4-31-07-2012.pdf+pakistan+nuclear+power+program+2050&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;gl=us&amp;amp;pid=bl&amp;amp;srcid=ADGEESjUcYBzrkzBdSSwbflDwBpLkLAkFaFROisP_jK3E3S97aqHY9tMS-It6gaYDd-q4lZP8BEuD6e4C5E91EnlkiSKIw-JbWuYsNwjNNC1f1Nxyw9D0Ib_V424k5ghsCazU80qDKfF&amp;amp;sig=AHIEtbRAsJSVdJ36dVxzvdggw_Xz16RLGg |website=Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission |publisher=Directorate-General for Nuclear Power Generation|access-date=28 November 2012 |date=31 July 2012}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |last=Zulfikar |first=Saman |title=Pak-China energy cooperation |url=http://pakobserver.net/detailnews.asp?id=109910 |access-date=23 April 2012 |newspaper=Pakistan Observer |date=23 April 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130927072914/http://pakobserver.net/detailnews.asp?id=109910 |archive-date=27 September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is one of the four [[List of states with nuclear weapons|nuclear armed states]] (along with India, Israel, and [[North Korea]]) that is not a party to the [[Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty]], but it is a member in good standing of the [[International Atomic Energy Agency]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite press release  |title=IAEA Publications: Pakistan Overview |url=http://ola.iaea.org/factSheets/CountryDetails.asp?country=PK |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070612063504/http://ola.iaea.org/factSheets/CountryDetails.asp?country=PK |archive-date=12 June 2007 |website=IAEA, P.O. Box 100, Wagramer Strasse 5, A-1400 Vienna, Austria |publisher=IAEA Membership states|access-date=17 April 2012}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |last=Associate Press of Pakistan (APP) |title=IAEA declares nuclear energy programme safe |url=http://dawn.com/2011/04/25/iaea-declares-pakistan-nuclear-program-safe/ |access-date=17 April 2012 |newspaper=Dawn Newspapers, 25 April 2011 |date=25 April 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120625232049/http://dawn.com/2011/04/25/iaea-declares-pakistan-nuclear-program-safe/ |archive-date=25 June 2012}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |last=Dahl |first=Fredrik |title=Nuclear-armed Pakistan chairs board of U.N. atom body |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/idINIndia-51762220100927?edition-redirect=in|access-date=17 April 2012 |newspaper=Reuters, Vienna |date=27 September 2010 |quote=&amp;quot;Pakistan is a long-standing and &amp;quot;very law-abiding&amp;quot; member of the IAEA, got no opposition from any side at all}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Karachi Nuclear Power Plant|KANUPP-I]], a [[CANDU reactor|Candu-type]] nuclear reactor, was supplied by Canada in 1971—the country&#039;s first commercial [[nuclear power plant]]. The Sino-Pakistani nuclear cooperation began in the early 1980s. After a Sino-Pakistani nuclear cooperation agreement in 1986,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Bartholomew |first=Carolyn |title=Report to Congress of the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=3ZfpbEaitBwC&amp;amp;pg=PA212|publisher=Diane Publishing |isbn=978-1-4379-2600-2 |date=March 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; China provided Pakistan with a nuclear reactor dubbed [[Chashma Nuclear Power Plant|CHASNUPP-I]] for energy and the industrial growth of the country. In 2005 both countries proposed working on a joint energy security plan, calling for a huge increase in generation capacity to more than 160,000&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Megawatt|MWe]] by 2030. Under its Nuclear Energy Vision 2050, the Pakistani government plans to increase nuclear power generation capacity to 40,000&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Megawatt|MWe]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=PAEC plans 40,000MW by 2050 using environment-friendly nuclear power |url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/14698-paec-plans-40000mw-by-2050-using-environment-friendly-nuclear-power|access-date=30 April 2017 |work=[[The News International]] |date=17 September 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; 8,900&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Megawatt|MWe]] of it by 2030.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Syed |first=Baqir Sajjad |title=8,900MW nuclear power generation planned |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1077816|access-date=30 April 2017 |work=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]] |date=2 January 2014}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite journal |last=Ijaz |first=Muhammad, Director of Scientific Information and Public Relation (SIPR) |title=PAEC assigned 8,800 MWe nuclear power target by 2030:PAEC contributing to socio-economic uplift of the country |journal=PakAtom Newsletter |volume=49 |issue=1–2 |pages=1–8 |date=December 2010 |url=http://www.paec.gov.pk/newsletters/pkatm-n/p-nd10.pdf}} {{dead link|date=May 2016|bot=medic}}{{cbignore|bot=medic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[File:Jhimpir Wind Farm 2012.jpg|thumb|&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan produced 1,135&amp;amp;nbsp;megawatts of [[renewable energy]] for the month of October 2016. Pakistan expects to produce 10,000&amp;amp;nbsp;megawatts of renewable energy by 2025.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1218970/exclusive-club-nations-pakistan-producing-1000mw-clean-energy/ |title=Pakistan producing more than 1,000MW of clean energy |date=3 November 2016 |newspaper=The Express Tribune|access-date=3 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|left]]In June 2008 the nuclear [[Chashma Nuclear Power Plant|commercial complex]] was expanded with the ground work of installing and operationalising the [[Chashma Nuclear Power Plant|Chashma-III]] and [[Chashma Nuclear Power Plant|Chashma–IV]] reactors at [[Chashma, Pakistan|Chashma]], [[Punjab (Pakistani province)|Punjab Province]], each with 325–340&amp;amp;nbsp;MWe and costing [[Pakistani rupee|₨]] 129&amp;amp;nbsp;billion; from which the [[Pakistani rupee|₨]] 80&amp;amp;nbsp;billion came from international sources, principally China. A further agreement for China&#039;s help with the project was signed in October 2008, and given prominence as a counter to the [[India–United States Civil Nuclear Agreement|US–India agreement]] that shortly preceded it. The cost quoted then was US$1.7&amp;amp;nbsp;billion, with a foreign loan component of US$1.07&amp;amp;nbsp;billion. In 2013 Pakistan established a second commercial [[Karachi Nuclear Power Complex|nuclear complex]] in [[Karachi]] with plans of additional reactors, similar to the one in [[Chashma Nuclear Power Plant|Chashma]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Bhutta |first1=Zafar |title=Govt to kick off work on 1,100MW nuclear power plant |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/559885/govt-to-kick-off-work-on-1100mw-nuclear-power-plant/|access-date=19 January 2015 |agency=Express Tribune |date=7 June 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Electricity in Pakistan|electrical energy]] is generated by various [[List of electric supply companies in Pakistan|energy corporations]] and evenly distributed by the [[National Electric Power Regulatory Authority]] (NEPRA) among the [[Four Provinces (Pakistan)|four provinces]]. However, the [[Karachi]]-based [[K-Electric]] and the [[Water and Power Development Authority]] (WAPDA) generates much of the electrical energy used in Pakistan in addition to gathering revenue nationwide.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Power Sector Situation in Pakistan |url=http://www.rural-electrification.com/cms/upload/pdf/Pakistan-GTZ-power-sector-overview.pdf|access-date=26 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110124180708/http://www.rural-electrification.com/cms/upload/pdf/Pakistan-GTZ-power-sector-overview.pdf |archive-date=24 January 2011 |website=Alternate Energy Development Board and GTZ |year=2005 |page=1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2014, Pakistan had an installed [[electricity generation]] capacity of ~22,797{{small|[[Megawatt|MWt]]}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Express Tribune, 2014&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Transport in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
The transport industry accounts for ~10.5% of the nation&#039;s GDP.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://go.worldbank.org/7CYYM39VG0 |archive-url=http://webarchive.loc.gov/all/20100816122426/http://go.worldbank.org/7CYYM39VG0 |url-status=dead |archive-date=16 August 2010 |title=Transportation in Pakistan |year=2011 |publisher=World Bank |access-date=25 January 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Motorways====&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Motorways of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:M2-Motorway.jpg|thumb|The motorway passes through the [[Salt Range]] mountains.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Motorways of Pakistan are a network of multiple-lane, high-speed, [[controlled-access highway]]s in Pakistan, which are owned, maintained, and operated federally by Pakistan&#039;s [[National Highway Authority]]. As of 20 February 2020, 1882&amp;amp;nbsp;km of motorways are operational, while an additional 1854&amp;amp;nbsp;km are under construction or planned. All motorways in Pakistan are pre-fixed with the letter &#039;M&#039; (for &amp;quot;Motorway&amp;quot;) followed by the unique numerical designation of the specific highway (with a hyphen in the middle), e.g. &amp;quot;M-1&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://nha.gov.pk/en/|title=National Highways Authority – Committed to Excellence|access-date=16 March 2020|archive-date=25 December 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181225171644/http://nha.gov.pk/en/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan&#039;s motorways are an important part of Pakistan&#039;s &amp;quot;National Trade Corridor Project&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/project-document/81261/40075-pak-seia-0.pdf|title=Proposed Multitranche Financing Facility Pakistan: National Trade Corridor Highway Investment Program|publisher=[[Asian Development Bank|ADB]]|date=April 2007|access-date=11 January 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which aims to link Pakistan&#039;s three [[Arabian Sea]] ports ([[Karachi Port]], [[Port Bin Qasim]] and [[Gwadar Port]]) to the rest of the country through its national highways and motorways network and further north with [[Afghanistan]], [[Central Asia]] and China. The project was planned in 1990. The [[China Pakistan Economic Corridor]] project aims to link [[Gwadar Port]] and [[Kashgar]] (China) using Pakistani motorways, [[National Highways of Pakistan|national highways]], and [[Expressways of Pakistan|expressways]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Highways====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|National Highways of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
Highways form the backbone of Pakistan&#039;s transport system; a total road length of {{convert|263,942|km|mi|abbr=off}} accounts for 92% of passengers and 96% of inland freight traffic. Road transport services are largely in the hands of the [[Privatization in Pakistan|private sector]]. The National Highway Authority is responsible for the maintenance of national highways and motorways. The highway and motorway system depends mainly on north–south links connecting the southern ports to the populous provinces of Punjab and [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa|Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa]]. Although this network only accounts for 4.6% of total road length,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DSEC&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; it carries 85% of the country&#039;s traffic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Ahmed Jamal Pirzada |title=Draft: Role of Connectivity in Growth Strategy of Pakistan |url=http://www.pc.gov.pk/feg/PDFs/role%20of%20connectivity%20in%20growth%20strategy%20of%20pakistan.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120421064636/http://www.pc.gov.pk/feg/PDFs/role%20of%20connectivity%20in%20growth%20strategy%20of%20pakistan.pdf |archive-date=21 April 2012 |year=2011 |publisher=Planning Commission, Pakistan |pages=4, 7, 9|access-date=31 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=National Highway Development Sector Investment Program |url=http://www.adb.org/Documents/RRPs/PAK/37559-PAK-RRP.pdf |publisher=Asian Development Bank |year=2005 |pages=11, 12|access-date=31 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071007150953/http://www.adb.org/Documents/RRPs/PAK/37559-PAK-RRP.pdf |archive-date=7 October 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Railways====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|List of railway stations in Pakistan}}[[File:PK Karachi asv2020-02 img54 Cantonment Railway Station.jpg|[[Karachi Cantonment railway station]]|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Pakistan Railways]], under the [[Ministry of Railways (Pakistan)|Ministry of Railways]] (MoR), operates the railroad system. From 1947 until the 1970s the [[Pakistan Railways|train system]] was the primary means of transport until the nationwide constructions of the national highways and the [[economic boom]] of the [[Cars in Pakistan|automotive industry]]. Beginning in the 1990s there was a marked shift in traffic from rail to highways; dependence grew on roads after the introduction of [[Automotive industry in Pakistan|vehicles]] in the country. Now the railway&#039;s share of inland traffic is below 8% for passengers and 4% for freight traffic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DSEC&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; As personal transportation began to be dominated by the automobile, total rail track decreased from {{convert|8,775|km|abbr=off}} in 1990–91 to {{convert|7,791|km|abbr=off}} in 2011.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=PAKISTAN |url=http://www.nationsencyclopedia.com/economies/Asia-and-the-Pacific/Pakistan.html |website=Encyclopedia Nation|access-date=31 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan expects to use the rail service to boost [[Foreign trade of Pakistan|foreign trade]] with China, Iran, and Turkey.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Syed Fazl-e-Haider |title=China-Pakistan rail link on horizon |url=http://www.atimes.com/atimes/South_Asia/IB24Df02.html |access-date=31 December 2011|date=24 February 2007|url-status=unfit|archive-date=26 February 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070226192640/http://www.atimes.com/atimes/South_Asia/IB24Df02.html |newspaper=Asia Times Online}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite news |title=Pakistan-Turkey rail trial starts |work=BBC News |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/8201934.stm|access-date=13 March 2012 |date=14 August 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Airports====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|List of airports in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PIA rendezvous-edit.jpg|thumb|[[Boeing 737]] owned and operated by [[Pakistan International Airlines]] (PIA) at [[Skardu International Airport]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are an estimated 151 airports and airfields in Pakistan as of 2013—including both the military and the mostly publicly owned [[Civil Aviation Authority (Pakistan)|civilian]] airports.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/pakistan/|title=Airports – The World Factbook|publisher=Central Intelligence Agency|access-date=29 May 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although [[Jinnah International Airport]] is the principal international gateway to Pakistan, the international airports in [[Allama Iqbal International Airport|Lahore]], [[Islamabad International Airport|Islamabad]], [[Peshawar International Airport|Peshawar]], [[Quetta International Airport|Quetta]], [[Faisalabad International Airport|Faisalabad]], [[Sialkot International Airport|Sialkot]], and [[Multan International Airport|Multan]] also handle significant amounts of traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[List of airlines of Pakistan|civil aviation industry]] is mixed with [[Nationalization in Pakistan|public]] and [[Privatization in Pakistan|private]] sectors, which was [[Privatization in Pakistan|deregulated]] in 1993. While the [[State owned enterprises|state-owned]] [[Pakistan International Airlines]] (PIA) is the major and dominant air carrier that carries about 73% of domestic passengers and all domestic freight, the private airlines such as [[Airblue|airBlue]] and [[Air Indus]], also provide similar services at a [[Low cost carrier|low cost]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Seaports====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Karachi Seaport.jpg|[[Port of Karachi]] is one of [[South Asia]]&#039;s largest and busiest deep-water [[Port|seaports]], handling about 60% of the nation&#039;s cargo (25&amp;amp;nbsp;million tons per annum).|thumb|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
Major seaports are in [[Karachi]], Sindh (the [[Port of Karachi|Karachi port]], [[Port Qasim]]).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nation&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Since the 1990s some seaport operations have been moved to [[Balochistan, Pakistan|Balochistan]] with the construction of [[Gwadar port|Gwadar Port]], [[Port of Pasni]] and [[Gadani ship-breaking yard|Gadani Port]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;pc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nation&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Gwadar Port]] is the [[Deep water port|deepest sea port]] of the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=GWADAR PORT PAKISTAN |url=http://www.gwadarinfo.com/port.php |website=www.gwadarinfo.com |access-date=12 April 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190830064514/http://www.gwadarinfo.com/port.php |archive-date=30 August 2019 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the [[World Economic Forum|WEF&#039;s]] Global Competitiveness Report, quality ratings of Pakistan&#039;s port infrastructure increased from 3.7 to 4.1 between 2007 and 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Quality of port infrastructure, WEF |url=http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/IQ.WEF.PORT.XQ|access-date=12 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metro====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|List of rapid transit systems in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Metro Train=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:The Red Metro Bus in Blue Area.jpg|thumb|Track of [[Islamabad-Rawalpindi Metrobus]] with adjoining station]]&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[Orange Line (Lahore Metro)|Orange Line Metro Train]] is an automated [[rapid transit]] system in [[Lahore]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=2014-05-23|title=Good news on track: Lahore to get Pakistan&#039;s first metro train|url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/711864/good-news-on-track-lahore-to-get-pakistans-first-metro-train|access-date=2022-04-12|website=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Orange line is the first of the three proposed rail lines part for the [[Lahore Metro]]. The line spans {{convert|27.1|km|mi|1|abbr=on}} with {{convert|25.4|km|mi|1|abbr=on}} elevated and {{convert|1.72|km|mi|1|abbr=on}} underground and has a cost of 251.06&amp;amp;nbsp;billion Rupees ($1.6&amp;amp;nbsp;billion).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Norinco Technical Proposal|url=http://www.lahoremetroauraap.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Norinco-Technical-Proposal.pdf|access-date=25 January 2017|date=January 2016|page=12|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170202022759/http://www.lahoremetroauraap.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Norinco-Technical-Proposal.pdf|archive-date=2 February 2017|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The line consists of 26 subway stations and is designed to carry over 250,000 passengers daily. The line became operational on 25 October 2020.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://en.dailypakistan.com.pk/25-Oct-2020/punjab-cm-inaugurates-lahore-s-much-delayed-orange-line-metro-train|title=Punjab CM inaugurates Lahore&#039;s much-delayed Orange Line Metro Train|date=25 October 2020|work=Daily Pakistan|access-date=25 October 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Metro Bus and BRTs=====&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lahore Metrobus]] is a [[bus rapid transit]] service operating in the city of [[Lahore]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://pakvisit.com/pakistan/metrobus.html|title=Metro Bus Lahore Pakistan -Rapid Bus Transport|website=pakvisit.com|access-date=9 June 2018|archive-date=9 June 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180609002127/http://www.pakvisit.com/pakistan/metrobus.html|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Metrobus network&#039;s first phase was opened in February 2013. It was the first Metro bus system in Pakistan.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Rawalpindi-Islamabad Metrobus]] is a {{convert|48.1|km|mi|1|abbr=on}} [[bus rapid transit]] system operating in the [[Islamabad-Rawalpindi metropolitan area]]. The Metrobus network&#039;s first phase was opened on 4 June 2015, and stretches 22.5 kilometres between [[Pak Secretariat]], in [[Islamabad]], and [[Saddar, Rawalpindi|Saddar]] in [[Rawalpindi]]. The second stage stretches 25.6 kilometres between the [[Peshawar Morr Interchange]] and [[New Islamabad International Airport]] and was inaugurated on 18 April 2022.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Orange line trial run&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.incpak.com/national/islamabad-starts-trial-of-orange-line-metro-bus-service/|title=Islamabad Starts Trial of Orange Line Metro Bus Service|date=2022-04-16|work=INCPAK|access-date=2022-04-18|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PM Shehbaz Sharif inaugurates metrobus service&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.geo.tv/latest/412136-pm-shehbaz-sharif-inaugurates-metrobus-service-from-peshawar-mor-to-islamabad|title=PM Shehbaz Sharif confident his &#039;speedy work&#039; will frighten ex-premier Imran Khan|date=2022-04-18|work=GEO News|access-date=2022-04-18|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The system uses e-ticketing and an [[Intelligent Transportation System]] and is managed by the [[Punjab Mass Transit Authority]].&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Multan Metrobus]] is a [[bus rapid transit]] (BRT) system in [[Multan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.nation.com.pk/national/06-Jun-2014/work-on-multan-metro-bus-to-begin-on-august-14 |title= Work on Multan Metro Bus to Begin on August 14|newspaper= The Nation|access-date= 30 January 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Construction on the line began in May 2015, while operations commenced on 24 January 2017.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1310439/this-is-naya-pakistan-pm-inaugurates-rs29bn-metro-bus-project-in-multan|title= Prime Minister inaugurates Multan Metrobus|newspaper= Dawn News|date= 24 January 2017|access-date= 24 January 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Peshawar Metrobus|Peshawar Bus Rapid Transit]] (Peshawar BRT) is a [[bus rapid transit]] system in [[Peshawar]], capital of [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa]] province. The construction of the project was started in October 2017 and was inaugurated on 13 August 2020, it is the fourth BRT system in Pakistan.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Green Line - Karachi Metrobus|Green Line Metrobus]] is the first phase of [[Karachi Metrobus]] that has been operational since 25 December 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=PM Imran inaugurates Karachi&#039;s much-awaited Green Line bus service |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1663004/pm-imran-inaugurates-karachis-much-awaited-green-line-bus-service |work=Dawn |date=10 December 2021|access-date=12 February 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Government of Pakistan]] financed the majority of the project.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1055243/ground-breaking-ceremony-green-line-brt-finally-gets-go-ahead/|title=Ground-breaking ceremony: Green Line BRT finally gets go-ahead – The Express Tribune|date=26 February 2016|website=The Express Tribune|access-date=11 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Construction of the Green Line began on 26 February 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1241849|title=Karachi&#039;s Green Line bus will be more beautiful than Lahore metro: PM Nawaz|last=Dawn.com|date=26 February 2016|website=www.dawn.com|access-date=11 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Faisalabad shuttle train service and [[Faisalabad Metrobus]] are the proposed rapid transit projects in the city of [[Faisalabad]]. These projects are the part of a mega-project of [[China–Pakistan Economic Corridor]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://dailytimes.com.pk/542890/special-shuttle-train-service-to-be-launched-for-workers-of-cpec-sez/|title=Special shuttle train service to be launched for workers of CPEC SEZ|date=20 January 2020|website=Daily Times}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite news|url=https://dailytimes.com.pk/17091/cm-to-take-metro-bus-to-faisalabad/|title=CM to take metro bus to Faisalabad – Daily Times|date=15 April 2017|work=Daily Times|access-date=9 June 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Other Systems=====&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Karachi Circular Railway]] is a partially active regional [[public transport|public transit system]] in Karachi, which serves the [[Karachi District|Karachi metropolitan area]]. KCR was fully operational between 1969 and 1999. Since 2001, restoration of the railway and restarting the system had been sought.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://nation.com.pk/10-Aug-2020/chairman-railways-visits-kcr-track |title=Chairman Railways visits KCR track |author=&amp;lt;!--Staff writer(s)/no by-line.--&amp;gt; |date=10 August 2020 |work=[[The Nation (Pakistani newspaper)|The Nation]] |access-date=12 January 2021}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/2260409/supreme-court-gives-four-more-months-to-overhaul-railways |title=Supreme Court gives four more months to overhaul railways |author=&amp;lt;!--Staff writer(s)/no by-line.--&amp;gt; |date=20 August 2020 |work=[[The Express Tribune]] |access-date=12 January 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In November 2020, the KCR partially revived operations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1591237/karachi-circular-railway-begins-partial-operations-today |title=Karachi Circular Railway begins partial operations |author=&amp;lt;!--Staff writer(s)/no by-line.--&amp;gt; |date=19 November 2020 |work=[[Dawn News]] |access-date=12 January 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*A [[Mohamedali Tramways Company|tramway service]] was started in 1884 in [[Karachi]] but was closed in 1975 due to various factors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=OLMT project to face further delay|url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/1941286/1-olmt-project-face-delay/|access-date=2 April 2019|work=[[The Express Tribune]]|author=Adnan, Imran|date=1 April 2019|quote=As per the direction of the apex court, he said, the civil works of the project will be completed by end of July 2019. But the project will not enter into commercial operations by August or November 2019.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news|title=Manufacturing of orange trains starts, says Kh Hassan|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/122738-Manufacturing-of-orange-trains-starts-says-Kh-Hassan|access-date=24 January 2017|agency=The News|date=26 May 2016|quote=Latest technology will be employed for fabricating these trains and the rolling-stock will be fully computerised, automatic and driverless.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Sindh Government]] is planning to restart the tramway services in the city, collaborating with Austrian experts.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://propakistani.pk/2019/01/02/karachi-is-planning-to-restart-tram-services/amp/|title=Karachi is Planning to Restart Tram Services|website=propakistani.pk|date=2 January 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*In October 2019, a project for the construction of tramway service in [[Lahore]] has also been signed by the [[Government of Punjab, Pakistan|Punjab Government]]. This project will be launched under public-private partnership in a joint venture of European and Chinese companies along with the Punjab transport department.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1511430|title=MoU signed for tram service in Lahore|first=Khalid|last=Hasnain|date=18 October 2019|website=DAWN.COM}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Flyovers and underpasses====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|List of flyovers in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nagan Ch Karachi.jpg|Nagan Chowrangi Flyover, Karachi|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Many flyovers and underpasses are located in major urban areas of the country to segregate the flow of traffic. The highest number of flyovers and under passes are located in [[Karachi]], followed by [[Lahore]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1834123/1-work-begins-three-flyovers-karachi|title=Work begins on three more flyovers in Karachi|date=25 October 2018|website=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other cities having flyovers and underpasses for the regulation of flow of traffic includes [[Islamabad-Rawalpindi metropolitan area|Islamabad-Rawalpindi]], [[Faisalabad]], [[Gujranwala]], [[Multan]], [[Peshawar]], [[Hyderabad, Pakistan|Hyderabad]], [[Quetta]], [[Sargodha]], [[Bahawalpur]], [[Sukkur]], [[Larkana]], [[Rahim Yar Khan]] and [[Sahiwal]] etc.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2013/01/09/cm-to-inaugurate-6th-road-flyover-today/|title=CM to inaugurate 6th road flyover today &amp;amp;#124; Pakistan Today|website=Pakistan Today|access-date=22 June 2020|archive-date=25 June 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200625123246/https://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2013/01/09/cm-to-inaugurate-6th-road-flyover-today/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1116986/infrastructure-jhal-flyover-near-completion-says-minister|title=Infrastructure: Jhal flyover near completion, says minister|date=5 June 2016|website=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|url=https://www.google.com/maps/place/Flyover,+Sargodha,+Punjab,+Pakistan/@32.0811849,72.6671609,13z/data=!4m2!3m1!1s0x392177a4504530a1:0x9d3ee09ce7f9aa7f?hl=en-US&amp;amp;gl=pk|title=Flyover|website=Flyover}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|url=http://beta.dawn.com/news/166170/flyover-in-bahawalpur|title=Flyover in Bahawalpur|date=19 November 2005|website=Dawn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beijing Underpass, [[Lahore]] is the longest underpass of Pakistan with a length of about {{cvt|1.3|km}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://gulfnews.com/world/asia/pakistan/pakistans-longest-underpass-opens-in-lahore-1.2134973|title=Pakistan&#039;s longest underpass opens in Lahore|website=gulfnews.com|date=4 December 2017 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Muslim Town Flyover]], [[Lahore]] is the longest flyover of the country with a length of about {{cvt|2.6|km}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2012/04/30/say-hello-to-the-country%E2%80%99s-largest-flyover/amp/|title=Say hello to the country&#039;s largest flyover! &amp;amp;#124; Pakistan Today|website=www.pakistantoday.com.pk}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Science and technology ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Science and technology in Pakistan|List of Pakistani inventions and discoveries}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 300&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Abdus Salam 1987.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[Abdus Salam]] won the 1979 [[Nobel Prize in Physics]] for his contribution to [[electroweak interaction]]. He was the first Muslim to win a Nobel prize in science.&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Atta ur Rahman (scientist)|Atta-ur-Rahman]] won the [[UNESCO Science Prize]] for pioneering contributions in chemistry in 1999, the first Muslim to win it.&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Atta-Ur-Rahman (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption3          = [[Salimuzzaman Siddiqui]] was a Pakistani organic chemist who pioneered research on pharmacology use of various domestic plants. He was a member of the [[Royal Society]].&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = &amp;lt;!-- [[BP:NFCC]] violation: Salimuzzaman.jpg --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| width4            = 120&lt;br /&gt;
| caption4          = [[Mahbub ul Haq]] was a Pakistani game theorist whose work led to the [[Human Development Index]]. He had a profound effect on the field of [[international development]].&lt;br /&gt;
| image4            = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developments in [[Science and technology in Pakistan|science and technology]] have played an important role in Pakistan&#039;s infrastructure and helped the country connect to the rest of the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Ministry of Science and Technology |title=National Science, Technology and Innovation Policy 2012 |url=http://most.comsatshosting.com/%5CPolicies%5CNational%20Science,%20Technology%20and%20Innovation%20Policy%202012.pdf |publisher=Ministry of Science and Technology|access-date=3 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Every year, scientists from around the world are invited by the [[Pakistan Academy of Sciences]] and the Pakistan Government to participate in the [[International Nathiagali Summer College on Physics]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Address by Prime Minister |website=Press Information Department (Government of Pakistan) |format=DOC |url=http://www.pid.gov.pk/pm%20address%20on%2027-6-2011.doc |access-date=24 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120112161844/http://www.pid.gov.pk/pm%20address%20on%2027-6-2011.doc |archive-date=12 January 2012 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan hosted an international seminar on &amp;quot;Physics in Developing Countries&amp;quot; for the International Year of Physics 2005.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |editor1=Hameed A. Khan |editor2=M. M. Qurashi |editor3=Tajammul Hussain |editor4=Irfan Hayee |date=April 2006 |title=Physics in Developing Countries&amp;amp;nbsp;– Past, Present &amp;amp; Future |series=COMSATS&#039; Series of Publications on Science and Technology |volume=8 |publisher=Commission on Science and Technology for Sustainable Development in the South |url=http://www.comsats.org/Publications/Books_SnT_Series/08.%20Physics%20in%20Developing%20Countries%20-%20Past,%20Present%20and%20Future%20(April%202006).pdf |page=9 |access-date=1 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120524011938/http://www.comsats.org/Publications/Books_SnT_Series/08.%20Physics%20in%20Developing%20Countries%20-%20Past,%20Present%20and%20Future%20(April%202006).pdf |archive-date=24 May 2012 |url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Pakistani theoretical physicist [[Abdus Salam]] won a [[Nobel Prize in Physics]] for his work on the [[electroweak interaction]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |title=1979 Nobel Prize in Physics |journal=Science |volume=206 |issue=4424 |pages=1290–1292 |bibcode=1979Sci...206.1290C |last1=Coleman |first1=Sidney |year=1979 |doi=10.1126/science.206.4424.1290 |pmid=17799637}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Influential publications and critical scientific work in the advancement of [[mathematics]], [[biology]], economics, [[computer science]], and [[genetics]] have been produced by Pakistani scientists at both the domestic and international levels.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |editor-last1=Mian |editor-first1=Zia |editor-last2=Kothari |editor-first2=Smitu |title=Out of the nuclear shadow |date=2001 |publisher=Zed |location=London |isbn=978-1-84277-059-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[chemistry]], [[Salimuzzaman Siddiqui]] was the first Pakistani scientist to bring the therapeutic constituents of the [[neem]] tree to the attention of natural products chemists.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url=http://technologytimes.pk/documents/mag/PDF_Old/Vol02-Issue11.pdf |title=The scientist who painted: Dr. Salimuzzaman Siddiqui |magazine=Technology Times |publisher=Mediaventures |location=Islamabad |date=14 March 2011 |volume=II |issue=11 |page=3 |access-date=18 March 2020 |archive-date=10 July 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710192902/http://technologytimes.pk/documents/mag/PDF_Old/Vol02-Issue11.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{Cite journal |title=Lessons in corporate governance from Kautilya&#039;s Arthashastra in ancient India |journal=World Review of Entrepreneurship, Management and Sustainable Development |volume=3 |page=50 |year=2007 |last1=Muniapan |first1=Balakrishnan |last2=Shaikh |first2=Junaid M. |doi=10.1504/WREMSD.2007.012130}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |last=Ahmed |first=Irshad |date=2013-10-29 |url=https://www.academia.edu/2425893 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://archive.today/20130506031535/http://www.academia.edu/2425893/Using_RP_Model_to_Solve_the_Current_Challenges_of_PAKISTAN |archive-date=6 May 2013 |title=Using RP Model to solve Current Challenges of Pakistan by PHd Scholar Irshad Ahmed Sumra |via=Academia.edu |access-date=20 April 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistani neurosurgeon [[Ayub K. Ommaya|Ayub Ommaya]] invented the [[Ommaya reservoir]], a system for treatment of brain tumours and other brain conditions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |author=Leonidas C. Goudas |display-authors=etal |year=1999 |title=Decreases in Cerebrospinal Fluid Glutathione Levels after Intracerebroventricular Morphine for Cancer Pain |journal=Anesthesia &amp;amp; Analgesia |volume=89 |issue=5 |page=1209 |publisher=International Anesthesia Research Society |doi=10.1213/00000539-199911000-00023 |url=http://www.anesthesia-analgesia.org/cgi/content/full/89/5/1209|access-date=1 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Scientific research and development play a pivotal role in [[Pakistani universities]], government- sponsored national laboratories, [[science park]]s, and the [[Industry of Pakistan|industry]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Osama |first1=Athar |last2=Najam |first2=Adil |last3=Kassim-Lakha |first3=Shamsh |last4=Zulfiqar Gilani |first4=Syed |last5=King |first5=Christopher |title=Pakistan&#039;s reform experiment |journal=Nature |date=3 September 2009 |volume=461 |issue=7260 |pages=38–39 |doi=10.1038/461038a |pmid=19727184 |s2cid=205048760 |bibcode=2009Natur.461...38O}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Abdul Qadeer Khan]], regarded as the founder of the [[High-enriched uranium|HEU]]-based [[Zippe-type centrifuge|gas-centrifuge]] [[uranium enrichment]] program for Pakistan&#039;s integrated [[Pakistan and weapons of mass destruction|atomic bomb project]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=(IISS) |first=International Institute for Strategic Studies |author-link=International Institute for Strategic Studies |title=Bhutto was father of Pakistan&#039;s Atom Bomb Program |publisher=International Institute for Strategic Studies |year=2006 |url=http://www.iiss.org/whats-new/iiss-in-the-press/press-coverage-2007/may-2007/bhutto-was-father-of-pakistani-bomb/?locale=en |access-date=24 July 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120314025504/http://www.iiss.org/whats-new/iiss-in-the-press/press-coverage-2007/may-2007/bhutto-was-father-of-pakistani-bomb/?locale=en |archive-date=14 March 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; He founded and established the [[Kahuta Research Laboratories]] (KRL) in 1976, serving as both its senior scientist and the [[Director-General]] until his retirement in 2001, and he was an early and vital figure in other [[Integrated Missile Research and Development Program|science projects]]. Apart from participating in Pakistan&#039;s atomic bomb project, he made major contributions in [[Morphology (biology)|molecular morphology]], physical [[martensite]], and its integrated applications in [[Condensed matter physics|condensed]] and [[material physics]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2006/04/16/world/asia/16chron-khan.html?pagewanted=all |access-date=24 July 2015 |title=Chronology: A.Q. Khan |newspaper=The New York Times |date=16 April 2006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2010 Pakistan was ranked 43rd in the world in terms of published scientific papers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Junaidi |first1=Ikram |title=Pakistan ranks 43rd in scientific research publication |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/683203/pakistan-ranks-43rd-in-scientific-research-publication-2|access-date=18 February 2015 |work=Dawn |date=25 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Pakistan Academy of Sciences]], a strong scientific community, plays an influential and vital role in formulating recommendations regarding science policies for the government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.paspk.org/Introduction-to-the-Academy-19 |title=Introduction to the Academy |publisher=Introduction of the Academy |access-date=16 February 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219233435/http://www.paspk.org/Introduction-to-the-Academy-19 |archive-date=19 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan was ranked 99th in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2021, up from 107th in 2020.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Global Innovation Index 2021 |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2021/|work=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]]|publisher=[[United Nations]]|access-date=2022-03-05}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Release of the Global Innovation Index 2020: Who Will Finance Innovation? |website=www.wipo.int |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2020/index.html|access-date=2021-09-02}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Global Innovation Index 2019 |website=www.wipo.int |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2019/index.html|access-date=2021-09-02}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=RTD – Item|website=ec.europa.eu|url=https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/rtd/items/691898|access-date=2021-09-02}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=2013-10-28|title=Global Innovation Index|website=INSEAD Knowledge|url=https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|access-date=2021-09-02|archive-date=2 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210902101622/https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1960s saw the emergence of an active space program led by [[Space and Upper Atmosphere Research Commission|SUPARCO]] that produced advances in domestic [[rocket]]ry, [[Electronics Engineering|electronics]], and [[aeronomy]]. The [[Space and Upper Atmosphere Research Commission|space program]] recorded a few notable feats and achievements. The successful launch of its [[Rehbar-I|first rocket]] into space made Pakistan the first South Asian country to have achieved such a task.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=History of SUPARCO |url=http://www.suparco.gov.pk/pages/history.asp |publisher=SUPARCO |access-date=24 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080417192331/http://www.suparco.gov.pk/pages/history.asp |archive-date=17 April 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Successfully producing and launching the nation&#039;s [[Badr-I|first space satellite]] in 1990, Pakistan became the first Muslim country and second South Asian country to put a satellite into space.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=chtAqyOp9OEC&amp;amp;pg=PA46|title=Asian Space Race: Rhetoric or Reality? |last=Lele |first=Ajey |publisher=Springer Science &amp;amp; Business Media |year=2012 |isbn=978-81-322-0733-7|page=46|quote=Headquartered in SUPARCO headquarters, Karachi, it has been responsible directly and indirectly for the fabrication, processing and launch of the Muslim Ummah&#039;s first experimental satellite, Badr-1. It was a historical event not only for the people of Pakistan but also for the entire Muslim Ummah as it was the first satellite built by any Islamic country based on indigenous resources and manpower.}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=The Launching of Badr-I |website=Aero Space Guide |url=http://www.aerospaceguide.net/worldspace/pakistan.html |access-date=24 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150202005559/http://www.aerospaceguide.net/worldspace/pakistan.html |archive-date=2 February 2015 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{quote box&lt;br /&gt;
|quote   = Pakistan witnessed a fourfold increase in its scientific productivity in the past decade surging from approximately 2,000 articles per year in 2006 to more than 9,000 articles in 2015. Making Pakistan&#039;s cited article&#039;s higher than the [[BRIC]] countries put together.&lt;br /&gt;
|source  = —[[Thomson Reuters]]&#039;s Another BRIC in the Wall 2016 report&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1183999/notch-pakistani-articles-cited-brics-put-together-says-report/ |title=Pakistani articles &#039;cited more than BRICs put together&#039;, says report |website=Tribune|access-date=September 19, 2016|date=2016-09-19 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|align   = left&lt;br /&gt;
|width   = 25em&lt;br /&gt;
|border  = 1px&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor = #c6dbf7&lt;br /&gt;
|halign  = left&lt;br /&gt;
}}As an aftermath of the [[Indo-Pakistani War of 1971|1971 war with India]], the clandestine [[Pakistan and weapons of mass destruction|crash program]] developed [[nuclear weapon|atomic weapons]] partly motivated by fear and to prevent any [[Foreign interventionism|foreign intervention]], while ushering in the [[Atomic Age|atomic age]] in the [[Post Cold War era|post cold war era]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;United Book Press.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Pakistan : between mosque and military |date=2005 |last1=Haqqani |first1=Husain |publisher=United Book Press. |location=Washington, DC |isbn=978-0-87003-214-1 |edition=1. print. |chapter=§Chapter 3 |quote=The trauma was extremely severe in Pakistan when the news of secession of East Pakistan as Bangladesh arrived—a psychological setback, complete and humiliating defeat that shattered the prestige of Pakistan Armed Forces. |chapter-url=https://archive.org/details/pakistanbetweenm00haqq }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Competition with India and tensions eventually led to Pakistan&#039;s decision to [[List of nuclear weapons tests of Pakistan|conduct underground]] [[Chagai-I|nuclear tests]] in 1998, thus becoming the [[Nuclear club|seventh country]] in the world to successfully develop [[nuclear weapon]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://fas.org/nuke/guide/pakistan/nuke/index.html |title=Pakistan Nuclear Weapons |publisher=Federation of American Scientists|access-date=22 February 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is the first and only Muslim country that maintains an [[Pakistan Antarctic Programme|active research presence]] in Antarctica.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Sayar |first=M.A. |date=April–June 1995 |title=Should We Exploit The Last Wilderness? |url=http://www.fountainmagazine.com/Issue/detail/Should-We-Exploit-The-Last-Wilderness |journal=The Fountain Magazine |access-date=9 February 2016 |quote=Pakistan became the first Muslim country to send an official expedition to Antarctica. Pakistan in 1992, established its Jinnah Antarctic Research Station. |url-status=dead |archive-date=15 February 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160215200726/http://www.fountainmagazine.com/Issue/detail/Should-We-Exploit-The-Last-Wilderness}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{Cite journal |year=1991 |title=Huge Oil Deposits Located Near Coast |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PMjsAAAAMAAJ|journal=Economic Review |volume=22|quote=To a question Dr. Farah said, Pakistan was the first country to carry out research and establish its station at the same time in Antarctica.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=kx1AAAAAIAAJ |title=Pakistan&#039;s Scientific Expeditions to Antarctica |last1=Farah |first1=Abul |last2=Rizvi |first2=S.H. Niaz |publisher=National Institute of Oceanography |year=1995|page=15 |quote=Pakistan&#039;s presence in Antarctica also appears imperative as none of the Muslim countries seem to be in a position to undertake research there.}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=kx1AAAAAIAAJ |title=Pakistan&#039;s Scientific Expeditions to Antarctica |last1=Farah |first1=Abul |last2=Rizvi |first2=S.H. Niaz |publisher=National Institute of Oceanography |year=1995|page=17 |quote=We have already taken the lead amongst the Muslim countries by launching our first expedition in 1990–1991 with an investment of large funds and national talent towards Antarctic research.}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{Cite journal |year=1992 |title=News Bulletin |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=vK0eAQAAIAAJ |journal=National Institute of Oceanography (Pakistan) |volume=7 |page=1 |quote=This makes Pakistan the first Muslim country to undertake Antarctic Expedition and to establish a research station in Antarctica.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 1991 Pakistan has maintained two summer research stations and one weather observatory on the continent and plans to open another full-fledged permanent base in Antarctica.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.niopk.gov.pk/Antarctic.aspx |title=Antarctic Research |quote=Pakistan is maintaining two summer research stations and one weather observatory in the vicinity of SOR Rondane Mountain Range. Pakistan is also planning to build a full fledged permanent base at Antarctica. |website=National Institute of Geography|access-date=29 December 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120217125703/http://www.niopk.gov.pk/Antarctic.aspx |archive-date=17 February 2012 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy consumption by computers and usage has grown since the 1990s when [[Personal computer|PCs]] were introduced; Pakistan has about 82&amp;amp;nbsp;million Internet users and is ranked as one of the top countries that have registered a high growth rate in Internet penetration {{As of|2020|lc=y}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PTD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Key publications have been produced by Pakistan, and domestic software development has gained considerable international praise.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistani Computer Scientist wins global Supercomputer Design Award |url=http://www.techlahore.com/2010/05/10/pakistani-computer-scientist-wins-global-supercomputer-design-award/ |access-date=19 February 2015 |publisher=Lahore Tech |date=10 May 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219065435/http://www.techlahore.com/2010/05/10/pakistani-computer-scientist-wins-global-supercomputer-design-award/ |archive-date=19 February 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of May 2020, Pakistan has about 82&amp;amp;nbsp;million internet users, making it the [[List of countries by number of Internet users|9th-largest population]] of Internet users in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PTD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Since the 2000s Pakistan has made a significant amount of progress in [[Supercomputing in Pakistan|supercomputing]], and various institutions offer research opportunities in [[parallel computing]]. The [[Government of Pakistan|Pakistan government]] reportedly spends [[Pakistani rupee|₨]] 4.6&amp;amp;nbsp;billion on [[Information technology in Pakistan|information technology]] projects, with emphasis on [[E-Government in Pakistan|e-government]], human resources, and infrastructure development.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/432124/govt-to-spend-rs4-6b-on-it-projects/ |title=Govt to spend Rs4.6b on IT projects |work=Express Tribune |date=6 September 2012|access-date=6 September 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Education ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Education in Pakistan|Higher Education Commission (Pakistan)|Rankings of universities in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[constitution of Pakistan]] requires the state to provide [[Free education|free]] primary and secondary education.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part2.ch1.html |title=Chapter 1: &amp;quot;Fundamental Rights&amp;quot; of Part II: &amp;quot;Fundamental Rights and Principles of Policy&amp;quot; |website=pakistani.org}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=Right to Education in Pakistan |publisher=World Council of Churches |url=http://www.oikoumene.org/resources/documents/wcc-commissions/international-affairs/human-rights-and-impunity/the-right-to-education-in-pakistan.html |access-date=25 July 2010 |date=21 April 2006 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120313083147/http://www.oikoumene.org/resources/documents/wcc-commissions/international-affairs/human-rights-and-impunity/the-right-to-education-in-pakistan.html |archive-date=13 March 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NUST MainOffice.png|thumb|NUST in Islamabad is a top ranked Engineering University.]]&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of the [[Creation of Pakistan|establishment]] of Pakistan as a state, the country had only one university, [[University of the Punjab|Punjab University]] in [[Lahore]].{{citation needed|date=August 2022}} Very soon the [[Government of Pakistan|Pakistan government]] established public universities in each of the [[Four Provinces (Pakistan)|four provinces]], including [[Sindh University]] (1949), [[University of Peshawar|Peshawar University]] (1950), [[University of Karachi|Karachi University]] (1953), and [[University of Balochistan|Balochistan University]] (1970). Pakistan has a large network of both [[public universities|public]] and [[private universities|private]] universities, which includes collaboration between the [[Universities in Pakistan|universities]] aimed at providing research and [[Higher education in Pakistan|higher education]] opportunities in the country, although there is concern about the low quality of teaching in many of the newer schools.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Number of universities rises while education standard falls |website=DailyTimes |date=10 September 2015 |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/islamabad/10-Sep-2015/number-of-universities-rises-while-education-standard-falls |access-date=11 September 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151006074617/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/islamabad/10-Sep-2015/number-of-universities-rises-while-education-standard-falls |archive-date=6 October 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is estimated that there are 3,193 [[vocational education|technical and vocational institutions]] in Pakistan,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;edu2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite report |chapter=Education |title=Economic Survey 2009–10 |page=147 &amp;amp; Table 11.1 (p. 160) |chapter-url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_10/10_Education.pdf |publisher=Ministry of Finance, Pakistan |access-date=2 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and there are also &#039;&#039;[[Madrassas in Pakistan|madrassahs]]&#039;&#039; that provide free Islamic education and offer free board and lodging to students, who come mainly from the poorer strata of society.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistani madrassahs |publisher=United States Institute of Peace |url=http://www.uvm.edu/~envprog/madrassah.html#_ftn8 |access-date=21 February 2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20050214194645/http://www.uvm.edu/~envprog/madrassah.html#_ftn8 |archive-date=14 February 2005}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Strong public pressure and popular criticism over [[Pakistan Taleban|extremists]]&#039; usage of &#039;&#039;madrassahs&#039;&#039; for recruitment, the Pakistan government has made repeated efforts to [[Education reform|regulate and monitor]] the quality of education in the &#039;&#039;madrassahs&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |first=Ron |last=Synovitz |title=Pakistan: Despite Reform Plan, Few Changes Seen At Most Radical Madrassahs |url=http://www.rferl.org/content/article/1051650.html |publisher=Radio Free Europe Radio Liberty |date=24 February 2004 |access-date=21 February 2009}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |title=Policy Brief: Another Approach to Madrassa Reforms in Pakistan |publisher=Jinnah Institute of Peace |last1=Ali |first1=Syed Mohammad |url=http://jinnah-institute.org/policy-brief-another-approach-to-madrassa-reforms-in-pakistan-3/ |access-date=21 February 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150518112052/http://jinnah-institute.org/policy-brief-another-approach-to-madrassa-reforms-in-pakistan-3/ |url-status=dead |archive-date=18 May 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Literacy rate in Pakistan 1951-2018.png|thumb|upright=1.35|left|Literacy rate in Pakistan 1951–2018]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Education in Pakistan]] is divided into six main levels: nursery (preparatory classes); primary (grades one through five); [[Middle school|middle]] (grades six through eight); [[High school (upper secondary)|matriculation]] (grades nine and ten, leading to the [[Secondary School Certificate|secondary certificate]]); [[Community college|intermediate]] (grades eleven and twelve, leading to a [[Higher Secondary (School) Certificate|higher secondary certificate]]); and university programmes leading to graduate and postgraduate degrees.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;edu2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; There is a network of [[Schools in Pakistan|private schools]] that constitutes a parallel secondary education system based on a curriculum set and administered by the [[Cambridge International Examinations]] of the United Kingdom. Some students choose to take the [[Ordinary Level|O-level]] and [[GCE Advanced Level|A level]] exams conducted by the [[British Council]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.britishcouncil.org/pakistan-exams-gce.htm |title=GCE O and A level exams in Pakistan |publisher=[[British Council]]|access-date=13 February 2008 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080201090835/http://www.britishcouncil.org/pakistan-exams-gce.htm |archive-date=1 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the International Schools Consultancy, Pakistan has 439 international schools.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.iscresearch.com/information/isc-news.aspx |title=ISC News |publisher=International School Consultancy Group |url-status=dead |archive-date=4 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160304000123/http://www.iscresearch.com/information/isc-news.aspx}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malala Yousafzai.jpg|thumb|[[Malala Yousafzai]] at the Women of the World Festival in 2014]]&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of initiatives taken in 2007, the [[English medium education]] has been made compulsory in all schools across the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=McNicoll |first=Kristen |title=English medium education improvement in Pakistan supported |publisher=British Council Pakistan Bureau |url=http://www.britishcouncil.org/organisation/press/english-medium-education-improvement-pakistan-supported |access-date=21 February 2015}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://www.moe.gov.pk/mediacell.htm |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070105215406/http://www.moe.gov.pk/mediacell.htm |archive-date=5 January 2007 |title=Ministry of Education-Government of Pakistan |publisher=Moe.gov.pk|access-date=1 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2012, [[Malala Yousafzai]], a campaigner for [[female education]], was shot by a [[Tehrik-i Taliban Pakistan|Taliban]] gunman in retaliation for her activism.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= http://gma.yahoo.com/72-hours-saved-malala-doctors-reveal-first-time-101347540--abc-news-topstories.html |title=The 72 Hours That Saved Malala: Doctors Reveal for the First Time How Close She Came to Death |website=gma.yahoo.com|access-date=20 April 2020|url-status=dead|archive-date=23 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141023175300/https://gma.yahoo.com/72-hours-saved-malala-doctors-reveal-first-time-101347540--abc-news-topstories.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Yousafzai went on to become the youngest ever Nobel laureate for her global education-related advocacy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Nobel Laureates by age |website=NobelPrize.org |url=https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/lists/nobel-laureates-by-age |access-date=20 April 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Additional reforms enacted in 2013 required all educational institutions in Sindh to begin offering Chinese language courses, reflecting China&#039;s growing role as a superpower and its [[People&#039;s Republic of China–Pakistan relations|increasing influence]] in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-14787216 |title=Schools in Pakistan&#039;s Sindh province to teach Chinese |work=BBC News |date=5 September 2011 |access-date=23 October 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The literacy rate of the population is 62.3% as of 2018. The rate of male literacy is 72.5% while the rate of female literacy is 51.8%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan Economic Survey 2018–19 Chapter 10: Education |url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapters_19/10-Education.pdf |work=Dawn |date=10 June 2019 |access-date=7 July 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Literacy rates vary by region and particularly by sex; as one example, in tribal areas female literacy is 9.5%,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report |title=Multiple Indication Cluster Survey (MICS): Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) of Pakistan |year=2009 |publisher=Gevernment of Pakistan |url=http://fata.gov.pk/files/MICS.pdf |access-date=3 September 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110816015355/http://fata.gov.pk/files/MICS.pdf |archive-date=16 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while [[Azad Jammu &amp;amp; Kashmir]] has a literacy rate of 74%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Tahir |first=Pervez |title=Education spending in AJK |url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/1468026/education-spending-ajk/ |newspaper=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; With the advent of computer literacy in 1995, the government launched a nationwide initiative in 1998 with the aim of eradicating [[illiteracy]] and providing a basic education to all children.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Education in Pakistan |publisher=UNICEF |url=http://www.unicef.org/infobycountry/pakistan_pakistan_statistics.html#67 |access-date=25 July 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200409134615/http://www.unicef.org/pakistan/#67 |archive-date=9 April 2020 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Through various educational reforms, by 2015 the [[Minister for Education (Pakistan)|Ministry of Education]] expected to attain 100% enrollment levels among children of primary school age and a literacy rate of ~86% among people aged over 10.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |format=ZIP |url=http://www.moe.gov.pk/npaEFA.zip |access-date=13 February 2008 |archive-date=17 May 2006 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060517232352/http://www.moe.gov.pk/npaEFA.zip |title=National Plan of Action 2001–2015 |publisher=Ministry of Education, Government of Pakistan}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is currently spending 2.3&amp;amp;nbsp;percent of its GDP on education;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan Economic Survey 2019–20 (Education) |url=http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/chapter_20/10_Education.pdf |access-date=25 May 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which according to the [[Institute of Social and Policy Sciences]] is one of the lowest in South Asia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1254909/pakistans-education-spending-lowest-in-south-asia |title=Pakistan&#039;s education spending lowest in South Asia |date=28 April 2016 |publisher=Dawn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demographics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Demographics of Pakistan|Demographic history of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{further|Overseas Pakistani}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image &lt;br /&gt;
| caption_align = center&lt;br /&gt;
| direction    =vertical&lt;br /&gt;
|image1=Population Density by Pakistani District - 2017 Census.svg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption1=Population Density per square kilometre of each Pakistani District as of the 2017 Pakistan Census&lt;br /&gt;
|image2=Population by Pakistani District - 2017 Census.svg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption2=Population of each Pakistani District as of the 2017 Pakistan Census&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Excerpt|Demographics of Pakistan|files=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ethnicity and languages ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Languages of Pakistan|Ethnic groups in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{see also|Pakistanis}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mother_Tongue_by_Pakistani_District_-_2017_Census.svg|thumb|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Dominant Ethnolinguistic Group in each Pakistani [[Districts of Pakistan|District]] as of the [[2017 Pakistan Census]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017CensusLanguage&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan is a multicultural, multi-linguistic, and multiethnic society. Despite [[Urdu]] being Pakistan&#039;s [[lingua franca]], estimates on how many languages are spoken in the country range from 75 to 85,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |year=2017 |title=Pakistan – Languages |url=https://www.ethnologue.com/country/PK/languages |url-status=deviated |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170902143126/https://www.ethnologue.com/country/pk/languages |archive-date=2017-09-02 |work=Ethnologue: Languages of the World |edition=20th |editor-last1=Simons |editor-first1=Gary F. |editor-last2=Fennig |editor-first2=Charles D.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;GlottologPK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Languages of Pakistan |url=https://glottolog.org/glottolog/language.map.html?country=PK#4/33.01/73.28 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220512205543/https://glottolog.org/glottolog/language.map.html?country=PK#4/33.01/73.28 |archive-date=12 May 2022 |access-date=12 May 2022 |website=Glottolog 4.5 – Languages |publisher=Glottolog}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Urdu—the &#039;&#039;lingua franca&#039;&#039; and a symbol of [[Muslim nationalism in South Asia|Muslim identity]] and national unity—is the national language and understood by over 75% of Pakistanis. It is the main medium of communication in the country, but the primary language of only 7% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017 Census&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1410447|access-date=26 April 2020|title=CCI defers approval of census results until elections|work=Dawn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Language in South Asia |publisher=Cambridge University Press |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=O2n4sFGDEMYC&amp;amp;pg=PA138|author=Braj B. Kachru |author2=Yamuna Kachru |author3=S.N. Sridhar |page=138 |isbn=978-1-139-46550-2 |date=27 March 2008}}- &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://nation.com.pk/editorials/31-Dec-2015/urdu-in-contempt |title=Urdu In Contempt |date=31 December 2015 |website=The Nation|access-date=12 January 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Urdu and English are the [[official language]]s of Pakistan. English is primarily used in official business and government, and in legal contracts;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; the local variety is known as [[Pakistani English]]. The enforcement of Urdu to the exclusion of other majority languages has been criticised; in particular, the expulsion of Pashto from the institutional domains and deprivation of state patronage has been shown to create conditions in which Pashtuns are placed at social, cultural, and economic disadvantage.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Khan |first=Taimur Salam |date=2016-01-01 |title=Pakistanizing Pashtun: The Linguistic and Cultural Disruption and Re-invention of Pashtun |url=https://www.academia.edu/42225525 |department=Faculty of the College of Arts and Scienes |journal=Dissertation, American University, Washington DC |pages=i-218 |quote=&amp;quot;In contemporary world, the muzzle stealthily operates through the prohibition of ones’ native (powerless) language from formal education for being too “simple” and “inferior” to express complex thoughts and ideas, and simultaneous deprivation of the language of power (even when desired) through contaminated or deformed linguistic input of the language of power (Mugane 2005:163). This language hierarchy in itself creates mismatches that render the relation between different domains that ought to be in harmony incongruent (Mugane 2005:165). We have seen this in case of Pakistan, where Pashto language is denied any place in formal education, this denial of their mother tongue is poorly compensated with Urdu and English languages which are taught by teachers who themselves have no tolerable proficiency in the languages they teach. This denial of Pashto in itself creates mismatches between the language of home (Pashto) and the language of instruction/education (Urdu and English), between the language of teacher(Pashto) and the language of instruction (Urdu and English), which all lead to an “instructional blackout” (Mugane 2005:166)...The educational institutions in the rural areas of Swat and the Tribal Areas (as else wherein Pakistan) are the sites where Urdu, the state sanctioned language, and Pashto, the powerless indigenous language, come into contact. This contact is highly asymmetrical as the dominantUrdu language squeezes and denies any space for Pashto language in the official and formal capacity. In this contact zone, Pashto language exists but in a subordinate and unofficial capacity. Pashto is the language of informal instruction and comprehension, but any attempt at meaning-making in Pashto in the official capacity either goes unnoticed, received as chaotic or even downright ridiculous and bizarre...This regulation of Pashtun&#039;s language practices by the state has been disruptive ofPashto language and culture in Swat and the Tribal Areas. Prior to the dissolution of the independent state of Swat and its subsequent incorporation into the Pakistani state administrative structure in 1969, Pashto was the official language in the Princely state of Swat(Ahmed 1976:125; Miangul 1962:116; Nichols 2012:264; Rahman 1997:143). However, with the incorporation into Pakistan, Pashto was suddenly demoted from its official status and was replaced by Urdu language...The exclusion of Pashto, and the imposition of Urdu has resulted among my research participants the perception that they are not proficient in any language...Despite the overwhelming evidence that Pashtun students do better in their learning when taught in their mother-tongue, the state continues to maintain its policy ofUrdu-medium education. Linguistic incarceration of indigenous languages in Pakistan has always been deeply implicated in the state-making practices and the regulation of its population. Educational institutions are one of the multiple sites where Pashto language is denied legitimacy.&amp;quot; - Pages 66 to 100 |via=ProQuest Number: 10142987}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the [[2017 Census of Pakistan|2017 national census of Pakistan]], the country&#039;s largest [[ethnolinguistic group]]s were the [[Punjabis]] (making up 38.8% of the total population), the [[Pashtuns]] (18.2%), [[Sindhis]] (14.6%), [[Saraiki people|Saraikis]] (12.19%), [[Muhajir (Pakistan)|Muhajirs]] (7.08%), and the [[Baloch people|Balochs]] (3.02%).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017CensusLanguage&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=19 May 2021 |title=Pakistan&#039;s population is 207.68m, shows 2017 census result |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1624375}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The remaining population consist of a number of ethnic minorities such as the [[Brahui people|Brahuis]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:14&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Brahui |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |url=https://www.britannica.com/topic/Brahui}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.britishcouncil.org/pakistan-ette-english-language-report.pdf |title=Teaching and Learning in Pakistan: The Role of Language in Education |publisher=British Council |pages=13, 14, 15 |year=2010 |access-date=29 May 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110304130317/http://www.britishcouncil.org/pakistan-ette-english-language-report.pdf |archive-date=4 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Hindkowans]], the various peoples of Gilgit-Baltistan, the Kashmiris, the [[Siddi|Sheedis]] (who are of African descent),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Abbas |first=Zaffar |date=13 March 2002 |title=Pakistan&#039;s Sidi keep heritage alive |work=BBC News |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/1869876.stm |access-date=26 December 2016 |quote=One of the Pakistan&#039;s smallest ethnic communities is made up of people of African origin, known as Sidi. The African-Pakistanis live in Karachi and other parts of the Sindh and Baluchistan provinces in abject poverty, but they rarely complain of discrimination. Although this small Muslim community is not on the verge of extinction, their growing concern is how to maintain their distinct African identity in the midst of the dominating South Asian cultures.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[Hazara people|Hazaras]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author1=Ian S. Livingston |author2=Michael O&#039;Hanlon |date=29 November 2011 |title=Pakistan Index |url=http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/Programs/FP/pakistan%20index/index.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100327044026/http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/Programs/FP/pakistan%20index/index.pdf |archive-date=27 March 2010 |access-date=25 December 2011 |publisher=Brookings population 2010 |page=13}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are also scattered speakers of [[Gujarati language|Gujarati]] in Karachi.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Rehman |first=Zia Ur |date=18 August 2015 |title=With a handful of subbers, two newspapers barely keeping Gujarati alive in Karachi |work=The News International |url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/57104-with-a-handful-of-subberstwo-newspapers-barely-keeping-gujarati-alive-in-karachi |access-date=13 January 2017 |quote=In Pakistan, the majority of Gujarati-speaking communities are in Karachi including Dawoodi Bohras, Ismaili Khojas, Memons, Kathiawaris, Katchhis, Parsis (Zoroastrians) and Hindus, said Gul Hasan Kalmati, a researcher who authored &amp;quot;Karachi, Sindh Jee Marvi&amp;quot;, a book discussing the city and its indigenous communities. Although there are no official statistics available, community leaders claim that there are three million Gujarati-speakers in Karachi&amp;amp;nbsp;– roughly around 15 percent of the city&#039;s entire population.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a large [[Pakistani diaspora]] worldwide, numbering over seven million,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Nadia Mushtaq Abbasi |year=2010 |title=The Pakistani Diaspora in Europe and Its Impact on Democracy Building in Pakistan |url=http://www.idea.int/resources/analysis/upload/Abbasi_low_2-2.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100821142808/http://www.idea.int/resources/analysis/upload/Abbasi_low_2-2.pdf |archive-date=21 August 2010 |access-date=18 December 2013 |publisher=[[International Institute for Democracy and Electoral Assistance]] |page=5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which has been recorded as the sixth largest diaspora in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=15 January 2016 |title=India has largest diaspora population in world: UN |url=http://www.tribuneindia.com/news/nation/india-has-largest-diaspora-population-in-world-un/183731.html |access-date=3 March 2016 |website=The Tribune}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Immigration ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Immigration to Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tarbela Dam Area.JPG|thumb|left|Pakistan hosts the second largest refugee population globally after Turkey.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1188585 |title=Pakistan hosts second largest refugee population globally |last=Rafi |first=Yumna |date=17 June 2015 |newspaper=DAWN.COM|access-date=29 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; An Afghan refugee girl near [[Tarbela Dam]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
Even after partition in 1947, Indian Muslims continued to migrate to Pakistan throughout the 1950s and 1960s, and these migrants settled mainly in Karachi and other towns of Sindh province.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Khalidi |first=Omar |date=1 January 1998 |title=From torrent to trickle: Indian Muslim migration to Pakistan, 1947–97 |journal=Islamic Studies |volume=37 |issue=3 |pages=339–352 |jstor=20837002}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The wars in neighboring Afghanistan during the 1980s and 1990s also forced millions of [[Afghan refugees]] into Pakistan. The [[Census in Pakistan|Pakistan census]] excludes the 1.41&amp;amp;nbsp;million registered [[Afghans in Pakistan|refugees from Afghanistan]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://unhcrpk.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Factsheet-March-2017.pdf Factsheet Pakistan March 2017] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170517061336/http://unhcrpk.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Factsheet-March-2017.pdf |date=17 May 2017 }} (UNHCR March 2017)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; who are found mainly in the [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa|Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa]] and [[Federally Administered Tribal Areas|tribal belt]], with small numbers residing in [[Karachi]] and [[Quetta]]. Pakistan is home to one of the world&#039;s largest [[refugee]] populations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Ten countries host half of world&#039;s refugees: report |url=http://www.aljazeera.com/news/2016/10/ten-countries-host-world-refugees-report-161004042014076.html|access-date=30 April 2017 |work=[[Al Jazeera English]] |date=4 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In addition to Afghans, around 2&amp;amp;nbsp;million [[Bangladeshis in Pakistan|Bangladeshis]] and half a million other undocumented people live in Pakistan. They are claimed to be from other areas such as [[Myanmar]], Iran, Iraq, and Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/322325/five-million-illegal-immigrants-residing-in-pakistan/ |title=Five million illegal immigrants residing in Pakistan |date=16 January 2012 |newspaper=Express Tribune|access-date=26 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts say that the migration of both Bengalis and Burmese ([[Rohingya people|Rohingya]]) to Pakistan started in the 1980s and continued until 1998. Shaikh Muhammad Feroze, the chairman of the Pakistani Bengali Action Committee, claims that there are 200 settlements of Bengali-speaking people in Pakistan, of which 132 are in Karachi. They are also found in various other areas of Pakistan such as Thatta, Badin, Hyderabad, Tando Adam, and Lahore.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/347968/fringe-pakistan-bengali-speaking-pakistanis-demand-right-to-vote/ |title=Fringe Pakistan: Bengali-speaking Pakistanis demand right to vote |date=10 March 2012 |work=Express Tribune|access-date=26 December 2016 |quote=Shaikh Muhammad Feroze, the chairman of the committee, said during a press conference on Friday that political parties and the government should acknowledge the sacrifices of their ancestors. &#039;We live in Sindh and feel proud to be called Sindhis rather than Bengalis. We appeal to Sindhi nationalists and Sindhis to help us in our struggle&#039;, he added. He said that Bengali-speaking people were not given educational rights as they did not possess national identity cards. &#039;Our children can&#039;t get an education after matriculation because colleges ask for the identity cards but the National Database Registration Authority has never accepted us as Pakistani citizens.&#039; Shaikh said that over three million Bengalis and Biharis were grateful to the government for accepting them as Pakistani citizens. &#039;We postponed a hunger strike planned for March 25 after the government made decisions&#039;, he added. &#039;We can go on a hunger strike, if our rights are not given.&#039; He claimed that there were 200 settlements of Bengali-speaking people across the country, including 132 in Karachi. They populate different parts of Pakistan, including Thatta, Badin, Hyderabad, Tando Adam and Lahore.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Large-scale Rohingya migration to Karachi made that city one of the largest population centres of Rohingyas in the world after Myanmar.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1165299 |title=Identity issue haunts Karachi&#039;s Rohingya population |last=Rehman |first=Zia Ur |date=23 February 2015 |work=Dawn |quote=Their large-scale migration had made Karachi one of the largest Rohingya population centres outside Myanmar but afterwards the situation started turning against them.|access-date=26 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Burmese community of Karachi is spread out over 60 of the city&#039;s slums such as the Burmi Colony in Korangi, Arakanabad, Machchar colony, Bilal colony, Ziaul Haq Colony, and Godhra Camp.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://www.thefridaytimes.com/tft/the-rohingyas-of-karachi/ |title=The Rohingyas of Karachi |last=Khan |first=Naimat |date=12 June 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thousands of [[Uyghurs|Uyghur]] Muslims have also migrated to the Gilgit-Baltistan region of Pakistan, fleeing religious and cultural persecution in Xinjiang, China.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=How the Uighurs keep their culture alive in Pakistan |last=Jaffrey |first=Shumaila |date=12 August 2015 |work=BBC |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-33775646 |quote=Insa is one of a few thousand Uighur Muslims who live in Gilgit. The community is a mix of generations. Some left Xinjiang and the thriving trading town of Kashgar in 1949, while others are later arrivals. All say they were forced to leave as they were the victims of cultural and religious oppression in China.|access-date=26 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 1989 thousands of [[Kashmiris|Kashmiri]] Muslim refugees have sought refuge in Pakistan, complaining that many of the refugee women had been raped by Indian soldiers and that they were forced out of their homes by the soldiers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Istvan |first=Zoltan |date=13 March 2003 |work=National Geographic |url=http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2003/03/0313_030313_tvpakirefugees_2.html |title=Refugee Crisis Worsening In Western Kashmir |quote=The refugees claim that Indian soldiers forced them out of their homes&amp;amp;nbsp;... For Kashmiri Muslims, Pakistan appeared safer than Indian-held Kashmir&amp;amp;nbsp;... &amp;quot;She was also raped by the soldiers,&amp;quot; Ahmad said. &amp;quot;Many of the other female refugees were also raped.&amp;quot;|access-date=15 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Urbanisation ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Urbanisation in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kalma Underpass1.jpg|thumb|[[Kalma Underpass]], [[Lahore]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Since [[Independence of Pakistan|achieving independence]] as a result of the [[partition of India]], the [[Urbanisation in Pakistan|urbanisation]] has increased exponentially, with several different causes. The majority of the population in the south resides along the Indus River, with [[Karachi]] the most populous commercial city.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Urban Frontier—Karachi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=The Urban Frontier—Karachi |newspaper = NPR|url=https://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=91009748 |publisher=National Public Radio |date=2 June 2008|access-date=2 July 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the east, west, and north, most of the population lives in an arc formed by the cities of [[Lahore]], [[Faisalabad]], [[Rawalpindi]], [[Islamabad]], [[Sargodha]], [[Gujranwala]], [[Sialkot]], [[Gujrat city|Gujrat]], [[Jhelum]], [[Sheikhupura]], [[Nowshera, Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa|Nowshera]], [[Mardan]], and [[Peshawar]]. During the period 1990–2008, city dwellers made up 36% of Pakistan&#039;s population, making it the most urbanised nation in South Asia. Furthermore, more than 50% of Pakistanis live in towns of 5,000 people or more.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Jason Burke&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2008/aug/17/pakistan |work=The Guardian |location=London |title=Pakistan looks to life without the general |author=Jason Burke |date=17 August 2008|access-date=20 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Immigration to Pakistan|Immigration]], from both within and outside the country, is regarded as one of the main factors contributing to urbanisation in Pakistan. One analysis of the [[1998 Pakistan Census|1998 national census]] highlighted the significance of the [[partition of India]] in the 1940s as it relates to urban change in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Clark&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Clark |first=David |title=The Elgar Companion to Development Studies |year=2006 |publisher=Edward Elgar Publishing |isbn=978-1-84376-475-5 |page=668}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
During and after the independence period, [[Muhajir (Urdu-speaking people)|Urdu speaking Muslims]] from India migrated in large numbers to Pakistan, especially to the port city of [[Karachi]], which is today the largest metropolis in Pakistan. [[Immigration to Pakistan|Migration from other countries]], mainly from those nearby, has further accelerated the process of urbanisation in Pakistani cities. Inevitably, the rapid urbanisation caused by these large population movements has also created new political and socio-economic challenges. In addition to immigration, economic trends such as the green revolution and political developments, among a host of other factors, are also important causes of urbanisation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Clark&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities&lt;br /&gt;
| name         = Largest cities of Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| country      = Pakistan&lt;br /&gt;
| stat_ref     = According to the 2017 Census&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.citypopulation.de/Pakistan-100T.html|title = Pakistan: Provinces and Major Cities – Population Statistics, Maps, Charts, Weather and Web Information}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| div_name     = Province&lt;br /&gt;
| div_link     =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_1 = Karachi | div_1 = Sindh | pop_1 = 14,916,456 | img_1 = Karachi from above.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_11 = Bahawalpur | div_11 = Punjab | pop_11 = 762,111&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_2 = Lahore | div_2 = Punjab | pop_2 = 11,126,285 | img_2 = Badshahi Mosquee, Lahore.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_12 = Sargodha | div_12 = Punjab | pop_12 = 659,862&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_3 = Faisalabad | div_3 = Punjab | pop_3 = 3,204,726 | img_3 = Jhal chowk Faisalabad.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_13 = Sialkot | div_13 = Punjab | pop_13 = 655,852&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_4 = Rawalpindi | div_4 = Punjab | pop_4 = 2,098,231 | img_4 =Landing in Pakistan - View of Rawalpindi.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_14 = Sukkur | div_14 = Sindh | pop_14 = 499,900&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_5 = Gujranwala | div_5 = Punjab | pop_5 = 2,027,001&lt;br /&gt;
| city_15 = Larkana | div_15 = Sindh | pop_15 = 490,508&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_6 = Peshawar | div_6 = Khyber Pakhtunkhwa | pop_6 = 1,970,042&lt;br /&gt;
| city_16 = Sheikhupura | div_16 = Punjab | pop_16 = 473,129&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_7 = Multan | div_7 = Punjab | pop_7 = 1,871,843&lt;br /&gt;
| city_17 = Rahim Yar Khan | div_17 = Punjab | pop_17 = 420,419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_8 = Hyderabad, Sindh{{!}}Hyderabad | div_8 = Sindh | pop_8 = 1,734,309&lt;br /&gt;
| city_18 = Jhang | div_18 = Punjab | pop_18 = 414,131&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_9 = Islamabad | div_9 = Islamabad Capital Territory{{!}}Capital Territory | pop_9 = 1,009,832&lt;br /&gt;
| city_19 = Dera Ghazi Khan | div_19 = Punjab | pop_19 = 399,064&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| city_10 = Quetta | div_10 = Balochistan | pop_10 = 1,001,205&lt;br /&gt;
| city_20 = Gujrat, Pakistan{{!}}Gujrat | div_20 = Punjab  | pop_20 = 390,533&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Religion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar box&lt;br /&gt;
|title=[[Religion in Pakistan|Religions in Pakistan]] (2017 Census)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017 Census&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html#pk |title=Religions in Pakistan |publisher=[[CIA World Factbook]] |access-date=9 July 2013 |archive-date=13 June 2007 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070613003300/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html#pk |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Curtis, Lisa; Mullick, Haider (4 May 2009). &amp;quot;Reviving Pakistan&#039;s Pluralist Traditions to Fight Extremism&amp;quot;. The Heritage Foundation. Retrieved 31 July 2011&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- a b c &amp;quot;Religions: Islam 96.0%, other (includes Christian and Hindu, 2% Ahmadiyyah ) 3.6%&amp;quot;. CIA. &#039;&#039;The World Factbook&#039;&#039; on Pakistan. 2010. Retrieved 28 August 2010.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- Rohan Bedi, &amp;quot;Have Pakistanis Forgotten Their Sufi Traditions?&amp;quot;, International Centre for Political Violence and Terrorism Research at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore, April 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://pakistanhinducouncil.org.pk/?page_id=1592 |title=Hindu Population (PK) |website=[[Pakistan Hindu Council]] |access-date=14 March 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180315003754/http://pakistanhinducouncil.org.pk/?page_id=1592 |archive-date=15 March 2018 |url-status=usurped}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.opendoorsusa.org/christian-persecution/world-watch-list/pakistan/|title=Christian Persecution in Pakistan |publisher=Open Doors USA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|titlebar=#ddd&lt;br /&gt;
|left1=Religions&lt;br /&gt;
|right1=Percent&lt;br /&gt;
|float=right&lt;br /&gt;
|bars=&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Islam in Pakistan|Islam]]|green|96.47}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Hinduism in Pakistan|Hinduism]]|orange|2.14}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Christianity in Pakistan|Christianity]]|blue|1.27}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Religion in Pakistan#Demographics of religion in Pakistan|others/non-religious]]|purple|0.11}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Islam in Pakistan|Islam]] is the state religion of Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Constitution of Pakistan|url=http://storyofpakistan.com/the-constitution-of-1973/|website=Story of Pakistan|date=June 2003|publisher=Nazaria-e-Pakistan, Part IV|access-date=6 October 2020|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131002225754/http://storyofpakistan.com/the-constitution-of-1973/|archive-date=2 October 2013}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web|title=Religions in Pakistan {{!}} PEW-GRF|url=http://www.globalreligiousfutures.org/countries/pakistan#/?affiliations_religion_id=0&amp;amp;affiliations_year=2020&amp;amp;region_name=All%20Countries&amp;amp;restrictions_year=2020|access-date=14 July 2021|website=www.globalreligiousfutures.org|archive-date=23 January 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140123090234/http://www.globalreligiousfutures.org/countries/pakistan#/?affiliations_religion_id=0&amp;amp;affiliations_year=2020&amp;amp;region_name=All%20Countries&amp;amp;restrictions_year=2020|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|last=Refugees|first=United Nations High Commissioner for|title=World Directory of Minorities and Indigenous Peoples – Pakistan : Christians|url=https://www.refworld.org/docid/5ba0ae0e7.html|access-date=2021-07-14|website=Refworld}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web|date=26 May 2018|title=Headcount finalised sans third-party audit|url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1719994/headcount-finalised-sans-third-party-audit?amp=1|access-date=14 July 2021|website=The Express Tribune}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Freedom of religion is guaranteed by the [[Constitution of Pakistan|constitution]], which provides all its citizens the right to profess, practice and propagate their religion subject to law, public order, and morality.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part2.ch1.html |title=The Constitution of Pakistan, Part II: Chapter 1: Fundamental Rights|publisher=Pakistani.org|access-date=22 August 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of Pakistanis are Muslims (96.47%) followed by [[Hinduism in Pakistan|Hindus]] (2.14%) and [[Christianity in Pakistan|Christians]] (1.27%). There are also smaller minorities who adhere to [[Sikhism in Pakistan|Sikhism]], [[Buddhism in Pakistan|Buddhism]], [[Jainism in Pakistan|Jainism]] and [[Zoroastrianism]] ([[Parsi]]). The [[Kalash people]] maintain a unique identity and religion within Pakistan, practicing a form of animism and ancestor worship.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Pakistan&#039;s Forgotten Pagans Get Their Due |url=https://www.rferl.org/a/28439107.html |work=Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty |date=19 April 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hinduism is mostly associated with [[Sindhis]], and Pakistan hosts major events such as the [[Hinglaj Mata mandir#Annual pilgrimage (Hinglaj Yatra or Theerth Yatra)|Hinglaj Yatra]] pilgrimage. Hindu temples may be found [[Hinduism in Sindh Province|throughout Sindh]], where the dharma features prominently. Many Hindus in Pakistan complain about the prospect of religious violence against them and being treated like second-class citizens, and many have emigrated to India or further abroad.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc200703022&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/6367773.stm |title=Hindus feel the heat in Pakistan |last=Sohail |first=Riaz |date=2 March 2007 |work=BBC News |quote=But many Hindu families who stayed in Pakistan after partition have already lost faith and migrated to India.|access-date=22 February 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Pakistanis also do not profess any faith (such as [[atheism|atheists]] and [[agnosticism|agnostics]]) in Pakistan. According to the 1998 census, people who did not state their religion accounted for 0.5% of the population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Islam ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Islam in Pakistan|Sufism in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Faisal Masjid.jpg|thumb|upright=0.7|left|[[Faisal Mosque]], built in 1986 by Turkish architect [[Vedat Dalokay]] on behalf of [[House of Saud|King]] [[Faisal bin Abdul-Aziz]] of Saudi Arabia]]&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is the dominant religion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Muhammad Qasim Zaman, &#039;&#039;Islam in Pakistan: A History&#039;&#039; (Princeton UP, 2018) [http://www.h-net.org/reviews/showpdf.php?id=53232 online review]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 96.47% of [[Pakistanis]] are Muslim, according to the 2017 Census.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017 Census&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Pakistan has the second-largest number of [[Muslim]]s in the world after Indonesia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pbqfCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT5|title=Islam in India and Pakistan{{Snd}} A Religious History |last=Singh |first=Dr. Y P |publisher=Vij Books India Pvt Ltd |year=2016 |isbn=978-93-85505-63-8 |quote=Pakistan has the second largest Muslim population in the world after Indonesia.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- see: [[Islam by country]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and home for (10.5%) of the world&#039;s Muslim population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.pewforum.org/2012/12/18/global-religious-landscape-exec/|title=The Global Religious Landscape|date=December 2012|publisher=Pew Research Center|access-date=5 November 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The majority of them are [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] and mostly follow [[Sufism]] (estimated between 75 and 95%)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;LoC2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/Pakistan.pdf |title=Country Profile: Pakistan |date=February 2005 |publisher=[[Library of Congress]] |quote=Religion: The overwhelming majority of the population (96.4 percent) is Muslim, of whom approximately 95 percent are Sunni follows [[Sufism]] and 5 percent Shia.|website=[[Library of Congress Country Studies]] on Pakistan|access-date=1 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk |title=Religions: Muslim 96.4% (Sunni 75%, Shia 20%), other |year=2010 |publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency|CIA]] |department=Pakistan (includes Christian and Hindu) 5% |access-date=28 August 2010 |website=[[The World Factbook]] |archive-date=26 December 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181226143549/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=http://pewforum.org/Muslim/Mapping-the-Global-Muslim-Population%286%29.aspx |title=Mapping the Global Muslim Population: A Report on the Size and Distribution of the World&#039;s Muslim Population |date=7 October 2009 |publisher=[[Pew Research Center]] |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100327201319/http://pewforum.org/Muslim/Mapping-the-Global-Muslim-Population%286%29.aspx |archive-date=27 March 2010 |editor-first=Tracy |editor-last=Miller |access-date=9 June 2010 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |url=http://pewforum.org/newassets/images/reports/Muslimpopulation/Muslimpopulation.pdf |title=Mapping the Global Muslim Population: A Report on the Size and Distribution of the World&#039;s Muslim Population |date=October 2009 |publisher=[[Pew Research Center]] |editor-last=Miller |editor-first=Tracy |access-date=28 August 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100113140829/http://pewforum.org/newassets/images/reports/Muslimpopulation/Muslimpopulation.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=13 January 2010 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108505.htm |title=Pakistan – International Religious Freedom Report 2008 |publisher=[[United States Department of State]] |date=19 September 2008 |access-date=28 August 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while [[Shia Islam|Shias]] represent between 5–25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;LoC2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ciafactbook&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pewforum.org/2012/08/09/the-worlds-muslims-unity-and-diversity-executive-summary/ |title=The World&#039;s Muslims: Unity and Diversity |date=9 August 2012 |website=Pew Research Center |access-date=26 December 2016 |quote=On the other hand, in Pakistan, where 6% of the survey respondents identify as Shia, Sunni attitudes are more mixed: 50% say Shias are Muslims, while 41% say they are not. }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk |title=Field Listing : Religions |year=2010 |publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]] |access-date=24 August 2010 |website=[[The World Factbook]] |archive-date=26 December 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181226143549/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2019, the Shia population in Pakistan was estimated to be 42 million out of total population of 210 million.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|first=Ammar Ali|last=Qureshi|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1515823|title=Non-fiction: Pakistan&#039;s Shia dynamics |date=10 November 2019|website=Dawn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan also has the largest Muslim city in the world ([[Karachi]]).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=Cityscapes of Violence in Karachi: Publics and Counterpublics|first=Nichola|last= Khan|year= 2016| isbn= 978-0-19-086978-6|publisher=Oxford University Press|quote= ... With a population of over 23 million Karachi is also the world&#039;s largest Muslim city, the world&#039;s seventh largest conurbation ... }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Ahmadiyya in Pakistan|Ahmadis]], a small minority representing 0.22–2% of Pakistan&#039;s population,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The 1998 Pakistani census states that there are 291,000 (0.22%) Ahmadis in Pakistan. However, the Ahmadiyya Muslim Community has boycotted the census since 1974 which renders official Pakistani figures to be inaccurate. Independent groups have estimated the Pakistani Ahmadiyya population to be somewhere between 2 million and 5 million Ahmadis. However, the 4 million figure is the most quoted figure and is approximately 2.2% of the country. See:&lt;br /&gt;
* over 2 million: {{cite web |url=http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/docid/49913b5f2c.html |title=Pakistan: The situation of Ahmadis, including legal status and political, education and employment rights; societal attitudes toward Ahmadis (2006 – Nov. 2008) |date=4 December 2008 |author=Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada|access-date=28 June 2012}}&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 million: International Federation for Human Rights: &#039;&#039;International Fact-Finding Mission. Freedoms of Expression, of Association and of Assembly in Pakistan.&#039;&#039; Ausgabe 408/2, January 2005, S. 61 ([http://www.fidh.org/IMG/pdf/pk408a-2.pdf PDF])&lt;br /&gt;
* 3–4 million: Commission on International Religious Freedom: &#039;&#039;Annual Report of the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom.&#039;&#039; 2005, S. 130&lt;br /&gt;
* 4.910.000: James Minahan: Encyclopedia of the stateless nations. Ethnic and national groups around the world. Greenwood Press. Westport 2002, p. 52&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web |url=http://www.refworld.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/rwmain?page=country&amp;amp;category=&amp;amp;publisher=IRBC&amp;amp;type=QUERYRESPONSE&amp;amp;coi=PAK&amp;amp;rid=&amp;amp;docid=45f1478f20&amp;amp;skip=0 |title=Pakistan: Situation of members of the Lahori Ahmadiyya Movement in Pakistan|access-date=30 April 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are officially considered non-Muslims by virtue of the [[Second Amendment to the Constitution of Pakistan|constitutional amendment]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108505.htm |title=International Religious Freedom Report 2008: Pakistan |date=19 September 2008 |publisher=[[United States Department of State|US State Department]]|access-date=24 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Ahmadis]] are particularly persecuted, especially since 1974 when they were [[Second Amendment to the Constitution of Pakistan|banned]] from calling themselves Muslims. In 1984, Ahmadiyya places of worship were banned from being called &amp;quot;mosques&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;New Approaches to the Analysis of Jihadism: Online and Offline, p. 38, Rüdiger Lohlker{{Snd}} 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2012}}, 12% of Pakistani Muslims self-identify as [[non-denominational Muslims]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=2012-08-09|title=Chapter 1: Religious Affiliation|url=https://www.pewresearch.org/religion/2012/08/09/the-worlds-muslims-unity-and-diversity-1-religious-affiliation/|access-date=2022-04-12|website=Pew Research Center&#039;s Religion &amp;amp; Public Life Project|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are also several [[Quraniyoon]] communities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.southasianmedia.net/profile/pakistan/pk_leadingpersonalities_literature.cfm#gap |title=South Asian Media Net |publisher=South Asian Free Media Association |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110518210117/http://www.southasianmedia.net/profile/pakistan/pk_leadingpersonalities_literature.cfm#gap |archive-date=18 May 2011|access-date=31 October 2010}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/7896943.stm |title=Can Sufi Islam counter the Taleban? |date=24 February 2009 |work=BBC|access-date=20 May 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; They are mainly concentratd in the [[Lalian Tehsil]], [[Chiniot District]], where approximately 13% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Districtwise&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qadiani Proportion by Pakistani District - 2017 Census.svg|thumb|right|upright=1.35|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ahmadiyya proportion of each Pakistani District in 2017 according to the Pakistan Bureau of Statistics&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sufism]], a mystical Islamic tradition, has a long history and a large following among the Sunni Muslims in Pakistan, at both the academic and popular levels. Popular Sufi culture is centered around gatherings and celebrations at the shrines of saints and annual festivals that feature Sufi music and dance. Two Sufis whose shrines receive much national attention are [[Ali Hajweri]] in [[Lahore]] (c.&amp;amp;nbsp;12th century)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=WO-5e-HSdOoC&amp;amp;pg=PA47 |title=Producing Islamic Knowledge: Transmission and Dissemination in Western Europe |publisher=Routledge |year=2011 |isbn=978-0-415-35592-6 |page=47 |chapter=An emerging European Islam: The case of the Minhaj ul Quran in the Netherlands |author=Amer Morgahi|access-date=30 July 2013 |editor=Martin van Bruinessen, Stefano Allievi}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Shahbaz Qalander]] in [[Sehwan]], Sindh (c.&amp;amp;nbsp;12th century).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1136858 |title=Sehwan: The undisputed throne of Lal Shahbaz Qalandar |author=Farooq Soomro |website=dawn.com|access-date=13 January 2016|date=10 October 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two levels of [[Sufism]] in Pakistan. The first is the &#039;populist&#039; Sufism of the rural population. This level of Sufism involves belief in intercession through saints, veneration of their shrines, and forming bonds (Mureed) with a &#039;&#039;pir&#039;&#039; (saint). Many rural Pakistani Muslims associate with [[Pir (Sufism)|&#039;&#039;pirs&#039;&#039;]] and seek their intercession.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616 |title=Pakistan |last=Hussain |first=Rizwan |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |quote=Sūfī Islam in Pakistan is represented at two levels. The first is the populist Sufism of the rural masses, associated with unorthodox religious rituals and practices, belief in the intercessory powers of saints, pilgrimage and veneration at their shrines, and a binding spiritual relationship between the shaykh or pir (master) and murīd (disciple). Many Muslims in rural areas of Pakistan, where orthodox Islam has yet to penetrate effectively, identify themselves with some pir, living or dead, and seek his intercession for the solution of their worldly problems and for salvation in the hereafter.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The second level of Sufism in Pakistan is &#039;intellectual Sufism&#039;, which is growing among the urban and educated population. They are influenced by the writings of Sufis such as the medieval theologian [[al-Ghazali]], the Sufi reformer [[Shaykh Ahmad Sirhindi|Shaykh Aḥmad Sirhindi]], and [[Shah Wali Allah]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0616 |title=Pakistan |last=Hussain |first=Rizwan |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |quote=The other strain is that of scholastic or intellectual Sufism, a recent phenomenon based in urban areas and becoming increasingly popular in educated circles. Influenced by the writings of the medieval theologian al-Ghazālī (d.&amp;amp;nbsp;1111), the Sūfī reformer Shaykh Aḥmad Sirhindī (d.&amp;amp;nbsp;1624), and Shāh Walī Allāh (d.&amp;amp;nbsp;1762), and by the spiritual experiences of the masters of the Suhrawardī and Naqshbandī orders, these modern Sūfīs are rearticulating Islamic metaphysics as an answer to Western materialism.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Contemporary Islamic fundamentalists criticise Sufism&#039;s popular character, which in their view does not accurately reflect the teachings and practice of [[Muhammad]] and his companions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://video.nytimes.com/video/2011/01/06/world/asia/1248069532117/sufism-under-attack-in-pakistan.html |title=Sufism Under Attack in Pakistan |newspaper=The New York Times |format=video |access-date=21 May 2012 |author=Produced by Charlotte Buchen |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120528051803/http://video.nytimes.com/video/2011/01/06/world/asia/1248069532117/sufism-under-attack-in-pakistan.html |archive-date=28 May 2012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hinduism ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Hinduism in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hindu Proportion by Pakistani District - 2017 Census.svg|thumb|right|upright=1.35|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hindu proportion of each Pakistani District in 2017 according to the Pakistan Bureau of Statistics&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hinduism in Pakistan|Hinduism]] is the second-largest religion in Pakistan after Islam and is followed by 2.14% of the population according to the 2017 census.&amp;lt;ref name=2017Census&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=SALIENT FEATURES OF FINAL RESULTS CENSUS-2017 |url=https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//population_census/sailent_feature_%20census_2017.pdf |access-date=20 May 2021 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220407233606/https://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//population_census/sailent_feature_%20census_2017.pdf |archive-date=7 April 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files/other/yearbook2011/Population/16-16.pdf |title=Population Distribution by Religion, 1998 Census |publisher=Pakistan Bureau of Statistics |access-date=26 December 2016 |archive-date=26 December 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161226023307/http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files/other/yearbook2011/Population/16-16.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the 2010 Pew report, Pakistan had the fifth-largest Hindu population in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.pewforum.org/2015/04/02/hindus/pf_15-04-02_projectionstables96/ |title=10 Countries With the Largest Hindu Populations, 2010 and 2050 |date=2 April 2015 |website=Pew Research Center|access-date=13 January 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 2017 census, the Hindu population was found to be 4,444,437.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.tribune.com.pk/story/1719994/headcount-finalised-sans-third-party-audit%3famp=1|title=Headcount finalised sans third-party audit|author=Riazul Haq and Shahbaz Rana|date=27 May 2018|access-date=11 June 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Hindus are found in all provinces of Pakistan but are mostly concentrated in [[Sindh]], where they account for 8.73% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=2017Census/&amp;gt; [[Umerkot District|Umerkot district]] (52.15%) is the only Hindu majority district in Pakistan. [[Tharparkar District|Tharparkar district]] has the highest population of Hindus in terms of absolute terms. Four districts in Sindh – [[Umerkot District|Umerkot]], [[Tharparkar District|Tharparkar]], [[Mirpurkhas District|Mirpurkhas]] and [[Sanghar District|Sanghar]] hosts more than half of the Hindu population in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Districtwise&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.pbs.gov.pk/content/district-wise-census-2017-results|title=District wise census|access-date=12 August 2021|archive-date=4 August 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210804025540/https://www.pbs.gov.pk/content/district-wise-census-2017-results|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of Pakistan&#039;s creation, the &#039;hostage theory&#039; gained currency. According to this theory, the Hindu minority in Pakistan was to be given a fair deal in Pakistan in order to ensure the protection of the Muslim minority in India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n5c9ta97GeoC&amp;amp;pg=PA72 |title=The Long Partition and the Making of Modern South Asia: Refugees, Boundaries, Histories |last=Zamindar |first=Vazira Fazila-Yacoobali |publisher=Columbia University Press |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-231-13847-5 |page=72 |quote=The logic of the &#039;&#039;hostage theory&#039;&#039; tied the treatment of Muslim minorities in India to the treatment meted out to Hindus in Pakistan.}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA19|title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |last=Dhulipala |first=Venkat |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5|page=19 |quote=Within the subcontinent, ML propaganda claimed that besides liberating the &#039;majority provinces&#039; Muslims it would guarantee protection for Muslims who would be left behind in Hindu India. In this regard, it repeatedly stressed the hostage population theory that held that &#039;hostage&#039; Hindu and Sikh minorities inside Pakistan would guarantee Hindu India&#039;s good behaviour towards its own Muslim minority.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, [[Khawaja Nazimuddin]], the [[List of Prime Ministers of Pakistan|second]] [[Prime Minister of Pakistan]], stated:{{blockquote|I do not agree that religion is a private affair of the individual nor do I agree that in an Islamic state every citizen has identical rights, no matter what his caste, creed or faith be.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n7u2BgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA149|title=The Ahmadis and the Politics of Religious Exclusion in Pakistan |last=Qasmi |first=Ali Usman |publisher=Anthem Press |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-78308-425-8|page=149 |quote=Nazim-ud-Din favored an Islamic state not just out of political expediency but also because of his deep religious belief in its efficacy and practicality&amp;amp;nbsp;... Nazim-ud-Din commented:&#039;I do not agree that religion is a private affair of the individual nor do I agree that in an Islamic state every citizen has identical rights, no matter what his caste, creed or faith be&#039;.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}} Some Hindus in Pakistan feel that they are treated as second-class citizens and many have continued to migrate to India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc200703022&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Pakistani Hindus faced riots after the [[Demolition of the Babri Masjid|Babri Masjid demolition]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://query.nytimes.com/gst/fullpage.html?res=9E0CE2DD113BF93BA35751C1A964958260&amp;amp;sec=&amp;amp;spon= |title=Pakistanis Attack 30 Hindu Temples |date=7 December 1992 |newspaper=The New York Times |quote=Muslims attacked more than 30 Hindu temples across Pakistan today, and the Government of this overwhelmingly Muslim nation closed offices and schools for a day to protest the destruction of a mosque in India.|access-date=15 April 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and have experienced other attacks, [[Forced conversion of minority girls in Pakistan|forced conversions]], and abductions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Pakistan: 25 Hindu girls abducted every month; forcibly converted to Islam &amp;amp;#124; Responsible for Equality And Liberty (R.E.A.L.)|url=http://www.realcourage.org/2010/03/pakistan-25-hindu-girls-abducted-every-month/|access-date=2022-04-12|website=www.realcourage.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Christianity and other religions ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Christianity in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Christian Proportion by Pakistani District - 2017 Census.svg|thumb|right|upright=1.35|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Christian proportion of each Pakistani District in 2017 according to the Pakistan Bureau of Statistics&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christians formed the next largest religious minority after Hindus, with 1.27% of the population following it.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2017 Census&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The highest concentration of Christians in Pakistan is in [[Lahore District]] (5%) in Punjab province and in [[Islamabad Capital Territory]] (over 4% Christian). There is a [[Roman Catholicism in Pakistan|Roman Catholic]] community in [[Karachi]] that was established by [[Goa]]n and [[Tamil people|Tamil]] migrants when Karachi&#039;s infrastructure was being developed by the British during the colonial administration between World War I and World War II.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Districtwise&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Christianity, the largest religion is the [[Bahá&#039;í Faith in Pakistan|Bahá&#039;í Faith]], which had a following of 30,000 in 2008, followed by Sikhism, Buddhism, and [[Zoroastrianism]], each claiming roughly 20,000 adherents in 2008,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Pakistan—International Religious Freedom Report 2008 |url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2008/108505.htm |access-date=28 August 2010 |quote=The majority of Muslims in the country are Sunni, with a Shi&#039;a minority ranging between 10 to 20 percent.|year=2008 |publisher=[[United States Department of State]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and a very small [[Jainism in Pakistan|community of Jains]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of percent of the population identified as atheist in 2005. However, the figure rose to 2.0% in 2012 according to [[WIN/GIA|Gallup]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Husain |first=Irfan |title=Faith in decline |url=http://dawn.com/2012/08/27/faith-in-decline/|access-date=16 December 2012 |newspaper=Dawn, Irfan |date=27 August 2012 |quote=Interestingly, and somewhat intriguingly, 2 per cent of the Pakistanis surveyed see themselves as atheists, up from 1pc in 2005. |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121204113125/http://dawn.com/2012/08/27/faith-in-decline/ |archive-date=4 December 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Culture and society ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of Pakistan|British heritage of Pakistan|Public holidays in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Truck Art.jpg|thumb|A decorated truck running on the [[Karakoram Highway|Karakorum Highway]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W-P-AD20070217-16h21m13s-e.jpg|thumb|right|[[Truck art in Pakistan|Truck art]] is a distinctive feature of Pakistani culture.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pakistani society|Civil society]] in Pakistan is largely hierarchical, emphasising [[Etiquette in Pakistan|local cultural etiquette]] and traditional Islamic values that govern personal and political life. The basic family unit is the [[extended family]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nuclear&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.kwintessential.co.uk/resources/global-etiquette/pakistan.html |title=Pakistan- Language, Religion, Culture, Customs and Etiquette |publisher=Kwint Essential|access-date=17 March 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090323000308/http://www.kwintessential.co.uk/resources/global-etiquette/pakistan.html |archive-date=23 March 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although for socio-economic reasons there has been a growing trend towards [[Nuclear family|nuclear families]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |author=Anwar Alam |title=Factors and Consequences of Nuclearization of Family at Hayatabad Phase-II, Peshawar |journal=Sarhad J. Agric. |year=2008 |volume=24 |url=http://www.aup.edu.pk/sj_pdf/FACTORS%20AND%20CONSEQUENCES%20OF%20NUCLEARIZATION.pdf|access-date=21 April 2012 |issue=3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The traditional dress for both men and women is the &#039;&#039;[[Shalwar Kameez]]&#039;&#039;; trousers, [[jeans]], and shirts are also popular among men.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;taxila&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In recent decades, the middle class has increased to around 35&amp;amp;nbsp;million and the upper and upper-middle classes to around 17&amp;amp;nbsp;million, and power is shifting from rural landowners to the urbanised elites.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The rise of Mehran man |url=http://archives.dawn.com/archives/19124 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101125011513/http://news.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/the-newspaper/columnists/irfan-husain-the-rise-of-mehran-man-740 |archive-date=25 November 2010 |website=Dawn |location=Pakistan News |author=Irfan Husain |date=17 April 2010|access-date=25 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistani festivals, including [[Eid ul-Fitr|&#039;&#039;Eid-ul-Fitr&#039;&#039;]], [[Eid al-Adha|&#039;&#039;Eid-ul-Azha&#039;&#039;]], [[Ramadan|&#039;&#039;Ramazan&#039;&#039;]], Christmas, Easter, [[Holi]], and [[Diwali]], are mostly religious in origin.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nuclear&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Increasing globalisation has resulted in Pakistan ranking 56th on the [[A.T. Kearney]]/FP [[Globalization Index]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=A.T. Kearney/Foreign Policy Magazine Globalization Index 2006 |url=http://www.atkearney.com/images/global/pdf/Globalization-Index_FP_Nov-Dec-06_S.pdf |publisher=A.T. Kearney |date=Nov–Dec 2006 |page=4|access-date=1 January 2012}} {{dead link|date=May 2016|bot=medic}}{{cbignore|bot=medic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clothing, arts, and fashion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Pakistani clothing|Shalwar kameez|Sherwani|Jinnah cap|Peshawari chappal|Pakol|Sindhi topi|Sindhi topi = }}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kail Neelum Valley AJK.jpg|thumb|People in traditional clothing in the [[Pahari-Pothwari]] [[Neelum District]] in [[Azad Kashmir|AJK]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Shalwar kameez|&#039;&#039;Shalwar Kameez&#039;&#039;]] is the [[national dress]] of Pakistan and is worn by both men and women in all [[Four Provinces (Pakistan)|four provinces]]: [[Punjab, Pakistan|Punjab]], Sindh, Balochistan, and [[Khyber Pakhtoonkhwa|Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa]], and [[Azad Kashmir]]. Each province has its own style of &#039;&#039;Shalwar Kameez&#039;&#039;. Pakistanis wear clothes in a range of exquisite colours and designs and in type of fabric (silk, [[chiffon (fabric)|chiffon]], cotton, etc.). Besides the national dress, domestically tailored [[Suit (clothing)|suits]] and neckties are often worn by men, and are customary in offices, schools, and social gatherings.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=Stephanie Koerner|author2=Ian Russell|title=Unquiet Pasts: Risk Society, Lived Cultural Heritage, Re-designing Reflexivity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=7li2jpQgYvAC&amp;amp;pg=PA382|year=2010|publisher=Ashgate Publishing, Ltd.|isbn=978-0-7546-7548-8|page=382}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Pakistani fashion|fashion industry]] has flourished in the changing environment of the fashion world. Since Pakistan came into being, its fashion has evolved in different phases and developed a unique identity. Today, Pakistani fashion is a combination of traditional and modern dress and has become a mark of Pakistani culture. Despite modern trends, regional and traditional forms of dress have developed their own significance as a symbol of native tradition. This regional fashion continues to evolve into both more modern and purer forms. The Pakistan Fashion Design Council based in [[Lahore]] organizes [[PFDC Sunsilk Fashion Week|PFDC Fashion Week]] and the Fashion Pakistan Council based in [[Karachi]] organizes [[Fashion Pakistan Week]]. Pakistan&#039;s first fashion week was held in November 2009.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Michele Langevine Leiby |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/asia_pacific/in-pakistan-fashion-weeks-thrive-beyond-the-style-capitals-of-the-world/2012/04/24/gIQAt3qcgT_story.html |title=In Pakistan, fashion weeks thrive beyond the style capitals of the world |newspaper=[[Washington Post]] |date=25 April 2012|access-date=20 April 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Media and entertainment ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Media of Pakistan|Cinema of Pakistan|Music of Pakistan|History of Pakistani pop music|Theatre of Pakistan|Pakistani dramas}}&lt;br /&gt;
The private [[Newspapers in Pakistan|print media]], state-owned [[Pakistan Television Corporation]] (PTV), and [[Pakistan Broadcasting Corporation]] (PBC) for [[Radio Pakistan|radio]] were the dominant media outlets until the beginning of the 21st century. Pakistan now has a large network of domestic, privately owned 24-hour [[News channels in Pakistan|news media]] and [[Television in Pakistan|television channels]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= https://www.mediasupport.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/ims-media-pakistan-radicalisation-2009.pdf |title=Media in Pakistan |publisher=International Media Support |pages=14–16, 21 |access-date=10 August 2020 |date=July 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A 2021 report by the [[Reporters Without Borders]] ranked Pakistan 157th among 180 nations on the [[Press Freedom Index]], it is reported multiple times that Pakistani reporters remains in pressure and threat if reported against army, government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title= Pakistan slips further on World Press Freedom Index|url=https://theprint.in/world/pakistan-slips-further-on-world-press-freedom-index/942403/ |website=The Print|date=4 May 2022 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[BBC]] terms the Pakistani media &amp;quot;among the most outspoken in South Asia&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-south-asia-12965785 |title=Pakistan profile{{Snd}} Media |work=BBC News |access-date=23 April 2016|date=2 March 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistani media has also played a vital role in exposing corruption.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.mediasupport.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/ims-media-pakistan-radicalisation-2009.pdf |title={{Not a typo|Between radicalisation and democratisation in an unfolding conflict: Media in Pakistan}}|publisher=International Media Support|date=July 2009|access-date=10 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Lollywood]], Punjabi and [[Pashto cinema|Pashto]] film industry is based in Karachi, Lahore and Peshawar. While [[Bollywood]] films were banned from public cinemas from 1965 until 2008, they had remained an important part of popular culture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Randhava |first=Naseem |title=Bollywood films may be banned in Pakistan |url=http://sg.news.yahoo.com/bollywood-films-may-banned-pakistan-094000464.html |publisher=[[Yahoo! News]] |date=11 October 2011 |access-date=31 October 2011}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite news |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/4639216.stm |title=Pakistan to show Bollywood film |work=BBC News |date=23 January 2006 |access-date=13 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2019, the screening of Bollywood movies was again faced with an indefinite ban.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Zeb |first=Parkha |date=2023-02-22 |title=Pakistan is (finally) getting over its Bollywood mania |url=https://images.dawn.com/news/1191547 |access-date=2023-02-22 |website=Images |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In contrast to the ailing Pakistani film industry, Urdu [[Pakistani dramas|televised dramas]] and theatrical performances continue to be popular, as many [[Television in Pakistan|entertainment media outlets]] air them regularly.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.browngirlmagazine.com/2015/01/evolving-world-pakistani-dramas-builds-stronger-relations-india/ |title=The Evolving World of Pakistani Dramas Builds Stronger Relations With India |date=21 January 2015 |publisher=Brown Girl |last1=Shaikh |first1=Naila |access-date=25 May 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150428110047/http://www.browngirlmagazine.com/2015/01/evolving-world-pakistani-dramas-builds-stronger-relations-india/ |archive-date=28 April 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Pakistani dramas|Urdu dramas]] dominate the [[Television in Pakistan|television entertainment industry]], which has launched critically acclaimed [[miniseries]] and featured popular actors and actresses since the 1990s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Pakistani dramas contribute to the evolution of Indian television |url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/entertainment/25-Dec-2014/pakistani-dramas-contribute-to-the-evolution-of-indian-television |access-date=25 May 2015 |work=Daily Times|date=25 December 2014 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150719082117/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/entertainment/25-Dec-2014/pakistani-dramas-contribute-to-the-evolution-of-indian-television |archive-date=19 July 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 1960s–1970s, [[Pakistani pop music|pop music]] and [[Disco Deewane|disco]] (1970s) dominated the country&#039;s music industry. In the 1980s–1990s, [[new wave of British heavy metal|British influenced]] [[Pakistani rock|rock music]] appeared and jolted the country&#039;s entertainment industry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Nadeem F. Paracha |title=Times of the Vital Sign |url=http://dawn.com/2013/03/28/times-of-the-signs/|access-date=3 April 2013 |newspaper=Dawn News|date=28 March 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130402133212/http://dawn.com/2013/03/28/times-of-the-signs/ |archive-date=2 April 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 2000s, [[heavy metal music]] gained popular and critical acclaim.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Reza Sayah |title=Underground musicians aim to change Pakistan&#039;s image |url=http://edition.cnn.com/2009/WORLD/asiapcf/04/12/pakistan.music/|access-date=5 April 2013 |newspaper=CNN Pakistan |date=12 April 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistani music ranges from diverse forms of provincial folk music and traditional styles such as [[Qawwali]] and [[Ghazal]] Gayaki to modern musical forms that fuse traditional and western music.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |date=6 September 1997 |title=The stilled voice |work=[[Frontline (magazine)|Frontline]] |url=http://www.hindu.com/fline/fl1418/14181230.htm |access-date=30 June 2011 |author1=Amit Baruah |author2=R. Padmanabhan |location=Chennai, India |url-status=dead |archive-date=27 September 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130927003536/http://www.hindu.com/fline/fl1418/14181230.htm}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Adam Nayyar |author-link=Adam Nayyar |title=Origin and History of the Qawwali |year=1988 |publisher=University of Toronto |page=1 |url=https://www.utoronto.ca/jkcourses/mus200/Nayyar_Qawwali.pdf |access-date=20 January 2012 |url-status=live |archive-date=25 July 2022 |archive-url=https://www.webcitation.org/query.php?url=http://www.utoronto.ca/jkcourses/mus200/Nayyar_Qawwali.pdf}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;--&amp;gt; Pakistan has many famous folk singers. The arrival of Afghan refugees in the western provinces has stimulated interest in Pashto music, although there has been intolerance of it in some places.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Owais Tohid |date=7 June 2005 |title=Music soothes extremism along troubled Afghan border |newspaper=The Christian Science Monitor |url=http://www.csmonitor.com/2005/0607/p07s01-wosc.html |access-date=20 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Diaspora ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|image1=&lt;br /&gt;
|width1=150&lt;br /&gt;
|caption1=[[Nergis Mavalvala]] is a Professor of Physics at [[MIT]] who is known for her role in the first observation of gravitational waves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Overseas Pakistani}}According to the UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Pakistan has the sixth-largest diaspora in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Statistics gathered by the Pakistani government show that there are around 7&amp;amp;nbsp;million [[Pakistani people|Pakistanis]] residing abroad, with the vast majority living in the Middle East, Europe, and North America.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://archives.dawn.com/archives/142435 |title=Pride and the Pakistani Diaspora |publisher=Archives.dawn.com |date=14 February 2009 |access-date=15 October 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131015142319/http://archives.dawn.com/archives/142435 |archive-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan ranks 10th in the world for remittances sent home.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;overseaspakistanis1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;worldbank1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTPROSPECTS/Resources/334934-1199807908806/Top10.pdf |title=Migration and Remittances: Top Countries |publisher=Siteresources.worldbank.org |year=2010|access-date=19 December 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest inflow of remittances, {{as of|2016|lc=y}}, is from Saudi Arabia, amounting to $5.9&amp;amp;nbsp;billion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1142758/saudi-arabia-remains-largest-source-remittances/ |title=Saudi Arabia remains largest source of remittances for Pakistan |date=16 July 2016 |newspaper=The Express Tribune|access-date=24 December 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The term &#039;&#039;[[Overseas Pakistani]]&#039;&#039; is officially recognised by the [[Government of Pakistan]]. The [[Ministry of Overseas Pakistanis]] was established in 2008 to deal exclusively with all matters of overseas Pakistanis such as attending to their needs and problems, developing projects for their welfare, and working for resolution of their problems and issues. Overseas Pakistanis are the second-largest source of foreign exchange remittances to Pakistan after exports. Over the last several years, home remittances have maintained a steadily rising trend, with a more than 100% increase from US$8.9&amp;amp;nbsp;billion in 2009–10 to US$19.9&amp;amp;nbsp;billion in 2015–16.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;remit&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;worldbank1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Overseas Pakistani Division (OPD) was created in September 2004 within the [[Ministry of Labour (Pakistan)|Ministry of Labour]] (MoL). It has since recognised the importance of overseas Pakistanis and their contribution to the nation&#039;s economy. Together with Community Welfare Attaches (CWAs) and the Overseas Pakistanis Foundation (OPF), the OPD is making efforts to improve the welfare of Pakistanis who reside abroad. The division aims to provide better services through improved facilities at airports, and suitable schemes for housing, education, and health care. It also facilitates the reintegration into society of returning overseas Pakistanis. Notable members of the Pakistani diaspora include the [[London Mayor]] [[Sadiq Khan]], the UK cabinet member [[Sajid Javid]], the former [[UK Conservative Party]] chair [[Sayeeda Warsi, Baroness Warsi|Baroness Warsi]], the singers [[Zayn Malik]] and [[Nadia Ali (singer)|Nadia Ali]], [[MIT]] physics Professor [[Nergis Mavalvala]], the actors [[Riz Ahmed]] and [[Kumail Nanjiani]], the businessmen [[Shahid Khan]] and [[Sir Anwar Pervez]], Boston University professors [[Adil Najam]] and [[Hamid Nawab]], [[Texas A&amp;amp;M University|Texas A&amp;amp;M]] professor [[Muhammad Suhail Zubairy]], [[Yale]] professor [[Sara Suleri]], [[UC San Diego]] professor [[Farooq Azam]] and the historian [[Ayesha Jalal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Literature and philosophy ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Literature of Pakistan|Urdu poetry|Pakistani philosophy}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Iqbal.jpg|thumb|upright=0.65|alt=Muhammad Iqbal|[[Muhammad Iqbal]], Pakistan&#039;s national poet who conceived the [[Conception of Pakistan|idea]] of Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan has literature in [[Urdu literature|Urdu]], [[Sindhi literature|Sindhi]], [[Punjabi literature|Punjabi]], [[Pashto literature and poetry|Pashto]], [[Balochi Academy|Baluchi]], [[Persian literature|Persian]], [[Pakistani English literature|English]], and many other languages.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Alamgir Hashmi |editor=Radhika Mohanram |others=Gita Rajan |title=English postcoloniality: literatures from around the world |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=H_uwA78YZDoC&amp;amp;pg=PA107|year=1996 |publisher=Greenwood Publishing Group |isbn=978-0-313-28854-8 |pages=107–112}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Pakistan Academy of Letters]] is a large literary community that promotes literature and poetry in Pakistan and abroad.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Official website in English [http://pal.gov.pk/home/ Pakistan Academy of Letters] {{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130306135947/http://pal.gov.pk/home/ |date=6 March 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[National Library of Pakistan|National Library]] publishes and promotes literature in the country. Before the 19th century, Pakistani literature consisted mainly of [[lyric poetry|lyric]] and [[Sufi poetry|religious poetry]] and mystical and [[Pakistani folklore|folkloric]] works. During the colonial period, native literary figures were influenced by western [[literary realism]] and took up increasingly varied topics and narrative forms. Prose fiction is now very popular.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Gilani Kamran |title=Pakistani Literature{{Snd}} Evolution &amp;amp; trends |url=http://www.the-south-asian.com/Jan2002/Pakistani-Literature3-the-Novel.htm |publisher=The South Asian Magazine |date=January 2002|access-date=24 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;granta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Huma Imtiaz |title=Granta: The global reach of Pakistani literature |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/53272/granta-the-global-reach-of-pakistani-literature/ |website=The Express Tribune |date=26 September 2010|access-date=24 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[List of national poets|national poet]] of Pakistan, [[Muhammad Iqbal]], wrote poetry in Urdu and Persian. He was a strong proponent of the political and spiritual revival of Islamic civilisation and encouraged Muslims all over the world to bring about a successful revolution.{{clarify|date=April 2017&amp;lt;!--What kind of revolution? Political, literary, cultural?--&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |author=Annemarie Schimmel |title=Iqbal, Muhammad |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Iranica |date=15 December 2004 |url=http://www.iranicaonline.org/articles/iqbal-muhammad |access-date=1 January 2012}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;- {{cite web |first=Nadeem |last=Shafique |title=Global Apprecaition of Allama Iqbal |work=Journal of Research, Faculty of Languages and Islamic Studies |pages=47–49 |publisher=Bahauddin Zakariya University |url=http://www.bzu.edu.pk/jrlanguages/Vol-1%202001/Nadeem%20Shafiq-3.pdf |access-date=1 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120118104825/http://www.bzu.edu.pk/jrlanguages/Vol-1%202001/Nadeem%20Shafiq-3.pdf |archive-date=18 January 2012 }}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |author=Iqbal Academy |date=26 May 2006 |url=http://www.allamaiqbal.com/person/biography/biotxtread.html |title=Allama Iqbal{{Snd}} Biography |format=PHP |access-date=7 January 2011 |archive-date=19 November 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101119075055/http://allamaiqbal.com/person/biography/biotxtread.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Well-known figures in contemporary Pakistani Urdu literature include [[Josh Malihabadi]] [[Faiz Ahmed Faiz]] and [[Saadat Hasan Manto]]. [[Sadequain]] and [[Gulgee]] are known for their calligraphy and paintings.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;granta&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Sufi poets [[Shah Abdul Latif]], [[Bulleh Shah]], [[Mian Muhammad Bakhsh]], and [[Khawaja Farid]] enjoy considerable popularity in Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |author=Muhammad Zahid Rifat |title=Paying tributes to popular Sufi poets |url=http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-268638505.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130117074308/http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-268638505.html |archive-date=17 January 2013 |newspaper=The Nation|date=3 October 2011|access-date=25 December 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Mirza Kalich Beg]] has been termed the father of modern Sindhi prose.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=L.H. Ajwani |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dL5owdAV5TcC&amp;amp;pg=PA50 |publisher=Sahitya Akademi|author=Chetan Karnani |year=2003 |isbn=978-81-260-1664-8 |page=50}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Historically, philosophical development in the country was dominated by Muhammad Iqbal, Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, [[Muhammad Asad]], [[Abu Ala&#039; Mawdudi|Maududi]], and [[Mohammad Ali Jouhar|Mohammad Ali Johar]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Javed, Kazi. Philosophical Domain of Pakistan (Pakistan Main Phalsapiana Rojhanat) (in Urdu). Karachi: Karachi University Press, 1999.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas from [[British philosophy|British]] and [[American philosophy]] greatly shaped [[Pakistani philosophy|philosophical development]] in Pakistan. Analysts such as [[M. M. Sharif]] and [[Syed Zafarul Hasan|Zafar Hassan]] established the first major Pakistani philosophical movement in 1947.{{clarify|date=April 2017}}&amp;lt;!--Did this movement have a name?--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |display-authors=etal |author=Richard V. DeSemet |title=Philosophical Activities in Pakistan:1947–1961 |url=http://www.crvp.org/book/Series02/IIA-3/appendix.htm |website=Work published by Pakistan Philosophical Congress |access-date=25 November 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130509105450/http://www.crvp.org/book/Series02/IIA-3/appendix.htm |archive-date=9 May 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After the 1971 war, philosophers such as [[Jalaludin Abdur Rahim]], [[Sobho Gianchandani|Gianchandani]], and [[Malik Meraj Khalid|Malik Khalid]] incorporated [[Marxism]] into Pakistan&#039;s philosophical thinking. Influential work by [[Manzoor Ahmad]], [[Jon Elia]], [[Hasan Askari Rizvi]], and Abdul Khaliq brought mainstream [[Social philosophy|social]], [[Political thought|political]], and [[analytical philosophy]] to the fore in academia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |editor-last1=Ahmad |editor-first1=Naeem |title=Philosophy in Pakistan |date=1998 |publisher=Council for Research in Values and Philosophy |location=Washington, DC |isbn=978-1-56518-108-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Works by [[Noam Chomsky]] have influenced philosophical ideas in various fields of social and political philosophy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last=Mallick |first=Ayyaz |title=Exclusive interview with Noam Chomsky on Pakistan elections |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/812481/exclusive-interview-with-noam-chomsky-on-pakistan-elections|access-date=21 February 2015 |agency=Dawn news election cells |publisher=Dawn news election cells |date=7 May 2013}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite web |last=Hoodbhoy |first=Pervez |title=Noam Chomsky interviewed by Pervez Hoodbhoy |url=http://www.chomsky.info/interviews/20011127.htm |url-status=dead |publisher=PTV archives |access-date=21 February 2015 |archive-date=16 September 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140916002032/http://www.chomsky.info/interviews/20011127.htm}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Architecture ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Pakistani architecture|Hindu, Jain and Buddhist architectural heritage of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tomb of Shah Rukn-e-Alam Multan.jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|left|The [[Tomb of Shah Rukn-e-Alam]] is part of Pakistan&#039;s Sufi heritage.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://historyofislam.com/contents/the-post-mongol-period/the-sufis-of-india-and-pakistan/ |title=The Sufis of India and Pakistan |date=22 December 2009 |newspaper=History of Islam|access-date=12 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four periods are recognised in Pakistani architecture: [[History of Pakistan#Early history|pre-Islamic]], [[History of Pakistan#Muslim period|Islamic]], [[History of Pakistan#Colonial era|colonial]], and [[History of Pakistan#Independence|post-colonial]]. With the beginning of the [[Indus civilization]] around the middle of the 3rd millennium BCE,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Vidja Dehejia |title=South Asian Art and Culture |url=http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/sasa/hd_sasa.htm |website=The Metropolitan Museum of Art|access-date=10 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; an advanced urban culture developed for the first time in the region, with large buildings, some of which survive to this day.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Indus Valley And The Genesis Of South Asian Civilization |url=http://history-world.org/indus_valley.htm |website=History World International |access-date=6 February 2008 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120610205538/http://history-world.org/indus_valley.htm |archive-date=10 June 2012 |url-status=usurped }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Mohenjo-daro|Mohenjo Daro]], Harappa, and [[Kot Diji]] are among the pre-Islamic settlements that are now tourist attractions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mountains&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The rise of [[Buddhism]] and the influence of [[Indian campaign of Alexander the Great|Greek]] civilisation led to the development of a [[Greco-Buddhism|Greco-Buddhist]] style,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Maity|first=Sachindra Kumar|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=x8Iz5C5auqEC&amp;amp;pg=PA46|title=Cultural Heritage of Ancient India|date=1983|publisher=Abhinav Publications|isbn=978-0-391-02809-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; starting from the 1st century CE. The high point of this era was the [[Gandara art|Gandhara style]]. An example of [[Buddhist architecture]] is the ruins of the Buddhist monastery [[Takht Bhai|Takht-i-Bahi]] in Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=UNESCO Advisory Body Evaluation of Takht Bhai |publisher=International Council on Monuments and Sites |pages=1–2 |url=https://whc.unesco.org/archive/advisory_body_evaluation/140.pdf |date=29 December 1979|access-date=25 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Minar e Pakistan night image (square).jpg|thumb|upright=0.8|right|[[Minar-e-Pakistan]] is a national monument marking Pakistan&#039;s independence movement.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The arrival of Islam in what is today Pakistan meant the sudden end of Buddhist architecture in the area and a smooth transition to the predominantly pictureless [[Islamic architecture]]. The most important [[Indo-Islamic architecture|Indo-Islamic]]-style building still standing is the [[Rukn-e-Alam|tomb of the Shah Rukn-i-Alam]] in Multan. During the Mughal era, design elements of Persian-Islamic architecture were fused with and often produced playful forms of Hindustani art. Lahore, as the occasional residence of Mughal rulers, contains many important buildings from the empire. Most prominent among them are the [[Badshahi Mosque]], the [[Lahore Fort|fortress of Lahore]] with the famous [[Alamgiri Gate]], the colourful, [[Mughal architecture|Mughal]]-style [[Wazir Khan Mosque]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Valentine|first=Simon Ross|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=MdRth02Q6nAC&amp;amp;pg=PA63|title=Islam and the Ahmadiyya Jama&#039;at: History, Belief, Practice|date=2008|publisher=Hurst &amp;amp; Company|isbn=978-1-85065-916-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Shalimar Gardens (Lahore)|Shalimar Gardens]] in Lahore, and the [[Shahjahan Mosque]] in [[Thatta]]. In the British colonial period, predominantly functional buildings of the Indo-European representative style developed from a mixture of European and Indian-Islamic components. Post-colonial national identity is expressed in modern structures such as the [[Faisal Mosque]], the [[Minar-e-Pakistan]], and the [[Mazar-e-Quaid]]. Several examples of architectural infrastructure demonstrating the influence of [[Architecture of the United Kingdom|British design]] can be found in [[Lahore]], [[Peshawar]], and [[Karachi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Kamil Khan Mumtaz |title=Architecture in Pakistan |year=1985 |publisher=Concept Media Pte Ltd |isbn=978-9971-84-141-6 |pages=32, 51, 160}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Food and drink ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Pakistani cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Port Grand Karachi.JPG|Located on the bank of [[Arabian Sea]] in [[Karachi]], [[Port Grand]] is one of the largest food streets of Asia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.tripadvisor.co.uk/Attraction_Review-g295414-d2419975-Reviews-or320-Port_Grand-Karachi_Sindh_Province.html|title=Port Grand – 2021 Tours &amp;amp; Tickets &amp;amp;#124; All You Need to Know Before You Go (with Photos) – Karachi, Pakistan|website=Tripadvisor}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Traditional food====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistani cuisine is similar to that of other regions of South Asia, with some of it being originated from the royal kitchens of 16th-century Mughal emperors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Goodwin|first=William |title=Pakistan|year=2002 |publisher=Lucent Books|isbn=978-1-59018-218-5|page=79|quote=Pakistani food is similar to that of northern India, with a splash of Middle Eastern influence derived from other Muslim cultures over the centuries.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most of those dishes have their roots in [[British cuisine|British]], [[Indian cuisine|Indian]], [[Central Asian cuisine|Central Asian]] and [[Middle Eastern cuisine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Lee|first1=Jonathan H.X.|last2=Nadeau |first2=Kathleen M.|title=Encyclopedia of Asian American Folklore and Folklife|year=2011|publisher=ABC-CLIO|isbn=978-0-313-35066-5|page=[https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofas00leej/page/973 973]|quote=Pakistani cuisine—a fusion of Central Asian, Middle Eastern, Persian, and Indian traditions—is known for being spicy and for its aromatic and flavorful richness.|url=https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofas00leej/page/973}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Unlike Middle Eastern cuisine, Pakistani cooking uses large quantities of spices, herbs, and seasoning. Garlic, [[ginger]], [[turmeric]], red [[Chili powder|chili]], and [[garam masala]] are used in most dishes, and home cooking regularly includes curry, [[pita bread|&#039;&#039;roti&#039;&#039;]], a thin flatbread made from wheat, is a staple food, usually served with curry, meat, vegetables, and lentils. Rice is also common; it is served plain, fried with spices, and in sweet dishes.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;yasmeen&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Kathleen W. Deady |title=Countries of the world :Pakistan |year=2001 |publisher=Capstone Press |isbn=978-0-7368-0815-6 |pages=13–15}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;- {{cite book |author=American Geriatrics Society. Ethnogeriatrics Committee |title=Doorway thoughts: cross-cultural health care for older adults |year=2006 |publisher=Jones &amp;amp; Bartlett Learning |isbn=978-0-7637-4355-0 |pages=119–120}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lassi]] is a traditional drink in the [[Punjab region]]. [[Pakistani tea culture|Black tea with milk and sugar]] is popular throughout Pakistan and is consumed daily by most of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;taxila&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Tarla Dalal |title=Punjabi Khana |year=2007 |publisher=Sanjay &amp;amp; Co |isbn=978-81-89491-54-3 |page=8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Sohan halwa]] is a popular sweet dish from the southern region of Punjab province and is enjoyed all over Pakistan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1074194/sohan-halwa-a-gift-of-saints-city |title=Sohan Halwa a gift of saints&#039; city |date=16 December 2013 |publisher=Dawn.com|access-date=28 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sports ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
Most sports played in Pakistan originated and were substantially developed by athletes and sports fans from the United Kingdom who introduced them during the [[British Raj]]. [[Field hockey]] is the [[national sport]] of Pakistan; it has won three gold medals in the [[Olympic Games]] held in [[Field hockey at the 1960 Summer Olympics|1960]], [[Field hockey at the 1968 Summer Olympics|1968]], and [[Field hockey at the 1984 Summer Olympics – Men&#039;s tournament|1984]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Bill Mallon |title=Historical Dictionary of the Olympic Movement |year=2011 |publisher=Scarecrow |isbn=978-0-8108-7249-3 |edition=4th revised |author2=Jeroen Heijmans |page=291}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan has also won the [[Hockey World Cup]] a record four times, held in [[1971 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|1971]], [[1978 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|1978]], [[1982 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|1982]], and [[1994 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|1994]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Z0mjae1kdYUC&amp;amp;pg=PA771|title=Basic Facts of General Knowledge |author=V.V.K.Subburaj |date=30 August 2004 |publisher=Sura College of Competition|isbn=978-81-7254-234-4 |page=771}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gaddafi stadium lahore.jpg|thumb|[[Gaddafi Stadium]], [[Lahore]], is the 3rd largest cricket stadium in Pakistan, with a [[seating capacity]] of 27,000 spectators.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cricket]], however, is the most popular game across the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |author=Khan |first=Saad |date=15 March 2010 |title=The Death of Sports in Pakistan |work=[[The Huffington Post]] |url=https://www.huffingtonpost.com/saad-khan/the-death-of-sports-in-pa_b_498758.html |access-date=8 July 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country has had an array of success in the sport over the years, and has the distinct achievement of having won each of the major [[International Cricket Council|ICC]] international cricket tournaments: [[ICC Cricket World Cup]], [[ICC World Twenty20]], and [[ICC Champions Trophy]];&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Narayanan |first=Deepu |date=19 June 2017 |title=CT17 final stats: Pakistan become fourth team to win all three ICC crowns |url=https://www.cricbuzz.com/cricket-news/95302/ct17-final-stats-pakistan-become-fourth-team-to-win-all-three-icc-crowns |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[Cricbuzz]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as well as the [[ICC Test Championship]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=21 September 2016 |title=David Richardson presents ICC Test Championship mace to Misbah-ul-Haq |url=https://www.icc-cricket.com/news/183562 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[International Cricket Council]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Pakistan national cricket team|cricket team]] (known as [[Shaheen falcon|&#039;&#039;Shaheens&#039;&#039;]]) won the [[Cricket World Cup]] held in [[1992 Cricket World Cup|1992]]; it was runner-up once, in [[1999 Cricket World Cup|1999]]. Pakistan was runner-up in the inaugural [[2007 ICC World Twenty20|World Twenty20]] (2007) in South Africa and won the [[2009 ICC World Twenty20|2009 World Twenty20]] in England. In March 2009, militants [[2009 attack on the Sri Lanka national cricket team|attacked]] the touring [[Sri Lankan cricket team]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |date=4 March 2009 |title=Pakistan cricket future in doubt |publisher=[[BBC News]] |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport2/low/cricket/7921384.stm |access-date=1 January 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; after which no international cricket was played in Pakistan until May 2015, when the [[Zimbabwean cricket team in Pakistan in 2015|Zimbabwean team agreed to a tour]]. Pakistan also won the [[2017 ICC Champions Trophy]] by defeating arch-rivals [[India national cricket team|India]] in the [[2017 ICC Champions Trophy Final|final]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pakistan Super League]] is one of the largest [[List of T20 cricket competitions|cricket leagues of the world]] with a brand value of about {{PKRConvert|32.26|b}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/431453-n-a|title=PSL&#039;s brand value stands at $230m or Rs 32.258 bn|date=13 February 2019|website=The News International}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Association football]] is the second-most played sports in Pakistan, and is organised and regulated by the [[Pakistan Football Federation]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Ahsan |first=Ali |date=23 December 2010 |title=A history of football in Pakistan — Part I |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/593095/a-history-of-football-in-pakistan-part-i |access-date=22 August 2022 |website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Football in Pakistan]] is as old as the country itself. Shortly after the creation of Pakistan in 1947, the Pakistan Football Federation (PFF) was created, and Muhammad Ali Jinnah became its first Patron-in-Chief.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/soccer/news/20140211/far-post-sialkot-pakistan-soccer-balls-factory/|last=Waraich |first=Omar|title=Where soccer gets made|work=The Far Post|publisher=Sports Illustrated|date=11 February 2014|access-date=11 January 2021|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140212144348/http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/soccer/news/20140211/far-post-sialkot-pakistan-soccer-balls-factory/|archive-date=12 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highest football division in Pakistan is the [[Pakistan Premier League]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/Sports/12-Aug-2010/PFF-approves-two-more-teams-in-Premier-League |title=PFF approves two more teams in Premier League |access-date=14 July 2018 |date=August 12, 2010 |work=The Nation |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120930010538/http://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/Sports/12-Aug-2010/PFF-approves-two-more-teams-in-Premier-League |archive-date=30 September 2012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is known as one of the best manufactures of the official [[FIFA World Cup]] ball.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=2018-01-28 |title=Footballs made in Pakistan to be used in FIFA World Cup 2018 |url=http://tribune.com.pk/story/1620487/7-footballs-made-pakistan-used-fifa-world-cup-2018 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[The Express Tribune]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Ahsan |first=Ali |date=2010-12-23 |title=A history of football in Pakistan — Part III |url=https://www.dawn.com/2010/12/23/a-history-of-football-in-pakistan-part-iii/ |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pakistan has hosted or co-hosted several international sporting events: the [[1989 South Asian Games|1989]] and [[2004 South Asian Games]]; the [[1984 Men&#039;s World Open Squash Championship|1984]], [[1993 Men&#039;s World Open Squash Championship|1993]], [[1996 Men&#039;s World Open Squash Championship|1996]] and [[2003 Men&#039;s World Open Squash Championship|2003 World Squash Championships]];&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Men&#039;s World Opens |url=http://www.worldsquash.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Mens-World-Open.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190322112800/http://www.worldsquash.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Mens-World-Open.pdf |archive-date=22 March 2019 |access-date=28 April 2019 |work=Championship Records |publisher=[[World Squash Federation]] |pages=1–17}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[1987 Cricket World Cup|1987]] and [[1996 Cricket World Cup]];&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Mathur |first=Amrit |date=22 December 2014 |title=The World Cup leaves England |url=https://www.espncricinfo.com/story/amrit-mathur-on-the-1987-world-cup-the-world-cup-leaves-england-812593 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[ESPNcricinfo]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=2 August 2022 |title=Schedule announced for England&#039;s first tour of Pakistan in 17 years |url=https://www.icc-cricket.com/news/2709253 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[International Cricket Council]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[1990 Men&#039;s Hockey World Cup|1990 Hockey World Cup]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Hockey World Cup Lahore 1990 {{!}} FIH |url=https://fih.ch/events/world-cup/hockey-world-cup-lahore-1990-m/ |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[International Hockey Federation]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan is set to host the [[2023 South Asian Games]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Yaqoob |first=Mohammad |date=2021-01-15 |title=Pakistan to host 2023 SAF Games after prime minister&#039;s approval: POA |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1601528 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[2023 Asia Cup]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Ali |first=Mir Shabbar |date=2022-08-18 |title=PCB unconcerned by PSL-IPL clash in 2025 as ICC announces new FTP cycle |url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1705416 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[2025 ICC Champions Trophy]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=16 November 2021 |title=USA to stage T20 World Cup: 2024-2031 ICC Men&#039;s tournament hosts confirmed |url=https://www.icc-cricket.com/news/2354682 |access-date=2022-08-21 |website=[[International Cricket Council]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some [[Traditional games of Pakistan|traditional Pakistani games]] that are commonly played, with [[kabaddi]] being foremost among them.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Sport in Pakistan |url=https://www.topendsports.com/world/countries/pakistan.htm |access-date=2022-11-19 |website=www.topendsports.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Administrative divisions of Pakistan]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{notelist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist|colwidth=30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bibliography ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Bibliography of Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{Cite encyclopedia| editor-last1 = Eberhard| editor-first1 = David M| editor-last2 = Simons| editor-first2 = Gary F.| editor-last3 = Fennig| editor-first3 = Charles D.| year = 2022| title = [[Ethnologue|Ethnologue: Languages of the World]]| edition = 25| place = Dallas, Texas| publisher = SIL International| chapter = Pakistan| chapter-url = https://ethnologue.com/country/PK| ref = {{harvid|Ethnologue|2022}} }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite journal |last1=Allchin |first1=F. Raymond |author-link1=Raymond Allchin |title=The Urban Position of Taxila and Its Place in Northwest India-Pakistan |journal=Studies in the History of Art |date=1993 |volume=31 |pages=69–81 |jstor=42620473}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite book|last1=Allchin|first1=Bridget|last2=Allchin|first2=Raymond|author-link1=Bridget Allchin|author-link2=Raymond Allchin|title=The rise of civilization in India and Pakistan|date=1988|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |location=Cambridge|isbn=978-0521285506|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=r4s-YsP6vcIC}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation|title=Jinnah, Pakistan and Islamic Identity: The Search for Saladin|date=1997|author=Akbar Ahmed|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-14966-2|url=https://archive.org/details/jinnahpakistanis00ahme}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=The Idea of Pakistan |date=2006 |author=Stephen Philip Cohen|publisher=Brookings Institution Press|isbn=978-0-8157-1503-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Pakistan: A Hard Country |date=2012 |author=Anatol Lieven|publisher=PublicAffairs|isbn=978-1-61039-145-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=The Encyclopedia of Pakistan |date=2006 |author=Hafeez Malik|publisher=Oxford University Press|isbn=978-0-19-597735-6}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Culture and Customs of Pakistan (Culture and Customs of Asia) |date=2005 |author=Iftikhar Malik|publisher=Greenwood|isbn=978-0-313-33126-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Pakistan: The Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1951–2009 |date=2011 |author=Matthew McCartney|publisher=Routledge |isbn=978-0-415-57747-2}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Constructing Pakistan: Foundational Texts and the Rise of Muslim National Identity |date=2010 |author=Masood Ashraf Raja|author-link=Masood Ashraf Raja|publisher=Oxford University Press|isbn=978-0-19-547811-2}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=India, Pakistan and the West |date=2007 |author=Percival Spear|author-link=Percival Spear|publisher=Read Books Publishers|isbn=978-1-4067-1215-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Studies in Applied Geography and Spatial Analysis: Addressing Real World Issues |date=1 January 2012 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QgiDiR1QQHQC&amp;amp;pg=PA44 |author1=Robert Stimson |author2=Kingsley E. Haynes |publisher=Edward Elgar Publishing|isbn=978-1-78100-796-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |title=Creating a New Medina: State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India |date=2015 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PrqLBgAAQBAJ|author=Venkat Dhulipala |isbn=978-1-316-25838-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{citation |last=Wright |first=Rita P. |title=The Ancient Indus: Urbanism, Economy, and Society |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=MG2ztAEACAAJ |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2009  |isbn=978-0-521-57219-4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Government ===&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Official website|http://www.pakistan.gov.pk}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20180809164516/http://pakpublicpolicy.org/ Pakistan Public Policies &amp;amp; Researches]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General information ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/pakistan/ Pakistan]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20120829212601/http://ucblibraries.colorado.edu/govpubs/for/pakistan.htm Pakistan] from &#039;&#039;UCB Libraries GovPubs&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Curlie|Regional/Asia/Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-south-asia-12965779 Pakistan] from [[BBC News]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Wikiatlas|Pakistan}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.ifs.du.edu/ifs/frm_CountryProfile.aspx?Country=PK Key Development Forecasts for Pakistan] from [[International Futures]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{OSM relation|307573}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Pakistan topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|list=&lt;br /&gt;
{{List of districts of Pakistan |all}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Administrative units of Pakistan|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{South Asian topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries bordering the Arabian Sea}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Economic Cooperation Organization}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Shanghai Cooperation Organisation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{The Commonwealth|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{World Constitutional Convention call signatories}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{coord|30|N|70|E|type:country_region:PK|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pakistan| ]]&amp;lt;!--Please leave the empty space as standard.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Republics in the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developing 8 Countries member states]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Federal republics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Islamic republics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Asian countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1947 establishments in Pakistan| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1947]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Articles containing video clips]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Asia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where English is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pashto-speaking countries and territories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Punjabi-speaking countries and territories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where Urdu is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:World Constitutional Convention call signatories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=United_Arab_Emirates&amp;diff=434969</id>
		<title>United Arab Emirates</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=United_Arab_Emirates&amp;diff=434969"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T01:06:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: IMF update...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Country in West Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Redirect|UAE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use British English|date=May 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=May 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = United Arab Emirates&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = UAE&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = {{native name|ar|الإمارات العربية المتحدة}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{small|{{transliteration|ar|al-ʾImārāt al-Arabiyya l-Muttaḥida}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of the United Arab Emirates.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| flag_type              = [[Flag of the United Arab Emirates|Flag]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = Emblem of the United Arab Emirates.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_type            = [[Emblem of the United Arab Emirates|Emblem]]&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = {{lang|ar|الله الوطن الرئيس}}&lt;br /&gt;
| englishmotto           = God, Nation, President&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;عيشي بلادي&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;[[Ishy Bilady|{{transliteration|ar|Īšiy Bilādī}}]]&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Long Live My Country&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{parabr}}{{center|[[File:Ishy Bilady.ogg|Ishy Bilady (instrumental)]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = United Arab Emirates (orthographic projection).svg&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = {{map caption |location_color= green |region=the [[Arabian Peninsula]] |region_color= none}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map2             = {{maplink |frame=yes&lt;br /&gt;
| frame-width=275 |frame-height=275 |frame-align=center&lt;br /&gt;
| text= &#039;&#039;&#039;United Arab Emirates&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| type=line|id=Q878|stroke-width=1|stroke-colour=#0000ff|title=UAE }}&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[Abu Dhabi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| coordinates            = {{Coord|24|28|N|54|22|E|type:city}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = &amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t change to Abu Dhabi without a citation --&amp;gt;[[Dubai]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{coord|25|15|N|55|18|E|display=inline}}&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = [[Modern Standard Arabic|Arabic]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Fact sheet |url=https://u.ae/en/about-the-uae/fact-sheet |website=United Arab Emirates |publisher=U.ae |access-date=31 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| common_languages       = [[Gulf Arabic]], [[English language|English]]{{refn|group=note|English is the most commonly spoken language in the UAE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Siemund |first1=Peter |last2=Al‐Issa |first2=Ahmad |last3=Leimgruber |first3=Jakob R. E. |title=Multilingualism and the role of English in the United Arab Emirates |journal=World Englishes |date=June 2021 |volume=40 |issue=2 |pages=191–204 |doi=10.1111/weng.12507 |s2cid=219903631 |language=en |issn=0883-2919|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=What Languages are Spoken in Dubai? {{!}} Visit Dubai |url=https://www.visitdubai.com/en/articles/spoken-languages-in-dubai#:~:text=Absolutely.,English%20is%20always%20an%20option. |website=www.visitdubai.com |publisher=Dubai Department of Economy and Tourism |access-date=15 May 2023 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{tree list}}&lt;br /&gt;
* 59.4% [[South Asian ethnic groups|South Asian]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 38.2% [[Indians in the United Arab Emirates|Indian]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 9.5% [[Bangladeshis in the United Arab Emirates|Bangladeshi]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 9.4% [[Pakistanis in the United Arab Emirates|Pakistani]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 2.3% [[South Asian ethnic groups|other]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 11.6% [[Emiratis|Emirati Arab]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 10.2% [[Expatriates in the United Arab Emirates#Egyptians|Egyptian]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6.1% [[Filipinos in the United Arab Emirates|Filipino]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 12.8% [[Expatriates in the United Arab Emirates|other]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{tree list/end}}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_ref      = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=United Arab Emirates |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/united-arab-emirates/ |website=cia.gov |access-date=19 February 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = 2015&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ublist|76% [[Islam in the United Arab Emirates|Islam]] ([[State religion|official]])|9% [[Christianity in the United Arab Emirates|Christianity]]|6% [[Hinduism in the United Arab Emirates|Hinduism]]|8% [[Religion in the United Arab Emirates|others]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_ref           = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=United Arab Emirates |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/united-arab-emirates/ |website=cia.gov |access-date=19 February 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = [[Emiratis|Emirati]]&amp;lt;ref name=WorldFactbook /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = Federal Islamic [[semi-constitutional monarchy]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Stewart|first=Dona J.|title=The Middle East Today: Political, Geographical and Cultural Perspectives|publisher=Routledge|date=2013|location=London and New York|isbn=978-0-415-78243-2|page=155}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Day|first=Alan John|title=Political Parties of The World|publisher=Stockton|date=1996|isbn=1-56159-144-0|page=599}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://elaws.moj.gov.ae/MainArabicTranslation.aspx?val=UAE-MOJ_LC-En/00_CONSTITUTION/UAE-LC-En_1971-07-18_00000_Dos.html&amp;amp;np=&amp;amp;lmp=undefined|title=United Arab Emirates Constitution|work= UAE Ministry of Justice|access-date=10 October 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[President of the United Arab Emirates|President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[List of prime ministers of the United Arab Emirates|Prime Minister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[Vice President of the United Arab Emirates|Vice Presidents]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = {{plainlist|&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mansour bin Zayed Al Nahyan]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = {{plainlist|&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Federal Supreme Council]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = [[History of the United Arab Emirates|Establishment]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[British protectorate]] as part of [[Persian Gulf Residency]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 1820 and 1892&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[National Day (United Arab Emirates)|Independence]] from the United Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = 2 December 1971&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[United Nations Security Council Resolution 304|Admitted to the]] [[United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 9 December 1971&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event4     = Admission of [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras Al Khaimah]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date4      = 10 February 1972&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 83,600&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 114th&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 32,278 &amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Dates and numbers]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = negligible&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate    = 9,282,410&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;u.ae&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://u.ae/en/about-the-uae/fact-sheet/|title=United Arab Emirates Population (2020) |website=u.ae}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = 4,106,427&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 92nd&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = 2005&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = 121&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = 256 &amp;lt;!--Do not remove per [[Bharatpedia:Manual of Style/Dates and numbers]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 110th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $895.166 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.AE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=466,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (UAE) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 34th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $88,961&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.AE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 6th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{increase}} $509.179 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.AE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 32nd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{decrease}} $50,602&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.AE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 20th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 26.0 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=GINI index (World Bank estimate) – United Arab Emirates|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI?locations=AE|website=data.worldbank.org |publisher=World Bank|access-date=30 March 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_rank              = &lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.911 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021 &amp;lt;!-- Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = increase &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;UNHDR&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://hdr.undp.org/sites/default/files/hdr2021-22.pdf|title=Human Development Report 2021–22|language=en|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=15 December 2021|access-date=15 December 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 26th&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[United Arab Emirates dirham|UAE dirham]]&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = AED&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[Telephone numbers in the United Arab Emirates|+971]]&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[Time in the United Arab Emirates|GST]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +04:00&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!---&lt;br /&gt;
| Communication Companies = Etisalat&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.etisalat.ae/|title=Welcome to Etisalat|publisher=Etisalat.ae}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Communication Companies = du&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.du.ae/|title=Emirates Integrated Telecommunications Company|publisher=Du.ae}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Local calling_code = {{unbulleted list|[[Abu Dhabi]]: 02|[[Dubai]]: 04|[[Sharjah (emirate)|Sharjah]] nd [[Ajman]] : 06|[[Al-Ain]]: 03|[[Fujairah]]: 09|[[Umm al-Quwain]] and [[Ras al-Khaimah]]: 07}}&lt;br /&gt;
 ----&amp;gt;| cctld                  = {{unbulleted list |[[.ae]] |[[emarat|امارات.]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| footnotes              = &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#ddf;padding:0.2em;font-size:135%;text-align:center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Portal:United Arab Emirates|United Arab Emirates portal]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| linking_name           = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;United Arab Emirates&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;UAE&#039;&#039;&#039;; {{lang-ar|الإمارات العربية المتحدة}} {{transliteration|ar|al-ʾImārāt al-ʿArabiyya l-Muttaḥida}}{{refn|group=note|{{ALA-LC|ar|al-Imārāt al-{{ayn}}Arabīyah al-Muttaḥidah}}}}), or simply the &#039;&#039;&#039;Emirates&#039;&#039;&#039; ({{lang-ar|الإمارات}} {{transliteration|ar|al-ʾImārāt}}), is a country in [[West Asia]], in the [[Middle East]]. It is located at the eastern end of the [[Arabian Peninsula]] and shares borders with [[Oman]] and [[Saudi Arabia]], while also having maritime borders in the [[Persian Gulf]] with [[Qatar]] and [[Iran]]. [[Abu Dhabi]] is the nation&#039;s capital, while [[Dubai]], the [[List of cities in the United Arab Emirates|most populous]] city, is an international hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates is an [[Elective monarchy#United Arab Emirates|elective monarchy]] formed from a [[Federal monarchy|federation]] of [[Emirates of the United Arab Emirates|seven emirates]], consisting of [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]] (the capital), [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]], [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras Al Khaimah]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]] and [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm Al Quwain]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://people.exeter.ac.uk/nsaa201/UAE%20Federal%20Boundaries.pdf|title=The Federal Boundaries of the United Arab Emirates}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Each emirate is governed by a ruler and together the rulers form the [[Federal Supreme Council]]. The members of the [[Federal Supreme Council]] elect a [[President of the United Arab Emirates|president]] (as of 14 May 2023, [[Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan]])&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=His Highness Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan (MBZ) |url=https://www.cpc.gov.ae/en-us/thecrownprince/pages/default.aspx |access-date= |website=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Prime Minister of the United Arab Emirates|vice president]] ([[Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]] and [[Mansour bin Zayed Al Nahyan|Sheikh Mansour bin Zayed Al Nahyan]]) from among their members. In practice, the ruler of [[Abu Dhabi]] serves as president while the ruler of Dubai is vice president and also prime minister.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=United Arab Emirates&#039;s Constitution of 1971 with Amendments through 2004 |url=https://www.constituteproject.org/constitution/United_Arab_Emirates_2004.pdf |website=ConstituteProject.org |access-date=29 October 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2013, the country had a population of 9.2 million, of which 1.4 million were [[Emirati nationality law|Emirati citizens]] and 7.8 million were [[expatriates in the United Arab Emirates|expatriates]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;natur&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Habboush, Mahmoud. (10 October 2013) [http://uk.reuters.com/article/uk-emirates-citizenship-feature-idUKBRE99904J20131010 Call to naturalise some expats stirs anxiety in the UAE]. Uk.reuters.com. Retrieved 10 October 2015&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.migrationpolicy.org/article/labor-migration-united-arab-emirates-challenges-and-responses|title=Labor Migration in the United Arab Emirates: Challenges and Responses|publisher=migrationpolicy.org|access-date=12 February 2016|date=18 September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-14703998|title=United Arab Emirates country profile|date=28 September 2016|work=BBC News|access-date=23 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2023}}, the United Arab Emirates has an estimated population of roughly 10.2 million.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;worldometers.info&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.worldometers.info/world-population/united-arab-emirates-population/|title=United Arab Emirates Population (2022) |website=www.worldometers.info}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Islam]] is the [[State religion|official religion]] and [[Arabic]] is the official language. The United Arab Emirates&#039; [[Oil reserves in the United Arab Emirates|oil]] and natural gas reserves are the world&#039;s [[List of countries by proven oil reserves|sixth]] and [[List of countries by natural gas proven reserves|seventh-largest]], respectively.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EIA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.eia.gov/beta/international/data/browser/#/?pa=00000000000000000000000000000000002&amp;amp;c=vvvvuvo&amp;amp;ct=0&amp;amp;tl_id=5-A&amp;amp;vs=INTL.57-1-AFG-TBPD.A&amp;amp;vo=0&amp;amp;v=H&amp;amp;start=2014&amp;amp;end=2016 |title=Production of Crude Oil including Lease Condensate 2016|publisher=U.S. [[Energy Information Administration]]|format=CVS download&lt;br /&gt;
|access-date=27 May 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;U.S. Energy Information Administration, [http://www.eia.gov/cfapps/ipdbproject/IEDIndex3.cfm?tid=5&amp;amp;pid=57&amp;amp;aid=6 International Energy Statistics], accessed 17 January 2019.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan]], ruler of Abu Dhabi and the country&#039;s first president, oversaw the development of the Emirates by investing oil revenues into healthcare, education, and infrastructure.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc.co.uk&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-14703998|title=United Arab Emirates profile|work=BBC News|date=14 November 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The United Arab Emirates has the most diversified economy among the members of the [[Gulf Cooperation Council]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.imf.org/external/datamapper/index.php|title=IMF Data Mapper|publisher=Imf.org|access-date=12 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the 21st century, the country has become less reliant on oil and gas and is economically focusing on tourism and business. The UAE is considered a [[middle power]]. It is a member of the [[United Nations]], [[Arab League]], [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]], [[OPEC]], [[Non-Aligned Movement]], [[World Trade Organization]] and [[Gulf Cooperation Council]] (GCC).  The UAE is also a dialogue partner of the [[Shanghai Cooperation Organisation]]. It is among the first Arab countries expected to join [[BRICS]] on 1 January 2024 (along with Egypt and Saudi Arabia).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Chernova |first=Niamh Kennedy,Anna |date=2023-08-24 |title=Saudi Arabia, UAE and Iran among six countries invited to join BRICS group {{!}} CNN Business |url=https://www.cnn.com/2023/08/24/business/saudi-arabia-brics-invitation-intl/index.html |access-date=2023-08-26 |website=CNN |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human rights organisations consider the UAE substandard on human rights, citing reports of government critics being imprisoned and tortured, families harassed by the state security apparatus, and cases of [[forced disappearance]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=United Arab Emirates Archives |url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/location/middle-east-and-north-africa/united-arab-emirates/report-united-arab-emirates/ |website=[[Amnesty International]] |access-date=3 April 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;usdep&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Individual rights such as the freedoms of [[Freedom of assembly|assembly]], [[Freedom of association|association]], the [[Press Freedom Index|press]], [[freedom of expression|expression]], and [[freedom of religion|religion]] are also severely repressed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Report on the situation of journalists in the UAE Input for the Secretary General Report on the safety of journalists and the issue of impunity |url=https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/Documents/Issues/Journalists/GA72/InternationalCentreJusticeHumanRights.pdf |website=ohchr.org |publisher=[[Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights]] |access-date=12 May 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Antiquity ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Umm Al Nar culture|Wadi Suq culture}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cántaro (26738115330).jpg|thumb|left|upright|2nd century [[Common Era|BCE]] era jar found in [[Mleiha Archaeological Centre|Mleiha Archaeological site]] in Sharjah.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone tools recovered reveal a settlement of people from Africa some 127,000 years ago and a stone tool used for butchering animals discovered on the Arabian coast suggests an even older habitation from 130,000 years ago.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url = http://www.thenational.ae/uae/uae-archaeologist-discovers-the-swiss-army-knife-from-130-000-years-ago|title = UAE archaeologist discovers the Swiss Army knife from 130,000 years ago|last = Pennington|first = Roberta|date = 5 February 2014|work = The National |access-date=19 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In time lively trading links developed with civilisations in [[Mesopotamia]], Iran and the [[Indus Valley civilisation|Harappan culture]] of the Indus Valley. This contact persisted and became wider, probably motivated by the trade in copper from the [[Hajar Mountains]], which commenced around 3,000 BCE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.adias-uae.com/ |title=Abu Dhabi Islands Archaeological Survey (ADIAS) |publisher=Adias-uae.com |access-date=12 February 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sumerian sources talk of the [[Magan (civilization)|Magan]] civilisation, which has been identified as encompassing the modern UAE and Oman.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=The Early History of Civilisation|last=Woolley|first=Leonard|publisher=UNESCO|year=1963|page=611}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six periods of human settlement with distinctive behaviours in the region before Islam, which include the [[Hafit period]] from 3,200 to 2,600 BCE, the [[Umm Al Nar culture]] from 2,600 to 2,000 BCE, and the [[Wadi Suq culture]] from 2,000 to 1,300 BCE. From 1,200 BCE to the advent of Islam in Eastern Arabia, through three distinctive [[Iron Age in the United Arab Emirates|Iron Ages]] and the Mleiha period, the area was variously occupied by the [[Achaemenid Empire|Achaemenids]] and other forces, and saw the construction of fortified settlements and extensive husbandry thanks to the development of the [[Qanat|&#039;&#039;falaj&#039;&#039;]] irrigation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, Al Hasa (today&#039;s Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia) was part of Al Bahreyn and adjoined Greater Oman (today&#039;s UAE and Oman). From the second century CE, there was a movement of tribes from Al Bahreyn towards the lower Gulf, together with a migration among the Azdite Qahtani (or Yamani) and Quda&#039;ah tribal groups from south-west Arabia towards central Oman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Islam===&lt;br /&gt;
The spread of [[Islam]] to the northeastern tip of the [[Arabian Peninsula]] is thought to have followed directly from a letter sent by the [[Islamic prophet]], [[Muhammad]], to the rulers of [[Oman]] in 630 CE. This led to a group of rulers travelling to [[Medina]], converting to Islam and subsequently driving a successful uprising against the unpopular [[Sasanian Empire|Sassanids]], who dominated the coast at the time.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=From Trucial States to United Arab Emirates|last=Bey|first=Frauke|work=Longman|year=1996|isbn=978-0-582-27728-1|location=UK|page=127}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following the death of Muhammad, the new Islamic communities south of the [[Persian Gulf]] threatened to disintegrate, with insurrections against the [[Muslim leaders]]. Caliph [[Abu Bakr]] sent an army from the capital [[Medina]] which completed its reconquest of the territory ([[Ridda wars|the Ridda Wars]]) with the [[Battle of Dibba]] in which 10,000 lives are thought to have been lost.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=From Trucial States to United Arab Emirates|last=Bey|first=Frauke|work=Longman|year=1996|isbn=978-0-582-27728-1|location=UK|pages=127–128}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This assured the integrity of the [[Caliphate]] and the unification of the Arabian Peninsula under the newly emerging [[Rashidun Caliphate]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 637, Julfar (in the area of today&#039;s [[Ras Al Khaimah]]) was an important port that was used as a staging post for the Islamic invasion of the [[Sasanian Empire]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AbedHellyer2001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=Ibrahim Abed|author2=Peter Hellyer|title=United Arab Emirates, a New Perspective|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QcMz3zV0qAMC&amp;amp;pg=PA83|year= 2001|work=Trident Ltd|isbn=978-1-900724-47-0|pages=83–84|publisher=Trident Press }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The area of the [[Al Ain]]/[[Buraimi Oasis]] was known as Tu&#039;am and was an important trading post for camel routes between the coast and the Arabian interior.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = From Trucial States to United Arab Emirates|last = Bey|first = Frauke|work= Longman|year = 1996|isbn = 978-0-582-27728-1|location = UK|pages = 22–23}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest [[Christianity|Christian]] site in the UAE was first discovered in the 1990s, an extensive monastic complex on what is now known as [[Sir Bani Yas]] Island and which dates back to the seventh century. Thought to be [[Nestorianism|Nestorian]] and built in 600 CE, the church appears to have been abandoned peacefully in 750 CE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url = http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/ancient-secrets-of-sir-bani-yas-island-unveiled|title = Ancient secrets of Sir Bani Yas unveiled|last = Thomas|first = Jen|date = 12 December 2012|work = The National|access-date = 19 February 2017|url-status=dead|archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20151222103357/http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/ancient-secrets-of-sir-bani-yas-island-unveiled|archive-date = 22 December 2015|df = dmy-all}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It forms a rare physical link to a legacy of Christianity, which is thought to have spread across the peninsula from 50 to 350 CE following trade routes. Certainly, by the fifth century, Oman had a bishop named John – the last bishop of Oman being Etienne, in 676 CE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = The Trucial States|last = Hawley|first = Donald|work= Allen &amp;amp; Unwin|year = 1971|isbn = 978-0-04-953005-8|location = UK|pages = 48–51}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Portuguese era ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Portuguese Empire|Piracy in the Persian Gulf}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forte de doba.jpg|thumb|left|A painting of the [[Portuguese Empire]] [[:pt:Forte de Doba|Doba Fortress]] in [[Dibba Al-Hisn]] in 1620.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The harsh desert environment led to the emergence of the &amp;quot;versatile tribesman&amp;quot;, nomadic groups who subsisted due to a variety of economic activities, including animal husbandry, agriculture and hunting. The seasonal movements of these groups led not only to frequent clashes between groups but also to the establishment of seasonal and semi-seasonal settlements and centres. These formed tribal groupings whose names are still carried by modern Emiratis, including the [[Bani Yas]] and [[Al Nahyan family|Al Bu Falah]] of [[Abu Dhabi]], Al Ain, [[Liwa Oasis|Liwa]] and the west coast, the [[Dhawahir]], Awamir, [[Al Ali (tribe)|Al Ali]] and [[Manasir (tribe)|Manasir]] of the interior, the [[Sharqiyin]] of the east coast and the [[Al-Qasimi|Qawasim]] to the North.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = The Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia|last = Lorimer|first = John|work= Government of India|year = 1908|location = Bombay|pages = 1432–1436}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the expansion of European [[colonial empire]]s, Portuguese, English and [[Dutch Empire|Dutch]] forces appeared in the Persian Gulf region. By the 18th century, the Bani Yas confederation was the dominant force in most of the area now known as Abu Dhabi,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = From Trucial States to United Arab Emirates|last = Bey|first = Frauke|work=Longman|year = 1996|isbn = 978-0-582-27728-1|location = UK|page = 43}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;Kashf Al Gumma&#039; &amp;quot;Annals of Oman from Early times to the year 1728 AD&amp;quot; – Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1874&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ibn Ruzaiq, translated by GP Badger, &amp;quot;History of the Imams and Sayids of Oman&amp;quot;, London 1871&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the Northern [[Al-Qasimi|Al Qawasim]] (Al Qasimi) dominated maritime commerce. The Portuguese maintained an influence over the coastal settlements, building [[Fortification|forts]] in the wake of the bloody 16th-century conquests of coastal communities by [[Afonso de Albuquerque|Albuquerque]] and the Portuguese commanders who followed him – particularly on the east coast at [[Muscat]], [[Sohar]] and [[Khor Fakkan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = From Trucial States to United Arab Emirates|last = Bey|first = Frauke|work=Longman|year = 1996|isbn = 978-0-582-27728-1|location = UK|page = 282}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The southern coast of the Persian Gulf was known to the British as the &amp;quot;[[History of the United Arab Emirates|Pirate Coast]]&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Baker, Randall (1979), &#039;&#039;King Husain and the Kingdom of Hejaz&#039;&#039;, The Oleander Press, Great Britain&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=The British Threat to the Ottoman Presence in the Persian Gulf during the Era of Abdülhamid II and the Responses toward it|author= Biral, Bilal Emre|publisher= Middle East Technical University|place=Ankara|date=2009|citeseerx = 10.1.1.633.1663}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as boats of the Al Qawasim federation harassed British-flagged shipping from the 17th century into the 19th.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.waynemadsenreport.com/articles/20081102_3 |archive-url=http://web.archive.bibalex.org/web/20111208145256/http://www.waynemadsenreport.com/articles/20081102_3 |url-status=dead |archive-date=8 December 2011 |title=November 3, 2008&amp;amp;nbsp;– The UAE is the old Pirate Coast. Not much has changed. |work=Wayne Madsen Report |access-date=12 February 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The charge of piracy is disputed by modern Emirati historians, including the current ruler of Sharjah, [[Sultan bin Muhammad Al-Qasimi|Sheikh Sultan Al Qasimi]], in his 1986 book &#039;&#039;The Myth of Arab Piracy in the Gulf&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=The Myth of Arab Piracy in the Gulf|last=Al Qasimi|first=Sultan|work=Croom Helm|year=1986|isbn=978-0-7099-2106-6|location=UK}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Persian Gulf z1507-1750.gif|alt=|thumb|Purple – [[Portuguese Empire|Portuguese]] in the Persian Gulf in the 16th and 17th century. Main cities, ports and routes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ras Al Khaimah under attack, 1809 01.jpg|thumb|A painting depicting the burning of the coastal town and port of [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah]] during the [[Persian Gulf campaign of 1809]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British expeditions to protect their Indian trade routes led to campaigns against Ras Al Khaimah and other harbours along the coast, including the [[Persian Gulf campaign of 1809]] and the more successful [[Persian Gulf campaign of 1819|campaign of 1819]]. The following year, Britain and a number of local rulers signed a [[General Maritime Treaty of 1820|maritime truce]], giving rise to the term [[Trucial States]], which came to define the status of the coastal emirates. A further treaty was signed in 1843 and, in 1853 the [[Perpetual Maritime Truce]] was agreed. To this was added the &#039;Exclusive Agreements&#039;, signed in 1892, which made the [[Trucial States]] a British protectorate.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.na.ae/en/education/historicalperiods/britishprince.aspx|title=British Era|website=www.na.ae|access-date=18 July 2018|archive-date=18 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180718144851/http://www.na.ae/en/education/historicalperiods/britishprince.aspx|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the 1892 treaty, the trucial sheikhs agreed not to dispose of any territory except to the British and not to enter into relationships with any foreign government other than the British without their consent. In return, the British promised to protect the Trucial Coast from all aggression by sea and to help in case of land attack. British maritime policing meant that pearling fleets could operate in relative security. However, the British prohibition of the [[History of slavery|slave trade]] meant an important source of income was lost to some sheikhs and merchants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://countrystudies.us/persian-gulf-states/84.htm United Arab Emirates – The Economy]. [[Library of Congress Country Studies]]. Retrieved 14 July 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1869, the Qubaisat tribe settled at [[Khawr al Udayd]] and tried to enlist the support of the Ottomans. Khawr al Udayd was claimed by Abu Dhabi at that time, a claim supported by the British. In 1906, the British Political Resident, [[Percy Cox]], confirmed in writing to the ruler of Abu Dhabi, [[Zayed bin Khalifa Al Nahyan]] (&#039;Zayed the Great&#039;) that Khawr al Udayd belonged to his sheikhdom.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Morton|first1=Michael Quentin|title=Keepers of the Golden Shore: A History of the United Arab Emirates|year=2016|publisher=Reaktion Books|location=London|isbn=978-1-78023-580-6|pages=49–50|url=http://www.reaktionbooks.co.uk/display.asp?ISB=9781780235806|access-date=19 February 2017|archive-date=20 February 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170220094206/http://www.reaktionbooks.co.uk/display.asp?ISB=9781780235806|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== British era and discovery of oil ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Persian Gulf campaign of 1809|Persian Gulf campaign of 1819|General Maritime Treaty of 1820|Trucial States}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dhayah Fort showing hilltop location.jpg|thumb|[[Dhayah Fort]] at the hill top. In 1819 it was the last [[Al-Qasimi]] stronghold to fall in the [[Persian Gulf campaign of 1819]]. The fall of Dhayah was to pave the way for the signing of the [[General Maritime Treaty of 1820]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th and early 20th centuries, the [[Pearl hunting|pearling industry]] thrived, providing both income and employment to the people of the Persian Gulf.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Carter |first=Robert |date=2005 |title=The History and Prehistory of Pearling in the Persian Gulf |url=https://www.jstor.org/stable/25165089 |journal=Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient |volume=48 |issue=2 |pages=139–209 |doi=10.1163/1568520054127149 |jstor=25165089 |issn=0022-4995}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[World War I|First World War]] had a severe impact on the industry, but it was the [[economic depression]] of the late 1920s and early 1930s, coupled with the invention of the [[cultured pearl]], that wiped out the trade. The remnants of the trade eventually faded away shortly after the [[World War II|Second World War]], when the newly independent [[Government of India]] imposed heavy taxation on imported pearls. The decline of pearling resulted in extreme economic hardship in the Trucial States.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.uaeinteract.com/history/trad/trd08.asp |title=UAE History &amp;amp; Traditions: Pearls &amp;amp; pearling |work=UAEinteract |access-date=12 February 2016 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160206103534/http://www.uaeinteract.com/history/trad/trd08.asp |archive-date=6 February 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1922, the British government secured undertakings from the rulers of the Trucial States not to sign concessions with foreign companies without their consent. Aware of the potential for the development of natural resources such as oil, following finds in Persia (from 1908) and Mesopotamia (from 1927), a British-led oil company, the [[Iraq Petroleum Company]] (IPC), showed an interest in the region. The [[Anglo-Persian Oil Company]] (APOC, later to become [[BP|British Petroleum]], or BP) had a 23.75% share in IPC. From 1935, onshore concessions to explore for oil were granted by local rulers, with APOC signing the first one on behalf of Petroleum Concessions Ltd (PCL), an associate company of IPC.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = From Pearls to Oil|last = Heard|first = David|work= Motivate|year = 2013|isbn = 978-1-86063-311-9|location = UAE|pages = 41–42}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; APOC was prevented from developing the region alone because of the restrictions of the [[Red Line Agreement]], which required it to operate through IPC. A number of options between PCL and the trucial rulers were signed, providing useful revenue for communities experiencing poverty following the collapse of the pearl trade. However, the wealth of oil which the rulers could see from the revenues accruing to surrounding countries remained elusive. The first bore holes in Abu Dhabi were drilled by IPC&#039;s operating company, Petroleum Development (Trucial Coast) Ltd (PDTC) at Ras Sadr in 1950, with a {{convert|13000|ft|m|abbr=off|adj=mid|-deep}} bore hole taking a year to drill and turning out dry, at the tremendous cost at the time of £1 million.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mid-20th century Dubai.JPG|thumb|left|Dubai in 1950: the area in this photo shows [[Bur Dubai]] in the foreground (centered on Al-Fahidi Fort), [[Deira, Dubai|Deira]] in middle-right on the other side of the creek, and [[Al Shindagha]] (left) and [[Al Ras, Dubai|Al Ras]] (right) in the background across the creek, from Deira.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The British set up a development office that helped in some small developments in the emirates. The seven [[sheikh]]s of the [[Emirates of the United Arab Emirates|emirates]] then decided to form a council to coordinate matters between them and took over the development office. In 1952, they formed the Trucial States Council,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://nasibbitar.net/adi_sr/DocumentsArticle4.jpg|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080803020019/http://nasibbitar.net/adi_sr/DocumentsArticle4.jpg|archive-date=3 August 2008|title=Al Khaleej News Paper}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and appointed [[Adi Bitar|Adi Al Bitar]], Dubai&#039;s [[Rashid bin Saeed Al Maktoum|Sheikh Rashid bin Saeed Al Maktoum]]&#039;s legal advisor, as secretary general and legal advisor to the council. The council was terminated once the United Arab Emirates was formed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.fotw.info/flags/ae_tsc.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110429011257/https://www.fotw.info/flags/ae_tsc.html |archive-date=29 April 2011 |title=Trucial States Council until 1971 (United Arab Emirates) |publisher=Flags of the World |url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The tribal nature of society and the lack of definition of borders between emirates frequently led to disputes, settled either through mediation or, more rarely, force. The [[Trucial Oman Scouts]] was a small military force used by the British to keep the peace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1953, a subsidiary of [[BP]], D&#039;Arcy Exploration Ltd, obtained an offshore concession from the ruler of Abu Dhabi. BP joined with [[Total SE|Compagnie Française des Pétroles]] (later [[Total SE|Total]]) to form operating companies, Abu Dhabi Marine Areas Ltd (ADMA) and Dubai Marine Areas Ltd (DUMA). A number of undersea oil surveys were carried out, including one led by the famous marine explorer [[Jacques Cousteau]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Cousteau|first1=Jacques|title=Calypso explores for underwater oil |url=https://www.librarything.com/work/18080895 |journal=National Geographic Magazine|date=August 1955|volume=CVIII|issue=2 |access-date=19 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Morton|first1=Michael Quentin|title=Calypso in the Arabian Gulf: Jacques Cousteau&#039;s Undersea Survey of 1954|journal=Liwa|date=June 2015|volume=7|issue=13|pages=3–28|url=https://www.academia.edu/13056568|access-date=27 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1958, a floating platform rig was towed from [[Hamburg]], [[Germany]], and positioned over the [[Umm Shaif oil field|Umm Shaif]] pearl bed, in Abu Dhabi waters, where drilling began. In March, it struck oil in the Upper Thamama rock formation. This was the first commercial discovery of the Trucial Coast, leading to the first exports of oil in 1962. ADMA made further offshore discoveries at Zakum and elsewhere, and other companies made commercial finds such as the [[Fateh Oil Field|Fateh oilfield]] off Dubai and the Mubarak field off Sharjah (shared with Iran).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1=Butt|first1=Gerald|title=Oil and Gas in the UAE|url=https://www.uaeinteract.com/uaeint_misc/pdf/perspectives/11.pdf|website=UAE Interact|access-date=19 November 2014|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151123003948/http://www.uaeinteract.com/uaeint_misc/pdf/perspectives/11.pdf|archive-date=23 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, onshore exploration was hindered by territorial disputes. In 1955, the [[United Kingdom]] represented Abu Dhabi and Oman in their dispute with Saudi Arabia over the [[Al Buraimi Governorate|Buraimi Oasis]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://2009-2017.state.gov/r/pa/ei/bgn/5444.htm|title=United Arab Emirates (06/07)|publisher=State.gov|access-date=12 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A 1974 agreement between Abu Dhabi and Saudi Arabia seemed to have settled the Abu Dhabi-Saudi [[Territorial dispute|border dispute]], but this has not been ratified.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Gray|first1=Matthew|title=Global Security Watch – Saudi Arabia|year= 2014|publisher=ABC-CLIO|location=Santa Barbara|isbn=978-0-313-38699-2|page=99|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=dxvFBAAAQBAJ|access-date=20 June 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE&#039;s border with Oman was ratified in 2008.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url = http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/government/historic-uae-oman-accord-involves-272km-of-border-1.119592|title=Historic UAE-Oman accord involves 272&amp;amp;nbsp;km of border|date = 22 July 2008|work = Gulf News |access-date=19 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PDTC continued its onshore exploration away from the disputed area, drilling five more bore holes that were also dry. However, on 27 October 1960, the company discovered oil in commercial quantities at the Murban No. 3 well on the coast near Tarif.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = From Pearls to Oil|last = Heard|first = David|work= Motivate|year = 2013|isbn = 978-1-86063-311-9|location = UAE|pages = 413–416}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1962, PDTC became the [[Abu Dhabi Petroleum Company]]. As oil revenues increased, the ruler of Abu Dhabi, [[Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan]], undertook a massive construction program, building schools, housing, hospitals and roads. When Dubai&#039;s oil exports commenced in 1969, Sheikh [[Rashid bin Saeed Al Maktoum]], the ruler of Dubai, was able to invest the revenues from the limited reserves found to spark the diversification drive that would create the modern [[global city]] of Dubai.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-14703998|title=Middle East &amp;amp;#124; Country profile: United Arab Emirates|work=BBC News|date=11 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Independence ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flag-hoisting at the Union Declaration.jpg|thumb|left|Historic photo depicting the first hoisting of the United Arab Emirates flag by the rulers of the emirates at the Union House in Dubai on 2 December 1971.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By 1966, it had become clear the British government could no longer afford to administer and protect the [[Trucial States]], what is now the United Arab Emirates. British [[Member of Parliament (United Kingdom)|Members of Parliament]] (MPs) debated the preparedness of the [[Royal Navy]] to defend the [[sheikhdom]]s. On 24 January 1968, British Prime Minister [[Harold Wilson]] announced the government&#039;s decision, reaffirmed in March 1971 by Prime Minister [[Edward Heath]], to end the treaty relationships with the seven trucial sheikhdoms. Days after the announcement, the ruler of Abu Dhabi, Sheikh [[Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan]], fearing vulnerability, tried to persuade the British to honour the protection treaties by offering to pay the full costs of keeping the [[British Armed Forces]] in the Emirates. The British [[Labour Party (UK)|Labour]] government rejected the offer.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Gornall, Jonathan |date=2 December 2011 |url=http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/sun-sets-on-british-empire-as-uae-raises-its-flag#page5 |title=Sun sets on British Empire as UAE raises its flag |work=The National|location=Abu Dhabi}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After Labour MP [[Goronwy Roberts, Baron Goronwy-Roberts|Goronwy Roberts]] informed Sheikh Zayed of the news of British withdrawal, the nine Persian Gulf sheikhdoms attempted to form a union of Arab emirates, but by mid-1971 they were still unable to agree on terms of union even though the British treaty relationship was to expire in December of that year.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://guide.theemiratesnetwork.com/basics/history_of_the_emirates.php |title=History the United Arab Emirates (UAE)&amp;amp;nbsp;– TEN Guide |work=Guide.theemiratesnetwork.com |date=11 February 1972 |access-date=23 June 2009 |archive-date=8 June 2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090608021436/http://guide.theemiratesnetwork.com/basics/history_of_the_emirates.php |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fears of vulnerability were realised the day before independence. An Iranian destroyer group broke formation from an exercise in the lower Gulf, sailing to the [[Greater and Lesser Tunbs|Tunb islands]]. The islands were taken by force, civilians and Arab defenders alike allowed to flee. A British warship stood idle during the course of the invasion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.iranicaonline.org/articles/tonb |title=Tonb Islands (Greater and Lesser), two tiny islands of arguable strategic importance in the eastern Persian Gulf, south of the western tip of Qešm island |last1=Mirfendereski |first1=Guive |date=25 September 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150704222708/http://www.iranicaonline.org/articles/tonb |archive-date=4 July 2015 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A destroyer group approached the island of [[Abu Musa]] as well. But there, Sheikh [[Khalid bin Mohammed Al Qasimi]] had already negotiated with the Iranian shah, and the island was quickly leased to Iran for $3 million a year. Meanwhile, Saudi Arabia laid claim to swathes of Abu Dhabi.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Krane |first1=Jim |year=2009 |title=City of Gold: Dubai and the Dream of Capitalism |pages=81–84}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Originally intended to be part of the proposed Federation of Arab Emirates, Bahrain became independent in August, and Qatar in September 1971. When the British-Trucial Sheikhdoms treaty expired on 1 December 1971, both emirates became fully independent.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.country-data.com/cgi-bin/query/r-1021.html |title=Bahrain&amp;amp;nbsp;– Independence |publisher=Country-data.com }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 2 December 1971, six of the emirates (Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Dubai, Fujairah, Sharjah and Umm Al Quwain) agreed to enter into a union named the United Arab Emirates. Ras al-Khaimah joined later, on 10 January 1972.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Smith, Simon C. |title=Britain&#039;s Revival and Fall in the Gulf: Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, and the Trucial States, 1950–71|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=w_qCeBV9IW0C&amp;amp;pg=PA64|year=2004|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-33192-0|page=64}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia|url=http://www.encyclopedia.com/doc/1O209-TrucialOmanorTrucialStats.html|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111119060814/http://www.encyclopedia.com/doc/1O209-TrucialOmanorTrucialStats.html|archive-date=19 November 2011 |title=Trucial Oman or Trucial States&amp;amp;nbsp;– Origin of Trucial Oman or Trucial States &amp;amp;#124; Encyclopedia.com: Oxford Dictionary of World Place Names |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia.com }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In February 1972, the [[Federal National Council]] (FNC) was created; it was a 40-member consultative body appointed by the seven rulers. The UAE joined the [[Arab League]] on 6 December 1971 and the [[United Nations]] on 9 December.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=Now the Dust Has Settled|last=De Butts|first=Freddie|publisher=Tabb House|year=1995|isbn=978-1-873951-13-2|page=228}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It was a founding member of the [[Gulf Cooperation Council]] in May 1981, with Abu Dhabi hosting the first [[GCC Summit|GCC summit]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Post-Independence period ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai Skyline mit Burj Khalifa (18241030269).jpg|thumb|View of [[Dubai]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE supported military operations by the US and other [[International Security Assistance Force|coalition nations]] engaged in the war against the [[Taliban]] in [[Afghanistan]] (2001) and [[Saddam Hussein]] in [[Ba&#039;athist Iraq]] (2003) as well as operations supporting the Global [[War on Terror]] for the [[Horn of Africa]] at [[Al Dhafra Air Base]] located outside of Abu Dhabi. The air base also supported Allied operations during the 1991 Persian [[Gulf War]] and [[Operation Northern Watch]]. The country had already signed a [[military]] defence agreement with the U.S. in 1994 and one with France in 1995.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/crs/rl31641.pdf |author=Prados, Alfred B. | date=2002 |title= Iraqi Challenges and U.S. Responses: March 1991 through October 2002 |url-status=unfit |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20060818063026/http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/crs/rl31641.pdf |archive-date= 18 August 2006| publisher= Library of Congress}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |author= Foley, Sean |url= http://www.gloria-center.org/meria/1999/03/foley.pdf |title= The UAE: Political Issues and Security Dilemmas |journal= Middle East Review of International Affairs |volume= 3 |issue= 1 |date= March 1999 |access-date= 8 April 2013 |archive-date= 13 June 2013 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20130613164952/http://www.gloria-center.org/meria/1999/03/foley.pdf |url-status= dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In January 2008, France and the UAE signed a deal allowing France to set up a permanent military base in the emirate of Abu Dhabi.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-14704414 |title=United Arab Emirates profile – Timeline |work=BBC News |date=14 November 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE joined international military operations in Libya in March 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 2 November 2004, the UAE&#039;s first president, Sheikh [[Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan]], died. Sheikh [[Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan]] was elected as the [[President of the United Arab Emirates|president of the UAE]]. In accordance with the [[Constitution of the United Arab Emirates|constitution]], the UAE&#039;s [[Federal Supreme Council|Supreme Council of Rulers]] elected Sheikh Khalifa as president. Sheikh [[Mohammed bin Zayed Al Nahyan]] succeeded Sheikh Khalifa as crown prince of Abu Dhabi.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/3975737.stm |title=Veteran Gulf ruler Zayed dies |work=BBC News |date=2 November 2004 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In January 2006, Sheikh [[Maktoum bin Rashid Al Maktoum]], the prime minister of the UAE and the ruler of Dubai, died, and Sheikh [[Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]] assumed both roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first ever national elections were held on 16 December 2006. A number of voters chose half of the members of the [[Federal National Council]]. The UAE has largely escaped the [[Arab Spring]], which other countries have experienced; however, 60 Emirati activists from [[Al Islah (United Arab Emirates)|Al Islah]] were apprehended for an alleged coup attempt and the attempt of the establishment of an [[Islamism|Islamist]] state in the UAE.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;reuters&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Bakr |first=Amena |url= https://www.reuters.com/article/us-emirates-courts-norway-idUSBRE96K0AK20130721 |title=Woman jailed in Dubai after reporting rape hopes to warn others |work=Reuters |date= 21 July 2013|access-date=5 November 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Brotherhood &#039;sought Islamist state in UAE&#039;|url=http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/brotherhood-sought-islamist-state-in-uae|access-date=20 November 2012|date=21 September 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;amnesty.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/documents/mde25/0018/2014/en/|title=United Arab Emirates: Silencing dissent in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) |date=18 November 2014 |publisher=Amnesty International |access-date=12 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mindful of the protests in nearby Bahrain, in November 2012 the UAE outlawed online mockery of its government or attempts to organise public protests through social media.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc.co.uk&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 29 January 2020, the [[COVID-19 pandemic]] was confirmed to have [[COVID-19 pandemic in the United Arab Emirates|reached the UAE]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;first case UAE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|last1=Hammond|first1=Ashley|url=https://gulfnews.com/uae/health/watch-how-the-first-coronavirus-case-in-uae-was-cured-1.1581323524356|title=Watch: How the first coronavirus case in UAE was cured|date=10 February 2020|work=Gulf News|access-date=11 February 2020|last2=Chaudhary|first2=Suchitra Bajpai|last3=Hilotin|first3=Jay}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Two months later, in March, the government announced the closure of shopping malls, schools, and places of worship, in addition to imposing a 24-hour curfew, and suspending all [[Emirates (airline)|Emirates]] passenger flights.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://gulfnews.com/uae/government/coronavirus-uae-shuts-malls-for-two-weeks-1.1584914600541|title=Coronavirus: UAE shuts malls for two weeks|website=gulfnews.com|date=23 March 2020 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://apnews.com/10aa229f979a05241ede3c349f5e4d2d|title=Dubai&#039;s Emirates cuts passenger flights to 13 destinations|website=[[Associated Press]]|date=22 March 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This resulted in a major economic downturn, which eventually led to the merger of more than 50% of the UAE&#039;s [[:Category:United Arab Emirates federal entities|federal agencies]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.ft.com/content/b2d8b670-8fd3-41e7-850b-e0c74302805e |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20221210/https://www.ft.com/content/b2d8b670-8fd3-41e7-850b-e0c74302805e |archive-date=10 December 2022 |url-access=subscription|title=UAE merges ministries in ambitious government restructuring|access-date=5 July 2020|website=Financial Times|date=5 July 2020|last1=Kerr|first1=Simeon}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 29 August 2020, the UAE established normal diplomatic relations with Israel and with the help of the United States, they signed the [[Abraham Accords]] with [[Bahrain]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-53770859|title=Israel and UAE strike historic deal to normalise relations|work=BBC News|date=13 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 9 February 2021, the UAE achieved a historic milestone when its probe, named [[Emirates Mars Mission|Hope]], successfully reached [[Mars]]&#039; orbit. The UAE became the first country in the [[Arab world]] to reach Mars, the fifth country to successfully reach Mars, and the second country, after an [[Mars Orbiter Mission|Indian probe]], to orbit Mars on its maiden attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 14 May 2022, Sheikh [[Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan]] was elected as the UAE&#039;s new president after the death of [[Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan|Sheikh Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Who is MBZ, the UAE&#039;s new president? |url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2022/5/14/who-is-sheikh-mohammed-bin-zayed-al-nahyan-mbz-uaes-new-president |work=www.aljazeera.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Geography ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satellite image of United Arab Emirates in October.jpg|thumb|left|Satellite image of United Arab Emirates]]&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates is situated in the [[Middle East]], bordering the [[Gulf of Oman]] and the [[Persian Gulf]], between [[Oman]] and [[Saudi Arabia]]; it is in a strategic location slightly south of the [[Strait of Hormuz]], a vital transit point for world [[Petroleum|crude oil]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/oil_gas.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080705161411/http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/oil_gas.htm|archive-date=5 July 2008 |title=UAE Oil and Gas |publisher=Uae.gov.ae |date=19 June 1999 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE lies between 22°30&#039; and 26°10&#039; north latitude and between 51° and 56°25′ east longitude. It shares a {{convert|530|km|mi|adj=on}} border with Saudi Arabia on the west, south, and southeast, and a {{convert|450|km|mi|adj=on}} border with Oman on the southeast and northeast. The land border with Qatar in the [[Khawr al Udayd]] area is about {{convert|19|km|mi|spell=in|abbr=off}} in the northwest; however, it is a source of [[Saudi Arabia – United Arab Emirates border dispute|ongoing dispute]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.arabmediawatch.com/amw/CountryBackgrounds/SaudiArabia/SaudiUAEdisputes/tabid/174/Default.aspx |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100408121304/http://www.arabmediawatch.com/amw/CountryBackgrounds/SaudiArabia/SaudiUAEdisputes/tabid/174/Default.aspx |archive-date=8 April 2010 |title=Saudi-UAE Disputes |publisher=Arabmediawatch.com |date=21 August 1974 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following Britain&#039;s military departure from the UAE in 1971, and its establishment as a new state, the UAE laid claim to islands resulting in disputes with Iran that remain unresolved.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=UAE official calls for international action to end &amp;quot;Iranian occupation&amp;quot; of disputed islands|url=https://www.mei.edu/publications/uae-official-calls-international-action-end-iranian-occupation-disputed-islands|access-date=27 July 2021|website=Middle East Institute|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE also disputes claim on other islands against the neighboring state of Qatar.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uaeprison.com/uae_disputes.htm|title=UAE Disputes, International UAE Disputes, UAE Boundary Dispute, UAE National Disputes, UAE Emirate Disputes, Claims Three Islands, Abu Musa Island, Greater &amp;amp; Lesser Tumb, The History of Islands, Human Resources UAE, Arab Emirates.|website=www.uaeprison.com|access-date=25 June 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest emirate, [[Abu Dhabi (emirate)|Abu Dhabi]], accounts for 87% of the UAE&#039;s total area&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Oxford Business Group|title=The Report: Abu Dhabi 2015|publisher=Oxford Business Group|year=2016|isbn=978-1-910068-25-0|page=17}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ({{convert|67340|km2|0|abbr=out}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1=Brinkmann|first1=Robert|title=The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainability: Case Studies and Practical Solutions|last2=Garren|first2=Sandra J.|publisher=Springer|year=2018|isbn=978-3-319-71389-2|page=806}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The smallest emirate, [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]], encompasses only {{convert|259|km2|0|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=D&#039;Avanzo|first=Carolyn|title=Mosby&#039;s Pocket Guide to Cultural Health Assessment|publisher=Elsevier Health Sciences|year=2008|isbn=978-0-323-08604-2|page=751}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE coast stretches for nearly {{convert|650|km|0|abbr=on}} along the southern shore of the [[Persian Gulf]], briefly interrupted by an isolated outcrop of the Sultanate of Oman. Six of the emirates are situated along the Persian Gulf, and the seventh, Fujairah is on the eastern coast of the peninsula with direct access to the Gulf of Oman.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group|title=The Middle East and North Africa 2004|publisher=Psychology Press|year=2003|isbn=1-85743-184-7|page=1175}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most of the coast consists of [[Salt pan (geology)|salt pans]] that extend 8–10&amp;amp;nbsp;km inland.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last1=Schulz|first1=Stephan|last2=Horovitz|first2=Marcel|last3=Rausch|first3=Randolf|last4=Michelsen|first4=Nils|last5=Mallast|first5=Ulf|last6=Köhne|first6=Maximilian|last7=Siebert|first7=Christian|last8=Schüth|first8=Christoph|last9=Al-Saud|first9=Mohammed|last10=Merz|first10=Ralf|date=1 December 2015|title=Groundwater evaporation from salt pans: Examples from the eastern Arabian Peninsula|journal=Journal of Hydrology|language=en|volume=531|pages=792–801|doi=10.1016/j.jhydrol.2015.10.048|bibcode=2015JHyd..531..792S|issn=0022-1694|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest [[harbor|natural harbor]] is at Dubai, although other ports have been dredged at Abu Dhabi, Sharjah, and elsewhere.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=iContainers|date=4 April 2020|title=Top 5 Ports in United Arab Emirates|url=https://www.icontainers.com/us/2020/03/30/top-five-ports-united-arab-emirates/|access-date=17 August 2021|website=iContainers|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Numerous islands are found in the Persian Gulf, and the ownership of some of them has been the subject of international disputes with both [[Iran]] and [[Qatar]]. The smaller islands, as well as many [[coral reef]]s and shifting sandbars, are a menace to navigation. Strong tides and occasional windstorms further complicate ship movements near the shore. The UAE also has a stretch of the [[Al Batinah Region|Al Bāţinah]] coast of the Gulf of Oman. The [[Musandam Governorate|Musandam Peninsula]], the very tip of Arabia by the Strait of Hormuz, and [[Madha]] are [[enclave and exclave|exclaves]] of Oman separated by the UAE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1=Lancaster|first1=William|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Le0Ryxzh7cQC&amp;amp;q=musandam|title=Honour is in Contentment: Life Before Oil in Ras Al-Khaimah (UAE) and Some Neighbouring Regions|last2=Lancaster|first2=Fidelity|date=2011|publisher=Walter de Gruyter|isbn=978-3-11-022339-2|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View from Jebel Jais - panoramio.jpg|thumb|Roads leading to [[Jebel Jais]], the highest mountain in the UAE (1,892&amp;amp;nbsp;m), in [[Ras Al Khaimah]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
South and west of Abu Dhabi, vast, rolling [[dune|sand dunes]] merge into the [[Rub al-Khali]] (Empty Quarter) of Saudi Arabia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=31 August 2008|title=Empty Quarter|url=https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/images/9054/empty-quarter|access-date=6 September 2021|website=earthobservatory.nasa.gov|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The desert area of Abu Dhabi includes two important oases with adequate underground water for permanent settlements and cultivation. The extensive [[Liwa Oasis]] is in the south near the undefined border with Saudi Arabia. About {{convert|100|km|0|abbr=on}} to the northeast of Liwa is the [[Al Buraimi Governorate|Al-Buraimi]] oasis, which extends on both sides of the Abu Dhabi-Oman border. [[Lake Zakher]] in Al Ain is a [[Man-made lake|human-made lake]] near the border with Oman that was created from treated waste water.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Man-made desert lake: Ecological paradise or disaster?&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.cnn.com/2013/03/14/world/meast/desert-lake-zakher-emirates/index.html?hpt=hp_t2 |title=The accidental lake: Birdwatcher&#039;s oasis or ecological disaster? |publisher=CNN |date=14 March 2013 |access-date=6 August 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to withdrawing from the area in 1971, Britain delineated the internal borders among the seven emirates in order to preempt territorial disputes that might hamper formation of the federation. In general, the rulers of the emirates accepted the British interventions, but in the case of boundary disputes between Abu Dhabi and Dubai, and also between Dubai and Sharjah, conflicting claims were not resolved until after the UAE became independent. The most complicated borders were in the [[Western Hajar Mountains]], where five of the emirates contested jurisdiction over more than a dozen enclaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Biodiversity{{anchor|Flora_and_fauna}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Wildlife of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1501200713074 Acacia tortilis.jpg|thumb|[[Acacia]] trees growing in desert suburbs near [[Fujairah]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE contains the following terrestrial ecoregions: [[Al Hajar montane woodlands]] and shrublands, [[Gulf of Oman desert and semi-desert]], and Al-Hajar foothill [[Deserts and xeric shrublands|xeric woodlands and shrublands]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DinersteinOlson2017&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Dinerstein|first1=Eric|last2=Olson|first2=David|last3=Joshi|first3=Anup|last4=Vynne|first4=Carly|last5=Burgess|first5=Neil D.|last6=Wikramanayake|first6=Eric|last7=Hahn|first7=Nathan|last8=Palminteri|first8=Suzanne|last9=Hedao|first9=Prashant|last10=Noss|first10=Reed|last11=Hansen|first11=Matt|last12=Locke|first12=Harvey|last13=Ellis|first13=Erle C|last14=Jones|first14=Benjamin|last15=Barber|first15=Charles Victor|last16=Hayes|first16=Randy|last17=Kormos|first17=Cyril|last18=Martin|first18=Vance|last19=Crist|first19=Eileen|last20=Sechrest|first20=Wes|last21=Price|first21=Lori|last22=Baillie|first22=Jonathan E. M.|last23=Weeden|first23=Don|last24=Suckling|first24=Kierán|last25=Davis|first25=Crystal|last26=Sizer|first26=Nigel|last27=Moore|first27=Rebecca|last28=Thau|first28=David|last29=Birch|first29=Tanya|last30=Potapov|first30=Peter|last31=Turubanova|first31=Svetlana|last32=Tyukavina|first32=Alexandra|last33=de Souza|first33=Nadia|last34=Pintea|first34=Lilian|last35=Brito|first35=José C.|last36=Llewellyn|first36=Othman A.|last37=Miller|first37=Anthony G.|last38=Patzelt|first38=Annette|last39=Ghazanfar|first39=Shahina A.|last40=Timberlake|first40=Jonathan|last41=Klöser|first41=Heinz|last42=Shennan-Farpón|first42=Yara|last43=Kindt|first43=Roeland|last44=Lillesø|first44=Jens-Peter Barnekow|last45=van Breugel|first45=Paulo|last46=Graudal|first46=Lars|last47=Voge|first47=Maianna|last48=Al-Shammari|first48=Khalaf F.|last49=Saleem|first49=Muhammad|display-authors=1|title=An Ecoregion-Based Approach to Protecting Half the Terrestrial Realm|journal=BioScience|volume=67|issue=6|year=2017|pages=534–545|issn=0006-3568|doi=10.1093/biosci/bix014|pmid=28608869|pmc=5451287|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oases grow [[Phoenix dactylifera|date palms]], [[acacia]] and [[eucalyptus]] trees. In the desert, the flora is very sparse and consists of [[grasses]] and thorn bushes. The indigenous fauna had come close to extinction because of intensive hunting, which has led to a conservation program on [[Sir Bani Yas]] Island initiated by Sheikh Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan in the 1970s, resulting in the survival of, for example, [[Arabian Oryx]], [[Arabian camel]] and [[leopard]]s. [[Coastal fish]] and [[mammals]] consist mainly of [[mackerel]], [[Estuary perch|perch]], and [[tuna]], as well as [[shark]]s and whales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Climate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The climate of the UAE is subtropical-arid with hot summers and warm winters. The climate is categorized as desert climate. The hottest months are July and August, when average maximum temperatures reach above {{convert|45|°C|°F|0}} on the [[coastal plain]]. In the Hajar Mountains, temperatures are considerably lower, a result of increased elevation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.manmm.net/eng/?page_id=35 |title= UAE Climate |publisher=Manmm.net |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160112072308/http://www.manmm.net/eng/?page_id=35 |archive-date=12 January 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Average minimum temperatures in January and February are between {{convert|10|and|14|°C|°F|0|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.abudhabi.ms/weather.html |title=Weather in Abu Dhabi |publisher=Abudhabi.ms |date=8 March 2007 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090429193142/http://www.abudhabi.ms/weather.html |archive-date=29 April 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the late summer months, a humid southeastern wind known as Sharqi (i.e. &amp;quot;Easterner&amp;quot;) makes the coastal region especially unpleasant. The average annual rainfall in the coastal area is less than {{convert|120|mm|in|1|abbr=on}}, but in some mountainous areas annual rainfall often reaches {{convert|350|mm|in|1|abbr=on}}. Rain in the coastal region falls in short, torrential bursts during the winter months, sometimes resulting in floods in ordinarily dry [[wadi]] beds.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/in_pictures/7189929.stm |title=In Pictures &amp;amp;#124; Flooding in the UAE |work=BBC News |date=15 January 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The region is prone to occasional, violent [[dust storm]]s, which can severely reduce visibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 28 December 2004, there was snow recorded in the UAE for the first time, in the [[Jebel Jais]] mountain cluster in Ras al-Khaimah.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/4135857.stm Middle East | Cold snap brings Gulf rare snow]. BBC News (30 December 2004). Retrieved 10 October 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A few years later, there were more sightings of snow and hail.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://indiatoday.intoday.in/story/abu-dhabi-snow-hail-dubai/1/414185.html Global warming or wonder! Hail the snow in Abu Dhabi : World, News – India Today]. Indiatoday.intoday.in. Retrieved 10 October 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/middle-east-snow-extreme-heatwaves-and-uae-fog-whats-going-on-with-the-weather Middle East snow, extreme heatwaves and UAE fog: what&#039;s going on with the weather? | The National]. Thenational.ae (29 January 2013). Retrieved 10 October 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Jebel Jais mountain cluster has experienced snow only twice since records began.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/general/heavy-snowfall-on-ras-al-khaimah-s-jebel-jais-mountain-cluster-1.46663|title=Heavy snowfall on Ras Al Khaimah&#039;s Jebel Jais mountain cluster|author=Nazzal, Gando |work=[[Gulf News]]|date=24 January 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Government and politics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Politics of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| caption_align     = center&lt;br /&gt;
| width1            = 172&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = His Highness Sheikh Mohammed Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, at Hyderabad House, in New Delhi on February 11, 2016.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[President of the United Arab Emirates|President]] since 2022&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| width2            = 144&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Mohamedu bin Rašidu Almaktūmu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[List of Prime Ministers of the United Arab Emirates|Prime Minister]] and&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[Vice President of the United Arab Emirates|Vice President]] since 2006&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE is an authoritarian [[federal monarchy]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:22&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last=Herb|first=Michael|date=2009|title=A Nation of Bureaucrats: Political Participation and Economic Diversification in Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates|url=https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/international-journal-of-middle-east-studies/article/abs/nation-of-bureaucrats-political-participation-and-economic-diversification-in-kuwait-and-the-united-arab-emirates/E3527822940D0E8A2BCD98A320002C3E|journal=International Journal of Middle East Studies|language=en|volume=41|issue=3|pages=375–395|doi=10.1017/S0020743809091119|issn=1471-6380|s2cid=154366494}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Ledstrup|first=Martin|date=2019|title=Nationalism and Nationhood in the United Arab Emirates|url=https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-91653-8|publisher=Palgrave|language=en-gb|page=10|doi=10.1007/978-3-319-91653-8|isbn=978-3-319-91652-1|s2cid=158959849}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=14 November 2018|title=Hypocrisy of Dubai&#039;s World Tolerance Summit|url=https://www.hrw.org/news/2018/11/14/hypocrisy-dubais-world-tolerance-summit|access-date=6 April 2021|website=Human Rights Watch|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|date=30 January 2021|title=United Arab Emirates says it will offer citizenship to some|url=https://apnews.com/article/dubai-united-arab-emirates-abu-dhabi-coronavirus-pandemic-mohammed-bin-rashid-al-maktoum-708c588985bad97230b458b435cbfbc2|access-date=6 April 2021|work=Associated Press}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to &#039;&#039;[[The New York Times]]&#039;&#039;, the UAE is &amp;quot;an autocracy with the sheen of a progressive, modern state&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|author=Mazzetti, Mark and Hager, Emily B.|date=14 May 2011|title=Secret Desert Force Set Up by Blackwater&#039;s Founder|work=[[The New York Times]]|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2011/05/15/world/middleeast/15prince.html?pagewanted=all&amp;amp;_r=1&amp;amp;|quote=The United Arab Emirates – an autocracy with the sheen of a progressive, modern state – are closely allied with the United States, and American officials indicated that the battalion program had some support in Washington.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE has been described as a &amp;quot;tribal autocracy&amp;quot; where the seven constituent monarchies are led by tribal rulers in an autocratic fashion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Krane|first=Jim|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mJWrVWZuUJEC|title=City of Gold: Dubai and the Dream of Capitalism|date=15 September 2009|publisher=St. Martin&#039;s Publishing Group|isbn=978-1-4299-1899-2|page=10|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are no democratically elected institutions, and there is no formal commitment to free speech.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|last=Stack|first=Liam|date=30 April 2017|title=Dubai Introduces Its Own Font, Lauding Free Expression It Does Not Permit|language=en-US|work=The New York Times|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2017/04/30/world/middleeast/dubai-introduces-its-own-font-lauding-free-expression-it-does-not-permit.html|access-date=25 May 2021|issn=0362-4331}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to human rights organisations, there are systematic human rights violations, including the torture and forced disappearance of government critics.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The UAE ranks poorly in [[freedom indices]] measuring [[civil liberties]] and [[political rights]]. The UAE is annually ranked as &amp;quot;Not Free&amp;quot; in [[Freedom House]]&#039;s annual &#039;&#039;[[Freedom in the World]]&#039;&#039; report, which measures civil liberties and political rights.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;United Arab Emirates Reports&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The UAE also ranks poorly in the annual [[Reporters without Borders]]&#039; [[Press Freedom Index]]. Bertelsmann transformation Index describes the UAE as a &amp;quot;moderate monarchy&amp;quot;. The country got ranked 91 out of 137 states and is far below the average scoring for development towards a democracy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=BTI 2022: United Arab Emirates |url=https://bti-project.org/en/reports/country-dashboard?isocode=ARE&amp;amp;cHash=98c3237aa3b3bd62d4a082e9b709a514 |access-date=2023-04-04 |website=BTI 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Government ===&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates (UAE) is a [[Federation|federal]] [[constitutional monarchy]] made up from a federation of seven [[Hereditary monarchy|hereditary]] tribal [[monarchy]]-styled political system called [[Sheikhdoms]]. It is governed by a [[Federal Supreme Council]] made up of the ruling Sheikhs of [[Abu Dhabi (emirate)|Abu Dhabi]], [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], [[Sharjah (emirate)|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]] and [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]]. All responsibilities not granted to the national government are reserved to the individual emirate.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uaeinteract.com/government/political_system.asp#B|title=UAE Government: Political system|work=UAEinteract|access-date=12 February 2016|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160213062650/http://www.uaeinteract.com/government/political_system.asp#B|archive-date=13 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A percentage of revenues from each emirate is allocated to the UAE&#039;s central budget.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.uaeinteract.com/government/political_system.asp |title=UAE Government: Political system |work=UAEinteract |access-date=12 February 2016 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160213062650/http://www.uaeinteract.com/government/political_system.asp |archive-date=13 February 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates uses the title [[Sheikh]] instead of [[Emir]] to refer to the rulers of individual emirates. The title is used due to the [[sheikhdom]] styled governing system in adherence to the culture of [[tribes of Arabia]], where Sheikh means leader, elder, or the tribal chief of the clan who partakes in shared decision making with his followers. The [[President of the United Arab Emirates|president]] and [[Vice President of the United Arab Emirates|vice president]] are elected by the [[Federal Supreme Council]]. Usually, the Head of the [[House of Nahyan|Al Nahyan]] family, who are based in Abu Dhabi, holds the presidency and the Head of the [[House of Maktoum|Al Maktoum]] family, based in Dubai, the prime ministership. All prime ministers but one have served concurrently as vice president.&lt;br /&gt;
The federal government is composed of three branches:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Legislature|Legislative]]: A [[unicameralism|unicameral]] [[Federal Supreme Council]] and the [[advisory board|advisory]] [[Federal National Council]] (FNC).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Executive (government)|Executive]]: The [[President of UAE|President]], who is also [[commander-in-chief]] of the military, the [[List of Prime Ministers of the United Arab Emirates|prime minister]] and the [[Cabinet of the United Arab Emirates|Council of Ministers]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Judiciary|Judicial]]: The [[Federal Supreme Court of the United Arab Emirates|Supreme Court]] and lower federal courts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[E-Government in the United Arab Emirates|UAE e-Government]] is the extension of the UAE federal government in its electronic form.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://government.ae/en/web/guest/service-channels|title=Service Channels – The UAE Government Official Portal|author=UAE federal eGovernment|access-date=8 September 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE&#039;s [[Cabinet of the United Arab Emirates|Council of Ministers]] ({{lang-ar|مجلس الوزراء}}) is the chief executive branch of the government presided over by the prime minister. The prime minister, who is appointed by the [[Federal Supreme Council]], appoints the ministers. The Council of Ministers is made up of 22 members and manages all internal and foreign affairs of the federation under its constitutional and federal law.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.uaecabinet.ae/source/PMO%20Moca%20Manual%202010.pdf|title=دليل أعمال نظام مجلس الوزراء|publisher=United Arab Emirates Cabinet|date=January 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In December 2019,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Monthly ranking of women in national parliaments |url=https://data.ipu.org/women-ranking?month=12&amp;amp;year=2019 |website=ipu.org |publisher=Inter-Parliamentary Union |access-date=19 February 2022 |location=Switzerland}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the UAE became the only Arab country, and one of only five countries in the world, to attain [[gender parity]] in a national legislative body, with its lower house 50 per cent women.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Monthly ranking of women in national parliaments |url=https://data.ipu.org/women-ranking?month=1&amp;amp;year=2022 |website=ipu.org |publisher=Inter-Parliamentary Union |access-date=19 February 2022 |location=Switzerland}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Proportion of women parliamentarians worldwide reaches &#039;all-time high&#039; |url=https://news.un.org/en/story/2021/03/1086582 |website=UN.org |publisher=United Nations |access-date=19 February 2022 |date=5 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE is the only country in the world that has a Ministry of Tolerance,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://wam.ae/en/details/1395302752575|title=UAE&#039;s tolerance model has &#039;potential to become a global movement for good&#039;: Sheikh Nahyan|publisher=Emirates News Agency|date=4 February 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a Ministry of Happiness,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine|url=http://fortune.com/2016/02/10/uae-minister-happiness/|title=This Country Just Appointed a Minister Of Happiness|magazine=Fortune.com|date=10 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and a Ministry of Artificial Intelligence.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://futurism.com/uae-minister-artificial-intelligence|title=An Inside Look at the First Nation With a State Minister for Artificial Intelligence|publisher=Futurism.com|date=11 December 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE also has a virtual ministry called the Ministry of Possibilities, designed to find solutions to challenges and improve quality of life.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://u.ae/en/about-the-uae/the-uae-government/ministry-of-possibilities|title=Ministry of Possibilities|publisher=U.AE|date=24 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://uaecabinet.ae/en/details/news/mohammed-bin-rashid-launches-ministry-of-possibilities-to-develop-radical-solutions-for-governments-key-challenges|title=Mohammed bin Rashid Launches &#039;Ministry of Possibilities&#039; to Develop Radical Solutions for Government&#039;s Key Challenges|publisher=UAE Cabinet|date=2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE also has a [[National Youth Council]], which is represented in the UAE cabinet by the Minister of Youth.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title = Women shining in new UAE Cabinet – Khaleej Times|url = http://www.khaleejtimes.com/nation/government/shaikh-mohammed-to-announce-new-cabinet-today|website = www.khaleejtimes.com|access-date = 11 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://uaecabinet.ae/en/details/news/why-ministers-for-happiness-tolerance-youth-and-the-future|title=Why Ministries for Happiness, Tolerance, Youth and the Future?|publisher=United Arab Emirates Cabinet}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE legislative is the [[Federal National Council]] which convenes nationwide elections every four years. The FNC consists of 40 members drawn from all the emirates. Each emirate is allocated specific seats to ensure full representation. Half are appointed by the rulers of the constituent emirates, and the other half are elected. By law, the council members have to be equally divided between males and females. The FNC is restricted to a largely [[:wikt:consultation|consultative]] role.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://u.ae/en/about-the-uae/the-uae-government/the-federal-national-council-|title=The Federal National Council|publisher=U.AE|date=3 February 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.government.ae/gov/en/gov/federal/politics.jsp |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20051027123241/http://www.government.ae/gov/en/gov/federal/politics.jsp |url-status=dead |archive-date=27 October 2005 |title=UAE Federal e-Government Portal |publisher=Government.ae }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.thenational.ae/uae/government/sheikh-khalifa-uae-s-federal-national-council-to-be-50-per-cent-women-1.800357 Sheikh Khalifa: UAE&#039;s Federal National Council to be 50 per cent women] The National, 8 December 2018&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Foreign relations ===&lt;br /&gt;
 {{Main|Foreign relations of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:President Trump and The First Lady Participate in an Abraham Accords Signing Ceremony (50346677397).jpg|thumb|Emirati Minister of Foreign Affairs [[Abdullah bin Zayed Al Nahyan]] (furthest right) at the signing of the [[Abraham Accords]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has broad diplomatic and commercial relations with most countries and members of the [[United Nations]]. It plays a significant role in [[OPEC]], and is one of the founding members of the [[Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf|Gulf Cooperation Council]] (GCC). The UAE is a member of the [[United Nations]] and several of its specialized agencies ([[ICAO]], [[International Labour Organization|ILO]], [[UPU]], [[World Health Organization|WHO]], [[WIPO]]), as well as the [[World Bank]], [[International Monetary Fund|IMF]], [[Arab League]], [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]] (OIC), and the [[Non-Aligned Movement]]. Also, it is an observer in the [[Organisation Internationale de la Francophonie]]. Most countries have diplomatic missions in the capital [[Abu Dhabi]] with most consulates being in UAE&#039;s largest city, [[Dubai]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emirati foreign relations are motivated to a large extent by identity and relationship to the [[Arab world]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.sciencespo.fr/kuwait-program/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/Shahrour-Karam-The-evolution-of-Emirati-foreign-policy-1971-2020.pdf|title=The evolution of Emirati foreign policy (1971–2020): The unexpected rise of a small state with boundless ambitions|publisher=SciencesPo|date=2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The United Arab Emirates has strong ties with Bahrain,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://saudigazette.com.sa/article/609429/World/Mena/King-Hamad-hails-strong-Bahrain-UAE-ties-in-meeting-with-Abu-Dhabi-crown-prince|title=King Hamad hails strong Bahrain-UAE ties in meeting with Abu Dhabi crown prince |publisher=Saudi Gazette|date=3 August 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; China,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Strong bilateral relations serve the strategic interests of both China and the UAE |url=https://www.thenational.ae/opinion/comment/strong-bilateral-relations-serve-the-strategic-interests-of-both-china-and-the-uae-1.749584 |work=The National }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Egypt,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sis.gov.eg/En/Politics/Foreign/EArab/U.A.E/040306030000000002.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090109153827/http://www.sis.gov.eg/En/Politics/Foreign/EArab/U.A.E/040306030000000002.htm |archive-date=9 January 2009 |title=Egypt and U.A.E. Relations |work=Egypt State Information Service Sis.gov.eg }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; France,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.thenationalnews.com/uae/france-strengthens-its-bond-with-uae-1.543500|title=France strengthens its bond with UAE|publisher=The National|date=19 December 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.mei.edu/publications/india-uae-relations-poised-climb-new-heights|title=India-UAE Relations: Poised to Climb to New Heights&lt;br /&gt;
|publisher=Middle East Institute|date=23 March 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Jordan,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.jordantimes.com/news/local/jordan-uae-ties-%E2%80%98strong-guarantor%E2%80%99-security-peace-%E2%80%94-ambassador|title=Jordan-UAE ties a &#039;strong guarantor&#039; for security, peace — ambassador|publisher=The Jordan Times|date=12 April 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://tribune.com.pk/story/2276704/uae-fm-terms-ties-with-pakistan-unique-case-in-arab-asian-relations|title=UAE FM terms ties with Pakistan &amp;quot;unique case in Arab-Asian relations&amp;quot;|publisher=Tribune|date=20 December 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Russia,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://responsiblestatecraft.org/2020/01/24/why-the-relationship-between-russia-and-the-united-arab-emirates-is-strengthening/|title=Why the Relationship Between Russia and the United Arab Emirates is Strengthening |publisher=Responsible Statecraft|date=24 January 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Saudi Arabia&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2018/04/09/a-saudi-princes-quest-to-remake-the-middle-east|title=A Saudi Prince&#039;s Quest to Remake the Middle East|author=The New Yorker|date=2 April 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the United States.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.arabianbusiness.com/politics-economics/463351-us-states-playing-critical-role-in-widening-uae-bilateral-ties|title=US states play &#039;critical&#039; role in widening bilateral ties with the UAE|publisher=Arabian Business|date=16 May 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the British withdrawal from the UAE in 1971 and the establishment of the UAE as a state, the UAE disputed rights to three islands in the Persian Gulf against Iran, namely [[Abu Musa]], [[Greater Tunb]], and [[Lesser Tunb]]. The UAE tried to bring the matter to the [[International Court of Justice]], but Iran dismissed the notion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.hiik.de/konfliktbarometer/pdf/Konfliktbarometer_2001.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080229133058/http://www.hiik.de/konfliktbarometer/pdf/Konfliktbarometer_2001.pdf |archive-date=29 February 2008 |title=Konfliktbarometer 2001 |url-status=dead |access-date=1 June 2016}}. Heidelberger Institut für Internationale Konfliktforschung&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Pakistan was the first country to formally recognise the UAE upon its formation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://pakobserver.net/200811/26/Editorial01.asp |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090626001001/http://pakobserver.net/200811/26/Editorial01.asp |archive-date=26 June 2009 |title=Relations with UAE get wider, deeper|work=Pakistan Observer |date=26 November 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE alongside multiple [[Middle Eastern countries|Middle Eastern]] and [[African countries|African]] countries cut diplomatic ties with [[Qatar]] in June 2017 due to allegations of [[Qatar and state-sponsored terrorism|Qatar being a state sponsor of terrorism]], resulting in the [[Qatar diplomatic crisis]]. Ties were restored in January 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=UAE to restore Qatar trade and travel links &#039;within a week&#039; after row ends|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-55579014|publisher=BBC|date=7 January 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE recognized Israel in August 2020, reaching a historic [[Israel–United Arab Emirates peace agreement]] and leading towards full normalization of relations between the two countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|date=13 August 2020|title=Israel and UAE strike historic deal|language=en-GB|work=BBC News |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-53770859|access-date=13 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|date=13 August 2020|title=With President Trump&#039;s help, Israel and the United Arab Emirates reach historic deal to normalize relations |language=en| work=Reuters |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-israel-emirates-trump-idUSKCN25926W |access-date=13 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Staff |first1=Toi |title=Full text of the Abraham Accords signed by Israel, the UAE and Bahrain |url=https://www.timesofisrael.com/full-text-of-the-abraham-accords-signed-by-israel-the-uae-and-bahrain/ |access-date=10 October 2020 |publisher=The Times of Israel |date=16 September 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation, [[Abu Dhabi Secrets]] revealed that a private Swiss intelligence company, Alp Services, ran a [[smear campaign]] in Europe, particularly France, on behalf of the UAE to target Emirati opponents like Qatar and [[Muslim Brotherhood]]. Alp Services provided the UAE with a list of over 1,000 individuals and 400 organizations in Europe, falsely linking them to radical Islam. The list included politicians, journalists, and public institutions. The agency conducted operations to discredit these Emirati opponents through press campaigns and false Wikipedia entries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mediapart3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Philippin |first1=Yann |last2=Rouget |first2=Antton |date=2023-03-04 |title=Leaked data shows extent of UAE&#039;s meddling in France |language=en |work=Mediapart |url=https://www.mediapart.fr/en/journal/france/040323/leaked-data-shows-extent-uaes-meddling-france |access-date=2023-07-16}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ny&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite magazine |last=Kirkpatrick |first=David |date=2023-03-27 |title=The Dirty Secrets of a Smear Campaign |language=en |magazine=The New Yorker |url=https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2023/04/03/the-dirty-secrets-of-a-smear-campaign |access-date=2023-07-16}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mediapart7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Fayol |first1=Clément |last2=Philippin |first2=Yann |last3=Rouget |first3=Antton |last4=Harari |first4=Antoine |date=2023-07-07 |title=Plus de 200 Français ont été fichés pour le compte des services secrets des Émirats arabes unis |language=fr |work=Mediapart |url=https://www.mediapart.fr/journal/international/070723/plus-de-200-francais-ont-ete-fiches-pour-le-compte-des-services-secrets-des-emirats-arabes-unis |access-date=2023-07-16}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE paid [[Mario Brero]], founder of Alp Services, over €5.7 million for his services.{{cn|date=August 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In June 2023, a flight carrying humanitarian aid landed at Entebbe airport in [[Uganda]] for Sudanese refugees. Ugandan officials said instead of the food and medical supplies, the cargo plane was filled with ammunition, assault rifles, and other small arms. As per the Ugandan officials, they were ordered to not inspect the Emirati flights. The aircraft was allegedly carrying arms for [[Mohamed Hamdan Dagalo]]&#039;s [[Rapid Support Forces]], via [[Chad]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Bariyo |first1=Nicholas |last2=Faucon |first2=Benoit |date=2023-08-10 |title=A U.S. Ally Promised to Send Aid to Sudan. It Sent Weapons Instead |language=en |work=The Wall Street Journal |url=https://www.wsj.com/articles/a-u-s-ally-promised-to-send-aid-to-sudan-it-sent-weapons-instead-82d396f|access-date=2023-08-23}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, the UAE government denied the allegations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=2023-08-13 |title=UAE refutes allegation regarding supplying arms and ammunition to warring parties in Sudan |language=en |work=mofa.gov.ae |url=https://www.mofa.gov.ae/en/mediahub/news/2023/8/13/13-8-2023-uae-sudan|access-date=2023-08-23}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Military ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|United Arab Emirates Armed Forces}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F-16e block60.jpg|thumb|left|[[United Arab Emirates Air Force]] F-16 Block 60 &amp;quot;[[General Dynamics F-16 Fighting Falcon variants#F-16E/F Block 60|Desert Falcon]]&amp;quot;, taking off from the [[Lockheed Martin]] plant in [[Fort Worth, Texas]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates military force was formed in 1971 from the historical [[Trucial Oman Scouts]], long a symbol of public order in [[Eastern Arabia]] and commanded by British officers. The Trucial Oman Scouts were turned over to the United Arab Emirates, as the nucleus of its defence forces in 1971, with the formation of the UAE, and was absorbed into the [[Union Defence Force (UAE)|Union Defence Force]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although initially small in number, the UAE armed forces have grown significantly over the years and are presently equipped with some of the most modern weapon systems, purchased from a variety of western military advanced countries, mainly France, the US and the UK. Most officers are graduates of the United Kingdom&#039;s [[Royal Military Academy Sandhurst|Royal Military Academy]] at [[Sandhurst, Berkshire|Sandhurst]], with others having attended the [[United States Military Academy]] at [[West Point, New York|West Point]], the [[Royal Military College, Duntroon]] in Australia, and [[École spéciale militaire de Saint-Cyr|St Cyr]], the military academy of France. France and the United States have played the most strategically significant roles with defence cooperation agreements and military material provision.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=UAE confirms discussions with France on purchase of Rafale aircraft|url=http://www.wam.org.ae/servlet/Satellite?c=WamLocEnews&amp;amp;cid=1200074664706&amp;amp;p=1135099400124&amp;amp;pagename=WAM%2FWamLocEnews%2FW-T-LEN-FullNews|agency=Emirates News Agency|date=5 June 2008|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130509014605/http://www.wam.org.ae/servlet/Satellite?c=WamLocEnews&amp;amp;cid=1200074664706&amp;amp;p=1135099400124&amp;amp;pagename=WAM%2FWamLocEnews%2FW-T-LEN-FullNews|archive-date=9 May 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the UAE military deployments include an infantry battalion to the United Nations [[UNOSOM II]] force in [[Somalia]] in 1993, the 35th Mechanised Infantry Battalion to [[Kosovo]], a regiment to Kuwait during the [[Iraq War]], [[demining]] operations in [[Lebanon]], [[Operation Enduring Freedom]] in [[Afghanistan]], [[2011 military intervention in Libya|American-led intervention in Libya]], [[American-led intervention in the Syrian Civil War|American-led intervention in Syria]], and the [[Saudi-led intervention in Yemen]]. The active and effective military role, despite its small active personnel, has led the UAE military to be nicknamed as &amp;quot;Little Sparta&amp;quot; by [[United States Armed Forces]] Generals and former US defense secretary [[James Mattis]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=In the UAE, the United States has a quiet, potent ally nicknamed &#039;Little Sparta&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/in-the-uae-the-united-states-has-a-quiet-potent-ally-nicknamed-little-sparta/2014/11/08/3fc6a50c-643a-11e4-836c-83bc4f26eb67_story.html|newspaper=The Washington Post|access-date=15 September 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE intervened in the [[Libyan Civil War (2014–present)|Libyan Civil War]] in support of General [[Khalifa Haftar]]&#039;s [[Libyan National Army]] in its conflict with the internationally recognised [[Government of National Accord]] (GNA).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=UAE and Egypt behind bombing raids against Libyan militias, say US officials |url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2014/aug/26/united-arab-emirates-bombing-raids-libyan-militias |work=The Guardian |date=26 August 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Libya migrant attack: UN investigators suspect foreign jet bombed centre |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-50302602 |work=BBC News |date=6 November 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=UAE implicated in lethal drone strike in Libya |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-53917791 |work=BBC News |date=27 August 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of the military assets deployed include the enforcement of the [[Operation Odyssey Dawn|no-fly-zone over Libya]] by sending six [[UAEAF]] [[F-16]] and six [[Dassault Mirage 2000|Mirage 2000]] [[Multirole combat aircraft|multi-role fighter aircraft]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-12806112|title=Libya no-fly zone: Coalition firepower|newspaper=BBC News|access-date=25 December 2014|date=21 October 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ground troop deployment in Afghanistan,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.thenational.ae/world/europe/nato-officially-initiates-uae-into-afghan-mission-1.749833|title=Nato officially initiates UAE into Afghan mission|author=The National|date=12 July 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; 30 UAEAF F-16s and ground troops deployment in Southern Yemen,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;repel&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://english.alarabiya.net/en/News/middle-east/2015/03/26/GCC-states-to-repel-Houthi-aggression-in-Yemen-statement-.html|publisher=Al Arabiya|title=Saudi warplanes bomb Houthi positions in Yemen|date=25 March 2015|access-date=25 March 2015|url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150402125058/http://english.alarabiya.net/en/News/middle-east/2015/03/26/GCC-states-to-repel-Houthi-aggression-in-Yemen-statement-.html |archive-date=2 April 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and helping the US launch its first airstrikes against [[Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant|ISIL]] targets in Syria.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=US launches air strikes against Isil in Syria|url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/syria/11114991/US-launches-air-strikes-against-Isil-in-Syria-live.html |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/syria/11114991/US-launches-air-strikes-against-Isil-in-Syria-live.html |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live|work=The Telegraph|date=24 September 2014|last1=Winch|first1=Jessica}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has begun production of a greater amount of military equipment, in a bid to reduce foreign dependence and help with national industrialisation. Example of national military development include the Abu Dhabi Shipbuilding company (ADSB), which produces a range of ships and is a prime contractor in the [[Baynunah-class corvette|Baynunah Programme]], a programme to design, develop and produce corvettes customised for operation in the shallow waters of the [[Persian Gulf]]. The UAE is also producing weapons and ammunition through [[Caracal International]], military transport vehicles through [[NIMR (vehicle manufacturer)|Nimr LLC]] and unmanned aerial vehicles collectively through [[Emirates Defence Industries Company]]. The UAE operates the [[General Dynamics F-16 Fighting Falcon]] F-16E Block 60 unique variant unofficially called &amp;quot;[[General Dynamics F-16 Fighting Falcon variants#F-16E/F Block 60|Desert Falcon]]&amp;quot;, developed by [[General Dynamics]] with collaboration of the UAE and specifically for the [[United Arab Emirates Air Force]].&amp;lt;ref name=fg1&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.flightglobal.com/articles/2007/11/11/219363/dubai-2007-uae-shows-off-its-most-advanced-falcons.html |title=Dubai 2007: UAE shows off its most advanced Falcons |website=[[Flightglobal]] |date=11 November 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[United Arab Emirates Army]] operates a customized [[Leclerc tank]] and is the only other operator of the tank aside from the French Army.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://nationalinterest.org/blog/buzz/one-tough-tank-why-frances-leclerc-one-best-planet-44577|title=One Tough Tank: Why France&#039;s Leclerc Is One of the Best on the Planet|publisher=nationalinterest.org|date=19 February 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest defence exhibition and conference in the Middle East, [[International Defence Exhibition]], takes place biennially in Abu Dhabi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE introduced a [[Mandatory National Service in United Arab Emirates|mandatory military service]] for adult males, since 2014, for 16 months to expand its reserve force.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-emirates-military/uae-extends-compulsory-military-service-to-16-months-idUSKBN1JY093|title=UAE extends compulsory military service to 16 months|work=Reuters|date=8 July 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highest loss of life in the history of UAE military occurred on Friday 4 September 2015, in which 52 soldiers were killed in [[Ma&#039;rib|Marib]] area of central Yemen by a [[OTR-21 Tochka|Tochka]] missile which targeted a weapons cache and caused a large explosion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|title = UAE, Bahrain say 50 soldiers killed in Yemen attack|url = http://uk.reuters.com/article/uk-yemen-security-idUKKCN0R40V120150904|access-date = 17 September 2015|newspaper = Reuters|date = 4 September 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== {{anchor|Political divisions}}Administrative divisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Politics of the United Arab Emirates|List of cities in the United Arab Emirates|Emirates of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{UAE midsize imagemap with emirate names}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates comprises seven emirates. The [[Emirate of Dubai]] is the most populous emirate with 35.6% of the UAE population. The [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi]] has 31.2%, meaning that over two-thirds of the UAE population lives in either Abu Dhabi or Dubai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abu Dhabi has an area of {{convert|67340|km2|0|abbr=off}}, which is 86.7% of the country&#039;s total area, excluding the islands. It has a coastline extending for more than {{convert|400|km|-1|abbr=on}} and is divided for administrative purposes into three major regions.&lt;br /&gt;
The Emirate of Dubai extends along the Persian Gulf coast of the UAE for approximately {{convert|72|km|0|abbr=on}}. Dubai has an area of {{convert|3885|km2|0|abbr=off}}, which is equivalent to 5% of the country&#039;s total area, excluding the islands. The Emirate of Sharjah extends along approximately {{convert|16|km|0|abbr=on}} of the UAE&#039;s Persian Gulf coastline and for more than {{convert|80|km|0|abbr=on}} into the interior. The northern emirates which include Fujairah, Ajman, Ras al-Khaimah, and [[Umm al-Quwain|Umm al-Qaiwain]] all have a total area of {{convert|3881|km2|0|abbr=off}}. There are two areas under joint control. One is jointly controlled by Oman and Ajman, the other by Fujairah and Sharjah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an Omani [[enclave and exclave|exclave]] surrounded by UAE territory, known as [[Madha|Wadi Madha]]. It is located halfway between the [[Musandam Governorate|Musandam]] peninsula and the rest of Oman in the Emirate of [[Sharjah]]. It covers approximately {{convert|75|km2|0|abbr=off}} and the boundary was settled in 1969. The north-east corner of Madha is closest to the Khor Fakkan-Fujairah road, barely {{convert|10|m|ft|abbr=off}} away. Within the Omani exclave of Madha, is a UAE exclave called [[Nahwa]], also belonging to the Emirate of Sharjah. It is about {{convert|8|km|mi|spell=in|abbr=off}} on a dirt track west of the town of New Madha. It consists of about forty houses with its own clinic and telephone exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Law ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Legal system of the United Arab Emirates|Crime in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seealso|LGBT rights in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Police helicopter at sunset (Unsplash).jpg|thumb|[[Dubai Police]] helicopter flying at sunset.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has a federal court system, and the emirates of [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]] and [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras Al Khaimah]] also have local court systems. The UAE&#039;s judicial system is derived from the [[civil law system]] and [[Sharia]] law. The court system consists of civil courts and Sharia courts. Sharia courts have exclusive jurisdiction in Muslim family law matters, while civil courts deal with all other legal matters.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since September 2020, corporal punishment is no longer a legal form of punishment under UAE federal law.  Under the decree, legal forms of punishment are retribution and blood money punishments, capital punishment, life imprisonment, temporary imprisonment incarceration, detention, and fines.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Federal Decree Law No. (15) of 2020 |url=https://www.moj.gov.ae/assets/2021/Federal%20Decree%20Law%20No.%20(15)%20of%202020%20Concerning%20the%20Penal%20Code.pdf.aspx |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230531203636/https://www.moj.gov.ae/assets/2021/Federal%20Decree%20Law%20No.%20(15)%20of%202020%20Concerning%20the%20Penal%20Code.pdf.aspx |archive-date=31 May 2023 |access-date=8 June 2023 |website=Ministry of Justice |at=Pages 1, Article 1 &amp;quot;The provisions of the Islamic Shari’a shall apply to the retribution and blood money crimes. Other crimes and their respective punishments shall be provided for in accordance with the provisions of this Law and other applicable penal codes&amp;quot;. |publication-date=27 September 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Article 1 of the Federal Penal Code was amended in 2020 to state that Islamic Law applies only to retribution and blood money punishments; previously the article stated that &amp;quot;provisions of the [[Islamic Law]] shall apply to the crimes of doctrinal punishment, punitive punishment and blood money.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Federal Law No (3) of 1987 on Issuance of the Penal Code |url=https://www.unodc.org/tldb/showDocument.do?documentUid=6385&amp;amp;country=UAE |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130525044622/https://www.unodc.org/tldb/showDocument.do?documentUid=6385&amp;amp;country=UAE |archive-date=25 May 2013 |work=United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Before 2020, [[flogging]], [[stoning]], [[amputation]], and [[crucifixion]] were technically legal punishments for criminal offences such as [[adultery]], [[premarital sex]], and drug or alcohol use.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;usdep&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://2009-2017.state.gov/j/drl/rls/hrrpt/2013/nea/220380.htm|title=2013 Human Rights Reports: United Arab Emirates|work=[[US Department of State]]|quote=Sharia (Islamic law) courts, which adjudicate criminal and family law, have the option of imposing flogging as punishment for adultery, [[prostitution]], consensual premarital sex, pregnancy outside marriage, defamation of character, and drug or alcohol abuse.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.humanrightsvoices.org/EYEontheUN/un_101/figures/?p=2484|title=U.N. Commission on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice: United Arab Emirates|work=Human Rights Voices|access-date=12 February 2016|archive-date=11 November 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201111230016/http://www.humanrightsvoices.org/EYEontheUN/un_101/figures/?p=2484|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent history, the UAE has declared its intention to move towards a more tolerant legal code, and to phase out corporal punishment altogether in favor of private punishment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=United Arab Emirates {{!}} Global Initiative to End All Corporal Punishment of Children |url=https://endcorporalpunishment.org/reports-on-every-state-and-territory/united-arab-emirates/ |access-date=24 April 2022 |language=en-GB}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; With alcohol and cohabitation laws being loosened in advance of the [[Expo 2020|2020 World Expo]], Emirati laws have become increasingly acceptable to visitors from non-Muslim countries.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The United Arab Emirates relaxes laws on alcohol – Drinks International – The global choice for drinks buyers |url=https://drinksint.com/news/fullstory.php/aid/9215/The_United_Arab_Emirates_relaxes_laws_on_alcohol.html |access-date=25 April 2022 |website=drinksint.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai Police at work (12385410394) (cropped).jpg|thumb|left|[[Dubai Police]] super-car motorcade at [[Jumeirah Road]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sharia courts have exclusive jurisdiction over Muslim family law matters such as marriage, divorce, child custody, and inheritance.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;maleguardian&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=6 August 2014 |title=Divorcees, widows concerned about receiving &#039;permission&#039; before remarrying |url=http://www.thenational.ae/uae/courts/divorcees-widows-concerned-about-receiving-permission-before-remarrying#ixzz3F1sb6IYa |work=[[The National (Abu Dhabi)|The National]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Sebugwaawo |first=Ismail |title=New Abu Dhabi marriage law: 4-step guide for tourists, expats to tie the knot |url=https://www.khaleejtimes.com/legal/explainer-how-expats-tourists-can-get-married-under-abu-dhabis-new-family-law |access-date=2023-06-08 |website=Khaleej Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Muslim women must receive permission from a male guardian to marry and remarry. This requirement is derived from [[Sharia]] law and has been federal law since 2005.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;maleguardian&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; It is illegal for Muslim women to marry non-Muslims and is punishable by law.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;religiousfreedom&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=United Arab Emirates International Religious Freedom Report, Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor (2009) |url=https://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2009/127360.htm |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091031224349/http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2009/127360.htm |archive-date=31 October 2009 |work=U.S. Department of State}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Non-Muslim expatriates were liable to Sharia rulings on marriage, divorce, child custody and inheritance, however, federal law was changed to introduce non-Sharia personal status law for non-Muslims.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-28638553 Britons &#039;liable to Sharia divorces&#039; in UAE]. Bbc.co.uk. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Husain |first=Zainab |date=2022-12-27 |title=New UAE law for non-Muslims – 5 criteria for civil marriage |url=https://gulfnews.com/living-in-uae/ask-us/new-uae-law-for-non-muslims--5-criteria-for-civil-marriage-1.1672143291028 |access-date=2023-06-08 |website=gulfnews.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Recently, the emirate of Abu Dhabi opened a civil law family court for non-Muslims and Dubai has announced that non-Muslims can opt for civil marriages.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Abdulla |first=Nasreen |title=New UAE law: Dubai residents can now get marriage licences in 24 hours |url=https://www.khaleejtimes.com/uae/new-uae-law-dubai-residents-can-now-get-marriage-licences-in-24-hours |access-date=2023-06-08 |website=Khaleej Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lia&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Apostasy]] is a technically [[Capital punishment|capital crime]] in the UAE, however, there are no documented cases of apostates being executed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Evans, Robert. (9 December 2013) [https://www.reuters.com/article/us-religion-atheists-idUSBRE9B900G20131210 Atheists face death in 13 countries, global discrimination: study]. Reuters. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The International Briefing: Persecution of Atheists and Apostates |url=http://beaveronline.co.uk/the-international-briefing-persecution-of-atheists-and-apostates/ |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150428131415/http://beaveronline.co.uk/the-international-briefing-persecution-of-atheists-and-apostates/ |archive-date=28 April 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Blasphemy#Punishment and definition|Blasphemy]] is illegal; expatriates involved in insulting Islam are liable for deportation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=22 July 2015 |title=UAE to deport expats abusing religions |url=http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/uae-to-deport-expats-abusing-religions-2015-07-22-1.597619 |work=Emirates 247}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;shar&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal |author=Butti Sultan Butti Ali Al-Muhairi |year=1996 |title=The Islamisation of Laws in the UAE: The Case of the Penal Code |journal=Arab Law Quarterly |volume=11 |issue=4 |pages=350–371 |doi=10.2307/3381546 |jstor=3381546}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Al-Muhairi (1997), Conclusion to the Series of Articles on the UAE Penal Law. Arab Law Quarterly, Vol. 12, No. 4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[LGBT rights in the United Arab Emirates|Sodomy]] is illegal and is punishable by a minimum of 6-month imprisonment or a fine or both, but the law does not apply &amp;quot;except on the basis of a complaint from the husband or legal guardian&amp;quot;, but the penalty may be suspended if the complaint is waived.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-06-05 |title=UAE: Sweeping Legal &#039;Reforms&#039; Deepen Repression |url=https://www.hrw.org/news/2022/06/05/uae-sweeping-legal-reforms-deepen-repression |access-date=2023-06-21 |website=Human Rights Watch |language=en |quote=&amp;quot;Under the 2021 law, if men and women have sex outside of marriage, the act carries a penalty of no less than six months imprisonment. Sodomy with an adult male is also criminalized under the law. In both cases, the offenses can only be prosecuted on the basis of a complaint by a husband or male guardian.&amp;quot;}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2013, an Emirati man was on trial for being accused of a &amp;quot;gay handshake&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;arc.com&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Man Accused of &#039;Gay Handshake&#039; Stands Trial in Dubai |url=http://www.care2.com/causes/man-accused-of-gay-handshake-stands-trial-in-dubai.html |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151030104723/http://www.care2.com/causes/man-accused-of-gay-handshake-stands-trial-in-dubai.html |archive-date=30 October 2015 |access-date=11 January 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to local customs, public shows of affection in certain public places are illegal and could result in [[deportation]], but holding hands is tolerated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Simpson |first=Colin |date=2013-07-04 |title=The rules are clear, says lawyer: no kissing allowed in Dubai |url=https://www.thenationalnews.com/uae/heritage/2023/03/06/the-rules-are-clear-says-lawyer-no-kissing-allowed-in-dubai/ |access-date=2023-06-21 |website=The National |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Expats in Dubai have been deported for kissing in public.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc.com&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://www.bbc.com/news/10507147 London man tells of &#039;shock&#039; jailing in Dubai over kiss]. Bbc.com. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In several cases, the courts of the UAE have jailed women who have reported rape.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|title = UAE imprisoning rape victims under extramarital sex laws – investigation |url = https://www.theguardian.com/world/2015/oct/26/hundreds-of-women-prosecuted-for-extramarital-sex-in-uae-finds-bbc|newspaper = The Guardian|date = 26 October 2015|author = Topping, Alexandra}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cnn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.cnn.com/2013/07/22/world/meast/uae-norway-rape-controversy/index.html|title=Dubai ruler pardons Norwegian woman convicted after she reported rape|work=CNN.com|access-date=10 September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;reuters&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tdb&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thedailybeast.com/witw/articles/2013/07/30/dubai-s-progressive-charade.html|title=Dubai&#039;s Progressive Charade|work=[[The Daily Beast]]|access-date=12 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nydaily&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= http://www.nydailynews.com/news/world/dubai-rape-vic-arrested-drinking-article-1.1214682 |title=Gang-rape victim in Dubai arrested for drinking alcohol: report|work=[[New York Daily News]]|date=6 December 2012 |access-date=12 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;latimes&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/babylonbeyond/2010/06/the-court-in-abu-dhabi-ruled-today-that-the-18-year-old-emirati-woman-who-accused-six-men-of-gang-rape-will-serve-a-one-year.html|title=Dubai: Victim of gang rape sentenced to one year in prison|date= 17 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Federal law in the UAE prohibits swearing on social media.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;inde&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |date=16 June 2015 |title=Swearing on WhatsApp &#039;will result in £40,000 fine and deportation, UAE rules&#039; |work=[[The Independent]] |url=https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/middle-east/swearing-on-whatsapp-will-result-in-40000-fine-and-deportation-uae-rules-10324188.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=16 June 2015|title=British Expats Face Being Deported From UAE For Swearing on WhatsApp|url=https://uk.news.yahoo.com/british-expats-face-being-deported-from-uae-for-swearing-on-whatsapp-161318056.html#GTeWLi4|work=Yahoo News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dancing in public is illegal in the UAE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |date=23 October 2012 |title=Criminal Law of Dubai |url=http://www.lawyersuae.com/court-cases/criminal-law-of-dubai |publisher=lawyersuae.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=المشارق |url=http://al-shorfa.com/en_GB/articles/meii/features/2009/03/20/feature-03 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141219073733/http://al-shorfa.com/en_GB/articles/meii/features/2009/03/20/feature-03 |archive-date=19 December 2014 |access-date=15 February 2015 |work=al-shorfa.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.arabnews.com/node/322024 No dancing in public: Dubai]. Arab News (15 March 2009). Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In November 2020, UAE announced that it decriminalised alcohol, lifted the ban on unmarried couples living together, and ended lenient punishment on [[honor killing]]. Foreigners living in the Emirates were allowed to follow their native country&#039;s laws on divorce and inheritance.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/nov/07/united-arab-emirates-to-relax-islamic-laws-on-personal-freedoms|title=UAE decriminalises alcohol and lifts ban on unmarried couples living together|access-date=9 November 2020|website=The Guardian|date=9 November 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Human rights ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Human rights in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple issues|section=yes|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Excessive citations|date=February 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Undue weight|date=February 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The annual [[Freedom House]] report on [[Freedom in the World]] has listed the United Arab Emirates as &amp;quot;Not Free&amp;quot; every year since 1999, the first year for which records are available on their website.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;United Arab Emirates Reports&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2014/united-arab-emirates|title=United Arab Emirates Reports|work=Freedom House|access-date=7 May 2015|date=22 August 2014|archive-date=13 May 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150513050714/https://www.freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2014/united-arab-emirates|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has escaped the [[Arab Spring]]; however, more than 100 Emirati activists were jailed and [[tortured]] because they sought reforms.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;amnesty.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=18 November 2014|title=UAE: Ruthless crackdown on dissent exposes &#039;ugly reality&#039; beneath façade of glitz and glamour|url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2014/11/uae-ruthless-crackdown-dissent-exposes-ugly-reality-beneath-fa-ade-glitz-and-glamour/|website=[[Amnesty International]]|publisher=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;amnesty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/mde_250182014.pdf|title=Silencing dissent in the UAE |publisher=[[Amnesty International]]|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://archive.today/2017.02.19-213453/http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/mde_250182014.pdf|archive-date=19 February 2017|access-date=19 February 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since 2011, the UAE government has increasingly carried out [[forced disappearances]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/documents/mde25/018/2014/en/|title=Silencing dissent in the UAE|pages=16–29, 35–45|publisher=Amnesty International|access-date=20 November 2018|archive-date=4 September 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190904111528/https://www.amnesty.org/en/documents/mde25/018/2014/en/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;aohr&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;hrw&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://www.hrw.org/news/2012/09/14/uae-enforced-disappearance-and-torture UAE: Enforced Disappearance and Torture|Human Rights Watch]. Hrw.org. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.ic4jhr.net/en/activites/statements/19-uae-enforced-disappearances-continue.html Human Rights in the United – UAE: Enforced disappearances continue] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151126101711/http://www.ic4jhr.net/en/activites/statements/19-uae-enforced-disappearances-continue.html|date=26 November 2015}}. Ic4jhr.net. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.echr.org.uk/?p=1214 Emirati victim of enforced disappearance seen in state security prison » Emirates Centre for Human Rights]. Echr.org.uk (14 March 2014). Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.middleeasteye.net/news/uae-must-reveal-whereabouts-disappeared-libyans-and-emiratis-human-rights-watch-788745470 UAE must reveal whereabouts of &#039;disappeared&#039; Libyans and Emiratis: HRW]. Middle East Eye (6 October 2014). Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many foreign nationals and Emirati citizens have been arrested and abducted by the state. The UAE government denies these people are being held (to conceal their whereabouts), placing these people outside the protection of the law.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;amnesty&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;aohr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://aohr.org.uk/images/releases/forced-disappearance-torture-in-UAE.pdf|title=Forced Disappearances and Torture in the United Arab Emirates|date=November 2014|work=Arab Organisation for Human Rights|access-date=4 February 2016|archive-date=15 January 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160115030038/http://aohr.org.uk/images/releases/forced-disappearance-torture-in-UAE.pdf|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/articles/middle-east/15084-uaes-crackdown-on-democracy-short-sighted UAE&#039;s crackdown on democracy short-sighted] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151126114449/https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/articles/middle-east/15084-uaes-crackdown-on-democracy-short-sighted |date=26 November 2015 }}. Middleeastmonitor.com. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to Human Rights Watch, the reports of forced disappearance and torture in the UAE are of grave concern.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;hrw&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Arab Organization for Human Rights]] has obtained testimonies from many defendants, for its report on &amp;quot;Forced Disappearance and Torture in the UAE&amp;quot;, who reported that they had been kidnapped, tortured and abused in detention centres.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;aohr&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The report included 16 different methods of torture including severe beatings, threats with [[electrocution]] and denying access to medical care.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;aohr&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2013, 94 Emirati activists were held in secret detention centres and put on trial for allegedly attempting to overthrow the government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2013/mar/06/uae-trial-94-activists|title=The UAE&#039;s bizarre, political trial of 94 activists|work=[[The Guardian]]|author=Hearst, David|year=2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Human rights organizations have spoken out against the secrecy of the trial. An Emirati, whose father is among the defendants, was arrested for tweeting about the trial. In April 2013, he was sentenced to 10 months in jail.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Man faces 10 months jail for tweets about trial in UAE|url=http://www.cnn.com/2013/04/11/world/meast/uae-twitter-jail/|access-date=18 April 2013|publisher=CNN|date=11 April 2013 |author=Brumfield, Ben|author2=Faraj, Caroline|author3=Abedine, Saad}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The latest forced disappearance involves [[Disappearance of the Al-Suwaidi sisters|three sisters from Abu Dhabi]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Amnesty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://www.amnesty.org/en/articles/news/2015/02/uae-three-women-held-in-secret-detention-over-tweets/ UAE Three women held in secret detention over tweets|Amnesty International]. Amnesty.org (27 February 2015). Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repressive measures were also used against non-Emiratis in order to justify the UAE government&#039;s claim that there is an &amp;quot;international plot&amp;quot; in which UAE citizens and foreigners were working together to destabilize the country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Foreign nationals were also subjected to a campaign of deportations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Foreign nationals subjected to forced disappearance include two [[Libyans]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.hrw.org/news/2014/10/05/uae-reveal-whereabouts-disappeared-libyans UAE: Reveal Whereabouts of &#039;Disappeared&#039; Libyans | Human Rights Watch]. Hrw.org. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and two Qataris.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;qta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/uaa25614.pdf|title=Urgent Action: Enforced Disappearance of Qatari Nationals|publisher=[[Amnesty International]]|access-date=25 December 2014|archive-date=25 December 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141225122354/http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/uaa25614.pdf|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Amnesty International]] reported that the Qatari men have been abducted by the UAE government and the UAE government has withheld information about the men&#039;s fate from their families.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;forced&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;qta&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In recent years, many [[Shia Muslim]] expatriates have been deported from the UAE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|url=http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Politics/2013/Jul-04/222502-shiites-deported-from-gulf-lament-injustice.ashx|title=Shiites deported from Gulf lament injustice|journal=Daily Star|date=4 July 2013|access-date=25 December 2014|archive-date=21 August 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180821124726/http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Politics/2013/Jul-04/222502-shiites-deported-from-gulf-lament-injustice.ashx|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|url=http://www.rte.ie/news/2013/0705/460684-syria-hezbollah/|title=Concern over deportations from Gulf Arab states|journal=RTÉ.ie|date=5 July 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Wigglesworth |first1=Robin |title=UAE urged to allow appeal on deportations |url=http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/37f1883c-934d-11df-bb9a-00144feab49a.html |access-date=16 June 2021 |work=[[Financial Times]] |date=19 July 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170525062330/https://www.ft.com/content/37f1883c-934d-11df-bb9a-00144feab49a |archive-date=25 May 2017 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Lebanese Shia families in particular have been deported for their alleged sympathy for [[Hezbollah]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.globalpost.com/dispatch/lebanon/091030/uae-iran-shiites-lebanon|title=UAE deportations raise questions in Lebanon|work=Global Post|date=July 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.naharnet.com/stories/en/90286|title=Lebanese Shiites Ousted from Gulf over Hizbullah Ties|publisher=naharnet.com|date=July 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.al-monitor.com/originals/2013/01/lebanese-uae-fears-deportation.html|title=Lebanese Living in UAE Fear Deportation|work=Al Monitor|year=2013|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141016142536/http://www.al-monitor.com/pulse/originals/2013/01/lebanese-uae-fears-deportation.html|archive-date=16 October 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.al-monitor.com/originals/2013/02/uae-deports-lebanese-expatriates.html|title=UAE Deports 125 Lebanese Citizens|work=Al Monitor|year=2013|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141225122306/http://www.al-monitor.com/pulse/originals/2013/02/uae-deports-lebanese-expatriates.html|archive-date=25 December 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.hrw.org/news/2010/07/19/uaelebanon-allow-lebanesegazan-deportees-appeal|title=UAE/Lebanon: Allow Lebanese/Palestinian Deportees to Appeal|publisher=Human Rights Watch|year=2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.al-monitor.com/pulse/politics/2012/06/no-lebanese-ambassador-in-abu-dh.html|title=Lebanese Families in UAE Face Deportations on Short Notice|work=Al Monitor|year=2012|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151117022005/http://www.al-monitor.com/pulse/politics/2012/06/no-lebanese-ambassador-in-abu-dh.html|archive-date=17 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to some organizations, more than 4,000 Shia expatriates have been deported from the UAE in recent years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Luca, Ana Maria (5 June 2013) [https://web.archive.org/web/20141225122615/https://now.mmedia.me/lb/en/reportsfeatures/hezbollah-and-the-gulf Hezbollah and the Gulf]. mmedia.me&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://majlis.org.uk/thousands-of-shias-coercively-deported-from-uae/ Thousands of Shias Coercively deported from UAE – Majlis-e-Ulama-e-Shia Europe] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141225122717/http://majlis.org.uk/thousands-of-shias-coercively-deported-from-uae/ |date=25 December 2014 }}. Majlis.org.uk. Retrieved on 21 August 2018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The issue of [[sexual abuse]] among female [[domestic workers]] is another area of concern, particularly given that domestic servants are not covered by the UAE labour law of 1980 or the draft labour law of 2007.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Whitson, Sarah Leah|url=https://www.hrw.org/en/news/2007/03/24/uae-draft-labor-law-violates-international-standards|title=UAE: Draft Labor Law Violates International Standards |publisher=Human Rights Watch|date=24 March 2007}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Worker protests have been suppressed and protesters imprisoned without due process.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://in.reuters.com/article/idINIndia-32118620080224|title=Indian workers jailed in Dubai over violent protest|work=Reuters|date=24 February 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In its 2013 Annual Report, [[Amnesty International]] drew attention to the United Arab Emirates&#039; poor record on a number of human rights issues. They highlighted the government&#039;s restrictive approach to freedom of speech and assembly, their use of [[arbitrary arrest and detention|arbitrary arrest]] and torture, and UAE&#039;s use of the death penalty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/region/uae/report-2013|title=Annual Report 2013|publisher=Amnesty International|access-date=2 April 2014|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140410131431/http://www.amnesty.org/en/region/uae/report-2013|archive-date=10 April 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The state security apparatus in the UAE has been accused of a series of atrocities and human rights abuses including enforced disappearance, arbitrary arrests and torture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Human Rights in The UAE|url=https://www.amnesty.org/en/region/uae|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150213013240/http://www.amnesty.org/en/region/uae|archive-date=13 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Freedom of association is also severely curtailed. All associations and NGOs have to register through the Ministry of Social Affairs and are therefore under de facto State control. About twenty non-political groups operate on the territory without registration. All associations have to be submitted to censorship guidelines and all publications have first to be approved by the government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1=Fanack |title=Stifling Dissent in the UAE|url=https://chronicle.fanack.com/united-arab-emirates/administration-politics/human-rights-uae-modern-facade-bleak-reality/stifling-dissent/|website=Fanack.com|access-date=13 July 2015|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150713130807/https://chronicle.fanack.com/united-arab-emirates/administration-politics/human-rights-uae-modern-facade-bleak-reality/stifling-dissent/|archive-date=13 July 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Migrant workers ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Migrant workers in the United Arab Emirates|Migrant workers in the Gulf Cooperation Council region}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Burj Dubai Construction Workers on 25 January 2008 Pict 2.jpg|thumb|right|Two south Asian [[blue-collar workers]] posing for a picture with the [[Burj Khalifa]] on the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrant workers in the UAE are not allowed to join trade unions or go on strike. Those who strike may risk prison and deportation,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;mig&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://survey.ituc-csi.org/United-Arab-Emirates.html?lang=en#tabs-3&lt;br /&gt;
|title=United Arab Emirates|work=International Trade Union Confederation}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://survey.ituc-csi.org/United-Arab-Emirates.html?lang=en#tabs-2|title=United Arab Emirates|work=International Trade Union Confederation}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as seen in 2014 when dozens of workers were deported for striking.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.theguardian.com/world/2013/dec/22/abu-dhabi-migrant-workers-conditions-shame-west Conditions for Abu Dhabi&#039;s migrant workers &#039;shame the west&#039; | World news]. &#039;&#039;The Guardian&#039;&#039; (22 December 2013). Retrieved on 21 August 2018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[International Trade Union Confederation]] has called on the [[United Nations]] to investigate evidence that thousands of migrant workers in the UAE are treated as slave labour.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2014/sep/13/migrant-workers-uae-gulf-states-un-ituc|title=Call for UN to investigate plight of migrant workers in the UAE|newspaper=The Guardian|date=13 September 2014|last1=Batty|first1=David}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2019, an investigation performed by &#039;&#039;The Guardian&#039;&#039; revealed that thousands of migrant construction workers employed on infrastructure and building projects for the UAE&#039;s [[Expo 2020]] exhibition were working in an unsafe environment. Some were even exposed to potentially fatal situations due to cardiovascular issues. Long hours in the sun made them vulnerable to heat strokes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2019/oct/03/workers-at-dubai-expo-2020-heat-stress|title=Workers at Dubai&#039;s Expo 2020 likely to have suffered dangerous heat stress|access-date=3 October 2019|work=The Guardian|date=3 October 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report in January 2020 highlighted that the employers in the United Arab Emirates have been exploiting the Indian labor and hiring them on [[Travel visa|tourist visas]], which is easier and cheaper than [[work permit]]s. These [[migrant worker]]s are left open to [[Labor rights|labor abuse]], where they also fear reporting exploitation due to their illegal status. Besides, the issue remains unknown as the visit visa data is not maintained in both the UAE and Indian [[Human migration|migration]] and employment records.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://weeklyreviewer.com/tourist-visa-scam-traps-indian-workers-in-abusive-jobs-in-uae-news/|title=Tourist visa scam traps Indian workers in abusive jobs in UAE|date=15 January 2020|access-date=15 January 2020|website=Weekly Reviewer|archive-date=16 January 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200116091345/https://weeklyreviewer.com/tourist-visa-scam-traps-indian-workers-in-abusive-jobs-in-uae-news/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai workers angsana burj.jpg|thumb|left|Dubai construction workers having a lunch break.]]&lt;br /&gt;
In a 22 July 2020 news piece, &#039;&#039;Reuters&#039;&#039; reported [[human rights]] groups as saying conditions had deteriorated because of the [[COVID-19 pandemic]]. Many migrant workers racked up debt and depended on the help of charities. The report cited salary delays and layoffs as a major risk, in addition to overcrowded living conditions, lack of support and problems linked with healthcare and sick pay. Reuters reported at least 200,000 workers, mostly from India but also from Pakistan, Bangladesh, the Philippines and Nepal, had been repatriated, according to their diplomatic missions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-health-coronavirus-emirates-jobs/uaes-migrant-workers-fret-over-future-in-coronavirus-economy-idUSKCN24N0Q7|title=UAE&#039;s migrant workers fret over future in coronavirus economy|access-date=22 July 2020|website=Reuters|date=22 July 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 2 May 2020, the Consul General of India in [[Dubai]], Vipul, confirmed that more than 150,000 Indians in the United Arab Emirates registered to be repatriated through the e-registration option provided by Indian consulates in the UAE. According to the figures, 25% applicants lost their jobs and nearly 15% were stranded in the country due to lockdown. Besides, 50% of the total applicants were from the state of [[Kerala]], India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=150,000 Indians in UAE register to fly home during coronavirus pandemic|url=https://gulfnews.com/uae/150000-indians-in-uae-register-to-fly-home-during-coronavirus-pandemic-1.71297349|access-date=2 May 2020|website=Gulf News|date=2 May 2020 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 9 October 2020, &#039;&#039;The Telegraph&#039;&#039; reported that many migrant workers were left abandoned, as they lost their jobs amidst the tightening economy due to [[COVID-19]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2020/10/09/homeless-migrants-sleep-rough-beneath-dubais-skyscrapers-covid/ |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20220110/https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2020/10/09/homeless-migrants-sleep-rough-beneath-dubais-skyscrapers-covid/ |archive-date=10 January 2022 |url-access=subscription |url-status=live|title=Homeless migrants sleep rough beneath Dubai&#039;s skyscrapers as Covid employment crisis bites|access-date=9 October 2020|website=The Telegraph|date=9 October 2020|last1=Stewart|first1=Ashleigh}}{{cbignore}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various human rights organisations have raised serious concerns about the alleged abuse of migrant workers by major contractors organising Expo 2020. UAE&#039;s business solution provider German Pavilion is also held accountable for abusing migrant workers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20210507-german-company-using-uae-firm-with-record-of-migrant-worker-abuse-rights-group-says/|title=German company using UAE firm with record of migrant worker abuse, rights group says|date=7 May 2021|access-date=7 May 2021|publisher=Middle East Monitor}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Mass media in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|List of newspapers in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Media City (12619096174).jpg|thumb|[[Dubai Media City]] is home to diverse news and tech companies.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE&#039;s [[Media of the United Arab Emirates|media]] is annually classified as &amp;quot;not free&amp;quot; in the [[Freedom of the Press (report)|Freedom of the Press]] report by [[Freedom House]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://freedomhouse.org/reports/publication-archives|title=Publication Archives|website=Freedom House}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE ranks poorly in the annual [[Press Freedom Index]] by [[Reporters without Borders]]. [[Dubai Media City]] is the UAE&#039;s main media zone. The UAE is home to some pan-Arab broadcasters, including the [[Middle East Broadcasting Centre]] and [[Orbit Showtime Network]]. In 2007, Sheikh [[Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum]] decreed that journalists can no longer be prosecuted or imprisoned for reasons relating to their work.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.carnegieendowment.org/files/UAE_APS.doc |title=United Arab Emirates |work=Carnegie Endowment |page=10 |quote=UAE Prime Minister Sheikh Muhammad bin Rashid al-Maktum decreed on September 25, 2007 that journalists can no longer be imprisoned for reasons relating to their work, setting a first for the decriminalization of media offences in the region.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; At the same time, the UAE has made it illegal to disseminate online material that can threaten &amp;quot;public order&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://ejustice.gov.ae/downloads/latest_laws/cybercrimes_5_2012_en.pdf|title=Federal Decree-Law no.5|access-date=30 September 2018|archive-date=25 July 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190725182632/http://ejustice.gov.ae/downloads/latest_laws/cybercrimes_5_2012_en.pdf|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and hands down prison terms for those who &amp;quot;deride or damage&amp;quot; the reputation of the state and &amp;quot;display contempt&amp;quot; for religion. Journalists who are arrested for violating this law are often brutally beaten by the police.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-14704229 |title=United Arab Emirates – Media |work=BBC News |date=15 June 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to UAE Year Book 2013, there are seven Arabic newspapers and eight English language newspapers, as well as a Tagalog newspaper produced and published in the UAE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New media, such as [[Facebook]], [[Twitter]], [[YouTube]] and [[Instagram]] are used widely in the UAE by the government entities and by the public as well.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;u.aeb&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Types of media – The Official Portal of the UAE Government|url=https://u.ae/en/media/media-in-the-uae/types-of-media|access-date=9 August 2021|website=u.ae|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE government avails official social media accounts to communicate with public and hear their needs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;u.aeb&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Economy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--Please add new information to relevant articles of the series--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Burj Khalifa.jpg|thumb|upright|[[Burj Khalifa]], the [[List of tallest buildings and structures in the world|tallest human-made structure in the world]], located in [[Dubai]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has developed from a juxtaposition of Bedouin tribes to one of the world&#039;s wealthiest states in only about 50 years, boasting one of the highest [[List of countries by GDP (PPP) per capita|GDP (PPP) per capita]] figures in the world. Economic growth has been impressive and steady throughout the history of this young confederation of emirates with brief periods of recessions only, e.g. in the global financial and economic crisis years 2008–09, and a couple of more mixed years starting in 2015 and persisting until 2019. Between 2000 and 2018, average real gross domestic product (GDP) growth was at close to 4%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.empyrean-advisors.com/united-arab-emirates-country-analysis/|title=United Arab Emirates – Economic, Social, and Institutional Analysis – Empyrean Advisors|website=www.empyrean-advisors.com|access-date=27 September 2019|archive-date=3 July 2022|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220703122406/https://www.empyrean-advisors.com/united-arab-emirates-country-analysis/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the second largest economy in the [[Gulf Cooperation Council|GCC]] (after [[Saudi Arabia]]),&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Economy2013&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.khaleejtimes.com/kt-article-display-1.asp?section=editorschoice&amp;amp;xfile=/data/editorschoice/2013/December/editorschoice_December12.xml |title=UAE&#039;s economy growth momentum set to pick up |work=[[Khaleej Times]] |date=27 December 2013 |access-date=5 January 2014 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140104225058/http://khaleejtimes.com/kt-article-display-1.asp?xfile=%2Fdata%2Feditorschoice%2F2013%2FDecember%2Feditorschoice_December12.xml&amp;amp;section=editorschoice |archive-date=4 January 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a nominal gross domestic product (GDP) of US$414.2 billion, and a real GDP of 392.8 billion constant 2010 USD in 2018.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Since its independence in 1971, the UAE&#039;s economy has grown by nearly 231 times to 1.45 trillion AED in 2013. The non-oil trade has grown to 1.2 trillion AED, a growth by around 28 times from 1981 to 2012.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Economy2013&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Supported by the world&#039;s seventh-largest oil reserves and aided by prudent investments coupled with a resolute commitment to economic liberalism and strong governmental oversight, the UAE has witnessed its real GDP increase by more than three times over the past four decades. Presently, the UAE is among the wealthiest countries globally, with GDP per capita nearly 80% higher than the OECD average.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As impressive as economic growth has been in the UAE, the total population has increased from just around 550,000 in 1975 to close to 10 million in 2018. This growth is mainly due to the influx of foreign workers into the country, making the national population a minority. The UAE features a unique labour market system, in which residence in the UAE is conditional on stringent visa rules. This system is a major advantage in terms of macroeconomic stability, as labour supply adjusts quickly to demand throughout economic business cycles. This allows the government to keep unemployment in the country on a very low level of less than 3%, and it also gives the government more leeway in terms of macroeconomic policies – where other governments often need to make trade-offs between fighting unemployment and fighting inflation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 2014 and 2018, the accommodation and food, education, information and communication, arts and recreation, and real estate sectors over performed in terms of growth, whereas the construction, logistics, professional services, public, and oil and gas sectors underperformed.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business and finance ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abu dhabi skylines 2014.jpg|thumb|right|[[Abu Dhabi]] skyline]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE offers businesses a strong enabling environment: stable political and macroeconomic conditions, a future-oriented government, good general infrastructure and ICT infrastructure. Moreover, the country has made continuous and convincing improvements to its regulatory environment&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and is ranked as the 26th best nation in the world for doing business by the [[Doing Business Report|Doing Business 2017 Report]] published by the [[World Bank Group]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Doing Business&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.doingbusiness.org/rankings|title=Ranking of Economies|work=[[World Bank Group]]|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110604005151/http://www.forbes.com/feeds/afx/2007/06/12/afx3810988.html|archive-date=4 June 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE are in the top ranks of several other global indices, such as the [[World Economic Forum]]&#039;s (WEF), [[Global Competitiveness Index]] (GCI), the [[World Happiness Report]] (WHR) and 31st in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2022/index.html |title=Global Innovation Index 2022, 15th Edition |website=WIPO |publisher=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]] |year=2022 |isbn=9789280534320 |language=en |doi=10.34667/tind.46596 |access-date=2022-11-16|last1=Dutta |first1=Soumitra |last2=Lanvin |first2=Bruno |last3=Wunsch-Vincent |first3=Sacha |last4=León |first4=Lorena Rivera |last5=World Intellectual Property Organization }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Global Innovation Index 2021  |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2021/|work=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]]|publisher=[[United Nations]]|access-date=5 March 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Economist Intelligence Unit]] (EIU), for example, assigns the UAE rank two regionally in terms of business environment and 22 worldwide. From the 2018 Arab Youth Survey the UAE emerges as the top Arab country in areas such as living, safety and security, economic opportunities, and starting a business, and as an example for other states to emulate.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weaker points remain the level of education across the UAE population, limitations in the financial and labour markets, barriers to trade and some regulations that hinder business dynamism. The major challenge for the country, though, remains translating investments and strong enabling conditions into innovation and creative outputs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UAE law does not allow trade unions to exist.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ituc&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The right to [[collective bargaining]] and the [[right to strike]] are not recognised, and the Ministry of Labour has the power to force workers to go back to work. Migrant workers who participate in a strike can have their work permits cancelled and be deported.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ituc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=http://survey.ituc-csi.org/United-Arab-Emirates.html?edition=336 | title=United Arab Emirates | work=ITUC }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Consequently, there are very few anti-discrimination laws in relation to labour issues, with Emiratis – and other [[Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf|GCC]] Arabs – getting preference in public sector jobs despite lesser credentials than competitors and lower motivation. In fact, just over eighty per cent of Emirati workers hold government posts, with many of the rest taking part in state-owned enterprises such as [[Emirates (airline)|Emirates airlines]] and [[Dubai Properties]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Krane |first=Jim |title=City of Gold: Dubai and the Dream of Capitalism |place=New York |publisher=St. Martin&#039;s Press |year=2009 |pages=[https://archive.org/details/cityofgolddubaid0000kran/page/267 267–270] |isbn=978-0-312-53574-2 |url=https://archive.org/details/cityofgolddubaid0000kran/page/267 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Western nations, including the UK, were also warned by the Emirati Trade Minister, [[Thani bin Ahmed Al Zeyoudi]] to keep politics separate from trade and the economy, as it dilutes the agreements&#039; main objectives. In 2023, Al Zeyoudi indicated that these countries should “tone down” the human and workers&#039; rights provisions in the trade deals, in order to gain greater market access and business opportunities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last1=Boscia |first1=Stefan |last2=Whale |first2=Sebastian |date=2023-03-12 |title=Stay silent on human rights to strike deals, Gulf states tell UK |language=en |work=Politico |url=https://www.politico.eu/article/uk-trade-deal-human-rights-uae-minister-thani-bin-ahmed-al-zeyoudi-gulf-cooperation-council/|access-date=2023-06-13}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE&#039;s monetary policy stresses stability and predictability. The [[Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates|Central Bank of the UAE]] (CBUAE) keeps a peg to the US Dollar (USD) and moves interest rates close to the [[Federal funds rate|Federal Funds Rate]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to [[Fitch Ratings]], the decline in property sector follows risks of progressively worsening the quality of assets in possession with UAE banks, leading the economy to rougher times ahead. Even though as compared to retail and property, UAE banks fared well. The higher US interest rates followed since 2016 – which the UAE currency complies to – have boosted profitability. However, the likelihood of plunging interest rates and increasing provisioning costs on bad loans, point to difficult times ahead for the [[economy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.ft.com/content/3d537bae-cf30-11e9-b018-ca4456540ea6 |archive-url=https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20221210/https://www.ft.com/content/3d537bae-cf30-11e9-b018-ca4456540ea6 |archive-date=10 December 2022 |url-access=subscription|title= UAE banks prepare for rough ride ahead|access-date=18 October 2019|website=Financial Times|date= 18 October 2019|last1= Kerr|first1= Simeon}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai Marina Skyline.jpg|thumb|right|[[Dubai Marina]] skyline]]&lt;br /&gt;
Since 2015, economic growth has been more mixed due to a number of factors impacting both demand and supply. In 2017 and 2018 growth has been positive but on a low level of 0.8 and 1.4%, respectively. To support the economy the government is currently following an expansionary fiscal policy. However, the effects of this policy are partially offset by monetary policy, which has been contractionary. If not for the fiscal stimulus in 2018, the UAE economy would probably have contracted in that year. One of the factors responsible for slower growth has been a credit crunch, which is due to, among other factors, higher interest rates. Government debt has remained on a low level, despite high deficits in a few recent years. Risks related to government debt remain low. Inflation has been picking up in 2017 and 18. Contributing factors were the introduction of a [[Value-added tax|value added tax]] (VAT) of 5%&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=UAE VAT calculator – Tax Calculator |url=https://vat201.com/ |access-date=2022-11-28 |website=VAT 201 Vat Calculator |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in 2018 as well as higher commodity prices. Despite the government&#039;s expansionary fiscal policy and a growing economy in 2018 and at the beginning of 2019, prices have been dropping in late 2018 and 2019 owing to oversupply in some sectors of importance to consumer prices.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has an attractive tax system for companies and wealthy individuals, making it a preferred destination for companies seeking [[tax avoidance]]. The NGO [[Tax Justice Network]] places them in 2021 in the group of the ten largest [[tax havens]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.lorientlejour.com/article/1254738/les-emirats-arabes-unis-dans-le-top-10-des-paradis-fiscaux-selon-une-ong.html|title=Les Emirats arabes unis dans le top 10 des paradis fiscaux, selon une ONG|date=9 March 2021|website=L&#039;Orient-Le Jour}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2023, the UAE&#039;s legal system fell under international scrutiny, as the [[Member of Parliament (United Kingdom)|members of the British Parliament]] opened an inquiry into how the foreign business executives are treated in the country, in case of accusations of breaking the law.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |last=Dudley |first=Dominic |date=2023-06-21 |title=UK Parliament Starts Inquiry Into UAE&#039;s &#039;Scandalous&#039; Treatment Of Foreign Business Execs |language=en |work=Forbes |url=https://www.forbes.com/sites/dominicdudley/2023/06/21/uk-parliament-starts-inquiry-into-uaes-scandalous-treatment-of-foreign-business-execs/?sh=69733d7d4272|access-date=2023-06-27}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== VAT ===&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE government implemented [[Value-added tax|value added tax]] (VAT) in the country from January 1, 2018 at a standard rate of 5%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Value Added Tax (VAT) – The Official Portal of the UAE Government |url=https://u.ae/en/information-and-services/finance-and-investment/taxation/valueaddedtaxvat#:~:text=The%20rate%20of%20VAT%20is,provide%20high-quality%20public%20services. |access-date=2022-11-28 |website=u.ae |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oil and gas ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ADNOC Refining Ruwais Site-187.jpg|thumb|[[Ruwais Refinery]] is the fourth-largest single-site oil refinery in the world and the biggest in the Middle East.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE leadership initiated economic diversification efforts even before the oil price crash in the 1980s, resulting in the UAE having the most diversified economy in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region at present. Although the oil and gas sector continues to be significant to the UAE economy, these efforts have yielded great resilience during periods of oil price fluctuations and economic turbulence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2018, the oil and gas sector contributed 26% to overall GDP. The introduction of the [[Value-added tax|VAT]] has provided the government with an additional source of income – approximately 6% of the total revenue in 2018, or 27 billion [[United Arab Emirates dirham|United Arab Emirates Dirham]] (AED) – affording its fiscal policy more independence from oil- and gas-related revenue, which constitutes about 36% of the total government revenue. While the government may still adjust the exact arrangement of the VAT, it is not likely that any new taxes will be introduced in the foreseeable future. Additional taxes would destroy one of the UAE&#039;s main enticements for businesses to operate in the country and put a heavy burden on the economy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The UAE&#039;s [[List of countries by carbon dioxide emissions per capita|carbon dioxide emissions per capita]] are high, ranking sixth among countries globally.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=EDGAR – The Emissions Database for Global Atmospheric Research|url=https://edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu/report_2020#emissions_table|access-date=24 April 2021|website=edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Barakah nuclear power plant]] is the first on the Arabian peninsula and expected to reduce the carbon footprint of the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Reuters.  (19 January 2022). &amp;quot;Unit 2 of UAE&#039;s Barakah nuclear plant to start operations within months: ENEC CEO&amp;quot;. [https://english.alarabiya.net/business/energy/2022/01/19/Unit-2-of-UAE-s-Barakah-nuclear-plant-to-start-operations-within-months-ENEC-CEO Al Arabiya website] Retrieved 22 January 2022.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tourism ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Tourism in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai Marina Beach Panorama.jpg|thumb|left|[[Dubai Marina]] beach]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism acts as a growth sector for the entire UAE economy. [[Dubai]] is the top tourism destination in the Middle East.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tdb&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; According to the annual MasterCard Global Destination Cities Index, Dubai is the fifth most popular tourism destination in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://gulfbusiness.com/2014/07/dubai-ranks-fifth-among-top-global-destinations-travellers/|title=Dubai Ranks Fifth Among Top Global Destinations For Travellers|work=Gulf Business|date=10 July 2014|access-date=4 February 2016|archive-date=17 October 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151017061651/http://gulfbusiness.com/2014/07/dubai-ranks-fifth-among-top-global-destinations-travellers/|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dubai holds up to 66% share of the UAE&#039;s tourism economy, with [[Abu Dhabi]] having 16% and [[Sharjah]] 10%. Dubai welcomed 10 million tourists in 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has the most advanced and developed infrastructure in the region.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.theprospectgroup.com/infrastructure-in-the-united-arab-emirates-uae-81876/|title=Infrastructure in the United Arab Emirates (UAE)|work=The Prospect Group}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since the 1980s, the UAE has been spending billions of dollars on infrastructure. These developments are particularly evident in the larger emirates of Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The northern emirates are rapidly following suit, providing major incentives for developers of residential and commercial property.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.slideshare.net/arunkodiyeri/uae-yearbook-2009 |title=UAE yearbook 2009 |publisher=Slideshare.net |date=13 April 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Topic: Tourism industry of the UAE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Topic: Tourism industry of the UAE|url=https://www.statista.com/topics/4643/tourism-industry-of-the-uae/|access-date=31 July 2021|website=Statista|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inbound tourism expenditure in the UAE for 2019 accounted for 118.6 per cent share of the outbound tourism expenditure.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Topic: Tourism industry of the UAE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Since 6 January 2020, tourist visas to the United Arab Emirates are valid for five years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.businessliveme.com/uae/uae-offers-5-year-tourist-visa-as-neighbors-vie-for-visitors/|title=UAE Offers 5-Year Tourist Visa as Neighbors Vie for Visitors|access-date=7 January 2020|website=Business Live Middle East|date=7 January 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has been projected that the travel and tourism industry will contribute about 280.6 billion United Arab Emirati dirham to the UAE&#039;s GDP by 2028.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Topic: Tourism industry of the UAE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Transport in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dubai International Airport]] became the [[World&#039;s busiest airports by international passenger traffic|busiest airport in the world by international passenger traffic]] in 2014, overtaking [[Heathrow Airport|London Heathrow]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url = https://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/transport/11372616/Dubai-overtakes-Heathrow-to-become-worlds-busiest-airport.html|title = Dubai Overtakes Heathrow To Become World&#039;s Busiest|last = Anderson|first = Elizabeth|date = 27 January 2015|work = The Telegraph|access-date = 12 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dubai Roads on 8 May 2008 Pict 2.jpg|thumb|[[E 311 road (United Arab Emirates)|E 311]], a major road in the UAE.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Abu Dhabi]], [[Dubai]], [[Sharjah]], [[Ajman]], [[Umm Al Quwain]], and [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras Al Khaimah]] are connected by the [[E 11 road (United Arab Emirates)|E11 highway]], which is the longest road in the UAE. In Dubai, in addition to the [[Dubai Metro]], The [[Dubai Tram]] and [[Palm Jumeirah Monorail]] also connect specific parts of the city. There is also a bus, taxi, abra and water taxi network run by RTA. [[Dubai Trolley|T1]], a double-decker tram system in [[Downtown Dubai]], were operational from 2015 to 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Salik, meaning &amp;quot;open&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot;, is Dubai&#039;s electronic toll collection system that was launched in July 2007 and is part of Dubai&#039;s traffic congestion management system. Each time one passes through a Salik tolling point, a toll is deducted from the drivers&#039; prepaid toll account using advanced Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology. There are four Salik tolling points placed in strategic locations in Dubai: at [[Al Maktoum Bridge]], [[Al Garhoud Bridge]], and along [[Sheikh Zayed road|Sheikh Zayed Road]] at [[Al Safa]] and [[Al Barsha]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Salik|title=Home|url=https://www.salik.rta.ae/en|access-date=2 August 2021|website=Salik|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5018 Dubai Metro in Dubai UAE.png|thumb|A [[Dubai Metro]] train. Dubai Metro is the Arabian peninsula&#039;s first [[rapid transit]] system and was the world&#039;s longest driverless metro network until 2016.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A {{convert|1200|km|mi|abbr=on}} [[Rail transport in the United Arab Emirates|country-wide railway]] is under construction which will connect all the major cities and ports.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IRJMar12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.railjournal.com/index.php/freight/from-sand-to-sea.html|title=From sand to sea|work=International Railway Journal|date=21 March 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Dubai Metro]] is the first urban train network in the [[Arabian Peninsula]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8247330.stm|title=Will metro change Dubai car culture?|date=11 September 2009|work=BBC News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The major ports of the United Arab Emirates are [[Khalifa Port]], [[Zayed Port]], Port [[Jebel Ali]], [[Port Rashid]], [[Port Khalid]], [[Port Saeed]], and Port Khor Fakkan.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/ports.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080714124311/http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/ports.htm|archive-date=14 July 2008 |title=UAE Ports |publisher=Uae.gov.ae }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Emirates are increasingly developing their logistics and ports in order to participate in trade between Europe and China or Africa. For this purpose, ports are being rapidly expanded and investments are being made in their technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Emirates have historically been and currently still are part of the Maritime [[Silk Road]] that runs from the Chinese coast to the south via the southern tip of India to [[Mombasa]], from there through the Red Sea via the [[Suez Canal]] to the Mediterranean, there to the Upper Adriatic region and the northern Italian hub of [[Trieste]] with its rail connections to [[Central Europe]], Eastern Europe and the [[North Sea]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.forbes.com/sites/wadeshepard/2017/08/02/next-up-abu-dhabi-chinas-maritime-silk-road-breaks-into-the-middle-east/|title=Next Up On China&#039;s Maritime Silk Road: Abu Dhabi|first=Wade|last=Shepard|website=Forbes}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.arabnews.com/node/1418636/business-economy|title=China flags up UAE as Silk Road mega-hub with $300m port deal|date=10 December 2018|website=Arab News}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Telecommunications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE is served by two [[telecommunication]]s operators, [[Etisalat]] and [[Emirates Integrated Telecommunications Company]] (&amp;quot;du&amp;quot;). Etisalat operated a [[monopoly]] until du launched mobile services in February 2007.&amp;lt;ref name=etisalatmon&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://opennet.net/sites/opennet.net/files/united_arab_emirates.pdf |title=United Arab Emirates |work=OpenNet Interactive }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Internet subscribers were expected to increase from 0.904 million in 2007 to 2.66 million in 2012.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://emiratesseo.com/uae-telecom-market-grows-competition/ |title=UAE telecom market grows with competition &amp;amp;#124; Mobile telecomms report |publisher=Ameinfo.com |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141214221608/http://emiratesseo.com/uae-telecom-market-grows-competition/ |archive-date=14 December 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The regulator, the [[Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (UAE)|Telecommunications Regulatory Authority]], mandates filtering websites for religious, political and sexual content.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thenational.ae/news/uae-news/uae-reports-high-website-censorship |title=UAE reports high website censorship|work=The National Newspaper |date=12 June 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[5G]] wireless services were installed nationwide in 2019 through a partnership with [[Huawei]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.khaleejtimes.com/technology/uae-ready-for-fast-lane-with-5g---|title=UAE ready for fast lane with 5G in 2019|author=Khaleej Times|date=17 February 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Culture ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of the United Arab Emirates}}{{See also|Emirati dialect}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UAE Folk Dance- Khaliji.jpg|thumb|An Emirati folk dance, the women flip their hair sideways in brightly coloured traditional dress.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emirati culture is based on [[Arabian culture]] and has been influenced by the cultures of [[Persians|Persia]], [[India]], and [[East Africa]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;folk&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Arabian and [[Persian architecture|Arabian inspired architecture]] is part of the expression of the local Emirati identity.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;loc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SkCtS-n7GEEC&amp;amp;pg=PA430 |title=Handbook of Islamic Marketing|page=430|quote=Arabian and Persian inspired architecture is part of the expression of a &#039;local&#039; identity|isbn=978-0-85793-602-8|last1=Sandıkcı|first1=Özlem|last2=Rice|first2=Gillian|year= 2011|publisher=Edward Elgar }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Arabian influence on Emirati culture is noticeably visible in traditional Emirati architecture and [[folk arts]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;folk&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=UMldAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA167 |title=Folklore and Folklife in the United Arab Emirates|page=167 |isbn=978-1-136-84907-7|last1=Hurriez|first1=Sayyid Hamid|year=2013|publisher=Routledge }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For example, the distinctive wind tower which tops traditional Emirati buildings, the &#039;&#039;[[barjeel]]&#039;&#039; has become an identifying mark of Emirati architecture and is attributed to Arabian influence.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;folk&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This influence is derived both from traders who fled the tax regime in Persia in the early 19th century and from Emirati ownership of ports on the Arabian coast, for instance the Al Qassimi port of Lingeh.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=United Arab Emirates: A New Perspective|last=Hellyer|first=Peter|publisher=Trident|year=2001|isbn=978-1-900724-47-0|page=181}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The United Arab Emirates has a diverse society.&amp;lt;ref name=migrationinformation&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.migrationpolicy.org/programs/migration-information-source|title=Migration Information Source|website=migrationpolicy.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dubai&#039;s economy depends more on international trade and tourism, and is more open to visitors, while Abu Dhabi society is more domestic as the city&#039;s economy is focused on fossil fuel extraction.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Rivals Dubai and Abu Dhabi tackle coronavirus in very different ways |date=2020-07-13 |newspaper=[[The Washington Post]] |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230329094600/https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/middle_east/coronavirus-united-arab-emirates-dubai-abu-dhabi/2020/07/12/23fbfef2-bf89-11ea-8908-68a2b9eae9e0_story.html |archive-date=2023-03-29 |url-status=live |url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/middle_east/coronavirus-united-arab-emirates-dubai-abu-dhabi/2020/07/12/23fbfef2-bf89-11ea-8908-68a2b9eae9e0_story.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major holidays in the United Arab Emirates include &#039;&#039;[[Eid ul-Fitr|Eid al Fitr]]&#039;&#039;, which marks the end of &#039;&#039;[[Ramadan]]&#039;&#039;, and [[National Day (United Arab Emirates)|National Day]] (2 December), which marks the formation of the United Arab Emirates.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.gowealthy.com/gowealthy/wcms/en/home/articles/entertainment/events-and-festivals/Official-holidays-in-UAE-kvOQ0zrKKl.html|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080503011056/http://www.gowealthy.com/gowealthy/wcms/en/home/articles/entertainment/events-and-festivals/Official-holidays-in-UAE-kvOQ0zrKKl.html|archive-date=3 May 2008 |title=Official holidays in UAE |publisher=Gowealthy.com }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Emirati males prefer to wear a [[thawb|kandura]], an ankle-length white tunic woven from wool or cotton, and Emirati women wear an [[abaya]], a black over-garment that covers most parts of the body.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.grapeshisha.com/about-uae/uae-clothing.html |title=UAE National Clothing |publisher=Grapeshisha.com |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120104204209/http://www.grapeshisha.com/about-uae/uae-clothing.html |archive-date=4 January 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Emirati poetry was strongly influenced by the eighth-century Arab scholar Al Khalil bin Ahmed. The earliest known poet in the UAE is [[Ibn Majid]], born between 1432 and 1437 in Ras Al-Khaimah. The most famous Emirati writers were Mubarak Al Oqaili (1880–1954), Salem bin Ali al Owais (1887–1959) and Ahmed bin Sulayem (1905–1976). Three other poets from Sharjah, known as the Hirah group, are observed to have been heavily influenced by the Apollo and [[Romantic poetry|Romantic poets]].&amp;lt;ref name=poetry&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.visitabudhabi.ae/en/what.to.do/art.and.culture/literature.and.poetry.aspx |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111008014601/http://www.visitabudhabi.ae/en/what.to.do/art.and.culture/literature.and.poetry.aspx |archive-date=8 October 2011 |title=Literature and poetry |publisher=Visitabudhabi.ae |date=1 July 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Sharjah International Book Fair]] is the oldest and largest in the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[list of museums in the United Arab Emirates]] includes some of regional repute, most famously [[Sharjah (city)|Sharjah]] with its Heritage District containing 17 museums,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.sharjahmuseums.ae/ Sharjah Museums Department] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110222082532/http://www.sharjahmuseums.ae/ |date=22 February 2011 }}. sharjahmuseums.ae&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which in 1998 was the Cultural Capital of the Arab World.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=18 October 2009 |url=http://www.sharjahtourism.ae/en/category/about-sharjah/ |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090202124611/http://www.sharjahtourism.ae/en/category/about-sharjah/ |archive-date=2 February 2009 |title=About Sharjah&amp;amp;nbsp;– Sharjah Commerce Tourism Development Authority |publisher=Sharjahtourism.ae}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In Dubai, the area of [[Al Quoz]] has attracted a number of art galleries as well as museums such as the [[Salsali Private Museum]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Dubai FAQs |url=http://www.dubaifaqs.com/art-galleries-in-dubai.php |title=Art Galleries Dubai |publisher=Dubaifaqs.com }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Abu Dhabi has established a culture district on [[Saadiyat Island]]. Six grand projects are planned, including the [[Guggenheim Abu Dhabi]] and the [[Louvre Abu Dhabi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.saadiyat.ae/en/cultural.html|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120730122944/http://www.saadiyat.ae/en/cultural.html|archive-date=30 July 2012 |title=Saadiyat Island&amp;amp;nbsp;– Island of Happiness |publisher=Saadiyat.ae |date=19 March 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dubai also plans to build a [[Kunsthal]] museum and a district for galleries and artists.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.arabianbusiness.com/dubai-eyeing-new-fashion-design-district-17269.html|author=Irish, John and Walid, Tamara |title=Dubai eyeing new fashion, design district |publisher=ArabianBusiness.com |date=11 June 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emirati culture is a part of the [[culture of Eastern Arabia]]. [[Liwa (music)|Liwa]] is a type of music and dance performed locally, mainly in communities that contain descendants of [[Bantu peoples]] from the [[African Great Lakes]] region.&amp;lt;ref name=poetry /&amp;gt; The [[Dubai Desert Rock Festival]] is also another major festival consisting of heavy metal and rock artists.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.desertrockfestival.com/?page_id=6 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100119083259/http://www.desertrockfestival.com/?page_id=6 |archive-date=19 January 2010 |title=Festival Info |publisher=DesertRockFestival.com }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[cinema of the United Arab Emirates]] is minimal but expanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Emirati cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Luqaimat.jpg|thumb|190px|[[Arabic coffee]] with [[lugaimat]]; a traditional Emirati sweet.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional food of the Emirates has always been rice, fish and meat. The people of the United Arab Emirates have adopted most of their foods from other West and South Asian countries including Iran, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, India and Oman. Seafood has been the mainstay of the Emirati diet for centuries. Meat and rice are other staple foods, with [[lamb and mutton]] preferred to goat and beef. Popular beverages are coffee and tea, which can be complemented with [[cardamom]] or [[saffron]] to give them a distinctive flavour.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.uaeinteract.com/travel/food.asp |title=UAE Travel&amp;amp; Tourism: Food &amp;amp; Drink |work=UAEinteract |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090611160248/http://www.uaeinteract.com/travel/food.asp |archive-date=11 June 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popular cultural Emirati dishes include &#039;&#039;threed&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;machboos&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;khubisa&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;khameer&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;chabab&#039;&#039; bread among others while [[lugaimat]] is a famous Emirati dessert.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Samtani|first=Kumar|date=8 January 2018|title=7 Traditional Emirati Dishes to Try in Dubai|url=https://eatyourworld.com/blog/7-traditional-emirati-dishes-to-try-in-dubai/|access-date=18 August 2021|website=Eat Your World Blog|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the influence of western culture, fast food has become very popular among young people, to the extent that campaigns have been held to highlight the dangers of fast food excesses.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/the-uae-s-big-fat-problem-1.1050951 The UAE&#039;s big fat problem]. &#039;&#039;Gulf News&#039;&#039;. (19 July 2012). Retrieved 26 January 2014.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Alcohol is allowed to be served only in hotel restaurants and bars. All nightclubs are permitted to sell alcohol. Specific supermarkets may sell alcohol, but these products are sold in separate sections. Likewise, pork, which is [[haram]] (not permitted for Muslims), is sold in separate sections in all major supermarkets. Although alcohol may be consumed, it is illegal to be intoxicated in public or drive a motor vehicle with any trace of alcohol in the blood.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.alloexpat.com/abu_dhabi_expat_forum/alcohol-and-pork-licenses-t6912.html |title=Alcohol and Pork Licenses |publisher=Alloexpat.com |date=30 May 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090805054659/http://www.alloexpat.com/abu_dhabi_expat_forum/alcohol-and-pork-licenses-t6912.html |archive-date=5 August 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sports ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yas Marina Circuit, October 12, 2018 SkySat (cropped).jpg|thumb|left|[[Yas Marina Circuit]] in [[Abu Dhabi]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formula One]] is particularly popular in the United Arab Emirates, and a Grand Prix is annually held at the [[Yas Marina Circuit]] in [[Yas Island]] in Abu Dhabi. The race takes place in the evening, and was the first ever Grand Prix to start in daylight and finish at night.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Abu Dhabi confirms 5pm race start|url=http://www.autosport.com/news/report.php/id/78061|work=Autosport|date=28 August 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other popular sports include [[camel racing]], [[falconry]], [[endurance riding]], and [[tennis]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/sports.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080611135303/http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/sports.htm|archive-date=11 June 2008 |title=UAE Sports |publisher=Uae.gov.ae }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The emirate of [[Dubai]] is also home to two major [[golf]] courses: the Dubai Golf Club and [[Emirates Golf Club]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, child camel jockeys were used, leading to widespread criticism. Eventually, the UAE passed laws banning the use of children for the sport, leading to the prompt removal of almost all child jockeys.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/4063391.stm Middle East | Help for Gulf child camel jockeys]. BBC News (2 December 2004). Retrieved 10 October 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Recently robot jockeys have been introduced to overcome the problem of child camel jockeys which was an issue of human rights violations. [[Ansar Burney]] is often praised for the work he has done in this area.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.thenews.com.pk/archive/print/308742-ansar-burney-%E2%80%94-a-true-champion-of-human-rights|title=Ansar Burney – a true champion of human rights|access-date=19 July 2018|archive-date=23 November 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191123143428/https://www.thenews.com.pk/archive/print/308742-ansar-burney-%E2%80%94-a-true-champion-of-human-rights|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Football ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{further|Football in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Abu Dhabi Zayed Sports City Stadium 1.jpg|thumb|[[Zayed Sports City Stadium]] in [[Abu Dhabi]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Association football|Football]] is a popular sport in the UAE. [[Al-Nasr Dubai SC|Al Nasr]], [[Al Ain Club|Al Ain]], [[Al Wasl FC|Al Wasl]], [[Sharjah FC|Sharjah]], [[Al Wahda FC|Al Wahda]], and [[Shabab Al-Ahli Dubai FC|Shabab Al Ahli]] are the most popular teams and enjoy the reputation of long-time regional champions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.indexuae.com/Top/Recreation_and_Sports/Clubs |title=Clubs, Sports Clubs UAE United Arab Emirates |publisher=Indexuae.com |access-date=8 July 2009 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090717173430/http://www.indexuae.com/Top/Recreation_and_Sports/Clubs |archive-date=17 July 2009 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[United Arab Emirates Football Association]] was established in 1971 and since then has dedicated its time and effort to promoting the game, organising [[youth program]]mes and improving the abilities of not only its players, but also the officials and coaches involved with its regional teams. The [[United Arab Emirates national football team|UAE]] qualified for the [[FIFA World Cup]] in [[1990 FIFA World Cup|1990]], along with [[Egypt national football team|Egypt]]. It was the third consecutive World Cup with two Arab nations qualifying, after [[Kuwait national football team|Kuwait]] and [[Algeria national football team|Algeria]] in [[1982 FIFA World Cup|1982]], and [[Iraq national football team|Iraq]] and Algeria again in [[1986 FIFA World Cup|1986]]. The UAE has won the [[Gulf Cup of Nations|Gulf Cup Championship]] twice: the first cup won in January 2007 held in [[Abu Dhabi]] and the second in January 2013, held in [[Bahrain]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.gulfnews.com/indepth/gulfcup2007/index.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070318080035/http://www.gulfnews.com/indepth/gulfcup2007/index.html |archive-date=18 March 2007 |title=Gulf Cup 2007 |work=Gulf News }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country hosted the [[2019 AFC Asian Cup]]. The UAE team went all the way to the semi-finals, where they were defeated by the eventual champions, [[Qatar national football team|Qatar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Cricket ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{further|Cricket in the United Arab Emirates|List of cricket grounds in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sheikh Zayed Cricket Stadium-01.jpg|thumb|left|[[Sheikh Zayed Cricket Stadium]] in Abu Dhabi]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cricket]] is one of the most popular sports in the UAE, largely because of the expatriate population from the [[SAARC]] countries, the United Kingdom, and Australia. The headquarters of the [[International Cricket Council]] (ICC) have been located in the [[Dubai Sports City]] complex since 2005, including the [[ICC Academy]] which was established in 2009.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/cricket/icc-headquarters-to-stay-in-dubai/story-QDVppxrQuTZBM6hBHABuIP.html|title=ICC headquarters to stay in Dubai|newspaper=Hindustan Times|date=14 October 2010|access-date=6 November 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are a number of international cricket venues in the UAE, which are frequently used for international tournaments and &amp;quot;neutral&amp;quot; bilateral series due to the local climate and Dubai&#039;s status as a transport hub. Notable international tournaments hosted by the UAE have included the [[2014 Under-19 Cricket World Cup]], the [[2021 ICC Men&#039;s T20 World Cup]], and three editions of the [[Asia Cup]] (1984, 1995 and 2018). Notable grounds include the [[Sharjah Cricket Association Stadium]] in [[Sharjah]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.cricketeurope4.net/CRICKETEUROPE/GENERAL/TIMELINES/uae.shtml |title=UAE Cricket Timeline |publisher=Cricketeurope4.net |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120709093903/http://www.cricketeurope4.net/CRICKETEUROPE/GENERAL/TIMELINES/uae.shtml |archive-date=9 July 2012 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Sheikh Zayed Cricket Stadium]] in [[Abu Dhabi]], and [[Dubai International Cricket Stadium]] in Dubai.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://content-uk.cricinfo.com/other/content/ground/country.html?country=27 |title=Cricinfo&amp;amp;nbsp;– Grounds&amp;amp;nbsp;– United Arab Emirates |work=Content-uk.cricinfo.com |date=17 June 2008 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090106155437/http://content-uk.cricinfo.com/other/content/ground/country.html?country=27 |archive-date=6 January 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Emirates Cricket Board]] (ECB) became a member of the ICC in 1990. The [[United Arab Emirates national cricket team|UAE national cricket team]] has qualified for the [[Cricket World Cup]] on two occasions ([[1996 Cricket World Cup|1996]] and [[2015 Cricket World Cup|2015]])&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |author=Nayar, K.R. |url=http://gulfnews.com/sport/cricket/not-stumped-by-uae-cricket-issues-khan-1.130154 |title=Not stumped by UAE cricket issues&amp;amp;nbsp;– Khan |work=Gulf News |date=6 September 2008 |access-date=1 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150406013456/http://gulfnews.com/sport/cricket/not-stumped-by-uae-cricket-issues-khan-1.130154 |archive-date=6 April 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.icc-cricket.com/cricket-world-cup/qualification/qualification-overview|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131104135014/http://www.icc-cricket.com/cricket-world-cup/qualification/qualification-overview|url-status=dead|title=Qualification – Cricket World Cup 2015 Qualifier &amp;amp;#124; ICC|archive-date=4 November 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the [[ICC Men&#039;s T20 World Cup]] on one occasion ([[2014 ICC World Twenty20|2014]]). The [[United Arab Emirates women&#039;s national cricket team|national women&#039;s team]] is similarly one of the strongest associate teams in Asia, notably participating in the [[2018 ICC Women&#039;s World Twenty20 Qualifier]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[2009 attack on the Sri Lanka national cricket team]], the UAE served as the &#039;&#039;de facto&#039;&#039; home of the [[Pakistan national cricket team]] for nearly a decade, as well as hosting the [[Pakistan Super League]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/cricket/pakistan-not-to-play-home-matches-in-uae-anymore-pcb-ceo/story-tYo1UuA3czorquuVluZzxL.html|title=Pakistan not to play home matches in UAE anymore: PCB CEO|date=24 September 2019|website=Hindustan Times}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=15 December 2018|title=UAE to host matches for Pakistan Super League next year|url=https://www.arabnews.com/node/1421216/sport|access-date=19 February 2021|website=Arab News|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The UAE has also hosted one full edition of [[Indian Premier League]] (IPL) in 2020 and two partial editions of the [[Indian Premier League]] (IPL) in 2014 and 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=2 August 2020|title=IPL 2020 to be held from September 19 to November 10|url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/cricket/ipl-2020-to-be-held-in-uae-from-september-19-to-november-10/story-GeHbVaf1f4zv07p3V8RGwO.html|access-date=9 May 2021|website=Hindustan Times|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Education ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Education in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UniversityCityHall.jpg|thumb|left|University City Hall is the largest building located in [[Sharjah University City|University City]] in [[Sharjah]]. Graduation ceremonies of [[American University of Sharjah]], [[University of Sharjah]], and [[Higher Colleges of Technology]] are notably held here.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[education]] system through secondary level administered by the [[Ministry of Education (United Arab Emirates)|Ministry of Education]] in all emirates except Abu Dhabi, where it falls under the authority of the [[Abu Dhabi Department of Education and Knowledge|Department of Education and Knowledge]]. Public schools are divided into [[primary school]]s, [[middle school]]s and [[High Schools|high schools]]. The public schools are government-funded and the curriculum is created to match the United Arab Emirates&#039; development goals. The medium of instruction in the public school is Arabic with emphasis on English as a second language. There are also many private schools which are internationally accredited. [[Public school (government funded)|Public schools]] in the country are free for citizens of the UAE, while the fees for private schools vary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The higher education system is monitored by the Ministry of Higher Education. The ministry also is responsible for admitting students to its [[undergraduate education|undergraduate]] institutions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://aud.edu/Admissions/undergraduate_req.asp |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101224200815/http://aud.edu/Admissions/undergraduate_req.asp |archive-date=24 December 2010 |title=American University in Dubai. Undergraduate : Admission |work=Aud.edu }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The adult literacy rate in 2015 was 93.8%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Middle East :: United Arab Emirates – The World Factbook – Central Intelligence Agency |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/united-arab-emirates/ |website=www.cia.gov |access-date=29 October 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE has shown a strong interest in improving education and research. Enterprises include the establishment of the [[CERT Group of Companies|CERT]] Research Centres and the [[Masdar Institute of Science and Technology]] and Institute for Enterprise Development.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.masdar.ac.ae/institute/index.aspx?mi=mi |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080731123515/http://www.masdar.ac.ae/institute/index.aspx?mi=mi |archive-date=31 July 2008 |title=MASDAR &amp;amp;#124; Profile |date=31 July 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the QS Rankings, the top-ranking universities in the country are the [[United Arab Emirates University]] (421–430th worldwide), [[Khalifa University]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.topuniversities.com/universities/khalifa-university/undergrad Khalifa University | Undergraduate]. Top Universities. Retrieved 10 October 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (441–450th worldwide), the [[American University of Sharjah]] (431–440th) and [[University of Sharjah]] (551–600th worldwide).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.topuniversities.com/node/4392/ranking-details/world-university-rankings/2013 American University of Sharjah Rankings]. Top Universities. Retrieved 26 November 2015.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; United Arab Emirates was ranked 33rd in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2021, up from 36th in 2019.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Global Innovation Index 2019|url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2019/index.html|access-date=2 September 2021|website=www.wipo.int|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=RTD – Item|url=https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/rtd/items/691898|access-date=2 September 2021|website=ec.europa.eu}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=28 October 2013|title=Global Innovation Index|url=https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|access-date=2 September 2021|website=INSEAD Knowledge|language=en|archive-date=2 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210902101622/https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demographics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Palm jumeirah core.jpg|thumb|Residential villas in the [[Palm Jumeirah]] palm fronds in [[Dubai]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to an estimate by the [[World Bank]], the UAE&#039;s population in 2020 was 9,890,400. Immigrants accounted for 88.52% while Emiratis made up the remaining 11.48%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=UAE Population Statistics|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.TOTL?locations=AE}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This unique imbalance is due to the country&#039;s exceptionally high [[net migration rate]] of 21.71, the [[List of countries by net migration rate|world&#039;s highest]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2112rank.html?countryName=India&amp;amp;countryCode=in&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;rank=85#in |title=Net migration rate |publisher=Cia.gov |access-date=9 March 2010 |archive-date=8 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160308042938/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2112rank.html?countryName=India&amp;amp;countryCode=in&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;rank=85#in |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; UAE citizenship is very difficult to obtain other than by [[filiation]] and only granted under very special circumstances.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=UAE nationality |url=https://u.ae/en/information-and-services/passports-and-traveling/uae-nationality |website=u.ae |access-date=10 December 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE is ethnically diverse. The five most populous nationalities in the emirates of Dubai, Sharjah, and Ajman are Indian (25%), Pakistani (12%), Emirati (9%), Bangladeshi (7%), and Filipino (5%).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title = Indians, Pakistanis make up 23% of Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman population|url = http://gulfnews.com/news/uae/society/indians-pakistanis-make-up-37-of-dubai-sharjah-ajman-population-1.1562336|website = gulfnews.com| date=6 August 2015 |access-date = 7 August 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Immigrants from Europe, Australia, North America and Latin America make up 500,000 of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;arabianbusiness.com&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.arabianbusiness.com/uae-population-hits-6m-emiratis-make-up-16-5--12137.html|title=UAE population hits 6&amp;amp;nbsp;m, Emiratis make up 16.5%|author=Sambidge, Andy|date=7 October 2009|publisher=ArabianBusiness.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Mcintosh |first=Lindsay |url=http://www.scotsman.com/news/terror_red_alert_for_100_000_british_expats_in_dubai_1_1173062 |title=Terror red alert for 100,000 British expats in Dubai |work=The Scotsman |date=16 June 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; More than 100,000 British nationals live in the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|author=Whittell, Giles  |url=http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article7061449.ece |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100525100904/http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article7061449.ece |archive-date=25 May 2010 |title=British pair face jail for kissing in Dubai restaurant |work=The Times |date=15 March 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The rest of the population are from other [[Arab World|Arab states]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WorldFactbook&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/united-arab-emirates/|title=United Arab Emirates|work=CIA World Factbook|date=10 May 2022 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://archive.arabnews.com/?page=7&amp;amp;section=0&amp;amp;article=53888&amp;amp;d=3&amp;amp;m=11&amp;amp;y=2004|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120709123331/http://archive.arabnews.com/?page=7&amp;amp;section=0&amp;amp;article=53888&amp;amp;d=3&amp;amp;m=11&amp;amp;y=2004|archive-date=9 July 2012|title=Editorial: The Ideal Prince |publisher=Arabnews.com |date=3 November 2004 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 88% of the population of the United Arab Emirates is urban.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Table 3.10 Urbanization |work=World Development Indicators |url=http://devdata.worldbank.org/wdipdfs/table3_10.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090325215156/http://devdata.worldbank.org/wdipdfs/table3_10.pdf |archive-date=25 March 2009 |url-status=unfit }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The average [[List of countries by life expectancy|life expectancy]] was 76.7 in 2012, higher than for any other Arab country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2102rank.html?countryName=United%20Arab%20Emirates&amp;amp;countryCode=ae&amp;amp;regionCode=mde&amp;amp;rank=71#ae |title=Life expectancy at birth |work=The World Factbook |access-date=14 September 2012 |archive-date=6 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160306230455/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2102rank.html?countryName=United%20Arab%20Emirates&amp;amp;countryCode=ae&amp;amp;regionCode=mde&amp;amp;rank=71#ae |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;uaeinteract2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.uaeinteract.com/docs/Average_life_expectancy_in_UAE_rises_to_75_years/7752.htm |title=Average life expectancy in UAE rises to 75 years |publisher=Uaeinteract.com |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090611161529/http://www.uaeinteract.com/docs/Average_life_expectancy_in_UAE_rises_to_75_years/7752.htm |archive-date=11 June 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; With a male/female [[human sex ratio|sex ratio]] of 2.2 males for each female in the total population and 2.75 to 1 for the 15–65 [[Demographic profile|age group]], the UAE&#039;s [[Gender mortality differentials|gender imbalance]] is second highest in the world after Qatar.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2018.html |title=Sex ratio |work=The World Factbook |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131016065003/https://www.cia.gov/library//publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2018.html |archive-date=16 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Religion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sheikh Zayed Mosque view.jpg|thumb|left|[[Sheikh Zayed Mosque]] in Abu Dhabi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Islam]] is the largest and the official [[state religion]] of the UAE. The government follows a policy of tolerance toward other religions and rarely interferes in the religious activities of non-Muslims.&amp;lt;ref name=US2022 /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more [[Sunni]] than [[Shiite|Shia]] Muslims in the United Arab Emirates,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk|publisher=CIA|title=The World Factbook|access-date=13 March 2021|archive-date=26 December 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181226143549/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html?countryName=Pakistan&amp;amp;countryCode=pk&amp;amp;regionCode=sas&amp;amp;#pk|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 85% of the Emirati population are Sunni Muslims. The vast majority of the remainder 15% are Shia Muslims, who are concentrated in the [[Emirate of Dubai|Emirates of Dubai]] and [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]]. Although no official statistics are available for the breakdown between Sunni and Shia Muslims among noncitizen residents, media estimates suggest less than 20% of the noncitizen Muslim population are Shia.&amp;lt;ref name=US2022 /&amp;gt; [[Sheikh Zayed Mosque]] in Abu Dhabi is the largest mosque in the country and a major tourist attraction. [[Ibadi]] is common among Omanis in the UAE, while [[Sufi]] influences exist as well.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=16 April 2018|title=The Return of Sufism to the UAE|url=https://mesbar.org/the-return-of-sufism-to-the-uae/|access-date=29 July 2021|website=Al-Mesbar Center|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Christians]] account for 9% of the total population of the United Arab Emirates, according to the 2005 census; estimates in 2010 suggested a figure of 12.6%.&amp;lt;ref name=US2022&amp;gt;[https://www.state.gov/reports/2022-report-on-international-religious-freedom/united-arab-emirates/ US State Dept 2022 report]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Roman Catholicism in the United Arab Emirates|Roman Catholics]] and [[Protestantism in the United Arab Emirates|Protestants]] form significant proportions of the Christian minority. The country has over 52 churches in 2023.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.statista.com/statistics/1309836/uae-number-of-places-of-worship-by-type/ Statista.com website, retrieved 2023-08-28]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many Christians in the United Arab Emirates are of Asian, African, and European origin, along with fellow Middle Eastern countries such as Lebanon, Syria, and Egypt.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.refdag.nl/nieuws/groeiende_en_vitale_kerk_in_arabische_golf_1_494237 |title=Groeiende en vitale kerk in Arabische Golf – Nieuws – Reformatorisch Dagblad |publisher=Refdag.nl |access-date=24 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The United Arab Emirates forms part of the [[Roman Catholic Vicariate Apostolic of Southern Arabia|Apostolic Vicariate of Southern Arabia]] and the Vicar Apostolic Bishop [[Paul Hinder]] is based in [[Abu Dhabi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|date=21 March 2005 |title=New Apostolic Vicar for Arabia Appointed |work=[[Zenit News Agency]] |url=http://www.zenit.org/article-12565?l=english |access-date=21 November 2008 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110607230554/http://www.zenit.org/article-12565?l=english |archive-date=7 June 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small [[Jews|Jewish]] community in the United Arab Emirates. Before 2023, there was only one known [[synagogue]] in [[Dubai]], which has been open since 2008 and the synagogue also welcomes visitors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.timesofisrael.com/for-the-first-time-dubais-jewish-community-steps-hesitantly-out-of-the-shadows/|title=For the first time, Dubai&#039;s Jewish community steps hesitantly out of the shadows|last=Herschlag|first=Miriam|website=www.timesofisrael.com|language=en-US|access-date=6 December 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Another synagogue, [[Moses Ben Maimon Synagogue]] was completed in 2023 as part of the [[Abrahamic Family House]] complex in [[Abu Dhabi]]. As of 2019, according to Rabbi [[Marc Schneier]] of the [[Foundation for Ethnic Understanding]], it is estimated that there are about 150 families to 3,000 Jews who live and worship freely in the UAE.&amp;lt;ref name=Ynt&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5458305,00.html|title=The Jews of Dubai are on the map|publisher=ynetnews.com|date=5 February 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar box&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Religions in UAE in 2010 ([[Pew Research Center|Pew Research]])&amp;lt;ref name=pew&amp;gt;[http://www.globalreligiousfutures.org/countries/united-arab-emirates/religious_demography#/?affiliations_religion_id=0&amp;amp;affiliations_year = 2010 Pew Research Center&#039;s Religion &amp;amp; Public Life Project: United Arab Emirates]. [[Pew Research Center]]. 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://2009-2017.state.gov/j/drl/rls/irf/2007/90223.htm United Arab Emirates]. International Religious Freedom Report 2007. State.gov. Retrieved 27 September 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|titlebar=#Fcd116&lt;br /&gt;
|left1=Religion&lt;br /&gt;
|right1=Per cent&lt;br /&gt;
|float=right&lt;br /&gt;
|bars=&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Islam in the United Arab Emirates|Islam]]|green|76}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Christianity in the United Arab Emirates|Christianity]]|blue|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Hinduism in the United Arab Emirates|Hinduism]]|orange|7}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Buddhism in the United Arab Emirates|Buddhism]]|yellow|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Freedom of religion in the United Arab Emirates|Other]]|gray|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Irreligion in the United Arab Emirates|None]]|black|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Asians in the United Arab Emirates constitute the largest ethnic group in the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.bq-magazine.com/economy/socioeconomics/2015/04/uae-population-by-nationality |title=UAE&#039;s population&amp;amp;nbsp;– by nationality |publisher=bq magazine |date=12 April 2015 |access-date=20 December 2016 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170321184658/http://www.bq-magazine.com/economy/socioeconomics/2015/04/uae-population-by-nationality |archive-date=21 March 2017 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Over 2 million Indian migrants (mostly from the southern states of [[Kerala]], [[Andhra Pradesh]], [[Kanara|Coastal Karnataka]] and [[Tamil Nadu]]) are estimated to be living in the UAE.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2017/03/03/india-is-a-top-source-and-destination-for-worlds-migrants/|title=India is a top source and destination for world&#039;s migrants|website=Pew Research Center|language=en-US|access-date=9 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are currently three Hindu temples in the country. Other religions also exist in the United Arab Emirates, including [[Jainism]], [[Sikhism]], [[Buddhism]], [[Judaism]], [[Baháʼí Faith|Baháʼís]] and [[Druze]].&amp;lt;ref name=religiousfreedom /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UAE Minister of Foreign Affairs and International Co-operation, [[Abdullah bin Zayed Al Nahyan|Abdullah bin Zayed]], announced in 2019 the design and construction plan of the [[Abrahamic Family House]], which will serve as an interfaith complex that houses a [[synagogue]], [[mosque]], and a [[Church (building)|church]] on [[Saadiyat Island]] in [[Abu Dhabi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=First images of Abu Dhabi&#039;s Abrahamic Family House under construction released|url=https://www.thenationalnews.com/uae/heritage/first-images-of-abu-dhabi-s-abrahamic-family-house-under-construction-released-1.1241661|access-date=29 July 2021|website=The National|date=15 June 2021 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Arabic language|Arabic]] is the national language of the United Arab Emirates. The [[Gulf Arabic|Gulf dialect]] of Arabic is spoken natively by Emirati people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Christensen|first=Shane|title=Frommer&#039;s Dubai|year=2010|isbn=978-0-470-71178-1|page=174|publisher=Wiley }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Health ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Health in the United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The life expectancy at birth in the UAE is at 76.96 years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.geoba.se/population.php?pc=world&amp;amp;type=15 Gazetteer – The World – Life Expectancy – Top 100+ By Country (2018)]. Geoba.se (28 April 2016). Retrieved on 21 August 2018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Cardiovascular disease]] is the principal cause of death in the UAE, constituting 28% of total deaths; other major causes are [[accident]]s and [[injury|injuries]], [[Cancer|malignancies]], and [[congenital disorder|congenital anomalies]].&amp;lt;ref name=cp&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://lcweb2.loc.gov/frd/cs/profiles/UAE.pdf |title=United Arab Emirates country profile |work=Library of Congress }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to [[List of countries by Body Mass Index (BMI)#WHO Data on Prevalence of Obesity (BMI above 30) (2016)|World Health Organisation data from 2016]], 34.5% of adults in the UAE are clinically [[Obesity|obese]], with a [[body mass index]] (BMI) score of 30 or more.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Prevalence of obesity, ages 18+, 2010–2014|url=http://gamapserver.who.int/gho/interactive_charts/ncd/risk_factors/obesity/atlas.html|website=WHO|publisher=World Health Organisation|access-date=26 February 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In February 2008, the Ministry of Health unveiled a five-year health strategy for the public health sector in the northern emirates, which fall under its purview and which, unlike Abu Dhabi and Dubai, do not have separate healthcare authorities. The strategy focuses on unifying healthcare policy and improving access to healthcare services at reasonable cost, at the same time reducing dependence on overseas treatment. The ministry plans to add three hospitals to the current 14, and 29 primary healthcare centres to the current 86. Nine were scheduled to open in 2008.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/health.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080612101330/http://www.uae.gov.ae/Government/health.htm|archive-date=12 June 2008 |title=UAE Health |publisher=Uae.gov.ae }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The introduction of mandatory [[health insurance]] in Abu Dhabi for [[expatriate]]s and their dependents was a major driver in reform of healthcare policy. Abu Dhabi nationals were brought under the scheme from 1 June 2008 and Dubai followed for its government employees. Eventually, under federal law, every Emirati and expatriate in the country will be covered by compulsory health insurance under a unified mandatory scheme.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/health/health-cover-is-mandatory-1.43089 |author=El Shammaa, Dina |title=Health cover is mandatory |work=Gulf News |date=3 January 2009 |access-date=1 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150112123918/http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/health/health-cover-is-mandatory-1.43089 |archive-date=12 January 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The country has benefited from medical tourists from all over the [[Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf]]. The UAE attracts [[medical tourism|medical tourists]] seeking [[cosmetic surgery]] and advanced procedures, cardiac and spinal surgery, and dental treatment, as health services have higher standards than other Arab countries in the Persian Gulf.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;thenational.ae&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Detrie, Megan  |url=http://www.thenational.ae/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20091116/NATIONAL/711159830/1010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091124064723/http://www.thenational.ae/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=%2F20091116%2FNATIONAL%2F711159830%2F1010 |archive-date=24 November 2009 |title=Dubai has eye on medical tourism |work=The National Newspaper |date=15 November 2009 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Largest cities ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities&lt;br /&gt;
| country      = the United Arab Emirates&lt;br /&gt;
| stat_ref     = 2023 Calculation&lt;br /&gt;
| list_by_pop  = List of cities in the United Arab Emirates&lt;br /&gt;
| div_name     = Emirate&lt;br /&gt;
| city_1 = Dubai  | div_1 =  Emirate of Dubai{{!}}Dubai | pop_1 = 3,564,931  | img_1 = Dubai skyline 2015 (crop).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_2 = Abu Dhabi | div_2 =  Emirate of Abu Dhabi{{!}}Abu Dhabi | pop_2 = 1,807,000  | img_2 = Abu Dhabi Skyline from Marina.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_3 = Sharjah | div_3 =  Sharjah (emirate){{!}}Sharjah | pop_3 = 1,405,000	 | img_3 = Sharjah city skyline.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_4 = Al Ain | div_4 =   Emirate of Abu Dhabi{{!}}Abu Dhabi | pop_4 = 846,747  | img_4 = Green Mubazzarah.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| city_5 = Ajman | div_5 =  Emirate of Ajman{{!}}Ajman | pop_5 = 490,035 | img_5 = Ajman Nov. 2010 -24.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| city_6 = Ras Al Khaimah | div_6 =  Ras al Khaimah | pop_6 = 191,753&lt;br /&gt;
| city_7 = Fujairah | div_7 =  Emirate of Fujairah{{!}}Fujairah| pop_7 = 118,933	&lt;br /&gt;
| city_8 = Umm Al Quwain | div_8 =  Emirate of Umm Al Quwain{{!}}Umm Al Quwain | pop_8 = 59,098	&lt;br /&gt;
| city_9 = Khor Fakkan | div_9 =  Sharjah (emirate){{!}}Sharjah | pop_9 = 53,000&lt;br /&gt;
| city_10 = Kalba| div_10 = Sharjah (emirate){{!}}Sharjah | pop_10 = 51,000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of United Arab Emirates–related topics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of the United Arab Emirates]]{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|group=note}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Further reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refbegin}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Abu Libdeh, A. (1994).  &#039;English on Khalifa Street&#039;.  &#039;&#039;The Journal of the College of Education&#039;&#039;.  UAE University 10, 25–51.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bianco, C. (2020a). The GCC monarchies: Perceptions of the Iranian threat amid shifting geopolitics. The International Spectator, 55(2), 92–107.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bianco, C. (2020b). [https://ecfr.eu/archive/page/-/a_gulf_apart_how_europe_can_gain_influence_with_gulf_cooperation_council.pdf A Gulf apart: How Europe can gain influence with the Gulf Cooperation Council]. European Council on Foreign Relations, February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bianco, C. (2021). [https://cadmus.eui.eu/bitstream/handle/1814/70351/PB_2021_10-MED.pdf?sequence=1 Can Europe Choreograph a Saudi-Iranian Détente?] European University Institute, Robert Schuman Center for Advanced Studies, Middle East Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bianco, C., &amp;amp; Stansfield, G. (2018). The intra-GCC crises: Mapping GCC fragmentation after 2011. International Affairs, 94(3), 613–635.&lt;br /&gt;
* Miniaoui, Héla, ed. Economic Development in the Gulf Cooperation Council Countries: From Rentier States to Diversified Economies. Vol. 1. Springer Nature, 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
* Guzansky, Y., &amp;amp; Even, S. (2020). The economic crisis in the Gulf States: A challenge to the “contract” between rulers and ruled. INSS Insight No. 1327, 1 June 2020. Available at https://www.inss.org.il/publication/gulf-states-economy/?offset=7&amp;amp;posts=201&amp;amp;outher=Yoel%20Guzansky.&lt;br /&gt;
* Guzansky, Y., &amp;amp; Marshall, Z. A. (2020). The Abraham accords: Immediate significance and long-term implications. Israel Journal of Foreign Affairs, 1–11.&lt;br /&gt;
* Guzansky, Y., &amp;amp; Segal, E. (2020). All in the family: Leadership changes in the Gulf. INSS Insight No. 1378, 30 August 2020. Available at: https://www.inss.org.il/publication/gulf-royal-families/?offset=1&amp;amp;posts=201&amp;amp;outher=Yoel%20Guzansky&lt;br /&gt;
* Guzansky, Y., &amp;amp; Winter, O. (2020). Apolitical Normalization: A New Approach to Jews in Arab States. INSS Insight No. 1332, 8 June 2020. Available at: https://www.inss.org.il/publication/judaism-in-the-arab-world/?offset=5&amp;amp;posts=201&amp;amp;outher=Yoel%20Guzansky.&lt;br /&gt;
* Swan, M. (26 April 2012). &amp;quot;Arabic school aims to boost the popularity of the language&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;The National&#039;&#039;, p.&amp;amp;nbsp;6.&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite book |last1=Tausch |first1=Arno |title=The political algebra of global value change. General models and implications for the Muslim world |last2=Heshmati |first2=Almas |last3=Karoui |first3=Hichem |publisher=Nova Science |year=2015 |isbn=978-1-62948-899-8 |edition=1st |location=New York |author-link=Arno Tausch}} Available at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/290349218_The_political_algebra_of_global_value_change_General_models_and_implications_for_the_Muslim_world&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite book |last1=Tausch |first1=Arno |title= The Future of the Gulf Region: Value Change and Global Cycles. Gulf Studies, Volume 2, edited by Prof. Mizanur Rahman, Qatar University |publisher=Springer|year=2021 |isbn=978-3-030-78298-6|edition=1st |location=Cham, Switzerland |author-link=Arno Tausch}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Towards A Foreign Language, Teaching Policy for the Arab World: U.A.E Perspective.&amp;quot; United Arab Emirates University (1996).&lt;br /&gt;
* Woertz, Eckart. &amp;quot;Wither the self-sufficiency illusion? Food security in Arab Gulf States and the impact of COVID-19.&amp;quot; Food Security 12.4 (2020): 757–760.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zweiri, Mahjoob, Md Mizanur Rahman, and Arwa Kamal, eds. The 2017 Gulf Crisis: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Vol. 3. Springer Nature, 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.government.ae/ Government portal of the United Arab Emirates] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200224133814/https://government.ae/ |date=24 February 2020 }}, ([https://u.ae/ U.AE)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://worldgovernmentsummit.org/ The World Government Summit – UAE]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://expo2020dubai.ae/ The 2020 World Exposition in UAE]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/united-arab-emirates/ United Arab Emirates]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* {{GovPubs|uae}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Curlie|Regional/Middle_East/United_Arab_Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-middle-east-14703998 United Arab Emirates profile] from the [[BBC News]].&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Wikiatlas|United Arab Emirates}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wits.worldbank.org/CountryProfile/Country/ARE/Year/2011/Summary World Bank Summary Trade Statistics United Arab Emirates]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20171010164537/http://www.poiresources.com/info/history-of-united-arab-emirates/ Timeline of the United Arab Emirates History from Bronze Age to present day]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Emirates of the United Arab Emirates |titlestyle=background:#ddf;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{United Arab Emirates topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes|&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Related articles&lt;br /&gt;
|list=&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries of Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Middle East}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Arabian Plate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries and territories bordering the Indian Ocean}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries bordering the Persian Gulf}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Arab League}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{OPEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gulf Cooperation Council}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Shanghai Cooperation Organization}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{BRICS}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Monarchies|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|24|N|54|E|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:United Arab Emirates| ]]&amp;lt;!-- Leave the empty space as per [[BP:EPONYMOUS]]. ---&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1971 establishments in the United Arab Emirates]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Arabian Peninsula]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where Arabic is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Articles containing video clips]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Asia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Federal monarchies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Islamic monarchies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of OPEC]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Arab League]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:BRICS nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Middle Eastern countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1971]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:West Asian countries]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Malaysia&amp;diff=434840</id>
		<title>Malaysia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Malaysia&amp;diff=434840"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T00:52:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: IMF update...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{short description|Country in Southeast Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Distinguish|Malesia}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Good article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use British English|date=August 2019}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=June 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = Malaysia&amp;lt;!-- The name of the Federation (official name of the state) according to Art 1(1) of the Federal Constitution is, in Malay and English, Malaysia. Nothing more, nothing less. &#039;Federation of&#039; was only used for the state that preceded Malaysia – Federation of Malaya. Please do not insert &#039;Federation of&#039; or &#039;Persekutuan&#039; for Malay name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of Malaysia.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_flag               = A blue rectangle with a gold star and crescent in the canton, with 14 horizontal red and white stripes on the rest of the flag&lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = Coat of arms of Malaysia.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| coa_size               = 90&lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_type            = Coat of arms&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_coat               = Shield showing the symbols of the Malaysian states with a star and crescent above and a motto below, supported by two tigers&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = {{Switcher|[[File:Malaysia (orthographic projection).svg|upright=1.15|frameless]]|Show globe|[[File:Location Malaysia ASEAN.svg|upright=1.15|frameless]]|Show map of Southeast Asia|default=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = {{map caption |location_color=dark green |region=Asia |subregion= [[ASEAN]]&lt;br /&gt;
| subregion_color        = dark gray}}&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = {{lang|ms|Bersekutu Bertambah Mutu}}&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Main/MsianGov/MsianFlagAndCrest/Pages/MsianFlagAndCrest.aspx |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131022191931/http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Main/MsianGov/MsianFlagAndCrest/Pages/MsianFlagAndCrest.aspx |url-status=dead |archive-date=22 October 2013 |title=Malaysian Flag and Coat of Arms |publisher=Malaysian Government |access-date=9 September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;برسکوتو برتمبه موتو ([[Jawi script|Jawi]])&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[[Unity makes strength|Unity is Strength]]&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = {{lang|ms|[[Negaraku]]}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;My Country&amp;quot;{{parabr}}{{center|[[File:Negaraku instrumental.ogg]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = [[Kuala Lumpur]]{{refn|group=fn|Constitutional capital, ceremonial and legislative}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{coord|3|8|N|101|41|E|region:MY|display=inline}}&lt;br /&gt;
| admin_center           = [[Putrajaya]]{{refn|group=fn|administrative and judicial}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;{{coord|2|56|N|101|42|E|region:MY|display=inline}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = capital&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = [[Malaysian Malay|Malay]]{{efn|Section 9 of the [[National Language Act 1963/67]] states that &amp;quot;The script of the national language shall be the Rumi script: provided that this shall not prohibit the use of the Malay script, more commonly known as the Jawi script, of the national language&amp;quot;.}}{{efn|Section 2 of the [[National Language Act 1963/67]] states that &amp;quot;Save as provided in this Act and subject to the safeguards contained in Article 152(1) of the Constitution relating to any other language and the language of any other community in Malaysia the national language shall be used for official purposes&amp;quot;.}}{{efn|name=Recognized|See Article 152 of the [[Federal Constitution of Malaysia]] and [[National Language Act 1963/67]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
| languages_type         = Recognised language&lt;br /&gt;
| languages              = [[English language|English]]{{efn|name=Recognized}}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{tree list}}&lt;br /&gt;
* 69.7% [[Bumiputera (Malaysia)|Bumiputera]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 57.3% [[Malaysian Malays|Malay]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 12.4% indigenous groups of [[Sabah]], [[Sarawak]] and [[Orang Asli]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 22.9% [[Malaysian Chinese|Chinese]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6.6% [[Malaysian Indian|Indian]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 0.8% [[Ethnic origins of people in Malaysia|other]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{tree list/end}}&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = 2021&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_ref      = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2021 pop&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.malaymail.com/news/malaysia/2022/01/17/minister-census-shows-malaysias-oldest-man-and-woman-aged-120-and-118-preli/2035636|title=Minister: Census shows Malaysia&#039;s oldest man and woman aged 120 and 118; preliminary census findings to be released in Feb 2022|date=17 January 2022 |publisher=Malaymail|access-date=17 January 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{sfn|Department of Statistics Malaysia|2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ubl|63.5% [[Islam in Malaysia|Sunni Islam]] ([[State religion|official]])&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url = http://www.jac.gov.my/images/stories/akta/federalconstitution.pdf|title=The States, Religion and Law of the Federation|work=Constitution of Malaysia|publisher=Judicial Appointments Commission|access-date=29 October 2017|quote=Islam is the religion of the Federation; but other religions may be practised in peace and harmony in any part of the Federation.|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170614105535/http://www.jac.gov.my/images/stories/akta/federalconstitution.pdf|archive-date=14 June 2017|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|18.7% [[Buddhism in Malaysia|Buddhism]]|9.1% [[Christianity in Malaysia|Christianity]]|6.1% [[Hinduism in Malaysia|Hinduism]]|0.9% other|1.8% unknown}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_ref           = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url = https://www.dosm.gov.my/v1/index.php?r=column/cthemeByCat&amp;amp;cat=117&amp;amp;bul_id=akliVWdIa2g3Y2VubTVSMkxmYXp1UT09&amp;amp;menu_id=L0pheU43NWJwRWVSZklWdzQ4TlhUUT09|title=Distribution and Basic Demographic Characteristic Report 2020 |publisher=Department of Statistics, Malaysia|date=14 February 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = [[Malaysians|Malaysian]]&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = [[Federal monarchy|Federal]] [[parliamentary system|parliamentary]] [[constitutional monarchy|constitutional]] [[elective monarchy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[Yang di-Pertuan Agong|Monarch]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Abdullah of Pahang|Abdullah]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Prime Minister of Malaysia|Prime Minister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Anwar Ibrahim]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3 = [[President of the Dewan Negara]] &lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3 = [[Wan Junaidi Tuanku Jaafar]] &lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title4 = [[Speaker of the Dewan Rakyat]] &lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name4 = [[Johari Abdul]] &lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title5 = [[Chief Justice of Malaysia|Chief Justice]] &lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name5 = [[Tengku Maimun Tuan Mat]] &lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[Parliament of Malaysia|Parliament]]&lt;br /&gt;
| upper_house            = [[Dewan Negara]] (Senate)&lt;br /&gt;
| lower_house            = [[Dewan Rakyat]] (House of Representatives)&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = [[Independence Day (Malaysia)|Independence]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = from the [[United Kingdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Federation of Malaya]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 31 August 1957&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Mackay, Derek |title=Eastern Customs: The Customs Service in British Malaya and the Opium Trade|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QM5LImNbYusC&amp;amp;pg=PA240|date=2005|publisher=The Radcliffe Press|isbn=978-1-85043-844-1|pages=240–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Sarawak Self-government Day|Sarawak self-governance]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = 22 July 1963&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[North Borneo Self-government Day|North Borneo self-governance]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 31 August 1963&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.astroawani.com/perspektif/kenapa-kita-takut-dengan-sejarah-22258|title=31 Ogos 1963, Hari kemerdekaan Sabah yang rasmi|publisher=AWANI|date=14 May 2021|access-date=1 September 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event4     = [[Proclamation of Malaysia]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date4      = 16 September 1963&lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 67th &amp;lt;!-- Area rank should match [[List of countries and dependencies by area]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 330,803&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2010 stats&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.statistics.gov.my/ccount12/click.php?id=2127 |title=Laporan Kiraan Permulaan 2010 |publisher=Jabatan Perangkaan Malaysia |page=27 |access-date=2 August 2023  |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101227065717/http://www.statistics.gov.my/ccount12/click.php?id=2127 |archive-date=27 December 2010 |df=dmy-all }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 127,720&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 0.3&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate    = 33,200,000&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite CIA World Factbook|country=Malaysia|access-date=24 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_year = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| population_estimate_rank = 43rd&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = 32,447,385&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://cloud.stats.gov.my/index.php/s/ppMYkLC4kyUzHKn#pdfviewer |title=Population and Housing Census of Malaysia 2020 |publisher=Department of Statistics, Malaysia |page=48 |access-date=23 March 2022 |archive-date=28 February 2022 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220228142122/https://cloud.stats.gov.my/index.php/s/ppMYkLC4kyUzHKn#pdfviewer |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = 101&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = 263&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 116th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $1.225 trillion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.MY&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=548,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (Malaysia) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 31st&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $37,082&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.MY&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 54th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{increase}} $430.895 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.MY&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 35th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{increase}} $13,034&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.MY&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 66th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = increase&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 41.2 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wb-gini&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI?locations=MY |title=Gini Index |publisher=World Bank |access-date=20 December 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_rank              = &lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021&amp;lt;!-- Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = decrease&amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.803&amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HDI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf|title=Human Development Report 2021/2022|language=en|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=8 September 2022|access-date=8 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 62nd&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[Malaysian ringgit]] &lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = MYR&lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = dd-mm-yyyy&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[Malaysian Standard Time|MST]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = [[UTC+8|+8]]&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[+60]]&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = [[.my]]&lt;br /&gt;
| footnotes              = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;&#039; ({{IPAc-en|audio=En-us-Malaysia.ogg|m|ə|ˈ|l|eɪ|z|i|ə|,_|-|ʒ|ə}} {{respell|mə|LAY|zee|ə|,_-|zhə}}; {{IPA-ms|malɛjsia|lang}}) is a country in [[Southeast Asia]]. The [[federation|federal]] [[constitutional monarchy]] consists of [[States and federal territories of Malaysia|13 states and three federal territories]], separated by the [[South China Sea]] into two regions: [[Peninsular Malaysia]] and [[Borneo]]&#039;s [[East Malaysia]]. Peninsular Malaysia shares a land and maritime [[Malaysia–Thailand border|border]] with [[Thailand]] and [[Maritime boundary|maritime border]]s with [[Singapore]], [[Vietnam]], and [[Indonesia]]. East Malaysia shares land and maritime borders with [[Brunei]] and [[Indonesia]], as well as a maritime border with the [[Philippines]] and Vietnam. [[Kuala Lumpur]] is the national capital, the country&#039;s largest city, and the seat of the [[Parliament of Malaysia|legislative branch]] of the [[Government of Malaysia|federal government]].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Putrajaya]] is the country&#039;s administrative centre, which represents the seat of both the [[Government of Malaysia#Executive|executive branch]] (the [[Cabinet of Malaysia|Cabinet]], [[List of federal ministries and agencies in Malaysia|federal ministries, and federal agencies]]) and the [[Judiciary of Malaysia|judicial branch]] of the federal government. With a population of over 33 million, The country is the world&#039;s [[List of countries by population|43rd-most populous country]]. The southernmost point of continental [[Eurasia]] is [[Tanjung Piai]]. Located in the [[tropics]], the country is one of 17 [[megadiverse countries]] and home to numerous [[Wildlife of Malaysia|endemic species]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country has its origins in the Malay kingdoms, which, from the 18th century on, became subject to the [[British Malaya|British Empire]], along with the British [[Straits Settlements]] protectorate. During [[World War Two]], [[British Malaya]], along with other nearby British and American colonies, was occupied by the [[Empire of Japan]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://ww2db.com/country/Malaya |title=Malaya in World War II |work=World War Two Database |access-date=29 January 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following three years of occupation, Peninsular Malaysia was unified as the [[Malayan Union]] in 1946 and then restructured as the [[Federation of Malaya]] in 1948. The country achieved independence on 31 August 1957. On [[Malaysia Day|16 September 1963]], independent Malaya united with the then [[Crown colony|British crown colonies]] of [[Crown Colony of North Borneo|North Borneo]], [[Crown Colony of Sarawak|Sarawak]], and [[Colony of Singapore|Singapore]] to become Malaysia. In August 1965, Singapore was [[Singapore in Malaysia|expelled]] from the federation and became a [[Proclamation of Singapore|separate, independent country]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Baten, Jörg |title=A History of the Global Economy. From 1500 to the Present.|date=2016|publisher=Cambridge University Press|page=290|isbn=978-1-107-50718-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country is [[Ethnic groups in Malaysia|multiethnic]] and [[Culture of Malaysia|multicultural]], which has a significant effect on its politics. About half the population is ethnically [[Malaysian Malays|Malay]], with minorities of [[Malaysian Chinese|Chinese]], [[Malaysian Indian|Indians]], and [[Orang Asal|indigenous peoples]]. The official language is [[Malaysian Malay]], a standard form of the [[Malay language]]. English remains an active second language. While recognising [[Islam]] as the [[official religion]], the constitution grants [[freedom of religion]] to non-Muslims. The government is modelled on the [[Westminster system|Westminster parliamentary system]], and the legal system is based on [[common law]]. The [[head of state]] is an [[Elective monarchy|elected monarch]], chosen from among the [[Monarchies of Malaysia|nine state sultans]] every five years. The [[head of government]] is the [[Prime Minister of Malaysia|prime minister]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After independence, the [[gross domestic product]] (GDP) grew at an average rate of 6.5% per year for almost 50 years. The country&#039;s economy has traditionally been driven by its natural resources, but it is expanding into commerce, tourism, and [[Medical tourism in Malaysia|medical tourism]]. The country has a [[newly industrialised country|newly industrialised]] [[market economy]], ranked fifth-largest in Southeast Asia and [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|36th-largest in the world]]. The country is a founding member of the [[Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]] (OIC), the [[East Asia Summit]] (EAS), and the [[Association of Southeast Asian Nations]] (ASEAN), and a member of the [[Non-Aligned Movement]] (NAM), the [[Commonwealth of Nations|Commonwealth]], and the [[Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation]] (APEC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Etymology ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LA2-NSRW-1-0148 malaysia.jpg|thumb|left|alt=English Map of Southeast Asia, &amp;quot;MALAYSIA&amp;quot; typeset horizontally so that the letters run across the northernmost corner of Borneo and pass just south of the Philippines.|&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039; used as a label for the [[Malay Archipelago]] on a 1914 map from a United States atlas]]&lt;br /&gt;
The name [[wikt:Malaysia|&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;]] is a combination of the word [[wikt:Malays|&#039;&#039;Malays&#039;&#039;]] and the Latin-Greek suffix [[wikt:-ia|&#039;&#039;-ia&#039;&#039;]]/[[wikt:-ία|-ία]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Room|first=Adrian|title=Placenames of the World: Origins and Meanings of the Names for Over 5000 Natural Features, Countries, Capitals, Territories, Cities and Historic Sites|publisher=McFarland &amp;amp; Company|year=2004|isbn=978-0-7864-1814-5|page=221}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which can be translated as &#039;land of the Malays&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/malaysia/|title=The World Factbook – Malaysia|year=2020|publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The origin of the word &#039;&#039;Melayu&#039;&#039; is subject to various theories. It may derive from the [[Sanskrit]] {{Lang|sa-latn|Himalaya}}, referring to areas high in the mountains, or {{Lang|sa-latn|Malaiyur-pura}}, meaning &#039;mountain town&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SejarahBahasaMelayu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation | last1 = Abdul Rashid Melebek | last2 = Amat Juhari Moain | title = Sejarah Bahasa Melayu (&amp;quot;History of the Malay Language&amp;quot;) | publisher = [[Utusan Malaysia|Utusan Publications &amp;amp; Distributors]] | year = 2006 | isbn = 978-967-61-1809-7 | pages=9–10}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Another similar theory claims its origin lies in the [[Tamil language|Tamil]] words {{Lang|ta-latn|malai}} and {{Lang|ta-latn|ur}} meaning &#039;mountain&#039; and &#039;city, land&#039;, respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Weightman|first=Barbara A.|title=Dragons and Tigers: A Geography of South, East, and Southeast Asia|year=2011|publisher=John Wiley and Sons|page=449|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=qeBfed17zxEC|isbn=978-1-118-13998-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Tiwary|first=Shanker Shiv|title=Encyclopaedia Of Southeast Asia And Its Tribes (Set Of 3 Vols.)|year=2009|publisher=Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd|page=37|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YdEjAQAAIAAJ|isbn=978-81-261-3837-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FRQwAQAAIAAJ|title=People of India |author=Singh, Kumar Suresh  |volume=26 |page=981 |publisher=Anthropological Survey of India |year=2003 |isbn=978-81-85938-98-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Another suggestion is that it derives from the [[Pamalayu]] campaign. A final suggestion is that it comes from a [[Javanese language|Javanese]] word meaning &#039;to run&#039;, from which a river, the Sungai Melayu (&#039;Melayu river&#039;), was named due to its strong current.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SejarahBahasaMelayu&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Similar-sounding variants have also appeared in accounts older than the 11th century, as [[toponym]]s for areas in Sumatra or referring to a larger region around the Strait of Malacca.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barnard&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{citation | last = Barnard | first = Timothy P. | title = Contesting Malayness: Malay identity across boundaries | publisher = Singapore University press | year = 2004 | location = Singapore | isbn = 978-9971-69-279-7 | pages=3–10}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Sanskrit text &#039;&#039;[[Vayu Purana]]&#039;&#039;, thought to have been in existence since the first millennium CE, mentioned a land named &#039;Malayadvipa&#039; which was identified by certain scholars as the modern [[Malay peninsula]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=India&#039;s Interaction with Southeast Asia: History of Science, Philosophy and Culture in Indian Civilization, Vol. 1, Part 3 |page=266 |author=Pande, Govind Chandra  |isbn=978-81-87586-24-1 |year=2005 |publisher=Munshiram Manoharlal}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=The economic life of northern India: c. A.D. 700–1200 |page=139 |author= Gopal, Lallanji  |isbn=978-81-208-0302-2 |year=2000 |publisher=Motilal Banarsidass}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title= A Panorama of Indian Buddhism: Selections from the Maha Bodhi journal, 1892–1992 |page=612 |author=Ahir, D. C. |isbn=978-81-7030-462-3 |year=1995 |publisher=Sri Satguru Publications}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=The culture and art of India |page=212 |author=Mukerjee, Radhakamal  |isbn=978-81-215-0114-9 |year= 1984 |publisher=Coronet Books Inc}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|title= Some contributions of India to the ancient civilisation of Indonesia and Malaysia |page=8 |author=Sarkar, Himansu Bhusan |year=1970 |publisher=Punthi Pustak}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other notable accounts are by the 2nd-century Ptolemy&#039;s &#039;&#039;[[Geographia]]&#039;&#039; that used the name &#039;&#039;Malayu Kulon&#039;&#039; for the west coast of [[Golden Chersonese]], and the 7th-century [[Yijing (monk)|Yijing]]&#039;s account of &#039;&#039;Malayu&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barnard&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, the [[Melayu Kingdom]] took its name from the &#039;&#039;Sungai Melayu&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SejarahBahasaMelayu&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation | last = Milner | first = Anthony | title = The Malays (The Peoples of South-East Asia and the Pacific) | pages = 18–19| publisher = Wiley-Blackwell | year = 2010 | isbn = 978-1-4443-3903-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Melayu&#039;&#039; then became associated with [[Srivijaya]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barnard&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and remained associated with various parts of Sumatra, especially Palembang, where the founder of the [[Malacca Sultanate]] is thought to have come from.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Andaya&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Andaya |first1=Leonard Y. |title=The Search for the &#039;Origins&#039; of Melayu |journal=Journal of Southeast Asian Studies |date=October 2001 |volume=32 |issue=3 |pages=315–316, 324, 327–328, 330 |doi=10.1017/S0022463401000169 |jstor=20072349 |s2cid=62886471 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is only thought to have developed into an [[ethnonym]] as Malacca became a regional power in the 15th century. [[Islamisation]] established an [[ethnoreligious]] identity in Malacca, with the term &#039;&#039;Melayu&#039;&#039; beginning to appear as interchangeable with &#039;&#039;Melakans&#039;&#039;. It may have specifically referred to local Malays speakers thought loyal to the Malaccan Sultan. The initial Portuguese use of {{Lang|pt|Malayos}} reflected this, referring only to the ruling people of Malacca. The prominence of traders from Malacca led &#039;&#039;Melayu&#039;&#039; to be associated with Muslim traders, and from there became associated with the wider cultural and linguistic group.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barnard&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Malacca and later [[Johor Sultanate|Johor]] claimed they were the centre of Malay culture, a position supported by the British which led to the term &#039;&#039;Malay&#039;&#039; becoming more usually linked to the Malay peninsula rather than Sumatra.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Andaya&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the onset of European colonisation, the Malay Peninsula was known natively as &#039;&#039;[[Tanah Melayu]]&#039;&#039; (&#039;Malay Land&#039;).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Reid|first=Anthony|author-link=Anthony Reid (academic)|title=Imperial alchemy : nationalism and political identity in Southeast Asia|publisher=Cambridge University Press|year=2010|isbn=978-0-521-87237-9|page=95}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Under a racial classification created by a German scholar [[Johann Friedrich Blumenbach]], the natives of [[maritime Southeast Asia]] were grouped into a single category, the [[Malay race]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=Bernasconi, Robert |author2=Lott, Tommy Lee |title=The Idea of Race|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=di2YVLKgIC8C|year=2000|publisher=Hackett Publishing|isbn=978-0-87220-458-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.yale.edu/glc/events/race/Painter.pdf |title=Collective Degradation: Slavery and the Construction of Race |work=Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Gilder Lehrman Center International Conference at Yale University |publisher=[[Yale University]] |date=7–8 November 2003 |access-date=13 May 2014 |author=Painter, Nell Irvin |page=18 |location=New Haven, Connecticut |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131020105628/http://www.yale.edu/glc/events/race/Painter.pdf |archive-date=20 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following the expedition of French navigator [[Jules Dumont d&#039;Urville]] to [[Oceania]] in 1826, he later proposed the terms of &#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Micronesia]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Melanesia]]&#039;&#039; to the &#039;&#039;[[Société de Géographie]]&#039;&#039; in 1831, distinguishing these Pacific cultures and island groups from the existing term &#039;&#039;[[Polynesia]]&#039;&#039;. Dumont d&#039;Urville described Malaysia as &amp;quot;an area commonly known as the East Indies&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal | doi = 10.1080/0022334032000120512| title = On the Islands of the Great Ocean| journal = The Journal of Pacific History| volume = 38| issue = 2| page = 163| year = 2003| last1 = d&#039;Urville | first1 = J. S. B. C. S. D. | last2 = Ollivier | first2 = I. | last3 = De Biran | first3 = A. | last4 = Clark | first4 = G. | s2cid = 162374626}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--Quote:The third division, Western Oceania, encompasses all the islands commonly known as the East Indies&amp;amp;nbsp;... I shall leave the name Malaysia to this area, since it has already been used by some authors, and I think was first given by Mr Lesson--&amp;gt; In 1850, the English ethnologist [[George Samuel Windsor Earl]], writing in the &#039;&#039;Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia&#039;&#039;, proposed naming the islands of Southeast Asia as &amp;quot;Melayunesia&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Indunesia&amp;quot;, favouring the former.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last=Earl |first=George S. W. |title=On The Leading Characteristics of the Papuan, Australian and Malay-Polynesian Nations |journal=Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia (JIAEA) |year=1850 |page=119 |volume=IV}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The name Malaysia gained some use to label what is now the Malay Archipelago.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Barrows |first1=David P. |title=A History of the Philippines |date=1905 |publisher=American Book Company |pages=25–26 |url=https://www.gutenberg.org/files/38269/38269-h/38269-h.htm#pb26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In modern terminology, &#039;&#039;Malay&#039;&#039; remains the name of an [[ethnoreligious group]] of [[Austronesian people]] predominantly inhabiting the Malay Peninsula and portions of the adjacent islands of [[Southeast Asia]], including the east coast of Sumatra, the coast of [[Borneo]], and smaller islands that lie between these areas.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malays |volume= 17 |last= Clifford |first= Hugh Charles | pages = 475&amp;amp;ndash;478 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The state that gained independence from the United Kingdom in 1957 took the name &#039;&#039;the [[Federation of Malaya]]&#039;&#039;, chosen in preference to other potential names such as &#039;&#039;[[Langkasuka]]&#039;&#039;, after the historic kingdom located at the upper section of the Malay Peninsula in the first millennium CE.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mapping&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Suarez|first = Thomas|title = Early Mapping of Southeast Asia|publisher = Periplus Editions (HK) Ltd|year = 1999|pages = 46–47|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=ZG7ZMAbv_jAC|isbn = 978-962-593-470-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.statutelaw.gov.uk/content.aspx?LegType=All+Primary&amp;amp;PageNumber=72&amp;amp;NavFrom=2&amp;amp;parentActiveTextDocId=1118475&amp;amp;ActiveTextDocId=1118475&amp;amp;filesize=15776 |title=Federation of Malaya Independence Act 1957 (c. 60)e |publisher=The UK Statute Law Database |date=31 July 1957 |access-date=6 November 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The name &#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039; was adopted in 1963 when the existing states of the Federation of Malaya, plus Singapore, North Borneo and Sarawak formed a new federation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bound for Glory&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;{{efn|In English, the official name of the country is simply &amp;quot;Malaysia&amp;quot;. In Malay, the name of the country as it appears on some official documents, including the oath of Yang di-Pertuan Agong is {{lang|ms|Persekutuan Malaysia}}, meaning &amp;quot;Federation of Malaysia&amp;quot;. Despite this, the name Malaysia is mostly used officially, including the Malaysia Agreement 1963 and the Federal Constitution.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.constituteproject.org/constitution/Malaysia_2007.pdf?lang=enMalaysia&#039;s Constitution of 1957]&lt;br /&gt;
with Amendments through 2007&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{Better source needed|date=June 2022}}}} One theory posits the name was chosen so that &#039;&#039;si&#039;&#039; represented the inclusion of Singapore, North Borneo, and Sarawak to Malaya in 1963.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bound for Glory&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Politicians in the Philippines contemplated renaming their state Malaysia before the modern country took the name.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Sakai |first=Minako |editor1-last=Cao |editor1-first=Elizabeth |editor2-last=Morrell |title=Regional Minorities and Development in Asia |publisher=Routledge |year=2009 |page=124 |chapter-url=http://www.sabrizain.org/malaya/library/connections.pdf |isbn=978-0-415-55130-4 |chapter=Reviving Malay Connections in Southeast Asia |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141013055904/http://www.sabrizain.org/malaya/library/connections.pdf |archive-date=13 October 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malacca Sultanate en.svg|thumb|upright|left|alt=Map showing the extent of the Malacca Sultanate, covering much of the Malay Peninsula and some of Sumatra|The [[Malacca Sultanate]] played a major role in spreading Islam throughout the Malay Archipelago.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evidence of modern human habitation in Malaysia dates back 40,000&amp;amp;nbsp;years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.stuff.co.nz/travel/international/6405497/Getaway-to-romance-in-Malaysia |title=Getaway to romance in Malaysia| last=Holme |first=Stephanie |website=[[stuff.co.nz]] |date=13 February 2012 |access-date=6 January 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the Malay Peninsula, the first inhabitants are thought to be [[Negritos]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | last = Fix | first = Alan G. | title = Malayan Paleosociology: Implications for Patterns of Genetic Variation among the Orang Asli | journal = American Anthropologist |series=New Series | volume = 97 | issue = 2 | pages = 313–323 |date=June 1995 | doi = 10.1525/aa.1995.97.2.02a00090 | jstor=681964}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Areas of Malaysia participated in the [[Maritime Jade Road]] between 2000 BC to 1000 AD.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tsang, Cheng-hwa (2000), &amp;quot;Recent advances in the Iron Age archaeology of Taiwan&amp;quot;, Bulletin of the Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association, 20: 153–158, doi:10.7152/bippa.v20i0.11751&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Turton, M. (2021). Notes from central Taiwan: Our brother to the south. Taiwan&#039;s relations with the Philippines date back millennia, so it&#039;s a mystery that it&#039;s not the jewel in the crown of the New Southbound Policy. Taiwan Times.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Everington, K. (2017). Birthplace of Austronesians is Taiwan, capital was Taitung: Scholar. Taiwan News.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bellwood, P., H. Hung, H., Lizuka, Y. (2011). Taiwan Jade in the Philippines: 3,000 Years of Trade and Long-distance Interaction. Semantic Scholar.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Traders and settlers from [[India]] and [[China]] arrived as early as the first century AD, establishing trading ports and coastal towns in the second and third centuries. Their presence resulted in strong [[India]]n and [[China|Chinese]] influences on the local cultures, and the people of the Malay Peninsula adopted the religions of [[Hinduism]] and [[Buddhism]]. [[Sanskrit]] inscriptions appear as early as the fourth or fifth century.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1=Mühlhäusler |first1=Peter |last2=Tryon|first2=Darrell T.|last3=Wurm |first3=Stephen A. |title=Atlas of languages of intercultural communication in the Pacific, Asia and the Americas |publisher= Walter de Gruyer &amp;amp; Co |year=1996 |page=695 |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=oCx0D0iE2QoC |isbn=978-3-11-013417-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Kingdom of [[Langkasuka]] arose around the second century in the northern area of the Malay Peninsula, lasting until about the 15th century.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mapping&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Between the 7th and 13th centuries, much of the southern Malay Peninsula was part of the maritime [[Srivijaya]]n empire. By the 13th and the 14th century, the [[Majapahit]] empire had successfully wrested control over most of the peninsula and the Malay Archipelago from Srivijaya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Suporno, S. |year=1979|chapter=The Image of Majapahit in late Javanese and Indonesian Writing|title=Perceptions of the Past|location=Singapore|publisher=Heinemann Books for the Asian Studies Association of Australia|page=180|editor1=A. Reid |editor2=D. Marr |series=Southeast Asia publications|volume=4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the early 15th century, [[Parameswara (king)|Parameswara]], a runaway king of the former [[Kingdom of Singapura]] linked to the old Srivijayan court, founded the [[Malacca Sultanate]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last=Wake|first=Christopher H.|title=Malacca&#039;s Early Kings and the Reception of Islam|jstor=20067505|date=September 1964|volume=5|number=2|journal=[[Journal of Southeast Asian History]]|publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]]|pages=104–128|doi=10.1017/S0217781100000958 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The spread of Islam increased following Parameswara&#039;s conversion to that religion. Malacca was an important commercial centre during this time, attracting trade from around the region.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AMH-6472-KB Battle for Malacca between the VOC fleet and the Portuguese, 1606.jpg|thumb|left|alt=Dutch fleet vs Portuguese armada|The Dutch fleet battling with the Portuguese armada as part of the [[Dutch–Portuguese War]] in 1606 to gain control of [[Malacca City|Malacca]]|220x220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 1511, [[Malacca]] was conquered by [[Portuguese Malacca|Portugal]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; after which it was taken by the [[Dutch Malacca|Dutch]] in 1641. In 1786, the [[British Malaya|British Empire]] established a presence in Malaya, when the Sultan of Kedah leased [[Penang Island]] to the British [[East India Company]]. The British obtained the town of Singapore in 1819,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.britishempire.co.uk/maproom/malaya.htm |title=The Map Room: South East Asia: Malaya |last=Luscombe |first=Stephen |access-date=18 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and in 1824 took control of Malacca following the [[Anglo-Dutch Treaty of 1824|Anglo-Dutch Treaty]]. By 1826, the British directly controlled Penang, Malacca, Singapore, and the island of [[Crown Colony of Labuan|Labuan]], which they established as the crown colony of the [[Straits Settlements]]. By the 20th century, the states of [[Pahang]], [[Selangor]], [[Perak]], and [[Negeri Sembilan]], known together as the [[Federated Malay States]], had British [[resident (title)|residents]] appointed to advise the Malay rulers, to whom the rulers were bound to defer by treaty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malay States (British) |volume= 17 |last1= Clifford |first1= Hugh Charles |last2= Graham |first2= Walter Armstrong | pages = 478&amp;amp;ndash;484 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The remaining five states on the peninsula, known as the [[Unfederated Malay States]], while not directly under British rule, also accepted British advisers around the turn of the 20th century. Development on the peninsula and Borneo were generally separate until the 19th century. Under British rule the [[immigration]] of Chinese and Indians to serve as labourers was encouraged.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.une.edu.au/asiacentre/PDF/No22.pdf |title=International Migration and Governance in Malaysia: Policy and Performance |last=Kuar |first=Amarjit |publisher= University of New England |access-date=20 December 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20100509145612/http://www.une.edu.au/asiacentre/PDF/No22.pdf |archive-date=9 May 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The area that is now [[Sabah]] came under British control as [[North Borneo]] when both the [[Sultanate of Brunei|Sultan of Brunei]] and the [[Sultanate of Sulu|Sultan of Sulu]] transferred their respective territorial rights of ownership, between 1877 and 1878.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Malaysia and Its Neighbours, The World studies series |author=Gullick, J. M. |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=ykM9AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA148 |year=1967 |publisher=Taylor &amp;amp; Francis |isbn=978-0-7100-4141-8 |pages=148–149}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1842, Sarawak was ceded by the Sultan of Brunei to [[James Brooke]], whose successors ruled as the [[White Rajahs]] over an independent [[Raj of Sarawak|kingdom]] until 1946, when it became a [[Crown Colony of Sarawak|crown colony]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.britishempire.co.uk/maproom/sarawak.htm |last=Luscombe |first=Stephen |title=The Map Room: South East Asia: North Borneo |access-date=1 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Second World War]], the [[Japanese Army]] [[Japanese invasion of Malaya|invaded]] and occupied [[Japanese occupation of Malaya|Malaya]], [[Japanese occupation of British Borneo|North Borneo, Sarawak]], and [[Japanese occupation of Singapore|Singapore]] for over three years. During this time, ethnic tensions were raised and nationalism grew.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last=Hock |first=David Koh Wee |title= Legacies of World War II in South and East Asia |publisher= Institute of Southeast Asian Studies |location= Singapore |year=2007|page=48 |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=awLp4TeUkzoC |isbn= 978-981-230-457-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Popular support for independence increased after Malaya was reconquered by Allied forces.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/asia/asia/magazine/1999/990531/mahathir1.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20010212095545/http://www.time.com/time/asia/asia/magazine/1999/990531/mahathir1.html |url-status= dead |archive-date= 12 February 2001 |title=Our Region, Ourselves |last=Mohamad |first=Mahathir |magazine=Time |location= New York |date=31 May 1999 |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Post-war British plans to unite the administration of Malaya under a single crown colony called the &amp;quot;[[Malayan Union]]&amp;quot; met with strong opposition from the [[Malays (ethnic group)|Malays]], who opposed the weakening of the Malay rulers and the granting of citizenship to the [[Malaysian Chinese|ethnic Chinese]]. The Malayan Union, established in 1946, and consisting of all the British possessions in the Malay Peninsula with the exception of [[Colony of Singapore|Singapore]], was quickly dissolved and replaced on 1 February 1948 by the [[Federation of Malaya]], which restored the autonomy of the rulers of the Malay states under British protection.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,816440,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20071106021025/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,816440,00.html |url-status= dead |archive-date= 6 November 2007 |title=MALAYA: Token Citizenship |magazine=Time |location= New York |date=19 May 1952 |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Outdoor portrait of Lee Min, leader of the communist Kepayang Gang in the Ipoh district in 1951 (AWM 4281801).JPG|thumb|Leader of the Malayan Communist Party [[Lee Meng]] holding a rifle during the Malayan Emergency, 1951]]&lt;br /&gt;
During this time, the mostly ethnically Chinese rebels under the leadership of the [[Malayan Communist Party]] launched guerrilla operations designed to force the British out of Malaya. The [[Malayan Emergency|Malayan Emergency (1948–1960)]] involved a long anti-insurgency campaign by [[Commonwealth of Nations|Commonwealth]] troops in Malaya.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://se-asia.commemoration.gov.au/background-to-malayan-emergency/causes-and-description.php |title=The Malayan Emergency: 1948–1960 |publisher=Australian Government Department of Veteran Affairs |access-date=1 July 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110706121637/http://se-asia.commemoration.gov.au/background-to-malayan-emergency/causes-and-description.php |archive-date=6 July 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 31 August 1957, [[Malayan Declaration of Independence|Malaya became an independent member]] of the Commonwealth of Nations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/hi/dates/stories/august/31/newsid_3534000/3534340.stm |title=1957: Malaya celebrates independence |work=BBC News |access-date=9 August 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Subsequently, a comprehensive plan was devised to unite Malaya with the crown colonies of North Borneo (known as [[Sabah]] upon joining), [[Sarawak]], and [[Singapore]]. The envisioned federation was originally intended to take place on 31 August 1963, to coincide with the commemoration of Malayan independence. However, due to the necessity of conducting a survey on the level of support for the federation in Sabah and Sarawak by the [[United Nations]], as requested by opponents of the federation such as [[Indonesia]]&#039;s [[Sukarno]] and the [[Sarawak United Peoples&#039; Party]], the date of the federation was postponed until 16 September 1963. This delay allowed sufficient time for the completion of the aforementioned survey.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,870460,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20080402050225/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,870460,00.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=2 April 2008 |title=Malaysia: Tunku Yes, Sukarno No |magazine=Time |location=New York |date=6 September 1963 |access-date=17 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |author=Boon Kheng Cheah |title=Malaysia: The Making of a Nation |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=NOtXcEmHdjoC&amp;amp;pg=PA93 |year=2002 |publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies |isbn=978-981-230-154-3 |pages=93–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The federation brought heightened tensions including a [[Indonesia–Malaysia confrontation|conflict with Indonesia]] as well as continual conflicts against the Communists in Borneo and the Malayan Peninsula, which escalated to the [[Communist insurgency in Sarawak|Sarawak Communist Insurgency]] and [[Communist insurgency in Malaysia (1968–89)|Second Malayan Emergency]] together with several other issues such as the [[Cross border attacks in Sabah|cross-border attacks into North Borneo]] by [[Piracy in the Sulu Sea|Moro pirates]] from the southern islands of the Philippines, Singapore [[Singapore in Malaysia#Expulsion|being expelled from the Federation]] in 1965,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://statutes.agc.gov.sg/non_version/cgi-bin/cgi_getdata.pl?actno=1997-REVED-INDEP&amp;amp;segid=888373490-000012#888373490-000012 |title=Proclamation on Singapore |publisher=Singapore Attorney-General |access-date=27 October 2010 |archive-date=11 May 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110511191506/http://statutes.agc.gov.sg/non_version/cgi-bin/cgi_getdata.pl?actno=1997-REVED-INDEP&amp;amp;segid=888373490-000012#888373490-000012 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TIME Art&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,828327,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20070930101049/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,828327,00.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=30 September 2007 |title=Malaysia: The Art of Dispelling Anxiety |magazine=Time |location=New York |date=27 August 1965 |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and racial strife. This strife culminated in the [[13 May Incident|13 May race riots]] in 1969.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Race war&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,900859,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20070216115230/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,900859,00.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=16 February 2007 |title=Race War in Malaysia |magazine=Time |location=New York |date=23 May 1969 |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After the riots, the controversial [[Malaysian New Economic Policy|New Economic Policy]] was launched by Prime Minister [[Tun Abdul Razak]], trying to increase the share of the economy held by the &#039;&#039;[[Bumiputera (Malaysia)|bumiputera]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;New Economic Policy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Sundaram |first=Jomo Kwame |url= http://www.unrisd.org/80256B3C005BCCF9/(httpPublications)/A20E9AD6E5BA919780256B6D0057896B?OpenDocument&amp;amp;panel=seriespapers |title=The New Economic Policy and Interethnic Relations in Malaysia |publisher=UNRISD |date=1 September 2004 |access-date=27 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Under Prime Minister [[Mahathir Mohamad]] there was a period of rapid economic growth and urbanization beginning in the 1980s. The economy shifted from being agriculturally based to one based on manufacturing and industry. Numerous mega-projects were completed, such as the [[Petronas Towers]], the [[North–South Expressway (Malaysia)|North–South Expressway]], the [[MSC Malaysia|Multimedia Super Corridor]], and the new federal administrative capital of [[Putrajaya]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bound for Glory&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20090317235536/http://www.time.com/time/asia/2003/mahathir/mahathir961209.html |archive-date=17 March 2009 |url= http://www.time.com/time/asia/2003/mahathir/mahathir961209.html |title=Bound for Glory |last=Spaeth |first=Anthony |magazine=Time |location=New York |date=9 December 1996 |url-status= dead |access-date=20 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1990s, the [[1997 Asian Financial Crisis|Asian financial crisis]] impacted the country, nearly causing their currency, stock, and property markets to crash; however, they later recovered.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.polsci.tu.ac.th/Papers/Malaysia%20Paper.pdf |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20100401070910/http://www.polsci.tu.ac.th/Papers/Malaysia%20Paper.pdf |archive-date=1 April 2010 |author=Ping Lee Poh|author2=Yean Tham Siew |title=Malaysia Ten Years After The Asian Financial Crisis |publisher=Thammasat University |access-date=25 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[1MDB scandal]] was a major global [[Corruption in Malaysia|corruption]] scandal that implicated then-Prime Minister [[Najib Razak]] in 2015.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=6 July 2015 |title=Malaysian taskforce investigates allegations $700m paid to Najib |work=The Guardian |location= London |url= https://www.theguardian.com/world/2015/jul/06/malaysian-task-force-investigates-allegations-700m-paid-to-pm-najib |access-date=24 March 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The scandal contributed to the first change in the ruling political party since independence in the [[2018 Malaysian general election|2018 general election]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Opposition scores&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In the 2020s, the country was gripped by [[2020–21 Malaysian political crisis|a political crisis]] that coincided with health and [[Economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in Malaysia|economic]] crises caused by the [[COVID-19 pandemic in Malaysia|COVID-19 pandemic]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=13 January 2021 |title=How Malaysia went from fewer COVID cases than Australia to a national state of emergency |url= https://www.abc.net.au/news/2021-01-14/malaysia-covid-19-outbreak-state-of-emergency-case-numbers/13036038 |access-date=19 July 2021 |newspaper=ABC News (Australia) |last1=Walden |first1=Max}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This was then followed by an earlier [[2022 Malaysian general election|general election]] in November 2022, which resulted in the first hung parliament in the nation&#039;s history.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=No clear winner as Malaysia election ends in hung parliament |date=19 November 2022 |url= https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2022/11/19/tight-race-as-votes-counted-in-malaysias-in-general-election |work=www.aljazeera.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 24 November 2022, [[Anwar Ibrahim]] was sworn in as the 10th [[Prime Minister of Malaysia]], leading a [[Grand coalition#Malaysia|grand coalition]] government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Anwar Ibrahim sworn in as Malaysian PM after post-election deadlock |url= https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-63698901 |work=BBC News |date=24 November 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Government and politics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Politics of Malaysia|Government of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kuala Lumpur Malaysia Bangunan Parlimen Malaysia-04.jpg|alt=White tall building and two arches|left|thumb|224x224px|The [[Parliament of Malaysia]], the building that houses the [[Members of the Dewan Rakyat, 15th Malaysian Parliament|members of the Dewan Rakyat]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is a [[federation|federal]] [[constitutional monarchy|constitutional]] [[elective monarchy]]; the only federal country in Southeast Asia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://worldview.stratfor.com/article/could-federalism-smooth-southeast-asia-s-rough-edges|title=Could Federalism Smooth Southeast Asia&#039;s Rough Edges?|agency=Stratfor|date=26 January 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The system of government is closely modelled on the [[Westminster system|Westminster]] parliamentary system, a legacy of [[British Empire|British rule]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FITA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.fita.org/countries/malaysia.html?ma_rubrique=cadre |title=Malaysia Information |publisher=Federation of International Trade Associations |access-date=27 October 2010 |archive-date=26 December 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101226105342/http://www.fita.org/countries/malaysia.html?ma_rubrique=cadre |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The head of state is the King, whose official title is the [[Yang&amp;amp;nbsp;di-Pertuan&amp;amp;nbsp;Agong]]. The King is elected to a five-year term by and from among the nine hereditary [[Monarchies of Malaysia|rulers]] of the [[Malay states]]. The other four states, which have titular [[Yang di-Pertua Negeri|Governors]], do not participate in the selection. By informal agreement the position is rotated among the nine,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FITA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and has been held by [[Abdullah of Pahang]] since 31 January 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/malaysia-crowns-sultan-abdullah-as-16th-king |title=Malaysia crowns Sultan Abdullah as 16th King |newspaper=The Straits Times |location= Singapore |date=1 February 2019 |access-date=6 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The King&#039;s role has been largely ceremonial since changes to the [[Constitution of Malaysia|constitution]] in [[1993 amendments to the Constitution of Malaysia|1994]], picking ministers and members of the upper house.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dfat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.dfat.gov.au/geo/malaysia/malaysia_brief.html |title=Malaysia country brief |publisher= Australian Government Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade |date=February 2014 |access-date=22 October 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legislative power is divided between federal and state legislatures. The bicameral federal [[Parliament of Malaysia|parliament]] consists of the [[lower house]], the [[House of Representatives of Malaysia|House of Representatives]] and the [[upper house]], the [[Senate of Malaysia|Senate]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.parlimen.gov.my/index.php?modload=sites&amp;amp;id=5&amp;amp;view=23&amp;amp;uweb=p&amp;amp;lang=en |title=Background |publisher=Parlimen Malaysia |date=3 June 2010 |access-date=25 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 222-member House of Representatives is elected for a maximum term of five years from single-member constituencies. All 70 senators sit for three-year terms; 26 are elected by the 13 state assemblies, and the remaining 44 are appointed by the King upon the Prime Minister&#039;s recommendation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The parliament follows a multi-party system and the government is elected through a [[first-past-the-post voting|first-past-the-post]] system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://2009-2017.state.gov/r/pa/ei/bgn/2777.htm |title=Malaysia |publisher=United States State Department |date=14 July 2010 |access-date=14 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=John W. Langford|author2=K. Lorne Brownsey|title=The Changing Shape of Government in the Asia-Pacific Region|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=q-sti92Y7TkC&amp;amp;pg=PA101|year=1988|publisher=IRPP|isbn=978-0-88645-060-1|pages=101–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Parliamentary [[Elections in Malaysia|elections]] are held at least once every five years,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; the most recent of which took place in May 2018.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Opposition scores&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Before 2018, registered voters aged 21 and above could vote for the members of the House of Representatives and, in most of the states, for the state legislative chamber. Voting is not mandatory.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ipu.org/parline/reports/2197.htm|title= Malaysia (Dewan Rakyat)|publisher=Inter-Parliamentary Union|date=29 September 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In July 2019, a bill to lower the [[voting age]] to 18 years old was officially passed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2019/07/16/federal-constitution-amended-to-lower-voting-age-to-18/|title=Dewan Rakyat passes Bill to amend Federal Constitution to lower voting age to 18|author1=Martin Carvalho|author2=Hemananthani Sivanandam|author3=Rahimy Rahim|author4=Tarrence Tan|work=The Star|date=16 July 2019|access-date=16 July 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perdana Putra building 2005.jpg|alt=Large building with a series of flags in front of it|thumb|The [[Perdana Putra]] houses the office of Malaysia&#039;s [[Prime Minister of Malaysia|Prime Minister]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Executive branch|Executive power]] is vested in the [[Cabinet of Malaysia|Cabinet]], led by the [[Prime Minister of Malaysia|Prime Minister]]. The prime minister must be a member of the House of Representatives, who in the opinion of His Majesty the King, commands the support of a majority of members. The Cabinet is chosen from members of both houses of Parliament.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Prime Minister is both the [[Cabinet of Malaysia|head of cabinet]] and the [[head of government]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dfat&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; As a result of the [[2018 Malaysian general election|2018 general election]] Malaysia was governed by the [[Pakatan Harapan]] (PH) [[political alliance]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Opposition scores&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-44036178 |title=Malaysia election: Opposition scores historic victory |work=BBC News |date=10 May 2018 |access-date=6 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although Prime Minister [[Mahathir Mohamad]] resigned amid a [[2020–21 Malaysian political crisis|political crisis]] in 2020. In March 2020, the [[Perikatan Nasional]] (PN) coalition formed under Prime Minister [[Muhyiddin Yassin]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url=https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2020/02/29/istana-muhyiddin-to-be-sworn-in-as-pm |title=Palace: Muhyiddin to be sworn in as PM |work=The Star Online |date=29 February 2020 |access-date=29 February 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; before Muhyiddin lost majority support and was replaced by deputy Prime Minister [[Ismail Sabri Yaakob]], a veteran politician from the [[United Malays National Organisation]] (UMNO), in August 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2021/08/21/ismail-sabri-sworn-in-as-ninth-prime-minister |title=Ismail Sabri sworn in as Malaysia&#039;s ninth Prime Minister |work=The Star |date=21 August 2021 |access-date=22 August 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/8/21/malaysias-ismail-sabri-yaakob-sworn-in-as-new-pm|title = Malaysia&#039;s Ismail Sabri Yaakob sworn in as new PM}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As a result of the [[2022 Malaysian general election]], a hung parliament was elected. [[Anwar Ibrahim]] of the PH coalition was appointed as the new Prime Minister to lead the coalition government of PH, [[Barisan Nasional]], [[Gabungan Parti Sarawak]], [[Gabungan Rakyat Sabah]] and several other political parties and independents. Meanwhile, PN, the only political coalition not in the coalition government became the Opposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Law of Malaysia|Malaysia&#039;s legal system]] is based on [[English law|common law]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Although [[Judiciary of Malaysia|the judiciary]] is theoretically independent, its independence has been called into question and the appointment of judges lacks accountability and transparency.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.icj.org/IMG/MALAYSIA.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119080422/http://www.icj.org/IMG/MALAYSIA.pdf |archive-date=19 January 2012 |title=Attacks on Justice – Malaysia |publisher=International Commission of Jurists |access-date=5 December 2011 |url-status=dead  }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highest court in the judicial system is the [[Federal Court of Malaysia|Federal Court]], followed by the [[Court of Appeal of Malaysia|Court of Appeal]] and two [[High Courts of Malaysia|high courts]], one for Peninsular Malaysia and one for East Malaysia. Malaysia also has a special court to hear cases brought by or against royalty.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;criminal court system&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.acclawyers.org/resources/malaysia/ |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110515090557/http://www.acclawyers.org/resources/malaysia/ |url-status=dead |archive-date=15 May 2011 |title=Malaysian criminal court system |publisher=Association of Commonwealth Criminal Lawyers |access-date=15 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Demographics of Malaysia|Race]] is a significant force in politics.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Affirmative action#Malaysia|Affirmative actions]] such as the [[Malaysian New Economic Policy|New Economic Policy]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;New Economic Policy&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and the [[National Development Policy]] which superseded it, were implemented to advance the standing of the &#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039;, consisting of Malays and the indigenous tribes who are considered the original inhabitants of Malaysia, over non-&#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039; such as [[Malaysian Chinese]] and [[Malaysian Indians]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://pmr.penerangan.gov.my/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=237:dasar-ekonomi-baru-&amp;amp;catid=88:dasar-dasar-negara |title=Dasar Ekonomi Baru |publisher=Pusat Maklumat Rakyat |date=14 November 2008 |access-date=21 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These policies provide preferential treatment to &#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039; in employment, education, scholarships, business, and access to cheaper housing and assisted savings. However, it has generated greater interethnic resentment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|url=http://www.unrisd.org/unrisd/website/document.nsf/(httpPublications)/A20E9AD6E5BA919780256B6D0057896B?OpenDocument |title=The New Economic Policy and Interethnic Relations in Malaysia |author=Sundaram, Jomo Kwame |journal=Unrisd Programme Papers on Identities, Conflict and Cohesion |publisher=United Nations Research Institute for Social Development |date=1 September 2004 |issn=1020-8194 |access-date=22 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There is ongoing [[Religion in Malaysia#Secularism|debate]] over whether the laws and society of Malaysia should reflect [[Islamism]] or [[secularism]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2006/08/24/world/asia/24malaysia.html |title=Once Muslim, Now Christian and Caught in the Courts |work=The New York Times |last=Perlez |first=Jane |date=24 August 2006 |access-date=22 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Islamic criminal laws passed by the [[Pan-Malaysian Islamic Party]] with the support of UMNO state assemblymen in the state legislative assembly of Kelantan have been blocked by the federal government on the basis that criminal laws are the responsibility of the federal government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.simonbaker.me/2/hi/asia-pacific/2116032.stm |title=Malaysian state passes Islamic law |work=BBC News |date=8 July 2002 |access-date=27 November 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.thestar.com.my/News/Nation/2015/03/23/Kelantans-passing-of-hudud-amendments-void/ |title=Kelantan&#039;s passing of hudud amendments void |newspaper=The Star |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=23 March 2015|access-date=1 April 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.themalaymailonline.com/malaysia/article/bn-wont-declare-hudud-support-but-individual-members-can-chief-whip-says |title=BN won&#039;t declare hudud support, but individual members can, chief whip says |newspaper=Malay Mail |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=31 March 2015|access-date=1 April 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After UMNO lost power at the [[2018 Malaysian general election]], Malaysia&#039;s ranking increased by 9 places in the 2019 [[Democracy Index]] to 43rd compared to the previous year and is classified as a &#039;flawed democracy&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.eiu.com/public/topical_report.aspx?campaignid=democracyindex2019|title=Democracy Index 2019 A year of democratic setbacks and popular protest|website=[[Economist Intelligence Unit|EIU.com]]|url-access=registration|access-date=27 October 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia&#039;s ranking in the 2020 [[Press Freedom Index]] increased by 22 places to 101st compared to the previous year, making it one of two countries in Southeast Asia without a &#039;Difficult situation&#039; or &#039;Very Serious situation&#039; with regards to press freedom.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://rsf.org/en/ranking/2020|title=2020 World Press Freedom Index |work=Reporters Without Borders |year=2020 |access-date=27 October 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, it fell 18 places the following year due to the policies of the PN government.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Malaysia : Back to harassment, intimidation and censorship {{!}} Reporters without borders|url=https://rsf.org/en/malaysia|access-date=26 July 2021|website=RSF|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is marked at 48th and 62nd place according to the 2021 [[Corruption Perceptions Index]], indicating above average levels of [[Corruption in Malaysia|corruption]]. [[Freedom House]] noted Malaysia as &amp;quot;partly free&amp;quot; in its 2018 survey.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-malaysia-trafficking/malaysia-considers-amending-human-trafficking-law-after-u-s-report-idUSKBN1JQ04Y|title=Malaysia considers amending human trafficking law after U.S. report|date=29 June 2018|website=Reuters}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A lawsuit filed by the [[United States Department of Justice|Department of Justice]] alleged that at least $3.5 billion involving former prime minister [[Najib Razak]] had been stolen from Malaysia&#039;s [[1Malaysia Development Berhad|1MDB]] state-owned fund, known as the [[1Malaysia Development Berhad scandal]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2016/jul/28/1mdb-inside-story-worlds-biggest-financial-scandal-malaysia|title=1MDB: The inside story of the world&#039;s biggest financial scandal|work=The Guardian|date=28 July 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191111085317/https://www.theguardian.com/world/2016/jul/28/1mdb-inside-story-worlds-biggest-financial-scandal-malaysia|archive-date=11 November 2019|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=1MDB: The playboys, PMs and partygoers around a global financial scandal |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-46341603 |work=BBC News |date=9 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=The bizarre story of 1MDB, the Goldman Sachs-backed Malaysian fund that turned into one of the biggest scandals in financial history |url=https://www.businessinsider.com/1mdb-timeline-the-goldman-sachs-backed-malaysian-wealth-fund-2018-12 |work=Business Insider |date=9 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Administrative divisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|States and federal territories of Malaysia|Divisions of Malaysia|Districts of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Malaysia Labelled Map}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is a [[federation]] of 13 states and three federal territories.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.thestar.com.my/Opinion/Online-Exclusive/A-Humble-Submission/Profile/Articles/2015/11/02/understanding-federation-malaysia/ |title=Understanding the Federation of Malaysia |newspaper=The Star |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=2 November 2015 |access-date=3 November 2015 |archive-date=5 November 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151105113420/http://www.thestar.com.my/Opinion/Online-Exclusive/A-Humble-Submission/Profile/Articles/2015/11/02/understanding-federation-malaysia/ |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These are divided between two regions, with 11 states and two federal territories on [[Peninsular Malaysia]] and the other two states and one federal territory in [[East Malaysia]]. Each state is divided into [[Districts of Malaysia|districts]], which are then divided into [[mukim]]. In [[Sabah]] and [[Sarawak]] districts are grouped into divisions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.statoids.com/ymy.html |title=Malaysia Districts |publisher=Statoids |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Governance of the states is divided between the federal and the state governments, with different powers reserved for each, and the Federal government has direct administration of the federal territories.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Main/MsianGov/StateGovAndFederalTerritories/Pages/StateGovAndFederalTerritories.aspx|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140222231636/http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Main/MsianGov/StateGovAndFederalTerritories/Pages/StateGovAndFederalTerritories.aspx|url-status=dead|archive-date=22 February 2014|title=Federal Territories and State Governments|publisher=Malaysian government|access-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Each state has a unicameral [[State legislative assemblies of Malaysia|State Legislative Assembly]] whose members are elected from single-member constituencies. State governments are led by [[Chief Ministers in Malaysia|Chief Ministers]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; who are state assembly members from the majority party in the assembly. In each of the states with a hereditary ruler, the Chief Minister is normally required to be a [[Malays (ethnic group)|Malay]], appointed by the ruler upon the recommendation of the Prime Minister.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = The management of secondary cities in southeast Asia|publisher = United Nations Centre for Human Settlements|year = 1996|page = 120|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=P-3155j7FLkC |isbn=978-92-1-131313-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Except for state elections in Sarawak, by [[constitutional convention (political custom)|convention]] state elections are held concurrently with the federal election.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dfat&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower-level administration is carried out by local authorities, which include city councils, district councils, and municipal councils, although autonomous statutory bodies can be created by the federal and state governments to deal with certain tasks.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.treasury.gov.my/pdf/lain-lain/msia_regime.pdf |title=Malaysia&#039;s government procurement regime |publisher=Ministry of Finance Malaysia |access-date=19 February 2014 |archive-date=3 March 2016 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160303213434/http://www.treasury.gov.my/pdf/lain-lain/msia_regime.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The federal constitution puts local authorities outside of the federal territories under the exclusive jurisdictions of the state government,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://lib.kedah.uitm.edu.my/psblibrary/notes/am110/layout/subject%20material/handouts/dpa/PAD%20320/h1.pdf |title=Introduction to local government in Malaysia |publisher=Universiti Teknologi Mara |access-date=19 February 2014 |archive-date=28 March 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180328212349/http://lib.kedah.uitm.edu.my/psblibrary/notes/am110/layout/subject%20material/handouts/dpa/PAD%20320/h1.pdf |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although in practice the federal government has intervened in the affairs of state local governments.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://epress.lib.uts.edu.au/journals/index.php/cjlg/article/viewFile/759/1032 |title=Decentralisation or recentralisation? Trends in local government in Malaysia |author=Nooi, Phang Siew  |publisher=Commonwealth Journal of Local Governance |date=May 2008 |access-date=19 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are 154 local authorities, consisting of 14 city councils, 38 municipal councils and 97 district councils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 13 states are based on historical Malay kingdoms, and 9 of the 11 Peninsular states, known as the [[Malay states]], retain their royal families. The King is elected by and from [[Conference of Rulers|the nine rulers]] to serve a five-year term.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This King appoints governors serving a four-year term for the states without monarchies, after consultations with the chief minister of that state. Each state has its own written constitution.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lim Hong Hai&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://library.fes.de/pdf-files/iez/01361005.pdf |title=Electoral Politics in Malaysia: &#039;Managing&#039; Elections in a Plural Society |author=Hai, Lim Hong |access-date=19 February 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sabah and Sarawak have considerably more autonomy than the other states, most notably having separate immigration policies and controls, and a unique residency status.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Hannum, Hurst |title=Basic Documents on Autonomy and Minority Rights|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=_oV3pKJfnvcC&amp;amp;pg=PA342|year=1993 |publisher=Martinus Nijhoff |isbn=978-0-7923-1977-1 |pages=342–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|author=Lockard, Craig A. |title=Sabah and Sarawak: The Politics of Development and Federalism. Kajian Malaysia, Special Issue. Edited by Francis Loh Kok Wah. Penang: Universiti Sains Malaysia, 1997. Pp. 236.|journal=[[Journal of Southeast Asian Studies]]|volume=31|issue=1|date=March 2000|pages=210–213|doi=10.1017/S0022463400016192|s2cid=154586268}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/2011/09/16/an-agreement-forged-and-forgotten/ |title=An agreement forged and forgotten |last1=Bong |first1=Karen |last2=Pilo |first2=Wilfred |name-list-style=amp |work=The Borneo Post |location=Kuching |date=16 September 2011|access-date=3 July 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Federal intervention in state affairs, lack of development, and disputes over oil [[royalties]] have occasionally led to statements about [[secession]] from leaders in several states such as [[Penang]], [[Johor]], [[Kelantan]], Sabah and Sarawak, although these have not been followed up and no serious independence movements exist.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://penangmonthly.com/article.aspx?pageid=2370&amp;amp;name=penang_the_rebel_state_part_one|title=Penang: The Rebel State (Part One)|last=Koay|first=Su Lin|website=Penang Monthly|date=September 2016|access-date=26 November 2017|archive-date=1 December 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171201034025/http://penangmonthly.com/article.aspx?pageid=2370&amp;amp;name=penang_the_rebel_state_part_one|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |url= https://www.academia.edu/2954857 |title=Politics of Federal Intervention in Malaysia, with reference to Kelantan, Sarawak and Sabah |first=James |last=Chin |journal=Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics|volume=35|pages=96–120 |year=1997|access-date=3 November 2015|doi=10.1080/14662049708447747 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://english.astroawani.com/malaysia-news/could-federation-malaysia-really-come-apart-76926|title=Could the Federation of Malaysia really come apart?|author=Mohd Hazmi Mohd Rusli|publisher=[[Astro Awani]]|date=18 October 2015|access-date=3 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.todayonline.com/world/asia/will-things-fall-apart-malaysian-federation? |title=Will things fall apart in the Malaysian federation? |newspaper=Today |location= Singapore |date=3 November 2015 |access-date=3 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;States&lt;br /&gt;
A list of thirteen states and each state capital (in parentheses):&lt;br /&gt;
{{div col|colwidth=22em}}&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Johor}} [[Johor]] ([[Johor Bahru]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Kedah}} [[Kedah]]  ([[Alor Setar]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Kelantan}} [[Kelantan]] ([[Kota Bharu]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Melaka}} [[Malacca]] ([[Malacca City]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Negeri Sembilan}} [[Negeri Sembilan]] ([[Seremban]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Pahang}} [[Pahang]] ([[Kuantan]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Penang}} [[Penang]] ([[George Town, Penang|George Town]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Perak}} [[Perak]] ([[Ipoh]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Perlis}} [[Perlis]] ([[Kangar]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Selangor}} [[Selangor]] ([[Shah Alam]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Sabah}} [[Sabah]] ([[Kota Kinabalu]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Sarawak}} [[Sarawak]] ([[Kuching]])&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Terengganu}} [[Terengganu]] ([[Kuala Terengganu]])&lt;br /&gt;
{{div col end}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Federal territories&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Kuala Lumpur}} [[Kuala Lumpur|Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur]]&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Labuan}} [[Labuan|Federal Territory of Labuan]]&lt;br /&gt;
# {{flagicon|Putrajaya}} [[Putrajaya|Federal Territory of Putrajaya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Foreign relations and military ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of Malaysia|Malaysian Armed Forces}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Secretary Pompeo and Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad (42910851015).jpg|thumb|left|alt=With Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad|Former Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad meeting with US Secretary of State [[Mike Pompeo]] at the Prime Minister&#039;s Office in [[Putrajaya]], 2018]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A founding member of ASEAN&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.asean.org/64.htm |title=Overview |publisher=Association of Southeast Asian Nations |access-date=8 November 2007 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080109233326/http://www.asean.org/64.htm |archive-date=9 January 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and OIC,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.kln.gov.my/web/guest/division-multilateral-oic-d8 |title=Islamic Affairs (OIC) and D8 Division |publisher=Malaysian Ministry of Foreign Affairs |access-date=12 November 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170309064902/http://www.kln.gov.my/web/guest/division-multilateral-oic-d8 |archive-date=9 March 2017 |url-status=dead  }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the country participates in many international organisations such as the [[United Nations]] (U.N.),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.un.org/members/list.shtml |title=List of Member States |publisher=United Nations |access-date=8 November 2007 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071024134907/http://www.un.org/members/list.shtml |archive-date=24 October 2007 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; APEC,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.apec.org/en/About-Us/About-APEC/Member-Economies.aspx|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101201151002/http://www.apec.org/en/About-Us/About-APEC/Member-Economies.aspx |archive-date=1 December 2010 |title=Member Economies|publisher=Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation |access-date=10 June 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[D-8 Organization for Economic Cooperation]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.developing8.org/Membermalaysia.aspx|title=Malaysia|publisher=Developing 8 Countries|access-date=15 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170630135700/http://www.developing8.org/Membermalaysia.aspx|archive-date=30 June 2017|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and NAM.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.nam.gov.za/background/members.htm |title=The Non-Aligned Movement: Member States |publisher=Non-Aligned Movement |access-date=5 September 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101209233514/http://www.nam.gov.za/background/members.htm |archive-date=9 December 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has chaired ASEAN, OIC, and NAM in the past.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; A former British colony, it is also a member of the [[Commonwealth of Nations|Commonwealth]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thecommonwealth.org/Internal/142227/members/ |title=Member States |publisher=Commonwealth Secretariat |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Kuala Lumpur was the site of the first EAS in 2005.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;govtnz&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.asean.fta.govt.nz/malaysia-foreign-relations |title=Malaysia Foreign Relations |publisher=New Zealand Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade |date=4 December 2008 |access-date=18 September 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100526030946/http://www.asean.fta.govt.nz/malaysia-foreign-relations/ |archive-date=26 May 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia&#039;s foreign policy is officially based on the principle of neutrality and maintaining peaceful relations with all countries, regardless of their political system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kln&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.kln.gov.my/web/guest/foreign_policy |title= Malaysia&#039;s Foreign Policy |access-date=21 September 2010 |publisher= [[Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Malaysia)|Ministry of Foreign Affairs]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The government attaches a high priority to the security and stability of Southeast Asia,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;govtnz&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and seeks to further develop relations with other countries in the region. Historically the government has tried to portray Malaysia as a progressive Islamic nation&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kln&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; while strengthening relations with other Islamic states.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;govtnz&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; A strong tenet of Malaysia&#039;s policy is national sovereignty and the right of a country to control its domestic affairs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dfat&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  Malaysia signed the U.N. treaty on the [[Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons|Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |url=https://treaties.un.org/Pages/ViewDetails.aspx?src=TREATY&amp;amp;mtdsg_no=XXVI-9&amp;amp;chapter=26&amp;amp;clang=_en |title=Chapter XXVI: Disarmament&amp;amp;nbsp;– No. 9 Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons |publisher=United Nations Treaty Collection |date=7 July 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Japan should support nuclear ban treaty, says Malaysian PM Mahathir Mohamad |url=https://www.japantimes.co.jp/news/2019/08/07/national/politics-diplomacy/japan-support-nuclear-ban-treaty-says-malaysian-pm-mahathir-mohamad/#.XVat-XszWUk |work=The Japan Times |date=7 August 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Spratly Islands]] are disputed by many states in the area, and [[Territorial disputes in the South China Sea|a large portion of the South China Sea]] is claimed by [[China]]. Unlike its neighbours of [[Vietnam]] and the [[Philippines]], Malaysia historically avoided conflicts with China.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.philstar.com/headlines/2014/06/25/1338864/why-malaysia-unlike-philippines-keeps-quiet-sea-row |title=Why Malaysia, unlike Philippines, keeps quiet on sea row |last=Diola |first=Camille |work=[[The Philippine Star]] |date=25 June 2014 |access-date=25 June 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, after the encroachment of Chinese ships in Malaysian territorial waters,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/2015/09/27/presence-of-china-coast-guard-ship-at-luconia-shoals-spooks-local-fishermen/ |title=Presence of China Coast Guard ship at Luconia Shoals spooks local fishermen |newspaper=The Borneo Post |location= Kuching |date=27 September 2015 |access-date=28 September 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and breach of airspace by their military aircraft, Malaysia has become active in condemning China.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.therakyatpost.com/news/2015/08/15/malaysia-lodges-diplomatic-protest-against-intrusion-at-beting-patinggi-ali/ |title=Malaysia lodges diplomatic protest against intrusion at Beting Patinggi Ali |agency=Bernama |work=The Rakyat Post |date=15 August 2015 |access-date=16 August 2015 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150929024442/http://www.therakyatpost.com/news/2015/08/15/malaysia-lodges-diplomatic-protest-against-intrusion-at-beting-patinggi-ali/ |archive-date=29 September 2015 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.channelnewsasia.com/news/asiapacific/malaysia-slams-china-s/2200744.html |title=Malaysia slams China&#039;s &#039;provocation&#039; in South China Sea |first1=Ben |last1=Blanchard |first2=Richard |last2=Pullin |agency=Reuters |work=Channel News Asia |date=18 October 2015 |access-date=20 October 2015 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20151019120244/http://www.channelnewsasia.com/news/asiapacific/malaysia-slams-china-s/2200744.html |archive-date=19 October 2015 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Brunei and Malaysia in 2009 announced an end to claims of each other&#039;s land, and committed to resolve issues related to their maritime borders.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Brunei drops all claims to Limbang |url= http://www.bt.com.bn/home_news/2009/03/17/brunei_drops_all_claims_to_limbang |last=Masli |first=Ubaidillah |work=[[The Brunei Times]] |date=17 March 2009 |access-date=23 August 2013 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20140712162447/http://www.bt.com.bn/home_news/2009/03/17/brunei_drops_all_claims_to_limbang |archive-date=12 July 2014 |url-status=dead  }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Philippines has a [[North Borneo dispute|dormant claim]] to the eastern part of Sabah.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MYIDPHSG&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Mohamad |first=Kadir |year=2009 |title=Malaysia&#039;s territorial disputes – two cases at the ICJ: Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge (Malaysia/Singapore), Ligitan and Sipadan [and the Sabah claim] (Malaysia/Indonesia/Philippines) |url=http://www.idfr.gov.my/images/stories/publication/2009/inside_pbp.pdf |publisher=Institute of Diplomacy and Foreign Relations (IDFR) Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Malaysia |quote=Map of British North Borneo, highlighting in yellow colour the area covered by the Philippine claim, presented to the Court by the Philippines during the Oral Hearings at the ICJ on 25 June 2001 |page=46 |access-date=16 May 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160516042053/http://www.idfr.gov.my/images/stories/publication/2009/inside_pbp.pdf |archive-date=16 May 2016 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Singapore&#039;s land reclamation has caused tensions,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2070.html |title=Disputed&amp;amp;nbsp;– International |publisher=CIA |access-date=26 October 2010 |archive-date=14 October 2018 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181014013059/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2070.html |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and minor maritime and land border disputes exist with Indonesia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MYIDPHSG&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.dailyexpress.com.my/news.cfm?NewsID=103802 |title=Border disputes differ for Indonesia, M&#039;sia |newspaper= [[Daily Express (Malaysia)|Daily Express]] |location= Kota Kinabalu |date=16 October 2015 |access-date=19 October 2015 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20151019135525/http://www.dailyexpress.com.my/news.cfm?NewsID=103802 |archive-date=19 October 2015 |url-status=dead  }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 300&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Su30mkm flying at lima 8.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Scorpene Tunku Abdul Rahman.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Submarine&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = Military plane&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = A Malaysian Army paratrooper participates in an amphibious raid exercise with U.S. Marines and Sailors assigned to India Company, 3rd Battalion, 3rd Marine Regiment June 21, 2013, at Batu Beach in Kuantan 130621-N-LX503-251.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt3              = Paratrooper&lt;br /&gt;
| image4            = PT-91 Ex.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| alt4              = Tank&lt;br /&gt;
| footer            = &#039;&#039;&#039;Clockwise from top&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Sukhoi Su-30MKM|Su-30MKM fighter aircraft]]; {{sclass2|Scorpène|submarine|1}}; [[PT-91M]] MBT tank; and [[Malaysian Army]] paratrooper with [[M4 carbine|M4]]&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 2/2&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Malaysian Armed Forces]] have three branches: the [[Malaysian Army]], [[Royal Malaysian Navy]] and the [[Royal Malaysian Air Force]]. There is no conscription, and the required age for voluntary military service is 18. The military uses 1.5% of the country&#039;s GDP, and employs 1.23% of Malaysia&#039;s manpower.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.nationmaster.com/red/country/my-malaysia/mil-military&amp;amp;all=1 |title=Malaysian Military statistics |publisher=NationMaster |access-date=1 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysian peacekeeping forces have contributed to many U.N. peacekeeping missions, such as in [[United Nations Operation in the Congo|Congo]], [[United Nations Iran–Iraq Military Observer Group|Iran–Iraq]], [[United Nations Transition Assistance Group|Namibia]], [[United Nations Transitional Authority in Cambodia|Cambodia]], [[United Nations Protection Force|Bosnia and Herzegovina]], [[United Nations Operation in Somalia II|Somalia]], [[United Nations Interim Administration Mission in Kosovo|Kosovo]], [[United Nations Integrated Mission in East Timor|East Timor]] and [[United Nations Interim Force in Lebanon|Lebanon]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.un.int/malaysia/GA/67/2013-02-12%20Protection%20of%20Civilians.pdf |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20131018034708/http://www.un.int/malaysia/GA/67/2013-02-12%20Protection%20of%20Civilians.pdf |archive-date=18 October 2013 |title=Malaysia – Permanent Missions to the United Nations |publisher=United Nations |date=12 February 2013 |access-date=15 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Five Power Defence Arrangements]] is a regional security initiative which has been in place for almost 40 years. It involves joint military exercises held among Malaysia, Singapore, Australia, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.mysinchew.com/node/38249 |title=Australia says major military exercise underway in Malaysia |work=My Sinchew |date=26 April 2010 |access-date=1 October 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160303201942/http://www.mysinchew.com/node/38249 |archive-date=3 March 2016 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Joint exercises and war games have also been held with Brunei,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.bt.com.bn/news-national/2014/04/20/brunei-m%E2%80%99sia-train-11th-military-exercise |title=Brunei, M&#039;sia train in 11th military exercise |last=Wood |first=Daniel |work=The Brunei Times |date=20 April 2014 |access-date=5 November 2014 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20141208183256/http://www.bt.com.bn/news-national/2014/04/20/brunei-m%E2%80%99sia-train-11th-military-exercise |archive-date=8 December 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; China,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://eng.mod.gov.cn/DefenseNews/2015-09/17/content_4620894.htm|title=First China-Malaysia joint military exercise held in Malacca Strait|author=Yao Jianing|work=China Military Online|publisher=[[Ministry of National Defense of the People&#039;s Republic of China]]|date=17 September 2015|access-date=1 October 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181001184454/http://eng.mod.gov.cn/DefenseNews/2015-09/17/content_4620894.htm|archive-date=1 October 2018|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; India,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://pib.nic.in/newsite/PrintRelease.aspx?relid=179020|title=First Ever Joint Army exercise on Malaysian Soil Commences with Handing-Over of Troops Ceremony|author=Aman Anand|publisher=[[Press Information Bureau]] (India)|date=30 April 2018|access-date=2 October 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181001183858/http://pib.nic.in/newsite/PrintRelease.aspx?relid=179020|archive-date=1 October 2018|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Indonesia,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.antaranews.com/en/news/1284390436/indonesia-malaysia-military-exercises-must-continue-defence-minister |title=Indonesia-Malaysia military exercises must continue&amp;amp;nbsp;– defence minister |work=ANTARA News |date=13 September 2010 |access-date=1 October 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100922134210/http://www.antaranews.com/en/news/1284390436/indonesia-malaysia-military-exercises-must-continue-defence-minister |archive-date=22 September 2010 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Japan,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.janes.com/article/82922/japan-malaysia-sign-defence-accord|title=Japan, Malaysia sign defence accord|author=John Grevatt|publisher=[[Jane&#039;s Information Group]]|date=12 September 2018|access-date=1 October 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181001185203/https://www.janes.com/article/82922/japan-malaysia-sign-defence-accord|archive-date=1 October 2018|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the United States.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.thestar.com.my/News/Nation/2014/08/25/Malaysia-US-armed-forces/ |title=Malaysia, US armed forces in joint exercise |work=The Star |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=25 August 2014 |access-date=26 August 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, and Vietnam have agreed to host joint security force exercises to secure their maritime border and tackle issues such as illegal immigration, [[piracy]], and [[smuggling]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://www.mysinchew.com/node/43096 |title=Malaysia, Philippines committed to enhancing border security |work=My Sinchew |date=9 August 2010 |access-date=18 September 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160303205247/http://www.mysinchew.com/node/43096 |archive-date=3 March 2016 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.graypage.com/assets/Piracy-in-Southeast-Asia-Organised-Criminal-Syndicatds-or-small-scale-opportunists.pdf |title=Piracy in Southeast Asia: Organised Criminal Syndicates or Small Scale Opportunists?|work=Gray Page |date=April 2013 |access-date=24 July 2015 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150724082702/http://www.graypage.com/assets/Piracy-in-Southeast-Asia-Organised-Criminal-Syndicatds-or-small-scale-opportunists.pdf |archive-date=24 July 2015|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.thestar.com.my/News/Nation/2012/05/15/Malaysia-Thailand-military-exercise-to-include-other-agencies-Asean-members/ |title=Malaysia, Thailand military exercise to include other agencies, Asean members |last=Carvalho |first=Martin |work=The Star |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=15 May 2012 |access-date=5 November 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Previously there were fears that extremist militants activities in the Muslim areas of the [[Moro conflict in the Philippines|southern Philippines]]{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} and [[South Thailand insurgency|southern Thailand]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Kent |first=Jonathan |url= http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/3666607.stm |title=Malaysia ups Thai border security |work=BBC News |date=28 April 2004 |access-date=18 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; would spill over into Malaysia. Because of this, Malaysia began to increase its border security.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Human rights ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Human rights in Malaysia|LGBT rights in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
Homosexuality is [[LGBT rights in Malaysia|illegal in Malaysia]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |first1=Max |last1=Bearak |first2=Darla |last2=Cameron |url= https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/worldviews/wp/2016/06/13/here-are-the-10-countries-where-homosexuality-may-be-punished-by-death-2/ |title= Here are the 10 countries where homosexuality may be punished by death | newspaper = The Washington Post |date=16 June 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |first=Daniel |last=Avery |title=71 Countries Where Homosexuality is Illegal |url=https://www.newsweek.com/73-countries-where-its-illegal-be-gay-1385974 |work=Newsweek |date=4 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and authorities have imposed punishments such as [[Caning in Malaysia|caning]] and imprisonment.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= https://www.theguardian.com/world/2018/sep/03/women-caned-in-malaysia-for-attempting-to-have-lesbian-sex |title=Women caned in Malaysia for attempting to have lesbian sex |last=Lamb|first=Kate |date=3 September 2018 |newspaper=The Guardian |access-date=26 May 2019 |location= London}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Malaysia sentences five men to jail, caning and fines for gay sex |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-malaysia-lgbt-idUSKBN1XH197 |website=Reuters |access-date=27 June 2022 |language=en |date=7 November 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Human trafficking]] and [[sex trafficking in Malaysia]] are significant problems.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.newmandala.org/malaysia-must-wake-human-trafficking-problem/|title=Malaysia must wake up to its human trafficking problem|date=24 May 2017|website=New Mandala}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2014/jun/20/malaysia-us-human-trafficking-persons-report|title=US penalises Malaysia for shameful human trafficking record|date=20 June 2014|website=The Guardian}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There have also been cases of vigilante executions and beatings against LGBT individuals in Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=A brutal assault and rising fear in Malaysia&#039;s LGBT community |url=https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2018/08/24/a-brutal-assault-and-rising-fear-in-malaysias-lgbt-community |website=[[The Star (Malaysia)|The Star]] |access-date=27 June 2022 |language=en |date=24 August 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Malaysia: Government Steps Up Attacks on LGBT People |url=https://www.hrw.org/news/2021/01/25/malaysia-government-steps-attacks-lgbt-people |website=[[Human Rights Watch]] |access-date=27 June 2022 |language=en |date=25 January 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The illegality of homosexuality in Malaysia has also been the forefront of [[Anwar Ibrahim]]&#039;s [[Anwar Ibrahim sodomy trials|sodomy trials]], which Anwar has called politically motivated, a characterization supported by the [[Working Group on Arbitrary Detention]], along with [[Amnesty International]] and the [[Human Rights Watch]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Malaysia: Political Motivations Undermine Anwar Case |url=https://www.hrw.org/news/2008/07/21/malaysia-political-motivations-undermine-anwar-case |website=Human Rights Watch |language=en |date=21 July 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last1=Doherty |first1=Ben |title=Anwar Ibrahim guilty in sodomy case |url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2015/feb/10/anwar-ibrahim-guilty-in-sodomy-case |website=the Guardian |access-date=27 June 2022 |language=en |date=10 February 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Anwar Ibrahim: Malaysia opposition leader &#039;should be freed&#039; |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-34704563 |website=BBC News |access-date=27 June 2022 |date=2 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Capital punishment in Malaysia|death penalty]] is in use for serious crimes such as [[murder]], [[terrorism]], [[drug trafficking]], and [[kidnapping]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.agc.gov.my/agcportal/uploads/files/Publications/LOM/EN/Penal%20Code%20%5BAct%20574%5D2.pdf|title=Laws of Malaysia [Act 574]|publisher=Attorney General&#039;s Chamber|date=1 January 2015|access-date=13 October 2016|archive-date=3 December 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201203104609/http://www.agc.gov.my/agcportal/uploads/files/Publications/LOM/EN/Penal%20Code%20&amp;amp;#91;Act%20574&amp;amp;#93;2.pdf|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/212428/13_05_31_DPP_Malaysia_report_FINAL_single_pages.pdf|title=The Death Penalty in Malaysia |publisher=[[Government of the United Kingdom]]|access-date=15 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but in June 2022, Malaysian law minister [[Wan Junaidi]] pledged to abolish capital punishment and replace it with other punishments at the discretion of the court.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=10 June 2022 |title=Malaysia renews pledge to abolish mandatory death penalty |language=en |work=Reuters |url=https://www.reuters.com/world/asia-pacific/malaysia-renews-pledge-abolish-mandatory-death-penalty-2022-06-10/ |access-date=10 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In July 2023, [[The 1975]] lead singer Matty Healy slammed the country&#039;s anti-LGBTQ laws by kissing a bandmate on stage at a music festival in [[Kuala Lumpur]] causing the Ministry of Communications and Digital to cancel the 3 day event.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Kent |first=Heather Chen,Teele Rebane,Lauren |date=2023-07-22 |title=Malaysia halts music festival after same-sex kiss by The 1975 singer |url=https://www.cnn.com/2023/07/22/asia/malaysia-1975-same-sex-concert-intl/index.html |access-date=2023-07-23 |website=CNN |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Geography ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malaysia relief location map.jpg|thumb|alt=Relief map of Malaysia|400px|[[Topographic map]] of Malaysia; [[Mount Kinabalu]] is the highest summit in the country.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is the [[List of countries and outlying territories by total area|66th largest country by total land area]], with a total area of {{convert|330803|km2|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2010 stats&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.statistics.gov.my/ccount12/click.php?id=2127 |title=Laporan Kiraan Permulaan 2010 |publisher=Jabatan Perangkaan Malaysia |page=27 |access-date=2 August 2023  |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101227065717/http://www.statistics.gov.my/ccount12/click.php?id=2127 |archive-date=27 December 2010 |df=dmy-all }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has land [[Borders of Malaysia|borders]] with Thailand in West Malaysia, and [[Indonesia]] and [[Brunei]] in East Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/malaysia/ |title=Malaysia |publisher=CIA |access-date=27 March 2014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is linked to [[Singapore]] by a narrow causeway and a [[Malaysia–Singapore Second Link|bridge]]. The country also has [[maritime boundary|maritime boundaries]] with [[Vietnam]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ugm.ac.id/en/?q=news/to-reduce-conflicts-indonesia-and-malaysia-should-meet-intensively |title=To Reduce Conflicts, Indonesia and Malaysia Should Meet Intensively |publisher=Universitas Gadjah Mada |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the Philippines.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1 = Prescott|first1 = John Robert Victor|last2 = Schofield|first2 = Clive H|title = Undelimited maritime boundaries of the Asian Rim in the Pacific Ocean|publisher = International Boundaries Research Unit|year = 2001|page = 53|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=-RT2lGdMZucC|isbn = 978-1-897643-43-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The land borders are defined in large part by geological features such as the [[Perlis River]], the [[Golok River]] and the Pagalayan Canal, whilst some of the maritime boundaries are the subject of ongoing contention.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Brunei forms what is almost an enclave in Malaysia,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/brunei/ |title=Brunei |publisher=CIA |access-date=13 September 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with the state of Sarawak dividing it into two parts. Malaysia is the only country with territory on both the Asian mainland and the Malay archipelago.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Strait of Malacca]], lying between [[Sumatra]] and Peninsular Malaysia, is one of the most important thoroughfares in global commerce, carrying 40 per cent of the world&#039;s trade.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |last=Schuman |first=Michael |url= http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1893032,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20090423052721/http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1893032,00.html |url-status= dead |archive-date= 23 April 2009 |title=Waterway To the World&amp;amp;nbsp;– Summer Journey |magazine=Time |location=New York |date=22 April 2009 |access-date=16 August 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two parts of Malaysia, separated from each other by the [[South China Sea]], share a largely similar landscape in that both Peninsular and East Malaysia feature coastal plains rising to hills and mountains.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Peninsular Malaysia, containing 40 per cent of Malaysia&#039;s land area,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; extends {{convert|740|km|abbr=on}} from north to south, and its maximum width is {{convert|322|km|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Saw|first = Swee-Hock|title = The population of Peninsular Malaysia|publisher = Institute of Southeast Asian Studies|year = 2007|pages = 1–2|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=e4Yp2QJNVWgC|isbn = 978-981-230-730-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is divided between its east and west coasts by the [[Titiwangsa Mountains]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Stevens|first = Alan M.|title = Kamus Lengkap Indonesia Inggris|publisher = Ohio University Press|year = 2004|page = 89|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=cF97F--suNAC|isbn = 978-979-433-387-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; rising to a peak elevation of {{Convert|2183|m|ft}} at [[Mount Korbu]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AZ&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |title=The A to Z of Malaysia |page=lxxxii |last=Ooi Keat Gin |first=Gin |publisher=Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-8108-7641-5 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; part of a series of mountain ranges running down the centre of the peninsula.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; These mountains are heavily forested,{{Citation needed|date=October 2022}} and mainly composed of [[granite]] and other igneous rocks. Much of it has been eroded, creating a [[karst]] landscape.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The range is the origin of some of Peninsular Malaysia&#039;s river systems.{{Citation needed|date=October 2022}} The coastal plains surrounding the peninsula reach a maximum width of {{convert|50|km|mi|0}}, and the peninsula&#039;s coastline is nearly {{convert|1931|km|abbr=on}} long, although harbours are only available on the western side.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
East Malaysia, on the island of [[Borneo]], has a coastline of {{convert|2607|km|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; It is divided between coastal regions, hills and valleys, and a mountainous interior.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Crocker Range]] extends northwards from Sarawak,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; dividing the state of Sabah. It is the location of the {{convert|4095|m|adj=on|abbr=on}} high [[Mount Kinabalu]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = Malaysia, Singapore &amp;amp; Brunei |last = Richmond|first = Simon |isbn = 978-1-74104-887-2 |publisher =Lonely Planet |year =2010 |pages = [https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781741048872/page/74 74]–75 |url = https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781741048872|url-access = registration }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Thiessen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |title=Borneo: Sabah – Brunei – Sarawak |last=Thiessen |first=Tamara |isbn=978-1-84162-390-0 |publisher=Bradt Travel Guides |access-date=23 April 2014 |year=2012 |page=192 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DCDkRTYwN5AC&amp;amp;pg=PA192}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the tallest mountain in Malaysia. Mount Kinabalu is located in the [[Kinabalu National Park]], which is protected as one of the four UNESCO [[World Heritage Site]]s [[List of World Heritage Sites in Malaysia|in Malaysia]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ecologyasia.com/html-loc/mount-kinabalu.htm |title=Mount Kinabalu&amp;amp;nbsp;– revered abode of the dead |publisher=Ecology Asia |access-date=17 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highest mountain ranges form the border between Malaysia and Indonesia. Sarawak contains the Mulu Caves, the largest cave system in the world, in the [[Gunung Mulu National Park]] which is also a World Heritage Site.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The largest river in Malaysia is the [[Rajang River|Rajang]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Around these two halves of Malaysia are [[List of islands of Malaysia|numerous islands]], the largest of which is [[Banggi Island|Banggi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|author=Daw, T. |title=Reef Fish Aggregations in Sabah, East Malaysia|url=http://scrfa.org/images/stories/pdf/scrfa/daw_e.malaysia.pdf|date=April 2004|publisher=Society for the Conservation of Reef Fish Aggregations|series=Western Pacific Fisher Survey series|volume=5|page=17}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The local climate is [[Tropical climate|equatorial]] and characterised by the annual southwest (April to October) and northeast (October to February) [[monsoon]]s.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The temperature is moderated by the presence of the surrounding oceans.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Humidity is usually high, and the average annual rainfall is {{convert|250|cm|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The climates of the Peninsula and the East differ, as the climate on the peninsula is directly affected by wind from the mainland, as opposed to the more maritime weather of the East. Local climates can be divided into three regions, highland, lowland, and coastal.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Climate change in Malaysia|Climate change]] will cause [[sea level rise]] and increased rainfall, increasing flood risks and leading to droughts.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Country: Malaysia |url=https://climateknowledgeportal.worldbank.org/ |access-date=1 February 2023 |website=World Bank Climate Change Knowledge Portal |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Biodiversity and conservation ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Wildlife of Malaysia|Environmental issues in Malaysia|List of national parks in Malaysia}}{{Multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 300&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Malay tiger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = Tiger&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Hornbill-Malaysia.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Hornbill&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = left&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = Proboscis Monkey (Nasalis larvatus) young male (15628132337).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt3              = Monkey&lt;br /&gt;
| image4            = Hawksbill Sipadan.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt4              = Hawksbill&lt;br /&gt;
| footer            = Native species in Malaysia, &#039;&#039;&#039;clockwise from top&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Malayan tiger]]; [[oriental pied hornbill]]s; [[hawksbill sea turtle]]; and [[proboscis monkey]]&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 2/2&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia signed the Rio [[Convention on Biological Diversity]] on 12 June 1993, and became a party to the convention on 24 June 1994.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.cbd.int/convention/parties/list/ |title=List of Parties |access-date=9 December 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has subsequently produced a [[Biodiversity action plan|National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan]], which was received by the convention on 16 April 1998.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.arbec.com.my/NBP.pdf|title=Malaysia&#039;s National Policy on Biological Diversity|access-date=15 October 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130820215449/http://arbec.com.my/NBP.pdf|archive-date=20 August 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country is [[megadiverse countries|megadiverse]] with a high number of species and high levels of [[endemism]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;megadiverse&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.environment.gov.au/soe/2001/publications/theme-reports/biodiversity/biodiversity01-3.html |title=Biodiversity Theme Report |publisher=Australian Government Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts |year=2001 |access-date=24 January 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081208141905/http://www.environment.gov.au/soe/2001/publications/theme-reports/biodiversity/biodiversity01-3.html |archive-date=8 December 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is estimated to contain 20&amp;amp;nbsp;per&amp;amp;nbsp;cent of the world&#039;s animal species.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Alexander&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Alexander|first = James|title = Malaysia Brunei &amp;amp; Singapore|publisher = New Holland Publishers|year = 2006|pages = 46–50|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=KXaX4tUEOOsC|isbn = 978-1-86011-309-3}}{{Dead link|date=February 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; High levels of endemism are found on the diverse forests of Borneo&#039;s mountains, as species are isolated from each other by lowland forest.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = World and Its Peoples: Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Brunei|publisher = Marshall Cavendish Corporation|year = 2008|pages = 1160, 1166–1192, 1218–1222|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=72VwCFtYHCgC|isbn =978-0-7614-7642-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are about 210 mammal species in the country.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Over 620 species of birds have been recorded in Peninsular Malaysia,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Alexander&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with many endemic to the mountains there. A high number of endemic bird species are also found in Malaysian Borneo.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; 250&amp;lt;!--Alexander gives 300--&amp;gt; reptile species have been recorded in the country, with about 150 species of snakes&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2007&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Richmond|first = Simon|title = Malaysia, Singapore and Brunei|publisher = Lonely Planet|year = 2007|pages = [https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781740597081/page/63 63]–64|url = https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781740597081|url-access = registration|isbn = 978-1-74059-708-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and 80 species of lizards.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; There are about 150 species of frogs,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and thousands of insect species.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Exclusive economic zone of Malaysia]] is {{convert|334,671|km²|sqmi|abbr=on}} and 1.5 times larger than its land area. It is mainly in the [[South China Sea]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|website=Sea Around Us &amp;amp;#124; Fisheries, Ecosystems and Biodiversity|url=http://www.seaaroundus.org/data/#/eez/608?eez=608|access-date=23 February 2023|title= Exclusive Economic Zones}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = De Young|first = Cassandra|title = Review of the state of world marine capture fisheries management: Indian Ocean|publisher = [[Food and Agriculture Organization]] of the United Nations|year = 2006|page = 143|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=_7JD1V3PijUC|isbn = 978-92-5-105499-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some of its waters are in the [[Coral Triangle]], a biodiversity hotspot.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://wwf.panda.org/what_we_do/where_we_work/coraltriangle/ |title=Coral Triangle |publisher=WWF |access-date=14 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The waters around [[Sipadan island]] are the most biodiverse in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Alexander&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Bordering East Malaysia, the [[Sulu Sea]] is a biodiversity hotspot, with around 600 coral species and 1200 fish species.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Gardeners&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://globalnation.inquirer.net/news/breakingnews/view/20101207-307576/Saving-the-gardeners-of-the-ocean |title=Saving the gardeners of the ocean |work=Inquirer Global Nation |date=12 July 2010 |access-date=20 December 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101210194709/http://globalnation.inquirer.net/news/breakingnews/view/20101207-307576/Saving-the-gardeners-of-the-ocean |archive-date=10 December 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The unique biodiversity of Malaysian Caves always attracts lovers of [[ecotourism]] from all over the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.caves.res.in/journal/c.htm |title=Species diversity and food-web complexity in the caves of Malaysia |publisher=Ambient Science, 2014 Vol 1(2) |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140503002921/http://www.caves.res.in/journal/c.htm |archive-date=3 May 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 4,000 species of fungi, including lichen-forming species have been recorded from Malaysia. Of the two fungal groups with the largest number of species in Malaysia, the [[Ascomycota]] and their asexual states have been surveyed in some habitats (decaying wood, marine and freshwater ecosystems, as parasites of some plants, and as agents of biodegradation), but have not been or have been only poorly surveyed in other habitats (as endobionts, in soils, on dung, as human and animal pathogens); the [[Basidiomycota]] are only partly surveyed: [[bracket fungi]], and mushrooms and [[toadstool]]s have been studied, but Malaysian rust and smut fungi remain very poorly known. Without doubt, many more fungal species in Malaysia are yet to be recorded, and it is likely that many of those, when found, will be new to science.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Lee, S.S.; Alias, S.A.; Jones, E.B.G.; Zainuddin, N. and Chan, H.T. (2012) &#039;&#039;Checklist of Fungi of Malaysia&#039;&#039; Research Pamphlet No. 132, Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment, Malaysia.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rafflesia 80 cm.jpg|thumb|right|alt=Red flower made of 5 petals surrounding a depressed centre, on the forest floor surrounded by dead leaves and small green plants|Some species of &#039;&#039;[[Rafflesia]]&#039;&#039; can grow up to {{convert|1|m|abbr=on}} in diameter, making them the largest flowers in the world.]]&lt;br /&gt;
About two&amp;amp;nbsp;thirds of Malaysia was covered in forest as of 2007,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with some forests believed to be 130&amp;amp;nbsp;million years old.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The forests are dominated by [[Dipterocarpaceae|dipterocarps]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WWF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.wwf.org.my/about_wwf/what_we_do/forests_main/the_malaysian_rainforest/ |title=The Malaysian Rainforest |publisher=WWF Malaysia |access-date=1 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Lowland forest covers areas below {{convert|760|m|abbr=on}},&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and formerly East Malaysia was covered in [[Borneo lowland rain forests|such rainforest]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WWF&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; which is supported by its hot wet climate.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; There are around 14,500 species of flowering plants and trees.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Besides rainforests, there are over {{convert|1425|km2|abbr=on}} of [[mangroves]] in Malaysia,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swee-Hock&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and a large amount of peat forest. At higher altitudes, oaks, chestnuts, and rhododendrons replace dipterocarps.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; There are an estimated 8,500 species of [[vascular plant]]s in Peninsular Malaysia, with another 15,000 in the East.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Oon|first = Helen|title = Globetrotter Wildlife Guide Malaysia|publisher = New Holland Publishers|year = 2008|page = 11|isbn = 978-1-84537-971-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The forests of East Malaysia are estimated to be the habitat of around 2,000 tree species, and are one of the most biodiverse areas in the world, with 240 different species of trees every hectare.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; These forests host many members of the [[Rafflesia]] genus, the largest flowers in the world,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WWF&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with a maximum diameter of {{convert|1|m|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = Malaysia, Singapore &amp;amp; Brunei |last = Richmond|first = Simon |isbn = 978-1-74104-887-2 |publisher =Lonely Planet |year =2010 |pages = [https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781741048872/page/78 78]–82 and 366 |url = https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781741048872|url-access = registration }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Logging]], along with cultivation practices has devastated tree cover, causing severe environmental degradation in the country. Over 80&amp;amp;nbsp;per&amp;amp;nbsp;cent of Sarawak&#039;s rainforest has been logged.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Floods in East Malaysia have been worsened by the loss of trees, and over 60&amp;amp;nbsp;per&amp;amp;nbsp;cent of the Peninsula&#039;s forest have been cleared.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; With current rates of [[Social and environmental impact of palm oil#Deforestation|deforestation]], mainly for the [[Palm oil production in Malaysia|palm oil]] industry, the forests are predicted to be extinct by 2020.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |url= https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/malaysia-plans-to-halt-all-expansion-of-palm-oil-plantations-minister-says |title=Malaysia plans to halt all expansion of oil palm plantations, minister says |date=4 March 2019 |newspaper=The Straits Times |location= Singapore |access-date=26 May 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Deforestation in Malaysia|Deforestation]] is a major problem for animals, fungi and plants, having caused species such as &#039;&#039;[[Begonia eiromischa]]&#039;&#039; to go extinct.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tigers&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=McQuillan |first=Rebecca |url=http://www.heraldscotland.com/news/transport-environment/can-global-summit-save-the-tiger-1.1070075 |title=Can global summit save the tiger |work=The Herald |location=Glasgow |date=22 November 2010 |access-date=20 December 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110514032814/http://www.heraldscotland.com/news/transport-environment/can-global-summit-save-the-tiger-1.1070075 |archive-date=14 May 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most remaining forest is found inside reserves and national parks.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Habitat destruction has proved a threat for marine life.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Gardeners&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing|Illegal fishing]] is another major threat,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Gardeners&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with fishing methods such as [[dynamite fishing]] and poisoning depleting marine ecosystems.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Artificial&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/?p=78528 |title=Artificial reefs to prevent illegal fishing |work=The Borneo Post |location= Kuching |date=4 December 2010 |access-date=20 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Leatherback turtle]] numbers have dropped 98&amp;amp;nbsp;per&amp;amp;nbsp;cent since the 1950s.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2007&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Hunting has also been an issue for some animals,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; with [[overconsumption]] and the use of animal parts for profit endangering many animals, from marine life&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Gardeners&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; to tigers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tigers&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Marine life is also detrimentally affected by uncontrolled tourism.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Go&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.nst.com.my/nst/articles/Go_Adiver__8217_sparadise/Article/ |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110622063452/http://www.nst.com.my/nst/articles/Go_Adiver__8217_sparadise/Article/ |archive-date=22 June 2011 |title=Go: A diver&#039;s paradise |work=New Straits Times |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=22 June 2011 |access-date=20 December 2010 |first=Ridzwan A. |last=Rahim}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Malaysian government aims to balance economic growth with environmental protection, but has been accused of favouring big business over the environment.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Some state governments are now trying to counter the environmental impact and pollution created by deforestation;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WWF&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and the federal government is trying to cut logging by 10&amp;amp;nbsp;per&amp;amp;nbsp;cent each year. A total of [[List of national parks of Malaysia|28 national parks]] have been established, 23 in East Malaysia and five in the Peninsula.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Tourism has been limited in biodiverse areas such as Sipadan island.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Go&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Wildlife smuggling|Wildlife trafficking]] is a large issue, and the Malaysian government has held talks with the governments of Brunei and Indonesia to standardise anti-trafficking laws.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/?p=80482 |title=Standardize illegal animal trafficking law&amp;amp;nbsp;– Ellron |work=The Borneo Post |location= Kuching |date=15 December 2010 |access-date=20 December 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Economy ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GDP per capita development of Malaysia.svg|thumb|Development of real GDP per capita, 1820 to 2018|left|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is a relatively [[open economy|open]] state-oriented and [[newly industrialised country|newly industrialised]] [[market economy]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last1 = Boulton | first1 = William R. |last2 = Pecht |first2 = Michael |last3 = Tucker |first3 = William |last4 = Wennberg |first4 = Sam |url=http://www.wtec.org/loyola/em/04_07.htm |title=Electronics Manufacturing in the Pacific Rim, World Technology Evaluation Center, Chapter 4: Malaysia |publisher=The World Technology Evaluation Center, Inc |date = May 1997|access-date=1 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has the world&#039;s [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|36th-largest economy]] by nominal GDP and the [[List of countries by GDP (PPP)|31st-largest]] by [[purchasing power parity|PPP]]. In 2017, the large [[Tertiary sector of the economy|service sector]] contributed to 53.6% of total GDP, the industrial sector 37.6%, and the small agricultural sector roughly 8.8%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/gdp-composition-by-sector-of-origin|title=GDP – composition, by sector of origin|work=[[The World Factbook]]|publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]]|access-date=27 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia has a low official [[List of countries by unemployment rate|unemployment rate]] of 3.9%.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Malaysia – Unemployment Rate|url=https://www.economy.com/malaysia-unemployment-rate|access-date=28 June 2022|work=[[Moody&#039;s Analytics]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Its foreign exchange reserves are the world&#039;s [[List of countries by foreign-exchange reserves|24th-largest]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.bnm.gov.my/-/international-reserves-of-bank-negara-malaysia-as-at-31-march-2022|title=International Reserves of Bank Negara Malaysia as at 31 March 2022|date=7 April 2022|access-date=27 June 2022|work=[[Central Bank of Malaysia]] (Bank Negara Malaysia)}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has a labour force of about 15 million, which is the world&#039;s [[List of countries by labour force|34th-largest]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/labor-force/country-comparison/ |title=Labor force – The World Factbook |work=[[The World Factbook]]|publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]] |access-date=16 June 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia&#039;s large [[Automotive industry in Malaysia|automotive industry]] ranks as the world&#039;s [[List of countries by motor vehicle production|22nd-largest by production]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.oica.net/category/production-statistics/2021-statistics/ |title=2021 PRODUCTION STATISTICS |work=[[Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d&#039;Automobiles|OICA]] |access-date=16 June 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia is the world&#039;s 23rd-largest [[List of countries by exports|exporter]] and 25th-largest [[List of countries by imports|importer]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.trademap.org/Country_SelProductCountry.aspx?nvpm=1%7c458%7c%7c%7c%7cTOTAL%7c%7c%7c2%7c1%7c1%7c2%7c1%7c%7c2%7c1%7c1%7c1|title=List of importing markets for the product exported by Malaysia in 2021|work=[[International Trade Centre]]|access-date=27 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.trademap.org/Country_SelProductCountry.aspx?nvpm=1%7c458%7c%7c%7c%7cTOTAL%7c%7c%7c2%7c1%7c1%7c1%7c1%7c%7c2%7c1%7c1%7c1|title=List of supplying markets for the product imported by Malaysia in 2021|work=[[International Trade Centre]]|access-date=27 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, economic inequalities exist between different ethnic groups.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= https://wid.world/document/wid_issue_brief_2019_9-pdf/ |title=Income Inequality and Ethnic Cleavages in Malaysia {{!}} Evidence from Distributional National Accounts {{!}} (1984-2014) |publisher=[[World Inequality Database]] |last1=Khalid |first1=Muhammed Abdul |last2=Yang|first2=Li |date=July 2019 |access-date=28 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Chinese make up about one-quarter of the population, but account for 70 per cent of the country&#039;s market capitalisation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Front_Page/EF07Aa01.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20030801205716/http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Front_Page/EF07Aa01.html |url-status=unfit |archive-date=1 August 2003 |title= Minority rule, majority hate |last=Chau |first=Amy |work=Asia Times |access-date=15 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Chinese businesses in Malaysia are part of the larger [[bamboo network]], a network of [[overseas Chinese]] businesses in the Southeast Asian market sharing common family and cultural ties.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Weidenbaum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Weidenbaum, Murray L |title=The Bamboo Network: How Expatriate Chinese Entrepreneurs are Creating a New Economic Superpower in Asia |url= https://archive.org/details/bamboonetworkhow00weid |url-access=registration |date=1996|publisher=Martin Kessler Books, Free Press |isbn=978-0-684-82289-1 |pages=[https://a rchive.org/details/bamboonetworkhow00weid/page/4 4]–8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
International trade, facilitated by the shipping route in adjacent [[Strait of Malacca]], and manufacturing are the key sectors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www3.pmo.gov.my/WebNotesApp/tpmmain.nsf/6eb1bf73408d07794825674f0006897f/09ee4377fd049191482572aa00144782?OpenDocument|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140304044303/http://www3.pmo.gov.my/WebNotesApp/tpmmain.nsf/6eb1bf73408d07794825674f0006897f/09ee4377fd049191482572aa00144782?OpenDocument|archive-date=4 March 2014|title=The Security of The Straits of Malacca and Its Implications to The South East Asia Regional Security |publisher=Office of The Prime Minister of Malaysia |access-date=21 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.bnm.gov.my/index.php?ch=111 |title=BNM National Summary Data Page |publisher=Bank Negara Malaysia |date=30 September 2003 |access-date=29 October 2010 |archive-date=6 February 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100206205012/http://www.bnm.gov.my/index.php?ch=111 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite magazine |url= http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1893032,00.html |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20090423052721/http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1893032,00.html |url-status= dead |archive-date= 23 April 2009 |magazine=Time |title=How to Defeat Pirates: Success in the Strait |first=Michael |last=Schuman |date=22 April 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia is an exporter of natural and agricultural resources, and petroleum is a major export.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Malaysia has once been the largest producer of [[tin]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www1.american.edu/TED/tin.htm|title=TED Case Studies: Tin Mining In Malaysia – Present And Future|publisher=American University|access-date=15 October 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161130185311/http://www1.american.edu/TED/tin.htm|archive-date=30 November 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[rubber]] and [[palm oil]] in the world. Manufacturing has a large influence in the country&#039;s economy,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.bnm.gov.my/index.php?ch=111 |title=BNM National Summary Data Page |publisher=Bank Negara Malaysia |access-date=27 October 2010 |archive-date=6 February 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100206205012/http://www.bnm.gov.my/index.php?ch=111 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although Malaysia&#039;s economic structure has been moving away from it.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WPRO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.wpro.who.int/countries/2006/maa/political_and_socioeconomic_situation.htm |title=WHO Western Pacific Region&amp;amp;nbsp;– 2006&amp;amp;nbsp;– Malaysia&amp;amp;nbsp;– Political and socioeconomic situation |publisher=WHO |access-date=18 October 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100829135114/http://www.wpro.who.int/countries/2006/maa/political_and_socioeconomic_situation.htm &amp;lt;!--Added by H3llBot--&amp;gt; |archive-date=29 August 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia remains one of the world&#039;s largest producers of palm oil.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/earthnews/3296977/Malaysia-defends-palm-oil-production.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091201030531/http://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/earthnews/3296977/Malaysia-defends-palm-oil-production.html |url-status=dead |archive-date=1 December 2009 |title=Malaysia defends palm oil production |work=The Telegraph |date=10 June 2007 |access-date=28 November 2010 |first=Charles |last=Clover}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tourism in Malaysia|Tourism]] is the third-largest contributor to Malaysia&#039;s GDP, after the manufacturing and commodities sectors.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.mida.gov.my/smart-tourism-future-of-tourism-in-malaysia/|title=SMART TOURISM: FUTURE OF TOURISM IN MALAYSIA|work=[[Malaysian Investment Development Authority]]|date=13 June 2021 |access-date=28 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2019, the sector contributed about 15.9 per cent to the total GDP. According to the [[World Tourism Organization]], Malaysia was the fourteenth-most visited country in the world, and the fourth-most visited country in Asia in 2019, with over 26.1 million visits.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tourism&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|title=UNWTO World Tourism Barometer and Statistical Annex, December 2020|journal=UNWTO World Tourism Barometer |date=December 2020|publisher=[[World Tourism Organization]]|volume=18|issue=7|pages=1–36 |doi=10.18111/wtobarometereng.2020.18.1.7 |s2cid=241989515 |doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia was ranked 38th in the Travel and Tourism Competitiveness Report 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Travel &amp;amp; Tourism Development Index 2021 - Rebuilding for a Sustainable and Resilient Future|date=May 2022|publisher=[[World Economic Forum]]|url=https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_Travel_Tourism_Development_2021.pdf}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Its international tourism receipts in 2019 amounted to $19.8 billion.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tourism&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country has developed into a centre of [[Islamic banking]], and has the highest numbers of female workers in that industry.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;iht001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2010/09/27/business/global/27islamic.html |title=A Path to Financial Equality in Malaysia |access-date=27 September 2010 |work=International Herald Tribune  |last=Gooch |first=Liz |date=September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Knowledge-based services are also expanding.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;WPRO&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In 2020, Malaysian exported high-tech products worth $92.1 billion, the second-highest in the ASEAN, after Singapore.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/TX.VAL.TECH.CD?locations=SG-MY-TH-ID|title=High-technology exports (current US$) - Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia &amp;amp;#124; Data|website=data.worldbank.org}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia was ranked 36th in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2021, and 32nd in the [[Global Competitiveness Report]] in 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Global Innovation Index 2021  |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2021/|work=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]]|publisher=[[United Nations]]|access-date=5 March 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.imd.org/centers/world-competitiveness-center/rankings/world-competitiveness/|title=World Competitiveness Ranking|publisher=[[IMD Business School]]|access-date=28 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Infrastructure ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Transport in Malaysia}}{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 1/1&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 220&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = NorthSouth-Expressway.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = Expressway&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[North–South Expressway (Malaysia)|North–South Expressway]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = KLIA MTB&amp;amp;Tower.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Airport&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Rail transport in Malaysia|Railway transport in Malaysia]] is state-run, and spans some {{convert|2783|km|mi|0}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/IS.RRS.TOTL.KM?locations=MY|title=Rail lines (total route-km) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=6 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; {{As of|2016}}, Malaysia has the world&#039;s [[List of countries by road network size|26th-largest road network]], with some {{convert|238823|km|mi|0}} of roads. Malaysia&#039;s inland waterways are the world&#039;s [[List of countries by waterways length|22nd-longest]], and total {{convert|7200|km|0|abbr=on}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/waterways/country-comparison |title=Waterways – The World Factbook |work=[[The World Factbook]] |publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]] |access-date=6 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Among [[List of airports in Malaysia|Malaysia&#039;s 114 airports]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/airports/country-comparison |title=Airports – The World Factbook |work=[[The World Factbook]] |publisher=[[Central Intelligence Agency]] |access-date=15 June 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; among which the [[List of the busiest airports in Malaysia|busiest]] is [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]] located south of Kuala Lumpur in [[Sepang District]], which is also the [[List of the busiest airports in Asia|twelfth-busiest airport]] in Asia. Among the 7 federal ports, the major one is [[Port Klang]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Jeevan|first1=Jagan|last2=Ghaderi|first2=Hadi|last3=Bandara|first3=Yapa M|last4=Hamid|first4=Saharuddin Abdul|last5=Othman|first5=Mohamad Rosni|title=The Implications of the Growth of Port Throughput on the Port Capacity: the Case of Malaysian Major Container Seaports|date=December 2015|doi=10.1016/j.enavi.2015.12.008|volume=3|number=8|pages=84–98|journal=International Journal of E-Navigation and Maritime Economy|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which is the [[List of busiest container ports|thirteenth-busiest container port]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.worldshipping.org/top-50-ports|title=The Top 50 Container Ports|work=[[World Shipping Council]]|location=[[Washington, D.C.]]|access-date=6 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia&#039;s [[flag carrier]] is [[Malaysia Airlines]], providing international and domestic air services.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Bowen|first1=John T. Jr.|last2=Leinbach|first2=Thomas R.|title=The State and Liberalization: The Airline Industry in the East Asian NICs|jstor=2564511|volume=85|number=3|pages=468–493|publisher=[[Taylor &amp;amp; Francis]]|journal=[[Annals of the Association of American Geographers]]|year=1995 |doi=10.1111/j.1467-8306.1995.tb01809.x }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia&#039;s [[telecommunication]]s network is second only to Singapore&#039;s in Southeast Asia, with 4.7&amp;amp;nbsp;million fixed-line subscribers and more than 30&amp;amp;nbsp;million cellular subscribers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tele&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www1.american.edu/initeb/ym6974a/telecom.htm |title=Malaysian Telecommunications Overview |publisher=American University |access-date=25 May 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110504165602/http://www1.american.edu/initeb/ym6974a/telecom.htm |archive-date=4 May 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2151rank.html?countryName=Malaysia&amp;amp;countryCode=my&amp;amp;regionCode=eas&amp;amp;rank=31#my |title=Telephones&amp;amp;nbsp;– mobile cellular |work=The World Factbook |access-date=25 May 2011 |archive-date=16 November 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111116085719/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2151rank.html?countryName=Malaysia&amp;amp;countryCode=my&amp;amp;regionCode=eas&amp;amp;rank=31#my |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are 200 [[industrial park]]s along with specialised parks such as [[Technology Park Malaysia]] and [[Kulim Hi-Tech Park]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MIDA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Fresh water]] is available to over 95% of the population, with [[ground water]] accounting for 90% of the freshwater resources.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.nst.com.my/opinion/columnists/2018/12/440092/water-life-use-it-wisely-dont-waste-it|title=Water is life, use it wisely, don&#039;t waste it|last=Sobian|first=Azrina|publisher=New Straits Times|date=13 December 2018|access-date=20 September 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200920054242/https://www.nst.com.my/opinion/columnists/2018/12/440092/water-life-use-it-wisely-dont-waste-it|archive-date=20 September 2020|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fao.org/3/ab776e/ab776e02.htm|title=Malaysia&#039;s Water Vision: The Way Forward – The Malaysian Water Partnership|publisher=Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations|date=13 December 2018|access-date=20 September 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200920054706/http://www.fao.org/3/ab776e/ab776e02.htm|archive-date=20 September 2020|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Although rural areas have been the focus of great development, they still lag behind areas such as the West Coast of Peninsular Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cirdap.org.sg/Paper3_KKLWDoc.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110514133723/http://www.cirdap.org.sg/Paper3_KKLWDoc.pdf |archive-date=14 May 2011 |title=Infrastructure and Rural Development in Malaysia |publisher=Centre on Integrated Rural Development for Asia and the Pacific |access-date=25 May 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The telecommunication network, although strong in urban areas, is less available to the rural population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Tele&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Energy policy of Malaysia|Malaysia&#039;s energy]] infrastructure sector is largely dominated by [[Tenaga Nasional]], the largest [[electric utility]] company in Southeast Asia. Customers are connected to electricity through the [[National Grid (Malaysia)|National Grid]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Tenaga Nasional Berhad 500kV Transmission System, Phase 1 |url=http://www.ranhill.com.my/tenaganasional.asp |publisher=Ranhill Berhad |access-date=23 May 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090227183633/http://www.ranhill.com.my/tenaganasional.asp |archive-date=27 February 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The other two electric utility companies in the country are [[Sarawak Energy]] and [[Sabah Electricity]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://malaysia.asiatradehub.com/Infrastructure/1474/Power|title=Malaysia – Power Sector|publisher=AsiaTradeHub.com|access-date=18 January 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200118073823/https://malaysia.asiatradehub.com/Infrastructure/1474/Power|archive-date=18 January 2020|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2013, Malaysia&#039;s total power generation capacity was over 29,728 [[megawatts]]. Total electricity generation was 140,985.01 [[GWh]] and total electricity consumption was 116,087.51 GWh.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=http://www.st.gov.my/index.php/industry/statistics-reports.html | title=Energy Commission | access-date=11 April 2015 | url-status=dead | archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150509023944/http://www.st.gov.my/index.php/industry/statistics-reports.html | archive-date=9 May 2015 | df=dmy-all }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[List of power stations in Malaysia|Energy production]] in Malaysia is largely based on oil and natural gas, owing to Malaysia&#039;s oil reserves and natural gas reserves, which is the fourth largest in [[Asia-Pacific]] region.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Unimap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://ppkas.unimap.edu.my/index.php/news/articles/29-renewable-energy-and-kyoto-protocol-adoption-in-malaysia |title=Renewable Energy and Kyoto Protocol: Adoption in Malaysia |author1=Selamat, Salsuwanda  |author2=Abidin, Che Zulzikrami Azner  |name-list-style=amp |publisher=Universiti Malaysia Perlis |access-date=15 October 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130904032630/http://ppkas.unimap.edu.my/index.php/news/articles/29-renewable-energy-and-kyoto-protocol-adoption-in-malaysia |archive-date=4 September 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demographics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malaysia population density 2010b.png|thumb|350x350px|alt=A map of Malaysia depicting the expected 2010 estimated population density.|Population density (person per km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) in 2010]] [[File:Percentage distribution of Malaysian population by ethnic group, 2010.svg|thumb|alt=Percentage distribution of Malaysian population by ethnic group, 2010|The percentage distribution of Malaysian population by ethnic group based on 2010 census|350x350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Malaysian Department of Statistics, the country&#039;s population was 32,447,385 in 2020,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Population2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.statistics.gov.my/portal/download_Population/files/census2010/Taburan_Penduduk_dan_Ciri-ciri_Asas_Demografi.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140522234002/http://www.statistics.gov.my/portal/download_Population/files/census2010/Taburan_Penduduk_dan_Ciri-ciri_Asas_Demografi.pdf |archive-date=22 May 2014 |title=Population Distribution and Basic Demographic Characteristics |publisher=Department of Statistics, Malaysia |page=82 |access-date=4 October 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; making it the [[List of countries by population in 2010|42nd most populated country]]. According to a 2012 estimate, the population is increasing by 1.54 per cent per year. Malaysia has an average population density of 96 people per km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, ranking it [[List of countries and territories by population density|116th in the world]] for population density. People within the 15–64 [[age group]] constitute 69.5 per cent of the total population; the 0–14 age group corresponds to 24.5 per cent; while senior citizens aged 65 years or older make up 6.0 per cent. In 1960, when the first official census was recorded in Malaysia, the population was 8.11&amp;amp;nbsp;million. 91.8 per cent of the population are Malaysian citizens.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;stat2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.statistics.gov.my/portal/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=1215%3Apopulation-distribution-and-basic-demographic-characteristic-report-population-and-housing-census-malaysia-2010-updated-2972011&amp;amp;catid=130%3Apopulation-distribution-and-basic-demographic-characteristic-report-population-and-housing-census-malaysia-2010&amp;amp;Itemid=154&amp;amp;lang=en |title=Population Distribution and Basic Demographic Characteristic Report 2010 (Ethnic composition) |publisher=Department of Statistics, Malaysia |year=2010 |access-date=10 October 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131008005500/http://www.statistics.gov.my/portal/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=1215%3Apopulation-distribution-and-basic-demographic-characteristic-report-population-and-housing-census-malaysia-2010-updated-2972011&amp;amp;catid=130%3Apopulation-distribution-and-basic-demographic-characteristic-report-population-and-housing-census-malaysia-2010&amp;amp;Itemid=154&amp;amp;lang=en |archive-date=8 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysian citizens are divided along local ethnic lines, with 69.7 per cent considered &#039;&#039;[[Bumiputera (Malaysia)|bumiputera]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Q12021&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.mycensus.gov.my/index.php/125-newsletter-infographics/343-infographics#gallery9c2ef0eed8-2 |title=Infographics |publisher=Department of Statistics |access-date=13 August 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest group of bumiputera are [[Malays (ethnic group)|Malays]], who are defined in the constitution as [[Muslim]]s who practise Malay customs and culture. They play a dominant role politically.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7121534.stm|title=Malaysia&#039;s lingering ethnic divide|author=Brant, Robin |work=BBC News|date=4 March 2008|access-date=29 October 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Bumiputera status is also accorded to the non-Malay indigenous groups of Sabah and Sarawak: which includes [[Dayak people|Dayaks]] ([[Iban people|Iban]], [[Bidayuh]], [[Orang Ulu]]), [[Kadazan-Dusun]], [[Melanau people|Melanau]], [[Sama-Bajau|Bajau]] and others. Non-Malay bumiputeras make up more than half of Sarawak&#039;s population and over two thirds of Sabah&#039;s population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www2.mst.dk/udgiv/publications/2001/87-7944-557-8/html/kap02_eng.htm|title=2. Socio-Economic and National Context [People]|work=Malaysian-Danish Country Programme for Cooperation in Environment and Development (2002–2006)|publisher=Miljøstyrelsens Informationscenter|access-date=20 September 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20040921231939/https://www2.mst.dk/udgiv/publications/2001/87-7944-557-8/html/kap02_eng.htm|archive-date=21 September 2004|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/who-are-malaysias-bumiputera|title=Who are Malaysia&#039;s bumiputera?|last=Leong|first=Trinna|publisher=The Straits Times|date=3 August 2017|access-date=20 September 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200920055010/https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/who-are-malaysias-bumiputera|archive-date=20 September 2020|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There are also indigenous or aboriginal groups in much smaller numbers on the peninsular, where they are collectively known as the [[Orang Asli]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Gomes|first = Alberto G.|title = Modernity and Malaysia: settling the Menraq forest nomads|publisher = Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group|year = 2007|page = 10|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=IiTgShFY2QEC|isbn = 978-0-203-96075-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Laws over who gets bumiputera status vary between states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2009/11/4/nation/20091104194453&amp;amp;sec=nation |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091107061431/http://www.thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=%2F2009%2F11%2F4%2Fnation%2F20091104194453&amp;amp;sec=nation |url-status=dead |archive-date=7 November 2009 |title=PM asked to clarify mixed-race bumiputra status |work=The Star |date=4 November 2009 |access-date=26 October 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also two other non-Bumiputera local ethnic groups. 22.8 per cent of the population are [[Malaysian Chinese]], while 6.8 per cent are [[Malaysian Indians|Malaysian Indian]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Q12021&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The local Chinese have historically been more dominant in the business community. Local Indians are mostly of [[Tamil people|Tamil]] descent.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Kuppusamy, Baradan  |url=http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Southeast_Asia/HC24Ae01.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060324183428/http://atimes.com/atimes/Southeast_Asia/HC24Ae01.html |url-status=unfit |archive-date=24 March 2006 |title=Racism alive and well in Malaysia |work=Asia Times |date=24 March 2006 |access-date=27 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barbara&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = West|first = Barbara A.|title = Encyclopedia of the Peoples of Asia and Oceania, Volume 1|publisher = Facts on File inc|year = 2009|page = 486|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=pCiNqFj3MQsC|isbn = 978-0-8160-7109-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Malaysian citizenship]] is not automatically granted to those born in Malaysia, but is granted to a child born of two Malaysian parents outside Malaysia. Dual citizenship is not permitted.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/publisher,IRBC,,MYS,47d6546928,0.html |title=Malaysia: Citizenship laws, including methods by which a person may obtain citizenship; whether dual citizenship is recognized and if so, how it is acquired; process for renouncing citizenship and related documentation; grounds for revoking citizenship |publisher=Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada |date=16 November 2007 |access-date=25 July 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111124045542/http://www.unhcr.org/refworld/publisher%2CIRBC%2C%2CMYS%2C47d6546928%2C0.html |archive-date=24 November 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Citizenship in the states of Sabah and Sarawak in Malaysian Borneo are distinct from citizenship in Peninsular Malaysia for immigration purposes. Every citizen is issued a biometric smart chip [[identity document|identity card]] known as &#039;&#039;[[MyKad]]&#039;&#039; at the age of 12, and must carry the card at all times.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|author=May, Leow Yong |url=http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2007/8/30/nation/18649549&amp;amp;sec=nation |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090105101826/http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=%2F2007%2F8%2F30%2Fnation%2F18649549&amp;amp;sec=nation |url-status=dead |archive-date=5 January 2009 |title=More than just a card |work=The Star |date=30 August 2007 |access-date=27 October 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The population is concentrated on Peninsular Malaysia,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Hassan|first = Asan Ali Golam|title = Growth, structural change, and regional inequality in Malaysia |publisher = Ashgate Publishing |year=2004 |page=12 |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=TtKxDem7CrsC|isbn = 978-0-7546-4332-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; where 20&amp;amp;nbsp;million out of approximately 28&amp;amp;nbsp;million Malaysians live.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; 70 per cent of the population is urban.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Due to the rise in labour-intensive industries,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/13/business/worldbusiness/13iht-labor.4.7496516.html |title=As Malaysia deports illegal workers, employers run short |work=The New York Times |date=13 July 2009 |access-date=26 October 2010 |first=Soraya |last=Permatasari}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the country is estimated to have over 3&amp;amp;nbsp;million migrant workers; about 10 per cent of the population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Kent |first=Jonathan |url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/3964511.stm |title=Illegal workers leave Malaysia |work=BBC News |date=29 October 2004 |access-date=26 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sabah-based NGOs estimate that out of the 3&amp;amp;nbsp;million that make up the population of Sabah, 2&amp;amp;nbsp;million are illegal immigrants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.malaysiakini.com/opinions/46691 |title=Demographic implosion in Sabah? Really? |last=Quek |first=Kim |work=Malaysiakini |access-date=21 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia hosts a population of refugees and asylum seekers numbering approximately 171,500. Of this population, approximately 79,000 are from Burma, 72,400 from the Philippines, and 17,700 from Indonesia. Malaysian officials are reported to have turned deportees directly over to human smugglers in 2007, and Malaysia employs [[RELA Corps|RELA]], a volunteer militia with a history of controversies, to enforce its immigration law.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.refworld.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/rwmain?page=search&amp;amp;docid=4a40d2adc&amp;amp;skip=0&amp;amp;query=World%20Refugee%20Survey&amp;amp;coi=MYS |title=World Refugee Survey 2009 |publisher=United States Committee for Refugees and Immigrants |date=17 June 2009 |access-date=10 June 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities of Malaysia|class=info}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Religion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malaysia religion by state 2020.jpg|thumb|right|alt=A Map of Malaysia showing religious statistics by state|Dominant religious confessions in Malaysia according to [[Census in Malaysia|2020 census]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.dosm.gov.my/v1/index.php?r=column/cthemeByCat&amp;amp;cat=117&amp;amp;bul_id=akliVWdIa2g3Y2VubTVSMkxmYXp1UT09&amp;amp;menu_id=L0pheU43NWJwRWVSZklWdzQ4TlhUUT09 |title=Launching of report on the key findings population and housing census of Malaysia 2020 |date=14 February 2022 |publisher=[[Department of Statistics Malaysia]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dark green: Muslim majority &amp;gt; 50%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Light green: Muslim plurality &amp;lt; 50%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blue: Christian majority &amp;gt; 50%&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
The constitution grants freedom of religion, while establishing Islam as the &amp;quot;religion of the Federation&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last1=Ibrahim |first1=Zawawi |last2=Mohd Rasid |first2=Imram |date=October 2019 |title=Country Profile Malaysia |url=http://grease.eui.eu/wp-content/uploads/sites/8/2019/10/Malaysia-Country-Profile.pdf |website=GREASE: Religion, Diversity and Radicalisation}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;malaysianbar.org.my&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/press_statements/press_statement_malaysia_a_secular_state.html|title=PRESS STATEMENT: Malaysia a secular state|author=Ambiga Sreenevasan|publisher=The Malaysian Bar|date=18 July 2007|access-date=6 September 2017|author-link=Ambiga Sreenevasan|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181228154440/http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/press_statements/press_statement_malaysia_a_secular_state.html|archive-date=28 December 2018|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to the Population and Housing Census 2020 figures, ethnicity and religious beliefs correlate highly. Approximately 63.5% of the population practise [[Islam in Malaysia|Islam]], 18.7% practise [[Buddhism in Malaysia|Buddhism]], 9.1% [[Christianity in Malaysia|Christianity]], 6.1% [[Hinduism in Malaysia|Hinduism]] and 1.3% practise [[Confucianism]], [[Taoism]] and other traditional [[Chinese folk religion|Chinese religions]]. 2.7% declared no religion or practised  other religions or did not provide any information.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Population2010&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  The states of [[Sarawak]], [[Penang]] and the federal territory of [[Kuala Lumpur]] have non-Muslim majorities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=https://www.dosm.gov.my/v1/index.php?r=column/cthemeByCat&amp;amp;cat=117&amp;amp;bul_id=akliVWdIa2g3Y2VubTVSMkxmYXp1UT09&amp;amp;menu_id=L0pheU43NWJwRWVSZklWdzQ4TlhUUT09 | title=Department of Statistics Malaysia Official Portal }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web | url=https://www.ucanews.com/amp/malaysia-christians-pray-for-peace-equality-freedom/98155 | title=Malaysia Christians pray for peace, equality, freedom - UCA News }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sunni Islam]] of [[Shafi&#039;i]] school of [[jurisprudence]] is the dominant branch of [[Islam in Malaysia]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Peletz2002&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Peletz, Michael G. |title=Islamic Modern: Religious Courts and Cultural Politics in Malaysia|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=q4TA4hjqjJ0C|year=2002|publisher=Princeton University Press|isbn=978-0-691-09508-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.pewforum.org/2012/08/09/the-worlds-muslims-unity-and-diversity-1-religious-affiliation/#identity|title=Chapter 1: Religious Affiliation|publisher=[[Pew Research Center]]|date=9 August 2012|access-date=4 September 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while 18% are [[nondenominational Muslims]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.pewforum.org/2012/08/09/the-worlds-muslims-unity-and-diversity-1-religious-affiliation/|title=Chapter 1: Religious Affiliation |date=9 August 2012 |access-date=5 October 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Malaysian constitution strictly defines what makes a &amp;quot;Malay&amp;quot;, considering Malays those who are Muslim, speak Malay regularly, practise Malay customs, and lived in or have ancestors from Brunei, Malaysia and Singapore.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Statistics from the 2010 Census indicate that 83.6% of the Chinese population identify as Buddhist, with significant numbers of adherents following Taoism (3.4%) and Christianity (11.1%), along with small Muslim populations in areas like Penang. The majority of the Indian population follow Hinduism (86.2%), with a significant minority identifying as Christians (6.0%) or Muslims (4.1%). Christianity is the predominant religion of the non-Malay &#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039; community (46.5%) with an additional 40.4% identifying as Muslims.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Population2010&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Muslims]] are obliged to follow the decisions of [[Syariah Court]]s (i.e. Shariah courts) in matters concerning their religion. The Islamic judges are expected to follow the Shafi&#039;i legal school of Islam, which is the main &#039;&#039;[[madh&#039;hab]]&#039;&#039; of Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Peletz2002&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The jurisdiction of Syariah courts is limited to Muslims in matters such as [[marriage]], [[inheritance]], [[divorce]], [[apostasy]], [[religious conversion]], and custody among others. No other criminal or civil offences are under the jurisdiction of the Syariah courts, which have a similar hierarchy to the [[Courts of Malaysia|Civil Courts]]. The Civil Courts do not hear matters related to Islamic practices.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Mahathir |first=Marina |url=http://www.commongroundnews.org/article.php?id=28311&amp;amp;lan=en&amp;amp;sid=1&amp;amp;sp=0&amp;amp;isNew=0 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101222100655/http://www.commongroundnews.org/article.php?id=28311&amp;amp;lan=en&amp;amp;sid=1&amp;amp;sp=0&amp;amp;isNew=0 |url-status=dead |archive-date=22 December 2010 |title=Malaysia moving forward in matters of Islam and women by Marina Mahathir |publisher=Common Ground News Service |date=17 August 2010 |access-date=14 September 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Languages of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distribution of Malaysia Families Languages.png|thumb|The distribution of language families of Malaysia shown by colours:&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#FF006E|[[Malayic languages|Malayic]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#FF984F|[[Bornean languages|Bornean]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#007F0E|[[Aslian languages|Aslian]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#00FF90|[[Land Dayak languages|Land Dayak]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#4CFF00|[[Sama–Bajaw languages|Sama–Bajaw]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#B200FF|[[Philippine languages|Philippine]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#FFD800|[[Varieties of Chinese|Chinese]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend|#A0A0A0|Areas with multiple languages}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official and national language of Malaysia is [[Malaysian Malay]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CIA Fact Book&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; a standardised form of the [[Malay language]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ethnologue.com/show_language.asp?code=zsm |title=Malay, Standard |publisher=Ethnologue |year=2009 |access-date=25 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The previous official terminology was {{lang|ms|Bahasa Malaysia}} ({{lit|Malaysian language}})&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.dailyexpress.com.my/news.cfm?NewsID=86783 |title=Mahathir regrets govt focussing too much on Bahasa |work=Daily Express |location=Kota Kinabalu |date=2 October 2013 |access-date=16 October 2013 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20140712044336/http://www.dailyexpress.com.my/news.cfm?NewsID=86783 |archive-date=12 July 2014|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.malaysia.gov.my/portal/content/30118?language=my |title=Bahasa Rasmi |publisher=Malaysian Administrative Modernisation and Management Planning Unit |access-date=19 April 2021 |language=ms |quote=Perkara 152 Perlembagaan Persekutuan menjelaskan bahawa bahasa Melayu yang dikenali juga sebagai bahasa Malaysia adalah bahasa rasmi yang tidak boleh dipertikai fungsi dan peranannya sebagai Bahasa Kebangsaan.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.ikim.gov.my/new-wp/index.php/2007/08/08/malay-language-malay-identity/ |title=Malay Language Malay Identity |author=Encik Md. Asham bin Ahmad |publisher=Institute of Islamic Understanding Malaysia |date=8 August 2007 |access-date=19 April 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but now government policy uses {{lang|ms|&amp;quot;Bahasa Melayu&amp;quot;}} (Malay language) to refer the official language&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.jac.gov.my/jac/images/stories/akta/federalconstitution.pdf |title=Federal Constitution |publisher=Judicial Appointments Commission |access-date=29 November 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120324042906/http://www.jac.gov.my/jac/images/stories/akta/federalconstitution.pdf |archive-date=24 March 2012 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and both terms remain in use.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.expatgo.com/my/2016/06/01/-history-bahasa-melayu-malaysia |title=The history of Bahasa Melayu / Malaysia: The language of the Malay(sian) people |last=Fernandez |first=Kathleen |date=1 June 2016 |access-date=19 April 2021}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |last1=Williamson |first1=Thomas |title=Incorporating a Malaysian Nation |journal=Cultural Anthropology |date=August 2002 |volume=17 |issue=3 |page=401 |doi=10.1525/can.2002.17.3.401 |url=https://courses.washington.edu/globfut/Project%20Readings/Williamson.pdf}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The National Language Act 1967 specifies the [[Malay alphabet|Latin (Rumi) script]] as the official [[writing system|script]] of the national language, but does not prohibit the use of the traditional [[Jawi alphabet|Jawi script]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;National Language Act 1967&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite act|title=National Language Act 1963/67|url=http://lib.perdana.org.my/PLF/GOVERNMENT%20PUBLICATION/Publication%20Laws%20of%20Malaysia%20(L.O.M)/National%20Language%20Act%201963-67%20%5BAct%2032%5D.pdf|type=Act|legislature=[[Dewan Rakyat]]|index=32|year=1967}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English remains an active [[second language]], with its use allowed for some official purposes under the National Language Act of 1967.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;National Language Act 1967&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In Sarawak, English is an official state language alongside Malaysian.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lang1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.themalaymailonline.com/malaysia/article/sarawak-makes-english-official-language-along-with-bm |title=Sarawak makes English official language along with BM|author=Sulok Tawie |newspaper=Malay Mail |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=18 November 2015 |access-date=18 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lang2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/2015/11/18/sarawak-to-recognise-english-as-official-language-besides-bahasa-malaysia/ |title=Sarawak to recognise English as official language besides Bahasa Malaysia |newspaper=Borneo Post |location= Kuching |date=18 November 2015 |access-date=18 November 2015 |url-status=live |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20160305082141/http://www.theborneopost.com/2015/11/18/sarawak-to-recognise-english-as-official-language-besides-bahasa-malaysia/ |archive-date=5 March 2016}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lang3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.thesundaily.my/news/1615945 |title=Sarawak adopts English as official language |newspaper=[[The Sun (Malaysia)|The Sun]] |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=19 November 2015 |access-date=19 November 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Historically, English was the de facto administrative language; Malay became predominant after the 1969 race riots ([[13 May incident]]).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;History&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book |last1= Andaya |first1= Barbara Watson |last2= Andaya |first2= Leonard Y.|title = A History of Malaysia |publisher = MacMillan |year = 1982|pages = 26–28, 61, 151–152, 242–243, 254–256, 274, 278 |url = https://books.google.com/books?id=5GSBCcNn1fsC|isbn = 978-0-333-27672-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Malaysian English]], also known as Malaysian Standard English, is a form of English derived from [[British English]]. Malaysian English is widely used in business, along with [[Manglish]], which is a colloquial form of English with heavy Malay, Chinese, and [[Tamil language|Tamil]] influences. The government discourages the use of non-standard Malay but has no power to issue compounds or fines to those who use what is perceived as improper Malay on their advertisements.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Zimmer |first=Benjamin |url=http://itre.cis.upenn.edu/~myl/languagelog/archives/003643.html |title=Language Log: Malaysia cracks down on &amp;quot;salad language&amp;quot; |publisher=University of Pennsylvania |date=5 October 2006 |access-date=14 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= http://www.nst.com.my/streets/central/dewan-bahasa-champions-use-of-bm-in-ads-1.375207 |title=Dewan Bahasa champions use of BM in ads |work=New Straits Times |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=14 October 2013 |access-date=16 October 2013 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20131024015500/http://www.nst.com.my/streets/central/dewan-bahasa-champions-use-of-bm-in-ads-1.375207 |archive-date=24 October 2013 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many other languages are used in Malaysia, which contains speakers of 137 living languages.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=MY |title=Ethnologue report for Malaysia |publisher=Ethnologue |access-date=18 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Peninsular Malaysia contains speakers of 41 of these languages.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=MYP |title=Ethnologue report for Malaysia (Peninsular) |publisher=Ethnologue |access-date=18 October 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110510095800/http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=MYP |archive-date=10 May 2011 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The native tribes of East Malaysia have their own languages which are related to, but easily distinguishable from, Malay. [[Iban language|Iban]] is the main tribal language in Sarawak while [[Dusunic languages|Dusunic]] and [[Coastal Kadazan language|Kadazan]] languages are spoken by the natives in Sabah.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1 = Adelaar|first1 = Alexander|last2 = Himmelmann|first2 = Nikolaus P.|title = The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar|publisher = Taylor and Francis Group|year = 2005|pages = 56, 397|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=5i1aMcmLWlMC|isbn = 978-0-7007-1286-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Chinese Malaysians predominantly speak Chinese dialects from the [[South China|southern part]] of China. The more common [[varieties of Chinese|Chinese varieties]] in the country are [[Mandarin Chinese|Mandarin]], [[Cantonese]], [[Hokkien]], and so on.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last1=Gerhard |first1=Leitner |last2=Azirah |first2=Hashim |last3=Hans-Georg |first3=Wolf |last4=Xiaomei |first4=W. |title=Communicating with Asia: The Future of English as a Global Language |date=2016 |section=The Chinese language in the Asian diaspora: A Malaysian experience |section-url=https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/abs/communicating-with-asia/chinese-language-in-the-asian-diaspora-a-malaysian-experience/49346DD6BC03DB6394B681335BD11280 |isbn=978-1-107-06261-0 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |pages=205–215 |doi=10.1017/CBO9781107477186.014}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Tamil language]] is used predominantly by the majority of Malaysian Indians.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |last=Schiffman |first=Harold F.|title=Malaysian Tamils and Tamil Linguistic Culture |publisher=[[University of Pennsylvania]]|date=31 December 1998|url=http://ccat.sas.upenn.edu/~haroldfs/messeas/maltamil/MALAYSIA.html|access-date=13 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A small number of Malaysians have [[Ethnic groups in Europe|European ancestry]] and speak [[creole language]]s, such as the Portuguese-based [[Portuguese-based creole languages#Southeast Asia|Malaccan Creoles]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |title=Malaysian Creole Portuguese: Asian, African or European? |year=1975 |jstor=30027570 |pages=211–236 |last1=Hancock |first1=I. F. |volume=17 |issue=5 |journal=Anthropological Linguistics}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the Spanish-based [[Chavacano language]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Michaelis|first = Susanne|title = Roots of Creole structures|publisher = John Benjamins Publishing Co|year = 2008|page = 279|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=pPUeQLcGMOMC|isbn = 978-90-272-5255-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Health ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Health in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia operates an efficient and widespread [[two-tier healthcare]] system, consisting of a [[universal healthcare]] system and a co-existing private healthcare system; provided by highly subsidized healthcare through its extensive network of public hospitals and clinics.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Chua|first1=Hong Teck|last2=Cheah|first2=Julius Chee Ho|title=Financing Universal Coverage in Malaysia: a case study|date=22 June 2012|volume=12|number=S7|journal=BMC Public Health|pages=S7 |doi=10.1186/1471-2458-12-S1-S7|pmid=22992444 |pmc=3381695 |doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Ministry of Health (Malaysia)|Ministry of Health]] is the main provider of healthcare services to the country&#039;s population.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|title=Health care delivery in Malaysia: changes, challenges and champions|last1=Thomas|first1=Susan|last2=Beh|first2=LooSeh|last3=Nordin|first3=Rusli Bin|pmid=28299064|volume=2|number=2|doi=10.4081/jphia.2011.e23|journal=Journal of Public Health in Africa|date=5 September 2011|page=23 |pmc=5345496 |quote=The Malaysian Ministry of Health (MOH), being the main provider of health services...}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia&#039;s healthcare system is considered to be among the most developed in Asia, which contributes to its thriving [[Medical tourism in Malaysia|medical tourism industry]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Ormond|first1=Meghann|last2=Mun|first2=Wong Kee|last3=Khoon|first3=Chang Chee|title=Medical tourism in Malaysia: how can we better identify and manage its advantages and disadvantages?|doi=10.3402/gha.v7.25201|journal=[[Global Health Action]]|number=7|date=10 September 2014|volume=7 |page=25201 |pmid=25215912|pmc=4161948 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia spent 3.83% of its GDP on healthcare in 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SH.XPD.CHEX.GD.ZS?locations=MY|title=Current healthcare expenditure (% of GDP) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2020, the overall [[life expectancy]] in Malaysia at birth was 76 years (74 years for males and 78 years for females),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.LE00.IN?locations=MY|title=Life expectancy at birth, total (years) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and it had an [[infant mortality rate]] of 7 deaths per 1000 births.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.IMRT.IN?Locations=RU&amp;amp;locations=MY|title=Mortality rate, infant (per 1,000 live births) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia had a [[total fertility rate]] of 2.0 in 2020, which is just below the [[Sub-replacement fertility|replacement level]] of 2.1.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.TFRT.IN?locations=MY|title=Fertility rate, total (births per woman) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2020, the country&#039;s crude [[birth rate]] was 16 per 1000 people, and the crude [[Mortality rate|death rate]] was 5 per 1000 people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.CBRT.IN?locations=MY|title=Birth rate, crude (per 1000 people) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.CDRT.IN?locations=MY|title=Death rate, crude (per 1,000 people) - Malaysia|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2021, the principal cause of death among Malaysian adults was [[coronary artery disease]], representing 17% of the medically certified deaths in 2020—being followed by [[pneumonia]]; which accounted for 11% of the deaths.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.dosm.gov.my/v1/index.php?r=column/cthemeByCat&amp;amp;cat=401&amp;amp;bul_id=R3VrRUhwSXZDN2k4SGN6akRhTStwQT09&amp;amp;menu_id=L0pheU43NWJwRWVSZklWdzQ4TlhUUT09|title=Statistics on Causes of Death, Malaysia 2021|date=16 November 2021|publisher=Department of Statistics Malaysia|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Transport accidents]] are considered a major health hazard, as Malaysia, relative to its population, has one of the [[List of countries by traffic-related death rate|highest traffic fatality rates]] in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://scienceimpact.mit.edu/sites/default/files/documents/Abdelfatah_0.pdf|title=TRAFFIC FATALITY CAUSES AND TRENDS IN MALAYSIA|publisher=[[Massachusetts Institute of Technology]]|last=Abdelfatah|first=Akmal|access-date=26 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Smoking in Malaysia|Smoking]] is also considered a major health issue across the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|title=Smoking in Malaysia: Main issues and ways to overcome|doi=10.31436/imjm.v20i3.1727|volume=20|number=3|date=July 2021|journal=IIUM Medical Journal Malaysia|last1=Nawi|first1=Azmawati Mohammed|last2=Jetly|first2=Kavita|last3=Ramli|first3=Nur Suhada|s2cid=238829234 |url=https://journals.iium.edu.my/kom/index.php/imjm/article/view/1727/1200|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Education ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Education in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Putrajaya Malaysia Ministry-of-Education-03.jpg|thumb|[[Ministry of Education (Malaysia)|Ministry of Education]], Putrajaya]]&lt;br /&gt;
The education system of Malaysia features a non-compulsory kindergarten education followed by six years of compulsory primary education, and five years of optional secondary education.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|author1=Nozawa, M. |author2=Wing, C. |author3=Chaiyasook, S. |title=Secondary Education Regional Information Base: Country Profile – Malaysia|url=http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002147/214736e.pdf|year=2011|location=Bangkok|publisher=UNESCO|page=4 (12)|isbn=978-92-9223-374-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Schools in the primary education system are divided into two categories: national primary schools, which teach in Malay, and vernacular schools, which teach in Chinese or Tamil.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Mustafa |first=Shazwan |url=http://www.themalaysianinsider.com/malaysia/article/malay-groups-want-vernacular-schools-abolished/ |title=Malay groups want vernacular schools abolished |work=The Malaysian Insider |date=22 August 2010 |access-date=18 September 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100825032917/http://www.themalaysianinsider.com/malaysia/article/malay-groups-want-vernacular-schools-abolished |archive-date=25 August 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Secondary education is conducted for five years. In the final year of secondary education, students sit for the [[Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia|Malaysian Certificate of Education examination]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Relevant%20Topics/Education%20and%20Learning/Non%20Citizen/nTheNationalEducationSystem/nSecondaryEducation/Pages/SecondarySchoolEducation.aspx |title=Secondary School Education |publisher=Malaysian Government |access-date=15 October 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131231163459/http://mygov.malaysia.gov.my/EN/Relevant%20Topics/Education%20and%20Learning/Non%20Citizen/nTheNationalEducationSystem/nSecondaryEducation/Pages/SecondarySchoolEducation.aspx |archive-date=31 December 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since the introduction of the [[Malaysian Matriculation Programme|matriculation programme]] in 1999, students who completed the 12-month programme in matriculation colleges can enroll in local universities. However, in the matriculation system, only 10 per cent of places are open to non-&#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039;{{Technical inline|date=October 2022}} students.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1 = Saw|first1 = Swee-Hock|last2 = Kesavapany|first2 = K.|title = Malaysia: recent trends and challenges|publisher = Institute of Southeast Asian Studies|year = 2006|page = 259|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=EHtO7JdRLO0C|isbn = 978-981-230-339-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Culture ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Salarom Sabah Frame-of-a-new-house-01.jpg|thumb|right|alt=The wooden frame of a house under construction, with the floor raised off the ground|A traditional house being built in [[Sabah]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia has a multi-ethnic, multicultural, and multilingual society. Substantial influence exists from [[Chinese culture|Chinese]] and [[Indian Culture|Indian]] culture, dating back to when foreign trade began. Other cultural influences include the [[Persian culture|Persian]], [[Arabic culture|Arabic]], and [[British culture|British]] cultures. Due to the structure of the government, coupled with the [[social contract (Malaysia)|social contract]] theory, there has been minimal [[cultural assimilation]] of ethnic minorities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|journal=Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde |author=Raghavan, R.|title=Ethno-racial marginality in West Malaysia: The case of the Peranakan Hindu Melaka or Malaccan Chitty community |volume=133 |issue= 4 |pages=438–458 |url=https://www.researchgate.net/publication/41018027|doi=10.1163/22134379-90002605  |year=1977 |access-date=7 October 2010|doi-access=free }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some cultural disputes exist between Malaysia and neighbouring countries, notably [[Indonesia]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Schonhardt |first=Sara |url=http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Southeast_Asia/KJ03Ae02.html |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091005004204/http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Southeast_Asia/KJ03Ae02.html |url-status=unfit |archive-date=5 October 2009 |title=Indonesia cut from a different cloth |work=Asia Times |date=3 October 2009 |access-date=6 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1971, the government created a &amp;quot;National Cultural Policy&amp;quot;, defining Malaysian culture. It stated that Malaysian culture must be based on the culture of the indigenous peoples of Malaysia, that it may incorporate suitable elements from other cultures, and that Islam must play a part in it.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Papers&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.hbp.usm.my/tourism/Papers/paper_cultural.htm |title=Cultural Tourism Promotion and policy in Malaysia |publisher=School of Housing, Building and Planning |date=22 October 1992 |access-date=6 November 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100529013206/http://www.hbp.usm.my/tourism/Papers/paper_cultural.htm |archive-date=29 May 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It also promoted the Malay language above others.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Cinema&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Van der Heide|first = William|title = Malaysian cinema, Asian film: border crossings and national cultures|publisher = Amsterdam University Press|year = 2002|pages = 98–99|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=k3HTdu1HuWQC|isbn = 978-90-5356-580-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This government intervention into culture has caused resentment among non-Malays who feel their cultural freedom was lessened. Both Chinese and Indian associations have submitted memorandums to the government, accusing it of formulating an undemocratic culture policy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Papers&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fine arts ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Malaysian art}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Music of Malaysia|Malaysian literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Malaysian Batik.jpg|thumb|alt=Making Malaysian batik|A craftsman making [[batik]]. [[Malaysian batik]] is usually patterned with floral motifs with light colouring.|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional Malaysian art was mainly centred on the areas of carving, weaving, and silversmithing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Dunford, George |title=Southeast Asia on a Shoestring|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CW09gFJ64CwC&amp;amp;pg=PA419|year=2006|publisher=Lonely Planet|isbn=978-1-74104-444-7|pages=419–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Traditional art ranges from handwoven baskets from rural areas to the silverwork of the Malay courts. Common artworks included ornamental [[kris]], [[beetle nut]] sets, and woven [[batik]] and [[songket]] fabrics. Indigenous East Malaysians are known for their wooden masks.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Each ethnic group have distinct performing arts, with little overlap between them. However, Malay art does show some North Indian influence due to the historical influence of India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Garland&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1 = Miller|first1 = Terry E.|last2 = Williams|first2 = Sean|title = The Garland handbook of Southeast Asian music|publisher = Taylor and Francis Group|year = 2008|pages = 223–224|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=XDm80zCZGKAC|isbn = 978-0-203-93144-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional Malay music and performing arts appear to have originated in the [[Kelantan]]-[[Patani (historical region)|Pattani]] region with influences from India, China, Thailand, and Indonesia. The music is based around percussion instruments,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Garland&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; the most important of which is the [[gendang]] (drum). There are at least 14 types of traditional drums.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Asiapac&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = Gateway to Malay culture|publisher = Asiapac Books Ptd Ltd|year = 2003|page = 110|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=1qIhB0I3Pq0C|isbn = 978-981-229-326-8}}{{Dead link|date=February 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Drums and other traditional percussion instruments and are often made from natural materials.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Asiapac&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Music is traditionally used for storytelling, celebrating life-cycle events, and occasions such as a harvest.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Garland&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; It was once used as a form of long-distance communication.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Asiapac&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In East Malaysia, [[gong]]-based musical ensembles such as [[agung]] and [[kulintang]] are commonly used in ceremonies such as funerals and weddings.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Matusky&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title=The Music of Malaysia: The Classical, Folk, and Syncretic Traditions |author1=Matusky, Patricia Ann |author2=Tan, Sooi Beng |publisher=Ashgate Publishing Ltd |year=2004 |url=https://archive.org/details/musicofmalaysiac0000matu|url-access=registration |pages=[https://archive.org/details/musicofmalaysiac0000matu/page/177 177]–187 |isbn=978-0-7546-0831-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These ensembles are also common in neighbouring regions such as in [[Mindanao]] in the Philippines, [[Kalimantan]] in Indonesia, and Brunei.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Matusky&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia has a strong oral tradition that has existed since before the arrival of writing, and continues today. Each of the Malay Sultanates created their own literary tradition, influenced by pre-existing oral stories and by the stories that came with Islam.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EncyclopediaMy&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The first Malay literature was in the Arabic script. The earliest known Malay writing is on the [[Terengganu Inscription Stone|Terengganu stone]], made in 1303.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Chinese and Indian literature became common as the numbers of speakers increased in Malaysia, and locally produced works based in languages from those areas began to be produced in the 19th century.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EncyclopediaMy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=Osman, Mohd Taib |url=http://www.encyclopedia.com.my/volume9/literaryheritage.html |title=Languages and Literature |publisher=The Encyclopedia of Malaysia |access-date=3 November 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110106024444/http://www.encyclopedia.com.my/volume9/literaryheritage.html |archive-date=6 January 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; English has also become a common literary language.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In 1971, the government took the step of defining the literature of different languages. Literature written in Malay was called &amp;quot;the national literature of Malaysia&amp;quot;, literature in other &#039;&#039;bumiputera&#039;&#039; languages was called &amp;quot;regional literature&amp;quot;, while literature in other languages was called &amp;quot;sectional literature&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Cinema&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Malay poetry is highly developed, and uses many forms. The &#039;&#039;Hikayat&#039;&#039; form is popular, and the &#039;&#039;pantun&#039;&#039; has spread from Malay to other languages.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;EncyclopediaMy&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Malaysian cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| footer            = The national drink and dish of Malaysia&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.newsabahtimes.com.my/nstweb/fullstory/61905|title=Lipton urges Malaysians to take pride in the tarik, our national beverage|work=[[New Sabah Times]]|date=7 September 2012|access-date=6 November 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140702212542/http://www.newsabahtimes.com.my/nstweb/fullstory/61905|archive-date=2 July 2014|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thestar.com.my/Travel/Malaysia/2011/04/07/Nasi-lemak-our-national-dish.aspx|title=Nasi lemak, our &#039;national dish&#039;|author=Rules, Dwayne A.|work=The Star|date=7 April 2011|access-date=6 November 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140702211527/http://www.thestar.com.my/Travel/Malaysia/2011/04/07/Nasi-lemak-our-national-dish.aspx/|archive-date=2 July 2014|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| align             = right&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         = &lt;br /&gt;
| caption_align     = center&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Teh Tarik.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = A glass of Teh tarik&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = &#039;&#039;[[Teh tarik]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Nasi lemak.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt2              = Nasi lemak in a plate&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = &#039;&#039;[[Nasi lemak]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 300&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia&#039;s cuisine reflects the multi-ethnic makeup of its population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eckhardt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last = Eckhardt|first = Robyn|title = Kuala Lumpur Melaka &amp;amp; Penang|publisher = Lonely Planet|date =1 June 2008|page = 42|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=mzDloil93f4C|isbn =978-1-74104-485-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Many cultures from within the country and from surrounding regions have greatly influenced the cuisine. Much of the influence comes from the Malay, Chinese, Indian, Thai, Javanese, and Sumatran cultures,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; largely due to the country being part of the ancient [[spice route]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Independent&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news |url= https://www.independent.co.uk/life-style/food-and-drink/features/far-eastern-cuisine-fancy-a-malaysian-2104800.html |title=Far Eastern cuisine: Fancy a Malaysian? |last=Jarvis |first=Alice-Azania |work=The Independent |location= London |date=13 October 2010 |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The cuisine is very similar to that of Singapore and Brunei,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and also bears resemblance to Filipino cuisine.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The different states have varied dishes,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and often the food in Malaysia is different from the original dishes.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Barbara&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes food not found in its original culture is assimilated into another; for example, Chinese restaurants in Malaysia often serve Malay dishes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last1 = Wu|first1 = David Y. H.|last2 = Tan|first2 = Chee Beng|title = Changing Chinese foodways in Asia|publisher = The Chinese University of Hong Kong|year = 2001|page = 128|url = https://books.google.com/books?id=p5Mw_WTLhiYC|isbn = 978-962-201-914-0}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Food from one culture is sometimes also cooked using styles taken from another culture,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Richmond2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For example, &#039;&#039;[[sambal]] belacan&#039;&#039; ([[shrimp paste]]) are commonly used as ingredients by Chinese restaurants to create the [[stir fried water spinach]] (&#039;&#039;kangkung belacan&#039;&#039;).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://travel.kompas.com/read/2011/01/30/12335049/Menikmati.Kuliner.Peranakan|title=Menikmati Kuliner Peranakan|author=Yulia Sapthiani|language=id|newspaper=[[Kompas]]|date=30 January 2011|access-date=24 June 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160624020202/http://travel.kompas.com/read/2011/01/30/12335049/Menikmati.Kuliner.Peranakan|archive-date=24 June 2016|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This means that although much of Malaysian food can be traced back to a certain culture, they have their own identity.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Independent&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Rice is a staple food, and an important constituent of the country&#039;s culture.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last=Hwa|first=Cheng Siok|title=The Rice Industry of Malaya: A Historical Survey|jstor=41491996|volume=42|number=2|date=December 1969|pages=130–144|publisher=[[Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society]]|journal=[[Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Chili is commonly found in local cuisine, although this does not necessarily make them spicy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Eckhardt&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Media ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Mass media in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RTM2021.png|thumb|Logo of [[Radio Televisyen Malaysia]], the country&#039;s main public broadcaster.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysia&#039;s main newspapers are owned by the government and political parties in the ruling coalition,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Ahmad |first=Razak |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE6140N720100205 |title=Malaysian media shapes battleground in Anwar trial |work=Reuters |date=5 February 2010 |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BBC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/7959518.stm |title=Malaysian opposition media banned |work=BBC News |date=23 March 2009 |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although some major opposition parties also have their own, which are openly sold alongside regular newspapers. A divide exists between the media in the two halves of the country. Peninsular-based media gives low priority to news from the East, and often treats the eastern states as colonies of the Peninsula.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mirror&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; As a result of this, East Malaysia region of Sarawak launched [[TVS (Malaysian TV channel)|TV Sarawak]] as internet streaming beginning in 2014, and as TV station on 10 October 2020&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|last=Sunday|first=11 October 2020 10:09 PM MYT|title=Abdul Taib launches TV Sarawak {{!}} Malay Mail|url=https://www.malaymail.com/news/malaysia/2020/10/11/abdul-taib-launches-tv-sarawak/1911761|access-date=26 July 2021|website=www.malaymail.com|date=11 October 2020 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; to overcome the low priority and coverage of Peninsular-based media and to solidify the representation of East Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=27 November 2017|title=Sarawak macam anak tiri stesen TV siaran percuma|url=https://www.astroawani.com/berita-malaysia/sarawak-macam-anak-tiri-stesen-tv-siaran-percuma-161367|access-date=26 July 2021|website=www.astroawani.com|language=Malay}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The media have been blamed for increasing tension between Indonesia and Malaysia, and giving Malaysians a bad image of Indonesians.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2010/09/28/comment-anwar-blames-malaysian-media.html |title=Comment: Anwar blames Malaysian media |work=The Jakarta Post |date=28 September 2010 |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country has Malay, English, Chinese, and Tamil dailies.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mirror&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Kadazandusun and Bajau news are only available via TV broadcast Berita RTM.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Berita RTM&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://rtmklik.rtm.gov.my/jadual|title=Jadual RTM |trans-title=RTM program|publisher=[[Berita Harian]]|language=ms}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Written Kadazan news was once included in publications such as [[The Borneo Post]], the Borneo Mail, the [[Daily Express (Malaysia)|Daily Express]], and the [[New Sabah Times]], but publication has ceased with the newspaper or as a section.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2020/06/01/daily-express-ends-kadazan-section |title=&#039;Daily Express&#039; ends Kadazan section |last=Lee |first=Stephanie |work=The Star|date=1 June 2020 |access-date=7 January 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Farewell, New Sabah Times |url=https://www.theborneopost.com/2020/12/30/farewell-new-sabah-times/ |access-date=6 January 2022 |work=Borneo Post Online|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Freedom of the press]] is limited, with numerous restrictions on publishing rights and information dissemination.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-press/2013/malaysia |title=Malaysia |work=Freedom House |year=2013 |access-date=30 March 2014 |archive-date=7 April 2014 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140407085849/http://www.freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-press/2013/malaysia |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The government has previously tried to crack down on opposition papers before elections.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;BBC&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In 2007, a government agency issued a directive to all private television and radio stations to refrain from broadcasting speeches made by opposition leaders,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.malaysiakini.com/news/69331|title=Opposition muzzled&amp;amp;nbsp;– here&#039;s black and white proof |date=29 June 2007 |work=Malaysiakini}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a move condemned by politicians from the opposition [[Democratic Action Party (Malaysia)|Democratic Action Party]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.malaysiakini.com/news/69226|title=TV station denies censoring opposition news |date=28 June 2007 |work=Malaysiakini |first=G |last=Vikneswary}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sabah, where all tabloids but one are independent of government control, has the freest press in Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mirror&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.malaysianmirror.com/featuredetail/140-sabah/49237-the-east-west-divide-of-malaysian-media|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110722182744/http://www.malaysianmirror.com/featuredetail/140-sabah/49237-the-east-west-divide-of-malaysian-media|archive-date=22 July 2011 |title=The East-West divide of Malaysian media |work=Malaysian Mirror |date=9 September 2010 |access-date=3 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Laws such as the [[Printing Presses and Publications Act]] have also been cited as curtailing freedom of expression.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;McAdams&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://mindymcadams.com/tojou/2007/how-press-censorship-works/ |title=How Press Censorship Works |publisher=Mindy McAdams |last=McAdams |first=Mindy |access-date=25 May 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110630161559/http://mindymcadams.com/tojou/2007/how-press-censorship-works/ |archive-date=30 June 2011 |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Holidays and festivals ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Public holidays in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ke Lok Si Illuminations 01.JPG|thumb|alt=Temple at night illuminated with light from decorations|Malaysia&#039;s largest [[Buddhist temple]]—[[Kek Lok Si]] in [[Penang]]—illuminated in preparation for the [[Chinese New Year]]|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
Malaysians observe a number of holidays and festivities throughout the year. Some are federally gazetted [[public holidays]] and some are observed by individual states. Other festivals are observed by particular ethnic or religion groups, and the main holiday of each major group has been declared a public holiday. The most observed national holiday is &#039;&#039;[[Independence Day (Malaysia)|Hari Merdeka]]&#039;&#039; (Independence Day) on 31 August, commemorating the independence of the Federation of Malaya in 1957.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[Malaysia Day]] on 16 September commemorates federation in 1963.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2009/10/19/nation/20091019103509&amp;amp;sec=nation |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091020113957/http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=%2F2009%2F10%2F19%2Fnation%2F20091019103509&amp;amp;sec=nation |url-status=dead |archive-date=20 October 2009 |title=Malaysia Day now a public holiday, says PM |author=Chun, Yeng Ai |date=19 October 2009 |access-date=7 May 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other notable national holidays are [[Labour Day]] (1 May) and the King&#039;s birthday (first week of June).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Muslim holidays]] are prominent as Islam is the state religion; &#039;&#039;Hari Raya Puasa&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;Hari Raya Aidilfitri&#039;&#039;, Malay for [[Eid al-Fitr]]), &#039;&#039;Hari Raya Haji&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;Hari Raya Aidiladha&#039;&#039;, Malay for [[Eid al-Adha]]), &#039;&#039;[[Mawlid|Maulidur Rasul]]&#039;&#039; (birthday of the Prophet), and others being observed.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marshall&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Malaysian Chinese celebrate festivals such as [[Chinese New Year]] and others relating to traditional Chinese beliefs. [[Wesak]] Day is observed and celebrated by Buddhists. Hindus in Malaysia celebrate &#039;&#039;[[Deepavali]]&#039;&#039;, the festival of lights,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MSU&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://asia.isp.msu.edu/wbwoa/southeast_asia/malaysia/religion.htm |title=Malaysia&amp;amp;nbsp;– Religion |publisher=Asian Studies Center – Michigan State University |access-date=13 July 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110809081015/http://asia.isp.msu.edu/wbwoa/southeast_asia/malaysia/religion.htm |archive-date=9 August 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while &#039;&#039;[[Thaipusam]]&#039;&#039; is a religious rite which sees pilgrims from all over the country converge at the [[Batu Caves]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.tourism.gov.my/en/my/Web-Page/Places/States-of-Malaysia/Selangor/Batu-Caves|title=Batu Caves, Selangor|publisher=Tourism Malaysia|access-date=15 October 2013|archive-date=25 June 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140625042929/http://www.tourism.gov.my/en/my/web-page/places/states-of-malaysia/selangor/batu-caves|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia&#039;s Christian community celebrates most of the holidays observed by Christians elsewhere, most notably Christmas and Easter. In addition to this, the Dayak community in Sarawak celebrate a harvest festival known as &#039;&#039;[[Gawai Dayak|Gawai]]&#039;&#039;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book | last = Hutton | first = Wendy | title = East Malaysia and Brunei|publisher = Periplus Editions (HK) Ltd | year = 1997 | page = 169 | url = https://books.google.com/books?id=FWiU5VBALicC | isbn = 978-962-593-180-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the Kadazandusun community celebrate &#039;&#039;[[Kaamatan]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.theborneopost.com/2016/05/28/pm-kaamatan-gawai-celebrations-time-for-people-to-feel-thankful-for-achievements/ |title=PM: Kaamatan, Gawai celebrations, time for people to feel thankful for achievements |agency=Bernama |newspaper=The Borneo Post |location=Kuching |date=28 May 2016 |access-date=24 June 2016 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20160624013409/http://www.theborneopost.com/2016/05/28/pm-kaamatan-gawai-celebrations-time-for-people-to-feel-thankful-for-achievements/ |archive-date=24 June 2016 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Despite most festivals being identified with a particular ethnic or religious group, celebrations are universal. In a custom known as &amp;quot;open house&amp;quot; Malaysians participate in the celebrations of others, often visiting the houses of those who identify with the festival.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MIDA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite book|title = Guidebook on Expatriate Living in Malaysia|publisher = Malaysia Industrial Development Authority|date = May 2009|pages = 8–9, 69|url = http://www.mida.gov.my/env3/uploads/Publications_pdf/ExpatriateLiving/expatriate2009.pdf|access-date = 20 August 2011|archive-date = 28 September 2011|archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20110928100352/http://www.mida.gov.my/env3/uploads/Publications_pdf/ExpatriateLiving/expatriate2009.pdf|url-status = dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sports ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Seni silat melayu.jpg|thumb|right|alt=A woman and a man in black outfits with red belts practising the martial art of Silat Melayu|Traditional sports, such as the martial art style [[Silat Melayu]], persist alongside modern sports.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Popular sports in Malaysia include [[association football]], [[badminton]], [[field hockey]], [[bowls]], [[tennis]], [[squash (sport)|squash]], [[martial arts]], [[Equestrianism|horse riding]], [[sailing]], and [[skate boarding]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MIDA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Football is the most popular sport in Malaysia.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |title=BAT flouts tobacco-free World Cup policy |last=Assunta |first=Mary |journal=Tobacco Control |volume=11 |issue=3 |pages=277–278 |year=2006 |doi=10.1136/tc.11.3.277|pmid=12198283 |pmc=1759036 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Badminton matches also attract thousands of spectators, and since 1948 Malaysia has been one of four countries to hold the [[Thomas Cup]], the world team championship trophy of men&#039;s badminton.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sportsknowhow.com/badminton/history/badminton-history-2.shtml |title=History of Badminton |publisher=SportsKnowHow.com |access-date=11 June 2011 |archive-date=29 June 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110629004258/http://www.sportsknowhow.com/badminton/history/badminton-history-2.shtml |url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Malaysian Lawn Bowls Federation was registered in 1997.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110707070937/http://my.88db.com/Sports-Fitness/Club-Association/ad-77790/ |archive-date=7 July 2011|url=http://my.88db.com/Sports-Fitness/Club-Association/ad-77790/ |title=Malaysia Lawn Bowls Federation |publisher=88DB.com |access-date=1 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Squash was brought to the country by members of the British army, with the first competition being held in 1939.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Nauright |first1=John |last2=Parrish |first2=Charles |title=Sports Around the World: History, Culture, and Practice |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=IkLYDgTnMxEC&amp;amp;pg=PA250 |year=2012 |publisher=ABC-CLIO |isbn=978-1-59884-300-2 |pages=250–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Squash Racquets Association of Malaysia]] was created on 25 June 1972.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.malaysiasquash.com.my/index.php/about/about-sram/ |title=History of SRAM |publisher=Squash Racquets Association of Malaysia |access-date=15 October 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20131015034511/http://www.malaysiasquash.com.my/index.php/about/about-sram/ |archive-date=15 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The men&#039;s [[Malaysia men&#039;s national field hockey team|national field hockey team]] ranked [[FIH Men&#039;s World Ranking|10th in the world]] {{as of|2022|June|lc=y}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://fih.ch/rankings/outdoor/ |title=FIH Men&#039;s and Women&#039;s World Ranking |publisher=International Hockey Federation |access-date=14 June 2022 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 3rd [[Men&#039;s FIH Hockey World Cup|Hockey World Cup]] was hosted at [[Stadium Merdeka|Merdeka Stadium]] in Kuala Lumpur, as well as the 10th cup.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |url=http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/events-tournaments/hockey-world-cup/history/History-of-Hockey-World-Cup/articleshow/5624571.cms |title=History of Hockey World Cup |work=The Times of India |date=27 February 2010 |access-date=1 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country also has its own [[Formula One]] track – the [[Sepang International Circuit]], with the first [[Malaysian Grand Prix]] held in 1999.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.allf1.info/tracks/index.php |title=Formula One Grand Prix Circuits |last=Novikov |first=Andrew |publisher=All Formula One Info |access-date=27 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Traditional sports include [[Silat Melayu]], the most common style of martial arts practised by [[Malays (ethnic group)|ethnic Malays]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Minahan |first=James B. |title=Ethnic Groups of South Asia and the Pacific: An Encyclopedia |url= https://books.google.com/books?id=fOQkpcVcd9AC&amp;amp;pg=PT76 |date=30 August 2012 |publisher=ABC-CLIO |isbn=978-1-59884-660-7 |pages=76–}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Federation of Malaya Olympic Council was formed in 1953, and received recognition by the IOC in 1954. It first participated in the [[1956 Summer Olympics|1956 Melbourne Olympic Games]]. The council was renamed the [[Olympic Council of Malaysia]] in 1964, and [[Malaysia at the Olympics|has participated]] in all but one Olympic games since its inception. The largest number of athletes ever sent to the Olympics was 57 to the [[1972 Summer Olympics|1972 Munich Olympic Games]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.olympic.org.my/web/gamesrecords/olympicg/history.htm |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20130807033456/http://www.olympic.org.my/web/gamesrecords/olympicg/history.htm |archive-date=7 August 2013 |title=Olympic Games&amp;amp;nbsp;– History |publisher=The Olympic Council of Malaysia |access-date=27 September 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Besides the Olympic Games, Malaysia also participates in the [[Paralympic Games]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.paralympic.org.my/sports.html#introduction|title=Sports|website=www.paralympic.org.my}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Malaysia has competed at the [[Commonwealth Games]] since 1950 as Malaya, and 1966 as Malaysia, and the games were hosted in Kuala Lumpur in 1998.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |archive-date=31 October 2014 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20141031191031/http://www.thesundaily.my/node/138479 |url= http://www.thesundaily.my/node/138479 |title=Doing Malaysia proud |last=Dudley |first=Rueben |work=The Sun |location=Kuala Lumpur |date=13 September 2010 |url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url= http://www.cygpune2008.com/history-tradition/history-tradition.php |title=Commonwealth Games Federation, History and Tradition of Commonwealth Games, Edinburgh, Bendigo, Pune |publisher=Commonwealth Youth Games 2008 |date=14 August 2000 |access-date=27 September 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20101008183946/http://www.cygpune2008.com/history-tradition/history-tradition.php |archive-date=8 October 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Menara Berkembar Petronas, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (Unsplash).jpg|Petronas Twin Tower 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of Malaysia-related topics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of Malaysia]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of countries with multiple capitals]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist|group=fn}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Notelist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malay Peninsula |volume= 17 |last= Clifford |first= Hugh Charles | pages = 471&amp;amp;ndash;475 |short= 1 }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malays |volume= 17 |last= Clifford |first= Hugh Charles | pages = 475&amp;amp;ndash;478 |short= 1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malay States (British) |volume= 17 |last1= Clifford |first1= Hugh Charles |last2= Graham |first2= Walter Armstrong | pages = 478&amp;amp;ndash;484 |short= 1 }}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Cite EB1911|wstitle= Malay States (Siamese) |volume= 17 |last= Graham |first= Walter Armstrong | page = 484 |short= 1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/malaysia/ Malaysia]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090123034942/http://ucblibraries.colorado.edu/govpubs/for/malaysia.htm Malaysia] from &#039;&#039;UCB Libraries GovPubs&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{curlie|Regional/Asia/Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-pacific-15356257 Malaysia profile] from the [[BBC News]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Wikiatlas|Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Templates --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Malaysia topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|title = Articles relating to Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
|list =&lt;br /&gt;
{{States and Federal Territories of Malaysia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Monarchies}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries and territories of Southeast Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries of Asia}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{East Asia Summit (EAS)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{The Commonwealth}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G-15 nations}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Non-Aligned Movement}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Pacific Islands Forum (PIF)|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|2|N|112|E|type:country_region:MY|display=title}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Malaysia| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Asia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of ASEAN]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where Malay is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Commonwealth monarchies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developing 8 Countries member states]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Federal monarchies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:G15 nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Southeast Asian countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1963]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:World War II sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1963 establishments in Malaysia]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=South_Africa&amp;diff=434934</id>
		<title>South Africa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=South_Africa&amp;diff=434934"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T00:37:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: IMF update...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Country in Southern Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{About|the country|the geographical area|Southern Africa|other uses}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use South African English|date=April 2021}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates|date=March 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox country&lt;br /&gt;
| conventional_long_name = Republic of South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
| common_name            = South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
| native_name            = {{collapsible list&lt;br /&gt;
| titlestyle = background:transparent;text-align:center;line-height:normal;font-size:86%;&lt;br /&gt;
| title = 10 other official names&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;constitution&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://www.concourt.org.za/images/phocadownload/the_text/english-2013.pdf|title=The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa|publisher=Constitutional Court of South Africa|year=2013|edition=2013 English version|access-date=17 April 2020|archive-date=23 August 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180823174423/https://www.concourt.org.za/images/phocadownload/the_text/english-2013.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| {{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
| subbox=yes&lt;br /&gt;
| bodystyle=font-size:77%;font-weight:normal;&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass1 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label1 = [[Zulu language|Zulu]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data1 = {{lang|zu|iRiphabhuliki yaseNingizimu Afrika}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass2 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label2 = [[Xhosa language|Xhosa]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data2 = {{lang|ss|iRiphabhlikhi yoMzantsi Afrika}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass3 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label3 = [[Afrikaans]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data3 = {{lang|af|Republiek van Suid-Afrika}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass4 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label4 = [[Pedi language|Pedi]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data4 = {{lang|nso|Repabliki ya Afrika-Borwa}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass5 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label5 = [[Sotho language|Southern&amp;amp;nbsp;Sotho]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data5 = {{lang|st|Rephaboliki ya Afrika Borwa}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass6 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label6 = [[Tswana language|Tswana]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data6 = {{lang|tn|Rephaboliki ya Aforika Borwa}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass7 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label7 = [[Tsonga language|Tsonga]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data7 = {{lang|ts|Riphabliki ya Afrika Dzonga}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass8 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label8 = [[Swazi language|Swati]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data8 = {{lang|sw|iRiphabhulikhi yaseNingizimu-Afrika}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass9 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label9 = [[Venda language|Venda]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data9 = {{lang|ve|Riphabuḽiki ya Afurika Tshipembe}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowclass10 = mergedrow&lt;br /&gt;
| label10 = [[Southern Ndebele language|Southern Ndebele]]:&lt;br /&gt;
| data10 = {{lang|nr|iRiphabliki yeSewula Afrika}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| image_flag             = Flag of South Africa.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_flag               = &lt;br /&gt;
| flag2_border           = &lt;br /&gt;
| image_coat             = Coat of arms of South Africa.svg&lt;br /&gt;
| coa_size               = 75&lt;br /&gt;
| alt_coat               = &lt;br /&gt;
| symbol_type            = Coat of arms&lt;br /&gt;
| national_motto         = &amp;quot;{{lang|xam|ǃke e: ǀxarra ǁke}}&amp;quot;&amp;amp;nbsp;([[ǀXam language|ǀXam]])&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[[Unity in diversity]]&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| national_anthem        = &amp;quot;[[National anthem of South Africa]]&amp;quot; &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;padding-top:0.5em;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:South Africa National Anthem.ogg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| image_map              = {{Switcher|[[File:ZAF orthographic.svg|frameless]]|Show globe|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South Africa adm location map.svg|frameless]]|Show map of South Africa|default=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
| map_caption            = &lt;br /&gt;
| image_map2             = &lt;br /&gt;
| capital                = {{unbulleted list|[[Pretoria]] (executive)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;South Africa at a glance&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=South Africa at a glance {{!}} South African Government|url=https://www.gov.za/about-sa/south-africa-glance|website=www.gov.za|access-date=18 June 2020|archive-date=26 May 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200526163527/https://www.gov.za/about-sa/south-africa-glance|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|[[Cape Town]] (legislative)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;South Africa at a glance&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;|[[Bloemfontein]] (judicial)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;South Africa at a glance&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| largest_city           = {{nowrap|[[Johannesburg]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.citypopulation.de/World.html|title=Principal Agglomerations of the World|publisher=Citypopulation.de|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=25 December 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181225073559/http://www.citypopulation.de/World.html|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--end nowrap:--&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_km2 = 42.4&lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_sq_mi = &lt;br /&gt;
| population_density_rank = 169th&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census      = 62,027,503&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Mitchley |first=Alex |title=SA&#039;s population swells to 62 million - 2022 census at a glance |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/southafrica/news/sas-population-swells-to-62-million-2022-census-at-a-glance-20231010 |access-date=2023-10-11 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| population_census_year = 2022&lt;br /&gt;
| official_languages     = &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Languages of South Africa|12 languages]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;constitution&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament.gov.za&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The NA Approves South African Sign Language as the 12th Official Language |url=https://www.parliament.gov.za/press-releases/na-approves-south-african-sign-language-12th-official-language}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{plainlist|&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Afrikaans]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[South African English|English]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Southern Ndebele language|Ndebele]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pedi language|Sepedi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sotho language|Sesotho]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tswana language|Setswana]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[South African Sign Language]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Swazi language|Swazi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Venda language|Tshivenda]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Xhosa language|Xhosa]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tsonga language|Xitsonga]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Zulu language|Zulu]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{collapsible list&lt;br /&gt;
| titlestyle = background:transparent;text-align:left;padding-left:0.5em;font-size:100%;&amp;lt;!--size of [show]/[hide] link--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| liststyle = text-align:left;white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
| title=Languages with special status&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;constitution.1.6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|url=https://www.concourt.org.za/images/phocadownload/the_text/english-2013.pdf|title=The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa|publisher=Constitutional Court of South Africa|year=2013|edition=2013 English version|at=ch.&amp;amp;nbsp;1, s.&amp;amp;nbsp;6|access-date=17 April 2020|archive-date=23 August 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180823174423/https://www.concourt.org.za/images/phocadownload/the_text/english-2013.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;|[[Khoe languages]]| [[Khoekhoe language|Nama]]|[[Khoisan languages]]|[[German language|German]]|[[Greek language|Greek]]|[[Gujarati language|Gujarati]]|[[Hindi]]|[[Portuguese language|Portuguese]]|[[Telugu language|Telugu]]|[[Tamil language|Tamil]]|[[Urdu]]|[[Arabic]]|[[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]|[[Sanskrit]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| regional_languages     = &lt;br /&gt;
| languages2_type        = &lt;br /&gt;
| languages2             = &lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups_year     = 2022&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Mitchley |first=Alex |title=SA&#039;s population swells to 62 million - 2022 census at a glance |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/southafrica/news/sas-population-swells-to-62-million-2022-census-at-a-glance-20231010 |access-date=2023-10-11 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnic_groups          = {{unbulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
 | {{nowrap|81.4% [[Bantu peoples of South Africa|Black]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
 | 8.2% [[Coloureds|Coloured]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 7.3% [[White South Africans|White]]&lt;br /&gt;
 | 2.7% [[Asian (South Africa)|Asian]] &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion               = {{ublist|item_style=white-space:nowrap;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Tree list}}&lt;br /&gt;
* 78.0% [[Christianity in South Africa|Christianity]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 58.3% [[Protestantism in South Africa|Protestantism]]&lt;br /&gt;
** 19.7% other [[List of Christian denominations|Christian]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tree list/end}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |10.9% [[Irreligion in South Africa|no religion]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |4.4% [[Traditional African religions|traditional faiths]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |1.6% [[Islam in South Africa|Islam]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |1.0% [[Hinduism in South Africa|Hinduism]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |2.7% other&lt;br /&gt;
 |1.4% undetermined}}&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_year          = 2016&lt;br /&gt;
| religion_ref           = &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.datafirst.uct.ac.za/dataportal/index.php/catalog/611|title=South Africa – Community Survey 2016|website=www.datafirst.uct.ac.za|access-date=25 November 2018|archive-date=25 November 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181125204526/https://www.datafirst.uct.ac.za/dataportal/index.php/catalog/611|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| demonym                = {{hlist|[[Demographics of South Africa|South African]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| government_type        = Unitary [[List of countries by system of government#Parliamentary republics with an executive presidency|parliamentary republic with an executive presidency]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title1          = [[President of South Africa|President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name1           = [[Cyril Ramaphosa]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title2          = [[Deputy President of South Africa|Deputy President]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name2           = [[Paul Mashatile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title3          = [[National Council of Provinces|Chairperson of the National Council]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name3           = [[Amos Masondo]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title4          = [[Speaker of the National Assembly of South Africa|Speaker of the National Assembly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name4           = [[Nosiviwe Mapisa-Nqakula]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_title5          = [[Chief Justice of South Africa|Chief Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| leader_name5           = [[Ray Zondo|Raymond Zondo]]&lt;br /&gt;
| legislature            = [[Parliament of South Africa|Parliament]]&lt;br /&gt;
| upper_house            = [[National Council of Provinces|National Council]]&lt;br /&gt;
| lower_house            = [[National Assembly of South Africa|National Assembly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_type       = Independence&lt;br /&gt;
| sovereignty_note       = {{nowrap|from the [[United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland|United Kingdom]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event1     = [[Union of South Africa|Union]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date1      = 31 May 1910&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event2     = [[Statute of Westminster 1931|Statute of Westminster]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date2      = 11 December 1931&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event3     = [[1960 South African republic referendum|Republic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date3      = 31 May 1961&lt;br /&gt;
| established_event4     = [[1994 South African general election|Democratisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
| established_date4      = 27 April 1994&lt;br /&gt;
| area_km2               = 1,221,037&lt;br /&gt;
| area_footnote          = &lt;br /&gt;
| area_rank              = 24th&lt;br /&gt;
| area_sq_mi             = 471,443&lt;br /&gt;
| percent_water          = 0.380&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP                = {{increase}} $997.444 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.ZA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/weo-database/2023/October/weo-report?c=199,&amp;amp;s=NGDPD,PPPGDP,NGDPDPC,PPPPC,&amp;amp;sy=2020&amp;amp;ey=2028&amp;amp;ssm=0&amp;amp;scsm=1&amp;amp;scc=0&amp;amp;ssd=1&amp;amp;ssc=0&amp;amp;sic=0&amp;amp;sort=country&amp;amp;ds=.&amp;amp;br=1 |title=World Economic Outlook Database, October 2023 Edition. (ZA) |publisher=[[International Monetary Fund]] |website=IMF.org |date=10 October 2023 |access-date=12 October 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_year           = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_rank           = 33rd&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita     = {{increase}} $16,211&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.ZA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_PPP_per_capita_rank = 97th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal            = {{decrease}} $380.906 billion&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.ZA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_year       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_rank       = 39th&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita = {{decrease}} $6,190&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;IMFWEO.ZA&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| GDP_nominal_per_capita_rank = 96th&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini                   = 63.0 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_year              = 2014&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_change            = decrease &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_ref               = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;wb-gini&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI?locations=ZA|title=Gini Index|publisher=World Bank|access-date=25 September 2018|archive-date=29 May 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200529083011/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.GINI?locations=ZA|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gini_rank              = &amp;lt;!-- 2nd --&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!-- hid rank as source not clear --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI                    = 0.713 &amp;lt;!--number only--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_year               = 2021&amp;lt;!--Please use the year to which the data refers, not the publication year.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_change             = increase &amp;lt;!--increase/decrease/steady--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_ref                = &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HDI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf|title=Human Development Report 2021/2022|language=en|publisher=[[United Nations Development Programme]]|date=8 September 2022|access-date=8 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HDI_rank               = 109th&lt;br /&gt;
| currency               = [[South African rand]]&lt;br /&gt;
| currency_code          = ZAR&lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone              = [[South African Standard Time|SAST]]&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset             = +2&lt;br /&gt;
| utc_offset_DST         = &lt;br /&gt;
| DST_note               = &lt;br /&gt;
| time_zone_DST          = &lt;br /&gt;
| antipodes              = &lt;br /&gt;
| date_format            = Short formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* yyyy/mm/dd&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Data Source Comparison for en-ZA|url=https://www.localeplanet.com/compare/en-ZA/index.html|access-date=5 May 2021|website=www.localeplanet.com|archive-date=16 August 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210816213516/https://www.localeplanet.com/compare/en-ZA/index.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* yyyy-mm-dd&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Data Source Comparison for af-ZA|url=https://www.localeplanet.com/compare/af-ZA/index.html|access-date=5 May 2021|website=www.localeplanet.com|archive-date=5 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210505092248/https://www.localeplanet.com/compare/af-ZA/index.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| drives_on              = left&lt;br /&gt;
| calling_code           = [[Telephone numbers in South Africa|+27]]&lt;br /&gt;
| iso3166code            = ZA&lt;br /&gt;
| cctld                  = [[.za]]&lt;br /&gt;
| today                  = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;South Africa&#039;&#039;&#039;, officially the &#039;&#039;&#039;Republic of South Africa&#039;&#039;&#039;, is the [[Southern Africa|southernmost]] country in [[Africa]]. It is bounded to the south by {{convert|2798|km|mi}} of [[coastline]] that stretches along the [[Atlantic Ocean|South Atlantic]] and [[Indian Ocean]]s;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.samsa.org.za/|title=South African Maritime Safety Authority|publisher=South African Maritime Safety Authority|access-date=16 June 2008|archive-date=29 December 2008|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081229120804/http://www.samsa.org.za/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2060.html|website=The World Factbook|title=Coastline|publisher=CIA|access-date=16 June 2008|archive-date=16 July 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170716042040/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2060.html|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=safacts&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/about/facts.htm|title=South Africa Fast Facts|publisher=SouthAfrica.info|date=April 2007|access-date=14 June 2008|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080719213531/http://www.southafrica.info/about/facts.htm|archive-date=19 July 2008}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; to the north by the neighbouring countries of [[Namibia]], [[Botswana]], and [[Zimbabwe]]; and to the east and northeast by [[Mozambique]] and [[Eswatini]]. It also completely [[Enclave and exclave|enclaves]] the country [[Lesotho]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=[[Guy Arnold]]|url=http://www.britannica.com/eb/article-9113829/LESOTHO|title=Lesotho: Year In Review 1996&amp;amp;nbsp;– Britannica Online Encyclopedia|website=Encyclopædia Britannica|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=15 June 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130615085933/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/337131/Lesotho-Year-In-Review-1996|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the southernmost country on the mainland of the [[Old World]], and the [[List of countries and dependencies by population|second-most populous country]] located entirely south of the equator, after [[Tanzania]]. South Africa is a [[biodiversity hotspot]], with unique [[biomes]], plant and animal life. With over [[Demographics of South Africa|60 million people]], the country is the world&#039;s [[List of countries and dependencies by population|24th-most populous nation]] and covers an area of {{convert|1221037|km2|mi2|abbr=off}}. [[Pretoria]] is the administrative capital, while [[Cape Town]], as the seat of Parliament, is the legislative capital. [[Bloemfontein]] has traditionally been regarded as the judicial capital.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marais Twala 2020 pp. 49–62&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal | last1=Marais | first1=Lochner | last2=Twala | first2=Chitja | title=Bloemfontein: the rise and fall of South Africa&#039;s judicial capital | journal=African Geographical Review | publisher=Informa UK Limited | volume=40 | issue=1 | date=2020-05-07 | issn=1937-6812 | doi=10.1080/19376812.2020.1760901 | pages=49–62| s2cid=218929562 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The largest city, and site of [[Constitutional Court of South Africa|highest court]] is [[Johannesburg]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 80% of the population are [[Ethnic groups in South Africa|Black South Africans]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Mitchley |first=Alex |title=SA&#039;s population swells to 62 million - 2022 census at a glance |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/southafrica/news/sas-population-swells-to-62-million-2022-census-at-a-glance-20231010 |access-date=2023-10-11 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The remaining population consists of Africa&#039;s largest communities of European ([[White South Africans]]), Asian ([[Indian South Africans]] and [[Chinese South Africans]]), and multiracial ([[Coloureds|Coloured South Africans]]) ancestry. South Africa is a multiethnic society encompassing a wide [[Culture of South Africa|variety of cultures]], [[Languages of South Africa|languages]], and [[Religion in South Africa|religions]]. Its pluralistic makeup is reflected in the [[Constitution of South Africa|constitution]]&#039;s recognition of 12 official languages, the fourth-highest number in the world.&amp;lt;ref name=safacts /&amp;gt; According to the 2011 census, the two most spoken first languages are [[Zulu language|Zulu]] (22.7%) and [[Xhosa language|Xhosa]] (16.0%).&amp;lt;ref name=cib11&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=Census 2011: Census in brief|url=http://www.statssa.gov.za/census/census_2011/census_products/Census_2011_Census_in_brief.pdf|publisher=Statistics South Africa|location=Pretoria|year=2012|isbn=978-0621413885|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150513171240/http://www.statssa.gov.za/census/census_2011/census_products/Census_2011_Census_in_brief.pdf|archive-date=13 May 2015|url-status=live|pages=23–25 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The two next ones are of European origin: [[Afrikaans]] (13.5%) developed from [[Dutch language|Dutch]] and serves as the first language of most Coloured and White South Africans; [[South African English|English]] (9.6%) reflects the legacy of British [[colonialism]] and is commonly used in public and commercial life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country is one of the few in Africa never to have had a [[coup d&#039;état]], and [[Elections in South Africa|regular elections]] have been held for almost a century. However, the vast majority of Black South Africans were not [[Suffrage|enfranchised]] until 1994. During the 20th century, the black majority sought to claim more rights from the dominant white minority, which played a large role in the country&#039;s recent [[History of South Africa|history]] and politics. The [[National Party (South Africa)|National Party]] imposed [[apartheid]] in 1948, institutionalising previous [[racial segregation]]. After a [[Internal resistance to apartheid|long and sometimes violent struggle]] by the [[African National Congress]] and other anti-apartheid activists both inside and outside the country, the repeal of discriminatory laws began in the mid-1980s. Since 1994, all ethnic and linguistic groups have held political representation in the country&#039;s [[liberal democracy]], which comprises a [[parliamentary republic]] and [[Provinces of South Africa|nine provinces]]. South Africa is often referred to as the &amp;quot;[[rainbow nation]]&amp;quot; to describe the country&#039;s multicultural diversity, especially in the wake of apartheid.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7512700.stm|title=Rainbow Nation – dream or reality?|access-date=10 August 2013|work=BBC News|date=18 July 2008|archive-date=8 September 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130908141212/http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7512700.stm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is a [[middle power]] in international affairs; it maintains significant [[Regional power|regional influence]] and is a member of both the [[Commonwealth of Nations]] and the [[G20]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Cooper|first1=Andrew F|last2=Antkiewicz|first2=Agata|last3=Shaw|first3=Timothy M|title=Lessons from/for BRICSAM about South-North Relations at the Start of the 21st Century: Economic Size Trumps All Else?|journal=[[International Studies Review]]|date=10 December 2007|volume=9|issue=4|pages=675, 687|doi=10.1111/j.1468-2486.2007.00730.x}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lynch2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|first=David A.|last=Lynch|title=Trade and Globalization: An Introduction to Regional Trade Agreements|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-MH-GEL425AC&amp;amp;pg=PA51|access-date=25 August 2013|year=2010|publisher=Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield|quote=Southern Africa is home to the other of sub-Saharan Africa&#039;s regional powers: South Africa. South Africa is more than just a regional power; it is currently the most developed and economically powerful country in Africa, and is able to use that influence in Africa more than during the days of apartheid, when it was ostracised from the rest of the world.|isbn=978-0-7425-6689-7|page=51|archive-date=11 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131011173913/http://books.google.com/books?id=-MH-GEL425AC&amp;amp;pg=PA51|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is a [[developing country]], ranking 109th on the [[Human Development Index]], the 7th highest on the continent. South Africa is the only African nation to legislate [[same-sex marriage]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NYTimes&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2005/12/02/world/africa/samesex-unions-to-become-legal-in-south-africa.html|title=Same-Sex Unions to Become Legal in South Africa|work=[[The New York Times]]|date=2 December 2005 |access-date=February 5, 2018|last1=Wines |first1=Michael }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has been classified by the [[World Bank]] as a [[Newly industrialized country|newly industrialised country]] and has the [[List of African countries by GDP (nominal)|third-largest economy]] and the most industrialised, technologically advanced economy in Africa overall&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Wong |first=B. H. |date=2011 |title=A Most Complex and Technologically Advanced Vessel |url=http://dx.doi.org/10.3850/978-981-08-9731-4_osv2011-02 |journal=Offshore Support Vessels |pages=11–20 |location=Singapore |publisher=Research Publishing Services |doi=10.3850/978-981-08-9731-4_osv2011-02|isbn=978-981-08-9731-4 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as well as the [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|39th-largest economy in the world]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://data.worldbank.org/country/south-africa|title=South Africa|publisher=World Bank|access-date=23 July 2021|archive-date=1 November 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111101050034/http://data.worldbank.org/country/south-africa|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Waugh2000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|first=David|last=Waugh|title=Geography: An Integrated Approach|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=7GH0KZZthGoC|access-date=24 August 2013|year=2000|publisher=Nelson Thornes|isbn=978-0-17-444706-1|pages=563, 576–579, 633, 640|chapter=Manufacturing industries (chapter 19), World development (chapter 22)|archive-date=11 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131011173925/http://books.google.com/books?id=7GH0KZZthGoC|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa has the most [[List of World Heritage Sites in Africa|UNESCO World Heritage Sites]] in Africa. Since the end of [[apartheid]], government accountability and quality of life have substantially improved.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Lieberman|first=Evan|url=https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691203003/until-we-have-won-our-liberty|title=Until We Have Won Our Liberty|date=2022|publisher=Princeton University Press|isbn=978-0-691-20300-3|language=en|access-date=25 November 2021|archive-date=24 November 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211124200625/https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691203003/until-we-have-won-our-liberty|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, [[Crime in South Africa|crime]], poverty and [[Inequality in post-apartheid South Africa|inequality]] remain widespread, with about 40% of the total population being unemployed {{as of|2021|lc=y}},&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SL.UEM.TOTL.ZS?locations=ZA|title=Unemployment, total (% of labor force) (modeled ILO estimate) – South Africa|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=19 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while some 60% of the population lived under the poverty line and a quarter under $2.15 a day.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.NAHC?locations=ZA|title=Poverty headcount ratio at national poverty lines (% of population) – South Africa|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=19 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.DDAY?locations=ZA|title=Poverty headcount ratio at $2.15 a day (2017 PPP) (% of population) – South Africa|work=[[World Bank]]|access-date=19 September 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://databankfiles.worldbank.org/public/ddpext_download/poverty/33EF03BB-9722-4AE2-ABC7-AA2972D68AFE/Global_POVEQ_ZAF.pdf|title=&amp;quot;World Bank&amp;quot; : South Africa|accessdate=7 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Etymology ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Official names of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;South Africa&amp;quot; is derived from the country&#039;s geographic location at the southern tip of Africa. Upon formation, the country was named the [[Union of South Africa]] in English and {{lang|nl|Unie van Zuid-Afrika}} in [[Dutch language|Dutch]], reflecting its origin from the unification of four formerly separate British colonies. Since 1961, the long formal name in English has been the &amp;quot;Republic of South Africa&amp;quot; and {{lang|af|Republiek van Suid-Afrika}} in [[Afrikaans]]. Since 1994, the country has had an official name in each of its [[Languages of South Africa|12 official languages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|Mzansi}} &#039;&#039;&#039;Mzansi&#039;&#039;&#039;, derived from the [[Xhosa language|Xhosa]] noun {{lang|xh|uMzantsi}} meaning &amp;quot;south&amp;quot;, is a [[Colloquialism|colloquial name]] for South Africa,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Sarah|editor2-first=Achille|last=Livermon|first=Xavier|title=Johannesburg: The Elusive Metropolis|chapter=Sounds in the City|year=2008|publisher=Duke University Press|location=Durham|isbn=978-0-8223-8121-1|page=283|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hNONyzwm420C|quote=&#039;&#039;Mzansi&#039;&#039; is another black urban vernacular term popular with the youth and standing for South Africa.|editor-last=Nuttall|editor2-last=Mbembé|access-date=5 January 2016|archive-date=2 May 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190502074447/https://books.google.com/books?id=hNONyzwm420C|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Mzansi DiToloki|url=http://www.deafsa.co.za/mzansi_ditoloki/|publisher=Deaf Federation of South Africa|access-date=15 January 2014|quote=uMzantsi in Xhosa means &#039;south&#039;, Mzansi means this country, South Africa|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140116135926/http://www.deafsa.co.za/mzansi_ditoloki/|archive-date=16 January 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while some [[Pan-Africanism|Pan-Africanist]] political parties prefer the term &amp;quot;[[Azania]]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Azania&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=http://www.voanews.com/content/south-african-party-says-call-it-azania/1855679.html|title=South African Party Says Call Their Country &#039;Azania&#039;|last=Taylor|first=Darren|newspaper=VOA|access-date=18 February 2017|language=en|archive-date=24 June 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160624200956/http://www.voanews.com/content/south-african-party-says-call-it-azania/1855679.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|History of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prehistoric archaeology ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Maropeng_visitor_centre,_Cradle_of_Humankind,_South_Africa.jpg|thumb|left|Front of Maropeng at the [[Cradle of Humankind]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa contains some of the oldest archaeological and [[List of human evolution fossils|human-fossil]] sites in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last= Wymer|first= John|author2= Singer, R|year= 1982|title= The Middle Stone Age at Klasies River Mouth in South Africa|location= Chicago|publisher= University of Chicago Press|isbn= 978-0-226-76103-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title= Guide to Klasies River|page= 11|year= 2001|url= http://academic.sun.ac.za/archaeology/KRguide2001.PDF|author= Deacon, HJ|publisher= Stellenbosch University|access-date= 5 September 2009|archive-date= 21 February 2011|archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110221195519/http://academic.sun.ac.za/archaeology/KRguide2001.PDF|url-status= live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/915/|title=Fossil Hominid Sites of South Africa|website=UNESCO World Heritage Centre|access-date=26 December 2019|archive-date=4 December 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191204231517/https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/915|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Archaeologists have recovered extensive fossil remains from a series of caves in [[Gauteng]] Province. The area, a [[UNESCO]] [[World Heritage Site]], has been branded &amp;quot;the [[Cradle of Humankind]]&amp;quot;. The sites include [[Sterkfontein]], one of the richest sites for [[hominin]] fossils in the world, as well as [[Swartkrans]], [[Gondolin Cave]], [[Kromdraai fossil site|Kromdraai]], [[Cooper&#039;s Cave]] and [[Malapa Fossil Site, Cradle of Humankind|Malapa]]. [[Raymond Dart]] identified the first hominin fossil discovered in Africa, the [[Taung Child]] (found near [[Taung]]) in 1924. Other hominin remains have come from the sites of [[Makapansgat]] in [[Limpopo]] Province; [[Cornelia, Free State|Cornelia]] and [[Florisbad]] in [[Free State (province)|Free State Province]]; [[Border Cave]] in [[KwaZulu-Natal]] Province; [[Klasies River Caves]] in [[Eastern Cape]] Province; and [[Pinnacle Point]], [[Saldanha man|Elandsfontein]] and Die Kelders Cave in [[Western Cape]] Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These finds suggest that various hominid species existed in South Africa from about three million years ago, starting with &#039;&#039;[[Australopithecus africanus]],&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= http://www.yale.edu/ynhti/curriculum/units/1979/6/79.06.02.x.html|title= Hominid Evolution|publisher= Yale-New Haven Teachers Institute|first= Stephen P.|last= Broker|access-date= 19 June 2008|archive-date= 7 April 2008|archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20080407181350/http://www.yale.edu/ynhti/curriculum/units/1979/6/79.06.02.x.html|url-status= live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; followed by &#039;&#039;[[Australopithecus sediba]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Homo ergaster]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Homo erectus]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Homo rhodesiensis]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Homo helmei]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Homo naledi]]&#039;&#039; and modern [[human]]s (&#039;&#039;Homo sapiens&#039;&#039;). Modern humans have inhabited Southern Africa for at least 170,000 years. Various researchers have located [[Oldowan|pebble tools]] within the [[Vaal River]] valley.&amp;lt;ref name=Langer&amp;gt;{{cite book| title = An Encyclopedia of World History| editor-last = Langer| editor-first = William L.| edition = 5th| publisher = Houghton Mifflin Company| location = Boston| year = 1972| isbn = 978-0-395-13592-1| page = [https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaworl00will/page/9 9]| url = https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaworl00will/page/9 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
| last1 = Leakey&lt;br /&gt;
| first1 = Louis Seymour Bazett&lt;br /&gt;
| author-link1 = Louis Seymour Bazett Leakey&lt;br /&gt;
| chapter = Stone Age cultures of South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
| title = Stone age Africa: an outline of prehistory in Africa&lt;br /&gt;
| chapter-url = https://books.google.com/books?id=FsEiAAAAMAAJ&lt;br /&gt;
| edition = reprint&lt;br /&gt;
| publisher = Negro Universities Press&lt;br /&gt;
| publication-date = 1936&lt;br /&gt;
| page = 79&lt;br /&gt;
| access-date = 21 February 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| quote = In 1929, during a brief visit to the Transvaal, I myself found a number of pebble tools in some of the terrace gravels of the Vaal River, and similar finds have been recorded by Wayland, who visited South Africa, and by van Riet Lowe and other South African prehistorians.&lt;br /&gt;
| year = 1936&lt;br /&gt;
| isbn = 9780837120225&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bantu expansion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Bantu expansion}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MapungubweHill.jpg|thumb|[[Mapungubwe Hill]], the site of the former capital of the [[Kingdom of Mapungubwe]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Settlements of [[Bantu peoples of South Africa|Bantu-speaking peoples]], who were iron-using agriculturists and [[herder|herdsmen]], were present south of the [[Limpopo River]] (now the northern border with [[Botswana]] and [[Zimbabwe]]) by the 4th or 5th century CE. They displaced, conquered, and absorbed the original [[Khoisan]], [[Khoekhoe|Khoikhoi]] and [[San people|San]] peoples. The Bantu slowly moved south. The earliest [[ironworks]] in modern-day [[KwaZulu-Natal|KwaZulu-Natal Province]] are believed to date from around 1050. The southernmost group was the [[Xhosa people]], whose language incorporates certain linguistic traits from the earlier Khoisan people. The Xhosa reached the [[Great Fish River]], in today&#039;s Eastern Cape Province. As they migrated, these larger [[Iron Age]] populations displaced or assimilated earlier peoples. In [[Mpumalanga]] Province, several stone circles have been found along with a stone arrangement that has been named [[Blaauboschkraal stone ruins|Adam&#039;s Calendar]], and the ruins are thought to be created by the [[Bokoni|Bakone]], a [[Northern Sotho language|Northern Sotho]] people.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|last=Alfred|first=Luke|title=The Bakoni: From prosperity to extinction in a generation|url=https://www.news24.com/citypress/news/the-bakoni-from-prosperity-to-extinction-in-a-generation-20180703|access-date=13 September 2020|website=Citypress|archive-date=20 October 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201020040304/https://www.news24.com/citypress/news/the-bakoni-from-prosperity-to-extinction-in-a-generation-20180703|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Adam&#039;s Calendar in Waterval Boven, Mpumalanga|url=https://www.sa-venues.com/things-to-do/mpumalanga/adams-calendar/|access-date=13 September 2020|website=www.sa-venues.com|archive-date=17 December 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201217065507/https://www.sa-venues.com/things-to-do/mpumalanga/adams-calendar/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Portuguese exploration ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{see also|Portuguese discoveries}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F. Benda-The planting of cross by Bartholomew Dias in 1488-0681 (cropped).jpg|thumb|Portuguese explorer [[Bartolomeu Dias]] planting the cross at [[Cape Point]] after being the first to successfully round the [[Cape of Good Hope]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1487, the Portuguese explorer [[Bartolomeu Dias]] led the first European voyage to land in southern Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;domville-25&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Domville-Fife|first=C.W.|title=The encyclopedia of the British Empire the first encyclopedic record of the greatest empire in the history of the world ed|year=1900|publisher=Rankin|location=London|page=25|url=https://archive.org/stream/encyclopediaofbr01domvuoft#page/24/mode/2up}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; On 4 December, he landed at Walfisch Bay (now known as [[Walvis Bay]] in present-day Namibia). This was south of the furthest point reached in 1485 by his predecessor, the Portuguese navigator [[Diogo Cão]] ([[Cape Cross]], north of the bay). Dias continued down the western coast of southern Africa. After 8 January 1488, prevented by storms from proceeding along the coast, he sailed out of sight of land and passed the southernmost point of Africa without seeing it. He reached as far up the eastern coast of Africa as, what he called, {{lang|pt|Rio do Infante}}, probably the present-day [[Groot River (Eastern Cape)|Groot River]], in May 1488. On his return he saw the cape, which he named {{lang|pt|Cabo das Tormentas}} (&#039;Cape of Storms&#039;). King [[John II of Portugal|John II]] renamed the point {{lang|pt|Cabo da Boa Esperança}}, or [[Cape of Good Hope]], as it led to the riches of the [[East Indies]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Mackenzie|first1=W. Douglas|last2=Stead|first2=Alfred|title=South Africa: Its History, Heroes, and Wars|publisher=The Co-Operative Publishing Company|location=Chicago|year=1899}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dias&#039; feat of navigation was immortalised in [[Luís de Camões]]&#039; 1572 epic poem &#039;&#039;[[Os Lusíadas]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dutch colonisation ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Dutch Cape Colony|Boer Republics}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Charles Bell - Jan van Riebeeck se aankoms aan die Kaap.jpg|thumb|[[Charles Davidson Bell]]&#039;s 19th-century painting of [[Jan van Riebeeck]], who founded the first European settlement in South Africa, arrives in [[Table Bay]] in 1652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the early 17th century, Portugal&#039;s maritime power was starting to decline, and English and Dutch merchants competed to oust Portugal from its lucrative monopoly on the [[spice trade]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Pakeman&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book| last = Pakeman, SA| title = Nations of the Modern World: Ceylon|edition= 1964|pages= 18–19| publisher = Frederick A Praeger, Publishers| asin= B0000CM2VW}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Representatives of the British [[East India Company]] sporadically called at the cape in search of provisions as early as 1601 but later came to favour [[Ascension Island]] and [[Saint Helena]] as alternative ports of refuge.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kaap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|first1=Alexander|last1=Wilmot|author2=John Centlivres Chase|name-list-style=amp| title = History of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope: From Its Discovery to the Year 1819|edition= 2010|pages= 1–548| publisher = Claremont: David Philip (Pty) Ltd| isbn= 978-1-144-83015-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Dutch interest was aroused after 1647, when two employees of the [[Dutch East India Company]] were shipwrecked at the cape for several months. The sailors were able to survive by obtaining fresh water and meat from the natives.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kaap&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; They also sowed vegetables in the fertile soil.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;zastudy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Kaplan|first=Irving|title=Area Handbook for the Republic of South Africa|pages=46–771|url=http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED056947.pdf|access-date=30 May 2015|archive-date=28 April 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150428004403/http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED056947.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Upon their return to Holland, they reported favourably on the cape&#039;s potential as a &amp;quot;warehouse and garden&amp;quot; for provisions to stock passing ships for long voyages.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kaap&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1652, a century and a half after the discovery of the cape sea route, [[Jan van Riebeeck]] established a {{Wikt-lang|en|victual|victualling}} station at the Cape of Good Hope, at what would become [[Cape Town]], on behalf of the Dutch East India Company.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://courses.wcupa.edu/jones/his311/timeline/t-19saf.htm|title=African History Timeline|publisher=West Chester University of Pennsylvania|access-date=16 June 2008|archive-date=7 January 2009|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090107070748/http://courses.wcupa.edu/jones/his311/timeline/t-19saf.htm|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=Hunt1&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Hunt|first=John|editor-last=Campbell|editor-first=Heather-Ann|title=Dutch South Africa: Early Settlers at the Cape, 1652–1708|date=2005|pages=13–35|publisher=University of Pennsylvania Press|location=Philadelphia|isbn=978-1-904744-95-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In time, the cape became home to a large population of {{lang|nl|vrijlieden}}, also known as {{lang|nl|vrijburgers}} ({{lit.|free citizens}}), former company employees who stayed in Dutch territories overseas after serving their contracts.&amp;lt;ref name=Hunt1 /&amp;gt; Dutch traders also brought thousands of [[slavery|enslaved people]] to the fledgling colony from [[Indonesia]], [[Madagascar]], and parts of eastern Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Worden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book| last = Worden| first = Nigel| title = Slavery in Dutch South Africa|edition= 2010|pages= 40–43| publisher = Cambridge University Press| isbn = 978-0-521-15266-2| date = 5 August 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Some of the earliest mixed race communities in the country were formed between {{lang|nl|vrijburgers}}, enslaved people, and indigenous peoples.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;zimstudy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Nelson|first=Harold|title=Zimbabwe: A Country Study|pages=237–317}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This led to the development of a new ethnic group, the [[Cape Coloureds]], most of whom adopted the Dutch language and Christian faith.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;zimstudy&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The eastward expansion of Dutch colonists ushered in a series of wars with the southwesterly migrating Xhosa tribe, known as the [[Xhosa Wars]], as both sides competed for the pastureland near the Great Fish River, which the colonists desired for grazing cattle.&amp;lt;ref name=Stapleton2&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Stapleton|first=Timothy|title=A Military History of South Africa: From the Dutch-Khoi Wars to the End of Apartheid|date=2010|pages=4–6|publisher=Praeger Security International|location=Santa Barbara|isbn=978-0-313-36589-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Vrijburgers&#039;&#039; who became independent farmers on the frontier were known as &#039;&#039;[[Boers]]&#039;&#039;, with some adopting semi-nomadic lifestyles being denoted as {{lang|nl|[[trekboers]]}}.&amp;lt;ref name=Stapleton2 /&amp;gt; The Boers formed loose [[militia]]s, which they termed &#039;&#039;commandos&#039;&#039;, and forged alliances with Khoisan peoples to repel Xhosa raids.&amp;lt;ref name=Stapleton2 /&amp;gt; Both sides launched bloody but inconclusive offensives, and sporadic violence, often accompanied by livestock theft, remained common for several decades.&amp;lt;ref name=Stapleton2 /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===British colonisation and the Great Trek===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Invasion of the Cape Colony|Cape Colony|Great Trek|British Bechuanaland|Colony of Natal}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Britain occupied Cape Town between 1795 and 1803 to prevent it from falling under the control of the [[French First Republic]], which had invaded the [[Low Countries]].&amp;lt;ref name=Stapleton2 /&amp;gt; After briefly returning to Dutch rule under the [[Batavian Republic]] in 1803, the cape was occupied again by the British in 1806.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Keegan&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book| last = Keegan| first = Timothy| title = Colonial South Africa and the Origins of the Racial Order| year = 1996| url = https://archive.org/details/colonialsouthafr0000keeg| url-access = registration|edition= 1996|pages= [https://archive.org/details/colonialsouthafr0000keeg/page/85 85–86]| publisher = David Philip Publishers (Pty) Ltd| isbn = 978-0-8139-1735-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Following the end of the [[Napoleonic Wars]], it was formally ceded to Great Britain and became an integral part of the [[British Empire]].&amp;lt;ref name=Lloyd1&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Lloyd|first=Trevor Owen|title=The British Empire, 1558–1995|date=1997|pages=201–203|publisher=Oxford University Press|location=Oxford|isbn=978-0-19-873133-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; British emigration to South Africa began around 1818, subsequently culminating in the arrival of the [[1820 Settlers]].&amp;lt;ref name=Lloyd1 /&amp;gt; The new colonists were induced to settle for a variety of reasons, namely to increase the size of the European workforce and to bolster frontier regions against Xhosa incursions.&amp;lt;ref name=Lloyd1 /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Charles Bell - Zoeloe-aanval op &#039;n Boerelaer - 1838.jpg|thumb|Depiction of a [[Weenen massacre|Zulu attack]] on a Boer camp in February 1838]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first two decades of the 19th century, the Zulu people grew in power and expanded their territory under their leader, [[Shaka]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.historynet.com/wars_conflicts/19_century/3032216.html?page=4&amp;amp;c=y|title=Shaka: Zulu Chieftain|publisher=Historynet.com|access-date=30 October 2011|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080209113856/http://www.historynet.com/wars_conflicts/19_century/3032216.html?page=4&amp;amp;c=y|archive-date= 9 February 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Shaka&#039;s warfare indirectly led to the {{lang|zu|[[Mfecane]]}} (&#039;crushing&#039;), in which one to two million people were killed and the inland plateau was devastated and depopulated in the early 1820s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/537814/Shaka/537814rellinks/Related-Links|title=Shaka (Zulu chief)|website=Encyclopædia Britannica|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=11 January 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120111043550/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/537814/Shaka/537814rellinks/Related-Links|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=W. D. Rubinstein|title=Genocide: A History|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=nMMAk4VwLLwC&amp;amp;pg=PA22|access-date=26 June 2013|year=2004|publisher=Pearson Longman|isbn=978-0-582-50601-5|page=22|archive-date=8 August 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130808075142/http://books.google.com/books?id=nMMAk4VwLLwC&amp;amp;pg=PA22|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; An offshoot of the Zulu, the [[Northern Ndebele people|Matabele]] people created a larger empire that included large parts of the [[highveld]] under their king [[Mzilikazi]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the early 19th century, many Dutch settlers departed from the [[Cape Colony]], where they had been subjected to British control, in a series of migrant groups who came to be known as {{lang|nl|[[Voortrekkers]]}}, meaning &amp;quot;pathfinders&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;pioneers&amp;quot;. They migrated to the future [[Natal (province)|Natal]], Free State, and [[Transvaal (province)|Transvaal]] regions. The Boers founded the [[Boer republics]]: the [[South African Republic]], the [[Natalia Republic]], and the [[Orange Free State]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discovery of diamonds in 1867 and gold in 1884 in the interior started the [[Mineral Revolution]] and increased economic growth and immigration. This intensified British subjugation of the indigenous people. The struggle to control these important economic resources was a factor in relations between Europeans and the indigenous population and also between the Boers and the British.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Williams, Garner F|title=The Diamond Mines of South Africa, Vol II|year=1905|publisher=B. F Buck &amp;amp; Co.|location=New York|pages=Chapter XX|url=http://www.farlang.com/diamonds/williams_diamond_mines_2/page_285|access-date=27 November 2008|archive-date=31 July 2012|archive-url=https://archive.today/20120731083954/http://www.farlang.com/diamonds/williams_diamond_mines_2/page_285|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cape Colony map 1876 - Eve of Confederation Wars.jpg|thumb|right|1876 map of South Africa]] &lt;br /&gt;
On 16 May 1876, President [[Thomas François Burgers]] of the South African Republic declared war against the [[Pedi people]]. King [[Sekhukhune]] managed to defeat the army on 1 August 1876. Another attack by the Lydenburg Volunteer Corps was also repulsed. On 16 February 1877, the two parties signed a peace treaty at [[Botshabelo, Mpumalanga|Botshabelo]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=South African Military History Society – Journal- THE SEKUKUNI WARS|url=http://samilitaryhistory.org/vol025hk.html|access-date=15 August 2020|website=samilitaryhistory.org|archive-date=23 July 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200723053419/http://samilitaryhistory.org/vol025hk.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Boers&#039; inability to subdue the Pedi led to the departure of Burgers in favour of [[Paul Kruger]] and the British annexation of the South African Republic. In 1878 and 1879 three British attacks were successfully repelled until [[Garnet Wolseley, 1st Viscount Wolseley|Garnet Wolseley]] defeated Sekhukhune in November 1879 with an army of 2,000 British soldiers, Boers and 10,000 Swazis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Anglo-Zulu War]] was fought in 1879 between the British and the [[Zulu Kingdom]]. Following [[Henry Herbert, 4th Earl of Carnarvon|Lord Carnarvon]]&#039;s successful introduction of [[Canadian Confederation|federation in Canada]], it was thought that similar political effort, coupled with military campaigns, might succeed with the African kingdoms, tribal areas and Boer republics in South Africa. In 1874, [[Henry Bartle Frere]] was sent to South Africa as the British [[High Commissioner for Southern Africa|High Commissioner]] to bring such plans into being. Among the obstacles were the presence of the independent states of the Boers, and the Zululand army. The Zulu nation defeated the British at the [[Battle of Isandlwana]]. Eventually Zululand lost the war, resulting in the termination of the Zulu nation&#039;s independence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Boer Wars===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Boer Wars|First Boer War|Second Boer War}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Battle of Majuba Hill.jpg|thumb|The [[Battle of Majuba Hill]] was the last decisive battle during the [[First Boer War]], and saw the British defeated by the Boers after 2 hours of fighting.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Boercamp1.jpg|thumb|Boer women and children in a [[Second Boer War concentration camps|British concentration camp]] during the [[Second Boer War]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Boer republics successfully resisted British encroachments during the [[First Boer War]] (1880–1881) using [[guerrilla warfare]] tactics, which were well-suited to local conditions. The British returned with greater numbers, more experience, and new strategy in the [[Second Boer War]] (1899–1902) and, although they suffered heavy casualties through [[Attrition warfare|attrition]], they were ultimately successful. Over 27,000 Boer women and children died in the [[Second Boer War concentration camps|British concentration camps]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=5 of the worst atrocities carried out by the British Empire|url=https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/worst-atrocities-british-empire-amritsar-boer-war-concentration-camp-mau-mau-a6821756.html|work=The Independent|date=19 January 2016|access-date=22 September 2019|archive-date=27 September 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190927142647/https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/worst-atrocities-british-empire-amritsar-boer-war-concentration-camp-mau-mau-a6821756.html|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa&#039;s urban population grew rapidly from the end of the 19th century onward. After the devastation of the wars, Dutch-descendant Boer farmers fled into cities from the devastated [[Transvaal Colony|Transvaal]] and Orange Free State territories to become the class of the white urban poor.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last=Ogura|first=Mitsuo|date=1996|title=Urbanization and Apartheid in South Africa: Influx Controls and Their Abolition|journal=The Developing Economies|language=en|volume=34|issue=4|pages=402–423|doi=10.1111/j.1746-1049.1996.tb01178.x|pmid=12292280|issn=1746-1049|doi-access=free}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Independence ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Union of South Africa|Military history of South Africa during World War I|Military history of South Africa during World War II}}&lt;br /&gt;
Anti-British policies among white South Africans focused on independence. During the Dutch and British colonial years, [[racial segregation]] was mostly informal, though some legislation was enacted to control the settlement and movement of indigenous people, including the [[Native Location Act of 1879]] and the system of [[pass laws]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Bond|first=Patrick|title=Cities of gold, townships of coal: essays on South Africa&#039;s new urban crisis|publisher=Africa World Press|year=1999|page=140|isbn=978-0-86543-611-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report|year=1906|title=Report of the Select Committee on Location Act|publisher=Cape Times Limited|url=https://archive.org/details/reportoftheselec00capeiala|access-date=30 July 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report|last1=Godley |first1=Godfrey |first2=Welsh|last2=Archibald|last3=Thomson |first3=William |last4=Hemsworth |first4=H. D.|year=1920|title=Report of the Inter-departmental committee on the native pass laws|url=https://archive.org/stream/reportofinterdep00sout#page/2/mode/1up|publisher=Cape Times Limited|page=2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite report|institution=Great Britain Colonial Office; Transvaal (Colony). Governor (1901–1905: Milner)|date=January 1902|title=Papers relating to legislation affecting natives in the Transvaal|url=https://archive.org/details/transvaalpapersr00grea}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=De Villiers|first=John Abraham Jacob|title=The Transvaal |publisher=Chatto &amp;amp; Windus|location=London|year=1896|pages=[https://archive.org/details/transvaal00devi/page/30 30] (n46)|url=https://archive.org/details/transvaal00devi|access-date=30 July 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eight years after the end of the Second Boer War and after four years of negotiation, the [[South Africa Act 1909]] granted nominal independence while creating the [[Union of South Africa]] on 31 May 1910. The union was a [[dominion]] that included the former territories of the Cape, Transvaal and Natal colonies, as well as the Orange Free State republic.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite EB1911|first=Frank Richardson|last=Cana|wstitle=South Africa|volume=25|page=467}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Natives Land Act, 1913|Natives&#039; Land Act]] of 1913 severely restricted the ownership of land by blacks; at that stage they controlled only 7% of the country. The amount of land reserved for indigenous peoples was later marginally increased.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahistory.org.za/pages/chronology/thisday/1913-06-19.htm|title=Native Land Act|publisher=South African Institute of Race Relations|date=19 June 1913|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101014095049/http://www.sahistory.org.za/pages/chronology/thisday/1913-06-19.htm|archive-date=14 October 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1931, the union became fully sovereign from the United Kingdom with the passage of the [[Statute of Westminster 1931|Statute of Westminster]], which abolished the last powers of the [[Parliament of the United Kingdom]] to legislate on the country. Only three other African countries—Liberia, Ethiopia, and Egypt—had been independent prior to that point. In 1934, the [[South African Party]] and [[National Party (South Africa)|National Party]] merged to form the [[United Party (South Africa)|United Party]], seeking reconciliation between Afrikaners and English-speaking whites. In 1939, the party split over the entry of the union into [[World War II]] as an ally of the United Kingdom, a move which the National Party followers strongly opposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apartheid era ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Apartheid}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Disinvestment from South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ApartheidSignEnglishAfrikaans.jpg|thumb|&amp;quot;For use by white persons&amp;quot;&amp;amp;nbsp;– apartheid sign in English and Afrikaans]]&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, the National Party was elected to power. It strengthened the racial segregation begun under Dutch and British colonial rule. Taking Canada&#039;s [[Indian Act]] as a framework,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Gloria Galloway, [https://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/politics/chiefs-reflect-on-apartheid-and-first-nations-as-atleo-visits-mandela-memorial/article15902124/ &amp;quot;Chiefs Reflect on Apartheid&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190502050752/https://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/politics/chiefs-reflect-on-apartheid-and-first-nations-as-atleo-visits-mandela-memorial/article15902124/|date=2 May 2019 }}, &#039;&#039;The Globe and Mail&#039;&#039;, 11 December 2013&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the [[Nationalism|nationalist]] government classified all peoples into three races (&#039;&#039;Whites, Blacks, Indians and Coloured people (people of mixed race)&#039;&#039;) and developed rights and limitations for each. The white minority (less than 20%)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Beinart, William (2001). &#039;&#039;Twentieth-century South Africa.&#039;&#039; Oxford University Press. p. 202. {{ISBN|978-0-19-289318-5}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; controlled the vastly larger black majority. The legally institutionalised segregation became known as &#039;&#039;[[apartheid]]&#039;&#039;. While whites enjoyed the highest [[standard of living]] in all of Africa, comparable to [[First World]] Western nations, the black majority remained disadvantaged by almost every standard, including income, education, housing, and life expectancy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=apartheid {{!}} South Africa, Definition, Facts, Beginning, &amp;amp; End |url=https://www.britannica.com/topic/apartheid|access-date=2022-05-15|website=Britannica|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Freedom Charter]], adopted in 1955 by the [[Congress Alliance]], demanded a non-racial society and an end to discrimination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On 31 May 1961, the country became a republic following [[1960 South African republic referendum|a referendum]] (only open to white voters) which narrowly passed;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Hendrik Frensch Verwoerd|url=http://www.sahistory.org.za/people/hendrik-frensch-verwoerd|publisher=South African History Online|quote=On 5 October 1960 a referendum was held in which White voters were asked: &amp;quot;Do you support a republic for the Union?&amp;quot; – 52 percent voted &#039;Yes&#039;.|access-date=9 March 2013|archive-date=29 November 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171129002322/http://www.sahistory.org.za/people/hendrik-frensch-verwoerd|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the British-dominated Natal province largely voted against the proposal. [[Elizabeth II]] lost the title [[Monarchy of South Africa|Queen of South Africa]], and the last [[Governor-General of South Africa|Governor-General]], [[C. R. Swart|Charles Robberts Swart]], became [[State President of South Africa|state president]]. As a concession to the [[Westminster system]], the appointment of the president remained an appointment by parliament and was virtually powerless until [[P. W. Botha]]&#039;s [[South African Constitution of 1983|Constitution Act of 1983]], which eliminated the office of [[Prime Minister of South Africa|prime minister]] and instated a unique &amp;quot;strong presidency&amp;quot; [[Parliamentary system|responsible to parliament]]. Pressured by other [[Commonwealth of Nations]] countries, South Africa withdrew from the organisation in 1961 and rejoined it in 1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite [[Internal resistance to apartheid|opposition to apartheid]] both within and outside the country, the government legislated for a continuation of apartheid. The security forces cracked down on internal dissent, and violence became widespread, with anti-apartheid organisations such as the [[African National Congress]] (ANC), the [[Azanian People&#039;s Organisation]], and the [[Pan Africanist Congress of Azania|Pan-Africanist Congress]] carrying out guerrilla warfare&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Biko1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Gibson|first1=Nigel|last2=Alexander|first2=Amanda|last3=Mngxitama|first3=Andile|title=Biko Lives! Contesting the Legacies of Steve Biko|date=2008|page=138|publisher=Palgrave Macmillan|location=Hampshire|isbn=978-0-230-60649-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and urban sabotage.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Switzer&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book| url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bUvA7PHnCrUC&amp;amp;q=breytenbach+dakar&amp;amp;pg=PA415| title=South Africa&#039;s Resistance Press: Alternative Voices in the Last Generation Under Apartheid. Issue 74 of Research in international studies: Africa series| publisher=Ohio University Press| author=Switzer, Les| year=2000| page=2| isbn=978-0-89680-213-1| access-date=19 October 2020| archive-date=11 December 2020| archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201211144708/https://books.google.com/books?id=bUvA7PHnCrUC&amp;amp;q=breytenbach+dakar&amp;amp;pg=PA415| url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The three rival resistance movements also engaged in occasional inter-factional clashes as they jockeyed for domestic influence.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Mitchell&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Mitchell|first1=Thomas|title=Native vs Settler: Ethnic Conflict in Israel/Palestine, Northern Ireland and South Africa|date=2008|pages=194–196|publisher=Greenwood Publishing Group|location=Westport|isbn=978-0-313-31357-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Apartheid became increasingly controversial, and several countries began to boycott business with the South African government because of its racial policies. These measures were later extended to international sanctions and the [[Disinvestment from South Africa|divestment of holdings]] by foreign investors.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bridgland&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|first=Fred|last=Bridgland|title=The War for Africa: Twelve months that transformed a continent|year=1990|publisher=Ashanti Publishing|location=Gibraltar|page=32|isbn=978-1-874800-12-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Landgren&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book| first = Signe| last = Landgren| title = Embargo Disimplemented: South Africa&#039;s Military Industry| edition = 1989| pages = [https://archive.org/details/embargodisimplem0000land/page/6 6–10]| publisher = Oxford University Press| isbn = 978-0-19-829127-5| year = 1989| url = https://archive.org/details/embargodisimplem0000land/page/6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Post-apartheid ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|History of South Africa (1994–present)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Frederik de Klerk with Nelson Mandela - World Economic Forum Annual Meeting Davos 1992.jpg|thumb|[[F. W. de Klerk|F.W. de Klerk]] and [[Nelson Mandela]] shake hands in January 1992]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Mahlabatini Declaration of Faith]], signed by [[Mangosuthu Buthelezi]] and [[Harry Schwarz]] in 1974, enshrined the principles of [[peaceful transition of power]] and equality for all, the first of such agreements by black and white political leaders in South Africa. Ultimately, [[F. W. de Klerk|F.W. de Klerk]] opened bilateral discussions with [[Nelson Mandela]] in 1993 for a transition of policies and government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990, the National Party government took the first step towards dismantling discrimination when it lifted the ban on the ANC and other political organisations. It released Nelson Mandela from prison after 27 years of serving a sentence for sabotage. A [[Negotiations to end apartheid in South Africa|negotiation process]] followed. With approval from the white electorate in a [[1992 South African apartheid referendum|1992 referendum]], the government continued negotiations to end apartheid. South Africa held its first universal [[1994 South African general election|elections in 1994]], which the ANC won by an overwhelming majority. It has been in power ever since. The country rejoined the [[Commonwealth of Nations]] and became a member of the [[Southern African Development Community]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In post-apartheid South Africa, unemployment remained high. While many blacks have risen to middle or upper classes, the overall unemployment rate of black people worsened between 1994 and 2003 by official metrics but declined significantly using expanded definitions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sach3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/nft/2006/soafrica/eng/pasoafr/sach3.pdf|title=Post-Apartheid South Africa: the First Ten Years&amp;amp;nbsp;– Unemployment and the Labor Market|publisher=IMF|access-date=16 February 2013|archive-date=29 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130729103119/http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/nft/2006/soafrica/eng/pasoafr/sach3.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Poverty among whites, which was previously rare, increased.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.mg.co.za/article/2008-04-18-zuma-surprised-at-level-of-white-poverty|title=Zuma surprised at level of white poverty|website=Mail &amp;amp; Guardian|date=18 April 2008|access-date=30 May 2010|archive-date=29 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130729140129/http://www.mg.co.za/article/2008-04-18-zuma-surprised-at-level-of-white-poverty|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The government struggled to achieve the monetary and fiscal discipline to ensure both redistribution of wealth and economic growth. The United Nations [[Human Development Index]] rose steadily until the mid-1990s&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://hdrstats.undp.org/countries/country_fact_sheets/cty_fs_ZAF.html|title=South Africa|year=2006|publisher=United Nations Development Programme|website=Human Development Report|access-date=28 November 2007|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071129203325/http://hdrstats.undp.org/countries/country_fact_sheets/cty_fs_ZAF.html|archive-date=29 November 2007 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; then fell from 1995 to 2005 before recovering its 1995 peak in 2013.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=http://hdr.undp.org/sites/default/files/2015_human_development_report.pdf|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151222080742/http://hdr.undp.org/sites/default/files/2015_human_development_report.pdf|url-status=dead|archive-date=22 December 2015|title=2015 United Nations Human Development Report|access-date=5 August 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The fall is in large part attributable to the [[HIV/AIDS in South Africa|South African HIV/AIDS pandemic]] which saw South African life expectancy fall from a high point of 62 years in 1992 to a low of 53 in 2005,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.LE00.IN?locations=ZA|title=South African Life Expectancy at Birth, World Bank|access-date=5 August 2018|archive-date=6 August 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180806024743/https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.LE00.IN?locations=ZA|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the failure of the government to take steps to address the pandemic in its early years.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sairr.org.za/wsc/pstory.htx?storyID=428|title=Ridicule succeeds where leadership failed on AIDS|publisher=South African Institute of Race Relations|date=10 November 2006}}{{dead link|date=May 2019|bot=medic}}{{cbignore|bot=medic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Watching South Africa &amp;amp; France match at World Cup 2010-06-22 in Soweto 13.jpg|thumb|Supporters watching the [[2010 FIFA World Cup]] with [[vuvuzela]]s in the [[Township (South Africa)|township]] of [[Soweto]], a [[Suburbs of Johannesburg|suburb of Johannesburg]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:People&#039;s March Anti Xenophobia.jpg|thumb|March in [[Johannesburg]] against [[xenophobia in South Africa]], 23 April 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In May 2008, riots left over 60 people dead.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Broke-on-Broke Violence&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|url=http://www.slate.com/id/2193949/|title=Broke-on-Broke Violence|journal=Slate |date=20 June 2008 |access-date=6 July 2011|archive-date=8 September 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110908002524/http://www.slate.com/id/2193949/|url-status=live|last1=Chance |first1=Kerry }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[Centre on Housing Rights and Evictions]] estimated that over 100,000 people were driven from their homes.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.abahlali.org/node/3612|title=COHRE statement on Xenophobic Attacks|access-date=6 July 2011|archive-date=18 January 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120118140918/http://www.abahlali.org/node/3612|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The targets were mainly [[Immigration to South Africa|legal]] and [[Illegal immigration to South Africa|illegal migrants]], and refugees seeking asylum, but a third of the victims were South African citizens.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Broke-on-Broke Violence&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In a 2006 survey, the South African Migration Project concluded that South Africans are more opposed to immigration than any other national group.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author1=Southern African Migration Project|author2=Institute for Democracy in South Africa|author3=Queen&#039;s University|editor=Jonathan Crush|title=The perfect storm: the realities of xenophobia in contemporary South Africa|url=http://www.queensu.ca/samp/sampresources/samppublications/policyseries/Acrobat50.pdf|access-date=26 June 2013|year=2008|publisher=Idasa|isbn=978-1-920118-71-6|page=1|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130730044247/http://www.queensu.ca/samp/sampresources/samppublications/policyseries/Acrobat50.pdf|archive-date=30 July 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees|UN High Commissioner for Refugees]] in 2008 reported over 200,000 refugees applied for asylum in South Africa, almost four times as many as the year before.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unhcr.org&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees|url=http://www.unhcr.org/4cd96a569.html|title=UNHCR Global Appeal 2011&amp;amp;nbsp;– South Africa|publisher=UNHCR|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=11 May 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130511000002/http://www.unhcr.org/4cd96a569.html|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These people were mainly from [[Zimbabwe]], though many also come from [[Burundi]], [[Democratic Republic of the Congo]], [[Rwanda]], [[Eritrea]], [[Ethiopia]] and [[Somalia]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unhcr.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Competition over jobs, business opportunities, public services and housing has led to tension between refugees and host communities.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unhcr.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; While [[xenophobia in South Africa]] is still a problem, the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees in 2011 reported that recent violence had not been as widespread as initially feared.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;unhcr.org&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Nevertheless, as South Africa continues to grapple with racial issues, one of the proposed solutions has been to pass legislation, such as the pending [[Prevention and Combating of Hate Crimes and Hate Speech Bill|Hate Crimes and Hate Speech Bill]], to uphold South Africa&#039;s ban on racism and commitment to equality.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Harris, Bronwyn (2004). &#039;&#039;Arranging prejudice: Exploring hate crime in post-apartheid South Africa&#039;&#039;. Cape Town.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Traum, Alexander (2014). &amp;quot;Contextualising the hate speech debate: the United States and South Africa&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;The Comparative and International Law Journal of Southern Africa&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;47&#039;&#039;&#039; (1): 64–88.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By 2020, numerous warnings have been issued that South Africa is heading towards [[failed state]] status &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.aljazeera.com/economy/2020/9/10/south-africa-heading-towards-becoming-a-failed-state-report|title=South Africa heading towards becoming a failed state: Report|website=Aljazeera |last=Sguazzin |first=Anthony|date=10 September 2020}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2020-09-10/south-africa-heading-toward-becoming-a-failed-state-group-says|title=South Africa Heading Toward Becoming a Failed State, Group Says|newspaper=Bloomberg |last=Sguazzin |first=Anthony |date=10 September 2020 |url-access=registration}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with unsustainable government spending, high unemployment, high crime rates, corruption, failing government owned enterprises and collapsing infrastructure.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/state-south-africa-2020-johan-marais|title=South Africa, Failed State?|website=www.linkedin.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/government/642791/south-africa-is-slowly-collapsing/ |title=South Africa is slowly collapsing |work=BusinessTech |date=14 November 2022 |access-date=30 December 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2022/11/23/crime-worrying-in-south-africa-7000-murdered-in-three-months|title=Crime &#039;worrying&#039; in South Africa: 7,000 murdered in three months|website=Aljazeera |date=23 November 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2022, the World Economic Forum said that South Africa risks state collapse and identified five major risks facing the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.thesouthafrican.com/news/breaking-is-south-africa-military-coup-state-collapse-threats/|title=South Africa &#039;at risk of STATE COLLAPSE&#039; – according to top experts|first=Tom|last=Head|date=12 January 2022|website=The South African}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Director-General of the South African Treasury, Dondo Mogajane, has said that, &amp;quot;SA is showing the signs of a failing state more common in countries like Sierra Leone and Liberia&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.thesouthafrican.com/news/breaking-south-africa-failed-state-treasury-warning/|title=SA heading towards &#039;failed state&#039; territory – according to our own Treasury|first=Tom|last=Head|date=6 March 2022|website=The South African}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Former minister Jay Naidoo has said that South Africa is in serious trouble and is showing signs of a failed state, with record unemployment levels and the fact that many young people will not find a job in their lifetime.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://mybroadband.co.za/news/investing/464455-south-africa-showing-signs-of-a-failed-state.html |title=South Africa showing signs of a failed state |work=My Broadband |date=13 October 2022 |access-date=30 December 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Efficient Group chief economist Dawie Roodt said the country is in deep trouble, &amp;quot;South Africans have been getting poorer for a decade&amp;quot;. He said he is very concerned because &amp;quot;32 million people get an income from the state. The state cannot afford this anymore&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://mybroadband.co.za/news/investing/461398-south-africa-is-in-deep-trouble-warns-economist.html |title=South Africa is in deep trouble, warns economist |work=My Broadband |date=21 September 2022 |access-date=30 December 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Neal Froneman, CEO of Sibanye-Stillwater, said that crime is out of control, with &#039;mafia-style shakedowns&#039; for procurement contracts becoming the norm. &amp;quot;Government leadership has created this problem and they are doing nothing. The government can&#039;t deal with it because it goes against their ideology.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/business-opinion/565926/south-africa-is-practically-a-failed-state-ceo/ |title=South Africa is practically a failed state: CEO |work=BusinessTech |date=8 March 2022 |access-date=30 December 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Professor Eddy Maloka, from the Institute of Risk Management, &amp;quot;The ANC has left us in a mess. They&#039;ve turned their crisis into ours... Government has collapsed in areas across the country. We are seeing inner-cities collapse and degenerate&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.thesouthafrican.com/news/breaking-south-africa-failing-state-why-expert-explains/|title=&#039;Our cities are collapsing!&#039; – SA identified as &#039;failing state&#039; by top expert|first=Tom|last=Head|date=11 April 2022|website=The South African}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Professor David Himbara said that &amp;quot;South Africa is a classic case of a de facto one-party state with mismanaged institutions and endemic crime and corruption&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.theafricareport.com/35378/south-africa-a-sophisticated-failing-state/|title=South Africa: A sophisticated failing state|date=29 July 2020|website=The Africa Report.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In May 2023, the Executive Chairman of Sygnia, Magda Wierzycka, said that &amp;quot;warnings of South Africa becoming a failed state are lagging reality – we are already there&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/business-opinion/684085/south-africa-is-already-a-failed-state/|title=South Africa is already a failed state – BusinessTech}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Geography ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Geography of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South_Africa_sat.jpg|thumb|left|[[Satellite image]] of South Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is in southernmost Africa, with a coastline that stretches more than {{convert|abbr=on|2500|km|mi|0}} and along two oceans (the South Atlantic and the Indian). At {{convert|abbr=on|1219912|km2|sqmi}},&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Country Comparison|url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2147rank.html?countryName=South%20Africa&amp;amp;countryCode=sf&amp;amp;regionCode=af&amp;amp;rank=32#sf|website=World Factbook|publisher=CIA|access-date=4 September 2009|archive-date=1 May 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110501164719/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/rankorder/2147rank.html?countryName=South%20Africa&amp;amp;countryCode=sf&amp;amp;regionCode=af&amp;amp;rank=32#sf|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is the 24th-largest country in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=United Nations Statistics Division – Demographic and Social Statistics|url=https://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2015.htm|access-date=12 December 2017|website=unstats.un.org|archive-date=8 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180708191849/https://unstats.un.org/unsd/demographic/products/dyb/dyb2015.htm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Excluding the [[Prince Edward Islands]], the country lies between latitudes [[22nd parallel south|22°]] and [[35th parallel south|35°S]], and longitudes [[16th meridian east|16°]] and [[33rd meridian east|33°E]]. The interior of South Africa consists of a large, in most places almost flat plateau with an altitude of between {{convert|abbr=on|1000|m|ft}} and {{convert|abbr=on|2100|m|ft}}, highest in the east and sloping gently downwards towards the west and north, and slightly so to the south and south-west.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;McCarthy, T. &amp;amp; Rubidge, B. (2005). &#039;&#039;The story of earth and life&#039;&#039;. p. 263, 267–268. Struik Publishers, Cape Town.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This plateau is surrounded by the [[Great Escarpment, Southern Africa|Great Escarpment]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atlas of Southern Africa. (1984). p. 13. Reader&#039;s Digest Association, Cape Town&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; whose eastern, and highest, stretch is known as the [[Drakensberg]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Encyclopædia Britannica (1975); Micropaedia Vol. III, p. 655. Helen Hemingway Benton Publishers, Chicago.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Mafadi]] in the Drakensberg at {{convert|abbr=on|3450|m|ft}} is the highest peak. The KwaZulu-Natal–Lesotho international border is formed by the highest portion of the Great Escarpment which reaches an altitude of over {{convert|abbr=on|3000|m|ft}}.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atlas of Southern Africa. (1984). p. 151. Reader&#039;s Digest Association, Cape Town&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The south and south-western parts of the plateau (at approximately 1,100{{ndash}}1,800{{nbsp}}m above sea level) and the adjoining plain below (at approximately 700{{ndash}}800{{nbsp}}m above sea level{{snds}}see map on the right) is known as the [[Karoo|Great Karoo]], which consists of sparsely populated [[shrubland]]. To the north, the Great Karoo fades into the more arid Bushmanland, which eventually becomes the [[Kalahari Desert]] in the north-west of the country. The mid-eastern and highest part of the plateau is known as the [[Highveld]]. This relatively well-watered area is home to a great proportion of the country&#039;s commercial farmlands and contains its largest conurbation (Gauteng). To the north of Highveld, from about the 25°{{nbsp}}30&#039;{{nbsp}}S line of latitude, the plateau slopes downwards into the [[Bushveld]], which ultimately gives way to the Limpopo River lowlands or [[Veld#Highveld and Lowveld|Lowveld]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coastal belt, below the Great Escarpment, moving clockwise from the northeast, consists of the Limpopo Lowveld, which merges into the Mpumalanga Lowveld, below the Mpumalanga Drakensberg (the eastern portion of the Great Escarpment).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atlas of Southern Africa. (1984). p. 186. Reader&#039;s Digest Association, Cape Town&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is hotter, drier and less intensely cultivated than the Highveld above the escarpment.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The [[Kruger National Park]], located in the provinces of Limpopo and Mpumalanga in north-eastern South Africa, occupies a large portion of the Lowveld covering 19,633 square kilometres (7,580 sq mi)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kruger National Park&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Kruger National Park|url=http://www.africa.com/south-africa/travel/what-to-do/|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141218164142/http://www.africa.com/south-africa/travel/what-to-do/|archive-date=18 December 2014|access-date=16 December 2014|publisher=Africa.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South Africa - Drakensberg (16261357780).jpg|thumb|alt=Image depicting the Drakensberg|[[Drakensberg]], the eastern and highest portion of the [[Great Escarpment, Southern Africa|Great Escarpment]] which surrounds the east, south and western borders of the central plateau.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Namaqualand, Goegap 0035.jpg|thumb|Spring flowers in [[Namaqualand]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coastal belt below the south and south-western stretches of the Great Escarpment contains several ranges of [[Cape Fold Belt|Cape Fold Mountains]] which run parallel to the coast, separating the Great Escarpment from the ocean.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;McCarthy, T. &amp;amp; Rubidge, B. (2005). &#039;&#039;The story of earth and life&#039;&#039;. p. 194. Struik Publishers, Cape Town.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;geological map&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Geological map of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland (1970). Council for Geoscience, Geological Survey of South Africa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (These parallel ranges of fold mountains are shown on the map, above left. Note the course of the Great Escarpment to the north of these mountain ranges.) The land between the [[Outeniqua Mountains|Outeniqua]] and [[Langeberg]] ranges to the south and the [[Swartberg]] range to the north is known as the [[Karoo|Little Karoo]],&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; which consists of semi-desert shrubland similar to that of the Great Karoo, except that its northern strip along the foothills of the Swartberg Mountains has a somewhat higher rainfall and is, therefore, more cultivated than the Great Karoo. The Little Karoo is famous for its ostrich farming around [[Oudtshoorn]]. The lowland area to the north of the Swartberg range up to the Great Escarpment is the lowland part of the Great Karoo, which is climatically and botanically almost indistinguishable from the Karoo above the Great Escarpment. The narrow coastal strip between the Outeniqua and Langeberg ranges and the ocean has a moderately high year-round rainfall, which is known as the [[Garden Route]]. It is famous for the most extensive areas of forests in South Africa (a generally forest-poor country).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the south-west corner of the country, the [[Cape Peninsula]] forms the southernmost tip of the coastal strip which borders the Atlantic Ocean and ultimately terminates at the country&#039;s border with Namibia at the [[Orange River]]. The Cape Peninsula has a [[Mediterranean climate]], making it and its immediate surrounds the only portion of [[Sub-Saharan Africa]] which receives most of its rainfall in winter.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Encyclopædia Britannica (1975); Micropaedia Vol. VI, p. 750. Helen Hemingway Benton Publishers, Chicago.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atlas of Southern Africa. (1984). p. 19. Reader&#039;s Digest Association, Cape Town&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The coastal belt to the north of the Cape Peninsula is bounded on the west by the Atlantic Ocean and the first row of north–south running Cape Fold Mountains to the east. The Cape Fold Mountains peter out at about the 32°{{nbsp}}S line of latitude,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;geological map&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; after which the Great Escarpment bounds the coastal plain. The most southerly portion of this coastal belt is known as the [[Swartland]] and Malmesbury Plain, which is an important wheat growing region, relying on winter rains. The region further north is known as [[Namaqualand]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Atlas of Southern Africa. (1984). p. 113. Reader&#039;s Digest Association, Cape Town&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; which becomes more arid near the Orange River. The little rain that falls tends to fall in winter,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Altas1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; which results in one of the world&#039;s most spectacular displays of flowers carpeting huge stretches of [[veld]] in spring (August{{ndash}}September).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa also has one offshore possession, the small [[Subantarctic|sub-Antarctic]] [[archipelago]] of the Prince Edward Islands, consisting of [[Marion Island]] ({{convert|abbr=on|290|km2|sqmi|disp=or}}) and Prince Edward Island ({{convert|abbr=on|45|km2|sqmi|disp=or}}) (not to be confused with the [[Prince Edward Island|Canadian province of the same name]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Climate ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Climate of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South Africa Köppen.svg|thumb|left|[[Köppen climate classification|Köppen climate types]] of South Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has a generally [[temperate climate]] because it is surrounded by the Atlantic and Indian Oceans on three sides, because it is located in the climatically milder [[Southern Hemisphere]], and because its average elevation rises steadily toward the north (toward the equator) and further inland. This varied topography and oceanic influence result in a great variety of climatic zones. The climatic zones range from the extreme desert of the southern [[Namib]] in the farthest northwest to the lush subtropical climate in the east along the border with Mozambique and the Indian Ocean. Winters in South Africa occur between June and August. The extreme southwest has a climate similar to that of the [[Mediterranean climate|Mediterranean]] with wet winters and hot, dry summers, hosting the famous [[fynbos]] [[biome]] of shrubland and [[Albany thickets|thicket]]. This area produces much of the wine in South Africa and is known for its wind, which blows intermittently almost all year. The severity of this wind made passing around the Cape of Good Hope particularly treacherous for sailors, causing many shipwrecks. Further east on the south coast, rainfall is distributed more evenly throughout the year, producing a green landscape. The annual rainfall increases south of the Lowveld, especially near the coast, which is [[Subtropics|subtropical]]. The Free State is particularly flat because it lies centrally on the high plateau. North of the [[Vaal River]], the Highveld becomes better watered and does not experience subtropical extremes of heat. Johannesburg, in the centre of the Highveld, is at {{convert|abbr=on|1740|m|ft|0}} above sea level and receives an annual rainfall of {{convert|abbr=on|760|mm|in|1}}. Winters in this region are cold, although snow is rare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coldest place on mainland South Africa is Buffelsfontein in the [[Eastern Cape]], where a temperature of {{convert|abbr=on|-20.1|C|F}} was recorded in 2013.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=1 July 2018|title=These are the lowest ever temperatures recorded in South Africa|url=https://www.thesouthafrican.com/lifestyle/lowest-temperature-recorded-south-africa/|access-date=11 September 2020|website=The South African|language=en-US|archive-date=11 September 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200911142956/https://www.thesouthafrican.com/lifestyle/lowest-temperature-recorded-south-africa/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Prince Edward Islands have colder average annual temperatures, but Buffelsfontein has colder extremes. The deep interior of mainland South Africa has the hottest temperatures: a temperature of {{convert|abbr=on|51.7|C|F|2}} was recorded in 1948 in the Northern Cape Kalahari near [[Upington]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=South Africa&#039;s geography|url=http://www.safrica.info/about/geography/geography.htm|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100608121736/http://www.safrica.info/about/geography/geography.htm|archive-date=8 June 2010|access-date=30 October 2011|publisher=Safrica.info}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but this temperature is unofficial and was not recorded with standard equipment; the official highest temperature is {{convert|abbr=on|48.8|C|F|2}} at [[Vioolsdrif]] in January 1993.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=SMdzAAAAMAAJ|title=South Africa yearbook|publisher=South African Communication Service|year=1997|isbn=9780797035447|page=3|access-date=14 October 2015|archive-date=24 January 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160124000311/https://books.google.com/books?id=SMdzAAAAMAAJ|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Climate change in South Africa]] is leading to increased temperatures and rainfall variability. [[Extreme weather]] events are becoming more prominent.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Republic of South Africa, &#039;&#039;[https://www.environment.gov.za/sites/default/files/docs/nationalclimatechange_adaptationstrategy_ue10november2019.pdf National Climate Change Adaptation Strategy (NCCAS)] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210612014043/https://www.environment.gov.za/sites/default/files/docs/nationalclimatechange_adaptationstrategy_ue10november2019.pdf|date=12 June 2021 }},&#039;&#039; Version UE10, 13 November 2019.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is a critical concern for South Africans as climate change will affect the overall status and wellbeing of the country, for example with regards to [[water resources]]. Speedy environmental changes are resulting in clear effects on the community and environmental level in different ways and aspects, starting with air quality, to temperature and weather patterns, reaching out to food security and disease burden.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health|url=https://www.mdpi.com/journal/ijerph|access-date=26 November 2020|website=www.mdpi.com|language=en|archive-date=10 June 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210610212414/https://www.mdpi.com/journal/ijerph|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to computer-generated climate modelling produced by the South African National Biodiversity Institute,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;SANBI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=30 September 2011|title=South African National Biodiversity Institute|url=http://www.sanbi.org/|access-date=30 October 2011|publisher=Sanbi.org|archive-date=1 September 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110901083818/http://www.sanbi.org/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; parts of southern Africa will see an increase in temperature by about {{Convert|1|C-change|}} along the coast to more than {{Convert|4|C-change|}} in the already hot [[hinterland]] such as the Northern Cape in late spring and summertime by 2050. The Cape Floral Region is predicted to be hit very hard by climate change. Drought, increased intensity and frequency of fire, and climbing temperatures are expected to push many rare species towards extinction. South Africa has published two national climate change reports in 2011 and 2016.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=November 2017|title=South Africa&#039;s Second National Climate Change Report|url=https://www.environment.gov.za/otherdocuments/reports/southafricas_secondnational_climatechange|access-date=17 May 2020|archive-date=14 June 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200614170504/https://www.environment.gov.za/otherdocuments/reports/southafricas_secondnational_climatechange|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa contributes considerable [[Greenhouse gas emissions|carbon dioxide emissions]], being the 14th largest emitter of carbon dioxide,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:32&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=15 October 2018|title=The Carbon Brief Profile: South Africa|url=https://www.carbonbrief.org/the-carbon-brief-profile-south-africa|access-date=3 August 2020|website=Carbon Brief|language=en|archive-date=9 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210509123731/https://www.carbonbrief.org/the-carbon-brief-profile-south-africa|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; primarily from its heavy reliance on coal and oil for [[Energy development|energy production]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:32&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As part of its international commitments, South Africa has pledged to peak emissions between 2020 and 2025.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:32&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Biodiversity ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Biodiversity of South Africa}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Wildlife of South Africa|Protected areas of South Africa|Marine biodiversity of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South African Giraffes, fighting.jpg|thumb|[[South African giraffe]]s, Kruger National Park]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:African Leopard Sabi Sands Fir0002 Oct18.jpg|thumb|The female [[African Leopard]] &amp;quot;Thandi&amp;quot; in the Djuma concession of the [[Sabi Sand Game Reserve]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa signed the Rio [[Convention on Biological Diversity]] on 4 June 1994 and became a party to the convention on 2 November 1995.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=List of Parties|url=http://www.cbd.int/convention/parties/list/|access-date=8 December 2012|archive-date=24 January 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110124005746/http://www.cbd.int/convention/parties/list/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has subsequently produced a [[Biodiversity action plan|National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan]], which was received by the convention on 7 June 2006.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cbd.int&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=South Africa&#039;s National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan|url=http://www.cbd.int/doc/world/cm/cm-nbsap-01-p1-en.pdf|access-date=10 December 2012|archive-date=2 May 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130502141819/http://www.cbd.int/doc/world/cm/cm-nbsap-01-p1-en.pdf|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country is ranked sixth out of the world&#039;s seventeen [[megadiverse countries]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Biodiversity of the world by countries|url=http://institutoaqualung.com.br/info_biodiversidade23.html|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101101120514/http://institutoaqualung.com.br/info_biodiversidade23.html|archive-date=1 November 2010|access-date=30 May 2010|publisher=Institutoaqualung.com.br}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Ecotourism in South Africa]] has become more prevalent in recent years, as a possible method of maintaining and improving biodiversity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous mammals are found in the Bushveld including lions, [[African leopard]]s, [[Southeast African cheetah|South African cheetahs]], [[Southern white rhinoceros|southern white rhinos]], [[blue wildebeest]], [[kudu]]s, [[impala]]s, [[hyena]]s, [[hippopotamus]]es and [[South African giraffe]]s. A significant extent of the Bushveld exists in the north-east including Kruger National Park and the [[Sabi Sand Game Reserve]], as well as in the far north in the [[Waterberg Biosphere]]. South Africa houses many [[Endemism|endemic species]], among them the critically endangered [[riverine rabbit]] (&#039;&#039;Bunolagus monticullaris&#039;&#039;) in the Karoo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Up to 1945, more than 4,900 species of [[Fungus|fungi]] (including [[Lichen#Fungi|lichen-forming]] species) had been recorded.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last1=Rong|first1=I. H.|last2=Baxter|first2=A. P.|year=2006|title=The South African National Collection of Fungi: Celebrating a centenary 1905–2005|journal=Studies in Mycology|volume=55|pages=1–12|doi=10.3114/sim.55.1.1|pmc=2104721|pmid=18490968}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2006, the number of fungi in South Africa was estimated at 200,000 species but did not take into account fungi associated with insects.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last1=Crous|first1=P. W.|last2=Rong|first2=I. H.|last3=Wood|first3=A.|last4=Lee|first4=S.|last5=Glen|first5=H.|last6=Botha|first6=W. l|last7=Slippers|first7=B.|last8=De Beer|first8=W. Z.|last9=Wingfield|first9=M. J.|last10=Hawksworth|first10=D. L.|year=2006|title=How many species of fungi are there at the tip of Africa?|journal=Studies in Mycology|volume=55|pages=13–33|doi=10.3114/sim.55.1.13|pmc=2104731|pmid=18490969}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; If correct, then the number of South African fungi dwarfs that of its plants. In at least some major South African ecosystems, an exceptionally high percentage of fungi are highly specific in terms of the plants with which they occur.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|last1=Marincowitz |first1=S.|last2=Crous|first2=P.W.|last3=Groenewald|first3=J.Z.|last4=Wingfield|first4=M.J.|year=2008|title=Microfungi occurring on Proteaceae in the fynbos. CBS Biodiversity Series 7|url=http://fabiserv.up.ac.za/webresources/pdf/02cccd42960c651fba2eee15dd3c180b.pdf|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130729211209/http://fabiserv.up.ac.za/webresources/pdf/02cccd42960c651fba2eee15dd3c180b.pdf|archive-date=29 July 2013|access-date=26 June 2013|name-list-style=amp}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country&#039;s Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan does not mention fungi (including lichen-forming fungi).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cbd.int&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With more than 22,000 different [[vascular plant]]s, or about 9% of all the known species of plants on Earth,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book|last=Lambertini|first=Marco|title=A Anturalist&#039;s Guide to the Tropics|date=15 May 2000|publisher=University Of Chicago Press|isbn=978-0-226-46828-0|edition=Revised edition (15 May 2000)|page=46|language=en|chapter=The Flora / The Richest Botany in the World}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is particularly rich in plant diversity. The most prevalent biome is the [[grassland]], particularly on the Highveld, where the plant cover is dominated by different [[Poaceae|grasses]], low shrubs, and [[acacia]], mainly camel-thorn (&#039;&#039;[[Vachellia erioloba]]&#039;&#039;). Vegetation is sparse towards the north-west because of low rainfall. There are numerous species of water-storing succulents, like [[aloe]]s and [[euphorbia]]s, in the very hot and dry Namaqualand area. And according to the [[World Wide Fund for Nature|World Wildlife Fund]], South Africa is home to around a third of all succulent species.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|last=Trenchard|first=Tommy|date=2021-07-31|title=In South Africa, Poachers Now Traffic in Tiny Succulent Plants|language=en-US|work=The New York Times|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2021/07/31/world/africa/south-africa-poachers-tiny-succulent-plants.html|access-date=2022-06-27|issn=0362-4331}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The grass and thorn [[savanna]] turns slowly into a bush savanna towards the north-east of the country, with denser growth. There are significant numbers of [[Adansonia|baobab]] trees in this area, near the northern end of Kruger National Park.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Plants and Vegetation in South Africa|url=http://www.southafrica-travel.net/pages/e_plants.htm|access-date=30 October 2011|publisher=Southafrica-travel.net|archive-date=28 October 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111028175454/http://www.southafrica-travel.net/pages/e_plants.htm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fynbos biome, which makes up the majority of the area and plant life in the [[Cape Floristic Region]], is located in a small region of the Western Cape and contains more than 9,000 of those species, or three times more plant species than found in the [[Amazon rainforest]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Lewton |first=Robin Cherry &amp;amp; Thomas |title=South Africa&#039;s flammable floral kingdom |url=https://www.bbc.com/travel/article/20190304-south-africas-flammable-floral-kingdom |access-date=2022-07-16 |website=www.bbc.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; making it among the richest regions on earth in terms of plant diversity. Most of the plants are [[evergreen]] hard-leaf plants with fine, needle-like leaves, such as the [[sclerophyll]]ous plants. Another uniquely South African flowering plant group is the genus &#039;&#039;[[Protea]]&#039;&#039;, with around 130 different species. While South Africa has a great wealth of flowering plants, only 1% of the land is forest, almost exclusively in the humid [[KwaZulu–Cape coastal forest mosaic|coastal plain of KwaZulu-Natal]], where there are also areas of [[Southern Africa mangroves]] in river mouths. Even smaller reserves of forests are out of the reach of fire, known as [[Knysna–Amatole montane forests|montane forests]]. Plantations of imported tree species are predominant, particularly the non-native [[eucalyptus]] and pine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flora at Cape Peninsula.JPG|thumb|left|[[Cape Floral Region Protected Areas]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has lost a large area of natural habitat in the last four decades, primarily because of overpopulation, sprawling development patterns, and deforestation during the 19th century. The country had a 2019 [[Forest Landscape Integrity Index]] mean score of 4.94/10, ranking it 112th globally out of 172 countries.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FLII-Supplementary&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|last1=Grantham|first1=H. S.|last2=Duncan|first2=A.|last3=Evans|first3=T. D.|last4=Jones|first4=K. R.|last5=Beyer|first5=H. L.|last6=Schuster|first6=R.|last7=Walston|first7=J.|last8=Ray|first8=J. C.|last9=Robinson|first9=J. G.|last10=Callow|first10=M.|last11=Clements|first11=T.|display-authors=1|year=2020|title=Anthropogenic modification of forests means only 40% of remaining forests have high ecosystem integrity – Supplementary Material|journal=Nature Communications|volume=11|issue=1|page=5978|doi=10.1038/s41467-020-19493-3|issn=2041-1723|pmc=7723057|pmid=33293507|doi-access=free|last12=Costa|first12=H. M.|last13=DeGemmis|first13=A.|last14=Elsen|first14=P. R.|last15=Ervin|first15=J.|last16=Franco|first16=P.|last17=Goldman|first17=E.|last18=Goetz|first18=S.|last19=Hansen|first19=A.|last20=Hofsvang|first20=E.|last21=Jantz|first21=P.|last22=Jupiter|first22=S.|last23=Kang|first23=A.|last24=Langhammer|first24=P.|last25=Laurance|first25=W. F.|last26=Lieberman|first26=S.|last27=Linkie|first27=M.|last28=Malhi|first28=Y.|last29=Maxwell|first29=S.|last30=Mendez|first30=M.|last31=Mittermeier|first31=R.|last32=Murray|first32=N. J.|last33=Possingham|first33=H.|last34=Radachowsky|first34=J.|last35=Saatchi|first35=S.|last36=Samper|first36=C.|last37=Silverman|first37=J.|last38=Shapiro|first38=A.|last39=Strassburg|first39=B.|last40=Stevens|first40=T.|last41=Stokes|first41=E.|last42=Taylor|first42=R.|last43=Tear|first43=T.|last44=Tizard|first44=R.|last45=Venter|first45=O.|last46=Visconti|first46=P.|last47=Wang|first47=S.|last48=Watson|first48=J. E. M.|bibcode=2020NatCo..11.5978G }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is one of the worst affected countries in the world when it comes to invasion by [[Introduced species|alien species]] with many (e.g., [[Acacia mearnsii|black wattle]], [[Acacia saligna|Port Jackson willow]], &#039;&#039;[[Hakea]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Lantana]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Jacaranda]]&#039;&#039;) posing a significant threat to the native biodiversity and the already scarce water resources. The original [[Temperate broadleaf and mixed forests|temperate forest]] found by the first European settlers was exploited until only small patches remained. Currently, South African hardwood trees like [[real yellowwood]] (&#039;&#039;[[Podocarpus latifolius]]&#039;&#039;), stinkwood (&#039;&#039;[[Ocotea bullata]]&#039;&#039;), and South African black ironwood (&#039;&#039;[[Olea capensis]]&#039;&#039;) are under strict government protection. Statistics from the [[Department of Environment, Forestry and Fisheries|Department of Environmental Affairs]] show a record 1,215 rhinos were killed in 2014.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|date=22 January 2015|title=Progress in the war against poaching|work=Environmental Affairs|location=South Africa|url=https://www.environment.gov.za/mediarelease/molewa_waragainstpoaching2015|url-status=dead|access-date=22 January 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150123231507/https://www.environment.gov.za/mediarelease/molewa_waragainstpoaching2015|archive-date=23 January 2015}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Since South Africa is home to a third of all succulent species (many endemic to the Karoo), it makes it a hotspot for plant poaching, leading to many species to be threatened with extinction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demographics==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Demographics of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South Africa 2011 population density map (hex cells).svg|thumb|Map of population density in South Africa{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{legend-col&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#ffffcc|&amp;amp;lt;1 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#ffeda0|1–3 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#fed976|3–10 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#feb24c|10–30 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#fd8d3c|30–100 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#fc4e2a|100–300 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#e31a1c|300–1000 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#bc0026|1000–3000 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|{{legend|#800026|&amp;amp;gt;3000 /km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is a nation of about 60 million (as of 2021) people of diverse origins, cultures, languages, and religions.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.statssa.gov.za/publications/P0302/P03022021.pdf|title=Mid-year population estimates 2021|date=19 July 2021|website=[[Statistics South Africa]]|access-date=19 July 2021|archive-date=29 July 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190729223342/http://www.statssa.gov.za/publications/P0302/P03022019.pdf|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The last [[South African National Census of 2011|census]] was held in 2011, with estimates produced on an annual basis. According to the United Nations&#039; &#039;&#039;[[World Population Prospects]]&#039;&#039;, South Africa&#039;s total population was 55.3 million in 2015, compared to only 13.6 million in 1950.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=World Population Prospects – Population Division – United Nations|url=https://population.un.org/wpp/|website=population.un.org&lt;br /&gt;
|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200617000901/https://population.un.org/wpp/ |archive-date=17 June 2020&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is home to an estimated five&amp;amp;nbsp;million [[Illegal immigration|illegal immigrants]], including some three&amp;amp;nbsp;million Zimbabweans.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/05/23/africa/23saf.php|title=Anti-immigrant violence spreads in South Africa, with attacks reported in Cape Town&amp;amp;nbsp;– The New York Times|website=[[International Herald Tribune]]|date=23 May 2008|access-date=30 October 2011|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090221002431/http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/05/23/africa/23saf.php|archive-date=21 February 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://news.sky.com/story/573086/escape-from-mugabe-zimbabwes-exodus|title=Escape From Mugabe: Zimbabwe&#039;s Exodus|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160124000311/http://news.sky.com/story/573086/escape-from-mugabe-zimbabwes-exodus|archive-date=24 January 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fin24.com/articles/default/display_article.aspx?ArticleId=1518-25_2035097|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090214052122/http://www.fin24.com/articles/default/display_article.aspx?ArticleId=1518-25_2035097|archive-date=14 February 2009|title=More illegals set to flood SA|publisher=Fin24|access-date=30 October 2011|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A series of [[Xenophobia in South Africa|anti-immigrant riots]] occurred beginning in May 2008.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/africa/7396868.stm|title=South African mob kills migrants|publisher=BBC|access-date=19 May 2008|date=12 May 2008|archive-date=13 March 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170313001302/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/africa/7396868.stm|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|first=Barry|last=Bearak|title=Immigrants Fleeing Fury of South African Mobs|date=23 May 2008|work=The New York Times|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2008/05/23/world/africa/23safrica.html?_r=1&amp;amp;ref=africa&amp;amp;oref=slogin|access-date=5 August 2008|archive-date=1 May 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110501055725/http://www.nytimes.com/2008/05/23/world/africa/23safrica.html?_r=1&amp;amp;ref=africa&amp;amp;oref=slogin|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Statistics South Africa]] asks people to describe themselves in the census in terms of five racial population groups.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last=Lehohla |first=Pali |title=Debate over race and censuses not peculiar to SA|url=http://www.statssa.gov.za/news_archive/05may2005_1.asp|date=5 May 2005|newspaper=Business Report|access-date=25 August 2013|quote=Others pointed out that the repeal of the Population Registration Act in 1991 removed any legal basis for specifying &#039;race&#039;. The Identification Act of 1997 makes no mention of race. On the other hand, the Employment Equity Act speaks of &#039;designated groups&#039; being &#039;black people, women and people with disabilities&#039;. The Act defines &#039;black&#039; as referring to &#039;Africans, coloureds and Indians&#039;. Apartheid and the racial identification which underpinned it explicitly linked race with differential access to resources and power. If the post-apartheid order was committed to remedying this, race would have to be included in surveys and censuses, so that progress in eradicating the consequences of apartheid could be measured and monitored. This was the reasoning that led to a &#039;self-identifying&#039; question about &#039;race&#039; or &#039;population group&#039; in both the 1996 and 2001 population censuses, and in Statistics SA&#039;s household survey programme.|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070814143522/http://www.statssa.gov.za/news_archive/05may2005_1.asp|archive-date=14 August 2007 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 2011 census figures for these groups were: [[Bantu peoples of South Africa|Black African]] at 79.2%, [[White South Africans|White]] at 8.9%, [[Cape Coloureds|Coloured]] at 8.9%, [[Indian South Africans|Indian or Asian]] at 2.5%, and Other/Unspecified at 0.5%.&amp;lt;ref name=cib11/&amp;gt;{{rp|21}} The first census in 1911 showed that whites made up 22% of the population; this had declined to 16% by 1980.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book| author = ((Study Commission on U.S. Policy toward Southern Africa (U.S.)))| title = South Africa: time running out: the report of the Study Commission on U.S. Policy Toward Southern Africa| url = https://books.google.com/books?id=sq43lnbklEUC&amp;amp;pg=PA42| publisher = University of California Press| year = 1981| page = 42| isbn = 978-0-520-04547-7| access-date = 14 October 2015| archive-date = 24 January 2016| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20160124000311/https://books.google.com/books?id=sq43lnbklEUC&amp;amp;pg=PA42| url-status = live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa hosts a sizeable refugee and asylum seeker population. According to the &#039;&#039;World Refugee Survey 2008&#039;&#039;, published by the [[U.S. Committee for Refugees and Immigrants]], this population numbered approximately 144,700 in 2007.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;World Refugee Survey 2008&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Groups of refugees and asylum seekers numbering over 10,000 included people from Zimbabwe (48,400), the DRC (24,800), and Somalia (12,900).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;World Refugee Survey 2008&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; These populations mainly lived in Johannesburg, Pretoria, [[Durban]], Cape Town, and [[Port Elizabeth]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;World Refugee Survey 2008&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=World Refugee Survey 2008|publisher=U.S. Committee for Refugees and Immigrants|date=19 June 2008|url=http://www.refugees.org/resources/refugee-warehousing/archived-world-refugee-surveys/2008-world-refugee-survey.html|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141019224639/http://www.refugees.org/resources/refugee-warehousing/archived-world-refugee-surveys/2008-world-refugee-survey.html|archive-date=19 October 2014 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Languages of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South Africa 2011 dominant language map (hex cells).svg|right|thumb|{{Collapsible list&lt;br /&gt;
| title = Map showing the dominant [[Languages of South Africa|South African languages]] by area|{{legend|#80b1d3|[[Zulu language|Zulu]] (22.7%)}}|{{legend|#fb8072|[[Xhosa language|Xhosa]] (16.0%)}}|{{legend|#8dd3c7|⁠[[Afrikaans]] (13.5%)}}|{{legend|#ffffb3|[[South African English|English]] (9.6%)}}|{{legend|#fdb462|[[Pedi language|Pedi]] (9.1%)}}|{{legend|#fccde5|[[Tswana language|Tswana]] (8.0%)}}|{{legend|#b3de69|[[Sotho language|Southern Sotho]] (7.6%)}}|{{legend|#ffed6f|[[Tsonga language|Tsonga]] (4.5%)}}|{{legend|#bc80bd|[[Swazi language|Swazi]] (2.5%)}}|{{legend|#ccebc5|[[Venda language|Venda]] (2.4%)}}|{{legend|#bebada|[[Southern Ndebele language|Southern Ndebele]] (2.1%)}}|{{legend|#d0d0d0|None dominant}}|{{legend|#ffffff|Areas of little or no population}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has 12 official languages:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament.gov.za&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; [[Zulu language|Zulu]], [[Xhosa language|Xhosa]], [[Afrikaans]], [[South African English|English]], [[Northern Sotho|Pedi]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 – Chapter 1: Founding Provisions {{!}} South African Government|url=https://www.gov.za/documents/constitution/chapter-1-founding-provisions#5|access-date=26 July 2020|website=www.gov.za|archive-date=18 May 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190518042037/https://www.gov.za/documents/constitution/chapter-1-founding-provisions#5|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Tswana language|Tswana]], [[Sotho language|Southern Sotho]], [[Tsonga language|Tsonga]], [[Swazi language|Swazi]], [[Venda language|Venda]], and [[Southern Ndebele language|Southern Ndebele]] (in order of first language speakers), as well as South African Sign Language which was recognised as an official language in 2023.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;parliament.gov.za&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;In this regard it is fourth only to [[Bolivia]], [[Official languages of India|India]], and [[Zimbabwe]] in number. While all the languages are formally equal, some languages are spoken more than others. According to the 2011 census, the three most spoken first languages are Zulu (22.7%), Xhosa (16.0%), and Afrikaans (13.5%).&amp;lt;ref name=cib11/&amp;gt; Although English is recognised as the language of commerce and science, it is only the fourth most common home language, that of only 9.6% of South Africans in 2011; nevertheless, it has become the de facto [[lingua franca]] of the nation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cib11&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Estimates based on the 1991 census suggest just under half of South Africans could speak English.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.brandsouthafrica.com/south-africa-fast-facts/geography-facts/languages|title=South Africa&#039;s languages|date=6 November 2007|access-date=21 February 2020|archive-date=26 June 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190626173847/https://www.brandsouthafrica.com/south-africa-fast-facts/geography-facts/languages|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the second most commonly spoken language outside of the household, after Zulu.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/business/319760/these-are-the-most-spoken-languages-in-south-africa-in-2019/|title=These are the most-spoken languages in South Africa in 2019|author=Staff Writer|website=businesstech.co.za|access-date=21 February 2020|archive-date=21 February 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200221184630/https://businesstech.co.za/news/business/319760/these-are-the-most-spoken-languages-in-south-africa-in-2019/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous other languages are spoken, or were widely used previously, including [[Fanagalo language|Fanagalo]], [[Khoe language|Khoe]], [[Lobedu language|Lobedu]], [[Nama language|Nama]], [[Northern Ndebele language|Northern Ndebele]], and [[Phuthi language|Phuthi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/about/people/language.htm|title=The languages of South Africa|publisher=SouthAfrica.info|date=4 February 1997|access-date=7 November 2010|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110304001836/http://www.southafrica.info/about/people/language.htm|archive-date=4 March 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; These unofficial languages may be used in certain official uses in limited areas where it has been determined that these languages are prevalent.{{citation needed|date=March 2023}} Many of the unofficial [[Khoisan languages|languages of the San and Khoekhoe]] peoples contain regional dialects stretching northwards into Namibia and Botswana, and elsewhere. These people, who are a physically distinct population from the Bantu people who make up most of the Black Africans in South Africa, have their own cultural identity based on their [[hunter-gatherer]] societies. They have been marginalised to a great extent, and the remainder of their languages are in danger of becoming [[Extinct language|extinct]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White South Africans may also speak European languages, including Italian, Portuguese (also spoken by black Angolans and Mozambicans), Dutch, German, and Greek, while some Indian South Africans and more recent migrants from South Asia speak [[Languages of India|Indian languages]], such as Gujarati, Hindi, Tamil, Telugu, and Urdu. French is spoken by migrants from [[African French|Francophone Africa]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Religion ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Religion in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar box&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Religion in South Africa (2010)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.globalreligiousfutures.org/countries/south-africa#/?affiliations_religion_id=11&amp;amp;affiliations_year=2010&amp;amp;region_name=All+Countries&amp;amp;restrictions_year=2015|title=Religions in South Africa – PEW-GRF|website=www.globalreligiousfutures.org|access-date=9 December 2017|archive-date=10 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180710102511/http://globalreligiousfutures.org/countries/south-africa#/?affiliations_religion_id=11&amp;amp;affiliations_year=2010&amp;amp;region_name=All+Countries&amp;amp;restrictions_year=2015|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|titlebar= #Fcd116&lt;br /&gt;
|left1=religion&lt;br /&gt;
|right1=percent&lt;br /&gt;
|float=right&lt;br /&gt;
|bars=&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Protestantism]]|#B57EDC|73.2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Irreligion|No religion]]|black|14.9}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Catholicism]]|darkblue|7.4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Islam]]|green|1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|[[Hinduism]]|darkorange|1.1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{bar percent|Other faith|silver|1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the 2001 census, Christians accounted for 79.8% of the population, with a majority of them being members of various [[Protestantism|Protestant]] [[Christian denomination|denominations]] (broadly defined to include [[Syncretism|syncretic]] [[African-initiated church]]es) and a minority of [[Catholic Church|Roman Catholics]] and other Christians. Christian category includes [[Zion Christian Church|Zion Christian]] (11.1%), [[Pentecostalism|Pentecostal]] ([[Charismatic movement|Charismatic]]) (8.2%), [[Catholic Church in South Africa|Roman Catholic]] (7.1%), [[Methodist Church of Southern Africa|Methodist]] (6.8%), [[Dutch Reformed Church in South Africa (NGK)|Dutch Reformed]] (6.7%), and [[Anglican Church of Southern Africa|Anglican]] (3.8%). Members of remaining Christian churches accounted for another 36% of the population. [[Islam in South Africa|Muslims]] accounted for 1.5% of the population, [[Hinduism in South Africa|Hindus]] 1.2%,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; [[traditional African religions]] 0.3% and Judaism 0.2%. 15.1% had no religious affiliation, 0.6% were &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and 1.4% were &amp;quot;unspecified.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=factbook /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;state.gov&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2005/51496.htm|title=South Africa&amp;amp;nbsp;– Section I. Religious Demography|publisher=U.S. Department of State|access-date=15 July 2006|archive-date=14 June 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200614133513/https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2005/51496.htm|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|first1=Wessel|last1=Bentley|author2=Dion Angus Forster|title=Methodism in Southern Africa: A Celebration of Wesleyan Mission|year=2008|publisher=AcadSA|isbn=978-1-920212-29-2|pages=97–98|chapter=God&#039;s mission in our context, healing and transforming responses}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
African-initiated churches formed the largest of the Christian groups. It was believed that many of the persons who claimed no affiliation with any organised religion adhered to a traditional African religion. There are an estimated 200,000 [[Traditional healers of Southern Africa|traditional healers]], and up to 60% of South Africans consult these healers,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=van Wyk, Ben-Erik|author2=van Oudtshoorn, Gericke N|year=1999|title=Medicinal Plants of South Africa|location=Pretoria|publisher=Briza Publications|isbn=978-1-875093-37-3|page=10}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; generally called {{lang|bnt|sangoma}} (&#039;diviner&#039;) or {{lang|bnt|inyanga}} (&#039;herbalist&#039;). These healers use a combination of [[Veneration of the dead|ancestral spiritual beliefs]] and a belief in the spiritual and medicinal properties of local fauna, flora, and funga commonly known as [[Traditional African medicine|{{lang|bnt|muti|nocat=true}}]] (&#039;medicine&#039;), to facilitate healing in clients. Many peoples have syncretic religious practices combining Christian and indigenous influences.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;DoS&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2006/71325.htm|title=South Africa|publisher=State.gov|date=15 September 2006|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=14 June 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200614154706/https://2001-2009.state.gov/g/drl/rls/irf/2006/71325.htm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South African Muslims comprise mainly Coloureds and Indians. They have been joined by black or white South African converts as well as those from other parts of Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=csmonitor /&amp;gt; South African Muslims describe their faith as the fastest-growing religion of conversion in the country, with the number of black Muslims growing sixfold, from 12,000 in 1991 to 74,700 in 2004.&amp;lt;ref name=csmonitor&amp;gt;{{cite journal|url=http://www.csmonitor.com/2002/0110/p13s1-woaf.html|title=In South Africa, many blacks convert to Islam / The Christian Science Monitor|journal=The Christian Science Monitor|date=10 January 2002 |access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=30 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130730173053/http://www.csmonitor.com/2002/0110/p13s1-woaf.html|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.religionnewsblog.com/9398/muslims-say-their-faith-growing-fast-in-africa|title=Muslims say their faith growing fast in Africa|date=15 November 2004 |publisher=Religionnewsblog.com|access-date=7 November 2010|archive-date=1 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101001060330/http://www.religionnewsblog.com/9398/muslims-say-their-faith-growing-fast-in-africa|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a substantial [[History of the Jews in South Africa|Jewish population]], descended from [[History of the Jews in Europe|European Jews]] who arrived as a minority among other European settlers. This population peaked in the 1970s at 120,000, though only around 67,000 remain today, the rest having emigrated, mostly to Israel. Even so, these numbers make the Jewish community in South Africa the twelfth largest in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation| editor-last = Rebecca Weiner| editor-first = Rebecca Weiner| year = 2010| publisher = [[Jewish Virtual Library]]| title = South African Jewish History and Information| format = PDF| url = https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/vjw/South_Africa.html| access-date = 13 August 2010| archive-date = 11 January 2017| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20170111051609/http://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/vjw/South_Africa.html| url-status = live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Education ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Education in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UCT Upper Campus landscape view.jpg|thumb|220x220px|The [[University of Cape Town]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The adult [[literacy]] rate in 2007 was 88.7%.&amp;lt;ref name=unescolit&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=National adult literacy rates (15+), youth literacy rates (15–24) and elderly literacy rates (65+)|url=http://stats.uis.unesco.org/unesco/TableViewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=210|publisher=UNESCO Institute for Statistics|access-date=3 May 2013|archive-date=29 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131029183908/http://stats.uis.unesco.org/unesco/TableViewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=210|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa has a [[Three-tier education|three-tier system]] of education starting with primary school, followed by high school, and tertiary education in the form of (academic) universities and universities of technology. Learners have twelve years of formal schooling, from grade 1 to 12. Grade R, or grade 0, is a pre-primary foundation year.&amp;lt;ref name=edufacts0831&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/services/education/edufacts.htm|title=A parent&#039;s guide to schooling|access-date=31 August 2010|archive-date=22 July 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100722160229/http://www.southafrica.info/services/education/edufacts.htm|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Primary schools span the first seven years of schooling.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/about/education/education.htm|title=Education in South Africa|publisher=SouthAfrica.info|access-date=20 June 2010|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100617125606/http://www.southafrica.info/about/education/education.htm|archive-date=17 June 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; High school education spans a further five years. The [[Matriculation in South Africa|National Senior Certificate]] examination takes place at the end of grade 12 and is necessary for tertiary studies at a [[List of universities in South Africa|South African university]].&amp;lt;ref name=edufacts0831 /&amp;gt; Public universities are divided into three types: traditional universities, which offer theoretically oriented university degrees; [[Institute of technology|universities of technology]] (formerly called &#039;&#039;[[technikon]]s&#039;&#039;), which offer vocationally-oriented diplomas and degrees; and comprehensive universities, which offer both types of qualification. There are 23 public universities in South Africa: 11 traditional universities, 6 universities of technology, and 6 comprehensive universities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under apartheid, schools for black people were subject to discrimination through inadequate funding and a separate syllabus called &#039;&#039;[[Bantu Education Act, 1953|Bantu Education]]&#039;&#039; which only taught skills sufficient to work as labourers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://overcomingapartheid.msu.edu/sidebar.php?id=3|title=Bantu Education|publisher=Overcoming Apartheid|access-date=20 June 2010|archive-date=15 August 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200815013451/https://overcomingapartheid.msu.edu/sidebar.php?id=3|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, South Africa started reforming its tertiary education system, merging and incorporating small universities into larger institutions, and renaming all tertiary education institutions &amp;quot;university&amp;quot;. By 2015, 1.4&amp;amp;nbsp;million students in higher education have been aided by a financial aid scheme which was promulgated in 1999.&amp;lt;ref name=Cele&amp;gt;{{cite news|last1=Cele|first1=S&#039;thembile; Masondo, Sipho|title=Shocking cost of SA&#039;s universities|url=http://www.fin24.com/Economy/Shocking-cost-of-SAs-universities-20150118|access-date=19 January 2015|agency=City Press|publisher=fin24.com|date=18 January 2015|archive-date=19 January 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150119205443/http://www.fin24.com/Economy/Shocking-cost-of-SAs-universities-20150118|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Health ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Health in South Africa|Healthcare in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tygerberg from air.jpg|thumb|220x220px|[[Tygerberg Hospital]] in [[Parow, South Africa|Parow, Cape Town]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
According to the [[South African Institute of Race Relations]], the life expectancy in 2009 was 71 years for a white South African and 48 years for a black South African.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.hsrc.ac.za/News-document-1426.phtml|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120516165837/http://www.hsrc.ac.za/News-document-1426.phtml|url-status=dead|title=Peoples Budget Coalition Comments on the 2011/12 Budget|archive-date=16 May 2012}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The healthcare spending in the country is about 9% of GDP.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;smartpl&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=&#039;Clinic-in-a-Box&#039; seeks to improve South African healthcare|url=http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/global-observer/-8216clinic-in-a-box-seeks-to-improve-south-african-healthcare/12844|publisher=SmartPlanet|access-date=25 August 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130730011508/http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/global-observer/-8216clinic-in-a-box-seeks-to-improve-south-african-healthcare/12844|archive-date=30 July 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 84% of the population depends on the public healthcare system,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;smartpl&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; which is beset with chronic human resource shortages and limited resources.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;icap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=South Africa|url=http://icap.columbia.edu/where-we-work/south-africa|publisher=ICAP at Columbia University|access-date=25 August 2013|archive-date=13 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130713041358/http://icap.columbia.edu/where-we-work/south-africa|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; About 20% of the population use private healthcare.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fmhealth&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Only 16% of the population are covered by [[health insurance|medical aid schemes]];&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;medicl&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=What does the demand for healthcare look like in SA?|url=http://www.mediclinic.co.za/about/Documents/ECONEX%20NHInote%203.pdf|publisher=Mediclinic Southern Africa|access-date=25 August 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131002145453/http://www.mediclinic.co.za/about/Documents/ECONEX%20NHInote%203.pdf|archive-date=2 October 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the rest pay for private care [[Out-of-pocket expense|out-of-pocket]] or through in-hospital-only plans.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fmhealth&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Motsoaledi to reform private health care|url=http://www.fm.co.za/fm/CoverStory/2013/07/04/motsoaledi-to-reform-private-health-care|publisher=Financial Mail|access-date=25 August 2013|archive-date=7 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130707152200/http://www.fm.co.za/fm/CoverStory/2013/07/04/motsoaledi-to-reform-private-health-care|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The three dominant hospital groups, [[Mediclinic International|Mediclinic]], [[LIFE Healthcare Group|Life Healthcare]] and [[Netcare]], together control 75% of the private hospital market.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fmhealth&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== HIV/AIDS ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|HIV/AIDS in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Life expectancy in select African countries, 1950–2019.jpg|thumb|Life expectancy in select Southern African countries, 1950–2019. [[HIV/AIDS]] has caused a fall in life expectancy.]]&lt;br /&gt;
According to the 2015 [[Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS|UNAIDS]] medical report, South Africa has an estimated seven million people who are living with HIV&amp;amp;nbsp;– more than any other country in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.unaids.org/en/regionscountries/countries/southafrica|title=HIV and AIDS estimates (2015)|access-date=21 December 2014|archive-date=12 February 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150212190759/http://www.unaids.org/en/regionscountries/countries/southafrica|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2018, HIV prevalence—the percentage of people living with HIV—among adults (15–49 years) was 20.4%, and in the same year 71,000 people died from an AIDS-related illness.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.unaids.org/en/regionscountries/countries/southafrica|title=South Africa|website=www.unaids.org|language=en|access-date=9 November 2019|archive-date=28 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190828020358/https://www.unaids.org/en/regionscountries/countries/southafrica|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A 2008 study revealed that HIV/AIDS infection is distinctly divided along racial lines: 13.6% of blacks are HIV-positive, whereas only 0.3% of whites have the virus.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ten&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=South Africa HIV &amp;amp; AIDS Statistics|url=http://www.avert.org/south-africa-hiv-aids-statistics.htm|publisher=AVERT.org|access-date=6 May 2013|archive-date=16 October 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151016190720/http://www.avert.org/south-africa-hiv-aids-statistics.htm|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Most deaths are experienced by economically active individuals, resulting in many [[AIDS orphan]]s who in many cases depend on the state for care and financial support.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;avertaids&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.avert.org/aidsorphans.htm|title=AIDS orphans|publisher=Avert|access-date=8 October 2006|archive-date=7 July 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100707054438/http://www.avert.org/aidsorphans.htm|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is estimated that there are 1,200,000 orphans in South Africa.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;avertaids&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The link between HIV, a virus spread primarily by sexual contact, and AIDS was long [[HIV/AIDS denialism|denied]] by President [[Thabo Mbeki]] and his health minister [[Manto Tshabalala-Msimang]], who insisted that the many deaths in the country are caused by [[Malnutrition in South Africa|malnutrition]], and hence poverty, and not HIV.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.afrol.com/articles/21094|title=Sack SA Health Minister&amp;amp;nbsp;– world&#039;s AIDS experts|publisher=afrol News|access-date=8 October 2006|archive-date=18 October 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061018120544/http://www.afrol.com/articles/21094|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2007, in response to international pressure, the government made efforts to fight AIDS.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;www.info.gov.za&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.info.gov.za/otherdocs/2007/aidsplan2007/situation_analysis.pdf|title=Situation Analysis. HIV &amp;amp; AIDS and STI Strategic Plan 2007–2011|publisher=info.gov.za|access-date=26 June 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130530221742/http://www.info.gov.za/otherdocs/2007/aidsplan2007/situation_analysis.pdf|archive-date=30 May 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; After the [[2009 South African general election|2009 general elections]], President Jacob Zuma appointed [[Aaron Motsoaledi]] as the health minister and committed his government to increasing funding for and widening the scope of HIV treatment,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.unpan.org/Regions/Africa/PublicAdministrationNews/tabid/113/mctl/ArticleView/ModuleId/1460/articleId/21146/Zuma-Announces-NHI-AIDS-Reforms.aspx|title=Zuma announces AIDS reforms|publisher=UNPAN|access-date=9 March 2010|archive-date=27 December 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20151227121601/http://www.unpan.org/Regions/Africa/PublicAdministrationNews/tabid/113/mctl/ArticleView/ModuleId/1460/articleId/21146/Zuma-Announces-NHI-AIDS-Reforms.aspx|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and by 2015, South Africa had made significant progress, with the widespread availability of [[Management of HIV/AIDS|antiretroviral drugs]] resulted in an increase in life expectancy from 52.1 years to 62.5 years.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;conversationHIVExcelled&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://theconversation.com/south-africa-has-excelled-in-treating-hiv-prevention-remains-a-disaster-51501|title=South Africa has excelled in treating HIV – prevention remains a disaster|first=Saiqa|last=Mullick|date=December 2015 |access-date=12 July 2018|archive-date=12 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180712052403/https://theconversation.com/south-africa-has-excelled-in-treating-hiv-prevention-remains-a-disaster-51501|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Urbanization ===&lt;br /&gt;
One online database&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=South African Cities And Provinces – A Complete List|url=https://dirkstrauss.com/south-african-cities/|website=dirkstrauss.com|date=27 December 2018 |access-date=26 April 2021|archive-date=7 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210507050602/https://dirkstrauss.com/south-african-cities/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; lists South Africa having more than 12,600 cities and towns. The following are the largest cities and towns in South Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Largest cities of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Politics ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Government of South Africa|Politics of South Africa|Law of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seealso|LGBT rights in South Africa|Human rights in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uniegebou.jpg|thumb|alt=Photo of the Union Buildings|[[Union Buildings]] in Pretoria, seat of the executive]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cape_Town,_Houses_of_Parliament.JPG|thumb|Houses of [[Parliament of South Africa|Parliament]] in Cape Town, seat of the legislature]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Constitutional_Court_of_South_Africa.jpg|thumb|alt=Photo of the Constitutional Court|[[Constitutional Court of South Africa|Constitutional Court]] in Johannesburg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is a [[parliamentary republic]], but unlike most such republics, the [[President of South Africa|president]] is both [[head of state]] and [[head of government]] and depends for his tenure on the [[Confidence and supply|confidence]] of [[Parliament of South Africa|Parliament]]. The executive, legislature and judiciary are all subject to the supremacy of the [[Constitution of South Africa]], and the [[Courts of South Africa|superior courts]] have the power to strike down executive actions and acts of Parliament if they are unconstitutional. The [[National Assembly of South Africa|National Assembly]], the lower house of Parliament, consists of 400 members and is elected every five years by a system of [[party-list proportional representation]]. The [[National Council of Provinces]], the upper house, consists of ninety members, with each of the nine [[provincial legislature (South Africa)|provincial legislatures]] electing ten members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After each parliamentary election, the National Assembly elects one of its members as president; hence the president serves a term of office the same as that of the Assembly, normally five years. No president may serve more than two terms in office.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.economist.com/node/6772433|title=Term Limits in Africa|newspaper=The Economist|date=6 April 2006|access-date=26 June 2013|archive-date=19 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131019194644/http://www.economist.com/node/6772433|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The president appoints a [[Deputy President of South Africa|deputy president]] and [[Minister (government)|ministers]] (each representing a [[Ministry (government department)|department]]) who form the [[Cabinet of South Africa|cabinet]]. The National Assembly may remove the president and the cabinet by a [[motion of no confidence]]. In the [[2019 South African general election|most recent election]], held on 8 May 2019, the ANC won 58% of the vote and 230 seats, while the main opposition, the [[Democratic Alliance (South Africa)|Democratic Alliance]], won 21% of the vote and 84 seats. The [[Economic Freedom Fighters]], founded by [[Julius Malema]], former president of the [[African National Congress Youth League|ANC Youth League]] who was later expelled from the ANC, won 11% of the vote and 44 seats. The ANC has been the governing political party in South Africa since the end of apartheid.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=South Africa election: ANC wins with reduced majority |url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-48211598 |work=BBC News |date=11 May 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has no legally defined capital city. The fourth chapter of the constitution states &amp;quot;The seat of Parliament is Cape Town, but an Act of Parliament enacted in accordance with section 76(1) and (5) may determine that the seat of Parliament is elsewhere.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.info.gov.za/documents/constitution/1996/96cons4.htm#42|title=Chapter 4 – Parliament|date=19 August 2009|access-date=3 August 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130530232314/http://www.info.gov.za/documents/constitution/1996/96cons4.htm|archive-date=30 May 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country&#039;s three branches of government are split over different cities. Cape Town, as the seat of Parliament, is the legislative capital; Pretoria, as the seat of the president and cabinet, is the administrative capital; and Bloemfontein is the seat of the [[Supreme Court of Appeal (South Africa)|Supreme Court of Appeal]], and has traditionally been regarded as the judicial capital;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Marais Twala 2020 pp. 49–62&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; although the highest court, the [[Constitutional Court of South Africa]] has been based in Johannesburg since 1994. Most foreign embassies are located in Pretoria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since 2004, South Africa has had many thousands of popular protests, some violent, making it, according to one academic, the &amp;quot;most protest-rich country in the world&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|first=Imraan|last=Buccus|url=http://abahlali.org/node/1898|title=Mercury: Rethinking the crisis of local democracy|date=27 August 2007 |publisher=Abahlali.org|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=19 October 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111019160241/http://abahlali.org/node/1898|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; There have been numerous incidents of [[Political repression in post-apartheid South Africa|political repression]] as well as threats of future repression in violation of the constitution, leading some analysts and [[civil society]] organisations to conclude that there is or could be a new climate of political repression.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|author=J. Duncan|url=http://www.sacsis.org.za/site/article/489.1|title=The Return of State Repression|publisher=South African Civil Society Information Services|date=31 May 2010|access-date=26 June 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130630181604/http://www.sacsis.org.za/site/article/489.1|archive-date=30 June 2013|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fxi.org.za/content/view/47/51/|title=Increasing police repression highlighted by recent case|publisher=Freedom of Expression Institute|year=2006|access-date=26 June 2013|url-status=usurped|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130120181236/http://www.fxi.org.za/content/view/47/51/|archive-date=20 January 2013}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2008, South Africa placed fifth out of 48 sub-Saharan African countries on the [[Ibrahim Index of African Governance]]. South Africa scored well in the categories of [[Rule of law|Rule of Law]], [[Transparency (behavior)|Transparency]] and Corruption, and [[Public participation (decision making)|Participation]] and Human Rights, but score low in Safety and Security.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=South Africa&#039;s recent performance in the Ibrahim Index of African Governance|url=http://www.moibrahimfoundation.org/south-africa/|publisher=Mo Ibrahim Foundation|access-date=16 February 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130218132708/http://www.moibrahimfoundation.org/south-africa/|archive-date=18 February 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{update inline|date=September 2023}} In 2006, South Africa became the first and only African country to legalise [[same-sex marriage]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/6159991.stm|title=SA marriage law signed|work=BBC News|date=30 November 2006|access-date=26 June 2013|archive-date=20 November 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211120235651/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/6159991.stm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NYTimes&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Constitution of South Africa is the supreme rule of law in the country. The primary sources of [[Law of South Africa|South African law]] are [[Roman-Dutch law|Roman-Dutch mercantile law]] and personal law and [[English law|English Common law]], as imports of Dutch settlements and British colonialism.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.llrx.com/features/southafrica.htm|title=Researching South African Law|access-date=23 June 2008|first1=Pamela|last1=Snyman|first2=Amanda|last2=Barratt|name-list-style=amp|date=2 October 2002|publisher=w/ Library Resource Xchange|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080617154356/http://www.llrx.com/features/southafrica.htm|archive-date=17 June 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The first European-based law in South Africa was brought by the Dutch East India Company and is called Roman-Dutch law. It was imported before the [[Codification (law)|codification]] of European law into the [[Napoleonic Code]] and is comparable in many ways to [[Scots law]]. This was followed in the 19th century by English law, both [[Common law|common]] and [[Statutory law|statutory]]. After unification in 1910, South Africa had its own parliament which passed laws specific for South Africa, building on those previously passed for the individual member colonies. The judicial system consists of the [[Magistrate&#039;s court (South Africa)|magistrates&#039; courts]], which hear lesser criminal cases and smaller civil cases; the [[High Court of South Africa|High Court]], which has divisions that serve as the courts of [[general jurisdiction]] for specific areas; the Supreme Court of Appeal; and the Constitutional Court, which is the highest court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Foreign relations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Foreign relations of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Leaders BRICS summit 2019.jpg|thumb|left|President of South Africa, [[Cyril Ramaphosa]] (far left), poses with the [[BRICS]] heads of state and government during the [[11th BRICS summit]], 2019]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Union of South Africa, the country was a founding member of the United Nations (UN), with Prime Minister [[Jan Smuts]] writing the [[preamble to the United Nations Charter|preamble to the UN Charter]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;gildersleeve&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite magazine|url=http://www.columbia.edu/cu/alumni/Magazine/Summer2001/Gildersleeve.html|title=Virginia Gildersleeve: Opening the Gates (Living Legacies)|first=Rosalind|last=Rosenberg|date=Summer 2001|magazine=Columbia Magazine|access-date=14 December 2009|archive-date=2 January 2004|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20040102153832/http://www.columbia.edu/cu/alumni/Magazine/Summer2001/Gildersleeve.html|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Schlesinger&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Schlesinger, Stephen E.|title=Act of Creation: The Founding of the United Nations: A Story of Superpowers, Secret Agents, Wartime Allies and Enemies, and Their Quest for a Peaceful World|publisher=Westview, Perseus Books Group|location=Cambridge, Massachusetts|year=2004|pages=236–7|isbn=978-0-8133-3275-8 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is one of the founding members of the [[African Union]] (AU) and has the [[List of African countries by GDP (nominal)|third largest economy of all the members]]. It is a founding member of the AU&#039;s [[New Partnership for Africa&#039;s Development]]. After apartheid ended, South Africa was readmitted to the [[Commonwealth of Nations]]. The country is a member of the [[Group of 77]] and chaired the organisation in 2006. South Africa is also a member of the [[Southern African Development Community]], [[South Atlantic Peace and Cooperation Zone]], [[Southern African Customs Union]], [[Antarctic Treaty System]], [[World Trade Organization]], International Monetary Fund, [[G20]], [[G8+5]], and the [[Port Management Association of Eastern and Southern Africa]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has played a key role as a mediator in African conflicts over the last decade, such as in Burundi, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Comoros, and Zimbabwe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President [[Jacob Zuma]] and Chinese President [[Hu Jintao]] upgraded bilateral ties between the two countries in 2010 when they signed the Beijing Agreement which elevated South Africa&#039;s earlier &amp;quot;strategic partnership&amp;quot; with China to the higher level of &amp;quot;comprehensive strategic partnership&amp;quot; in both economic and political affairs, including the strengthening of exchanges between their respective ruling parties and legislatures.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://capetown.china-consulate.org/eng/gdxw/t726883.htm|title=China, South Africa upgrade relations to &amp;quot;comprehensive strategic partnership&amp;quot;|publisher=Capetown.china-consulate.org|date=25 August 2010|access-date=26 June 2013|archive-date=31 July 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130731050004/http://capetown.china-consulate.org/eng/gdxw/t726883.htm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/global/brics/brics-080411.htm|title=New era as South Africa joins BRICS|publisher=Southafrica.info|date=11 April 2011|access-date=26 June 2013|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110418004139/http://www.southafrica.info/global/brics/brics-080411.htm|archive-date=18 April 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2011, South Africa joined the Brazil-Russia-India-China ([[BRICS]]) grouping of countries, identified by Zuma as the country&#039;s largest trading partners and also the largest trading partners with Africa as a whole. Zuma asserted that BRICS member countries would also work with each other through the UN, G20, and the India, Brazil South Africa ([[IBSA Dialogue Forum|IBSA]]) forum.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/global/brics/brics-140411.htm|title=SA brings &#039;unique attributes&#039; to BRICS|publisher=Southafrica.info|date=14 April 2011|access-date=26 June 2013|url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110709031314/http://www.southafrica.info/global/brics/brics-140411.htm|archive-date=9 July 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Military ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|South African National Defence Force}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|List of equipment of the South African National Defence Force|Defence industry of South Africa|South Africa and weapons of mass destruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = SAAF-Gripen-001 (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| alt1              = &lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[South African Air Force]] [[JAS-39|Saab Gripen]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Rooivalk in flight (cropped).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = South African-made [[Denel Rooivalk|Rooivalk]] attack helicopter&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = SAS Spioenkop during Exercise IBSAMAR V (cropped).JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| caption3          = [[SAS Spioenkop|SAS &#039;&#039;Spioenkop&#039;&#039; (F147)]], one of the four  [[Valour-class frigate|Valour-class]] stealth guided-missile frigates of the [[South African Navy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = &lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 2&lt;br /&gt;
| caption4          = The [[Denel Rooivalk]] attack helicopter&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         = vertical&lt;br /&gt;
| width             = 220&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[South African National Defence Force]] (SANDF) was created in 1994&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;constitution-1993-224&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.info.gov.za/documents/constitution/93cons.htm#SECTION224|title=Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Act 200 of 1993 (Section 224)|access-date=23 June 2008|year=1993|publisher=South African Government|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080612100516/http://www.info.gov.za/documents/constitution/93cons.htm|archive-date=12 June 2008 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.issafrica.org/Pubs/ASR/6No2/VanStade.html|title=Rationalisation in the SANDF: The Next Challenge|access-date=23 June 2008|year=1997|author=L. B. van Stade|publisher=Institute for Security Studies|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160316204323/https://issafrica.org/pubs/asr/6no2/vanstade.html|archive-date=16 March 2016 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as a [[volunteer military]] composed of the former [[South African Defence Force]], the forces of the African nationalist groups ({{lang|xh|[[uMkhonto we Sizwe]]|italics=no}} and [[Azanian People&#039;s Liberation Army]]), and the former Bantustan defence forces.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;constitution-1993-224&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The SANDF is subdivided into four branches, the [[South African Army]], the [[South African Air Force]], the [[South African Navy]], and the [[South African Military Health Service]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;act-42-2002&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.info.gov.za/gazette/acts/2002/a42-02.pdf|title=Defence Act 42 of 2002|access-date=23 June 2008|date=12 February 2003|publisher=South African Government|page=18|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080624211758/http://www.info.gov.za/gazette/acts/2002/a42-02.pdf|archive-date=24 June 2008|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The SANDF consists of around 75,000 [[Standing army|professional soldiers]] as of 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Career Descriptions – S. A. National Defence Force |url=https://www.bmdnet.co.za/S/S_%20A_%20National%20Defence%20Force.htm |access-date=2023-04-12 |website=www.bmdnet.co.za}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent years, the SANDF has become a major [[peacekeeping]] force in Africa,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dod-sep2005&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dod.mil.za/media/media2005/sep/media_statements5sep2005.htm|title=Address by the Minister of Defence at a media breakfast at Defence Headquarters, Pretoria|access-date=23 June 2008|first=Mosiuoa|last=Lekota|date=5 September 2005|publisher=Department of Defence|archive-date=14 December 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071214012305/http://www.dod.mil.za/media/media2005/sep/media_statements5sep2005.htm|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and has been involved in operations in Lesotho, the DRC,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dod-sep2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; and Burundi,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;dod-sep2005&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; amongst others. It has also served in multinational [[United Nations peacekeeping|UN Peacekeeping forces]] such as the [[United Nations Force Intervention Brigade|UN Force Intervention Brigade]]. In 2022 the nation spent US$3.069 billion on its armed forces which is about 0.86% of the nation&#039;s entire GDP. Over the years, [[Military budget|defence expenditure]] has been cut as the nation currently faces no external military threats.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Guy |date=2021-05-05 |title=SA defence budget falling to only .86% of GDP |url=https://www.defenceweb.co.za/featured/sa-defence-budget-falling-to-only-86-of-gdp/ |access-date=2023-04-12 |website=defenceWeb |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SANDF are often deployed in crime fighting and whenever the [[South African Police Service]] (SAPS) are no longer able to control the situation.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=SANDF deployment to prevent &amp;amp; combat crime; Update on security situation in the country; with Minister {{!}} PMG |url=https://pmg.org.za/committee-meeting/33303/ |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=pmg.org.za |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the [[2021 South African unrest]], South Africa&#039;s worst violence since the end of [[apartheid]], saw the deployment of 25,000 troops, more than a dozen military helicopters and heavily armed vehicles deployed in the nation&#039;s [[KwaZulu-Natal]] and [[Gauteng]] provinces to assist the South African Police in ending the riots and looting, this was one of the nation&#039;s largest military deployments since 1994, the largest deployment of troops since the end of apartheid was in March 2020, when 70,000 troops were deployed to enforce the nation&#039;s strict lockdown laws to combat the spread of [[COVID-19 pandemic in South Africa|COVID-19]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-07-15 |title=25,000 troops deployed to quell South Africa riots, 117 dead |url=https://apnews.com/article/africa-south-africa-59f7817632563dcf19d7e212de8046c9 |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=AP NEWS |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa has a lot of [[List of South African military bases|military bases]] distributed all over the nation, this includes two naval bases, nine air force bases and the army maintains large bases in all nine provinces of the country.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Husseini |first=Talal |date=2019-06-13 |title=Air force bases in South Africa: past and present operations |url=https://www.airforce-technology.com/features/air-force-bases-in-south-africa/ |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=Airforce Technology |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Defence industry of South Africa|South African Defence Industry]] is the most advanced on the African continent and one of the most advanced in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Lionel |first=Ekene |date=2017-11-28 |title=Here are some of South African Made weapons |url=https://www.military.africa/2017/11/here-are-some-of-south-african-made-weapons/ |access-date=2023-03-09 |website=Military Africa |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=South Africa: An Overview of the Defence Industry |url=https://ciaotest.cc.columbia.edu/olj/sa/sa_july01ber01.html |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=ciaotest.cc.columbia.edu}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; As of 2020 South Africa is the world&#039;s 24th largest arms exporter, the only nation in Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Arms exports by country, around the world |url=https://www.theglobaleconomy.com/rankings/arms_exports/ |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=TheGlobalEconomy.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The nation designs many types of weapons that range from armored fighting vehicles to [[ballistic missile]]s, notable South African-made weapons include the [[Ratel IFV]], the world&#039;s first wheeled [[infantry fighting vehicle]], South Africa also made its own [[attack helicopter]] known as the &amp;quot;[[Denel Rooivalk|Rooivalk]]&amp;quot; which is known to be one of the most advanced attack helicopters in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Lionel |first=Ekene |date=2017-11-28 |title=Here are some of South African Made weapons |url=https://www.military.africa/2017/11/here-are-some-of-south-african-made-weapons/ |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=Military Africa |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In recent years a R16 billion ($1bn) contract was signed with the local defence industry which aims to produce 244 units of [[Badger IFV]] for the SANDF.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Guy |date=2020-11-06 |title=Hoefyster the biggest threat to Denel – Hlahla |url=https://www.defenceweb.co.za/featured/hoefyster-the-biggest-threat-to-denel-hlahla/ |access-date=2023-04-14 |website=defenceWeb |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is the only African country to have successfully developed [[South Africa and weapons of mass destruction|nuclear weapons]]. It became the first country (followed by Ukraine) with nuclear capability to voluntarily renounce and dismantle its programme and in the process signed the [[Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons|Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty]] in 1991.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fas-ocp27&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; South Africa undertook a [[Nuclear programme of South Africa|nuclear weapons programme]] in the 1970s.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;fas-ocp27&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://fas.org/nuke/guide/rsa/nuke/ocp27.htm|title=Out of (South) Africa: Pretoria&#039;s Nuclear Weapons Experience|access-date=23 June 2008|author=Roy E. Horton III|date=October 1999|publisher=USAF Institute for National Security Studies|archive-date=6 May 2008|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080506144626/http://www.fas.org/nuke/guide/rsa/nuke/ocp27.htm|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is [[Vela incident|alleged to have conducted]] a nuclear test over the Atlantic in 1979,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB190/01.pdf|title=South Atlantic Nuclear Event (National Security Council, Memorandum)|access-date=23 June 2008|first=Christine|last=Dodson|date=22 October 1979|publisher=George Washington University under Freedom of Information Act Request|archive-date=29 June 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110629172818/http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB190/01.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; although this is officially denied; de Klerk maintained that South Africa had &amp;quot;never conducted a clandestine nuclear test.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;South Africa comes clean&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|author=Educational Foundation for Nuclear Science, Inc.|title=Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists|chapter-url=https://books.google.com/books?id=qQwAAAAAMBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA3|access-date=26 June 2013|date=May 1993|publisher=Educational Foundation for Nuclear Science, Inc.|pages=3–4|chapter=South Africa comes clean|journal=Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists: Science and Public Affairs|issn=0096-3402|archive-date=11 October 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131011173919/http://books.google.com/books?id=qQwAAAAAMBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA3|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Six nuclear devices were completed between 1980 and 1990 but all were dismantled by 1991.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;South Africa comes clean&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In 2017, South Africa signed the UN treaty on the [[Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons|Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://treaties.un.org/Pages/ViewDetails.aspx?src=TREATY&amp;amp;mtdsg_no=XXVI-9&amp;amp;chapter=26&amp;amp;clang=_en|title=Chapter XXVI: Disarmament&amp;amp;nbsp;– No. 9 Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons|publisher=United Nations Treaty Collection|date=7 July 2017|access-date=10 August 2019|archive-date=13 August 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210813020027/https://treaties.un.org/Pages/ViewDetails.aspx?src=TREATY&amp;amp;mtdsg_no=XXVI-9&amp;amp;chapter=26&amp;amp;clang=_en|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Law enforcement and crime ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Law enforcement in South Africa|Crime in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South african police may 2010.jpg|thumb|left|Officers of the [[South African Police Service]] with [[R4 assault rifle|Vektor R5]] rifles on parade in Johannesburg, 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Law enforcement in South Africa is primarily the responsibility of the [[South African Police Service]] (SAPS), South Africa&#039;s national police force. SAPS is responsible for investigating crime and security throughout the country. The South African Police Service has over 1,154 police stations across the country and over 150,950 officers.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=South Africa Yearbook 2019/20 {{!}} Government Communication and Information System (GCIS) |url=https://www.gcis.gov.za/content/resourcecentre/sa-info/south-africa-yearbook-201920 |access-date=2023-03-02 |website=www.gcis.gov.za}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2023 the [[Special Task Force (SAPS)]] placed 9th at the international SWAT competition out of 55 law enforcement teams from across the world making it the best in Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Mitchley |first=Alex |title=Best in Africa: SAPS&#039; Special Task Force Unit places ninth at international SWAT competition |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/southafrica/news/best-in-africa-saps-special-task-force-unit-places-ninth-at-international-swat-competition-20230226 |access-date=2023-03-02 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has the world&#039;s largest [[Private security industry in South Africa|private security industry]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Guy |date=2012-10-30 |title=South Africa has world&#039;s largest private security industry; needs regulation – Mthethwa |url=https://www.defenceweb.co.za/industry/industry-industry/south-africa-has-worlds-largest-private-security-industry-needs-regulation-mthethwa/ |access-date=2023-04-09 |website=defenceWeb |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with over 10,380 private security companies and 2.5 million private security personnel of which over 556,000 are active,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=13 May 2021 |title=Security guards vs police officers in South Africa |url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/business/489295/security-guards-vs-police-officers-in-south-africa/ |url-status= |archive-url= |archive-date= |access-date= |website=BusinessTech}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; making it bigger than the South African Police Force and Military combined.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Eastwood |first=Victoria |date=2013-02-08 |title=Bigger than the army: South Africa&#039;s private security forces {{!}} CNN Business |url=https://www.cnn.com/2013/02/08/business/south-africa-private-security/index.html |access-date=2023-04-09 |website=CNN |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Private security mainly provide assistance to the South African Police Service (SAPS) to combat crime throughout the country. Over the years there has been tremendous growth in the private security industry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Recent Growth In The Private Security Industry |url=https://www.buildingsecurity.com/blog/recent-private-security-growth/ |access-date=2023-04-09 |website=Building Security Services |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of February 2023 South Africa has the sixth highest crime rate in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=3 February 2023 |title=The safest and most dangerous countries in the world – and where South Africa ranks |url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/lifestyle/661833/the-safest-and-most-dangerous-countries-in-the-world-and-where-south-africa-ranks/#:~:text=According%20to%20the%20platform&#039;s%20ranking,by%20gunshot%20per%20100%2C000%20people. |website=BusinessTech}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From April 2017 to March 2018, on average 57 murders were committed each day in South Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/lifestyle/271997/heres-how-south-africas-crime-rate-compares-to-actual-warzones/|title=Here&#039;s how South Africa&#039;s crime rate compares to actual warzones|author=Staff Writer|website=businesstech.co.za|language=en-US|access-date=19 July 2019|archive-date=19 July 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190719182304/https://businesstech.co.za/news/lifestyle/271997/heres-how-south-africas-crime-rate-compares-to-actual-warzones/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the year ended March 2017, there were 20,336 murders and the murder rate was 35.9 per 100,000 – over five times higher than the global average of 6.2 per 100,000.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://dataunodc.un.org/GSH_app|title=Global Study on Homicide – Statistics and Data|website=dataunodc.un.org|access-date=19 July 2019|archive-date=15 July 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190715203654/https://dataunodc.un.org/GSH_app|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; More than 526,000 South Africans were murdered from 1994 to 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last1=Gibson|first1=Douglas|title=SA&#039;s murder rate is worse than the coronavirus mortality rate|url=https://www.iol.co.za/news/opinion/sas-murder-rate-is-worse-than-the-coronavirus-mortality-rate-43987823|agency=IOL|publisher=iol.co.za|date=3 March 2020|access-date=4 August 2021|archive-date=4 August 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210804174704/https://www.iol.co.za/news/opinion/sas-murder-rate-is-worse-than-the-coronavirus-mortality-rate-43987823|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Smash and Grab Hot Spot, Retreat (South Africa).jpg|thumb|Smash and Grab Hot Spot sign in [[Retreat, Cape Town]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has a high rape rate, with 43,195 rapes reported in 2014/15, and an unknown number of [[sexual assault]]s going unreported.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;africaCheckRapeStats&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://africacheck.org/factsheets/guide-rape-statistics-in-south-africa/|title=GUIDE: Rape statistics in South Africa – Africa Check|access-date=11 July 2018|archive-date=25 March 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190325164521/https://africacheck.org/factsheets/guide-rape-statistics-in-south-africa/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; A 2009 survey of 1,738 men in KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape by the Medical Research Council found one in four men admitted to raping someone,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news| url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/africa/8107039.stm| work=BBC News| title=South African rape survey shock| date=18 June 2009| access-date=23 May 2010| archive-date=17 August 2017| archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170817141650/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/africa/8107039.stm| url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and another survey of 4,000 women in Johannesburg by CIET Africa found one in three said they had been raped in the past year.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;bbc1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/258446.stm|title=South Africa&#039;s rape shock|work=BBC News|date=19 January 1999|access-date=30 May 2010|archive-date=2 April 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190402230527/http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/258446.stm|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Rape occurs most commonly within relationships, but many men and women say that rape cannot occur in relationships; however, one in four women reported having been abused by an intimate partner.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Abrahams&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.arsrc.org/downloads/sia/sep04/sep04.pdf|title=Sexual Violence Against Women in South Africa.|publisher=Sexuality in Africa 1.3|year=2004|access-date=29 February 2012|archive-date=18 October 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111018202051/http://www.arsrc.org/downloads/sia/sep04/sep04.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Rapes are also perpetrated by children (some as young as ten).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;medscape&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/444213|title=Child rape in South Africa|publisher=Medscape|access-date=31 December 2010|archive-date=29 December 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101229174131/http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/444213|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The incidence of [[Child sexual abuse|child and infant rape]] is among the highest in the world, largely as a result of the [[virgin cleansing myth]], and a number of high-profile cases (sometimes as young as eight months)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;medscape&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; have outraged the nation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;time&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite magazine|last=Perry|first=Alex|url=http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1680715,00.html?xid=feed-yahoo-full-world|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090818063455/http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1680715,00.html?xid=feed-yahoo-full-world|url-status=dead|archive-date=18 August 2009|title=Oprah scandal rocks South Africa|magazine=Time|date=5 November 2007|access-date=15 May 2011}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1994 and 2018, there were more than 500 [[Xenophobia|xenophobic]] [[Xenophobia in South Africa|attacks against foreigners]] in South Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=After a Week of Xenophobic Attacks, South Africa Grapples for Answers|url=https://www.voanews.com/africa/after-week-xenophobic-attacks-south-africa-grapples-answers|work=VOA News|date=6 September 2019|access-date=22 September 2019|archive-date=22 September 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190922075016/https://www.voanews.com/africa/after-week-xenophobic-attacks-south-africa-grapples-answers|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[2019 Johannesburg riots]] were similar in nature and origin to the [[May 2008 South Africa riots|2008 xenophobic riots]] that also occurred in Johannesburg.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.news24.com/SouthAfrica/News/gauteng-xenophobia-attacks-akin-to-2008-crisis-institute-of-race-relations-20190905|title=Gauteng xenophobia attacks akin to 2008 crisis – Institute of Race Relations|date=5 September 2019|website=News24|language=en|access-date=22 September 2019|archive-date=15 September 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190915032441/https://www.news24.com/SouthAfrica/News/gauteng-xenophobia-attacks-akin-to-2008-crisis-institute-of-race-relations-20190905|url-status=dead}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Administrative divisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Administrative divisions of South Africa|Provinces of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Map of South Africa with English labels.svg|thumb|right|upright=1.6|[[Provinces of South Africa]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nine provinces is governed by a [[Unicameralism|unicameral]] [[provincial legislature (South Africa)|legislature]], which is elected every five years by [[party-list proportional representation]]. The legislature elects a [[Premier (South Africa)|premier]] as head of government, and the premier appoints an [[Executive Council (South Africa)|Executive Council]] as a provincial cabinet. The powers of provincial governments are limited to topics listed in the constitution; these topics include such fields as health, education, public housing and transport.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provinces are in turn divided into 52 [[Districts of South Africa|districts]]: 8 [[Metropolitan municipality (South Africa)|metropolitan]] and 44 [[District municipality (South Africa)|district municipalities]]. The district municipalities are further subdivided into 205 [[Local municipality (South Africa)|local municipalities]]. The metropolitan municipalities, which govern the largest urban agglomerations, perform the functions of both district and local municipalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size: 85%; text-align: right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Province&lt;br /&gt;
! Provincial capital&lt;br /&gt;
! Largest city&lt;br /&gt;
! Area (km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |url=http://www.statssa.gov.za/publications/StatsInBrief/StatsInBrief2010.pdf |title=Stats in Brief, 2010 |publisher=Statistics South Africa |year=2010 |isbn=978-0-621-39563-1 |location=Pretoria |page=3 |access-date=14 January 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180820132652/http://www.statssa.gov.za/publications/StatsInBrief/StatsInBrief2010.pdf |archive-date=20 August 2018 |url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! Population (2016)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;2016CS&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Community Survey 2016 In Brief |url=http://cs2016.statssa.gov.za/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CS-in-brief-14-07-2017-with-cover_1.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180516231635/http://cs2016.statssa.gov.za/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CS-in-brief-14-07-2017-with-cover_1.pdf |archive-date=16 May 2018 |access-date=28 April 2018 |publisher=Statistics South Africa}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! Population (2020)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Stats in Brief, 2020&#039;&#039;: Mid 2020 official estimates from Statistics South Africa, Pretoria.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | [[Eastern Cape]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Bhisho]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Gqeberha]]|| 168,966|| 6,996,976|| 6,734,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Free State (South African province)|Free State]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Bloemfontein]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Bloemfontein|| 129,825|| 2,834,714|| 2,929,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Gauteng]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Johannesburg]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Johannesburg|| 18,178|| 13,399,724|| 15,488,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[KwaZulu-Natal]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Pietermaritzburg]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Durban]]|| 94,361|| 11,065,240|| 11,532,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Limpopo]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Polokwane]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Polokwane|| 125,754|| 5,799,090|| 5,853,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Mpumalanga]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Mbombela]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Mbombela|| 76,495|| 4,335,964|| 4,680,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[North West (South African province)|North West]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Mahikeng]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Klerksdorp]]|| 104,882|| 3,748,435|| 4,109,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Northern Cape]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Kimberley, South Africa|Kimberley]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Kimberley|| 372,889|| 1,193,780|| 1,293,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Western Cape]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |[[Cape Town]]|| align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Cape Town|| 129,462|| 6,279,730|| 7,006,000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Economy ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Economy of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Johannesburg Stock Exchange.jpg|thumb|upright|left|The [[JSE Limited|Johannesburg Stock Exchange]] (JSE) is the largest [[stock exchange]] on the African continent and the [[List of stock exchanges|17th largest]] in the world with a [[market capitalization]] of $1.36 trillion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=JSE Trading Hours &amp;amp; Market Holidays [2023] |url=https://www.tradinghours.com/markets/jse |access-date=2023-03-26 |website=www.tradinghours.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has a [[mixed economy]], South Africa&#039;s economy is the most industrialized and technologically advanced in Africa respectively,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Home |url=http://www.investsa.gov.za/ |access-date=2023-04-23 |website=InvestSA |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; it has the [[List of African countries by GDP (nominal)|second largest]] economy in Africa, after Nigeria and the [[List of countries by GDP (nominal)|39th largest]] in the world. It also has a relatively high gross domestic product (GDP) per capita compared to other countries in sub-Saharan Africa US$16,080 at [[purchasing power parity]] as of 2023 ranked 95th. Despite this, South Africa is still burdened by a relatively high rate of poverty and unemployment and is ranked in the top ten countries in the world for [[Economic inequality|income inequality]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://hdrstats.undp.org/en/indicators/161.html|title=Inequality in income or expenditure / Gini index, Human Development Report 2007/08|publisher=Hdrstats.undp.org|date=4 November 2010|access-date=26 June 2013|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130116234423/http://hdrstats.undp.org/en/indicators/161.html|archive-date=16 January 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2172.html|title=Distribution of family income – Gini index|publisher=Cia.gov|access-date=26 June 2013|archive-date=13 June 2007|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070613005439/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2172.html|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.iol.co.za/business/business-news/south-africa-has-widest-gap-between-rich-and-poor-1.707558|title=South Africa has highest gap between rich and poor|publisher=Business Report|date=28 September 2009|access-date=7 November 2010|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111023162404/http://www.iol.co.za/business/business-news/south-africa-has-widest-gap-between-rich-and-poor-1.707558|archive-date=23 October 2011 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; measured by the [[Gini coefficient]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa is ranked 40th by [[List of countries by total wealth|total Wealth]], making it the second wealthiest country in Africa, in terms of private wealth South Africa has a private wealth of $651 billion making South Africa&#039;s population the richest in Africa followed by [[Egypt]] with $307 billion and [[Nigeria]] with $228 billion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-09-15 |title=South Africa, Egypt, and Nigeria account for 56% of Africa&#039;s wealth |url=https://qz.com/three-countries-account-for-56-of-africa-s-wealth-1849538625 |access-date=2023-02-04 |website=Quartz |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approximately 55.5% (30.3 million people) of the population is living in poverty at the national upper [[Poverty threshold|poverty line]] while a total of 13.8 million people (25% of the population) are experiencing food poverty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://databankfiles.worldbank.org/public/ddpext_download/poverty/33EF03BB-9722-4AE2-ABC7-AA2972D68AFE/Global_POVEQ_ZAF.pdf|title=World bank : South Africa|accessdate=7 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2015, 71% of net wealth are held by 10% of the population, whereas 60% of the population held only 7% of the net wealth, and the Gini coefficient was 0.63, whereas in 1996 it was 0.61.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/southafrica/overview|title=The World Bank In South Africa|access-date=17 May 2020|archive-date=28 May 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200528020105/https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/southafrica/overview|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most of the world&#039;s poor countries, South Africa does not have a thriving [[informal economy]]. Only 15% of South African jobs are in the [[Informal economy|informal sector]], compared with around half in [[Economy of Brazil|Brazil]] and [[Economy of India|India]] and nearly three-quarters in [[Economy of Indonesia|Indonesia]]. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development ([[OECD]]) attributes this difference to South Africa&#039;s widespread welfare system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;economist1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=South Africa&#039;s economy: How it could do even better.|url=https://www.economist.com/node/16647365|newspaper=The Economist|access-date=17 October 2011|date=22 July 2010|archive-date=12 March 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120312021959/http://www.economist.com/node/16647365|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[World Bank]] research shows that South Africa has one of the widest gaps between per capita GDP versus its [[Human Development Index]] ranking, with only Botswana showing a larger gap.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=DEPWeb: Beyond Economic Growth|url=http://www.worldbank.org/depweb/english/beyond/global/chapter15.html|publisher=The World Bank Group|access-date=17 October 2011|archive-date=6 November 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111106020301/http://www.worldbank.org/depweb/english/beyond/global/chapter15.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Johannesburg Skyline.jpg|thumb|[[Johannesburg]], the financial capital of South Africa and the African continent&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Oluwole |first=Victor |date=2022-04-14 |title=Top 10 wealthiest cities in Africa |url=https://africa.businessinsider.com/local/lifestyle/top-10-wealthiest-cities-in-africa/2l5l5t4 |access-date=2023-04-23 |website=Business Insider Africa |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 1994, government policy brought down inflation, stabilised public finances, and some foreign capital was attracted; however, growth was still subpar.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;assessment2008-2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oecd.org/document/63/0,3343,en_2649_34577_40981951_1_1_1_1,00.html|title=Economic Assessment of South Africa 2008: Achieving Accelerated and Shared Growth for South Africa|publisher=OECD|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090809083550/http://www.oecd.org//document//63//0%2C3343%2Cen_2649_34577_40981951_1_1_1_1%2C00.html|archive-date= 9 August 2009 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; From 2004 onward, economic growth picked up significantly; both employment and [[capital formation]] increased.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;assessment2008-2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; During the presidency of [[Jacob Zuma]], the government increased the role of [[state-owned enterprise]]s (SOEs). Some of the biggest SOEs are [[Eskom]], the electric power monopoly, [[South African Airways]] (SAA), and [[Transnet]], the railroad and ports monopoly. Some of these SOEs have not been profitable, such as SAA, which has required bailouts totaling R30&amp;amp;nbsp;billion (${{To USD|30|ZAF}} billion) over the 20 years preceding 2015.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Commanding Plights.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;The Economist&#039;&#039; 29 August 2015: 37–38. Print.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Principal international trading partners of South Africa—besides other African countries—include Germany, the United States, China, Japan, the United Kingdom and Spain.&amp;lt;ref name=factbook&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/south-africa/|title=South Africa|website=The World Factbook|publisher=CIA|access-date=23 January 2021|archive-date=10 January 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210110042951/https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/south-africa|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The 2020 [[Financial Secrecy Index]] ranked South Africa as the 58th safest [[tax haven]] in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Financial Secrecy Index 2020: Narrative Report on South Africa|url=https://fsi.taxjustice.net/PDF/SouthAfrica.pdf|access-date=28 February 2021|website=[[Financial Secrecy Index]]|archive-date=17 April 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210417064406/https://fsi.taxjustice.net/PDF/SouthAfrica.pdf|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Agriculture in South Africa|South African agricultural industry]] contributes around 10% of formal employment, relatively low compared to other parts of Africa, as well as providing work for casual labourers and contributing around 2.6% of GDP for the nation.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HRW&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|title=Unequal protection the state response to violent crime on South African farms|year=2001|publisher=Human Rights Watch|isbn=978-1-56432-263-0|url=https://www.hrw.org/reports/2001/safrica2/|access-date=4 December 2016|archive-date=1 February 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170201151617/https://www.hrw.org/reports/2001/safrica2/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Due to the [[arid]]ity of the land, only 13.5% can be used for crop production, and only 3% is considered high potential land.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Mohamed|first=Najma|editor=Ben Cousins|title=At the Crossroads: Land and Agrarian Reform in South Africa Into the 21st Century|year=2000|publisher=Programme for Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS)|isbn=978-1-86808-467-8|chapter=Greening Land and Agrarian Reform: A Case for Sustainable Agriculture}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In August 2013, South Africa was ranked as the top African Country of the Future by &#039;&#039;[[fDi Intelligence]]&#039;&#039; based on the country&#039;s [[economic potential]], labour environment, cost-effectiveness, infrastructure, business friendliness, and [[foreign direct investment]] strategy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fdiintelligence.com/Locations/Middle-East-Africa/African-Countries-of-the-Future-2013-14|title=African Countries of the Future 2013/14|publisher=fDiIntelligence.com|access-date=4 December 2013|archive-date=11 December 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131211072835/http://www.fdiintelligence.com/Locations/Middle-East-Africa/African-Countries-of-the-Future-2013-14|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mining===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Mining in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Platinum Mining.jpg|thumb|An aerial view of the [[Two Rivers mine]] in [[Steelpoort]], [[Limpopo]], owned by both African Rainbow Minerals and Impala Platinum holdings limited.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has always been a mining powerhouse. Until 2006 South Africa was the [[List of countries by gold production|world&#039;s largest gold producer]] for almost a century, by the end of 2009 gold mining in South Africa had declined rapidly having produced 205 metric tons (mt) of gold in 2008 compared to 1,000 metric tons produced in 1970 (almost 80% of the world&#039;s mine supply at the time).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=The Decline of South African Gold Mining {{!}} E &amp;amp; MJ |url=https://www.e-mj.com/features/the-decline-of-south-african-gold-mining/ |access-date=2023-03-11 |website=www.e-mj.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Despite this, the country still has 6,000 tonnes of gold reserves&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=South African production: important but no longer globally significant |url=https://www.gold.org/goldhub/gold-focus/2019/06/south-african-production-important-no-longer-globally-significant |access-date=2023-03-11 |website=World Gold Council |date=18 June 2019 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and is still number 5 in gold production and remains a cornucopia of mineral riches.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Gold Statistics and Information {{!}} U.S. Geological Survey |url=https://www.usgs.gov/centers/national-minerals-information-center/gold-statistics-and-information |access-date=2023-03-11 |website=www.usgs.gov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the world&#039;s largest producer&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://minerals.usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/mcs/|title=USGS Minerals Information: Mineral Commodity Summaries|website=minerals.USGS.gov|access-date=4 January 2018|archive-date=7 December 2017|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171207190225/https://minerals.usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/mcs/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of [[Chromium|chrome]], [[manganese]], [[platinum]], [[vanadium]] and [[vermiculite]]. It is the second largest producer&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;auto&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; of [[ilmenite]], [[palladium]], [[rutile]] and [[zirconium]]. It is the world&#039;s third largest coal exporter.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;platts.com&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.platts.com/Coal/highlights/2006/coalp_ee_091106.xml|title=&#039;&#039;South Africa&#039;s coal future looks bright&#039;&#039;|website=Platts.com|access-date=4 January 2018|archive-date=29 March 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130329012315/http://www.platts.com/Coal/highlights/2006/coalp_ee_091106.xml|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is a huge producer of iron ore; in 2012, it overtook India to become the world&#039;s third-biggest iron ore supplier to China, the world&#039;s largest consumers of iron ore.&amp;lt;ref name=mwsa&amp;gt;{{Citation&lt;br /&gt;
| url = http://www.miningweekly.com/article/sa-replaces-india-as-chinas-no-3-iron-ore-supplier-2013-01-21&lt;br /&gt;
| title = SA replaces India as China&#039;s No 3 iron-ore supplier&lt;br /&gt;
| year = 2013&lt;br /&gt;
| publisher = [[Mining Weekly]]&lt;br /&gt;
| publication-place = International&lt;br /&gt;
| access-date = 31 May 2021&lt;br /&gt;
| archive-date = 13 December 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20201213113139/https://www.miningweekly.com/article/sa-replaces-india-as-chinas-no-3-iron-ore-supplier-2013-01-21&lt;br /&gt;
| url-status = live&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tourism ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Excerpt|Tourism in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Infrastructure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Roads ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mandela Bridge, Johannesburg, Gauteng, South Africa.jpg|thumb|220x220px|The [[Nelson Mandela Bridge]] in [[Johannesburg]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has a total road network of 750,000 kilometres, the largest of any African country and the [[List of countries by road network size|10th largest in the world]]. According to [[SANRAL]], the road network is valued at more than R2.1 trillion. SANRAL manages national roads and has a network of 22 197 kilometres of paved roads. Provinces are responsible for 222 951 kilometres while, according to the DoT, the municipal network is estimated at 275 661 kilometres of the proclaimed network. The rest are unproclaimed gravel roads (mainly serving rural communities) and are therefore not owned or maintained by any road authority. The country has more than 12 million motor vehicles with an average density of 16 motor vehicles per kilometre. The provincial road network is about 222 951 kilometres in length, consisting of 170 837 kilometres of unpaved and 52 114 kilometres of paved roads.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.treasury.gov.za/default.aspx|title=National Treasury|website=www.treasury.gov.za|accessdate=7 April 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Railways ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Rail transport in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gautrain..., O R Tambo Intl Airport South Africa.jpg|thumb|220x220px|[[Gautrain]] [[Higher-speed rail|higher-speed]] commuter rail]]&lt;br /&gt;
Rail transport in South Africa is an important element of the country&#039;s [[Transportation infrastructure|transport infrastructure]]. All major cities are connected by rail. [[Transnet Freight Rail]] mainly operates freight services while [[Passenger Rail Agency of South Africa|PRASA]] operates commuter services. State-owned utility Transnet Freight Rail is the largest freight rail transport operator on the African continent, the company maintains a rail network of approximately 31,000 kilometres but only 20,900 kilometres of this are in use.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=South Africa Transnet Freight Rail |url=https://www.trade.gov/market-intelligence/south-africa-transnet-freight-rail |access-date=2023-03-07 |website=www.trade.gov |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa&#039;s railway system is the most developed and largest in Africa as well as the [[List of countries by rail transport network size|13th largest in the world]]; however, freight, passenger and port capacity shortages remain a severe constraint in domestic and regional trade.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=South Africa – Rail Infrastructure |url=https://www.trade.gov/country-commercial-guides/south-africa-rail-infrastructure |access-date=2023-03-06 |website=www.trade.gov |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Coal and iron ore are mainly transported on these lines, the country&#039;s rail network carried nearly 230 million tons of freight in 2017 however, this has declined to 179 million tons in 2021.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Daniel |first=Compiled by Luke |title=SA&#039;s railways have lost a quarter of its freight in five years – making already bad roads worse |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/bi-archive/more-trucks-on-south-african-roads-because-of-rail-collapse-2022-7 |access-date=2023-03-07 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Airports ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|List of airports in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:South African Airways Airbus A340-313 ZS-SXE MUC 2015 01.jpg|thumb|[[South African Airways]] [[Airbus A340]] at [[Munich Airport]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has international airports in six cities: [[Johannesburg]], [[Cape Town]], [[Durban]], [[Gqeberha|Port Elizabeth]], [[Kimberley Airport|Kimberley]] and [[Nelspruit Airport|Nelspruit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Yadav |first=Lalit |date=2021-12-02 |title=These 7 Awesome Airports In South Africa Are Making Travel Easy |url=https://traveltriangle.com/blog/airports-in-south-africa/ |access-date=2023-04-02 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of 2021, South Africa had 407 airports, making it the leading country in Africa in terms of airport ownership and the country ranked 20th globally.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Airports – The World Factbook |url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/airports/country-comparison |access-date=2023-04-02 |website=www.cia.gov}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four [[List of South African airports by passenger movements|major]] airports in South Africa are: [[O. R. Tambo International Airport|O.R. Tambo International Airport]] in Johannesburg, [[Cape Town International Airport]], [[King Shaka International Airport]] in Durban and [[Chief Dawid Stuurman International Airport]] in Port Elizabeth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O.R. Tambo International Airport in Johannesburg is Africa&#039;s largest and busiest airport which receives over 21 million passengers a year.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-07-08 |title=Top 10 largest airports in Africa |url=https://theafricalogistics.com/2019/07/08/top-10-largest-airports-in-africa/ |access-date=2023-04-02 |website=The Africa Logistics |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the 2022 [[Skytrax]] World Airport Awards, Cape Town International Airport was voted the best airport on the African continent for the seventh consecutive year, Durban&#039;s King Shaka International Airport was voted the second best in Africa and Johannesburg&#039;s O.R. Tambo International Airport came third place.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Daniel |first=Luke |title=Cape Town voted best airport in Africa – for 7th year in a row – but its global rank slides |url=https://www.news24.com/news24/bi-archive/cape-town-airport-still-best-in-africa-but-drops-globally-2022-6 |access-date=2023-04-02 |website=News24 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Energy ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Energy in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Eskom|List of power stations in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Koebergnps.jpg|thumb|The [[Koeberg Nuclear Power Station|Koeberg Power Station]], the only [[nuclear power plant]] on the entire African continent]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has a very large energy sector and is currently the only country on the African continent that possesses a [[Koeberg Nuclear Power Station|nuclear power plant]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Koeberg Nuclear Power Station Refurbishment – NS Energy |url=https://www.nsenergybusiness.com/projects/koeberg-nuclear-power-station-refurbishment/ |access-date=2022-08-05 |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The country is the largest producer of electricity on the African continent and it ranks 21st globally.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Electricity – production – Country Comparison – TOP 100 |url=https://www.indexmundi.com/g/r.aspx?v=79&amp;amp;t=100 |access-date=2022-08-05 |website=www.indexmundi.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; South Africa is the [[List of countries by coal production|7th largest coal producer]] in the world and produces in excess of 248 million [[tonne]]s of [[coal]] and consumes almost three-quarters of that domestically. Around 77% of South Africa&#039;s energy needs are directly derived from coal and 92% of coal consumed on the African continent is mined in South Africa. South Africa is also the world&#039;s 14th largest emitter of [[greenhouse gas]]es.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Prater |first=Tom |date=2018-10-15 |title=The Carbon Brief Profile: South Africa |url=https://www.carbonbrief.org/the-carbon-brief-profile-south-africa/ |access-date=2023-02-14 |website=Carbon Brief |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country&#039;s primary electricity generator is Eskom, the utility is the largest producer of electricity in [[Africa]], and is among the top seven utilities in the world in terms of generation capacity and among the top nine in terms of sales.&amp;lt;ref name=as&amp;gt;{{Cite web |first1=Antony |last1=Sguazzin |first2=Prinesha |last2=Naidoo |first3=Paul |last3=Burkhardt |title=Eskom turns 100 next year – here&#039;s how it went from world best to SA&#039;s biggest economic risk |url=https://www.news24.com/fin24/economy/eskom-turns-100-next-year-heres-how-it-went-from-world-best-to-sas-biggest-economic-risk-20220927 |access-date=2023-04-22 |website=Business |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is the largest of [[State-owned enterprises of South Africa|South Africa&#039;s state owned enterprises]]. Eskom generates approximately 95% of electricity in South Africa and operates a number of notable [[power station]]s, including the [[Koeberg Nuclear Power Station]] in Cape Town, the only nuclear power plant in Africa, [[Kendal Power Station]], the largest dry-cooled power station in the world,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-11-11 |title=100 Years – Eskom Heritage |url=https://www.eskom.co.za/heritage/ |access-date=2023-04-22 |website=www.eskom.co.za |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as well as [[Duvha Power Station]] which became the first power station in the world to be retrofitted with [[Dust collector#Reverse jet|pulse jet fabric filter]] plants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-02-16 |title=Coal fired power stations – Eskom |url=https://www.eskom.co.za/eskom-divisions/gx/coal-fired-power-stations/ |access-date=2023-04-23 |website=www.eskom.co.za |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2001 Eskom was named the best electricity utility in the entire world.&amp;lt;ref name=as /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Energy crisis ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|South African energy crisis}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kusilekragsentrale, Mpumalanga, 2019, a.jpg|thumb|The [[Kusile Power Station]] was built as a response to the energy crisis. When fully operational it will be the 4th largest [[coal-fired power station]] in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Engineering News – Kusile power plant project, South Africa – update |url=https://www.engineeringnews.co.za/print-version/kusilepower-plant-project-south-africa-update-2023-02-24#:~:text=The%20Kusile%20power%20station%20project,power%20station%20in%20the%20world. |access-date=2023-03-02 |website=Engineering News |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]Due to severe mismanagement and [[Corruption in South Africa|corruption]] at Eskom, the company is R392bn ($22bn) in debt and is unable to meet the demands of the South African power grid.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Problems at Eskom Identified as a Main Cause of SA&#039;s Energy Crisis |url=https://caes.ukzn.ac.za/news/problems-at-eskom-identified-as-a-main-cause-of-sas-energy-crisis/ |access-date=2023-04-02 |website=College of Agriculture, Engineering and Science |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Due to this, Eskom implemented [[loadshedding]], which is periodically switching off electricity to specific power grids in specific time frames. In South Africa, load shedding is done to prevent a failure of the entire system when the demand for electricity strains the capacity of Eskom&#039;s power generating system. Load shedding is characterized by periods of widespread national-level rolling blackouts.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=How Eskom &amp;amp; The Government Can Put An End To Loadshedding in South Africa |url= https://www.greenpeace.org/africa/en/blogs/53187/how-the-government-eskom-can-put-an-end-to-load-shedding/ |access-date=2023-04-02 |website= Greenpeace Africa |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Eskom&#039;s latest energy availability factor (EAF) data reveals that mismanagement, corruption, poor maintenance, and sabotage caused power station breakdowns.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://dailyinvestor.com/south-africa/14194/eskoms-coal-fired-power-station-breakdown-lie/|title=Eskom&#039;s coal-fired power station breakdown lie – Daily Investor}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2023 the [[South African National Defence Force|South African Military]] was deployed to protect Eskom&#039;s power stations from sabotage and theft.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Army guards four Eskom power stations |url=https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-17/south-africa-deploys-army-at-four-eskom-power-stations |access-date=2023-04-02 |newspaper=Bloomberg |date=17 December 2022 |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007 Eskom started the construction of the &amp;quot;[[Kusile Power Station|Kusile]]&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;[[Medupi Power Station|Medupi]]&amp;quot; power stations, the two mega power stations will be the largest dry-cooled power stations in the world and among the largest power stations in the world scheduled for completion in 2014.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Davis |first=David |date=2021-08-17 |title=Explosion at Eskom&#039;s New Power Unit &#039;Medupi&#039; May Push South Africa Blackouts to Record |url=https://auctusmetals.com/explosion-at-eskoms-new-power-unit-medupi-may-push-south-africa-blackouts-to-record/ |access-date=2023-04-23 |website=Auctus Metals: Expert Precious Metal Portfolio Management Services |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, these power stations have never met their deadline date with only half of their six units completed and operational mainly caused by long delays and massive cost overruns exceeding more than R300 billion ($16bn) for the two power stations combined, and are only expected to be completed by 2024 or 2026.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-09-29 |title=Energy crisis: Another R33-billion needed to complete Medupi and Kusile |url=https://mg.co.za/news/2022-09-29-energy-crisis-another-r33-billion-needed-to-complete-medupi-and-kusile/ |access-date=2023-04-23 |website=The Mail &amp;amp; Guardian |language=en-ZA}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Science and technology ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Science and technology in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mark Shuttleworth NASA.jpg|thumb|[[Mark Shuttleworth]] in space]]&lt;br /&gt;
Several important scientific and technological developments have originated in South Africa. South Africa was ranked 61st in the [[Global Innovation Index]] in 2021, up from 63rd in 2019.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Global Innovation Index 2021 |url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2021/|work=[[World Intellectual Property Organization]]|publisher=[[United Nations]]|access-date=5 March 2022|language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=Global Innovation Index 2019|url=https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2019/index.html|access-date=2 September 2021|website=www.wipo.int|language=en|archive-date=2 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210902101818/https://www.wipo.int/global_innovation_index/en/2019/index.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|title=RTD – Item|url=https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/rtd/items/691898|access-date=2 September 2021|website=ec.europa.eu|archive-date=2 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210902140715/https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/rtd/items/691898|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|date=28 October 2013|title=Global Innovation Index|url=https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|access-date=2 September 2021|website=INSEAD Knowledge|language=en|archive-date=2 September 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210902101622/https://knowledge.insead.edu/entrepreneurship-innovation/global-innovation-index-2930|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The first human-to-human [[Heart transplantation|heart transplant]] was performed by cardiac surgeon [[Christiaan Barnard]] at [[Groote Schuur Hospital]] in December 1967; [[Max Theiler]] developed a [[Yellow fever vaccine|vaccine]] against [[yellow fever]], [[Allan MacLeod Cormack]] pioneered X-ray computed tomography ([[CT scan]]); and [[Aaron Klug]] developed [[Electron crystallography|crystallographic electron microscopy]] techniques. Cormack and Klug received [[Nobel Prize]]s for their work. [[Sydney Brenner]] won most recently, in 2002, for his pioneering work in [[molecular biology]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mark Shuttleworth]] founded an early Internet security company [[Thawte]], that was subsequently bought out by world leader [[Verisign]]. It is the expressed objective of the government to transition the economy to be more reliant on high technology, based on the realisation that South Africa cannot compete with Far Eastern economies in manufacturing, nor can the republic rely on its mineral wealth in perpetuity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has cultivated a burgeoning [[astronomy]] community. It hosts the [[Southern African Large Telescope]], the largest [[optical telescope]] in the [[Southern Hemisphere]]. South Africa is currently building the [[MeerKAT|Karoo Array Telescope]] as a pathfinder for the €1.5&amp;amp;nbsp;billion [[Square Kilometre Array]] project.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.skatelescope.org/news/2nd-april-news/|title=SKA announces Founding Board and selects Jodrell Bank Observatory to host Project Office|publisher=SKA 2011|date=2 April 2011|access-date=14 April 2011|archive-date=29 October 2012|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121029041532/http://www.skatelescope.org/news/2nd-april-news/|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transport===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Transport in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MyCiti Bus system Civic Centre station 2.JPG|thumb|[[MyCiTi]] Bus in [[Cape Town]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Modes of transport include roads, railways, airports, water, and pipelines for petroleum oil. The majority of people in South Africa use informal [[Share taxi|minibus taxis]] as their main mode of transport. [[Bus rapid transit]] has been implemented in some cities in an attempt to provide more formalised and safer public transport services. These systems have been widely criticised because of their large capital and operating costs. South Africa has many major ports including Cape Town, Durban, and Port Elizabeth that allow ships and other boats to pass through, some carrying passengers and some carrying [[Oil tanker|petroleum tankers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Water supply and sanitation ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Water supply and sanitation in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
Two distinctive features of the South African water sector are the policy of free basic water and the existence of [[Water Board (South Africa)|water boards]], which are bulk water supply agencies that operate pipelines and sell water from reservoirs to municipalities. These features have led to significant problems concerning the financial sustainability of service providers, leading to a lack of attention to maintenance. Following the end of apartheid, the country had made improvements in the levels of access to water as those with access increased from 66% to 79% from 1990 to 2010.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;JMP&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[WHO]]/[[UNICEF]]:[[Joint Monitoring Programme for Water Supply and Sanitation]]:[http://www.wssinfo.org/data-estimates/table/ Data table South Africa] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140209002836/http://www.wssinfo.org/data-estimates/table/|date= 9 February 2014 }}, 2010. Retrieved 3 November 2012&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sanitation access increased from 71% to 79% during the same period.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;JMP&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; However, water supply and sanitation has come under increasing pressure in recent years despite a commitment made by the government to improve service standards and provide investment subsidies to the water industry.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.newswise.com/articles/view/688965/?sc=c59|title=Professor Says Cape Town Crisis Should Serve as a &#039;Wakeup Call to All Major U.S. Cities&#039;|website=www.newswise.com|access-date=14 June 2018|archive-date=14 June 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180614121654/http://www.newswise.com/articles/view/688965/?sc=c59|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The eastern parts of South Africa suffer from periodic droughts linked to the [[El Niño]] weather phenomenon.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;whyCapeTownDroughtConversation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://theconversation.com/why-cape-towns-drought-was-so-hard-to-forecast-84735|title=Why Cape Town&#039;s drought was so hard to forecast|first=Bruce|last=Hewitson|date=19 October 2017 |access-date=11 July 2018|archive-date=11 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180711112014/https://theconversation.com/why-cape-towns-drought-was-so-hard-to-forecast-84735|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In early 2018, Cape Town, which has different weather patterns to the rest of the country,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;whyCapeTownDroughtConversation&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; faced a water crisis as the city&#039;s water supply was predicted to run dry before the end of June. Water-saving measures were in effect that required each citizen to use less than {{Convert|50|l|gal}} per day.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.bbc.com/news/amp/world-42982959 &amp;quot;The 11 cities most likely to run out of drinking water – like Cape Town&amp;quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180213225140/https://www.bbc.com/news/amp/world-42982959|date=13 February 2018 }} 11 February 2018. BBC News.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Cape Town rejected an offer from Israel to help it build [[desalination]] plants.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.reuters.com/article/us-saundersonmeyer-drought-commentary/commentary-in-drought-hit-south-africa-the-politics-of-water-idUSKBN1FP226 In drought-hit South Africa, the politics of water] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181122202625/https://www.reuters.com/article/us-saundersonmeyer-drought-commentary/commentary-in-drought-hit-south-africa-the-politics-of-water-idUSKBN1FP226|date=22 November 2018 }}, Reuters, 25 January 2018&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.wsj.com/articles/cape-town-may-dry-up-because-of-an-aversion-to-israel-1519254816 Cape Town May Dry Up Because of an Aversion to Israel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211214053920/https://www.wsj.com/articles/cape-town-may-dry-up-because-of-an-aversion-to-israel-1519254816|date=14 December 2021 }}, Wall St. Journal, 21 February 2018&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.aish.com/jw/me/The-Cape-Town-Water-Crisis-and-Hating-Israel.html The Cape Town Water Crisis and Hating Israel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211214053921/https://www.aish.com/jw/me/The-Cape-Town-Water-Crisis-and-Hating-Israel.html|date=14 December 2021 }}, aish, 11 February 2018&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.jpost.com/Opinion/South-African-stupidity-540605 South African stupidity] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211214053918/https://www.jpost.com/opinion/south-african-stupidity-540605|date=14 December 2021 }}, Jerusalem Post,  3 February 2018&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Culture ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Culture of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
The South African black majority still has a substantial number of rural inhabitants who lead largely impoverished lives. It is among these people that cultural traditions survive most strongly; as blacks have become increasingly urbanised and [[Western world|Westernised]], aspects of traditional culture have declined. Members of the middle class, who are predominantly white but whose ranks include growing numbers of Black, Coloured and Indian people,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://www.fin24.co.za/articles/default/display_article.aspx?Nav=ns&amp;amp;ArticleID=1518-25_2117122|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070822120841/http://www.fin24.co.za/articles/default/display_article.aspx?Nav=ns&amp;amp;ArticleID=1518-25_2117122|archive-date=22 August 2007|title=Black middle class explodes|date=22 May 2007|publisher=FIN24|url-status=dead }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; have lifestyles similar in many respects to that of people found in Western Europe, North America and [[Australasia]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arts ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:San Rock Art - Cederberg.jpg|thumb|[[Rock art|Rock painting]] by the [[San people]], [[Cederberg]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[South African art]] includes the oldest art objects in the world, which were discovered in a South African cave and dated from roughly 75,000 years ago.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2004/apr/16/artsandhumanities.arts|title=World&#039;s Oldest Jewellery Found in Cave|publisher=Buzzle.com|access-date=16 April 2011|location=London|first=Tim|last=Radford|date=16 April 2004|archive-date=12 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210212095737/https://www.theguardian.com/world/2004/apr/16/artsandhumanities.arts|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The scattered tribes of the Khoisan peoples moving into South Africa from around 10,000 BC had their own fluent art styles seen today in a multitude of cave paintings. They were superseded by the Bantu/Nguni peoples with their own vocabularies of art forms. Forms of art evolved in the mines and townships: a dynamic art using everything from plastic strips to bicycle spokes. The Dutch-influenced folk art of the Afrikaner [[Trekboer|{{lang|af|trekboers|nocat=true}}]] and the urban white artists, earnestly following changing European traditions from the 1850s onwards, also contributed to this eclectic mix which continues to evolve to this day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Popular culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further information|Music of South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Mass media in South Africa|South African media]] sector is large, and South Africa is one of Africa&#039;s major media centres. While the many broadcasters and publications reflect the diversity of the population as a whole, the most commonly used language is English. However, all ten other official languages are represented to some extent or another.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2014-11-26 traditional Zulu performance 02 anagoria.JPG|left|thumb|[[Zulus]] performing a traditional dance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is great diversity in [[Music of South Africa|South African music]]. Black musicians have developed unique styles called [[Kwaito]] and [[Amapiano]], that is said to have taken over radio, television, and magazines.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_m2822/is_3_28/ai_n15648564/pg_5|title=South African music after Apartheid: kwaito, the &amp;quot;party politic,&amp;quot; and the appropriation of gold as a sign of success|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130613074154/http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_m2822/is_3_28/ai_n15648564/pg_5|archive-date=13 June 2013 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Of note is [[Brenda Fassie]], who launched to fame with her song &amp;quot;[[Weekend Special]]&amp;quot;, which was sung in English. More famous traditional musicians include [[Ladysmith Black Mambazo]], while the [[Soweto String Quartet]] performs classical music with an African flavour. South Africa has produced world-famous jazz musicians, notably [[Hugh Masekela]], [[Jonas Gwangwa]], [[Abdullah Ibrahim]], [[Miriam Makeba]], [[Jonathan Butler]], [[Chris McGregor]], and [[Sathima Bea Benjamin]]. Afrikaans music covers multiple genres, such as the contemporary [[Steve Hofmeyr]], the [[punk rock]] band [[Fokofpolisiekar]], and the singer-songwriter [[Jeremy Loops]]. South African popular musicians that have found international success include [[Manfred Mann (musician)|Manfred Mann]], [[Johnny Clegg]], rap-rave duo [[Die Antwoord]], rock band [[Seether]] and rappers such as [[AKA (rapper)|AKA]], [[Nasty C]] and [[Cassper Nyovest]] gained notoriety in other avenues like the BET Awards for best African acts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although few [[Cinema of South Africa|South African film]] productions are known outside South Africa, many foreign films have been produced about South Africa. Arguably, the most high-profile film portraying South Africa in recent years was &#039;&#039;[[District 9]]&#039;&#039; and its upcoming sequel. Other notable exceptions are the film {{lang|fly|[[Tsotsi]]}}, which won the [[Academy Award for Best International Feature Film|Academy Award for Foreign Language Film]] at the [[78th Academy Awards]] in 2006, as well as {{lang|xh|[[U-Carmen e-Khayelitsha]]}}, which won the [[Golden Bear]] at the 2005 [[Berlin International Film Festival]]. In 2015, the [[Oliver Hermanus]] film [[The Endless River (film)|&#039;&#039;The Endless River&#039;&#039;]] became the first South African film selected for the [[Venice Film Festival]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Literature ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|South African literature}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Alan Paton.jpg|thumb|upright|[[Alan Paton]], [[Internal resistance to apartheid|anti-apartheid]] activist and writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[South African literature]] emerged from a unique social and political history. One of the first well known novels written by a black author in an African language was [[Sol Plaatje|Solomon Thekiso Plaatje]]&#039;s &#039;&#039;[[Mhudi]]&#039;&#039;, written in 1930. During the 1950s, &#039;&#039;[[Drum (South African magazine)|Drum]]&#039;&#039; magazine became a hotbed of political satire, fiction, and essays, giving a voice to the urban black culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notable white South African authors include [[Alan Paton]], who published the novel &#039;&#039;[[Cry, the Beloved Country]]&#039;&#039; in 1948. [[Nadine Gordimer]] became the first South African to be awarded the [[Nobel Prize in Literature]], in 1991. [[J. M. Coetzee|J.M. Coetzee]] won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2003. When awarding the prize, the [[Swedish Academy]] stated that Coetzee &amp;quot;in innumerable guises portrays the surprising involvement of the outsider.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Swedish Academy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=http://nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/literature/laureates/2003/press.html|title=The Nobel Prize in Literature: John Maxwell Coetzee|date=2 October 2003|publisher=Swedish Academy|access-date=2 August 2009|archive-date=7 March 2009|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090307025506/http://nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/literature/laureates/2003/press.html|url-status=live}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plays of [[Athol Fugard]] have been regularly premiered in [[fringe theatre]]s in South Africa, London ([[Royal Court Theatre]]) and New York. [[Olive Schreiner]]&#039;s &#039;&#039;[[The Story of an African Farm]]&#039;&#039; (1883) was a revelation in [[Victorian literature]]: it is heralded by many as introducing feminism into the novel form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Breyten Breytenbach]] was jailed for his involvement with the guerrilla movement against apartheid. [[André Brink]] was the first Afrikaner writer to be [[banned book|banned]] by the government after he released the novel &#039;&#039;[[A Dry White Season (novel)|A Dry White Season]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main article|South African cuisine}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|South African wine}}{{Multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
| direction         = horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
| total_width       = 280&lt;br /&gt;
| image1            = Bobotie, South African dish.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption1          = [[Bobotie]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image2            = Melktert.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption2          = [[Melktert]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image3            = The Potjie is ready.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
| caption3          = [[Potjiekos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| image4            = Koesisters Cape Malay South Africa.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| caption4          = [[Koe&#039;sister]]&lt;br /&gt;
| perrow            = 2&lt;br /&gt;
| caption_align     = center&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cuisine of South Africa is diverse, and foods from many different cultures and backgrounds are enjoyed by all communities, and especially marketed to tourists who wish to sample the large variety available. The cuisine is mostly meat-based and has spawned the distinctively South African social gathering known as the {{lang|af|[[braai]]}}, a variation of the [[barbecue]]. South Africa has also developed into a major [[South African wine|wine producer]], with some of the best [[vineyard]]s lying in valleys around [[Stellenbosch]], [[Franschhoek]], [[Paarl]] and [[Barrydale]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thewinedoctor.com/regionalguides/southafrica.shtml|title=South African Wine Guide: Stellenbosch, Constantia, Walker Bay and more|publisher=Thewinedoctor.com|access-date=30 October 2011|archive-date=18 January 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130118223726/http://www.thewinedoctor.com/regionalguides/southafrica.shtml|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sports ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Sport in South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--- Note to editors: per [[BP:ENGVAR]], do not change &amp;quot;soccer&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;football&amp;quot;, at least not without prior discussion on the talk page. ---&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa&#039;s most popular sports are association football, [[rugby union]] and [[cricket]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.southafrica.info/about/sport/sportsa.htm|title=Sport in South Africa|publisher=SouthAfrica.info|access-date=28 June 2010|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100629152527/http://www.southafrica.info/about/sport/sportsa.htm|archive-date=29 June 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Other sports with significant support are swimming, athletics, golf, boxing, tennis, [[rugby league]], [[ringball]], [[field hockey]], surfing and [[netball]]. Although football (soccer) commands the greatest following among the youth, other sports like basketball, judo, softball and skateboarding are becoming increasingly popular amongst the populace.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.topendsports.com/world/countries/south-africa.htm Sport in South Africa] topendsports.com, accessed 3 December 2020.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Association football is the most popular sport in South Africa.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://businesstech.co.za/news/lifestyle/103113/blacks-like-soccer-whites-like-rugby-in-sa/|title=Blacks like soccer, whites like rugby in SA|access-date=27 May 2021|archive-date=25 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210525104157/https://businesstech.co.za/news/lifestyle/103113/blacks-like-soccer-whites-like-rugby-in-sa/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.enca.com/south-africa/sa-sport-not-unifier-it-once-was-survey|title=SA sport not the unifier it once was: survey|access-date=27 May 2021|archive-date=25 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210525101120/https://www.enca.com/south-africa/sa-sport-not-unifier-it-once-was-survey|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://punditarena.com/football/thepateam/cant-south-africa-produce-better-football-team/|title=Analysis: Bafana Bafana Struggling To Make Needed Improvements|date=11 June 2016|access-date=27 May 2021|archive-date=25 May 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210525101142/https://punditarena.com/football/thepateam/cant-south-africa-produce-better-football-team/|url-status=live }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Footballers who have played for major foreign clubs include [[Steven Pienaar]], [[Lucas Radebe]], [[Philemon Masinga]], [[Benni McCarthy]], [[Aaron Mokoena]], and [[Delron Buckley]]. South Africa hosted the [[2010 FIFA World Cup]], and FIFA president [[Sepp Blatter]] awarded South Africa a grade 9 out of 10 for successfully hosting the event.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|last=Cooper|first=Billy|title=South Africa gets 9/10 for World Cup|url=http://www.mg.co.za/article/2010-07-12-sa-gest-910-for-world-cup|website=[[Mail &amp;amp; Guardian]]|date=12 July 2010|access-date=9 September 2010|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100715063001/http://www.mg.co.za/article/2010-07-12-sa-gest-910-for-world-cup|archive-date=15 July 2010 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Player Benni McCarthy is also a first-team coach for the English football club [[Manchester United F.C.|Manchester United]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Benni McCarthy appointed as first-team coach|url=https://www.manutd.com/en/news/detail/benni-mccarthy-joins-manchester-united-as-coach|website=ManUtd.com |publisher=Manchester United |first=Adam |last=Marshall|date=30 July 2022 |access-date=30 July 2022 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Famous [[combat sport]] personalities include Baby Jake [[Jacob Matlala]], [[Vuyani Bungu]], [[Welcome Ncita]], [[Dingaan Thobela]], [[Corrie Sanders]], [[Gerrie Coetzee]], [[Brian Mitchell (boxer)|Brian Mitchell]] and [[Dricus du Plessis]]. Durban surfer [[Jordy Smith]] won the 2010 Billabong J-Bay Open making him the highest ranked surfer in the world. South Africa produced [[Formula One]] motor racing&#039;s 1979 world champion [[Jody Scheckter]]. Famous active cricket players include [[Kagiso Rabada]], [[David Miller (South African cricketer)|David Miller]], [[Keshav Maharaj]], [[Anrich Nortje]], [[Reeza Hendricks]] and [[Faf du Plessis]]; most also participate in the [[Indian Premier League]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bokke Webb Ellis-beker toer JHB 20191107 145608.jpg|thumb|The [[South Africa national rugby union team|Springboks]] on their tour of the country after winning the [[2019 Rugby World Cup]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
South Africa has produced numerous world class rugby players, including [[Francois Pienaar]], [[Joost van der Westhuizen]], [[Danie Craven]], [[Frik du Preez]], [[Naas Botha]], [[Bryan Habana]], [[Eben Etzebeth]], [[Cheslin Kolbe]] and [[Siya Kolisi]]. South Africa has won the [[Rugby World Cup]] three times, tying New Zealand for the most Rugby World Cup wins. South Africa first won the [[1995 Rugby World Cup]], which it hosted. They went on to win the tournament again in 2007 and in 2019. It followed the 1995 Rugby World Cup by hosting the [[1996 African Cup of Nations]], with the national team [[South Africa national soccer team|Bafana Bafana]] going on to win the tournament. In 2022, the [[South Africa women&#039;s national soccer team|women&#039;s team]] also won the [[2022 Women&#039;s Africa Cup of Nations|Women&#039;s Africa Cup of Nations]], beating [[Morocco women&#039;s national football team|Morocco]] 2–1 in [[2022 Women&#039;s Africa Cup of Nations Final|the final]]. It also hosted the [[2003 Cricket World Cup]], the [[ICC World Twenty20|2007 World Twenty20 Championship]]. South Africa&#039;s national cricket team, the [[South Africa national cricket team|Proteas]], have also won the inaugural edition of the [[1998 ICC KnockOut Trophy]] by defeating [[West Indies national cricket team|West Indies]] in the final. The [[2023 ICC Women&#039;s T20 World Cup]] was hosted in South Africa and the [[South Africa women&#039;s national cricket team|women&#039;s team]] came in second place. [[South Africa national blind cricket team|South Africa&#039;s national blind cricket team]] also went on to win the inaugural edition of the Blind Cricket World Cup in 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the swimming team of [[Roland Schoeman]], [[Lyndon Ferns]], [[Darian Townsend]] and [[Ryk Neethling]] won the gold medal at the [[2004 Summer Olympics|Olympic Games in Athens]], simultaneously breaking the world record in the 4×100 [[Freestyle Relay]]. [[Penny Heyns]] won Olympic Gold in the 1996 [[Atlanta Olympic Games]], and more recently, swimmers [[Tatjana Schoenmaker]] and [[Lara van Niekerk]] have both broken world records and won gold medals at the Olympic and [[Commonwealth Games]]. In 2012, [[Oscar Pistorius]] became the first double amputee sprinter to compete at the [[2012 Summer Olympics|Olympic Games in London]]. In golf, [[Gary Player]] is generally regarded as one of the greatest golfers of all time, having won the [[Grand Slam (golf)|Career Grand Slam]], one of five golfers to have done so. Other South African golfers to have won major tournaments include [[Bobby Locke]], [[Ernie Els]], [[Retief Goosen]], [[Tim Clark (golfer)|Tim Clark]], [[Trevor Immelman]], [[Louis Oosthuizen]] and [[Charl Schwartzel]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outline of South Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Timeline of South Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Further reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{refbegin}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;A History of South Africa, Third Edition&#039;&#039;. Leonard Thompson. [[Yale University Press]]. 2001. 384 pages. {{ISBN|0-300-08776-4}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Economic Analysis and Policy Formulation for Post-Apartheid South Africa: Mission Report, Aug. 1991&#039;&#039;. International Development Research Centre. IDRC Canada, 1991. vi, 46 p. Without ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Emerging Johannesburg: Perspectives on the Postapartheid City&#039;&#039;. Richard Tomlinson, et al. 2003. 336 pages. {{ISBN|0-415-93559-8}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Making of Modern South Africa: Conquest, Segregation and Apartheid&#039;&#039;. Nigel Worden. 2000. 194 pages. {{ISBN|0-631-21661-8}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;South Africa: A Narrative History&#039;&#039;. [[Frank Welsh (writer)|Frank Welsh]]. Kodansha America. 1999. 606 pages. {{ISBN|1-56836-258-7}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;South Africa in Contemporary Times&#039;&#039;. [[Godfrey Mwakikagile]]. New Africa Press. 2008. 260 pages. {{ISBN|978-0-9802587-3-8}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;The Atlas of Changing South Africa&#039;&#039;. A. J. Christopher. 2000. 216 pages. {{ISBN|0-415-21178-6}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;The Politics of the New South Africa&#039;&#039;. Heather Deegan. 2000. 256 pages. {{ISBN|0-582-38227-0}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Twentieth-Century South Africa&#039;&#039;. William Beinart [[Oxford University Press]] 2001, 414 pages, {{ISBN|0-19-289318-1}}.&lt;br /&gt;
{{refend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Scholia|country}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.gov.za/ Government of South Africa]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/south-africa/ South Africa]. &#039;&#039;[[The World Factbook]]&#039;&#039;. [[Central Intelligence Agency]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20081026035604/http://ucblibraries.colorado.edu/govpubs/for/southafrica.htm South Africa] from &#039;&#039;UCB Libraries GovPubs&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-14094760 South Africa] from the [[BBC News]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.scottdunn.com/south-africa/guides South Africa luxury travel] from Scott Dunn&lt;br /&gt;
* {{wikiatlas|South Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{osmrelation-inline|87565}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{South Africa topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navboxes&lt;br /&gt;
|list=&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries of Africa}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G8 nations}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{G20}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{BRICS}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{World Trade Organization}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Southern African Development Community}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{African Union}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Countries and territories bordering the Indian Ocean}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Peri-Antarctic countries and overseas territories}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{The Commonwealth}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{English official language clickable map}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Coord|-30|25|display=title|type:country}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:South Africa| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:BRICS nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries in Africa]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Countries and territories where English is an official language]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:G20 members]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the African Union]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Member states of the United Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Newly industrializing countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Republics in the Commonwealth of Nations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Southern African countries]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:States and territories established in 1910]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Damaged_(TV_series)&amp;diff=432547</id>
		<title>Damaged (TV series)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Damaged_(TV_series)&amp;diff=432547"/>
		<updated>2023-10-04T17:44:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: Created page with &amp;#039; {{Infobox television | genre                = {{plainlist| * Crime * Conspiracy * Thriller * Mystery }} | writer               = Shreyes Lowlekar (Seaseon 1-2) | director             = Aarambhh M Singh | starring             = Amruta Khanvilkar&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Amit Sial&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Shruti Ulfat&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dhruvaditya Bhagwanani | country              = India | language             = Hindi | nu...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox television&lt;br /&gt;
| genre                = {{plainlist|&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Crime fiction|Crime]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Conspiracy fiction|Conspiracy]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thriller (genre)|Thriller]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mystery fiction|Mystery]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
| writer               = Shreyes Lowlekar (Seaseon 1-2)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Vrushank Juneja (Season 3)&lt;br /&gt;
| director             = Aarambhh M Singh (Season 1)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Ekant Babani (Season 2-3)&lt;br /&gt;
| starring             = [[Amruta Khanvilkar]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Amit Sial]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Shruti Ulfat]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dhruvaditya Bhagwanani&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hina Khan]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Adhyayan Suman]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Aamna Sharif]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Shrenu Parikh]]&lt;br /&gt;
| country              = India&lt;br /&gt;
| language             = Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| num_seasons          = 3&lt;br /&gt;
| num_episodes         = 26&lt;br /&gt;
| executive_producer   = Sanjeev Lamba&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Neeraj Roy&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Siddhartha Roy&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Abhishek Rege (Season 3)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Gaurav Ghokhale (Season 3)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Trevellyn Fynn (Season 3)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Harish Shah(Season 3)&lt;br /&gt;
| producer             = Ekant Babani&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Satya Mahapatra&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Farhan Sayed&lt;br /&gt;
| location             = Mumbai&lt;br /&gt;
| cinematography       = Abhishek Modak&lt;br /&gt;
| editor               = Amit Parmar (Season 1)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Ambar Vyas (Season 1-2-3)&lt;br /&gt;
| runtime              = 15–25 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
| company              = Alligator Media Productions (Season 1-2)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Endemol Shine India (Season 3)&lt;br /&gt;
| network              = Hungama Play&lt;br /&gt;
| first_aired          = {{Start date|df=y|2018|6|6}}&lt;br /&gt;
| last_aired           = {{end date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Damaged&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is an Indian [[Mystery fiction|mystery]] [[Crime-thriller|crime thriller]] [[streaming television]] series created for [[Hungama Play]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-06 |title=Damaged Trailer: Raazi Actress Amruta Khanvilkar Turns Into a Sexy and Mysterious Serial Killer |url=https://www.latestly.com/entertainment/bollywood/damaged-trailer-raazi-actress-amruta-khanvilkar-turns-into-a-sexy-and-mysterious-serial-killer-200531.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=LatestLY |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Yadav |first=Narvijay |date=2023-06-30 |title=&amp;quot;Damaged was her first web series with Hungama and Mauka Ya Dhokha is mine; it’s a set of parallel events,&amp;quot; says Himanshu Malhotra about his wife Amruta! |url=https://www.cityairnews.com/content/damaged-was-her-first-web-series-with-hungama-and-mauka-ya-dhokha-is-mine-its-a-set-of-parallel-events-says-himanshu-malhotra-about-his-wife-amruta |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Cityairnews |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The first two seasons are written by Shreyes Lowlekar and produced under the banner Alligator Media Productions,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-06 |title=Hungama launches its first original show, ‘Damaged’ |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/features/hungama-launches-first-original-show-damaged/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-09-24 |title=Hina Khan on debut web series Damaged 2: It is extremely unique and challenging |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/entertainment/web-series/hina-khan-on-debut-web-series-damaged-2-it-is-extremely-unique-and-challenging-6024560/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; while the third season is written by Vrushank Juneja and produced under Endelmol Shine India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-01-06 |title=Damaged 2 teaser out: Hina Khan and Adhyayan Suman try hard to scare you this season |url=https://www.indiatoday.in/binge-watch/story/damaged-2-teaser-out-hina-khan-and-adhyayan-suman-try-hard-to-scare-you-this-season-1634487-2020-01-06 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=India Today |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The series is a [[psychological]] [[Crime Drama|crime drama]] noted for being led by a strong female character in each season.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-04 |title=Amruta Khanvilkar set to don a dark avatar in an upcoming series |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/bollywood/amruta-khanvilkar-set-don-dark-avatar-upcoming-series/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the first season, the main cast features [[Amruta Khanvilkar]], [[Amit Sial]], [[Shruti Ulfat]] and Dhruvaditya Bhagwanani.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amruta Khanvilkar and Amit Sial grace the launch of Hungama Play’s web-series Damaged (3) {{!}} Amit Sial, Amruta Khanvilkar Images |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/parties-and-events/amit-sial-amruta-khanvilkar-grace-launch-hungama-play-web-series-damaged/amruta-khanvilkar-and-amit-sial-grace-the-launch-of-hungama-plays-web-series-damaged-4/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Broken beyond repair |url=https://www.indiatoday.in/magazine/leisure/story/20180709-broken-beyond-repair-1272163-2018-06-29 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=India Today |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In the second season, [[Hina Khan]] and [[Adhyayan Suman]] featured in lead roles, whereas the third season was led by [[Aamna Sharif]] and [[Shrenu Parikh]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-01-18 |title=6 Reasons Why Damaged 2 Needs To Be On Your Binge List |url=https://www.scoopwhoop.com/entertainment/6-reasons-why-damaged-2-needs-to-be-on-your-binge-list/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=ScoopWhoop |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-01-24 |title=Exclusive: Aamna Sharif on OTT giving opportunities to actors, Shrenu Parikh on leading a female-oriented show |url=https://www.pinkvilla.com/entertainment/exclusive-aamna-sharif-ott-giving-opportunities-actors-shrenu-parikh-leading-female-oriented-show-1005164 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=PINKVILLA |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The series was filmed across [[Mumbai]]. Abhishek Modak served as the cinematographer, and Ambar K. Vyas edited the series.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-15 |title=Here’s why you should binge-watch Damaged, India’s first show about a female serial killer |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/entertainment/sponsored-entertainment/heres-why-you-should-binge-watch-damaged-indias-first-show-about-a-female-serial-killer-5218590/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first season of &#039;&#039;Damaged&#039;&#039; was released on 6 June 2018.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The series opened to positive responses from audiences and critics, praising the performances of cast members, particularly Amruta Khanvilkar&#039;s, which received rave responses.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-23 |title=Hungama&#039;s Damaged takes a refreshing direction bringing relatability to the femme fatale trope-Entertainment News , Firstpost |url=https://www.firstpost.com/entertainment/hungamas-damaged-takes-a-refreshing-direction-bringing-relatability-to-the-femme-fatale-trope-4575701.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Firstpost |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The second season was released on 14 January 2020 and the third season of the show was released on 20 January 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-01-07 |title=Damaged 2 teaser: Kasautii Zindagii Kay&#039;s Hina Khan will leave you shocked with how she boldly pushes the envelope |url=https://www.bollywoodlife.com/web-series/damaged-2-teaser-kasautii-zindagii-kays-hina-khan-will-leave-you-shocked-with-how-she-boldly-pushes-the-envelope-1546139/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Bollywood Life |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-01-21 |title=Damaged Season 3 out on OTT platforms {{!}} SBS Originals |url=https://news.abplive.com/videos/entertainment/damaged-season-3-out-on-ott-platforms-sbs-originals-1507916 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=news.abplive.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
The story begins with the disappearance of a famous painter. Soon the cops realise that his case is just the tip of the iceberg; there are numerous other young men who have gone missing and have never resurfaced. Investigations start, and a suspect emerges: Lovina Berdie. This turns into an intriguing cat-and-mouse game between Lovina and the police, led by Abhay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Gauri Batra and Akash Batra run a homestay together. While all may seem idyllic in their beautiful guest house, things begin to unravel when a little girl staying at the homestay goes missing. Investigations begin, suspects emerge, and it is soon learned that the disappearance is not an isolated event. As the prime suspects, Gauri and Akash&#039;s twisted lives come under the scanner, and their secrets soon become public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
A story of two strikingly different personalities who admire each other&#039;s persona and develop friendship, but it turns against them when the friendship is taken for granted. Their hurt egos make them destroy each other&#039;s public image and unknowingly harm innocent lives, pulling out their damaged selves, which were developed by their dark and layered past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Amruta Khanvilkar]] as Lovina Berdie, the [[Serial killer|lady serial killer]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amruta Khanvilkar: &amp;quot;I have never-ever done a BOLD role as such&amp;quot; {{!}} ‘Damaged’ by Hungama |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/videos/celeb-interviews/amruta-khanvilkar-i-have-never-ever-done-a-bold-role-as-such-damaged-by-hungama/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amruta Khanvilkar: From Alia Bhatt&#039;s demure sister-in-law in &#039;Raazi&#039; to serial killer in &#039;Damaged&#039; |url=https://www.newindianexpress.com/entertainment/hindi/2018/jul/08/amruta-khanvilkar-from-alia-bhatts-demure-sister-in-law-in-raazi-to-serial-killer-in-damaged-1840177.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=The New Indian Express}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Amit Sial]] as [[Central Bureau of Investigation|CBI]] [[Inspector]] Abhay Singh Parihaar&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-05 |title=Check out: Amruta Khanvilkar and Amit Sial’s look from the upcoming series Damaged |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/features/check-amruta-khanvilkar-amit-sials-look-upcoming-series-damaged/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amit Sial opens up about his character in Hungama’s new web series Damaged |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/videos/celeb-interviews/amit-sial-opens-up-about-his-character-in-hungamas-new-web-series-damaged/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shruti Ulfat]] as [[Inspector]] Meenaxi Reddy&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-10-15 |title=It would have been better had the maker played with the childhood Salim-Anarkali track a bit longer: Shruti Ulfat |url=https://www.iwmbuzz.com/television/celebrities/in-conversation-with-shruti-ulfat/2018/10/15 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=IWMBuzz |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Dhruvaditya Bhagwanani as [[Central Bureau of Investigation|CBI]] [[Sub-inspector]] Dhruv Mullick&lt;br /&gt;
* Shreyes Lowlekar as [[Central Bureau of Investigation|CBI]] [[Inspector]] Dhawre&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recurring ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Anil Charanjeett|Anil Mange]] as Neil Bhatt, the stalker &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajit Shidhaye as Bikram Roy &lt;br /&gt;
* Amit Gaur as Apurva &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Auroshikha Dey]] as Mandira Parihaar&lt;br /&gt;
* Suyash Joshi as [[Central Bureau of Investigation|CBI]] [[Inspector]] Muskaan &lt;br /&gt;
* Karim Hajee as [[Church Fathers|Father]] Patrick &lt;br /&gt;
* Kundan Kumar as Wardboy &lt;br /&gt;
* Vikas Kumar as Informer &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rohan Shah]] as Rohan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hina Khan]] as Gauri Batra&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-09-23 |title=Hina Khan to make her digital debut opposite Adhyayan Suman |url=https://www.indiatoday.in/television/web-series/story/hina-khan-to-make-her-digital-debut-opposite-adhyayan-suman-1602911-2019-09-25 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=India Today |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adhyayan Suman]] as Akash Batra&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recurring ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Leysan Karimova as Giselle &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rahul Singh (actor)|Rahul Singh]] as Deshraj Duggal &lt;br /&gt;
* Sapan Gulati as Manav Sabharwal &lt;br /&gt;
* Shreyes Lowlekar as Sattu &lt;br /&gt;
* Aakansha Kadre as Poorva Damle&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Merani |first=Anil |date=2019-08-24 |title=Aakansha Kadre to play pivotal role in Damaged 2 |url=https://www.iwmbuzz.com/digital/news-digital/aakansha-kadre-play-pivotal-role-damaged-2/2019/08/24 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=IWMBuzz |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sachin Parikh &lt;br /&gt;
* Anjana Nathan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Season 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aamna Sharif]] as DSP Rashmi Singh&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-01-25 |title=Aamna Sharif kept a prop gun at home to prepare for Damaged |url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/entertainment/web-series/aamna-sharif-kept-a-prop-gun-at-home-to-prepare-for-damaged-i-had-never-used-a-gun-in-life-101643016289893.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Hindustan Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shrenu Parikh]] as Shanaya Roy&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Shrenu Parikh takes the mic as a journalist in upcoming web series &#039;Damaged 3&#039; |url=http://www.tellychakkar.com/tv/tv-news/shrenu-parikh-takes-the-mic-journalist-upcoming-web-series-damaged-3-220123 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Tellychakkar.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Exclusive! I was very nervous about the make-out scene: Shrenu Parikh on the challenges she faced while shooting for Damaged 3 |url=http://www.tellychakkar.com/digital/exclusive-i-was-very-nervous-about-the-make-out-scene-shrenu-parikh-the-challenges-she-faced |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Tellychakkar.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recurring ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pulkit Bangia as Rehaan &lt;br /&gt;
* Vibhuti Upadhyay as Golu&lt;br /&gt;
* Yash Bhatia as Aayush &lt;br /&gt;
* Arjun Aman as Jayesh Damle &lt;br /&gt;
* Akshay Dandekar as [[Lawyer]] Bhatia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Episodes ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Series overview&lt;br /&gt;
| released    = y&lt;br /&gt;
| allreleased = y&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| color1      = #711414&lt;br /&gt;
| episodes1   = 15&lt;br /&gt;
| start1      = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| color2      = #000000&lt;br /&gt;
| episodes2   = 6&lt;br /&gt;
| start2      = {{Start date|2020|1|14|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| color3      = #E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
| episodes3   = 5&lt;br /&gt;
| start3      = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Season 1===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode table|background=#711414|overall=|series=|title=|director=|writer=|airdate=|released=y|country=India|episodes={{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 1&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 1&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Wall&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = A case of a missing famous painter is handed over to C.B.I. who is secretly buried in a wall by a beautiful baker.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       =  711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 2&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 2&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Victim&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = An Urdu poet falls prey to a revengeful baker, while Crime Bureau of Investigation interrogates the key suspects of missing painter&#039;s case.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 3&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 3&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Trust&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Another case of a missing writer is handed over to CBI, while Lovina birdie gathers trust among her close people.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 4&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 4&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Dhruv Mullick gets successful in cracking a pattern of missing people, while Lovina destroys everything given to her by her ex-boyfriends.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 5&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 5&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Backstory&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Bijoy narrates a story of a young girl who killed her boyfriend and ran, while he captures a stalker and manages to drown him in a well.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 6&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 6&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Ego&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = An ego clash between Abhay and Dhruv proves fatal to Dhawre&#039;s job, while Lovina falls in love with an extremely good guy.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 7&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 7&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Stalker&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Drunken Dhawre dies while saving Lovina birdie from a surprise attack of the stalker.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 8&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 8&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Vanisher &lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &#039;Vanisher&#039; makes it to the head-lines and Inspector Meenaxi Reddy joins CBI&#039;s team.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 9&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 9&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Perfect Guy&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = DIG trusts Dhruv over Abhay and allows him to lead the case, while Lovina gets bored by Apurva&#039;s good boy image.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 10&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 10&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Backfire&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = The perfect guy meets a dead end, while Dhruv and Meenaxi manage to connect &#039;Bake and Berry&#039; bakery to their individual investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 11&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 11&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Fear&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Abhay and Dhruv reach Lovina&#039;s house through their personal investigations. Bijoy gets scared but the death of father Patrick and lust for Lovina, makes him stay.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 12&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 12&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Trap&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Lovina is called to Police station for the case of missing Rohan, while Rohan is kidnapped by the Stalker. Dhruv&#039;s growing ego clashes with his team mates, while Abhay increases proximities with lovina.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 13&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 13&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = Keep Your Enemies Closer&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Dhruv is sure about Lovina&#039;s involvement and does a thorough research on her, while Meenaxi traces Rohan and comes to know about the stalker, Neil Bhatt.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 14&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 14&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Revelation&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = The cake delivered to a customer from Bake and Berry bakery comes with a finger, which happens to be of Dhawre. DIG gives case back to Abhay, which fuels Dhruv with anger and revenge. He digs more and finds out truth about Neil bhatt.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 15&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 15&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = Game Over?&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Aarambhh M Singh&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2018|6|6|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Everything boils down to Lovina Birdie. Abhay and Dhruv reach Lovina&#039;s house to save her but the confusion kills Dhruv and the fear of getting caught kills Abhay. Lovina, the Vanisher survives.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 711414&lt;br /&gt;
}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Season 2===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode table|background=#000000|overall=|series=|title=|director=|writer=|airdate=|released=y|country=India|episodes={{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 16&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 1&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Folklore&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|14|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       =  000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 17&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 2&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Search&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|19|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 18&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 3&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Confrontation&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|19|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 19&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 4&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Guilt&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|19|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 20&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 5&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Truth&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|19|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 21&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 6&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Betrayal&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Shreyes Lowlekar&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2020|1|19|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = &lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = 000000&lt;br /&gt;
}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Season 3===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode table|background=#E2CF4E|overall=|series=|title=|director=|writer=|airdate=|released=y|country=India|episodes={{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 22&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 1&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Vrushank Juneja&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Its Shanaya&#039;s dream come true when she meets Rashmi for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       =  E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 23&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 2&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Reveal&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Vrushank Juneja&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Unfortunate killings are followed by unfortunate news.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 24&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 3&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Chase&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Vrushank Juneja&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = Rashmi gets closer to finding the killer while Shanaya touches new heights in her undercover endeavour.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 25&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 4&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The Face Off&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Vrushank Juneja&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = It is the ultimate face-off but the question is who is more stunned with who&#039;s identity.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Episode list&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber   = 26&lt;br /&gt;
 |EpisodeNumber2  = 5&lt;br /&gt;
 |Title           = The End&lt;br /&gt;
 |DirectedBy      = Ekant Babani&lt;br /&gt;
 |WrittenBy       = Vrushank Juneja&lt;br /&gt;
 |OriginalAirDate = {{Start date|2022|1|20|df=y}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |ShortSummary    = A damaging end to an unfortunate journey.&lt;br /&gt;
 |LineColor       = E2CF4E&lt;br /&gt;
}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Release ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Damaged&#039;&#039; is the first web series launched by Hungama.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Jha |first=Lata |date=2018-06-04 |title=Hungama gets into original programming, to launch four shows |url=https://www.livemint.com/Consumer/mZpplkayjwu61TXnGfGOiK/Hungama-gets-into-original-programming-to-launch-four-shows.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=mint |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A two-minute trailer for &#039;&#039;Damaged&#039;&#039;, featuring the main leads, was released on 6 June 2018, with the tagline &amp;quot;India’s first ground-breaking show about a woman serial killer&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; After the success of season 1, the makers announced season 2 in late September 2019, with Hina Khan and Adhyayan Suman.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-09-22 |title=Hina Khan, Adhyayan Suman Get Together for Web Show &#039;Damaged&#039; {{!}} 📺 LatestLY |url=https://www.latestly.com/entertainment/tv/hina-khan-adhyayan-suman-get-together-for-web-show-damaged-1215214.html |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=LatestLY |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-09-23 |title=Hina Khan&#039;s digital debut Damaged opposite Adhyayan Suman &#039;excites the hell&#039; out of her |url=https://www.bollywoodlife.com/tv/hina-khans-digital-debut-damaged-opposite-adhyayan-suman-excites-the-hell-out-of-her-1484342/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Bollywood Life |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The teaser for &#039;&#039;Damaged 2&#039;&#039; was released on 6 January 2020, while the trailer was released on 14 January 2020.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Season 2 got more than 43 million views within its the first month of its release.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-02-18 |title=Hina Khan Thanks Fans For Praising ‘Damaged 2’ as it Crosses Over 43 Million Views {{!}} India.com |url=https://www.india.com/viral/hina-khan-thanks-fans-for-praising-damaged-2-as-it-crosses-over-43-million-views-3947986/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=www.india.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The third season teaser was revealed in the first week of January 2022.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-01-11 |title=Damaged 3 Teaser Out: Shrenu Parikh And Aamna Sharif As Fierce Women |url=https://glamsham.com/ott/web-news/damaged-3-teaser-shrenu-parikh-aamna-sharif |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en-GB}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Damaged&#039;&#039; is available to stream through Hungama Play on Vodafone Play, Idea Movies &amp;amp; TV, Airtel Xstream App, Amazon Fire TV Stick, Tata Sky Binge, [[MX Player]], and Android TVs. Additionally, Hungama&#039;s association with [[Xiaomi]] will enable consumers to watch the series via Hungama Play on Mi TV.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-01-15 |title=Hungama Play launches Season 2 of &#039;Damaged&#039; |url=https://www.indiantelevision.com/iworld/over-the-top-services/hungama-play-launches-season-2-of-damaged-200115 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=www.indiantelevision.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards and nominations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable plainrowheaders sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Year&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Award&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Category&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Nominee(s)&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; |Ref.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |2019&lt;br /&gt;
|ScreenXX Summit &amp;amp; Awards&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actress in a Negative Role - Hindi Web Originals&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |[[Amruta Khanvilkar]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=ScreenXX Summit {{!}} Awards 2019 |url=https://screenxx-awards-2019.adgully.com/gallery2.php |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=screenxx-awards-2019.adgully.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |MTV IWMBuzz Digital Awards&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Performer by an Actress in a Negative Role&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2019-11-13 |title=Full List of Winners - MTV IWMBuzz Digital Awards 2019 |url=https://www.iwmbuzz.com/digital/news-digital/full-list-winners-mtv-iwmbuzz-digital-awards-2019/2019/11/13 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=IWMBuzz |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; |2021&lt;br /&gt;
|Most Popular Actress in a Web Series (Drama)&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |[[Hina Khan]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{nom}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-04-30 |title=IWMBuzz Digital Awards Season 3, India’s Biggest Web Entertainment Awards, To Stream On ZEE5 On May 2nd |url=https://www.mid-day.com/lifestyle/infotainment/article/iwmbuzz-digital-awards-season-3-indias-biggest-web-entertainment-awards-to-stream-on-zee5-on-may-2nd-23170967 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=Mid-day |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Performer by an Actress in a Negative Role in a Web Series&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |Indian Telly Streaming Awards&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actress in a Negative Role (Jury)&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-12-24 |title=Winners of Indian Telly Streaming Awards 2021 announced |url=https://www.indiantelevision.com/television/tv-shows/awards/winners-of-indian-telly-streaming-awards-2021-announced-211224 |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=www.indiantelevision.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actress in a Negative Role (Popular)&lt;br /&gt;
|{{nom}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best actor in a Negative Role&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Adhyayan Suman]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{nom}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; |ScreenXX Summit &amp;amp; Awards&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Content - Thriller (Critics&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |&#039;&#039;Damaged 2&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Screenxx Summit {{!}} Awards 2021 |url=https://screenxx-awards-2021.adgully.com/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=screenxx-awards-2021.adgully.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-10-05 |title=Hina Khan bags an award for Damaged 2 in the popular actor female in a negative role category |website=Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/bollywood/hina-khan-bags-award-damaged-2-popular-actor-female-negative-role-category/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Most Popular Hindi Web Series - Psychological Thriller&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actor in a Negative Role - Hindi Web Originals - Psychological Thriller&lt;br /&gt;
|Adhyayan Suman&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actress in a Negative Role - Hindi Web Originals&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Hina Khan&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Actress in a Negative Role - Hindi Web Originals - Psychological Thriller&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2022&lt;br /&gt;
|Best Content - Drama Series (Viewers&#039; Choice)&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Damaged 3&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{won}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=SreenXX Summit {{!}} Awards 2022 |url=https://screenxx-awards-2022.adgully.com/ |access-date=2023-10-03 |website=screenxx-awards-2022.adgully.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{IMDb title|tt8532412}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{IMDb title|tt11541884|Damaged 2}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{IMDb title|tt16996724|Damaged 2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Indian television series debuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian drama television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Television shows set in Mumbai]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian crime television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fictional portrayals of the Maharashtra Police]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Television series about organized crime]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bollywood in fiction]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian crime drama television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Thriller television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mystery television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Works about organised crime in India]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hindi-language television shows]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Police procedural television series]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Serial killers in television]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fictional portrayals of police departments in India]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Amruta_Khanvilkar_filmography&amp;diff=432478</id>
		<title>Amruta Khanvilkar filmography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Amruta_Khanvilkar_filmography&amp;diff=432478"/>
		<updated>2023-10-03T11:04:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|none}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Amruta Khanvilkar at the trailer launch of Har Har Mahadev.jpg|thumb|Khanvilkar in 2022]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indian actress [[Amruta Khanvilkar]] primarily appears in [[Marathi cinema|Marathi]] and [[Hindi cinema|Hindi]] films. She began her career in 2004 as a contestant on the reality show [[India&#039;s Best Cinestars Ki Khoj|Zee Cine Star ki Khoj]] and made her acting debut that same year in the Hindi short film &#039;&#039;Saanjh&#039;&#039;, presented by the [[Film and Television Institute of India]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Khanvilkar made her film debut by playing the dual role in the [[Marathi language|Marathi]]-language film &#039;&#039;[[Golmaal (Marathi film)|Golmaal]]&#039;&#039; (2006).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=2017-01-10 |title=Amruta-Jitendra get cozy |work=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/amruta-khanvilkar-jitendra-joshi-golmaal-ankur-kakatkar-lbw/articleshow/33497787.cms |access-date=2023-10-01 |issn=0971-8257}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The following year, she made her [[Bollywood]] debut with the drama &#039;&#039;[[Mumbai Salsa]]&#039;&#039; (2007), which proved to be average at the box office, but her next release comedy &#039;&#039;[[Saade Maade Teen]]&#039;&#039;, opposite [[Bharat Jadhav]], was a huge commercial success.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; In 2008, she starred in the super hit supernatural horror film &#039;&#039;[[Phoonk]]&#039;&#039; and later reprised her role in its sequel, &#039;&#039;[[Phoonk 2]]&#039;&#039;, both opposite [[Sudeepa|Kichcha Sudeep]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Her sole film release in 2009 was the big budget Marathi film &#039;&#039;[[Gaiir]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Khanvilkar received widespread attention for the song &amp;quot;Wajale Ki Bara&amp;quot; from the film &#039;&#039;[[Natarang]]&#039;&#039; (2010), due to the popularity of the song she performed at more than ten thousand events.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-07-30 |title=अमृता खानविलकर हॉटेलमधील रुमचे सर्व लाईट्स चालू ठेवून का झोपते? खुलासा करत म्हणाली… |url=https://www.loksatta.com/manoranjan/marathi-actress-amruta-khanvilkar-talk-about-fear-during-hotel-room-bus-bai-bus-video-viral-nrp-97-3048410/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=Loksatta |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 2011, she featured as a teacher in the romantic drama &#039;&#039;[[Shala (film)|Shala]]&#039;&#039;, and portrayed a supportive girlfriend in &#039;&#039;[[Arjun (2011 film)|Arjun]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:10&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Latter that year, her well-acclaimed role as a rural girl in the romantic comedy &#039;&#039;[[Zhakaas]]&#039;&#039; won her the [[MFK Award for Favourite Actress]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Marathi |first=TV9 |date=2021-12-01 |title=‘महाराष्ट्राचा फेवरेट कोण? सुवर्णदशक सोहळा’, नामांकनातून कोण मारणार बाजी? प्रेक्षकांची उत्सुकता शिगेला! |url=https://www.tv9marathi.com/entertainment/marathi-cinema/maharashtracha-favorite-kon-2021-nomination-list-588086.html |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=TV9 Marathi |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The following year, Khanvilkar played the character of Radio Jockey in [[Aditya Sarpotdar]]&#039;s &#039;&#039;Satrangi Re&#039;&#039; and a dance therapist in the acclaimed &#039;&#039;[[Aayna Ka Bayna]].&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Following a fearless girl in &#039;&#039;[[Baji (2015 film)|Baji]]&#039;&#039;, a depressed girl in &#039;&#039;[[Welcome Zindagi]],&#039;&#039; and a Muslim artist in &#039;&#039;[[Katyar Kaljat Ghusali (film)|Katyar Kaljat Ghusali]]&#039;&#039;. The latter most received her nominations at the [[Maharashtra State Film Awards]] and the [[Filmfare Awards Marathi]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=ADMIN |date=2015-11-19 |title=Katyar Kaljat Ghusali: Does the dagger make an impression? |url=https://madaboutmoviez.in/2015/11/19/katyar-kaljat-ghusali-does-the-dagger-make-an-impression/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=mad about moviez.in |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This was followed by two poorly received films &#039;&#039;[[One Way Ticket (2016 film)|One Way Ticket]]&#039;&#039; (2016) and &#039;&#039;[[Bus Stop (2017 film)|Bus Stop]]&#039;&#039; (2017).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:37&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Khanvilkar subsequently returned to Hindi films after eight years with [[Meghna Gulzar]]&#039;s thriller &#039;&#039;[[Raazi]]&#039;&#039; and [[Milap Zaveri]]&#039;s action thriller &#039;&#039;[[Satyameva Jayate (2018 film)|Satyameva Jayate]]&#039;&#039; (both 2018).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:9&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Also in 2018, she starred as Lady Serial Killer Lovina Birdie in the thriller web series &#039;&#039;[[Damaged (TV series)|Damaged]]&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:11&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2019, she had two film releases, &#039;&#039;[[Choricha Mamla]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[Malang (film)|Malang]].&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:21&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The same year, she made her television debut in a lead role on [[Star Pravah]]&#039;s &#039;&#039;Jeevlaga,&#039;&#039; alongside [[Swapnil Joshi]] and [[Siddharth Chandekar]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:38&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Her only screen appearance in 2020 was in &#039;&#039;[[Well Done Baby]]&#039;&#039;, released directly on [[Amazon Prime Video]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:15&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; She had three notable releases in 2022, a downtrodden girl in [[Sachin Kundalkar]]&#039;s love drama [[Pondicherry (film)|Pondicherry]], a strong-headed homemaker of Maratha army general in Abhijit Deshpandes&#039;s pan-India historical film [[Har Har Mahadev]], and &#039;&#039;[[Chandramukhi (2022 film)|Chandramukhi]],&#039;&#039; in which she starred as the titular Tamasha performer; all three marked as critical and commercial success.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Hungama |first=Bollywood |date=2020-02-07 |title=Malang Box Office Collection {{!}} India {{!}} Day Wise {{!}} Box Office - Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/movie/malang/box-office/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; She also produced and starred in the music videos &#039;&#039;Akkal Yeu De&#039;&#039; (2022) and &#039;&#039;[[Ganaraj Gajanan]]&#039;&#039; (2023) under her label &#039;&#039;Amrit Kala Studios&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:19&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Films ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Pending films key}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable plainrowheaders sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-right: 0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Year&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Title&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Role&lt;br /&gt;
!Language&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Notes&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot;  | {{Tooltip|Ref.|Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2004&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Saanjh&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Deepa&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| [[Hindi]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Short film]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Saanjh Short Film FTII {{!}} Amruta Khanvilkar&#039;s First Film |url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DGazyi7fRic |language=en |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2006&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Golmaal (Marathi film)|Golmaal]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Purva / Apurva {{efn|Purva / Apurva{{Lower-alpha explanatory footnote|Khanvilkar played dual roles in the film.}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| [[Marathi language|Marathi]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2007&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Hattrick (film)|Hattrick]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Hemendra Patel&#039;s daughter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amruta Khanvilkar |url=https://indianexpress.com/about/amruta-khanvilkar/ |access-date=2023-09-03 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Mumbai Salsa]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Neha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Mumbai Salsa review. Mumbai Salsa Bollywood movie review, story, rating |url=https://www.indiaglitz.com/mumbai-salsa-review-hindi-movie-9472 |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=IndiaGlitz.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Saade Maade Teen]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Madhura&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Bharat Jadhav&#039;s movies you should not miss |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/photofeatures/bharat-jadhavs-movies-you-should-not-miss/photostory/64217689.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2008&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Contract (2008 film)|Contract]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Divya&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Contract Movie Review {2/5}: Critic Review of Contract by Times of India |newspaper=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/hindi/movie-reviews/contract/movie-review/3251648.cms |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Phoonk]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Aarti&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Hungama |first=Bollywood |date=2008-08-22 |title=Phoonk Review 4/5 {{!}} Phoonk Movie Review {{!}} Phoonk 2008 Public Review {{!}} Film Review |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/movie/phoonk/critic-review/phoonk-movie-review/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Doghat Tisra Aata Sagala Visara&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Cameo appearance]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2009&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Gaiir]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Neha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=9 years of &#039;Gaiir&#039;: Sandeep Kulkarni shares a throwback poster as he reminisces his time on the Marathi film sets |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/9-years-of-gaiir-sandeep-kulkarni-shares-a-throwback-poster-as-he-reminisces-his-time-on-the-marathi-film-sets/articleshow/66525707.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=6 November 2018 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2010&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Natarang]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| Cameo appearance in the song &amp;quot;Wajale Ki Bara&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=2014-12-05 |title=Amruta Khanvilkar was not the first choice for &#039;Vajle Ki Bara&#039; |work=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/did-you-know/vajle-ki-bara-ravi-jadhav-natarang-amruta-khanvilkar-golmaal-gaiir-saade-maade-teen/articleshow/25335656.cms |access-date=2023-10-01 |issn=0971-8257}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Phoonk 2]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Aarti&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Silva |first=Elvis D. |title=Phoonk 2 review: Too much noise |url=https://movies.rediff.com/review/2010/apr/16/review-phoonk-2.htm |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Rediff |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Phillum City&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Malti&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |{{Citation needed|date=September 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2011&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Shala (film)|Shala]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Paranajpe Bai&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=AMRUTA KHANVILKAR talks about SHALA and her Character. |url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vj2vWewVt-M |language=en |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Fakta Ladh Mhana]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| Cameo appearance in the Song &amp;quot;Daav Ishqacha (Lavani)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=&#039;No Entry Pudhe Dhoka Aahey&#039; - Aniket Vishwasrao: Movies of the actor you must watch |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/photofeatures/aniket-vishwasrao-movies-of-the-actor-you-must-watch/no-entry-pudhe-dhoka-aahey/photostory/64093999.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Arjun (2011 film)|Arjun]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Anushka&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Amruta Khanvilkar in a still from Marathi movie &#039;Arjun&#039;. |url=https://photogallery.indiatimes.com/movies/marathi/arjun/amruta-khanvilkar/articleshow/9846813.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=photogallery.indiatimes.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Zhakaas]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Manjula&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Zhakaas (Marathi) - Review |url=https://wogma.com/movie/zhakaas-review/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=wogma.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Dhoosar&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Carla&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=Jul 4, 2011 |agency=TNN |title=Dhoosar (Marathi) {{!}} Hindi Movie News |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/first-look/dhoosar-marathi/articleshow/9098063.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2012&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Satrangi Re&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| RJ Alisha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Satrangi Re Movie: Showtimes, Review, Trailer, Posters, News &amp;amp; Videos {{!}} eTimes |newspaper=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movie-details/satrangi-re/movieshow/61239984.cms |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Aayna Ka Bayna]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Shivani&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Amruta Khanvilkar&#039;s Marathi movies you should watch |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/photofeatures/amruta-khanvilkars-marathi-movies-you-should-watch/photostory/64207908.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2013&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Himmatwala (2013 film)|Himmatwala]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| Cameo appearance in an [[Item number|item song]] &amp;quot;Dhoka Dhoka&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:34&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Marathi star Amruta Khanvilkar to shake a leg in Himmatwala |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/hindi/bollywood/news/marathi-star-amruta-khanvilkar-to-shake-a-leg-in-himmatwala/articleshow/19254672.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=28 March 2013 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2015&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Baji (2015 film)|Baji]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Gauri&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Amruta to play village belle in Baji? |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/amruta-khanvilkar-shreyas-talpade-baji-nikhil-mahajan/articleshow/30624516.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=10 January 2017 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Ek Doosrey Ke Liye&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Ek Doosrey Ke Liye Movie: Showtimes, Review, Trailer, Posters, News &amp;amp; Videos {{!}} eTimes |newspaper=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movie-details/ek-doosrey-ke-liye/movieshow/61965077.cms |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Welcome Zindagi]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Meera&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Parande |first=Shweta |title=Welcome Zindagi trailer: Swapnil Joshi teaches Nach Baliye 7 girl Amruta Khanvilkar to celebrate life! |url=https://www.india.com/entertainment/welcome-zindagi-trailer-swapnil-joshi-teaches-nach-baliye-7-girl-amruta-khanvilkar-to-celebrate-life-431202/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=India.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Katyar Kaljat Ghusali (film)|Katyar Kaljat Ghusali]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Zareena&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:14&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Amruta to play Sachin Pilgaonkar&#039;s daughter |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/amruta-khanvilkar-katyar-kaljat-ghusli-subodh-bhave-sachin-pilgaonkar-shankar-mahadevan-mrunmayee-deshpande/articleshow/32301173.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=10 January 2017 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Aawhan&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Neha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Aawhan (2015) |url=https://letterboxd.com/film/aawhan/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2016&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[One Way Ticket (2016 film)|One Way Ticket]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Shivani&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:16&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=One Way Ticket Movie Review {2/5}: Critic Review of One Way Ticket by Times of India |newspaper=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movie-reviews/one-way-ticket/movie-review/54508763.cms |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2017&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Rangoon (2017 Hindi film)|Rangoon]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Maharani&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:17&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-05-17 |title=Raazi actor Amruta Khanvilkar: Meghna Gulzar was my inspiration behind playing Munira |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/entertainment/bollywood/raazi-actor-amruta-khanvilkar-5179348/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Baaki Itihaas&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Vasanthi&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|Cineplay&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=CinePlay - Clicked on the sets of &amp;quot;Baaki Itihaas&amp;quot; Watch Amruta Khanvilkar in the CinePlay &amp;quot;Baaki Itihaas&amp;quot; only on Hotstar - http://bit.ly/2nLx1Vq #LetsCinePlay #HotstarOriginalsCinePlay #BaakiItihaas {{!}} Facebook |url=https://www.facebook.com/LetsCinePlay/photos/a.1446281255623289/1915639855354091/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=www.facebook.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Bus Stop (2017 film)|Bus Stop]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sharayu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:37&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Bus Stop Movie: Showtimes, Review, Trailer, Posters, News &amp;amp; Videos {{!}} eTimes |newspaper=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movie-details/bus-stop/movieshow/61259560.cms |access-date=2022-08-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Raazi]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Munira&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2018-06-13 |title=Raazi has opened doors for me, says Amruta Khanvilkar |url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/bollywood/raazi-has-opened-doors-for-me-says-amruta-khanvilkar/story-oCQ59tJff1PW9rPmOLKjfP.html |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Hindustan Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Satyameva Jayate (2018 film)|Satyameva Jayate]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sarita Rathod&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:18&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=&#039;Satyameva Jayate&#039;: Amruta Khanvilkar on her chemistry with Manoj Bajpayee, he looks angry but is calm and tricky |url=https://www.freepressjournal.in/entertainment/satyameva-jayate-amruta-khanvilkar-on-her-chemistry-with-manoj-bajpayee-he-looks-angry-but-is-calm-and-tricky |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Free Press Journal |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Ani... Dr. Kashinath Ghanekar|Ani...Dr. Kashinath Ghanekar]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Sandhya Shantaram]] / Chandrakala&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:20&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=&#039;Ani... Dr. Kashinath Ghanekar&#039;: Amruta Khanvilkar shares a sneak peek of her look from the film |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/ani-dr-kashinath-ghanekar-amruta-khanvilkar-shares-a-sneak-peek-of-her-look-from-the-film/articleshow/66315004.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=22 October 2018 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2019&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Rampaat]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| Cameo appearance in the song &amp;quot;Aaichaan Ra&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=2019-04-15 |title=&#039;Rampaat&#039;: &#039;Aaichaan Ra&#039; is a catchy peppy number that highlights the film&#039;s plot |work=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/entertainment/marathi/movies/news/rampaat-aaichaan-ra-is-a-catchy-peppy-number-that-highlights-the-films-plot/articleshow/68886147.cms |access-date=2023-09-03 |issn=0971-8257}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Choricha Mamla]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Shraddha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:22&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |author=Ganesh Matkari|date=Jan 31, 2020 |title=Choricha Mamla movie review: This Jitendra Joshi, Amruta Khanvilkar-starrer has all the elements of a typical farce |url=https://mumbaimirror.indiatimes.com/entertainment/movie-review/choricha-mamla-movie-review-3-stars-this-jitendra-joshi-amruta-khanvilkar-starrer-has-all-the-elements-of-a-typical-farce/articleshow/73793255.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Mumbai Mirror |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Malang (film)|Malang]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Teresa Rodrigues&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:21&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Taneja |first=Parina |date=2020-02-12 |title=Amruta Khanvilkar is all praise for Malang co-star Kunal Kemmu |url=https://www.indiatvnews.com/entertainment/celebrities/amruta-khanvilkar-is-all-praise-for-malang-costar-kunal-kemmu-588338 |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=www.indiatvnews.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2021&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Well Done Baby]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Meera&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2021-03-31 |title=Well Done Baby trailer: Amruta Khanvilkar and Pushkar Jog star in this endearing love story |url=https://www.mid-day.com/entertainment/bollywood-news/article/well-done-baby-trailer-amruta-khanvilkar-and-pushkar-jog-star-in-this-endearing-love-story-23166315 |access-date=2023-09-03 |website=Mid-day |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2022&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Pondicherry (film)|Pondicherry]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Manasi&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:26&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=BKD |date=2022-02-17 |title=&#039;Pondicherry&#039;, a film shot entirely on smartphone releases on February 25 in theatres! |url=https://www.nationalheraldindia.com/films/pondicherry-a-film-shot-entirely-on-smartphone-releases-on-february-25-in-theatres |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=National Herald |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Chandramukhi (2022 film)|Chandramukhi]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Chandramukhi &amp;quot;Chandra&amp;quot; Umajirao Jhunarkar&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:25&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-05-24 |title=Chandramukhi is a salute to folk artists: Amruta Khanvilkar |url=https://indianexpress.com/article/entertainment/regional/chandramukhi-a-salute-to-folk-artists-amruta-khanvilkar-7934091/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Har Har Mahadev (film)|Har Har Mahadev]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sonabai Deshpande&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=&#039;हर हर महादेव&#039;मध्ये अमृता खानविलकर साकारणार बाजीप्रभु देशपांडे यांच्या पत्नीची भूमिका, लूक व्हायरल |url=https://www.loksatta.com/manoranjan/marathi-cinema/actor-subodh-bhave-har-har-mahadev-historical-movie-actress-amruta-khanvilkar-play-bajiprabhu-deshpande-wife-in-film-see-poster-kmd-95-3177133/ |access-date=2022-10-07 |website=Loksatta |date=7 October 2022 |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Autograph (2023 film)|Autograph]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Julia&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=डेस्क |first=एबीपी माझा एंटरटेनमेंट |date=2023-04-24 |title=ऑटोग्राफचा वर्ल्ड टेलिव्हिजन प्रीमियर &#039;या&#039; दिवशी होणार |url=https://marathi.abplive.com/entertainment/television/autograph-ankush-choudhary-amruta-khanvilkar-film-world-television-premiere-1170356 |access-date=2023-04-25 |website=marathi.abplive.com |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|2024&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;Lalita Shivaji Babar&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lalita Babar]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2023-01-26 |title=Amruta Khanvilkar Revealed the Poster of Her New Marathi Film, a Biopic on Lalita Shivaji Babar, on Republic Day |url=https://www.news18.com/news/movies/amruta-khanvilkar-to-play-long-distance-runner-lalita-babar-in-new-sports-biopic-6923587.html |access-date=2023-09-03 |website=News18 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;[[Kalaawati]]&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Kalaawati&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Marathi &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Kalavati: Amruta Khanvilkar ची &#039;कलावती&#039; येतेय, ओंकार भोजने सोबत जमणार जोडी, लोकप्रिय कलाकारांची फौज |url=https://www.esakal.com/manoranjan/amruta-khanvilkar-new-movie-kalavati-paired-with-omkar-bhojane-drj96 |access-date=2023-09-03 |website=eSakal - Marathi Newspaper |language=mr-IN}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;Daav Pech: The Trap&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Vaidehi&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=Appendix III: Marathi-English Vocabulary |date=1965-12-31 |url=http://dx.doi.org/10.9783/9781512817249-010 |work=Spoken Marathi, Book 1 |pages=217–234 |access-date=2023-10-01 |publisher=University of Pennsylvania Press |isbn=978-1-5128-1724-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Television ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable plainrowheaders sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-right: 0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Year&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Title&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Role&lt;br /&gt;
! Language&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Notes&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | {{Tooltip|Ref.|Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2004&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[India&#039;s Best Cinestars Ki Khoj]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Contestant&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| 3rd place&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |{{Citation needed|date=September 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2005&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;A.D.A&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Swati&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Time Bomb 9/11]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Anu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-10-21 |title=Amruta: I get bored easily, I’m not cut out for longer commitments on TV |url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/tv/amruta-khanvilkar-i-m-not-cut-out-for-longer-commitments-on-tv-i-get-bored-easily-as-an-artiste/story-YTIRS1LgNEA8KhQETrxAuN.html |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=Hindustan Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2007&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Eka Peksha Ek]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Contestant&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| 1st runner-Up&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2008-2009&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Comedy Express]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Host&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2009–2010&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Maharashtracha Superstar|Maharashtracha Superstar – Season 1]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2012&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Dance Maharashtra Dance – Season 1&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2013&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maharashtracha Dancing Superstar&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Judge&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2015&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Nach Baliye|Nach Baliye 7]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Contestant&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| Winner&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:28&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |agency=Press Trust of India |title=Nach Baliye 7 winner Himmanshoo Malhotra &amp;amp; Amruta Khanvilkar: Audience felt we were a real couple {{!}} India.com |url=https://www.india.com/entertainment/nach-baliye-7-winner-himmanshoo-malhotra-amruta-khanvilkar-audience-felt-we-were-a-real-couple-469844/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=www.india.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa (season 8)|Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa 8]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| Guest&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2016&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[24 (Indian TV series)|24]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Antara Mane-Shinde&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| Season 2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Comedy Nights Bachao|Comedy Nights Bachao Taaza]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| Guest&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |{{Citation needed|date=May 2023}} &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2017&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;2 MAD&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Judge&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=अमृता खानविलकरला प्रपोज करणारा हा मुलगा आहे तरी कोण? |url=https://www.loksatta.com/manoranjan/actress-amruta-khanvilkar-judge-of-new-dance-reality-show-2-mad-maharashtracha-assal-dancer-1379822/ |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Loksatta |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Dance India Dance|Dance India Dance 6]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Host&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Mudassar Khan and Sahil Khattar |url=https://photogallery.navbharattimes.indiatimes.com/events/mumbai/dance-india-dance-season-6-press-conference/mudassar-khan-and-sahil-khattar/articleshow/61400559.cms |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=photogallery.navbharattimes.indiatimes.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| 2018&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Super Dancer Maharashtra&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Judge&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:40&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news |title=Ranveer Singh wishes luck to Amruta Khanvilkar for Super Dancer Maharashtra - Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/tv/news/marathi/ranveer-singh-wishes-luck-to-amruta-khanvilkar-for-super-dancer-maharashtra/articleshow/66214156.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=The Times of India |date=15 October 2018 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Sur Nava Dhyas Nava]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| Guest&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Famously Filmfare Marathi&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Host&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |{{Citation needed|date=September 2022}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2019&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Jeevlaga&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Kavya&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:38&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=&#039;जिवलगा&#039;मधून अमृता खानविलकरची एक्झिट? |url=https://maharashtratimes.com/entertainment/entertainment-news/television-news/amruta-khanvilkar-exit-from-jeevlaga-serial/articleshow/70357557.cms |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=Maharashtra Times |date=21 July 2019 |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2020&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Fear Factor: Khatron Ke Khiladi 10]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Contestant&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| 8th place&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:41&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-03-17 |title=Khatron Ke Khiladi 10: Amruta Khanvilkar REVEALS she is having fun with Karishma Tanna, Karan Patel and others |url=https://www.pinkvilla.com/tv/news-gossip/khatron-ke-khiladi-10-amruta-khanvilkar-reveals-she-having-fun-karishma-tanna-karan-patel-and-others-515988 |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=PINKVILLA |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2022&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Bus Bai Bas Ladies Special]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| Guest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa (season 10)|Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa 10]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| Contestant&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| 9th place&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:27&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-08-26 |title=Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa 10: Amruta Khanvilkar gets a standing ovation from the judges for her first performance |url=https://www.pinkvilla.com/tv/news-gossip/jhalak-dikhhla-jaa-10-amruta-khanvilkar-gets-standing-ovation-judges-her-first-performance-1183094 |access-date=2022-08-26 |website=PINKVILLA |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:42&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite news|title=Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa 10: Amruta Khanvilkar and Paras Kalnawat share heartfelt notes after getting eliminated from the show|url=https://m.timesofindia.com/tv/news/hindi/jhalak-dikhhla-jaa-10-amruta-khanvilkar-and-paras-kalnawat-share-heartfelt-notes-after-getting-eliminated-from-the-show/articleshow/95353337.cms|access-date=2022-11-07|website=The Times of India|date=7 November 2022 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Web series ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable plainrowheaders sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-right: 0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Year&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Title&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Role&lt;br /&gt;
! Language&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Notes&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | {{Tooltip|Ref.|Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2018&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Damaged (TV series)|Damaged]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Lovina Birdie&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|Season 1&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:11&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Hungama |first=Bollywood |title=Amruta Khanvilkar and Amit Sial grace the launch of Hungama Play’s web-series Damaged (3) {{!}} Amit Sial, Amruta Khanvilkar Images - Bollywood Hungama |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/parties-and-events/amit-sial-amruta-khanvilkar-grace-launch-hungama-play-web-series-damaged/amruta-khanvilkar-and-amit-sial-grace-the-launch-of-hungama-plays-web-series-damaged-4/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Latest News Today: Breaking News and Top Headlines from India, Entertainment, Business, Politics and Sports |url=https://indianexpress.com/ |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=The Indian Express |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2023&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ticket to Maharashtra with Amruta Khanvilkar&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Herself&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2023-09-27 |title=&amp;quot;मराठी बोलायला लाज वाटते का?&amp;quot;, अमृता खानविलकरच्या &#039;त्या&#039; व्हिडीओवर नेटकऱ्याची कमेंट, अभिनेत्री उत्तर देत म्हणाली... |url=https://www.loksatta.com/manoranjan/marathi-cinema/actress-amruta-khanvilkar-replied-to-netizen-question-who-trolled-her-for-less-use-of-marathi-language-sva-00-3946035/ |access-date=2023-09-28 |website=Loksatta |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |title=EP 01 - Nashik {{!}} Ticket to Maharashtra with Amruta Khanvilkar {{!}} Travel Series |url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x3LamLL-lPk |access-date=2023-09-27 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;Lootere&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2022-09-08 |title=Lootere teaser: Hansal Mehta&#039;s thriller shows Rajat Kapoor&#039;s ship hijacked in Somalia |url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/entertainment/web-series/lootere-teaser-hansal-mehta-s-thriller-shows-rajat-kapoor-s-ship-hijacked-in-somalia-101662613037004.html |access-date=2023-09-11 |website=Hindustan Times |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;Video Cam Scam&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Exclusive! Amruta Khanvilkar roped in for an OTT series titled Video Cam Scam |url=http://www.tellychakkar.com/digital/exclusive-amruta-khanvilkar-roped-ott-series-titled-video-cam-scam-230523 |access-date=2023-09-03 |website=Tellychakkar.com |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;style=&amp;quot;background:#ffc;&amp;quot;| &#039;&#039;36 Days&#039;&#039; {{dagger|alt=The film has not yet been released}}&lt;br /&gt;
!{{TBA}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news |date=2023-04-27 |title=Applause Entertainment announces two new shows &#039;Kafas&#039; and &#039;36 Days&#039;; &#039;Scam&#039; and &#039;Tanaav&#039; set to return |work=The Times of India |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/web-series/news/hindi/applause-entertainment-announces-two-new-shows-kafas-and-36-days-scam-and-tanaav-set-to-return/articleshow/99808496.cms?from=mdr |access-date=2023-10-01 |issn=0971-8257}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Music videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable plainrowheaders sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-right: 0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Year&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Title&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; | Singer&lt;br /&gt;
! Language&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Notes&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | {{Tooltip|Ref.|Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2009&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Aye Hip Hopper&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ishq Bector]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:15&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=Who Is Amruta Khanvilkar? The Female Lead Of Well Done Baby |url=https://www.shethepeople.tv/shestars/who-is-amruta-khanvilkar-well-done-baby-actor-host-dancer/ |access-date=2023-01-21 |website=www.shethepeople.tv |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | 2013&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Aao Morey Piya&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Abhijeet Sawant]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | Hindi&lt;br /&gt;
| from album &amp;quot;Farida&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Hungama |first=Bollywood |date=2013-03-18 |title=Abhijeet Sawant &amp;amp; Amruta Khanvilkar shoot for their new album &#039;Farida&#039; {{!}} Parties &amp;amp; Events - Bollywood Hungama |website=[[Bollywood Hungama]] |url=https://www.bollywoodhungama.com/news/parties-and-events/abhijeet-sawant-amruta-khanvilkar-shoot-for-their-new-album-farida/ |access-date=2023-01-21 |language=en}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2022&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Akkal Yeu De&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Abhanga Repost&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Also producer&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=अमृता खानविलकर कुणाला म्हणतेय &#039;अक्काल येऊ दे&#039;? Video पाहून चाहते अभिनेत्रीला म्हणाले &#039;महाराष्ट्राची शान&#039; |url=https://maharashtratimes.com/entertainment/entertainment-news/bollywood-news/marathi-actress-amruta-khanvilkar-bharud-video-with-abhanga-repost-akkal-yeu-de/articleshow/94580368.cms |access-date=2023-10-01 |website=Maharashtra Times |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |2023&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;[[Ganaraj Gajanan]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Rahul Deshpande]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |Marathi&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:19&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web |date=2023-09-12 |title=अमृता खानविलकरचा पहिलं-वहिलं गाणं &#039;गणराज गजानन&#039; भाविकांच्या भेटीला |url=https://zeenews.india.com/marathi/entertainment/amruta-khanvilkar-first-song-ganraj-gajanan-for-the-devotees/744981 |access-date=2023-09-12 |website=24taas.com |language=mr}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{notelist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist|30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{IMDb name|3035081}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Instagram|amrutakhanvilkar}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Bollywood Hungama person|amruta-khanvilkar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Khanvilkar, Amruta filmography}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian filmographies]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Actress filmographies]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Tiger_Joginder_Singh&amp;diff=431957</id>
		<title>Tiger Joginder Singh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Tiger_Joginder_Singh&amp;diff=431957"/>
		<updated>2023-08-24T14:30:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Use dmy dates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Short description| Indian professional wrestler (b.1919)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{confused|Tiger Jeet Singh}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use Indian English}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox professional wrestler&lt;br /&gt;
| name        = Tiger Joginder Singh&lt;br /&gt;
| image       = Tiger_Joginder_Singh.jpg &lt;br /&gt;
| image_size  = 180px&lt;br /&gt;
| alt         = &lt;br /&gt;
| caption     = &lt;br /&gt;
| birth_name  = Joginder Singh&lt;br /&gt;
| birth_date  = 1919&lt;br /&gt;
| birth_place = Village Sheron, Tarn Taran, Punjab, British India&lt;br /&gt;
| death_date  = {{death date and age|1990|08|01|1919|||df=yes}}&lt;br /&gt;
| death_place = &lt;br /&gt;
| death_cause = &lt;br /&gt;
| residence   = &lt;br /&gt;
| alma_mater  =&lt;br /&gt;
| spouse      = &lt;br /&gt;
| children    = &lt;br /&gt;
| family      = &lt;br /&gt;
| names       = Tiger Joginder / Jokinder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tiger Joginder Singh&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| height      = 5 ft 10 in&lt;br /&gt;
| weight      = 270 lb&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- X st Y lb, X lb OR X kg; the template will automatically convert (otherwise {{Convert|POUNDS|lb|stlb kg|abbr=on}} or {{Convert|KILOGRAMS|kg|lb stlb|abbr=on}} can be used) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| billed      = Punjab, India&lt;br /&gt;
| trainer     = Harnam Singh&lt;br /&gt;
| debut       = 1945&lt;br /&gt;
| retired     = &lt;br /&gt;
| website     = &amp;lt;!-- {{URL|google.com}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Joginder Singh&#039;&#039;&#039; (1919-August 1, 1990) was an [[Indian people|Indian]] [[professional wrestler]]. He was the first [[All Asia Tag Team Championship|All Asia Tag Team Champion]], along with [[Emile Czaja|King Kong]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;official&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://all-japan.co.jp/history/05.html |title=AJPW All Asia Tag Team Championship official title history |access-date=2007-08-29 |publisher=All-Japan.co.jp |language=Japanese |archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20070811175141/http://www.all-japan.co.jp/history/05.html &amp;lt;!-- Bot retrieved archive --&amp;gt; |archive-date = 2007-08-11}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; He was one of the top professional wrestlers of [[India]] at that time.&amp;lt;ref name=ring&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= http://www.hindustantimes.com/india/the-lord-of-the-ring/story-Ow2Ug7CqDJQY71oRTbW7gL.html |title=The lord of the ring |date=13 July 2012 |publisher=[[Hindustan Times]] |access-date=13 July 2012 |location=New Delhi}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Early life==&lt;br /&gt;
He was born in [[Punjab Province, British India|village Sheron, Tarn Taran, Punjab, British India]] into a [[Sikh]] family.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url= http://www.tribuneindia.com/2012/20120930/pers.htm |title= Why no pehalwan from Punjab? |publisher=[[The Tribune (Chandigarh)]] |date= 30 September 2012 |location=Chandigarh}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Professional wrestling career==&lt;br /&gt;
===Singapore===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Tiger Joginder and Arjan Singh Das were signed by [[Great World Amusement Park|Great World]]&#039;s wrestling promoters, where he competed against many top wrestlers like [[Emile Czaja|King Kong]], [[Bill Verna]], George Zbisko, Tiger Ray Holden and Seelie Samara, and earned fame worldwide.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://eresources.nlb.gov.sg/newspapers/Digitised/Article/freepress19490203-1.2.105.aspx|title=King Kong v. Tiger Joginder again, p.7 |publisher=[[Singapore Free Press]] |date=3 February 1949|location= }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===United States===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tiger_Joginder_vs_Chief_Thunderbird_Poster.jpg|180px|thumb|Wrestling poster featuring Tiger Joginder and Chief Thunderbird in the main event]]&lt;br /&gt;
Tiger wrestled in the [[United States]] in the late 1940s to the early 1950s, with wrestlers such as [[The French Angel]], Ted Christy, [[Kola Kwariani]], [[Jack Dempsey (wrestler)|Jack Dempsey]], Oki Shikina, Lord Carlton, and Benny Trudel. On 8 March 1950, his match with Chief Thunderbird at [[Paramount Theatre (Seattle)|Paramount Theatre]] had attracted much interest.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.infinitecore.ca/superstar/index.php?threadid=57918 |title= Old School Match Results » 1950 Results / Lineups |publisher=Kayfabe Memories |date=15 July 2008 |location=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===India===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1954, Tiger competed in the Rustam-e-Hind (Champion of India) tournament, but lost in the final to [[Dara Singh]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.cuttingthechai.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/dara-singh-newspaper-clipping-04-120712.jpg |title=FREE-STYLE WRESTLING: DARA SINGH CROWNED CHAMPION OF BHARAT |publisher=[[The New Indian Express]] |date=13 June 1954 |location=Bombay }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The same year, he defeated [[European Heavyweight Championship|European Heavyweight Champion]] [[Bert Assirati]] in front of the 50,000 spectators at [[Bombay]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.wrestlingheritage.co.uk/noangelpart2.htm|title= No Angel of Islington Part 2|publisher=WRESTLING HERITAGE |location=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In 1959, he competed in another [[professional wrestling tournament]] Commonwealth Championship, but didn&#039;t succeed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://indiatoday.intoday.in/story/dara-singh---the-champion-loses-his-final-fight/1/207670.html |title=Dara Singh - the champion loses his final fight |publisher=[[India Today]] |date=12 July 2012 |location= New Delhi}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Japan===&lt;br /&gt;
On 16 November 1955 in the [[Japan Wrestling Association]], he and [[Emile Czaja|King Kong]] defeated [[Rikidōzan]] and [[Harold Sakata]] in a [[two out of three falls match]] at JWA All Asia Championship tournament final to crown the inaugural [[All Asia Tag Team Championship|All Asia Tag Team Champions]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cagematch.net/?id=1&amp;amp;nr=51613|title=JWA Asia Championships - Tag 7 - Event @ Kuramae Kokugikan in Tokyo, Japan|first=Philip|last=Kreikenbohm|publisher=Cagematch - The Internet Wrestling Database|date=November 15, 1955|access-date=March 13, 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; But he failed to capture the [[All Asia Heavyweight Championship]] in the single competition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.puroresu.com/jwa/results/jwa195511asia.html |title=Asia Championships: 1955/11/08-11/22: 10 cards |publisher=[[Puroresu]].com|date=}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Filmography==&lt;br /&gt;
He also did acting in some [[India]]n films in the 1960s with fellow wrestlers [[Dara Singh]], [[Emile Czaja|King Kong]] and [[Randhawa (wrestler)|Randhawa]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Year !! Film !! Role !! Notes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | 1964 || Samson || ||rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Hindi language|Hindi]] films&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Rustom-E-Rome&#039;&#039; || Plato &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Jagga (film)|Jagga]]&#039;&#039; || || [[Punjabi language|Punjabi]] film&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Hercules&#039;&#039; || Wrestler ||rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Hindi language|Hindi]] films&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Badshah (1964 film)|Badshah]]&#039;&#039; ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Sandhya Deeper Sikha&#039;&#039; || || [[Bengali language|Bengali]] film&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | 1965 || &#039;&#039;Saat Samundar Paar&#039;&#039; || Wrestler ||rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | [[Hindi language|Hindi]] films&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Rustom-E-Hind&#039;&#039; || Wrestler &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Panch Ratan (1965) || rebel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;[[Mahabharat (1965 film)|Mahabharat]]&#039;&#039; || [[Hidimba]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | 1966 || &#039;&#039;Rustom Kaun&#039;&#039; || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;Insaaf&#039;&#039; || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Championship and accomplishments==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Japan Wrestling Association]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[All Asia Tag Team Championship]] (1 time)- with [[Emile Czaja|King Kong]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.cagematch.net/?id=5&amp;amp;nr=21|title=All Asia Tag Team Championship|first=Philip|last=Kreikenbohm|publisher=Cagematch - The Internet Wrestling Database|date=November 16, 1955|access-date=March 13, 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{IMDb name|id=2355301|name=Tiger Joginder}} {{Prowrestling-bio-stub}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{professional wrestling profiles}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{authority control}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{All Asia Tag Team Championship}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Singh, Tiger Joginder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian male professional wrestlers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1919 births]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1990 deaths]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian male film actors]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:20th-century Indian male actors]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Male actors in Hindi cinema]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Male actors in Punjabi cinema]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Punjabi people]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:20th-century professional wrestlers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:All Asia Tag Team Champions]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian professional wrestlers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Renu_Vig&amp;diff=395072</id>
		<title>Renu Vig</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Renu_Vig&amp;diff=395072"/>
		<updated>2023-07-19T04:30:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: Designed a fresh article layout.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Short description|Indian academic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renu Vig&#039;&#039;&#039; is an Indian academic and professor, who currently serves as the 14th [[vice-chancellor]] of [[Panjab University]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Prof Renu Cheema Vig Appointed as Vice Chancellor of Panjab University |url=https://iqac.pu.ac.in/prof-renu-vig-appointed-as-vice-chancellor/ |website=Panjab University |access-date=18 July 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; She is the first woman vice-chancellor of [[Panjab University]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |title=Panjab University, Chandigarh, gets 1st woman Vice-Chancellor |url=https://www.tribuneindia.com/news/chandigarh/panjab-university-chandigarh-gets-1st-woman-vice-chancellor-492448 |access-date=18 July 2023 |publisher=The Tribune }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Singh |first1=Jaspreet |title=Renu Vig becomes 1st woman VC of Panjab University, will have 3-year term |url=https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/chandigarh/renu-vig-becomes-1st-woman-vc-of-panjab-university-will-have-3-year-term/articleshow/99103305.cms |access-date=18 July 2023 |publisher=The Times of India }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Education==&lt;br /&gt;
Vig holds a PhD in engineering and technology in the area of artificial intelligence and neural networks. She completed her Bachelor of Engineering from [[Punjab Engineering College]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Career==&lt;br /&gt;
Vig has served as dean of university instructions of [[Panjab University]], prior to her appointment as vice-chancellor.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Vice Chancellor |url=https://puchd.ac.in/vice-chancellor.php#:~:text=Professor%20(Dr.),%26%20Technology%2C%20and%20Director%20UIET. |website=Panjab University |access-date=18 July 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; She succeeded Professor Raj Kumar who resigned from his position in January 2023.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news |last1=Ovais |first1=Dar |title=Renu Vig appointed first woman vice-chancellor of Panjab University |url=https://www.hindustantimes.com/cities/chandigarh-news/renu-vig-appointed-first-woman-vice-chancellor-of-panjab-university-101680090595641.html |access-date=18 July 2023 |publisher=The Hindustan Times }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; She has also served as director, University Institute of Engineering and Technology, [[Panjab University]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Awards==&lt;br /&gt;
Vig won the N K Iyengar Memorial Prize for research paper on Fuzzy Modelling for Ignition Timing Control. She also bagged the Corps of Engineers Prize for research paper on Fuzzy Diagnostic System for Coronary Artery Disease.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=Vice Chancellor |url=https://puchd.ac.in/vice-chancellor.php#:~:text=Professor%20(Dr.),%26%20Technology%2C%20and%20Director%20UIET. |website=Panjab University |access-date=18 July 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Vig, Renu}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Living people]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Panjab University]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Heads of universities and colleges in India]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Women heads of universities and colleges]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Manhunt_of_Amritpal_Singh&amp;diff=394968</id>
		<title>Manhunt of Amritpal Singh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Manhunt_of_Amritpal_Singh&amp;diff=394968"/>
		<updated>2023-07-16T22:14:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: Just finished drafting a fresh page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Amritpal Singh#Crackdown and arrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Redirect category shell|&lt;br /&gt;
{{R to section}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=2023_FAO_Super_Cup&amp;diff=394663</id>
		<title>2023 FAO Super Cup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=2023_FAO_Super_Cup&amp;diff=394663"/>
		<updated>2023-07-05T20:40:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Use dmy dates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use Indian English}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox football tournament season&lt;br /&gt;
| title                      = Super Cup&lt;br /&gt;
| year                       = 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| other_titles               = FAO Super Cup&lt;br /&gt;
| image                      = &lt;br /&gt;
| imagesize                  = &lt;br /&gt;
| caption                    = &lt;br /&gt;
| country                    = India&lt;br /&gt;
| venue                      = [[Barabati Stadium]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;([[Cuttack]])&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| dates                      = 17-23 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
| num_teams                  = 8&lt;br /&gt;
| champions                  = &lt;br /&gt;
| count                      = &lt;br /&gt;
| runner-up                  = &lt;br /&gt;
| continentalcup1            = &lt;br /&gt;
| continentalcup1 qualifiers = &lt;br /&gt;
| matches                    = &lt;br /&gt;
| goals                      = &lt;br /&gt;
| attendance                 = &lt;br /&gt;
| top goal scorer            = &lt;br /&gt;
| player                     = &lt;br /&gt;
| prevseason                 = [[2022 FAO Super Cup|2022]]&lt;br /&gt;
| nextseason                 = &lt;br /&gt;
| updated                    = 5 July 2023&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;2023 FAO Super Cup&#039;&#039;&#039; will be the third edition of the [[FAO Super Cup]], the main club [[Single-elimination tournament|knockout]] [[association football|football]] competition of [[Odisha]], India. The competition will start on 17 August 2023 and end on 23 August 2023. The entire tournament is scheduled to take place at one venue i.e. the [[Barabati Stadium]] in [[Cuttack]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The competition features teams from the Diamond, Gold, and Silver competitions of the [[FAO League]], the premier state level football league in Odisha, India.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|last1=Parasar|first1=Swapnaneel|title=All you need to know about the football league structure in Odisha|url=https://www.goal.com/en-in/news/odisha-football-league-structure-india/1dbjavwlxvyl71eemry7qv22cb|accessdate=7 July 2022|work=[[Goal (website)|Goal]]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The top four teams from the Diamond League, top three from Silver League, and the winners of the Silver League qualify for the tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teams==&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 8 teams will participate in the competition. From [[FAO League]], the top four teams from the [[2022 FAO League#Diamond|Diamond Division]], three from the [[2022 FAO League#Gold|Gold Division]], and the winner of [[2022 FAO League#Silver|Silver Division]] play-off will qualify for the tournament.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.facebook.com/225325417530085/photos/a.529996197063004.1073741827.225325417530085/1847586815303929/?type=3&amp;amp;theater|title=FAO restructures domestic football|work=[[Football Association of Odisha]]|accessdate=7 July 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Team&lt;br /&gt;
!Qualifying method&lt;br /&gt;
!{{Tooltip|App.|Appearance}} {{small|(last)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Diamond League|2023 FAO Diamond League]] champions&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Diamond League|2022 FAO Diamond League]] runners-up&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Diamond League|2022 FAO Diamond League]] third place&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Diamond League|2022 FAO Diamond League]] fourth place&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Gold League|2022 FAO Gold League]] champions&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Gold League|2022 FAO Gold League]] runners-up&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Gold League|2022 FAO Gold League]] third place&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[2023 FAO League#Silver League|2022 FAO Silver League]] champions&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dates===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Round&lt;br /&gt;
!Dates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=3|Main Tournament&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=FAO Super Cup Football Tournament 2022|url=http://orisports.com/SheduleDetails.aspx?cId=MjkzMQ==|accessdate=13 September 2022|work=Orisports.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter-finals&lt;br /&gt;
|17–18 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Semi-finals&lt;br /&gt;
|21 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Final&lt;br /&gt;
|23 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quarter-finals==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 17 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = Q1&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report = &lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = Q8&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance =&lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 17 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = Q2&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report =&lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = Q7&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance =&lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 18 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = Q3&lt;br /&gt;
|score =&lt;br /&gt;
|report =&lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = Q6&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance =&lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 18 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = Q4&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report =&lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = Q5&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance =&lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Semi-finals==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|id= &lt;br /&gt;
|date = 21 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = QF1&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report =&lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = QF3&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance = &lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|id= &lt;br /&gt;
|date = 21 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = QF2&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report =&lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = QF4&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance = &lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Football box&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 23 August 2023&lt;br /&gt;
|time = &lt;br /&gt;
|team1 = SF1&lt;br /&gt;
|score = &lt;br /&gt;
|report = &lt;br /&gt;
|team2 = SF2&lt;br /&gt;
|goals1 = &lt;br /&gt;
|goals2 = &lt;br /&gt;
|stadium = [[Barabati Stadium]], [[Cuttack]]&lt;br /&gt;
|attendance =&lt;br /&gt;
|referee=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2023 FAO League]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[2022 FAO Super Cup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FAO League]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FAO Super Cup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Odisha Women&#039;s League]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Odisha football team]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Odisha women&#039;s football team]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Football Association of Odisha]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{2023–24 in Indian football}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2023–24 in Indian football]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2023–24 domestic association football cups|FAO Super Cup]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Software_industry&amp;diff=388526</id>
		<title>Software industry</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Software_industry&amp;diff=388526"/>
		<updated>2023-02-10T18:38:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Short description|Class of businesses specializing in the development, maintenance and publication of software}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Multiple issues|&lt;br /&gt;
{{globalize}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{more citations needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;software industry&#039;&#039;&#039; includes businesses for [[software development|development]], [[software maintenance|maintenance]] and [[software publisher|publication]] of [[software]] that are using different [[business model]]s, mainly either &amp;quot;license/maintenance based&amp;quot; (on-premises) or &amp;quot;[[Cloud computing|Cloud]] based&amp;quot; (such as [[SaaS]], [[PaaS]], [[IaaS]], MBaaS, MSaaS, DCaaS etc.). The industry also includes [[software service]]s, such as [[training]], [[software documentation|documentation]], consulting and data recovery. The software and computer services industry spends more than 11% of its net sales for Research &amp;amp; Development which is in comparison with other industries the second highest share after pharmaceuticals &amp;amp; biotechnology.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |title=The Pharmaceutical Industry in Figures Key Data 2021 |url=https://www.efpia.eu/media/602709/the-pharmaceutical-industry-in-figures-2021.pdf |publisher=European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations |access-date=28 June 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first company founded to provide software products and services was [[Computer Usage Company]] in 1955.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal |title= Recollections of the first software company |first= Elmer C. |last= Kubie |journal= [[Annals of the History of Computing]] |volume= 16 |issue= 2 |publisher= [[IEEE Computer Society]]  |pages= 65–71 |doi= 10.1109/85.279238 |s2cid= 5733812 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Before that time, computers were programmed either by customers, or the few commercial computer vendors of the time, such as [[Sperry Rand]] and [[IBM]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[software]] industry expanded in the early 1960s, almost immediately after computers were first sold in mass-produced quantities. Universities, government, and business customers created a demand for software. Many of these programs were written in-house by full-time staff programmers. Some were distributed freely between users of a particular machine for no charge. Others were done on a commercial basis, and other firms such as [[Computer Sciences Corporation]] (founded in 1959) started to grow. Other influential or typical software companies begun in the early 1960s included [[Advanced Computer Techniques]], [[Automatic Data Processing]], [[Applied Data Research]], and [[Informatics General]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book | title=From Airline Reservations to Sonic the Hedgehog: A History of the Software Industry | url=https://archive.org/details/fromairlinereser00mart_0 | url-access=registration | first=Martin | last=Campbell-Kelly | author-link=Martin Campbell-Kelly | publisher=MIT Press | location=Cambridge, Massachusetts | year=2003 | page=[https://archive.org/details/fromairlinereser00mart_0/page/57 57]}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book | title=The Computer Establishment | first=Katharine Davis | last=Fishman | publisher= McGraw-Hill Book Company | location=New York | year=1981 | type=paperback 1982 | page=268}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The computer/[[Computer hardware|hardware]] makers started bundling [[operating systems]], [[systems software]] and programming environments with their machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When [[Digital Equipment Corporation]] (DEC) brought a relatively low-priced [[microcomputer]] to market, it brought computing within the reach of many more companies and universities worldwide, and it spawned great innovation in terms of new, powerful programming languages and methodologies. New software was built for microcomputers, so other manufacturers including IBM, followed DEC&#039;s example quickly, resulting in the [[IBM AS/400]] amongst others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The industry expanded greatly with the rise of the [[personal computer]] (&amp;quot;PC&amp;quot;) in the mid-1970s, which brought desktop computing to the office worker for the first time. In the following years, it also created a growing market for games, applications, and utilities. [[DOS]], [[Microsoft]]&#039;s first [[operating system]] product, was the dominant operating system at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early years of the 21st century, another successful [[business model]] has arisen for hosted software, called [[software-as-a-service]], or SaaS; this was at least the third time{{Citation needed}} this model had been attempted. From the point of view of producers of some [[proprietary software]], SaaS reduces the concerns about [[Software copyright|unauthorized copying]], since it can only be accessed through the Web, and by definition no [[client software]] is loaded onto the end user&#039;s PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Size of the industry==&lt;br /&gt;
The global software products market amounts to US$968.25 billion in 2021 and had a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4%. Major companies include Microsoft, [[HP Inc.|HP]], [[Oracle Corporation|Oracle]], [[Dell]] and IBM.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Software Products Global Market Report 2021: COVID-19 Impact and Recovery to 2030&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20210909006012/en/Software-Products-Global-Market-Report-2021-COVID-19-Impact-and-Recovery-to-2030|website=ResearchAndMarkets.com|access-date=June 28, 2022}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mergers and acquisitions==&lt;br /&gt;
The software industry has been subject to a high degree of consolidation over the past couple of decades. Between 1995 and 2018 around 37,039 [[mergers and acquisitions]] have been announced with a total known value of US$1,166 billion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://imaa-institute.org/m-and-a-by-industries/|title=M&amp;amp;A by Industries - Institute for Mergers, Acquisitions and Alliances (IMAA)|work=Institute for Mergers, Acquisitions and Alliances (IMAA)|access-date=2018-02-28|language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The highest number and value of deals was set in 2000 during the high times of the [[dot-com bubble]] with 2,674 transactions valued at US$105 billion. In 2017, 2,547 deals were announced valued at US$111 billion. Approaches to successfully acquire and integrate software companies are available.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Popp |first=Karl Michael |title=Mergers and Acquisitions in the Software Industry - foundations of due diligence |year=2013 |publisher=Books on demand |location=Norderstedt |isbn=978-3-7322-4381-5 |url=http://mergerduediligence.com/ }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business models within the software industry==&lt;br /&gt;
Business models of software companies have been widely discussed.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Karl2010&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
  | title = Profit from Software Ecosystems: Business Models, Ecosystems and Partnerships in the Software Industry&lt;br /&gt;
  | year = 2010&lt;br /&gt;
  | publisher = BOD&lt;br /&gt;
  | location = Norderstedt, Germany&lt;br /&gt;
  | isbn = 978-3-8391-6983-4&lt;br /&gt;
  | author = Karl M. Popp and Ralf Meyer}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;cusumano&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cusumano M. (2003) Finding Your balance in the Products and Service Debate, Communications of the ACM. Vol. 46:3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Network effect]]s in [[software ecosystem]]s, networks of companies, and their customers are an important element in the strategy of software companies.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
  | title = Software Ecosystem: Understanding an Indispensable Technology and Industry&lt;br /&gt;
  | year = 2003&lt;br /&gt;
  | publisher = MIT Press&lt;br /&gt;
  | location = Cambridge, MA, USA&lt;br /&gt;
  | isbn = 0-262-13432-2&lt;br /&gt;
  | author9 = David G. Messerschmitt and Clemens Szyperski}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Software engineering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[World&#039;s largest software companies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Function point]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Software development effort estimation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Comparison of development estimation software]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web&lt;br /&gt;
|url = https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/words-to-avoid.en.html#SoftwareIndustry&lt;br /&gt;
|title = Software Industry&lt;br /&gt;
|work = Words to Avoid (or Use with Care) Because They Are Loaded or Confusing&lt;br /&gt;
|publisher = [[Free Software Foundation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|date = 2012-11-20&lt;br /&gt;
|access-date = 2013-01-31&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Industries}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software industry| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Industries (economics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Information economy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sikhism_in_China&amp;diff=388492</id>
		<title>Sikhism in China</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sikhism_in_China&amp;diff=388492"/>
		<updated>2022-12-18T18:32:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: Just finished drafting a fresh page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:An embroidered silk panel depicting Guru Nanak from China.jpg|thumb|An embroidered silk panel depicting Guru Nanak from China]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Sikhism sidebar}}&#039;&#039;&#039;Sikhs in China&#039;&#039;&#039; are a religious minority in the [[People&#039;s Republic of China]]. [[Sikhism]] originated from the [[Punjab]] region of northern [[Indian subcontinent]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rabinder Nath Tagore with Sikhs in Shanghai 1924.jpeg|thumb|Rabinder Nath Tagore with Sikhs in Shanghai 1924]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Guru Nanak]] is traditionally locally referred to as &#039;&#039;Baba Foosa&#039;&#039; in [[China proper]] and as &#039;&#039;Nanak Lama&#039;&#039; in [[Tibet]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Baker |first=Janet |title=Guru Nanak: 550th birth anniversary of Sikhism&#039;s founder: Phoenix Art Museum, The Khanuja Family Sikh Art Gallery, 17 August 2019–29 March 2020 |url=https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/17448727.2019.1685641 |journal=Sikh Formations |language=en |volume=15 |issue=3–4 |pages=499 |doi=10.1080/17448727.2019.1685641 |s2cid=210494526 |issn=1744-8727}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |last=Service |first=Tribune News |title=Booklet on Guru Nanak Dev&#039;s teachings released |url=https://www.tribuneindia.com/news/archive/ludhiana/booklet-on-guru-nanak-dev%E2%80%99s-teachings-released-859755 |access-date=2023-02-19 |website=Tribuneindia News Service |language=en |quote=Rare is a saint who has travelled and preached as widely as Guru Nanak Dev. He was known as Nanakachraya in Sri Lanka, Nanak Lama in Tibet, Guru Rimpochea in Sikkim, Nanak Rishi in Nepal, Nanak Peer in Baghdad, Wali Hind in Mecca, Nanak Vali in Misar, Nanak Kadamdar in Russia, Baba Nanak in Iraq, Peer Balagdaan in Mazahar Sharif and Baba Foosa in China, said Dr S S Sibia, director of Sibia Medical Centre.}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; During the 1800s and 1900s, many Sikh [[Punjabi people|Punjabi]] people were recruited from [[British India]] to work as officers for the [[Shanghai Municipal Police]] and [[Hong Kong Police]]. Recruitment of Sikhs in SMP began in 1885 from Punjab. By 1920 there were 573 policemen in Sikh branch. The Old Sikh Gurdwara at 326 Dong Baoxing Road was opened in 1908.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal |last=Vathyam |first=Meena |title=Tears and Toil: The History of Shanghai Sikh Gurdwaras |url=https://www.academia.edu/37962437 |journal=The Shanghai Sikh Gurdwara}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Rabindra Nath Tagore visited Shanghai Gurdwara during his 1924 visit, which is in background on the image given. By 1930s and 1940s the exodus of Sikhs began after World War I during 1911–14, when some Sikhs openly supported Japanese and joined INA of Subhash Chander Bose. The SMP was disbanded in 1945. Many Sikhs had settled permanently in China and made marriages there. The last Sikhs left Shanghai in 1973 after the Sino-India conflict in 1962.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.shine.cn/feature/art-and-culture/Sikhs-A-piece-of-history-that-remains-fragmentary/shdaily.shtml|title=Sikhs: A piece of history that remains fragmentary|website=archive.shine.cn|access-date=2019-06-28}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gurdwara==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inauguration in 1908 of Sikh Gurdwara in Shanghai.jpg|thumb|Inauguration in 1908 of Sikh Gurdwara in Shanghai]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yindu Xikejiaotang Jiuzhi.JPG|alt=This is present picture of Buxing Road Gurdwara 1908–1945, declared as monument to preserve Sikh heritage in china|thumb|Bauxing Road Gurdwara Monument for Sikhism heritage in China]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are a small number of [[gurdwara]] (Sikh temples) in China:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=A Fascinating Visual History of Sikhs in Old Shanghai |url=https://barusahib.org/general/3102/ |access-date=2022-08-30 |website=The Kalgidhar Society, Baru Sahib |language=en-US}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[File:Old Sikh Gurdwara in Shanghai.jpg|left|thumb|Picture of Old Sikh Gurdwara in Shanghai which is used for residential purpose now]][[Gurdwara Shanghai ]]- [[Shanghai]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://gurdwaar.com/Gurdwara+Shanghai/27087445|title=Gurdwara Shanghai, Shanghai, Shanghai, China|publisher=Gurdwaar.com|access-date=May 22, 2017}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Khalsa Diwan - [[Hong Kong]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.khalsadiwan.com/|title=Khalsa Diwan|publisher=Khalsadiwan.com}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*Presently there are about nearly 100 Sikh families in mainland China. They are running a private Gurdwara in house of some Sikh follower.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from mainland China, many Sikh businessmen and Indians also reside in Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Road Name Change ==&lt;br /&gt;
A road which during  the British regime had name Sikh Church Road or Sikh Gurdwara Road has its name changed as Guangxi North Road . As per text of a Chinese site “ In the British Concession, most of the first names of roads are transliterated or translated in English. The transliteration includes Kuanke Road (now the eastern section of Ningbo Road), which is the transliteration of kirk&#039;s, which means Scottish Church Avenue; Sikh Road (now Guangxi North Road) is the transliteration of Sikh, which means Sikh Church Road;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web |title=上海地方志办公室 |url=http://www.shtong.gov.cn/dfz_web/DFZ/Info?idnode=176770&amp;amp;tableName=userobject1a&amp;amp;id=243743 |access-date=2022-07-28 |website=www.shtong.gov.cn}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Asia topic|Sikhism in}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Religion in China]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sikhism by country|China]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sikhism in Asia]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sikh_diaspora&amp;diff=388480</id>
		<title>Sikh diaspora</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.bharatpedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sikh_diaspora&amp;diff=388480"/>
		<updated>2022-12-18T01:43:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Krunal: Created a fresh page outline.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{short description|Sikh migration from historical homeland}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Use dmy dates}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Multiple issues|&lt;br /&gt;
{{More citations needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Original research|reason=The paragraphs about the Khalistan movement and Sikh identity make a lot of unsourced and unverified claims, many of which may be incorrect.}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:World Sikh Pop. Map 2004-02.png|thumb|right|300px|Map showing world Sikh population areas and historical migration patterns (est. 2004).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Johnson and Barrett (2004) used in map construction. Research Paper: Quantifying alternate futures of religion and religions by Todd M. Johnson and David B. Barrett (2004). Refer to Table 1. Global adherents of the world’s 18 major distinct religions, AD 1900–2025. Published by Elsevier Ltd, Available online 15 July 2004 [http://www.sciencedirect.com.]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Sikhism sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Sikh diaspora&#039;&#039;&#039; is the modern [[Sikh]] migration from the traditional area of the [[Punjab region]] of [[India]]. [[Sikhism]] is  a religion native to this region. The Sikh diaspora is largely a subset of the [[Punjabi diaspora]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[Encarta]]&#039;&#039; {{cite web |url=http://uk.encarta.msn.com/encyclopedia_761566784/sikhism.html |title=Sikhism – MSN Encarta |access-date=25 June 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20091002063119/http://uk.encarta.msn.com/encyclopedia_761566784/Sikhism.html |archive-date=2 October 2009}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diaspora is commonly accepted to have begun after the fall of the [[Sikh Empire]] in 1849 and the empire&#039;s subsequent annexation into [[British Raj|British India]]. The onset of the Sikh diaspora is represented by [[Duleep Singh]], the last emperor of the Sikhs, who was forced into exile by the British. Starting with this event, the rate of Sikh migration from Punjab has remained high and included a number of international destinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Religion==&lt;br /&gt;
With more than 25 million worldwide,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Britannica1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url = https://www.britannica.com/topic/Sikhism |title=Sikhism |encyclopedia= [[Encyclopædia Britannica]] |access-date=7 August 2018 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sikhs are adherents of the fifth-largest religion in the world.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20070613003300/https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2122.html CIA Factbook]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{failed verification}} The 2011 Indian census reported approximately 20 million Sikhs living in India.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2011&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Sikh Religion Census 2011|url=https://www.census2011.co.in/data/religion/4-sikhism.html|publisher=census2011|access-date=21 January 2018}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Of these, 16 million, or 76% of all Indian Sikhs, live in the northern state of [[Punjab (India)|Punjab]], where they form 58% of the population.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2011&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Substantial communities of Sikhs also live in the Indian states and union territories of [[Haryana]], [[Rajasthan]], [[Uttar Pradesh]], [[Delhi]], [[Himachal Pradesh]], [[Maharashtra]], [[Bihar]], [[Uttarakhand]], and [[Jammu and Kashmir (state)|Jammu and Kashmir]]. The states of Maharastra and Bihar are home to the two important Sikh [[Panj Takht|Takht]] of [[Hazur Sahib]] and [[Patna Sahib]], respectively.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Census2011&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The Canadian province of [[British Columbia]] was home to close to  300,000 Sikhs as of 2011.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|url=https://www12.statcan.gc.ca/nhs-enm/2011/dp-pd/prof/details/page.cfm?Lang=E&amp;amp;Geo1=PR&amp;amp;Code1=59&amp;amp;Data=Count&amp;amp;SearchText=british%20columbia&amp;amp;SearchType=Begins&amp;amp;SearchPR=01&amp;amp;A1=Religion&amp;amp;B1=All&amp;amp;Custom=&amp;amp;amp;TABID=1|title=NHS Profile, British Columbia, 2011|publisher=Statistics Canada|access-date=8 September 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Historical migration patterns==&lt;br /&gt;
The Sikhs as a political entity, distinct from other Indian traditions, can be said to have begun with the martyrdom of the fifth Sikh Guru, [[Arjan Dev]], in 1606. Sikh distinction was further enhanced by the 1699 establishment of the Sikh brotherhood, or [[Khalsa]] (ਖ਼ਾਲਸਾ), by [[Gobind Singh]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/sikhism/history/history_1.shtml BBC History of Sikhiam - The Khalsa]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This gives the Sikhs, as an organized political grouping, a relatively recent history of around 400 years. Migrations during the era of the gurus were limited to the boundaries of modern-day India and [[Pakistan]], and in particular, restricted to the Sikh tribal heartland of the [[Punjab region]].The development of the [[Sikh Confederacy]] and the rise of the [[Sikh Empire]] (1716–1849) led to Sikhs migrating to conquered parts of their empire, such as [[Ladakh]] and [[Peshawar]]. However, these migrations were limited, transitory, and unsustained, depending on the empire&#039;s fluctuating boundaries. During the reign of the Sikh Empire, there was a net cultural immigration, with [[Napoleonic]] and British influences vying for the &#039;ear&#039; of the then-Sikh maharajah [[Ranjit Singh]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Maharaja Ranjit Singh: Lord of the Five Rivers (French Sources of Indian History Series) by Jean-Marie Lafont. Pub. by Oxford University Press (2002). pp. 23–29. {{ISBN|0-19-566111-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Annexation of the Punjab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dalip singh winterhalter.jpg|thumb|left|Maharajah [[Duleep Singh]], the first and most famous member of the Sikh diaspora]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sikh migration from Punjab began in earnest in the second half of the 19th century, when the [[British Raj]] had successfully completed its annexation of the [[Punjab region|region]]. The pivotal action in the British annexation was the lifetime exile of the then-eleven-year-old maharaja, [[Duleep Singh]], making him the first (albeit unwilling) member of the Sikh diaspora.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although a largely secular figure who did little for the Sikh body politic, Axel (2001)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body 2001&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A review of The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body: Violence, Representation, and the Formation of the Sikh &amp;quot;Diaspora&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; by Brian Keith Axel .  Pub. by Duke University Press (2001).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; argues that Singh&#039;s exile has had a major impact on the Sikh diaspora psyche.  Axel&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A review of The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body: Violence, Representation, and the Formation of the Sikh &amp;quot;Diaspora&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; by Brian Keith Axel .  Pub. by Duke University Press (2001). pp. 48–65&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; says that Singh is the archetypal &amp;quot;tragic hero&amp;quot; figure in Sikh culture, &amp;quot;a King without a Kingdom, a Sikh separated from his people&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having annexed the [[Sikh Empire]], the British preferentially recruited Sikhs in the [[Indian Civil Service]] and, in particular, the [[British Indian Army]], which led to the migration of Sikhs to different parts of British India and the [[British Empire]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Diffusion of Sikhism and recent migration patterns of Sikhs in India by A. K. Dutt1 and S. Devgun. Pub. GeoJournal Volume 1, Number 5 / September,1977.Pp 81-89. Available online [http://www.springerlink.com/content/p726g4t656018333/]{{dead link|bot=medic}}{{cbignore|bot=medic}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Semiskilled artisans were transported from the Punjab to British [[East Africa]] to help in the building of railways, while many Sikhs found themselves in [[Sikhism in Australia|Australia]], working as [[ghans]], or cameleers, and as labourers on cane plantations.{{citation needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==20th century==&lt;br /&gt;
Sikhs made tremendous contributions to Punjab from 1857 to 1947, including founding the city of [[Rawalpindi]]. Sikh agricultural and entrepreneurial skills brought prosperity to [[Sheikhupura]], [[Sialkot]], [[Jhelum (city)|Jhelum]], [[Multan]], [[Sargodha]], [[Gujrat city|Gujrat]], [[Ludhiana]], [[Amritsar]], and [[Jullundar]]. [[Lahore]], the capital of undivided Punjab, had thriving Sikh neighborhoods.{{citation needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The era of peace and prosperity ended in 1947, with the partition of Punjab between India and Pakistan. Sikh communities were practically wiped out from Lahore, Rawalpindi, Multan, Sialkot, [[Faisalabad|Lyallpur]], Jhelum, Gujrat, Sargodha, Sheikhupura, and other districts of [[West Punjab]]. The birthplace of Sikhism, Nankana Sahib, was split away in West Punjab. Millions of Sikhs fled to freedom and safety in [[East Punjab]]; smaller numbers also fled to Afghanistan.&amp;lt;ref name=Conversation&amp;gt;{{cite web|title=Explainer: who are the Afghan Sikhs? |publisher=The Conversation|url=https://theconversation.com/explainer-who-are-the-afghan-sikhs-30699}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1960s and beyond, many Sikhs migrated to the [[Sikhism in United Kingdom|UK]] and North America in search of economic opportunities. Some of the Sikhs who had settled in eastern Africa were expelled by Ugandan leader [[Idi Amin]] in 1972.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sikhism. Encyclopædia Britannica. 2007. Encyclopædia Britannica Online. 12 September 2007 [http://www.britannica.com/eb/article-253167]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sikhs are traditionally an agrarian community, and with the pressures of having only a limited amount of land, high birth rates, and the desire to make a better living, male offspring of Sikh farmers were encouraged to migrate to foreign countries, with significant Sikh communities becoming established in the Philippines, Canada, the UK, US, Malaysia, East Africa, Australia, and Thailand.{{citation needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Khalistan movement==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Further|Khalistan movement}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Punjab flag.svg|thumb|Sikh Flag—The [[Nishan Sahib]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Axel (2001)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body 2001&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; argues that the Sikh diaspora community, having established themselves in foreign countries, began to fetishize the past and nurture idealized designs for their &#039;lost and imaginary&#039; Sikh empire. This came to fruition to a certain degree with the establishment of [[Punjab (India)|Indian Punjab]] in 1966 as a Sikh-majority state. However, Tatla (1998)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Sikh Diaspora Search for Statehood by Darshan Singh Tatla (1998). pp. 16–33. Pub. by University of Washington Press. 10-295-97715-9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; argues that the marginalization and sense of grievance that Indian Sikhs were facing due to [[Indira Gandhi]]&#039;s heavy-handed tactics were amplified in the Sikh diaspora. Subsequently, the Sikh diaspora, especially in south Vancouver, Canada,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[The Sikh Diaspora in Vancouver: Three Generations Amid Tradition, Modernity, and Multiculturalism]]&#039;&#039; by Kamala Elizabeth Nayar. Pub. by [[University of Toronto Press]] (8 April 2004) Pp.[https://archive.org/details/sikhdiasporainva00naya/page/34  34]-[https://archive.org/details/sikhdiasporainva00naya/page/57  57].  {{ISBN|0-8020-8631-4}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the UK, become willing suppliers of logistical and financial support when the organic agitation for a separate Sikh nation, [[Khalistan]], began in the late 1970s. The actions taken by the Indian government to counter the Sikh separatist movement, via 1984&#039;s [[Operation Blue Star]], had a seismic effect on the Sikh diaspora. Axel (2001)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A review of The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body: Violence, Representation, and the Formation of the Sikh &amp;quot;Diaspora&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; by Brian Keith Axel .  pp. 68–72. Pub. by Duke University Press (2001).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; argues that the desecration of the Sikhs&#039; holiest shrine, [[Harimandir Sahib]], and the following Sikh pogrom in which thousands of Sikhs were massacred, led to a resurgence in Sikh religiosity and a strengthening of ties with their Sikh brethren in Punjab. Diaspora Sikhs felt betrayed by India, and the events of 1984 defined their Sikhism and underlined a distinct commonality shared with other diaspora Sikhs. Mark Tully&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/specials/171_afterbluestar/ BBC Archives: After Blue Star]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; describes Operation Blue Star as the Sikhs&#039; [[9/11]]. This was certainly the case for diaspora Sikhs, who in the main could only watch on in horror as the events of 1984 played out on TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1971, Jagit Singh Chohan, an ex-minister in a short-lived government of [[Akali Movement|Akali]] dissidents, saw an alignment of like-minded Sikhs.  Chohan placed a half-page advertisement in &#039;&#039;The New York Times&#039;&#039; on 12 October 1971, making several claims about Punjab as a Sikh homeland. However, Chohan won little sympathy from ordinary Sikhs.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Sikh Religion&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite book| last =Shackle| first =Christopher|author2=Gurharpal Singh |author3=Arvind-Pal Mandair| title =Sikh Religion, Culture and Ethnicity| publisher =Curzon Press| year =2001| location =Richmond, Surrey| pages =142–161| isbn = 0-7007-1389-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Thousands-Sikhs-protest-in-London.jpg|thumb|Sikhs in London protest against Indian government actions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tatla summarises the change in Sikh diaspora community leaders post-1984 a being a &amp;quot;painful transition from a self-confident community with haughty discourse, to the self-defensive strategies of a vulnerable minority&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name =&amp;quot;Sikh Religion&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Organisations such as the [[International Sikh Youth Federation]], the [[Babbar Khalsa]], and the Council of Khalistan emerged within the diaspora, and these agencies rallied against &amp;quot;Hindu imperialism&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Indian nationalism&amp;quot; and lobbied to join the [[UNPO|Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organization]], aligning the Sikh cause with other ethnic groups seeking freedom, citing cases of Jews, Palestinians, [[Kurds]], [[Baloch people|Balochis]], Kashmiris, and Sri Lankan Tamils. Another organization, by the name of Sikhs for Justice, headquartered in New York, which surfaced roughly in 2014, has campaigned for the cause using activities like #BurnTheTricolour.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/news/1111242|title=Sikhs living abroad to hold &#039;referendum&#039; for separate homeland|last=Haider|first=Masood|website=DAWN.COM|access-date=26 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.livemint.com/Politics/jwQeeXUKauiMcyiIfOcN8M/US-judge-reserves-ruling-on-1984-antisikh-riots.html|title=US judge reserves ruling on 1984 anti-Sikh riots|last=Singh|first=Yoshita|website=Mint|access-date=26 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/sikh-groups-launch-signature-campaign-in-support-of-un-genocide-petition/article5368162.ece|title=Sikh groups launch signature campaign in support of UN &#039;genocide petition&#039;|last=Correspondent|first=Special|work=The Hindu|access-date=26 April 2019|issn=0971-751X}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ndtv.com&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ndtv.com/india-news/over-20-000-people-sign-white-house-petition-for-jagtar-hawaras-release-1243033|title=Over 20,000 People Sign White House Petition for Jagtar Hawara&#039;s Release|website=NDTV.com|access-date=26 April 2019}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.tribuneindia.com/news/punjab/uk-takes-cautious-line-on-pro-khalistan-sfj-meet/618856.html|title=UK takes cautious line on pro-Khalistan SFJ meet|work=The Tribune India}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Axel (2001)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;The Nation&#039;s Tortured Body 2001&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; argues that the history of the Sikh diaspora, its psyche of grievance, and the violence inflicted on it, means that the notion of the Sikh diaspora as a community today inevitably converges on the notion of Khalistan. In addition to this, Axel points out the &amp;quot;nightmare&amp;quot; scenario facing the Sikh diaspora: the Indian state &amp;quot;demands&amp;quot; the &amp;quot;Unity-in-Diversity&amp;quot; model of &#039;&#039;rashtriya ekta&#039;&#039; (national integration), which Axel contends is signified by &amp;quot;the denial of difference through surrender, assimilation and integration&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sikh identity today==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Deleted image removed: [[File:Nineteen-Eighty-four (The storming of the Golden Temple).jpg|thumb|right|The Sikh diaspora art of Amrit and Rabindra Kaur Singh (&#039;The Singh Twins&#039;) is informed by uniquely Sikh issues.]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the rate of Sikh migration from Indian Punjab has remained high, traditional patterns of Sikh migration that favored English-speaking countries, particularly the United Kingdom, have changed in the past decade due to factors such as stricter immigration procedures. Moliner (2006)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sikh Migration Patterns – &#039;Workshop on Indian Migration&#039; at Laboratoire d&#039;Anthropologie Urbaine/CNRS (14/15 November 2006) Abstract &#039;Sikhs in France&#039; by Christine MOLINER (PhD Student, Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales (EHESS)){{cite web |url=http://www.ivry.cnrs.fr/lau/IMG/rtf/Abstracts.rtf |title=Archived copy |access-date=4 April 2008 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061117150414/http://www.ivry.cnrs.fr/lau/IMG/rtf/Abstracts.rtf |archive-date=17 November 2006}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; states that as a consequence of the &amp;quot;fact&amp;quot; that Sikh migration to the UK had &amp;quot;become virtually impossible since the late 1970s&amp;quot;, Sikh migration patterns altered to continental Europe. Italy has now emerged as a fast-growing area for Sikh migration,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sikh Storia e immigrazione – The Sikhs: History and Immigration by R. Cipriani (2006). Pub. in International Sociology.2006; 21: 474-476 Available on {{cite web |url=http://iss.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/21/3/474 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060529031541/http://iss.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/21/3/474 |access-date=4 April 2008 |archive-date=29 May 2006 |title=I Sikh Storia e immigrazione &amp;amp;#91;The Sikhs: History and Immigration&amp;amp;#93; -- Cipriani 21 (3): 474 -- International Sociology }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with [[Reggio Emilia]] and the [[province of Vicenza]] being areas of significant Sikh population clusters.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.nriinternet.com/EUROPE/ITALY/2004/111604Gurdwara.htm Now, Sikhs do a Canada in Italy]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Italian Sikhs are generally involved in the areas of agriculture, agro-processing, machine tools, and [[horticulture]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.nriinternet.com/EUROPE/ITALY/2007/0701_Visa_office_in_Chandigarh.htm Report of &#039;NRI&#039; News in ITALY]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Canada has maintained a liberal immigration policy, and the Sikh community there is the largest in proportion to the country&#039;s population, even above India (2.1% of Canada&#039;s population versus 1.7% of India&#039;s). The largest North American Sikh community is thought to be located in south [[Vancouver]], British Columbia, and nearby [[Surrey, British Columbia|Surrey]].{{Citation needed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the post-9/11 era, the Sikh diaspora in Europe and North America stood out as a visible minority often confused with radical Islamic groups because of their turbans. This has included numerous hate crimes targeting Sikhs.{{Citation needed}} France banned turban-wearing Sikh students from publicly funded schools as part of a broader policy originally intended to restrict Muslim headscarves.{{Citation needed}} Western security think tanks have quoted the [[Air India Flight 182|Air India bombing]] to justify profiling of Sikh travellers at airports.{{Citation needed}} Countering this train of thought, on 1 October 2017, Canadian politician [[Jagmeet Singh]], a Sikh, was elected leader of the federal [[New Democratic Party]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite news|title=Jagmeet Singh makes history with NDP leadership victory on first ballot |url=https://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/politics/jagmeet-singh-chosen-as-new-federal-ndp-leader/article36451452/ |website=theglobeandmail.com |access-date=18 June 2023}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and on 16 January 2018, [[Gurbir Grewal]] became attorney general of [[New Jersey]]—the first practicing Sikh in the US to become a state attorney general.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.nj.com/politics/index.ssf/2018/01/nj_gets_first_sikh_attorney_general_in_us_history.html N.J. gets first Sikh attorney general in U.S. history]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sikhism by country]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Twice Versus Direct Migrants: East African Sikh Settlers in Britain&amp;quot; by Parminder Bhachu. Pub. by Clark University (7 April 1990).&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;The Sikh Diaspora Search for Statehood&amp;quot; by Darshan Singh Tatla (1998) University of Washington Press. {{ISBN|0-295-97715-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Contesting Khalistan, the Sikh diaspora, and the politics of separatism&amp;quot; /Gunawardena, Therese Suhashini. Jan 2001 Thesis (PhD).  Pub. by University of Texas at Austin, 2001. Available at: http://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/handle/2152/6181&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Relational Embodiments of a Sikh Diaspora&amp;quot; by Anjali Gera Roy Pub. by Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, India (2001).  Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20070701185828/http://social.chass.ncsu.edu/jouvert/v7is1/gera.htm.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Sikhs at Large: Religion, Culture, and Politics in Global Perspective&amp;quot; by Verne A. Dusenbery (2008) Oxford University Press. {{ISBN|978-0-19-568598-5}}; {{ISBN|0-19-568598-9}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Sikh Diaspora Philanthropy in Punjab: Global Giving for Local Good&amp;quot; by Verne A. Dusenbery and Darshan S. Tatla, eds. (2009) Oxford University Press.  {{ISBN|978-0-19-806102-1}}; {{ISBN|0-19-806102-1}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Sikhs in Latin America: Travels Among the Sikh Diaspora&amp;quot; by Swarn Singh Kahlon (2012) Manohar Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, India. {{ISBN|978-81-7304-938-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20100815081659/http://www.indiandiaspora.nic.in/ The Indian Diaspora], official Government of India website (archived)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://archive.today/20130130085722/http://www.nri-online.com/tag/ Sikh NRI Online], information pertaining to Sikh non-resident Indians worldwide (archived)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.sikhphilosophy.net/history-of-sikhism/5753-history-of-sikh-diaspora-canada-usa.html History of Sikh diaspora in Canada and USA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.sikhglobalvillage.com/ Sikh Global Village – Latin America]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Sikhism}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indian diaspora}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{good article}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Sikh Diaspora}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Indian diaspora by ethnic group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sikhs|Diaspora]]&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Category:Sikhism by country|Diaspora]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Krunal</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>